HP Color LaserJet E87640 E87650 E87660 Service Manual 66abd4d625f22
Uploaded by
oaarteaHP Color LaserJet E87640 E87650 E87660 Service Manual 66abd4d625f22
Uploaded by
oaarteaHP Color LaserJet Managed MFP E87640 Series
HP Color LaserJet Managed MFP E87650 Series
HP Color LaserJet Managed MFP E87660 Series
Service Manual
www.hp.com/videos/laserjet
www.hp.com/support/colorlje87600mfp
www.hp.com/support/colorljE87640mfp
HP Color LaserJet Managed MFP
E87640 Series
HP Color LaserJet Managed MFP
E87650 Series
HP Color LaserJet Managed MFP
E87660 Series
Service Manual
Copyright and License Trademark Credits
© Copyright 2018 HP Development Company, Adobe®, Acrobat®, and PostScript® are
L.P. trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
Reproduction, adaptation, or translation without Microsoft®, Windows®, Windows® XP, and
prior written permission is prohibited, except as Windows Vista® are U.S. registered trademarks
allowed under the copyright laws. of Microsoft Corporation.
The information contained herein is subject to ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are
change without notice. registered U.S. marks.
The only warranties for HP products and
services are set forth in the express warranty
statements accompanying such products and
services. Nothing herein should be construed as
constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not
be liable for technical or editorial errors or
omissions contained herein.
Edition 9, 6/2019
Conventions used in this guide
TIP: Tips provide helpful hints or shortcuts.
NOTE: Notes provide important information to explain a concept or to complete a task.
CAUTION: Cautions indicate procedures that you should follow to avoid losing data or damaging the product.
WARNING! Warnings alert you to specific procedures that you should follow to avoid personal injury,
catastrophic loss of data, or extensive damage to the product.
ENWW iii
iv Conventions used in this guide ENWW
Table of contents
1 Product specifications and description ................................................................................................................................................. 1
Printer views .............................................................................................................................................................................. 2
Printer front view ................................................................................................................................................. 2
Printer back view .................................................................................................................................................. 3
Interface ports ...................................................................................................................................................... 4
Control-panel view ............................................................................................................................................... 5
Inner finisher view ................................................................................................................................................ 6
Stapler/stacker finisher view .............................................................................................................................. 6
Booklet finisher view ........................................................................................................................................... 7
Specifications ............................................................................................................................................................................ 8
Technical specifications ...................................................................................................................................... 8
Supported operating systems ......................................................................................................................... 13
Printer dimensions ............................................................................................................................................ 15
Mobile printing solutions .................................................................................................................................. 15
Power consumption, electrical specifications, and acoustic emissions ................................................... 16
Environmental specifications .......................................................................................................................... 16
General specifications ....................................................................................................................................... 16
Print specifications ............................................................................................................................................ 19
Scan specifications ............................................................................................................................................ 21
Copy specifications ............................................................................................................................................ 23
Supplies ............................................................................................................................................................... 26
Maintenance parts ............................................................................................................................................. 26
Paper handling specifications .......................................................................................................................... 28
Network and software specifications ............................................................................................................. 34
Options ................................................................................................................................................................ 36
Feeding system ...................................................................................................................................................................... 44
Feeding system overview ................................................................................................................................ 44
Main components and functions ..................................................................................................................... 45
Cassette .............................................................................................................................................................. 49
Pickup unit .......................................................................................................................................................... 50
Registration unit ................................................................................................................................................ 50
Tray 1 feeder assembly .................................................................................................................................... 51
ENWW v
Fuser unit ................................................................................................................................................................................. 53
Fuser unit overview ........................................................................................................................................... 53
Fuser unit drive .................................................................................................................................................. 54
Fuser unit temperature control ....................................................................................................................... 54
Loop control ....................................................................................................................................................... 55
Image creation ........................................................................................................................................................................ 57
Printing process overview ................................................................................................................................ 57
Imaging unit ........................................................................................................................................................ 58
Toner cartridge ................................................................................................................................................... 61
Dynamic security ............................................................................................................................................... 62
Intermediate transfer belt unit ........................................................................................................................ 62
Toner reservoir unit ........................................................................................................................................... 64
Laser scanner assembly ....................................................................................................................................................... 66
Laser scanner assembly overview .................................................................................................................. 66
Laser scanning optical path ............................................................................................................................. 66
Laser synchronizing detectors ........................................................................................................................ 67
Automatic CPR adjustment .............................................................................................................................. 68
Drive system ........................................................................................................................................................................... 72
Pickup and cassette lift drive ........................................................................................................................... 72
Feed drive ........................................................................................................................................................... 73
Registration drive .............................................................................................................................................. 74
Fuser release/exit drive .................................................................................................................................... 75
Drive motors ....................................................................................................................................................... 75
Main drive unit motors ...................................................................................................................................... 77
Toner supply/reservoir drive ........................................................................................................................... 78
Engage transfer roller drive ............................................................................................................................. 79
TCU drive ............................................................................................................................................................. 79
Flatbed Scanner System ....................................................................................................................................................... 80
Flatbed scanner system overview .................................................................................................................. 80
Scanning system components ........................................................................................................................ 82
Caution for moving the scanner ...................................................................................................................... 88
Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) du bundles (LX) ........................................................................................................ 90
Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) (LX) overview ....................................................................................... 90
Electrical parts location .................................................................................................................................... 90
LX ADF Registration .......................................................................................................................................... 91
LX ADF drive system ......................................................................................................................................... 91
LX ADF Scanning position ................................................................................................................................. 94
LX ADF Specification .......................................................................................................................................... 94
Flow Automatic Document Feeder (Flow ADF) dn/z bundles (GX) ................................................................................. 95
Flow ADF overview ............................................................................................................................................ 95
Sensors ............................................................................................................................................................... 96
vi ENWW
Ultra Sonic Multi-feed (USM) ............................................................................................................................ 97
Flow ADF drive system ..................................................................................................................................... 97
Flow ADF Registration ....................................................................................................................................... 99
Flow ADF Scanning Position .......................................................................................................................... 100
Mixed Size Original (MSO) .............................................................................................................................. 100
Dual sensor cleaning method ....................................................................................................................... 101
Flow ADF z bundles (GX) ................................................................................................................................ 102
Hardware configuration ...................................................................................................................................................... 103
Main controller ................................................................................................................................................. 105
Low voltage power supply (LVPS) PCA (Type 5) ......................................................................................... 117
Low voltage power supply (LVPS) PCA (Type 3R) ...................................................................................... 119
Low voltage power supply (LVPS) PCA (Type 4) ......................................................................................... 121
Fuser drive assembly ..................................................................................................................................... 122
High voltage power supply (HVPS) PCA ....................................................................................................... 123
Eraser PCA ........................................................................................................................................................ 127
Fuser PCA ......................................................................................................................................................... 127
Waste Sensor PCA ........................................................................................................................................... 127
Paper Size sensor PCA ................................................................................................................................... 128
Flow ADF PCA ................................................................................................................................................... 128
Scan joint PCA .................................................................................................................................................. 129
CCDM PCA ......................................................................................................................................................... 130
WLED IF PCA ..................................................................................................................................................... 130
WLED PCA ......................................................................................................................................................... 131
Dual cassette feeder (DCF) ................................................................................................................................................. 132
High capacity input tray (HCI) ............................................................................................................................................. 136
Side high capacity input tray (sHCI) ................................................................................................................................... 140
2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement .................................................................................................................................... 145
HP service and support ....................................................................................................................................................... 146
Additional service and support for channel partners ................................................................................ 146
Additional service and support for HP internal personnel ....................................................................... 146
Order parts, accessories, and supplies ............................................................................................................................ 148
Ordering ............................................................................................................................................................ 148
Orderable parts ............................................................................................................................................... 148
How to use the parts list and diagrams ........................................................................................................................... 148
ESD precautions ................................................................................................................................................................... 149
Service approach ................................................................................................................................................................. 149
Precautions when replacing parts ................................................................................................................ 149
Before performing service ............................................................................................................................. 150
After performing service ................................................................................................................................ 150
Post-service test ............................................................................................................................................. 151
ENWW vii
Maintenance ......................................................................................................................................................................... 152
Machine cleaning for maintenance .............................................................................................................. 152
Main parts ............................................................................................................................................................................. 160
Main assembly ................................................................................................................................................. 160
Exit assembly ................................................................................................................................................... 401
Tray 2/3 ............................................................................................................................................................ 423
Main frame assembly ..................................................................................................................................... 425
Registration assembly .................................................................................................................................... 479
ACR frame assembly ...................................................................................................................................... 502
Toner reservoir (CMYK) ................................................................................................................................... 504
Rear frame assembly ..................................................................................................................................... 517
Drive system .................................................................................................................................................... 521
Main frame pickup 1 and 2 ............................................................................................................................ 585
Sub-Main frame pickup .................................................................................................................................. 621
Cover ................................................................................................................................................................. 627
Right door ......................................................................................................................................................... 666
Tray 1 ................................................................................................................................................................ 736
Right door guide .............................................................................................................................................. 761
Right door side exit ......................................................................................................................................... 763
T2 transfer assembly ..................................................................................................................................... 765
ADF (LX/du models) ........................................................................................................................................ 767
ADF exterior and ADF pickup (LX/du models) ............................................................................................ 805
ADF main frame assembly (LX/du models) ................................................................................................ 818
Flow ADF (GX/sGX) .......................................................................................................................................... 841
ADF open cover (GX/sGX) ............................................................................................................................... 858
Flow ADF upper pickup (GX/sGX) .................................................................................................................. 870
Flow ADF stacker (GX/sGX) ............................................................................................................................ 879
Flow ADF main frame (GX/sGX) .................................................................................................................... 893
Image scanner ................................................................................................................................................. 956
Image scanner, lower ..................................................................................................................................... 968
Dual cassette feeder (DCF) ................................................................................................................................................. 982
DCF main .......................................................................................................................................................... 982
DCF frame ...................................................................................................................................................... 1006
DCF rear frame .............................................................................................................................................. 1011
Opt feed drive ................................................................................................................................................ 1015
DCF second pickup ........................................................................................................................................ 1021
2000-sheet HCI (department) ......................................................................................................................................... 1024
2K HCI main ................................................................................................................................................... 1024
2K HCI drive .................................................................................................................................................... 1026
2K HCI cassette ............................................................................................................................................. 1038
2K HCI frame .................................................................................................................................................. 1040
viii ENWW
2K HCI main pickup ....................................................................................................................................... 1045
3000-sheet sHCI (department; E87640/50/60 only) ................................................................................................. 1048
3K sHCI main 1 .............................................................................................................................................. 1048
3K HCI main 3 ................................................................................................................................................ 1055
3K HCI main 5 ................................................................................................................................................ 1067
3K HCI main 6 ................................................................................................................................................ 1069
Pickup cover unit ........................................................................................................................................... 1071
3K sHCI frame ................................................................................................................................................ 1073
3 Problem solving ................................................................................................................................................................................. 1075
Error code and control panel message troubleshooting overview ........................................................................... 1076
Error codes ..................................................................................................................................................... 1076
How to search for printer documentation ................................................................................................ 1078
Troubleshooting process ................................................................................................................................................. 1081
Determine the problem source .................................................................................................................. 1081
Tools for troubleshooting ................................................................................................................................................ 1095
Problem-solving checklist ........................................................................................................................... 1095
Print menu map ............................................................................................................................................ 1098
Print current settings pages ....................................................................................................................... 1098
Print event log ............................................................................................................................................... 1098
Pre-boot menu options ............................................................................................................................... 1100
Control panel menus .................................................................................................................................... 1117
Clear paper jams ................................................................................................................................................................ 1189
Paper jam locations ...................................................................................................................................... 1189
13.A1 tray 1 paper jam ................................................................................................................................ 1189
13.A2, 13.A3 tray 2, tray 3 paper jam ....................................................................................................... 1190
Clear paper jams in the Bottom HCI ........................................................................................................... 1193
Service mode (tech mode; du models) .......................................................................................................................... 1195
Entering service mode ................................................................................................................................. 1195
Service mode menu tree ............................................................................................................................. 1196
Information .................................................................................................................................................... 1201
Maintenance counts ..................................................................................................................................... 1202
Diagnostics .................................................................................................................................................... 1203
Service functions .......................................................................................................................................... 1232
Print quality troubleshooting guide ................................................................................................................................ 1236
Image quality problems and solutions ...................................................................................................... 1236
Other errors ................................................................................................................................................... 1253
Adjusting the ADF/ADF skew (LX du models) ................................................................................................................ 1267
Adjusting the Flow ADF skew .......................................................................................................................................... 1269
ENWW ix
4 Connection diagrams ........................................................................................................................................................................ 1273
Connection Diagram (FUSER/EXIT/DUPLEX/TONER) .................................................................................................. 1274
Connection Diagram (Scanner) ........................................................................................................................................ 1275
Connection Diagram (Laser Scanner Assembly/OPE/USB) ........................................................................................ 1276
Connection Diagram (Side/Tray 1/Feed/Registration/Pickup) .................................................................................. 1277
Connection Diagram (OPC/WTB/CST Lock) ................................................................................................................... 1278
Connection Diagram (HVPS/LVPS/FDB) ......................................................................................................................... 1279
5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ................................................................................................................................................ 1281
Product specification and description ............................................................................................................................ 1282
Finisher system ............................................................................................................................................. 1282
Service approach ............................................................................................................................................................... 1295
Precautions when replacing parts ............................................................................................................. 1295
Before performing service .......................................................................................................................... 1296
ESD precautions ............................................................................................................................................ 1297
After performing service ............................................................................................................................. 1297
Post-service test ........................................................................................................................................... 1297
Order parts, accessories, and supplies ..................................................................................................... 1297
Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) ........................ 1299
ESD precautions ............................................................................................................................................ 1300
Top output bin ............................................................................................................................................... 1301
Right top cover .............................................................................................................................................. 1303
Top cover ........................................................................................................................................................ 1306
Front door ...................................................................................................................................................... 1310
Rear cover ...................................................................................................................................................... 1317
Front cover ..................................................................................................................................................... 1322
Front lower cover .......................................................................................................................................... 1330
Booklet tray ................................................................................................................................................... 1339
Caster cover ................................................................................................................................................... 1342
Lower shield assembly ................................................................................................................................ 1346
Upper shield assembly ................................................................................................................................ 1359
Controller PCA ............................................................................................................................................... 1375
Stapler unit .................................................................................................................................................... 1381
Dummy feed guide ....................................................................................................................................... 1393
Top jam access cover ................................................................................................................................... 1399
Top lower feed assembly ............................................................................................................................ 1410
Ejector unit ..................................................................................................................................................... 1423
Front tamper unit ......................................................................................................................................... 1448
Rear tamper unit ........................................................................................................................................... 1473
Feed entrance motor (M1) .......................................................................................................................... 1498
Feed exit motor (M2) .................................................................................................................................... 1504
x ENWW
Buffer motor, gear, and sensor (M3) ......................................................................................................... 1510
Front tamper motor (M6) ............................................................................................................................ 1518
Rear tamper motor (M7) .............................................................................................................................. 1544
SCU motor (M10) ........................................................................................................................................... 1570
Main tray moving motor (M11) ................................................................................................................... 1588
Booklet finisher front cover ......................................................................................................................... 1598
Booklet finisher ............................................................................................................................................. 1600
Booklet finisher PCA ..................................................................................................................................... 1611
Booklet finisher fold stopper unit .............................................................................................................. 1623
Booklet feed entrance motor (M13) .......................................................................................................... 1635
TE presser motor (M14) ............................................................................................................................... 1638
Stopper moving motor (M16) ..................................................................................................................... 1641
Separate pawl motor (M17) ........................................................................................................................ 1645
Folding roller motor (M18) .......................................................................................................................... 1648
Blade motor (M19) ........................................................................................................................................ 1654
C fold motor (M20) ....................................................................................................................................... 1658
Problem solving ................................................................................................................................................................. 1665
Control panel message document (CPMD) ............................................................................................... 1665
Clear paper jams ........................................................................................................................................... 1665
Finisher system diagram .................................................................................................................................................. 1679
Stapler/Stacker Finisher and Booklet Finisher .............................................................................................................. 1680
Booklet finisher 1 .......................................................................................................................................... 1680
Booklet finisher 2 .......................................................................................................................................... 1682
Booklet finisher 3 .......................................................................................................................................... 1684
Booklet finisher 4 .......................................................................................................................................... 1686
Booklet finisher 5 .......................................................................................................................................... 1688
Booklet finisher 6 .......................................................................................................................................... 1690
Booklet finisher 7 .......................................................................................................................................... 1692
Three fold motor, curl pawl motor, curl pawl, and three fold exit ........................................................ 1694
Low exit, hb motor, and top guide ............................................................................................................. 1696
SCU motor, STK motor, and entrance guide ............................................................................................. 1698
Entrance motor, low paddle, alignment, and paddle motor ................................................................. 1700
Drive buffer, top lower, and top jam .......................................................................................................... 1702
FD stopper unit, jam clear, and BKT main blade ...................................................................................... 1704
Fold roller, main blade, and top frame ...................................................................................................... 1706
Three fold blade ............................................................................................................................................ 1708
Door, top door, top cover, and registration guide ................................................................................... 1710
Entrance guide, mid jam, and main exit .................................................................................................... 1712
Transfer buffer, right jam, div cam, hb motor, and paddle motor ........................................................ 1714
Front alignment (tamper) ............................................................................................................................ 1716
Rear alignment (tamper) ............................................................................................................................. 1718
ENWW xi
Shield .............................................................................................................................................................. 1720
PCA bm, cover f bm, idle fold, and paddle ................................................................................................ 1722
Finisher sub booklet ..................................................................................................................................... 1724
Bridge Unit ..................................................................................................................................................... 1726
6 Inner finisher ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 1729
Product Specification and Description ........................................................................................................................... 1730
Inner finisher view ......................................................................................................................................... 1731
Specifications ................................................................................................................................................ 1732
Inner finisher system .................................................................................................................................... 1737
Service approach ............................................................................................................................................................... 1781
Before performing service .......................................................................................................................... 1781
ESD precautions ............................................................................................................................................ 1781
After performing service ............................................................................................................................. 1781
Post-service test ........................................................................................................................................... 1782
Order parts, accessories, and supplies ..................................................................................................... 1782
Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) ....................................................................................... 1783
Parts and diagrams (inner finisher) ........................................................................................................... 1783
Covers ............................................................................................................................................................. 1800
Entrance unit ................................................................................................................................................. 1830
Exit unit ........................................................................................................................................................... 1850
Paper support unit ........................................................................................................................................ 1877
Paddle unit ..................................................................................................................................................... 1987
Tamper unit .................................................................................................................................................... 2018
Stapler ............................................................................................................................................................ 2157
Ejector unit ..................................................................................................................................................... 2194
End fence unit ............................................................................................................................................... 2279
Output tray unit ............................................................................................................................................. 2294
Paper holding unit ........................................................................................................................................ 2370
Punch unit ...................................................................................................................................................... 2428
Problem solving ................................................................................................................................................................. 2447
Control panel message document (CPMD) ............................................................................................... 1665
Schematic diagrams (inner finisher) ............................................................................................................................... 2448
Punch waste full sensor .............................................................................................................................. 2449
Punch waste box sensor and finisher docking sensor ........................................................................... 2450
Entrance motor ............................................................................................................................................. 2451
Exit sensor ..................................................................................................................................................... 2452
Exit motor, main paddle motor & home sensor, output tray lower limit switch, and paper
holding solenoid ........................................................................................................................................... 2453
Paper support motor and home sensor ................................................................................................... 2454
Front tamper motor and home sensor ..................................................................................................... 2455
xii ENWW
Rear tamper motor and home sensor ...................................................................................................... 2456
End fence sensor .......................................................................................................................................... 2457
Stapler position motor and sensor ............................................................................................................ 2458
Ejector 1 motor and home sensor, ejector 2 motor, motor sensor, and home sensor .................... 2459
Output tray motor and sensor .................................................................................................................... 2460
Output tray top of stack sensor ................................................................................................................. 2461
Top cover switch ........................................................................................................................................... 2462
Front cover switch ........................................................................................................................................ 2463
Appendix A Glossary ............................................................................................................................................................................. 2465
Glossary of terms .............................................................................................................................................................. 2466
Appendix B Revision History ................................................................................................................................................................ 2471
Revision History ................................................................................................................................................................. 2471
Appendix C Certificate of Volatility ..................................................................................................................................................... 2473
Certificate of Volatility ....................................................................................................................................................... 2474
Index ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2477
ENWW xiii
xiv ENWW
1 Product specifications and description
● Printer views
● Specifications
● Feeding system
● Fuser unit
● Image creation
● Laser scanner assembly
● Drive system
● Flatbed Scanner System
● Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) du bundles (LX)
● Flow Automatic Document Feeder (Flow ADF) dn/z bundles (GX)
● Hardware configuration
● Dual cassette feeder (DCF)
● High capacity input tray (HCI)
● Side high capacity input tray (sHCI)
ENWW 1
Printer views
● Printer front view
● Printer back view
● Interface ports
● Control-panel view
● Inner finisher view
● Stapler/stacker finisher view
● Booklet finisher view
Printer front view
1 2
3
17 4
16 5
6
7
15 8
9 10
12
13
14 11
1 Automatic document feeder cover (access for clearing jams)
2 Automatic document feeder width guides
3 Automatic document feeder input tray
4 Automatic document feeder output tray
5 Control panel with color touchscreen display (tilts up for easier viewing)
6 Physical keyboard (Flow models only). Pull the keyboard straight out to use it. (NOTE: Close the keyboard when it is not in
use.)
2 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
7 Right door (access for clearing jams)
8 On/off button
9 Tray 1
10 Power switch
11 Power connection
12 Front door (access to the toner cartridges)
13 Tray 2
14 Tray 3
15 Output bin
16 Easy-access USB port. Insert a USB flash drive for printing or scanning without a computer, or to update the printer firmware.
(NOTE: An administrator must enable this port before use.)
17 Hardware integration pocket (for connecting accessory and third-party devices)
Printer back view
1 Formatter cover
2 Interface ports
3 Serial number and product number label
ENWW Printer views 3
Interface ports
1 USB port for connecting external USB devices (NOTE: For easy-access USB printing, use the USB port near the control panel.)
2 Local area network (LAN) Ethernet network port
3 Hi-Speed USB 2.0 printing port
4 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Control-panel view
NOTE: Tilt the control panel for easier viewing.
The Home screen provides access to the printer features and indicates the current status of the printer.
Return to the Home screen at any time by touching the Home button on the printer control panel.
NOTE: The features that appear on the Home screen can vary, depending on the printer configuration.
2 3 4 5
6
1
1 Home button Touch the Home button to return to the Home screen.
2 Reset button The Reset button returns the printer to default settings and is always present if users are not logged in.
The Reset button is not present when the Sign Out button is present. Touch the Reset button to
resume and release jobs from the previous pause state and interrupt mode, reset the quick copy count
in the copy count field, exit special modes, reset the display language and the keyboard layout.
3 Sign In or Sign Out button Touch the Sign In button to access secured features.
Touch the Sign Out button to sign out of the printer. The printer restores all options to the default
settings.
NOTE: This button displays only if the administrator has configured the printer to require permission
for access to features.
ENWW Printer views 5
4 Information button Touch the information button to access a screen that provides access to several types of printer
information. Touch the buttons at the bottom of the screen for the following information:
● Display Language: Change the language setting for the current user session.
● Sleep Mode: Place the printer into sleep mode.
● Wi-Fi Direct: View information for how to connect directly to the printer using a phone, tablet, or
other device with Wi-Fi.
● Wireless: View or change wireless connection settings (only when an optional wireless accessory
is installed).
● Ethernet: View or change Ethernet connection settings.
● HP Web Services: View information to connect and print to the printer using HP Web Services
(ePrint).
5 Help button Touch the Help button to open the embedded help system.
The status line provides information about the overall printer status.
6 Applications area Touch any of the icons to open the application. Swipe the screen sideways to access more applications.
NOTE: The available applications vary by printer. The administrator can configure which applications
appear and the order in which they appear.
7 Start Copy button Touch the Start Copy button to start a copy job.
8 Home-screen page Indicates the number of pages on the Home screen or in an application. The current page is
indicator highlighted. Swipe the screen sideways to scroll between pages.
Inner finisher view
Stapler/stacker finisher view
6 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Booklet finisher view
ENWW Printer views 7
Specifications
Technical specifications
Table 1-1 E87640dn, E87640z, E87650dn, E87650z, E87650z, E87660dn, E87660z
Model number E87640dn E87640z E87650dn E87650z E87660dn E87660z
Product number X3A87A X3A86A X3A90A X3A89A X3A93A X3A92A
Paper handling Tray 1 (100-sheet
capacity)
Tray 2 (520-sheet
capacity)
Tray 3 (520-sheet
capacity)
2 x 520-sheet dual Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional
cassette feeder (DCF)
2,000-sheet high- Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional
capacity input tray
3,000-sheet high- Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional
capacity input tray
Cabinet stand, Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional
department
Stapler/stacker Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional
finishing accessory
Booklet finisher Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional
accessory
Inner finisher Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional
accessory
2/3 hole punch Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional
accessory
2/4 hole punch Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional
accessory
Swedish hole punch Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional
accessory
HP Job separator Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional
Automatic duplex
printing
Connectivity 10/100/1000 Ethernet
LAN connection with
IPv4 and IPv6
Hi-Speed USB 2.0
Easy-access USB port
for printing without a
computer and
upgrading the
firmware
8 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Table 1-1 E87640dn, E87640z, E87650dn, E87650z, E87650z, E87660dn, E87660z (continued)
Model number E87640dn E87640z E87650dn E87650z E87660dn E87660z
Product number X3A87A X3A86A X3A90A X3A89A X3A93A X3A92A
Hardware Integration
Pocket for connecting
accessory and third-
party devices
Memory 7 GB base memory
Mass storage 2 x 320 GB HP Secure
High-Performance
Hard Disk
Security HP Trusted Platform
Module (embedded)
Control-panel display Color touchscreen
control panel
Retractable keyboard Not supported Not supported Not supported
Print Prints 40 pages per Not supported Not supported Not supported Not supported
minute (ppm) on A4
and on letter-size
paper.
Prints 50 pages per Not supported Not supported Not supported Not supported
minute (ppm) on A4
and on letter-size
paper
Prints 60 pages per Not supported Not supported Not supported Not supported
minute (ppm) on A4
and on letter-size
paper
Easy-access USB
printing (no computer
required)
Fax Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional
Copy and Scan Scans 90 pages per Not supported Not supported Not supported
minute (ppm) on A4
and letter-size paper
Scans 120 pages per Not supported Not supported Not supported
minute (ppm) on A4
and letter-size paper
250-page document
feeder with dual-head
scanning for single-
pass duplex copying
and scanning
HP EveryPage Not supported Not supported Not supported
Technologies including
ultrasonic multi-feed
detection
ENWW Specifications 9
Table 1-1 E87640dn, E87640z, E87650dn, E87650z, E87650z, E87660dn, E87660z (continued)
Model number E87640dn E87640z E87650dn E87650z E87660dn E87660z
Product number X3A87A X3A86A X3A90A X3A89A X3A93A X3A92A
Embedded optical Not supported Not supported Not supported
character recognition
(OCR) provides the
ability to convert
printed pages into text
that can be edited or
searched using a
computer
SMART Label feature Not supported Not supported Not supported
provides paper-edge
detection for
automatic page
cropping
Automatic page Not supported Not supported Not supported
orientation for pages
that have at least 100
characters of text
Automatic tone Not supported Not supported Not supported
adjustment sets
contrast, brightness,
and background
removal for each page
Digital Send Send documents to E-
mail, USB, and shared
folders on a network
Send documents to Not supported Not supported Not supported
SharePoint®
Table 1-2 E87640du, E87650du, , E87660du
Model number E87640du E87650du E87660du
Product number 5CM64A 5CM65A 5CM66A
Paper handling Tray 1 (100-sheet capacity)
Tray 2 (520-sheet capacity)
Tray 3 (520-sheet capacity)
2 x 520-sheet dual cassette feeder Optional Optional Optional
(DCF)
2,000-sheet high-capacity input Optional Optional Optional
tray
3,000-sheet high-capacity input Optional Optional Optional
tray
Cabinet stand, department Optional Optional Optional
Stapler/stacker finishing accessory Optional Optional Optional
10 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Table 1-2 E87640du, E87650du, , E87660du (continued)
Model number E87640du E87650du E87660du
Product number 5CM64A 5CM65A 5CM66A
Booklet finisher accessory Optional Optional Optional
Inner finisher accessory Optional Optional Optional
2/3 hole punch accessory Optional Optional Optional
2/4 hole punch accessory Optional Optional Optional
Swedish hole punch accessory Optional Optional Optional
HP Job separator Optional Optional Optional
Automatic duplex printing
Connectivity 10/100/1000 Ethernet LAN
connection with IPv4 and IPv6
Hi-Speed USB 2.0
Easy-access USB port for printing
without a computer and upgrading
the firmware
Hardware Integration Pocket for
connecting accessory and third-
party devices
Memory 7 GB base memory
Mass storage 2 x 320 GB HP Secure High-
Performance Hard Disk
Security HP Trusted Platform Module
(embedded)
Control-panel display Color touchscreen control panel
Retractable keyboard Not supported Not supported Not supported
Print Prints 40 pages per minute (ppm) Not supported Not supported
on A4 and on letter-size paper.
Prints 50 pages per minute (ppm) Not supported Not supported
on A4 and on letter-size paper
Prints 60 pages per minute (ppm) Not supported Not supported
on A4 and on letter-size paper
Easy-access USB printing (no
computer required)
Fax Optional Optional Optional
Copy and Scan Scans 80-simplex/160-duplex
images per minute (ipm) on A4 and
letter-size paper (LX du models
only)
ENWW Specifications 11
Table 1-2 E87640du, E87650du, , E87660du (continued)
Model number E87640du E87650du E87660du
Product number 5CM64A 5CM65A 5CM66A
100-page document feeder with
dual-head scanning for single-pass
duplex copying and scanning
HP EveryPage Technologies Not supported Not supported Not supported
including ultrasonic multi-feed
detection
Embedded optical character Not supported Not supported Not supported
recognition (OCR) provides the
ability to convert printed pages into
text that can be edited or searched
using a computer
SMART Label feature provides Not supported Not supported Not supported
paper-edge detection for automatic
page cropping
Automatic page orientation for Not supported Not supported Not supported
pages that have at least 100
characters of text
Automatic tone adjustment sets Not supported Not supported Not supported
contrast, brightness, and
background removal for each page
Digital Send Send documents to E-mail, USB,
and shared folders on a network
Send documents to SharePoint® Not supported Not supported Not supported
12 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Supported operating systems
The following information applies to the Printer-Specific Windows PCL 6 and HP print drivers for OS X and to the
software installer.
Windows: The HP Software Installer can be downloaded from the printer support website for this printer and
installs the “HP PCL.6” version 3 print driver, the “HP PCL 6” version 3 print driver, or the “HP PCL-6” version 4
print driver, depending on the Windows operating system, along with optional software when using the software
installer. Download the "HP PCL.6" version 3 print driver, the "HP PCL 6" version 3 print driver, and the "HP PCL-6"
version 4 print driver from the printer-support website for this printer: www.hp.com/support/colorlje87600mfp.
OS X: Mac computers are supported with this printer. Download HP Easy Start either from 123.hp.com/LaserJet
or from the Printer Support page, and then use HP Easy Start to install the HP print driver. HP Easy Start is not
included in the HP Software Installer.
1. Go to 123.hp.com/LaserJet.
2. Follow the steps provided to download the printer software.
Linux: For information and print drivers for Linux, go to www.hp.com/go/linuxprinting.
UNIX: For information and print drivers for UNIX®, go to www.hp.com/go/unixmodelscripts.
Table 1-3 Supported operating systems and print drivers
Operating system Print driver installed (from the software on Notes
the web)
Windows® XP SP3, 32-bit The “HP PCL.6” printer-specific print driver is Microsoft retired mainstream support for
installed for this operating system as part of Windows XP in April 2009. HP will continue
the software installation. to provide best effort support for the
discontinued XP operating system. Some
features and page sizes in the print driver
are not supported.
Windows Vista®, 32-bit The “HP PCL.6” printer-specific print driver is Microsoft retired mainstream support for
installed for this operating system as part of Windows Vista in April 2012. HP will
the software installation. continue to provide best effort support for
the discontinued Vista operating system.
Some features and page sizes in the print
driver are not supported.
Windows Server 2003 SP2, 32-bit The “HP PCL.6” printer-specific print driver is Microsoft retired mainstream support for
available for download from the printer- Windows Server 2003 in July 2010. HP will
support website. Download the driver, and continue to provide best effort support for
then use the Microsoft Add Printer tool to the discontinued Server 2003 operating
install it. system. Some features and page sizes in
the print driver are not supported.
Windows 7 SP1, 32-bit and 64-bit The “HP PCL 6” printer-specific print driver is
installed for this operating system as part of
the software installation.
Windows 8, 32-bit and 64-bit The “HP PCL 6” printer-specific print driver is Windows 8 RT support is provided through
installed for this operating system as part of Microsoft IN OS Version 4, 32- bit driver.
the software installation.
Windows 8.1, 32-bit and 64-bit The “HP PCL-6” V4 printer-specific print Windows 8.1 RT support is provided through
driver is installed for this operating system Microsoft IN OS Version 4, 32- bit driver.
as part of the software installation.
Windows 10, 32-bit and 64-bit The “HP PCL-6” V4 printer-specific print
driver is installed for this operating system
as part of the software installation.
ENWW Specifications 13
Table 1-3 Supported operating systems and print drivers (continued)
Operating system Print driver installed (from the software on Notes
the web)
Windows Server 2008 SP2, 32-bit The “HP PCL.6” printer-specific print driver is Microsoft retired mainstream support for
available for download from the printer- Windows Server 2008 in January 2015. HP
support website. Download the driver, and will continue to provide best effort support
then use the Microsoft Add Printer tool to for the discontinued Server 2008 operating
install it. system. Some features and page sizes in
the print driver are not supported.
Windows Server 2008 SP2, 64-bit The “HP PCL 6” printer-specific print driver is
available for download from the printer-
support website. Download the driver, and
then use the Microsoft Add Printer tool to
install it.
Windows Server 2008 R2, SP 1, 64-bit The “HP PCL 6” printer-specific print driver is
available for download from the printer-
support website. Download the driver, and
then use the Microsoft Add Printer tool to
install it.
Windows Server 2012, 64-bit The PCL 6 printer-specific print driver is
available for download from the printer-
support website. Download the driver, and
then use the Microsoft Add Printer tool to
install it.
Windows Server 2012 R2, 64-bit The PCL 6 printer-specific print driver is
available for download from the printer-
support website. Download the driver, and
then use the Microsoft Add Printer tool to
install it.
OS X 10.10 Yosemite, OS X 10.11 El Capitan, To install the print driver, download HP Easy
and OS X 10.12 Sierra Start from 123.hp.com/LaserJet. Follow the
steps provided to install the printer
software and print driver.
NOTE: Supported operating systems can change. For a current list of supported operating systems, go to
www.hp.com/support/colorlje87600mfp for HP's all-inclusive help for the printer.
NOTE: For details on client and server operating systems and for HP UPD driver support for this printer, go to
www.hp.com/go/upd. Under Additional information, click the links.
Table 1-4 Minimum system requirements
Windows OS X
● An Internet connection ● Internet connection
● Dedicated USB 1.1 or 2.0 connection or a network connection ● 1 GB of available hard-disk space
● 2 GB of available hard-disk space
14 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Printer dimensions
2
3 2
3
Table 1-5 Dimensions of the E87640, E87650, E87660
Normal operating dimensions Maximum operating dimensions
1. Height dn models: 932.2 mm (36.7 in) dn models: 1389.4 mm (54.7 in)
z models: 932.2 mm (36.7 in) z models: 1389.4 mm (54.7 in)
2. Depth dn models: 771.1 mm (30.3 in) dn models: 1676 mm (66 in)
z models: 771.1 mm (30.3 in) z models: 1676 mm (66 in)
3. Width dn models: 585 mm (23 in) dn models: 1134 mm (47 in)
z models: 585 mm (23 in) z models: 1134 mm (47 in)
Weight dn models: 113.1 kg (249.3 lb)
z models: 113.1 kg (249.3 lb)
NOTE: HP recommends that 30 mm (1.81 in) be added to the printer dimensions provided in this chapter to
make sure there is sufficient space to open doors and covers, and to provide proper ventilation.
Mobile printing solutions
HP offers multiple mobile and ePrint solutions to enable easy printing to an HP printer from a laptop, tablet,
smartphone, or other mobile device. To see the full list and to determine the best choice, go to www.hp.com/go/
LaserJetMobilePrinting.
● Wi-Fi Direct
● HP ePrint via email (Requires HP Web Services to be enabled and the printer to be registered with
HP Connected)
● HP ePrint app (Available for Android, iOS, and Blackberry)
● HP All-in-One Remote app for iOS and Android devices
ENWW Specifications 15
● HP ePrint software
● Google Cloud Print
● AirPrint
● Android Printing
Power consumption, electrical specifications, and acoustic emissions
See www.hp.com/support/colorlje87600mfp for current information.
CAUTION: Power requirements are based on the country/region where the printer is sold. Do not convert
operating voltages. This will damage the printer and void the printer warranty.
Environmental specifications
● Operating-environment specifications
Operating-environment specifications
Consider the following points before installing the printer:
The following table lists the recommended environment conditions:
Table 1-6 Environmental specifications
Environmental Condition Recommended
Temperature 150 to 300 C (59F to 86F)
Relative Humidity 20% to 80% relative humidity (RH)
General specifications
Table 1-7 General specifications
Item Specification
Processor CPU 1.5 GHz (Quad Core)
User Interface Operational Panel 8 inch touch screen
LED 2 (Power/Status)
Key/Button 1 (Power)
Memory Total 7 GB (3 GB Formatter + 4 GB)
Storage Standard 320 GB HDD
Interface USB (Host) Yes (Hi-Speed USB 3.0, 2.0)
USB (Device) Yes (Hi-Speed USB 3.0, 2.0)
USB (EDI) N/A
Wired LAN Standard (Ethernet 10/100/1G Base TX)
Additional Wired LAN Support Yes (optional)
16 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Table 1-7 General specifications (continued)
Item Specification
Wireless LAN/NFC ● Optional (IEEE 802.11b/g/n + NFC
Active Type)
● Optional (IEEE 802.11b/g/n/ac + BLE +
NFC Active Type)
Warmup Time From Power off (power on to ready) 23 sec
From Sleep 12 sec
Power Consumption Ready Less than 30 W
Normal operation Less than 900 W
Max/Peak Less than 1300 W
Sleep/Low Power Mode Less than 2.0 W
TEC (Default Mode) ● E87640: 2.1 kWh
● E87650: 2.717 kWh
● E87660: 3.05 kWh
Power Requirement ● Input Voltage (Europe): AC 220–240 V (+-6%)
● Input voltage (USA): AC 110–127 V (+-10%)
● Input Voltage (AP): AC 220–240 V (+-6%)
● Rated Frequency: 50/60 Hz (+-2Hz)
Acoustic Noise Level (Sound Power/ Printing Mode Simplex
Pressure)
● E87640, E87650
– Tray 2: Less than 54 dBA
– Tray 1/Optional trays: Less than
56 dBA
● E87660
– Tray 2: Less than 56 dBA
– Tray 1/Optional trays: Less than
58 dBA
Duplex
● E87640, E87650
– Tray 2: Less than 57 dBA
– Tray 1/Optional trays: Less than
59 dBA
● E87660
– Tray 2: Less than 59 dBA
– Tray 1/Optional trays: Less than
61 dBA
ENWW Specifications 17
Table 1-7 General specifications (continued)
Item Specification
Copying Mode Simplex
● E87640
– Tray 2: Less than 58 dBA
– Tray 1/Optional trays: Less than
60 dBA
● E87650, E87660
– Tray 2: Less than 59 dBA
– Tray 1/Optional trays: Less than
61 dBA
Duplex
● E87640
– Tray 2: Less than 60 dBA
– Tray 1/Optional trays: Less than
62 dBA
● E87650
– Tray 2: Less than 61 dBA
– Tray 1/Optional trays: Less than
63 dBA
● E87660
– Tray 2: Less than 61 dBA
– Tray 1/Optional trays: Less than
64 dBA
Ready Mode 30 dBA
Dimensions (W x D x H) Set (without stand) ● 585 x 771.1 x 932.2 mm (23 x 30.3 x
36.7 in)
Weight Set (with supplies) ● E87640, E87650, E87660: 113.1 kg
(249.3 lb)
Recommended Monthly Print Volume ● E87640: 40,000 pages
● E87650: 45,000 pages
● E87660: 50,000 pages
Max Monthly Duty Cycle ● E87640: 200,000 pages
● E87650: 250,000 pages
● E87660: 330,000 pages
18 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Print specifications
Table 1-8 Print specifications
Item Specification
Print speed Simplex ● E87640
– Up to 40 ppm in A4 (40 ppm in
Letter)
– Up to 21 ppm in A3 (21 ppm in
11x17)
● E87650
– Up to 50 ppm in A4 (50 ppm in
Letter)
– Up to 26 ppm in A3 (26 ppm in
11x17)
● E87660
– Up to 60 ppm in A4 (50 ppm in
Letter)
– Up to 31 ppm in A3 (31 ppm in
11x17)
Duplex (Simplex to Duplex) ● E87640
– Up to 40 ipm in A4 (40 ipm in
Letter)
– Up to 21 ipm in A3 (21 ipm in
11x17)
● E87650
– Up to 50 ipm in A4 (50 ipm in
Letter)
– Up to 26 ipm in A3 (26 ipm in
11x17)
● E87660
– Up to 60 ipm in A4 (50 ipm in
Letter)
– Up to 31 ipm in A3 (31 ipm in
11x17)
FPOT From Ready ● E87640: as fast as 9.9 s
● E87650: as fast as 8.9 s
● E87660: as fast as 8.3 s
From Sleep ● E87640: as fast as 21.9 s
● E87650: as fast as 20.9 s
● E87660: as fast as 20.3 s
Resolution 1200 x 1200 dpi (Full Speed)
ENWW Specifications 19
Table 1-8 Print specifications (continued)
Item Specification
Printer Language PCL5/PCL6(XL)/PostScript Level 3/PDF v1.7
Font PCL 95 scalable fonts (including OCR-A/OCR-
B)/1 Bitmap
PostScript 3 136 scalable fonts
Supporting Operating Systems Windows ● Windows XP (32–bit, 64–bit)
● Windows 2003 Server (32–bit, 64–bit)
● Windows Vista (32–bit, 64–bit)
● Windows 2008 Server (32–bit, 64–bit)
● Windows 7 (32–bit, 64–bit)
● Windows 2008 Server R2 (64–bit)
● Windows 8 (32–bit, 64–bit)
● Windows 8.1 (32–bit, 64–bit)
● Windows Server 2012 (64–bit)
● Windows Server 2012 R2 (64–bit)
Linux ● Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5, 6 (32–bit,
64–bit)
● Fedora 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19,
20 (32–bit, 64–bit)
● OpenSuSE 11.2, 11.3, 11.4, 12.1, 12.2,
12.3, 13.1 (32–bit, 64–bit)
● Ubuntu 10.04, 11.04, 11.10, 12.04,
12.10, 13.04, 13.10, 14.04 (32–bit,
64–bit)
● SuSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 10, 11
(32–bit, 64–bit)
● Debian 6, 7 (32–bit, 64–bit)
● Mint 13, 14, 15, 16 (32–bit, 64–bit)
Mac OS Mac OS X 10.6–10.10
20 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Table 1-8 Print specifications (continued)
Item Specification
Direct Print PRN/PDF/TIFF/JPEG/XPS
Print Features ● WSD print
● Secure print
● Stored print
● Booklet
● N-up
● Cover page
● Barcode
● Eco
● Poster
● Glossy
● Watermark
● Tray priority setting
● Auto tray setting
● Tray protection
● USB print
● Secure PDF print
● Google Cloud print
Scan specifications
Table 1-9 Scan specifications
Item Specification
Scan Speed Scan to folder speeds DN bundles (black and white,
(hardware) gray scale, and color)
● Simplex: 90 ipm @ 300
DPI
● Duplex: 180 ipm @ 300
DPI
Z bundles (black and white,
gray scale, and color)
● Simplex: 120 ipm @ 300
DPI
● Duplex: 240 ipm @ 300
DPI
Color Mode Mono/Gray/Color
ENWW Specifications 21
Table 1-9 Scan specifications (continued)
Item Specification
Compatibility Network TWAIN/Network
SANE
Scan Method MMT
File Formats ● PDF
● Searchable PDF
● Compact PDF
● PDF Encryption
● Digital Signature in PDF
● PDF/A
● Single-Page PDF
● Multi-page PDF
● TIFF
● Single-Page TIFF
● Multi-page TIFF
● XPS
● Single-Page XPS
● Multi-page XPS
● JPEG
Resolution Optical (ADF) Up to 600 x 600 dpi
Optical (Image Scanner) Up to 600 x 600 dpi
Enhanced (ADF) Up to 4800 x 4800 dpi
Enhanced (Image Scanner) Up to 4800 x 4800 dpi
Scan Destinations ● Email
● FTP
● SMB
● HDD
● USB
● WSD
● PC
● Internet FAX
Multi-destinations Yes
22 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Table 1-9 Scan specifications (continued)
Item Specification
Communication Protocol ● SMTP (IPv4, IPv6, SSL/
TLS)
● POP3 (IPv4, IPv6, SSL/
TLS)
● FTP (IPv4, IPv6)
● SMB (IPv4, IPv6)
● WSD
● T4Net
Scan ADF ● Min. A6 SEF 105 mm x
Size 148 mm (4.13 in x 5.83)
● Max. 297 mm x 437 mm
(11.7 in x 17.2 in)
Image Scanner Max. 297 mm x 437 mm
(11.7 in x 17.2 in)
Scan Original Types Text/Text & Photo/Photo
Copy specifications
Table 1-10 Copy specifications
Item Specification
Copy Speed Single Document Multiple Copy (SDMC) ● E87640
– Up to 40 cpm in A4
● E87650
– Up to 50 cpm in A4
● E87660
– Up to 60 cpm in A4
Multiple Document Multiple Copy (MDMC) ● E87640
– Simplex to Simplex: Up to 40
cpm in A4/Letter
– Duplex to Simplex: Up to 40 ipm
in A4/Letter
● E87650
– Simplex to Simplex: Up to 50
cpm in A4/Letter
– Duplex to Simplex: Up to 50 ipm
in A4/Letter
● E87660
ENWW Specifications 23
Table 1-10 Copy specifications (continued)
Item Specification
– Simplex to Simplex: Up to 60
cpm in A4/Letter
– Duplex to Simplex: Up to 60 ipm
in A4/Letter
FCOT From Ready ● E87640: 6.1 s
● E87650: 5.1 s
● E87660: 4.5 s
Resolution Flow ADF ● Scan: 600 x 600 dpi
● Printing: 600 x 600 dpi
Image Scanner ● Scan: 600 x 600 dpi
● Printing: 600 x 600 dpi
Reduce/Enlarge Flow ADF 25–400% in 1% increments
Image Scanner 25–400% in 1% increments
Preset 25% / 50% A3→A5 / 61% A3→B5 / 64%
Ledger→Letter / 70% A3→A4 | B4→B5 |
A4→A5 / 77% Ledger→Legal / 78%
Legal→Letter / 81% B4→A4 | B5→A5 /
86% A3→B4 | A4→B5 / 104%
Executive→Letter / 115% B4→A3 / 121%
Legal→Ledger / 122% A4→B4 / 129%
Letter→Ledger / 141% A4→A3 | A5→A4 /
150% / 200% A5→A3 / 400%
Darkness Control 11 levels
Contrast Control 11 levels
Multi Copy 1–9,999
Duplex Copy Built-in
24 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Table 1-10 Copy specifications (continued)
Item Specification
Copy Original Type ● Text
● Text and Printed Photo
● Text and Glossy Photo
● Newspaper
● Printed Photo
● Glossy Photo
● Copied Original
● Map
● Light Original
Copy Features ● ID Copy
● N-up
● Booklet
● Image Repeat
● Auto Fit
● Book Copy
● Poster Copy
● Watermark
● Image Overlay
● Stamp
● Covers
● Job Build
● Preview
● Erase Edge
● Image Shift
● Image Adjustment
● Background Adjustment
ENWW Specifications 25
Supplies
Table 1-11 Supplies
Item Product number Service number Average yield
Initial Toner Cartridge1 Black W9050MC X3A92-67904 Approx. 54,400 pages
HP Black Managed LJ
Toner Cartridge
Cyan W9051MC X3A92-67901 Approx. 52,000 pages
HP Cyan Managed LJ
Toner Cartridge
Magenta W9053MC X3A92-67902 Approx. 52,000 pages
HP Magenta Managed LJ
Toner Cartridge
Yellow W9052MC X3A92-67903 Approx. 52,000 pages
HP Yellow Managed LJ
Toner Cartridge
TCU W9058MC Approx. 71,000 pages
Staples
1 Print cartridge life is approximately based on average A4 /Letter-size page count with ISO coverage. Declared cartridge yield value in
accordance with ISO/IEC 19798. Actual yields vary considerably based on images printed and other factors. For more information, visit
www.hp.com/go/learnaboutsupplies
NOTE: Depending on the print pattern and job mode used, the lifespan of the consumable can vary.
Print cartridge life is approximately based on average A4 /Letter-size page count with ISO coverage. Declared
cartridge yield value in accordance with ISO/IEC 19798. Actual yields vary considerably based on images printed
and other factors. For more information, visit www.hp.com/go/learnaboutsupplies
IMPORTANT: Toner cartridges or other supplies must be purchased in the same country/region as the printer
being used. Otherwise, new toner cartridges or other supplies will be incompatible with the printer. This is due to
differing configurations of toner cartridges and other supplies according to the conditions of a specific country/
region.
Maintenance parts
Some of the printer parts have a shorter lifespan than the life of the printer.
HP recommends replacing the following maintenance parts at specific intervals to make sure the printer
produces quality copies and to extend the service life of the printer.
Item Product number Life Remark
Developer Unit Yellow Z7Y73A 720,000 pages
Magenta Z7Y72A 720,000 pages
Cyan Z7Y69A 720,000 pages
Black Z7Y68A 720,000 pages
26 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Item Product number Life Remark
OPC Drum Unit Black W9054MC Approx. 160,000 pages
Cyan W9055MC Approx. 140,000 pages
Magenta
Yellow
Fuser Unit 220 V Z7Y76A 360,000 pages
110 V Z7Y75A 360,000 pages
ITB Z7Y78A 430,000 pages NOTE: Clean the CPR
sensor after replacing
the ITB.
ITB Cleaner Z7Y80A 180,000 pages
Transfer Roller Assembly Z7Y90A 360,000 pages
Pick/Feed/Reverse (Separation) Roller (for Trays 2-X) Z9M01A 360,000 pages
Tray 1 Pick/Feed/Reverse (Separation) Roller 200,000 pages
Flow ADF pick roller assembly (GX and sGX z/dn Z8W50A 200,000 pages
models)
Flow ADF reverse (separation) roller assembly (GX Z8W51A 100,000 pages
and sGX z/dn models)
ADF pick roller assy (LX du models) Z7Y64A 200,000 pages
ADF reverse (separation) roller assy (LX du models) Z7Y65A 100,000 pages
NOTE:
● Depending on the print patterns and job mode used, the lifespan can differ.
● See Replacing the maintenance part for further instructions.
Maintenance table
● EM: Emergency Maintenance (as needed)
● C: Clean
● R: Replace
NOTE: The total pages at the top of the table represents the lifespan for each maintenance part.
When replacing the fuser unit, the engineer does not need to replace Paper Path and Flow ADF's material items
such as pickup, feed, separation rollers, and so on.
The usage of fuser unit and pickup, feed, separation roller will be different as the usage of Copy, Scan, and Print
job.
ENWW Specifications 27
Paper handling specifications
Table 1-12 Paper handling specifications
Item Specification
Input Capacity Standard 1040 sheets
Multipurpose 100 sheets
Maximum 6140 sheets
NOTE: 1 Tray (100) + 2 Tray (1040) + HCI bottom (2000) + sHCI (3000)
Standard Cassette Tray Capacity ● 520 sheets x 2 (Based on Xerox Premier 80g/m2)
● Envelope: 50 sheets (only Tray 2 support)
NOTE: Supported Envelopes: Monarch, DL, C4, C5, C6, No.10, No. 9
Media Sizes ● Cassette 1: 98 mm x 139.7 mm — 297 mm x 390 mm (3.9 in x 5.5 in —
11.7 in x 15.4 in)
● Cassette 2: 148.5 mm x 182 mm — 320 mm x 457 mm (5.8 in x 7.2 in —
12.6 in x 18 in)
28 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Table 1-12 Paper handling specifications (continued)
Item Specification
Media Types ● Plain
● Thin
● Bond
● Hole Punched
● Pre-Printed
● Recycled
● Thin Cardstock
● Thick Cardstock
● Heavy Cardstock
● Extra Heavy Cardstock 1
● Letterhead
● Thick
● Cotton
● Colored
● Archive
● Thin Glossy
● Thick Glossy
● Heavy Glossy
● Heavy Weight
● Extra Heavy Weight 1 ,2 ,3 4
● Label
● Transparency
● Envelope (Cassette 1 Only)
ENWW Specifications 29
Table 1-12 Paper handling specifications (continued)
Item Specification
Media Weight ● Plain Paper: 70-90 g/m² (18.5-24 lb/ Duplex)
● Thick Paper: 91-105 g/m² (25-28 lb/ Duplex)
● Heavy Weight Paper : 106-176 g/m² (Duplex)
● Extra Heavy Weight 1 Paper : 177-220 g/m²
● Extra Heavy Weight 2: 221–256 g/m2 (Duplex)
● Extra Heavy Weight 3: 257–300 g/m2
● Thick Cardstock: 164–216 g/m2 (Duplex)
● Heavy Cardstock: 217–256 g/m2 (Duplex)
● Extra Heavy Cardstock: 257–300 g/m2
● Thick Glossy: 164–216 g/m2
● Heavy Glossy: 217–256 g/m2
● Transparency: 138–146 g/m2
● Label: 120–150 g/m2
● Envelope: 75–90 g/m2 (Only Tray 2 support)
● Thick Envelope: 91–120 g/m2 (Only Tray 2 support)
● Thin Paper: 60-69 g/m² (16-19 lb/ Duplex)
● Cotton paper : 75-90 g/m² (Duplex)
● Colored : 75-90 g/m² (Duplex)
● Pre-Printed : 71-90 g/m² (Duplex)
● Recycled : 60-90 g/m² (Duplex)
● Bond Paper: 105-120 g/m² (Duplex)
● Letterhead : 75-90 g/m² (Duplex)
● Hole Punched Paper: 75-90 g/m² (Duplex)
● Thin Cardstock : 105-163 g/m² (Duplex)
● Thin Glossy : 106-163 g/m² (Duplex)
Sensing ● H/W Install Detect: Yes
● Paper Empty and Low Level Detect: Yes
● Paper Type Detect: No
● Paper Size Detect: Yes
30 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Table 1-12 Paper handling specifications (continued)
Item Specification
Tray 1 Capacity ● Plain Paper: 100 sheets at 80 g/m2
● Envelopes: 10 sheets at 75 g/m2
NOTE: Supported Envelopes: Monarch, DL, C4, C5, C6, No. 10, No. 9
● Labels: 20 sheets at 120–159 g/m2
● Thick Paper: 10 sheets at 176 g/m2
Media Sizes 98 mm x 139.7 mm — 320 mm x 1200 mm (3.8 in x 5.5 in — 12.6 in x 47.2 in)
Media Types ● Plain
● Thin
● Bond
● Hole Punched
● Pre-Printed
● Recycled
● Thin Cardstock
● Letterhead
● Thick
● Cotton
● Colored
● Archive
● Thin Glossy
● Thick Glossy
● Heavy Glossy
● Heavy Weight
● Extra Heavy Weight 1, 2 ,3 ,4
● Envelope
● Transparency
● Label
Media Weight ● 60 to 256 g/m2: Simplex, Duplex
● 257 to 325 g/m2: Simplex
● Envelope: 75–90 g/m2, Simplex
● Label: 120–150 g/m2, Simplex
Sensing Paper Empty Detect: Yes
Paper Size Detect: Yes
ENWW Specifications 31
Table 1-12 Paper handling specifications (continued)
Item Specification
ADF Capacity GX/sGX - 250 sheets
LX - 100 sheets
Document Size ● Width: 105 mm — 297 mm (5 in — 11.7 in)
● Length: 140 mm — 432 mm (5.5in — 17 in)
Document Weight ● Simplex: 60–163 g/m2 (11.25–43.24 lb) (Guarantee) 42–60 g/m2 and 163–
220 g/m2 (Support)
● Duplex: 60–163 g/m2 (13.25–43.25 lb) (Guarantee) 50–60 g/m2 and 163–
220 g/m2 (Support)
Auto Detected Size A3/A4/A5/A6 SEF/B4/B5/Letter/Legal/Statement/Folio/Executive
Image Scanner Document Size ● Width: 140 mm — 297 mm (5.5 in — 11.7 in)
● Length: 140 mm — 432 mm (5.5 in — 17 in)
Output Capacity Standard 500 sheets, face down
Maximum 615 sheets [500 sheets (Standard) + 125 sheets (Job Separator)]
Printing Size Maximum Size 320 mm x 457 mm (12.6 in x 18 in)
Minimum Size 98 mm x 139.7 mm (3.8 in x 5.5 in)
Maximum Printing Area Simplex Top: 4.2 +/- 1.5 mm / Left: 4.2 +/- 1.5 mm
Duplex Top: 4.2 +/- 2 mm / Left: 4.2 +/- 2 mm
Duplex Printing Support Built-in
Media Sizes 139.7 mm x 182 mm — 320 mm x 457 mm (5.5 in x 7.2 in — 12.6 in x 18 in)
32 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Table 1-12 Paper handling specifications (continued)
Item Specification
Media Types ● Plain
● Thin
● Bond
● Hole Punched
● Pre-Printed
● Recycled
● Thin Cardstock
● Letterhead
● Thick
● Cotton
● Colored
● Archive
● Thin Glossy
● Thick Glossy
● Heavy Glossy
● Heavy Weight
● Extra Heavy Weight 1, 2
Media weight 16–17 lb (60 to 256 g/m2)
ENWW Specifications 33
Network and software specifications
Network interface
Table 1-13 Network interface
Item Specifications
Network OS Windows
● XP (32/64 bit)
● 2003 (32/64 bit)
● Vista (32/64 bit)
● Windows 7
● Windows 8
Mac
● Mac OS 10.5 –10.8
Linux
● RedHat 8–9
● Fedora Core 1–4
● Mandrake 9.2–10.1
● SuSE 8.2–9.2
Novell
● Netware 5.x, 6.x (TCP/IP Only)
Others
● Unix (HP-UX, Solaris, SumOS, SCO)
Network Protocols TCP/IP TCP/IPv4, HTTP, SNMPv1/v2c/v3, LDAP,
SMTP, SSL/TLS, IPSec, DNS, WINS, SLP,
Bonjour, SSDP, DDNS, DHCP/BOOTP, IPv6
IPX/SPX No
Ether Talk No
NetBIOS over TCP/IP Yes
Others HTTPS, IPSec, 802.1x
IP Addressing Static IP Yes
Auto IP Yes
BOOTP Yes
DHCP Yes
SNMP/MIB Access MIB-2 (RFC 1213) Yes
Host Resource MIB (RFC 2790) Yes
34 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Table 1-13 Network interface (continued)
Item Specifications
Printer MIB (RFC 3805) Yes
Finisher MIB (RFC 3806) Yes
Private MIB Yes
HP Compatibility Yes — Partially
SNMP Trap Yes
Printing Protocols Windows Printing (SMB) No
LPR/LPD Yes
IPP Yes
Netware I-Print No
Netware NDPS No
Ether Talk No
Port 9100 Yes
Device Discovery DNS Yes
Dynamic DNS Yes
Multicast DNS (Bonjoure) Yes
WSD (including Print and Scan) Yes (Print and Scan)
SLP Yes
uPNP (SSDP) Yes
Software and solutions
Table 1-14 Software and solutions
Item Specifications
Application Anyweb Print N/A
Easy Printer Manager Windows/Mac
Easy Color Manager Windows/Mac
Easy Document Creator Windows
Net PC Fax Windows/Mac
Direct Printing Utility Windows
Easy Deployment Manager Windows
Easy Eco Driver Windows
Universal Printer Driver Windows
Universal Scan Driver Windows
Mobile Printing Google Cloud Print (GCP) Yes
ENWW Specifications 35
Table 1-14 Software and solutions (continued)
Item Specifications
Airprint Yes
Smart App Smart Workspace Yes
Workbook Composer Yes
Smart Color Manager Yes
Smart Service App Yes
Hancom Office Yes
Solution Device Management Fleet Admin Pro (UniThru)
Output Management CounThru Enterprise/Pro
Document Management and Distribution SmarThru Workflow 3.0
Security SecuThur Pro 1.0
Mobility SCP 1.0 (14.09)
Security Authentication (Local) Yes
Authentication (Network) Yes (SMB/Kerberos/LDAP/IPSec/EAP)
IP Address Filtering Yes (IPv4 Filtering/IPv6 Filtering/MAC
Filtering)
HDD Overwrite (Standard) 9
HDD Overwrite (Maximum Overwrites) Yes
Secure Print Yes
Encrypted Secure Print Yes
Encrypted PDF Mode (Encrypted Scanning) Yes
IP Sec Yes
Smart Card Authentication Yes
Options
Configuration options
HP Color LaserJet MFP E87640, E87650, E87660
1 2
9
3
8 5
7 6 4
36 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Number Component Product number
1 HP Color LaserJet MFP E87640, E87650, E87660 ● E87640
– dn models: X3A87A
– du models: 5CM64A
– z models: X3A86A
● E87650
– dn models: X3A90A
– du models: 5CM65A
– z models: X3A89A
● E87660
– dn models: X3A93A
– du models: 5CM66A
– z models: X3A92A
2 HP LaserJet Department Cabinet Y1G16A
3 HP LaserJet 2000 Sheet High Capacity Tray Y1G21A
Department
4 HP LaserJet Dual Cassette Department Feeder Y1F98A
5 HP High Capacity Input Tray Side (sHCI) Y1G20A
6 HP LaserJet Stapler/Stacker Finisher Y1G18A
The following punch kits are available:
● Y1G10A — HP LaserJet Hole Punch 2/3
Accessory
● Y1G11A — HP LaserJet Hole Punch 2/4
Accessory
● Y1G12A — HP LaserJet Hole Punch Swedish
Accessory
7 HP LaserJet Booklet Finisher Y1G07A
The following punch kits are available:
● Y1G10A — HP LaserJet Hole Punch 2/3
Accessory
● Y1G11A — HP LaserJet Hole Punch 2/4
Accessory
● Y1G12A — HP LaserJet Hole Punch Swedish
Accessory
ENWW Specifications 37
Number Component Product number
8 HP LaserJet Inner Finisher Y1G00A
The following punch kits are available:
● Y1G02A — HP LaserJet Inner Finisher Hole 2/3
Punch
● Y1G03A — HP LaserJet Inner Finisher Hole 2/4
Punch
● Y1G04A — HP LaserJet Inner Finisher Swedish
Punch
9 HP LaserJet Department Job Separator Y1G15A
HP LaserJet Paper Tray Heaters Department Y1G22A
NOTE: Not shown in configuration.
The following accessories are also available:
● Y1G22A#BGJ — HP LaserJet Paper Tray
Heaters Accessory Department (110V)
● Y1G22A#B19 — HP LaserJet Paper Tray
Heaters Accessory Department (220V)
Options list
Table 1-15 Options list
Item Part numbers Remark
HP LaserJet Department Cabinet Y1G168
HP LaserJet Dual Cassette Department Y1F98A
Feeder
HP LaserJet 2000 Sheet High Capacity Tray Y1F21A
Department
HP High Capacity Input Tray Side (sHCI) Y1F20A
Fax Kit
Fax Multiline Kit
Foreign interface harness (FIH) Kit
HP LaserJet Job Separator Department Y1G01A
HP LaserJet Paper Tray Heaters Department Y1G22A For dual cassette feeder (DCF)
HP LaserJet Paper Tray Heaters Accessory Y1G22A#BGJ For HCI/sHCI
Department (110V)
HP LaserJet Paper Tray Heaters Accessory Y1G22A#B19
Department (220V)
Wireless/NFC Kit
Wireless/NFC/BLE Kit
Additional Network Kit (Dual Network Kit)
38 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Table 1-15 Options list (continued)
Item Part numbers Remark
HP LaserJet Inner Finisher Y1G00A
HP LaserJet Stapler/Stacker Finisher Y1G18A
HP LaserJet Booklet Finisher Y1G07A
HP LaserJet Inner Finisher Hole 2/3 Punch Y1G02A Two and three hole punch (for America,
Asia, and Africa)
HP LaserJet Inner Finisher Hole 2/4 Punch Y1G03A Two and four hole punch (for Europe)
HP LaserJet Inner Finisher Swedish Punch Y1G04A Swedish four hole punch (for Sweden)
HP LaserJet Hole Punch 2/3 Accessory Y1G10A Two and three hole punch (for America,
Asia, and Africa)
HP LaserJet Hole Punch 2/4 Accessory Y1G11A Two and four hole punch (for Europe)
HP LaserJet Hole Punch Swedish Accessory Y1G12A Swedish four hole punch (for Sweden)
HP LaserJet Inner/Booklet Finisher Staples Y1G13A ● Regular staples for the HP LaserJet
Inner Finisher
NOTE: The HP LaserJet Booklet Finisher
and HP LaserJet Stapler/Stacker Finisher ● Regular saddle staples for the
have two staple slots. HP LaserJet Booklet Finisher
HP LaserJet Stapler/Stacker Finisher Staples Y1G14A ● Regular staples for HP LaserJet
Stapler/Stacker Finisher
NOTE: The HP LaserJet Booklet Finisher
and HP LaserJet Stapler/Stacker Finisher
have two staple slots.
Option specifications
Table 1-16 Option specifications
Item Specification
HP LaserJet Dual Cassette Department Part number Y1F98A
Feeder
Capacity 520 x 2 sheets
Media Sizes ● Cassette 1: 148.5 mm x 210 mm —
297 mm x 432 mm (5.8 in x 8.2 in —
12 in x 18 in)
● Cassette 2: 148.5 mm x 210 mm —
297 mm x 432 mm (5.8 in x 8.2 in —
12 in x 18 in)
Media Types Plain/Thin/Bond/Hole Punched/Preprinted/
Recycled/Thin Cardstock/Letterhead/Thick/
Cotton/Colored/Archive/Thin Glossy/Heavy
Weight/Extra Heavy Weight
ENWW Specifications 39
Table 1-16 Option specifications (continued)
Item Specification
Media Weight ● Plain Paper: 71–90 g/m2 (18.5–24 lb/
Duplex)
● Thick Paper: 91–105 g/m2 (25–28 lb/
Duplex)
● Heavy Weight Paper: 106–176 g/m2
(Duplex)
● Heavy Weight Paper 1: 177–216 g/m2
(Duplex)
● Heavy Weight Paper 2: 217–256 g/m2
(Duplex)
● Heavy Weight Paper 3: 257–300 g/m2
● Thin Paper: 60–69 g/m2 (16–19 lb/
Duplex)
● Cotton Paper: 75–90 g/m2 (Duplex)
● Colored: 75–90 g/m2 (Duplex)
● Preprinted: 71–90 g/m2 (Duplex)
● Recycled: 60–90 g/m2 (Duplex)
● Bond Paper: 105–120 g/m2 (Duplex)
● Letterhead: 75–90 g/m2 (Duplex)
● Hole Punched Paper: 75–90 g/m2
(Duplex)
● Thin Cardstock: 105–163 g/m2
(Duplex)
● Thin Glossy: 106–163 g/m2 (Duplex)
Sensing ● H/W Install Detect: Yes
● Paper Empty and Low Level Detect:
Yes
● Paper Type Detect: No
● Paper Size Detect: Yes
Dimensions 556 mm x 610 mm x 265 mm (22.3 in x 24
in x 10 in)
Weight Net 20 kg, Packing 23.5 kg
HP LaserJet 2000 Sheet High Capacity Tray Part number Y1G21A
Department
Capacity 2000 sheets at 20 lb (80 g/m2)
Media Sizes A4, Letter
Media Types Plain Paper, Thin Paper, Thick Paper,
Punched Paper
40 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Table 1-16 Option specifications (continued)
Item Specification
Media Weight 60 to 300 gsm
Sensing ● H/W Install Detect: Yes
● Paper Empty and Low Level Detect:
Yes
● Paper Type Detect: No
● Paper Size Detect: No
HP High Capacity Input Tray Side (sHCI) Part number Y1F20A
Capacity 3000 sheets at 20 lb (80 g/m2)
Media Sizes A4, Letter
Media Types Plain Paper, Thin Paper, Thick Paper,
Punched Paper
Media weight 60 to 300 gsm
Sensing ● H/W Install Detect: Yes
● Paper Empty and Low Level Detect:
Yes
● Paper Type Detect: No
● Paper Size Detect: No
HP LaserJet Department Cabinet Part number Y1G16A
Dimensions 585 mm x 670 mm x 257 mm
Weight (Net) 18 kg
HP LaserJet Job Separator Department Part number Y1G01A
Capacity 125 sheets at (80 g/m2)
HP LaserJet Inner Finisher Part number Y1G00A
Capacity 500 sheets stacking, internal
Staple Cartridge Capacity 5000 staples/cartridge
Stacking ● Top Tray: 50 sheets (A4/LT at 80 gsm)
● Finishing Tray: 500 sheets (A4/LT at
80 gsm)
Stapling ● Maximum Number of Sheets: 50
sheets stapling with 90 g/m2 sheet
● Stapling Positions: Front flat and
corner (45), Dual, Rear flat and corner
(45)
Saddle Stapling N/A
Offline Stapling N/A
Offset at Non-Staple Job Yes
ENWW Specifications 41
Table 1-16 Option specifications (continued)
Item Specification
Offset at Staple Job N/A
Output Stacking Face Down
HP LaserJet Stapler/Stacker Finisher Part number Y1G18A
Capacity 65 sheets stapling, 3,250 sheets stacking
Staple Cartridge Capacity 5000 staples/cartridge
Stacking ● Top Tray: 250 sheets (A4/LT at 80
gsm)
● Finishing Tray: 3000 sheets (A4/LT at
80 gsm)
Stapling ● Maximum Number of Sheets: 65
sheets stapling with 90 g/m2 sheet
● Stapling Positions: 2 Corners (Single ,
45 degree), Center (Double)
Offline Stapling Yes
Offset at Non-Staple Job Yes
Offset at Staple Job Yes
Output Stacking Face Down
HP LaserJet Booklet Finisher Part number Y1G07A
Capacity 65 sheets stapling, 2000 sheets stacking
Staple Cartridge Capacity 5000 staples/cartridge
Stacking ● Top Tray: 250 sheets (A4/LT at 80
gsm)
● Finishing Tray: 2000 sheets (A4/LT at
80 gsm)
Stapling ● Maximum Number of Sheets: 65
sheets stapling with 90 g/m2 sheet
● Stapling Positions: 2 Corners (Single),
Center (Double)
Saddle Stapling Maximum Number of Sheets: 25 sheets
stapling with 80 g/m2 sheet
Offline Stapling Yes
Offset at Non-Staple Job Yes
Offset at Staple Job Yes
Output Stacking Face Down
1. HP LaserJet Hole Punch 2/3 Accessory Part numbers 1. Y1G10A
2. HP LaserJet Hole Punch 2/4 Accessory 2. Y1G11A
3. HP LaserJet Hole Punch Swedish 3. Y1G12A
Accessory
42 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Table 1-16 Option specifications (continued)
Item Specification
Available Unit Auto change 2/3 hole or auto change 2/4
hole, Swedish 4
Paper Wight 52–300 g/m2
1. HP LaserJet Inner Finisher Hole 2/3 Part numbers 1. Y1G02A
Punch
2. Y1G03A
2. P LaserJet Inner Finisher Hole 2/4
Punch 3. Y1G04A
3. HP LaserJet Inner Finisher Swedish Available Unit Auto change 2/3 hole or auto change 2/4
Punch hole, Swedish 4
Paper Wight 52–256 g/m2
ENWW Specifications 43
Feeding system
Feeding system overview
The feeding system picks up paper from the cassette or Tray 1 and moves it to the printing mechanism inside
the printer. The feeding system consists of the pickup unit, registration unit, transfer roller assembly, and exit
unit.
44 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Main components and functions
Rollers
Figure 1-1 Rollers
1 Tray 2 13 Tray 4 feed roller (optional)
2 Tray 3 14 Tray 4 trans roller (optional)
3 Tray 4 (optional) 15 Tray 5 feed roller (optional)
4 Tray 5 (optional) 16 Registration sensor
5 Tray 2 pickup/reverse/feed rollers 17 Registration roller
6 Tray 3 pickup/reverse/feed rollers 18 Transfer roller
7 Tray 4 pickup/reverse/feed rollers (optional) 19 Exit roller (1st)
8 Tray 5 pickup/reverse/feed rollers (optional) 20 Exit roller (2nd)
ENWW Feeding system 45
9 Tray 1 pickup/reverse/feed rollers 21 Exit roller (trans)
10 Tray 2 feed roller 22 Duplex 1 roller
11 Tray 3 feed roller 23 Duplex 2 roller
12 Tray 3 trans roller 23 Duplex 3 roller
● Pickup roller (Tray 1, 2, 3, 4, 5)
– This roller picks up the paper from the tray.
● Feed roller (Tray 1, 2, 3, 4, 5)
– This roller is placed against the reverse roller. It transfers the paper from the pickup roller to the feed
roller.
● Reverse roller (Tray 1, 2, 3, 4, 5)
– This roller is placed against the feed roller and transfers only one sheet of paper to the feed roller.
When two or more sheets of paper are being transferred from the pickup roller, the load of the torque
limiter of the reverse roller is heavier than the frictional force between the sheets of paper. As a
result, the reverse roller is stopped and the lower sheet of paper is not transferred.
● Feed roller
– This roller transfers the paper sent from the feed/reverse roller to the registration roller.
● Registration roller
– This roller aligns the leading edge of the paper and transfers the paper to the transfer roller
assembly.
Table 1-18 Roller period table
Roller Periodic
OPC/Drum 94.5 mm
Charge Roller (CR) 37.7 mm
Magnetic roller (MR) 32.3 mm
Transfer roller 44.0 mm
Transfer roller (T2) 75.4 mm
Fuser Belt (HR) 110 mm
Fuser Pressure Roller (PR) 114.7 mm
46 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Sensor, motor, and solenoid
Figure 1-2 Sensor, motor, solenoid
Table 1-19 Sensor, motor, solenoid
Item Function
Tray 2 paper size detection sensor Detects Tray 2 paper size
Tray 2 paper empty detection sensor Detects Tray 2 paper empty
Tray 2 upper limit detection sensor Detects Tray 2 upper limit
Tray 2 paper Lead Edge detection Detects Tray 2 paper Lead Edge
sensor
ENWW Feeding system 47
Table 1-19 Sensor, motor, solenoid (continued)
Item Function
Tray 3 paper size detection sensor Detects Tray 3 paper size
Tray 3 paper empty detection sensor Detects Tray 3 paper empty
Tray 3 upper limit detection sensor Detects Tray 3 upper limit
Tray 3 paper Lead Edge detection Detects Tray 3 paper Lead Edge
sensor
Tray 3 paper feed jam detection sensor Detects Tray 3 paper feed jam
Tray 4 paper size detection (option) Detects Tray 4 paper size
sensor
Tray 4 paper empty detection (option) Detects Tray 4 paper empty
sensor
Tray 4 upper limit detection (option) Detects Tray 4 upper limit
sensor
Tray 4 paper Lead Edge detection Detects Tray 4 paper Lead Edge
(option) sensor
Tray 4/4 paper feed jam detection Detects Tray 4/4 paper feed jam
(option) sensor
Tray 5 paper size detection (option) Detects Tray 5 paper size detection
sensor
Tray 5 paper empty detection (option) Detects Tray 5 paper empty
sensor
Tray 5 upper limit detection (option) Detects Tray 5 upper limit
sensor
Tray 5 paper Lead Edge detection Detects Tray 5 paper Lead Edge
(option) sensor
Paper registration jam detection sensor Detects Paper registration jam
Paper fuser-out jam detection sensor Detects Paper fuser-out jam
Output Tray 2 paper full detection Detects output Tray 2 paper full
sensor
Output 2 tray path and Return path Changes paper path
solenoid
Return motor Controls 2nd output tray and duplex printing
Output Tray 3 paper full detection Detects output Tray 3 paper full
sensor
Output 2 paper return detection sensor Detects Duplex Return position
1st Duplex motor Controls duplex printing
2nd Duplex motor Controls duplex printing
Duplex 1 jam detection sensor Detects Duplex 1 jam
Duplex 2 jam detection sensor Detects Duplex 2 jam
48 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Table 1-19 Sensor, motor, solenoid (continued)
Item Function
Tray 1 feed assembly paper empty Detects Tray 1 feed assembly: paper empty
detection sensor
NOTE: If paper is loaded in Tray 1, that tray takes priority over trays 2, 3, 4, or 5.
Tray 1 feed assembly Controls Tray 1 feed assembly pickup roller
Tray 1 feed assembly paper width Detects Tray 1 feed assembly paper width
detection sensor
Tray 2 Pickup and Lift motor Drives the pickup roller and the knock up plate
Tray 3 Pickup and Lift motor Drives the pickup roller and the knock up plate
Tray 4 Pickup and Lift motor Drives the pickup roller and the knock up plate
Tray 5 Pickup and Lift motor Drives the pickup roller and the knock up plate
Paper Loop Detection sensor Detects paper loop between transfer Nip and fusing Nip
At warm-up, Detects the fuser jam
Cassette
The cassette stores paper. The paper size is set using the guides in each tray.
Figure 1-3 Basic cassette
Table 1-20 Basic cassette
Item Description
1 Structure: Drawer Type
2 Capacity: 520 sheets (80 g/m² paper standard)
ENWW Feeding system 49
Table 1-20 Basic cassette (continued)
Item Description
3 Paper type
● Plain paper: A5, A4, A3, B5, B4, Letter, 11 in x 17 in (Ledger), Statement, Legal
● Special Paper: Envelope (Tray 2 Only), Label, Transparency
4 Paper weight
● Plain paper: 60–300 g/m²
5 Plate knock up lift type: Lift Motor + Up Limit Sensor
Pickup unit
When paper pickup occurs, the pickup roller moves down in order to come in contact with the surface of the
paper. If the cassette is installed, the LEVER-INPUT CST is pushed and the pickup roller moves down. The feed
and separation rollers make sure that a single sheet of paper is moved into the paper path, and that the feed
roller moves the paper as far as the registration (REGI) roller.
NOTE: The pickup unit 1 and pickup unit 2 are not interchangeable.
Figure 1-4 Pickup unit 1
Figure 1-5 Pickup unit 2
Registration unit
The registration roller is driven by the registration/multipurpose motor. The registration roller clutch is located
between the registration/Tray 1 motor and registration roller, or on the transfer belt (for color), and it controls
50 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
power to the registration roller in order to match paper and an image on the drum at the predetermined
registration point.
Figure 1-6 Registration roller
Tray 1 feeder assembly
The Tray 1 feed assembly allows feeding of special media cardstock and custom size paper.
Figure 1-7 Tray 1 feeder assembly
Specification
● Capacity: 100 sheets (80g/m² paper standard)
● Media size: 98 mm x 148 mm – 320 mm x 1200 mm (3.87 in x 5.8 in – 12.6 in x 47.2 in)
● Media weight: Plain paper 60 – 320 g/m²
● Feeding speed: 32 ppm, 40 ppm, 48 ppm Letter/A4 LEF (Long Edge Feeding)
ENWW Feeding system 51
Paper separation
Figure 1-8 Paper separation
When the Tray 1 paper detection [A] sensor detects paper and the machine gets a Tray 1 printing job, the Tray
solenoid [B] drops the pickup roller [C] onto the top of the paper stack in Tray 1.
This machine uses a Feed and Reverse Roller (FRR) system for feeding paper. The friction between the reverse
roller [D] and feed roller [E] separates the top sheet of paper from the stack.
52 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Fuser unit
Fuser unit overview
This section describes the image fusing process used by the printer.
This unit fuses the toner that was transferred by the transfer roller onto the paper, by applying a combination of
heat and pressure to complete the fusing process. This printer uses an instant fusing system (NIF type). The
fuser unit design for this model has improved. The fuser belt has been changed to require less heat capacity and
still fuse the toner properly. Additionally, the life has been improved by incorporating a sub-bush system with a
lubricant storage design.
Figure 1-9 Fuser unit
● Lamp halogen
The fuser unit has two halogen lamps. One heats the center of the fusing belt, the other heats the end of
axial direction. These halogen lamps are lit alternately to heat the fusing belt. Each lamp has its coil in a
different location. The coil of the center heater lamp is in the center, the coils on the side heater lamp are
on both sides. The lamps are fixed inside of the fusing belt. When the fusing belt rotates, the lamps do not
rotate.
● Belt fuser
The belt fuser gets heat from the halogen lamp and transfers it to the toner and paper. The belt fuser
consists of three thin-layers. The thin fusing belt reduces warm up and mode changing time. To prevent the
fusing belt from adhering to the toner, the surface of the fuser belt is fluorinated. There is a nip inside the
fusing belt. Tension springs are used to keep a constant nip area where the fusing belt contacts the
pressure roller.
● Roller fuser pressure
The pressure roller makes sure there is a proper nip width between the pressure roller and fusing belt. It is
made up of the soft silicone sponge rubber. The pressure roller is driven by the driving system and drives
the fusing belt.
ENWW Fuser unit 53
● Thermistor (NC sensor)
The temperature of the fusing belt is maintained by NC sensors (non-contact type thermistors) located
near the center and the end of the fusing belt.
● Thermostats
The thermostat cuts off the power supply to the halogen lamp by opening the circuit when the fusing belt
becomes abnormally hot as a result of a problem, such as a NC sensor malfunction. The thermostat is used
to prevent abnormal operation. When a thermostat is triggered, it must be replaced as well as the other
damaged parts in the fuser unit.
Fuser unit drive
Figure 1-10 Fuser drive
The fuser motor (A) drives the pressure roller (B) through the gear train. The fuser belt is driven by the pressure
roller.
Fuser unit temperature control
When the main switch turns on, the CPU turns on the fusing lamp. The lamp stays on until the NC sensors detect
the standby temperature. The CPU then raises the temperature up to the printing temperature.
54 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Figure 1-11 Fuser unit temperature control
Overheat protection
● The CPU cuts power to the fusing lamp in the following cases:
– The belt temperature detected by the NC sensors keeps higher than 220°C for 20 seconds.
– The belt temperature detected by the NC sensors keeps higher than 230°C for 3 seconds.
– The relay off works when the belt temperature detected by the NC sensors is higher than 230°C.
● The following components are used when thermistor overheat protection fails:
– Two thermostats get into line with the common ground wire of the fusing lamp.
– If one of the thermostat temperatures becomes higher than 195°C, it opens and cuts power to the
fusing lamp. If the other thermostat temperature becomes higher than 195°C, it also opens and cuts
power to the fusing lamp.
Loop control
The tension of the paper between the OPC nip and the fuser nip is known as the paper loop level.
ENWW Fuser unit 55
Figure 1-12 Loop control
The paper loop level is controlled by monitoring photo sensors 1 and 2. The fuser unit controls the motor speed
for the paper loop level.
56 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Image creation
Printing process overview
This printer uses four drum units, four development units, and four laser beams for color printing. Each drum
unit consists of a drum, charge roller, and cleaning blade. Each development unit consists of a magnetic roller
and mixing auger.
Figure 1-13 Printing process overview
The OPC drum (A) is charged with a negative voltage and is exposed by the light from the laser scanner
assembly (B).
The light produced by the laser creates a latent image by discharging on the surface of the OPC drum. The
negatively charged toner is attracted to the latent drum image due to an electric field. The toner (real image) on
each OPC drum is moved to the ITB (C) by the positive bias applied to the first transfer roller. All four toners (color
image) are transferred to the paper by a positive charge applied to the second transfer roller (D).
1. OPC drum charge: The charge roller gives the drum a negative charge.
2. Laser exposure: Light produced by a laser diode hits the charged OPC through the lens and mirrors.
3. Development: The developing roller carries negatively charged toner to the latent image on the drum
surface. This printer uses four independent drum and development units (one for each color).
4. Transfer:
● Image transfer: The first transfer roller opposite the OPC drums transfer toner from the drums to the
ITB. Four toner images are super-imposed onto the belt.
● Paper transfer: The second transfer roller transfers the toner from the ITB to the media.
5. Cleaning the OPC drum: The cleaning brush and blade remove remaining toner on the drum surface after
image transfer to the paper.
6. Quenching for OPC drum: Quenching is done by illuminating the whole area of the drum with the laser at
the end of every job.
ENWW Image creation 57
Imaging unit
Imaging unit overview
This printer uses a tandem type drum and development units. It uses four color developing during one paper
path to increase color printing productivity.
The development units are not interchangeable, but the drum units for Y, M, and C color are interchangeable.
The black drum unit is independent. The diameter of the drum is 30 mm with a circumference of about 94.2 mm.
The drum unit has the charge roller to charge the drum surface and cleaning roller to clean the charge roller.
The e-label is the sub part of the drum unit. It stores the count information and other data. If the drum unit is
replaced, the count information stored by the old drum unit will not be kept.
Figure 1-14 Imaging unit
Drum drive
The color OPCs and magnetic roller are driven by each color motor. The OPC drum and magnetic roller are
powered by the coupling.
The Brushless Direct Current (BLDC) motor maintains constant speed. The speed sync for each color depends on
the BLDC motor.
Phase sync for each OPC job prints the pattern on the Intermediate Transfer Belt (ITB) and is adjusted
automatically.
58 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Figure 1-15 Drum drive
Developer unit
This printer uses a dual-component development system that has four development units. Each new unit
contains 245 g of magnetic toner carrier (developer powder). The developer powder is supplied to the magnetic
(development) roller (A) by the two mixing augers (B). The diameter of the magnetic roller is 18 mm.
Each development unit has a toner carrier (TC) sensor (C). The TC sensor is used for controlling the operating
range of toner density.
ENWW Image creation 59
Figure 1-16 Developer unit
Developer agitation
Two mixing augers (A) circulate the developer forward and backward to agitate the developer in order to
sufficiently mix the toner and developer.
Figure 1-17 Developer auger
Agitation occurs at the following times:
60 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
● During the process control self-checking (warm up)
● During toner supply job
● During development job
If the developer unit is stored above 45°C (113°F), the toner might harden and will not work properly. If the toner
in the development unit has hardened, an installation error occurs.
Toner cartridge
When the toner and carrier in the toner cartridge is mixing:
● The YMC cartridge contains 570 g of toner and the K cartridge contains 840 g of toner. Additionally, the YMC
cartridge contains 55 g of carrier and K cartridge contains 80 g of carrier.
● The toner in the YMC cartridge is transferred to the Reservoir by the Spring-ETC.
● The toner in the K cartridge is transferred to the Spring-ETC by the Wheel-Paddle Toner and transferred to
the Reservoir by Spring-ETC.
Figure 1-18 Toner cartridge
ENWW Image creation 61
Dynamic security
Learn about dynamic-security-enabled printers.
Certain HP printers use cartridges that have security chips or electronic circuitry. Cartridges using a non-HP chip
or modified or non-HP circuitry* might not work. And, those that work today might not work in the future.
As is standard in the printing business, HP has a process for authenticating cartridges. HP continues to use
security measures to protect the quality of our customer experiences, maintain the integrity of our printing
systems, and protect our intellectual property. These measures include authentication methods that change
periodically and might prevent some third-party supplies from working now or in the future. HP printers and
original HP cartridges deliver the best quality, security and reliability. When cartridges are cloned or
counterfeited, the customer is exposed to quality and potential security risks, compromising the printing
experience.
*Non-HP Chips and modified or non-HP electronic circuitry are not produced or validated by HP. HP cannot
guarantee that these chips or circuitry will work in your printer now or in the future. If you are using non-original
HP cartridges, please check with your supplier to ensure your cartridge has an original HP security chip or
unmodified HP electronic circuitry.
Intermediate transfer belt unit
Intermediate transfer belt (ITB) unit overview
The toner on the four drums is transferred to the Intermediate transfer belt (ITB) by the first transfer roller.
The image overlapped by four colors is transferred to the paper by the second transfer roller. The remaining
toners are removed by the cleaning blade and transferred to the toner collection unit.
This process is completed with one rotation of the ITB. The arrow above the C and M drums on the following
diagram shows the direction of the ITB rotation. The ITB is rotated by friction between the drive roller and the
ITB. The tension roller provides tension to prevent slipping.
There are three color plane registration (CPR) sensors and one photo sensor. Two CPR sensors are for line
position adjustment and one is for process control. The photo sensor monitors the position of the first transfer
rollers.
Figure 1-19 ITB unit
Table 1-21 ITB unit
1 Intermediate Transfer Belt (ITB)
2 First Transfer Roller
62 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Table 1-21 ITB unit (continued)
3 ITB Drive Roller
4 Tension Roller
5 Photo Sensor
6 Cleaning Blade
7 Color Plane Registration (CPR) Sensor
8 Second Transfer Roller
9 Toner Collection Auger
10 Drum Unit
Transfer belt drive
The drive motor (A) drives the ITB (B) by using gears and the ITB drive roller (C).
The ITB (B) and black OPC (C) is synchronized by the drive motor (A).
Figure 1-20 Transfer belt drive
Intermediate transfer belt (ITB) cleaning
The intermediate transfer belt (ITB) cleaner removes toner during printing. Belt cleaning is completed while the
ITB makes one rotation. The ITB drive motor drives the ITB cleaning motor.
The cleaning blade (A) in the ITB cleaner always contacts the ITB (B). The cleaning blade removes the used toner
from the ITB. The toner collection auger (C) transfers the waste toner to the toner collection unit.
The seal (D) on the ITB cleaner protects against toner contamination. The driving power by the driver roller is
transferred to the tension roller (E). The toner collection auger gear (F) drives the gear (G) and collects the toner.
ENWW Image creation 63
Figure 1-21 ITB cleaning
Toner reservoir unit
Main function
● Toner Buffer Space (about 0.6 K page volume) which allows users to continue printing until a new toner
cartridge is delivered from purchase.
● A toner supply unit that is more accurate from the toner full sensing algorithm.
– Minimizes the remaining toner in toner cartridge.
– A uniform toner supply volume per second prevents an abnormal case of toner-density control error
in the development unit.
Working mechanism
● Toner level sensing method in the Reservoir unit:
– The toner level is checked by time with a floating actuator shuttering light sensor (toner full sensor).
● Toner supply to Reservoir unit:
64 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
– As the toner level (High, Middle, and Low) in the reservoir unit decreases so does the toner bottle
supply motor 1500 ms, 900 ms, and 600 ms.
Troubleshooting
1. Enter service mode and execute the toner dispense motor.
Service Mode > Diagnostics Engine Diagnostics Engine Test Routines > Toner Dispense Motor (Y,M,C,BK)
NOTE: There is no test routine for the toner full sensor in the reservoir unit.
2. Check the gear noise and motor operation.
If the reservoir driving gear is working without abnormal noise, then each reservoir unit does not have a
mechanical problem.
Figure 1-22 Toner reservoir unit
ENWW Image creation 65
Laser scanner assembly
Laser scanner assembly overview
The laser scanner assembly consists of one polygon motor and four laser diodes (LD) units. The Laser scanner
assembly forms a latent image on the surface of four OPC drums. For this process, the laser scanner assembly
has a collimator lens, cylindrical lens, two F-Theta lenses, and two reflective mirrors on an optical path for each
color.
This Laser scanner assembly uses the cross scan type scanning. K Color and C Color scan the laser from the rear
to the front. M Color and Y Color scan the laser from the front to the rear.
The laser scanner assembly has a skew adjustment function which adjusts the scanning line by step motor.
Figure 1-23 Laser scanner assembly
Laser scanning optical path
The laser from the laser scanner assembly is placed at intervals of 78 mm for each color. All colors use the same
polygon motor for oblique incidence.
The F2 lens (A) determines the slope of the primary scanning line and the image position of the secondary
scanning direction. This setting is adjusted by the manufacturer. The primary scanning line slope difference is
adjusted by the skew adjustment in the laser scanner assembly.
66 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Reflective mirrors (B) on each color path adjust the curvature of primary scanning. This setting is adjusted by the
manufacturer.
Figure 1-24 Laser scanning optical path
Table 1-22 Laser scanning optical path
Item Specification Remark
LD Unit Laser Diode: Quad Beam LD x 4 (for each color)
Driving IC: Dual LD x 8
P/Motor Speed ● E87640: 22,087 rpm
● E87650: 27,520 rpm
● E87660: 33,071 rpm
Speed ● E87640: 187 mm/s
● E87650: 233 mm/s
● E87660: 280 mm/s
H/W interface Interface with printer: 50 pin + 60 pin + 8 pin FFC + FFC + Wire
Laser synchronizing detectors
The laser scanner assembly has two beam detector sensor boards (PD PBA includes four sensors). The PD PBAs
are located at each corner of the laser optics housing unit.
The two PD PBAs detect the following:
● (A, B): Scanning start position for K, C
● (C, D): Scanning start position for M, Y
ENWW Laser scanner assembly 67
Figure 1-25 Laser synchronizing detectors
Main scan start detection
The PD PBAs detect four beams at the scanning start point and create the horizontal sync (Hsync) signal.
Data is scanned by Hsync.
The arrow in the previous diagram shows the data scanning direction for each color. Black/Cyan and Yellow/
Magenta use the same polygon motor scanning in opposite directions.
Automatic CPR adjustment
During automatic CPR adjustment, the line patterns below are created eight times on the intermediate transfer
belt (ITB). The spaces between the lines (KK, CC, MM, YY, KC, KM, KY) are measured by the front, center, and rear
CPR sensors. The controller takes the average of the spaces and then adjusts the following positions and
magnification:
● Sub scan line position for CMY
● Main scan line position for CMY
● Magnification ratio for CMY
● Skew for CMY
The ITB cleaning unit cleans the ITB after the patterns are measured.
68 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Figure 1-26 Automatic CPR adjustment
● KK, CC, MM, YY: Spaces between two lines of the same color.
● KC, KM, KY: Spaces between a black line and each color line.
Adjustment
● Sub Scan line position for CMY
The adjustment of the sub scan line position for CMY is based on the line position for K (black). The
printer measures the gaps between the lines of each color in the pattern on the ITB. When the gaps
for a color are incorrect, the printer moves the image of the color up or down the sub scan axis. To do
this, it changes the laser write timing for that color.
● Main Scan line position for CMY
When the printer detects that the image is out of position in the main scan direction, it changes the
laser write start timing for each scan line.
● Magnification Adjustment for CMY
When the printer detects that magnification adjustment is necessary, it changes the LD clock
frequency for the required color.
● Skew for CMY
ENWW Laser scanner assembly 69
The adjustment of the skew for CMY is based on the line position for K (black).
Adjustment Conditions
Line position adjustment can be turned on or off. However, it is normally recommended to turn on this function.
Line position adjustment timing depends on several settings. These settings include the following:
● ΔT = Temperature change of the laser scanner assembly between the temperature of the previous line
position adjustment and the current temperature.
● Pages = Total printed pages after previous line position adjustment.
Interval During Print Job
Line position adjustment interrupts printing and then starts automatically when one of these conditions occurs
when the printer checks at the sheet interval:
● ΔT > Temperature threshold (laser scanner assembly temperature: [default 3°C])
● Pages > Output threshold for all outputs (default: 500 pages)
Toner Collection Unit Not-Installed/Installed
● Line position adjustment starts automatically when toner collection unit is removed and reinstalled.
Drum Unit or Developer Unit Replaced
● When the printer detects a new drum unit or developer unit, line position adjustment is automatically
performed.
ITB Replaced
● When the printer detects a new ITB or other ITB, SVC engineers have to execute the adjustment manually.
70 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Main Scan Skew Adjustment
Figure 1-27 Main scan skew adjustment
– The skew adjustment assembly (A) consists of the worm gear (1) for adjustment and worm gear (2).
When Color Plane Registration (CPR) executes, it detects and adjusts the scanning line slope
manually.
– The skew adjustment assembly (A) for magenta, cyan, and yellow adjusts the skew angle of the F2
lens (B). This mechanism corrects main scan skew.
ENWW Laser scanner assembly 71
Drive system
Pickup and cassette lift drive
Figure 1-28 Pickup and cassette lift drive
Table 1-23 Pickup and cassette lift drive
Power train Pickup: normal rotation (pickup input) counter rotation (cassette lift input)
● 1 PM STEP → normal rotation → 2 Gear (pickup driving)
● 1 PM STEP → counter rotation → 3 Gear → 4 5 Gear → 6 Gear & Coupler (cassette lift driving)
72 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Feed drive
Figure 1-29 Feed drive
Table 1-24 Feed drive
Power Train HP STEP → Feed & Tray 1 drive
● 1 HP STEP → 2 Pulley & Coupler → 3 Gear → 4 Gear & Coupler (Feed Roller driving) → 5 E-Clutch & Gear (Tray 1 driving)
● 1 HP STEP → 2 Pulley & Coupler → 6 Gear & Coupler (Feed Roller driving) → 7 Pulley & Coupler (Feed Roller driving)
ENWW Drive system 73
Registration drive
Figure 1-30 Registration drive
Table 1-25 Registration drive
Power Train HP STEP → Registration driving
● 1 HP STEP → 2 Gear → 3 Gear (Registration Roller driving)
74 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Fuser release/exit drive
Figure 1-31 Fuser release/exit drive
Table 1-26 Fuser release/exit drive
Power Train BLDC → Fuser and exit driving
PM Step → Fuser release driving
● 1 BLDC → 2 Gear (Fuser P/R driving)
● 1 BLDC → 3 Gear & Pulley → 4 Gear (exit driving)
● 5 PM Step → 6 Gear → 7 Gear → 8 Gear (Fuser Release driving)
Drive motors
The following diagram shows the location of the printer drive motors.
ENWW Drive system 75
Figure 1-32 Drive motor
Table 1-27 Drive motor
Number Motor Motor type Qty Function
1 Fuser Release PM-STEP 1 Fuser Release driving
2 Fuser and Exit BLDC 1 Fuser and Exit driving
3 Main OPC, Development, BLDC 4 OPC and PTB Belt driving
and ITB
4 Registration assy HP-STEP 1 Registration driving
5 Feed/Tray 1 HP-STEP 1 Feed roller 1, 2, 3 driving
E-CLT 1 Feed/Tray 1 driving control
6 Pickup PM-STEP 2 Pickup roller/cassette lift driving
(Reverse driving at cassette lift
driving)
7 Toner Supply and PM-STEP 4 Toner transfer (Reservoir →
Reservoir Development unit)
76 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Table 1-27 Drive motor (continued)
Number Motor Motor type Qty Function
8 Engage transfer PM-STEP 1 T1 Engage/Disengage driving
assembly
9 TCU PM-STEP 1 TCU driving
Main drive unit motors
Figure 1-33 Main drive unit motors
Table 1-28 Main drive unit motors
Power Train BLDC → OPC & Development & ITB driving
● 1 BLDC → 2 Gear → 3 Gear & Coupler (ITB driving)
● 1 BLDC → 4 Gear & Coupler (K OPC driving)
● 1 BLDC → 5 Gear & Pulley → 5 Gear & Coupler (K Development driving)
● 7 BLDC → 8 Gear & Coupler (Y, M, C OPC driving)
● 7 BLDC → 9 Gear & Coupler (Y, M, C Development driving)
ENWW Drive system 77
Toner supply/reservoir drive
Figure 1-34 Toner supply/reservoir drive
Table 1-29 Toner supply/reservoir drive
Power Train PM Step → Toner Supply, Reservoir driving
● 1 PM Step → 2 Gear → 3 Gear → 4 Gear & Latch → 5 Gear (Y, C Toner Supply driving)
● 1 PM Step → 2 Gear → 6 Gear (Photo Interrupt) → 7 Gear & Latch → 8 Gear (M, K Toner Supply driving)
● 9 PM Step → 10 Gear (Y, C Toner Reservoir driving)
● 9 PM Step → 11 Gear → 12 Gear (M, K Toner Reservoir driving)
78 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Engage transfer roller drive
Figure 1-35 Engage transfer roller drive
Table 1-30 Engage transfer roller drive
Power Train PM Step → Engage transfer roller driving
● 1 PM Step → 2 Gear (Engage transfer roller driving)
TCU drive
Figure 1-36 TCU drive
Table 1-31 TCU drive
Power Train PM Step → TCU driving
● 1 PM Step → 2 Gear (TCU driving)
ENWW Drive system 79
Flatbed Scanner System
Flatbed scanner system overview
The scanner converts a hardcopy original into data. To scan an original, the scanner uses the lens and Charge
Coupled Device (CCD). The scanner stores and transfers the converted image to the storage space or transfers
the scanned data to the printer engine for copy.
For scan operation, the scanner uses a full rate (FR) carriage and a half rate (HR) carriage that is moved by a wire.
It scans the original document on the scanner glass or from the ADF.
The scanner system consists of the three following modules:
● Full Rate (FR) carriage: Illuminates the original and reflects the light at a 90 degree angle.
● Half Rate (HR) carriage: Transfers the reflected light from the FR carriage to the lens.
● Imaging module: Makes an image on the CCD.
The HR carriage moves half the distance at half the speed of the FR carriage. This keeps a regular gap between
the original and the imaging lens.
Figure 1-37 Scanner system overview
The following describes the scan process:
80 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
1. The FR carriage lamp illuminates the original. The reflected light is moved to Mirror #1.
2. The reflected light from Mirror #1 is sent to the imaging lens through Mirror #2 and #3.
3. The light becomes smaller and makes an optical image.
4. The optical image is generated to the electrical signal by the CCD sensor.
To make a stable image, a gap must be maintained between the original and the lens. To maintain this gap, the
HR carriage moves half the distance and half the speed of the FR carriage.
Figure 1-38 Scan process
The optical image made by the CCD sensor is changed to an electrical-analog signal.
Each color element signal in the optical image is separated by the CCD sensor into red, green, and blue.
The red CCD sensor extracts the red color from the optical image, the green CCD sensor extracts the green color
from the optical image, and the blue CCD sensor extracts the blue color from the optical image.
ENWW Flatbed Scanner System 81
The analog image signal is changed to a digital image signal by the A/D converter and is transferred to the
processor.
The image scan of the main scanning direction is performed by the CCD sensor. The CCD sensor consists of
approximately 7500 pixels. The image scan of the sub scanning direction is performed by the FR carriage and HR
carriage. The carriage is moved by a wire driven by the scan motor.
Scan resolution is 600 dpi.
Figure 1-39 Image processing
Scanning system components
The following shows the construction and purpose of the scanning system.
To scan the original on the scanner glass, two carriages driven by the motor move at a regular speed. The motor
drives the timing belt, pulley, and wire. The wire pulley rolls and releases the wire to move the carriage.
The scanner consists of the scanner glass, FR carriage, HR carriage, imaging unit, and driving unit.
82 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Figure 1-40 Scanning system components
● FR Carriage
ENWW Flatbed Scanner System 83
Figure 1-41 FR carriage
– LED lamp module
This module illuminates the original. Two white LEDs are assembled on the side of the module. The
original is illuminated by the light-guide. The heat sink is attached to the LED PCB. When the heat sink
is broken or expired, an engineer needs to replace it.
○ Light-guide
The light-guide changes the light from point type to line type. The light-guide is made by
transparent resin and controls the amount of light in the scan area uniformly.
○ White LED
The white LED emits white light. The heat sink attached to the PCA prevents heat deterioration.
○ Reflection holder
The reflection holder reflects the light that has passed through the light-guide.
– Mirror #1
Mirror #1 reflects light at a 90 degree angle.
HR Carriage (mirror unit)
84 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Figure 1-42 HR carriage
● Mirror #2 and #3
Mirrors #2 and #3 are positioned at a 45 degree angle in order to change the direction of the light. The
reflected light from mirror #1 is sent to the imaging lens through mirrors #2 and #3.
● Pulley
The pulley is a ball bearing type. The pulley rolls and releases the wire which makes the HR carriage move.
The HR carriage moves half the distance at half the speed of the FR carriage.
Imaging unit
The imaging unit changes the optical image to an electrical signal.
Figure 1-43 Imaging unit
● Imaging lens
The reflected light from the imaging lens is focused on the CCD. The image is reduced to the fixed CCD
sensor and pixel size.
● CCD PCA
The image made by the imaging lens is changed to an electrical signal by the CCD. The CCD consists of
three channel line sensors for image creation. The brightness and darkness of the image depends on the
voltage level from the CCD. The output voltage is changed to a digital signal. The digital signal makes the
scanned image.
Wire driving
ENWW Flatbed Scanner System 85
To move the carriages, the wire is assembled in the front and rear of the scanner. The pulley rolls and releases
the wire which moves the FR carriage and the HR carriage.
Figure 1-44 Wire driving
Scanner glass (flatbed glass)
The original is placed on the scanner glass for scan or copy jobs. The scanner glass is made of tempered glass
and is held in place by the frame to prevent distortion.
Drive motor
86 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
The scanner drive system uses the step motor to move the carriage. The step motor controls the position and
maintains constant speed. The motor power is transferred to the wire through the timing belt and pulley.
Timing belt
The timing belt has a regular sawtooth gear and transfers the motor power to the pulley.
Figure 1-45 Timing belt
Paper size sensor
The paper size sensor automatically detects the size of the original on the scanner glass. The paper size sensor
uses two sensors. An infrared LED is used to detect the dark original.
Home sensor
The home sensor detects the FR carriage position. The home sensor is a transmission photosensor.
Cover open sensor #1
When the ADF unit opens and closes, a function is triggered which detects whether the paper size sensor is on or
off.
Cover open sensor #2
The cover open sensor #2 detects when the ADF unit is closed using magnetic force.
ADF glass
ADF glass scans the original through the ADF unit. The FR carriage reads the original as it passes. If the original is
contaminated, a horizontal black or white line might appear.
Shading sheet
ENWW Flatbed Scanner System 87
The shading sheet detects white color in the base. Before every scan job, the scan module reads the shading
sheet to scan the image with the same color and brightness. If the original is contaminated, a vertical image
might occur.
Figure 1-46 Shading sheet
Caution for moving the scanner
Lock the FR and HR carriages to prevent damage when shipping or moving the printer.
When installing
After unpacking, before turning on the printer, the scan locking screw must be removed. If the locking screw is
not removed scanner failure will occur.
1. When installing the printer, remove the scan locking screw.
2. After removing the screw, assemble the screw cap from the accessory package.
Figure 1-47 Remove scan locking screw
88 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
When moving
When moving the printer, tighten the scan locking screw to prevent damage to the carriages.
1. Make sure the FR carriage is located in the home position.
2. Remove the screw cap.
3. Tighten the M3x8 screw to secure the FR carriage.
Figure 1-48 Tighten scan locking screw
ENWW Flatbed Scanner System 89
Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) du bundles (LX)
Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) (LX) overview
Figure 1-49 ADF (LX) overview
R6 R5 R4 R3 R2 R1
R7 R8 R9 R10 R11
Table 1-32 ADF (LX) overview
Part Function
R1 STACKER ASSY Original paper input tray
R2 GUIDE-DOC F&R Original paper guide (front/rear)
R3 PICK ROLLER Pick up original paper from the input tray
R4 ADF ROLLER Original paper feed roller
R5 SEPARATION ROLLER Original paper separation roller
R6 REGISTRATION (REGI) ROLLER Original paper alignment roller
R7 SCAN IN ROLLER Feeds an original paper before scanning
R8 SIMPLEX WHITE-BAR Support of scanning unit
R9 SCAN OUT ROLLER Transfer a scanned original paper to the exit roller
R10 D-CIS MODULE Back side image scan unit
R11 EXIT ROLLER Sends an original paper to the exit tray
Electrical parts location
Figure 1-50 LX ADF electrical parts location
Pick~ Roller
4. Paper Length
3.Detect Pickup
2, RegistraƟon Feed Out
RegistraƟon 5. Paper Width
1. Cover Open
Roller
Exit Roller
7. Exit Idle
Scan In 6. Exit
Scan Out
Scan Scan CCD
90 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Table 1-33 LX ADF electrical parts location
Callout Item Function
1 Cover Open Detects if cover is open or closed
2 Registration (Regi) Sensor Detects if there is a jam on the registration path
3 Detect Sensor Detects if tray is empty
4 Paper Length Sensor Detects paper length
5 Paper Width Sensor Detects paper width
6 Exit Sensor Paper Exit Sensing
7 Exit Idle Sensor Sensing ‘Exit Roller’ rotation
LX ADF Registration
Figure 1-51 LX ADF registration
Registra on Sensor
Registra on Roller
ADF (du bundles) (LX)
Registration 1 times registration
LX ADF drive system
The ADF drive system consists of one motor and two clutches to transfer the paper.
ENWW Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) du bundles (LX) 91
Figure 1-52 LX ADF drive system
Pickup Drive secƟon
RegistraƟon Motor secƟon
Feed Drive secƟon
The ADF drive system consists of two motors (BLDC and STEP) and one clutch that moves the paper.
● BLDC Motor > Feed and pickup
● STEP Motor > Regi
● Clutch > Pickup
There are three sections: pickup drive section, registration (regi) motor section, and feed drive section.
The pickup drive section has three assemblies: pickup drive assembly, pickup assembly, and guide pickup
assembly.
The registration motor section has the regi motor, trans gear, regi roller, regi-idle roller, regi sensor, and
actuator.
LX ADF original pickup assembly
Figure 1-53 LX ADF pickup assembly
Pickup Drive secƟon
Pickup Drive Assy
Pickup Assy
Guide pickup Assy
After detecting the paper, one motor controls the drive system.
92 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
The CLUTCH-ELECTRIC provides the power to pick up the paper.
The CLUTCH cannot rotate inversely. The spring that is included in the ADF GUIDE PICKUP ASSEMBLY is connected
to COVER-OPEN. When the CLUTCH does not drive, stand-by status occurs and stops the operation.
The ADF roller and pick roller are connected by the belt.
The ADF roller is provided with power while the paper is picked up and transferred to the registration roller. When
the pickup drive is stopped and the registration roller is driven, the ADF roller becomes idle.
The normal process is:
● When the original is setting up, the detect-sensor is activated and the printing job starts. The motor and
pickup clutch begin working. The pick roller then moves down and contacts the original in the tray.
● When the registration sensor detects paper, the pickup clutch stops.
● When the detect-sensor detects that the tray is empty, the motor stops and the printer enters stand-by
status.
LX ADF registration (regi) drive assembly
Figure 1-54 LX ADF registration (regi) drive assembly
istraƟon(V)$)/(+'-$%)"
RegistraƟon Motor secƟon
The registration drive uses the CLUTCH-ELECTRIC to drive the registration roller and transfer the paper to the
ROLLER FEED.
The registration roller aligns the leading edge of the original. When the original is placed in the nip, the roller is
rotated for alignment.
The CLUTCH-ELECTRIC repeats on/off to align each original.
ENWW Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) du bundles (LX) 93
LX ADF Scanning position
Figure 1-55 LX ADF scanning position
Type Simplex Duplex
Scanning DN-LX White Bar White Bar
LX ADF Specification
du bundles (LX)
Capacity 100 pages
Scan Speed 80/160 ipm
Pickup Semi-Retard
Registration 1 times registration
Motor 2 each
Stacker —
Scanning White Bar
MSO —
94 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Flow Automatic Document Feeder (Flow ADF) dn/z bundles (GX)
Flow ADF overview
Figure 1-56 Flow ADF overview
R7 R6 R5 R4 R3 R2 R1
R8 R9 R1 R11 R1 R1 R1
0 2 3 4
Table 1-34 Flow ADF overview
Part Function
R1 STACKER ASSY Original paper input tray
R2 GUIDE-DOCU F&R Original paper guide (front/rear)
R3 PICKUP ROLLER Pick up original paper from the input tray
R4 ADF ROLLER Original paper feed roller
R5 SEPARATION ROLLER Original paper separation roller
R6 FEED ROLLER Original paper transfer roller (A6 size)
R7 PRE REGI ROLLER Original paper alignment roller (1 round)
R8 REGI ROLLER Original paper alignment roller (2 round)
R9 SCAN IN ROLLER Feeds an original paper before scanning
R10 SIMPLEX WHITE-ROLLER Support of simplex scanning unit
R11 SIMPLEX SCAN OUT ROLLER Transfer a scanned original paper to the duplex white-roller
R12 D-CIS MODULE Back side image scan unit
R13 DUPLEX SCAN OUT ROLLER Transfer a scanned original paper to the exit roller
R14 EXIT ROLLER Sends an original paper to the exit tray
ENWW Flow Automatic Document Feeder (Flow ADF) dn/z bundles (GX) 95
Sensors
Figure 1-57 Flow ADF sensors
10. MSO 8.Cover Open 7. Pickup Position 5. Detect Sensor 2. Paper Width
9.Pickup 1. Paper Length
Pickup Roller
11. Pre Registration
12. Registration
3.LIFT
PRE REGI PICK UP FEED separation 4.CAM RELEASE
6. POSITION
REGI
DUPLEX-SCAN OUT EXIT
Scan CIS
13. SIM Scan Idle
SIMPLEX
Scan In WHITE-R
OLLER
16. Exit
14. SIM Scan
Scan CCD
MSO Sensors 15. DUP Scan
11. Pre Registration
10. MSO
Table 1-35 Flow ADF sensors
Callout Item Function
1 Paper Length Sensor Detects paper length
2 Paper Width Sensor Detects paper width
3 Stacker Lift Sensor Detects Stacker Position
4 Cam Release Sensor Sensing ‘Separation Roller’ rotation
5 Detect Sensor Detects if tray is empty
6 Position Sensor Detects Stacker Position
7 Pickup Position Sensor Sensing ‘Pickup Roller’ rotation
8 Cover Open Sensor Detects if cover is open or closed
9 Pickup Sensor Detects if there is a jam on the feed path
10 MSO Sensor Detects mix size
11 Pre-Regi Sensor Detects if there is a jam on the pre-regi path
12 Regi Sensor Detects if there is a jam on the Regi path
13 SIM Scan Idle Sensor Sensing ‘Scan In Roller’ rotation
14 SIM Scan Sensor Detects if there is a jam on the Scan In path
15 DUP Scan Sensor Detects if there is a jam on the Scan Out path
16 Exit Sensor Paper Exit Sensing
96 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Ultra Sonic Multi-feed (USM)
Figure 1-58 Flow ADF Ultra Sonic Multifeed
Tx Sensor
Rx Sensor
● This sensor detects multi-feeds.
● Component: Ultrasonic Sensor Tx Board, Rx Board , HIC Board (Amp and Filter)
● The Rx Sensor has a different level on each paper status: no paper, one paper, multiple papers.
● Detect the multi-feeding through the level change of Rx Sensor.
● Transmit and receive operation of 300 khz frequency.
Flow ADF drive system
The flow ADF drive system consists of eight motors.
Figure 1-59 Flow ADF drive system
Pre-Registration Drive section
Registration Drive section
Pickup Drive section Pickup Release Drive section
Scan Drive section
Lift Drive section
Scan in Roller Release Drive section
Exit Drive section
The Flow ADF drive system has eight sections: Pickup Release Drive, Pickup Drive, Pre-Regi Drive, Regi Drive,
Scan-in Roller Release Drive, Scan Drive, Exit Drive, and Lift Drive sections.
ENWW Flow Automatic Document Feeder (Flow ADF) dn/z bundles (GX) 97
Flow ADF document lifting drive system
Figure 1-60 Flow ADF document lifting drive system
● Component: LIFT MOTOR, LIFT SHAFT, LIFT BAR, PAPER SENSOR
● LIFT MOTOR Starts > LIFT SHAFT and LIFT BAR lift Tray
● PAPER SENSOR detects paper in the Tray
● Paper contacts PICKUP ROLLER and stops movement
● Document is passed through SCAN OUT SENSOR. Duplex scanning starts.
Flow ADF Scan-In Roller Release Drive System
Figure 1-61 Flow ADF Scan-In Roller Release Drive System
98 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
● Holds the rear of the paper using cam motion for improved scan quality
● Component: RELEASE MOTOR, RELEASE CAM, SCAN-IN IDLE ROLLER
● Motor and cam operation repeats for every piece of paper
Flow ADF specification
Capacity 250 pages (stacker lifting)
Scan Speed 120/240 ipm
Pickup Semi-Retard
Registration 2 times registration
Motor 8 each
Stacker Lifting
Scanning White Roller/White Bar
MSO Support
Flow ADF Registration
Figure 1-62 Flow ADF Registration
Pre Registration Roller
Registration Sensor Pre Registration Sensor
Registration
Roller
The Flow ADF has two times registration.
ENWW Flow Automatic Document Feeder (Flow ADF) dn/z bundles (GX) 99
Flow ADF Scanning Position
Figure 1-63 Flow ADF Scanning Position
Type Simplex Duplex
Scanning Z-GX White Roller White Bar
Mixed Size Original (MSO)
The MSO detects the size of mixed size papers and sets the alignment of the papers to the rear.
Figure 1-64 MSO 1
100 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Figure 1-65 MSO 2
Figure 1-66 MSO 3
Dual sensor cleaning method
● Component: LEVER GUIDE EXIT F, GUIDE-EXIT UPPER ASSEMBLY.
● Open LEVER GUIDE EXIT F.
● Cleans with a D-CIS GLASS in the direction indicated.
● Cleans the GUIDE EXIT UPPER ASSEMBLY in the direction indicated.
Figure 1-67 Dual sensor cleaning method
ENWW Flow Automatic Document Feeder (Flow ADF) dn/z bundles (GX) 101
Figure 1-68 Dual sensor cleaning method
Flow ADF z bundles (GX)
Model Engine Scanner
Platen DN-sGX Z-GX
Color 40 ppm Same at Scan Speed USM Capacity Scan Speed USM Capacity
whole model
50 ppm 90/180 ipm X 250 sheet 120/240 O 250 sheet
ipm
60 ppm
Mono 40 ppm
50 ppm
60 ppm
102 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Hardware configuration
The electronic circuit system consists of the following:
● Main controller (main board)
● OPE unit
● ADF (flow ADF/ADF) controller
● HVPS board
● LVPS board
● Fuser drive assembly
Electronic circuit diagram
Figure 1-69 Electronic circuit diagram
The main controller handles the video controller, engine controller, and scan controller.
The main controller receives print data from the host through the network or USB port and receives copy data
from the scan controller. The main controller uses this information to generate printable video bitmap data. It
controls all modules required to print, including the laser scanner assembly, HVPS, FAN, fuser, and so on.
The main controller communicates with the drive system and other devices through Universal Asynchronous
Receiver Transmitter (UART). The main controller communicates with and checks the life of the toner cartridge,
drum, and developer units through I2C.
The main controller uses Quad Core CPU 1.5 GHz, DDR3 4 GB memory, Micro SD 4 GB, and a 320 GB SATA HDD to
control the engine driving, video signal processing, and user interface.
A MICOM controls power to the fuser lamp and power to the system according to an optimized energy saving
algorithm. The MICOM communicates with the OPE controller through the USB 3.0 protocol to display the system
information on the control panel.
ENWW Hardware configuration 103
The OPE unit displays the status of the system using the control panel TFT LCD in response to user actions or the
main controller.
The soft power switch in the OPE unit is used to safely shut down the system.
The ADF controller controls some mechanisms required to scan continuously from the ADF. The ADF controller
communicates with the main controller to synchronize scan timing.
The HVPS board generates and controls high-voltage channels. The fuser drive assembly controls power to the
fuser lamp. The LVPS board generates 5 V and 24 V power for the system.
Circuit board locations
The following diagrams show the locations of the printer circuit boards:
104 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Figure 1-70 Circuit board locations
Main controller
NOTE: The main controller for the previous model is not compatible with the new model (IR/UI). Take care to
not use the incompatible Main Controller during replacement.
ENWW Hardware configuration 105
Main controller for previous model
The main controller consists of the main processor (A3000), memory (DDR3 4 GB), Micro SD (4 GB), 1 G Ethernet
PHY, USB 3.0 HUB, and Micom (Power/Fuser control). It can control Video/UI/FAX signal interface connection,
motor driving IC, engine signal interface connection, and power interface.
The main processor (Quad Core 1.5 GHz CPU) controls video, engine, UI display, and communicates with the
various devices. The HDD is connected to the main controller by a SATA cable and connected to the other device
(such as ADF, dual cassette feeder (DCF), Finisher, Modem) by UART.
Main controller block diagram
Figure 1-71 Block diagram
106 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Main controller clock diagram
Figure 1-72 Clock diagram
M 41T81
RTC with IRQ
32.768Khz
CrystalInput
RTS5401
U SB3.0 H U B
12M hz
Crystal
Input
A TSA M D A3000 CH 0_CLK_P(800M hz)
20E15 D D R3 8G b
D D R3 C H 0 CH 0_CLK_N
12M hz K4B8G 1646B
Crystal
Input
RTC D D R3 8G b
K4B8G 1646B
CH 1_CLK_P(800M hz)
N .C
D D R3 8G b
ASM 3P2863 Clk0 D D R3 C H 1 CH 1_CLK_N K4B8G 1646B
12M hz CLK_M A IN (Spread 12M hz)
Crystal Clk1
Input CLK_PU RE(Reference 12M hz)
Sel Clk2 D D R3 8G b
K4B8G 1646B
M AC0
SA TA _REFCLK_P(100M hz) M A C0_G TX_CLK(125M hz)
25M hz PL602-21 Clk0 NETWORK PH Y 12M hz
Crystal SA TA _REFCLK_N M A C0_RX_CLK(125M hz) Crystal
Input Clk1 RTL8211 Input
M AC1 NETWORK OPTION PBA
PCI_REFCLK_P(100M hz) M A C1_G TX_CLK(125M hz)
25M hz PL602-21 Clk0 NETWORK PH Y 12M hz
Crystal M A C1_RX_CLK(125M hz) Crystal
Input Clk1
PCI_REFCLK_N RTL8211 Input
CLK_M A IN _CCD M _P(35M hz)
U SB3D _REFCLK_P(100M hz) CCD M
25M hz PL602-21 Clk0 CLK_M A IN _CCD M _N
Crystal U SB3D _REFCLK_N
Input Clk1 SC AN0 RX_CLK_CCD M _P(35M hz)
RX_CLK_CCD M _N
U SB3H _REFCLK_P(100M hz) CLK_M A IN _D CIS_P(35M hz)
D CIS
U SB3H _REFCLK_N SC AN1 CLK_M A IN _D CIS_N
RX_CLK_D CIS_P(35M hz)
RX_CLK_D CIS_N
ENWW Hardware configuration 107
Main controller connection information for previous model
Figure 1-73 Connection information
1 OUTPUT 12 FINISHER 23 Laser scanner 34 CCDM
assembly 1 COLOR
2 FUSER DRIVE 13 OPC E-Label/T1 24 Laser scanner 35 Flow ADF
assembly 2 COLOR
3 FUSER DRAWER 14 OPC HOME SENS 25 HVPS COLOR 36 HDD POWER
4 TB/E-Label 15 OPC BLDC COLOR 26 USB HOST 1/2 37 HDD SIGNAL
5 TONER SUP/RES 16 TC SENS/RES FULL 27 USB DEVICE 38 SIDE FAN
6 CPR/CTD COLOR 17 LVPS TYPE5 28 NETWORK 39 MSOK
7 Registration 18 HVPS POWER/ 29 EFI POWER 40 SD CARD
assembly/T1 POS Laser scanner
SENS assembly SKEW
8 PICKUP 1/2 19 LVPS TYPE4 30 FIH JOINT 41 FAX JOINT
9 FEED/Registration 20 FRONT IF COLOR 31 UI IF 42 2ND NETWORK
assembly MOT
10 SIDE 21 Fuser drive 32 USB HOST/HUB 43 EFI SIGNAL
assembly IF
11 dual cassette 22 Laser scanner 33 DCIS 44 CPU FAN
feeder (DCF) IF assembly PD
Information
● Part Number: B5L47-60101
● Part Name: PBA-MAIN
108 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Main controller
The main controller consists of the main processor (A3000), memory (DDR3 6 GB), eMMC (4 GB)1 G Ethernet
PHY, USB 3.0 HUB, and Micom (Power/Fuser control). It can control Video/UI/FAX signal interface connection,
motor driving IC, engine signal interface connection, and power interface.
The main processor (Quad Core 1.5 GHz CPU) controls video, engine, UI display, and communicates with the
various devices. The HDD is connected to the main controller by a SATA cable and connected to the other device
(such as ADF, dual cassette feeder (DCF), Finisher, and Modem) by UART.
Main controller block diagram
Figure 1-74 Block diagram
O P E IR
IR P B A
C h3
FU S E R
10.1" C h2 PTB SC A N N ER
T FT LC D
TO N ER C R U M
C h1 O PC C R U M D SD F
U S B 3.0 H U B P B A
R TC
W IFI/N FC M O D U LE C h0
D E B U G _M C B
FR O N T 2 nd N W
R T S 5411 C h0 P LA T E N
C A R D R EA D ER U SB D IM M C h1
D E B U G _S C B
4Port H U B H O ST
M S O K /T P M C h2
D E B U G _U I
C h3
E N G IN E P A N E L
LC D C h4
A T S A M D 2E 15
C on. I2C SPI S C A N IF S C A N IF
C h5
CH0 CH1 D SD F
R EA R U SB
U SB H O ST
R T S 5401 3.0
C h6
DCF
1/2 4Port H U B H O ST C h7
FIN IS H E R
C h9
R EA R U SB UART E FI
U SB 3.0 C h10
M O D EM 0
D EVIC E D E V IC E C h11
M O D EM 1
D D R 3 6G B DDRC
FU S E R FU S E R U N IT
O n-board 4G B 800M hz
D IM M 2G B 32bit
N C TH 1 C /D N C TH 2 C /D
M A G IC 12B it AD C A T S A M D 2E 15
IO ExternalAD C 12b A N A LO G M U X
A N A LO G M U X READ M H V YM C K, TH V YM C K
M P SIZE / PAPER SIZE1,2 / ADC TC YM C K / C TD ,AC R / FU SER / W TB
IN N ER, O U TTER, EXIT, LSU TEM P 1.8V
H U M ID ITY, M O D EL SEL, AC Level E FI V ID E O
P C Iex C O N T R O LLE R
Step M otor FB / 24V FB
* C olor m odel
EN G IN E
STEP M O T
PIC KU P1/2, FEED , REG I, T1 EN G AG E,
D R V 8825
X15
A 3000 M AC0 R T L8211E
G igabit phy
R J45
B ASE
D U PLEX_RET/1/2, SKEW Y/M /C , S I-7321M CTRL.
W TB , FU SER RELEASE, TO N ER SU PPLY X2 R T L8211E R J45
YM /C K, TO N ER RESERVO IR YM /C K, M AC1
A N 44061A G igabit phy EXTEN D
C ST LO C K, X1 O PTIO N KIT
FA N SA TA
SEN SO R EXIT1/2/3/4,SM PS(LX/G X), SA TA
2.5", 320G B
EM PTY 1/2, LIFT1/2, PRE FEED 1/2, FEED C PU , LSU , D EVE,SID E,
REG I, M P_EM PTY/SIZEL/W , C U RL2, FU SER O U T CTRL. G P IO
FU SER IN /O U T, B IN _FU LL_EXIT1/2, PW M
D U PLEX_JAM 1/2, D U PLEX_RETU RN , B LD C 4B E A M LS U
PAPER_SIZE1/2, W ASTE_IN STALL, O PC Y,M ,C ,K/ITB , YM CK
O PC _PH ASE Y/M /C /K, RESERVO IR Y/M /C /K, FU SER LS U C CTRL. LD 1,2,3,4
TO N ER SU P YM /C K, ITB H O M E, FU SER PO S, LSU _M O T1
C O VER O PEN FRO N T/SID E, H V PS VD O 1B _YM C K
SC AN H O M E / APS 1,2 SH U TTER AC R, M H V YM C K
VD O 2B _YM C K
PLATEN C O VER O PEN 1,2 D EV D C YM C K H PV C VD O D ATA VD O 3B _YM C K
D EV AC VPP YM C K
VD O 4B _YM C K
S O LE N O ID / C LT D EV AC
C LT : M P D EV AC EN YM C K
SO L : M P / EXIT TH V1 YM C K
TH V2(C V/C C ) / TH V eM M C
DC M OT C LEAN MMC CTRL. 4G B
AC R SH U TTER, C ST LO C K 1/2 SAW / FU SER B IAS B oot D evice
ENWW Hardware configuration 109
Main controller clock diagram
Figure 1-75 Clock diagram
32.768Khz
M 41T81
Crystal Input RTC w ith IRQ
12M hz
RTS5401 A3000 CH 0_CLK_P(800M hz)
Crystal
U SB3.0 H U B D D R3 2G B
Input D D R3 C H 0 CH 0_CLK_N
(4G b*8*4ea)
RTC D D R3 2G B
(4G b*8*4ea)
CH 1_CLK_P(800M hz) D D R3 2G B
N .C
12M hz
ASM 3P2863 Clk0 D D R3 C H 1 CH 1_CLK_N (4G b*8*4ea)
CLK_M A IN (Spread 12M hz)
Crystal Clk1
Input CLK_PU RE(Reference 12M hz)
Sel Clk2 D D R3 2G b_tem p
(4G b*8*4ea)
M AC 0
SA TA _REFCLK_P(100M hz) M A C0_G TX_CLK(125M hz)
25M hz ID T6U 41362 D IF_CLK_P N ETW O RK PH Y 12M hz
Crystal SA TA _REFCLK_N
Input D IF_CLK_N M A C0_RX_CLK(125M hz) RTL8211 Crystal
Input
PCI_REFCLK_P(100M hz)
M AC 1 N ETW O RK O PTIO N PBA
D IF_CLK_P M A C1_G TX_CLK(125M hz)
PCI_REFCLK_N N ETW O RK PH Y 12M hz
D IF_CLK_N M A C1_RX_CLK(125M hz) RTL8211 Crystal
Input
CLK_M A IN _CCD M _P(35M hz)
U SB3D _REFCLK_P(100M hz) CCD M
25M hz ID T6U 41362 D IF_CLK_P CLK_M A IN _CCD M _N
Crystal U SB3D _REFCLK_N
Input D IF_CLK_N SC AN 0 RX_CLK_CCD M _P(35M hz)
RX_CLK_CCD M _N
U SB3H _REFCLK_P(100M hz) CLK_M A IN _D CIS_P(35M hz)
D IF_CLK_P
U SB3H _REFCLK_N D CIS
D IF_CLK_N SC AN 1 CLK_M A IN _D CIS_N
RX_CLK_D CIS_P(35M hz)
RX_CLK_D CIS_N
110 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Main controller connection information
Figure 1-76 Connection information
1 OUTPUT 12 FINISHER 23 Laser scanner 34 DCIS
assembly 1 COLOR
2 FUSER DRIVE 13 OPC E-Label/T1 24 Laser scanner 35 CCDM
assembly 2 COLOR
3 FUSER DRAWER 14 OPC HOME SENS 25 HVPS COLOR 36 Flow ADF
4 TB/E-Label 15 OPC BLDC COLOR 26 USB HOST 1/2 37 HDD POWER
5 TONER SUP/RES 16 TC SENS/RES FULL 27 USB DEVICE 38 HDD SIGNAL
6 CPR_CTD COLOR 17 LVPS TYPE5 28 NETWORK 39 CPU FAN
7 Registration 18 HVPS POWER/ 29 EFI POWER 40 SIDE FAN
assembly/T1 POS Laser scanner
SENS assembly SKEW
8 PICKUP 1/2 19 LVPS TYPE4 30 FIH JOINT 41 MSOK
9 FEED/Registration 20 FRONT IF COLOR 31 HUB IF 42 FAX JOINT
assembly MOT
10 SIDE 21 Fuser drive 32 USB HOST/HUB 43 EFI SIGNAL
assembly IF
11 dual cassette 22 Laser scanner 33 UI IF 44 2ND NETWORK
feeder (DCF) IF assembly PD
45 DDR3 DIMM
Information
● Part Number: JC92-02958A
● Part Name: PBA-MAIN
ENWW Hardware configuration 111
Master system operation key (MSOK)
MSOK PCA is used to store all system information and consists of serial flash memory, an EEPROM, and a X-E-
Label. The flash memory (4 MB), EEPROM (256 KB) and X-E-Label are used for all system operations such as
system parameter, device status, tech information, and service information.
NOTE: When a main board needs to be exchanged, reinstall the MSOK PCA to the new main board to retain the
system information.
IMPORTANT: Do not lose or damage the MSOK chip. It must be installed on the replacement main board in the
same orientation as when it was removed in order for the printer to function.
Figure 1-77 MSOK
1 Main PCA I/F connector
Formatter cabling
Figure 1-78 Formatter cabling (sGX/GX ADF only)
sGX/GX ADF Only Cable Rev A CPS (J28)
Power Supply CPS Aux 5V Power Power Connector location on Toast not shown Card insGX/GX
Engine HDMI (J29) (PCIe x1 Gen 2) JC39 - 02584A
Engine Engine
g LAN ((J8)) JC39 - 002567A
Controller Board g
Engine Control ((J36)) JC39 - 02553A
HIP2 USB (J12)
These three cables are
Front of Product wrapped together Front/Walkup USB (J20)
8” Control Panel JC39-02579A
w/ Keyboard “Z” bundle Accelerator Card
CP HDMI (J30) Std sGX/GX
CP Sideband ((J16))
JC39-02583A
Power
Dual USB 2.0
Button Host
eMMC
Expansion (J18)
IOD (Island of Data) J51
Inside Formatter Cage Fan (J47)
Gigabit
RJ45
Internal USB/AA Int. USB/AA (J21) USB 2.0
Opt
2x Host Ports Device
Engine Engine Power (J6) Kani Fax Card
a
Power Supply
Fax (J15)
Opt
STMS(Smart Transducer Monitoring STMS (J57) JC39 - 02594A
System)
112 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Figure 1-79 Formatter cabling E87640 DU (LX) models only
LX ADF Only Cable Rev A
Power Supply CPS Aux 5V Power Power Connector location on Toast not shown
Engine HDMI (J29) (PCIe x1 Gen 2) JC39 - 02584A
Engine Engine
g LAN ((J8)) JC39 - 002567A
Controller Board g
Engine Control ((J36)) JC39 - 02553A
HIP2 USB (J12)
These three cables are
Front of Product wrapped together Front/Walkup USB (J20)
8” Control Panel JC39-02579A
CP HDMI (J30)
CP Sideband ((J16))
JC39-02583A
Power
Dual USB 2.0
Button Host
eMMC
Expansion (J18)
IOD (Island of Data) J51
Inside Formatter Cage Fan (J47)
Gigabit
RJ45
Internal USB/AA Int. USB/AA (J21) USB 2.0
Opt
2x Host Ports Device
Engine Engine Power (J6) Kani Fax Card
a
Power Supply
Fax (J15)
Opt
STMS (Smart Transducer Monitoring STMS (J57) JC39 - 02594A
System)
ENWW Hardware configuration 113
Cable Rev A
LX ADF Only
Power Supply CPS Aux 5V Power Power Connector location on Toast not shown
Engine HDMI (J29) (PCIe x1 Gen 2) JC39 - 02584A
Engine Engine
g LAN ((J8)) JC39 - 002567A
Controller Board Engine
g Control ((J36)) JC39 - 02553A
HIP2 USB (J12)
These three cables are
Front of Product wrapped together Front/Walkup USB (J20)
8” Control Panel JC39-02579A
CP HDMI (J30)
CP Sideband ((J16))
114 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description
JC39-02583A
Power
Dual USB 2.0
Button Host
eMMC
Expansion (J18)
IOD (Island of Data) J51
Inside Formatter Cage Gigabit
Fan (J47) RJ45
Internal USB/AA Int. USB/AA (J21) USB 2.0
Figure 1-80 Formatter cabling E87640 (DU (LX) models only
Opt Device
2x Host Ports
Engine Engine Power (J6) Kani Fax Card
a
Power Supply
Fax (J15)
STMS (J57) JC39 - 02594A Opt
STMS (Smart Transducer Monitoring
System)
ENWW
ENWW
Cable Rev A
sGX/GX ADF Only CPS (J28)
Cable
Power Supply CPS Aux 5V Power Power Connector location on Toast not shown Card insGX/GX
Engine HDMI
Engine HDMI (J29) (PCIe x1 Gen 2) JC39 - 02584A
Engine Engine
g LAN ((J8)) JC39 - 002567A
Formatter cabling
Controller Board Engine
g Control ((J36)) JC39 - 02553A
HIP2 USB (J12)
These three cables are
Front of Product wrapped together Front/Walkup USB (J20)
NA
Jxx
J29
Table 1-39 Formatter cabling
8” Control Panel JC39-02579A
w/ Keyboard “Z” bundle Accelerator Card
CP HDMI (J30) Std sGX/GX
LVPS
From
CP Sideband ((J16))
JC39-02583A
Main board
Power
Dual USB 2.0
Button Host
Figure 1-81 Formatter cabling (sGX and GX only)
eMMC
Expansion (J18)
IOD (Island of Data) J51
Inside Formatter Cage Gigabit
Fan (J47) RJ45
To
only)
Internal USB/AA Int. USB/AA (J21) USB 2.0
Opt Device
Formatter
2x Host Ports
Engine Engine Power (J6) Kani Fax Card
a
Power Supply
Fax (J15)
Accelerator (sGX/GX ADF
STMS (J57) JC39 - 02594A Opt
STMS(Smart Transducer Monitoring
System)
Purpose
Power for accelerator
High speed print data (JC39-02584A)
Hardware configuration 115
Table 1-39 Formatter cabling (continued)
Cable Jxx From To Purpose
Engine LAN J8 Main board Formatter High speed print data (JC39-02584A)
Engine control J36 Main board Formatter Low level engine control (JC39-02553A)
HIP2 USB J12 Formatter HIP USB for HIP
Front walk-up USB J20 Formatter Front of printer USB for walk up
CP HDMI J30 Formatter CP Data to CP
CP side band J16 Formatter CP Power, reset, wake lines, display power,
keyboard (JC39-02583A)
Power button J16 Formatter Power button Power ON/OFF
IOD J16 Formatter IOD Data to/from Island of Data
Internal USB/AA J21 Formatter Accessory Accessory
Engine power J6 LVPS Formatter 5V supply to formatter
1 These cables are bundled together.
116 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Low voltage power supply (LVPS) PCA (Type 5)
NOTE: Some models have three LVPS boards. (Type5 x 1 each, Type4 x 2 each)
The low voltage power supply (LVPS) board supplies electric power to the main board and other boards. The
voltage provided includes +5 V, and +24 V from a 110 V/220 V power input. It has safety protection modes for
over current and overload.
Figure 1-82 LVPS PCA (Type 5)
1 INPUT_AC
2 OUTPUT_DC +24 V 1/2/3/4 (to Main PCA)
3 24 V on/off
4 OUTPUT_DC +5 V 1/2 (to Main PCA)
Specification
● General input/output voltage
– AC 110 V (110 V — 127 V)
– AC 220 V (220 V — 240 V)
– Input current: 8.0 A (110 V)/5.0 A (220 V)
– Output power: 275 W
○ DC 5 V: 35 W
○ DC 24 V: 240 W
ENWW Hardware configuration 117
Information
110 V 220 V
Part number JC44-00249A JC44-00250A
Part name LVPS 110V Type 5H LVPS 220V Type 5H
Input/output connector
● AC input connector (CN1)
PIN assign PIN name Description
1 AC_L AC input
2 AC_N
● DC output connector (CN2)
PIN assign PIN name Description
1 +5V1 Power
2 GND 5 V ground
3 +5V2 Power
4 GND 5 V ground
● DC output connector (CN3)
PIN assign PIN name Description
1 +24V1 Power
2 GND 24 V ground
3 +24V2 Power
4 GND 24 V ground
5 +24V3 Power
6 GND 24 V ground
7 +24V4 Power
8 GND 24 V ground
● Signal Connector (CN4)
PIN assign PIN name Description
1 GND Active Low
2 24 V On/Off
3 GND
118 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Low voltage power supply (LVPS) PCA (Type 3R)
NOTE: Some models have three LVPS boards. (Type5 x 1 each, Type4 x 1 each, Type3 x 1 each)
The low voltage power supply (LVPS) board supplies electric power to the main board and other boards. The
voltage provided includes +5 V, and +24 V from a 110 V/220 V power input. It has safety protection modes for
over current and overload.
Figure 1-83 LVPS PCA (Type 3R)
1 INPUT_AC Power (CON1)
2 Fuser AC Power (CON2)
3 OUTPUT_DC +24 V 1/2/3 and +5V1 (CON3)
4 Signal_24 V on/off, Relay on, Fuser on (CON4)
Specification
● General input/output voltage
– AC 110 V (110 V — 127 V)
– AC 220 V (220 V — 240 V)
– Input current: 10.0 A (110 V)/8.0 A (220 V)
– Output power: 164 W
○ DC 5 V: 20 W
○ DC 24 V: 144 W
ENWW Hardware configuration 119
Information
110 V 220 V
Part number JC44-00222E JC39-01202A
Part name LVPS 110V Type 3R LVPS 220V Type 3R
Input/output connector
● AC input connector (CN1)
PIN assign PIN name Description
1 AC_L AC input
2 AC_N
● Fuser AC Power Connector (CN2)
PIN assign PIN name Description
1 AC_L AC input for fuser
2 AC_N
● DC output connector (CN3)
PIN assign PIN name Description
1 +5V1 DC 5 V
2 GND Ground
3 +24V1 DC 24 V
4 GND Ground
5 +24V2 DC 24 V
6 GND Ground
7 +24V3 DC 24 V
● Signal Connector (CN4)
PIN assign PIN name Description
1 GND Ground
2 24 V On/Off Active Low
3 Relay on Active High
4 24 V Bias for photo triac, relay
5 Fuser on Active High
120 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Low voltage power supply (LVPS) PCA (Type 4)
NOTE: Some models have three LVPS boards. (Type5 x 1 each, Type4 x 2 each)
The low voltage power supply (LVPS) board supplies electric power to the main board and other boards. The
voltage provided includes +5 V, and +24 V from a 110 V/220 V power input. It has safety protection modes for
over current and overload.
Figure 1-84 LVPS PCA (Type 4)
1 INPUT_AC
2 OUTPUT_DC +24 V1/2/3 and DC +5 V 1/2 (to Main PCA)
3 24 V on/off
Specification
● General input/output voltage
– AC 110 V (110 V — 127 V)
– AC 220 V (220 V — 240 V)
– Input current: 6.3 A (110 V)/5 A (220 V)
– Output power: 205 W
○ DC 5 V: 25 W
○ DC 24 V: 180 W
Information
110 V 220 V
Part number JC44-00091D JC44-00092D
Part name LVPS 110V Type 4 LVPS 220V Type 4
ENWW Hardware configuration 121
Input/output connector
● AC input connector (CN1)
PIN assign PIN name Description
1 AC_L AC input
2 AC_N
● DC output connector (CN4)
PIN assign PIN name Description
1 +5V1 Power
2 GND 5 V ground
3 +5V2 Power
4 GND 5 V ground
5 +24V1 Power
6 GND 24 V ground
7 +24V2 Power
8 GND 24 V ground
9 +24V3 Power
● Signal Connector (CN3)
PIN assign PIN name Description
1 GND Active Low
2 24 V On/Off
3 GND
Fuser drive assembly
This board supplies voltage to the fuser AC, heater, and main board.
122 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Figure 1-85 Fuser drive board
1 Option Heater
2 Fuser Lamp
3 Fuser drive assembly I/F
4 LVPS (Type 5)
5 Main Switch
6 AC Inlet
7 Option Heater Switch
8 LVPS (Type 4)
9/10 Reactor
Information
110 V 220 V
Part number JC44-00235B JC44-00236B
Part name Fuser Drive Board 110V Fuser Drive Board 220V
High voltage power supply (HVPS) PCA
The HVPS board generates 15 high-voltage channels, including ITHV (4), MHV (4), DEV (4), FUSER, SAW, and
2THV(+/-).
ENWW Hardware configuration 123
Figure 1-86 HVPS PCA
Table 1-44 HVPS PCA Connections
PIN assign PIN name Description
1 DETECT
2 PWM_ITHV_C PWM signal
3 PWM_ITHV_K PWM signal
4 PWM_ITHV_M PWM signal
5 READ_ITHV_C Output voltage
6 PWM_ITHV_Y PWM signal
7 READ_ITHV_K Output voltage
8 READ_ITHV_M Output voltage
9 PWM_FUSEBIAS PWM signal
10 READ_ITHV_Y Output voltage
11 PWM_SAW PWM signal
12 READ_MHV_Y Output voltage
13 PWM_THV2_MINUS PWM signal
14 READ_MHV_M Output voltage
15 PWM_THV2_P_CV PWM signal
124 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Table 1-44 HVPS PCA Connections (continued)
PIN assign PIN name Description
16 READ_MHV_C Output voltage
17 READ_THV2 Output voltage
18 PWM_MHV_Y PWM signal
19 PWM_DEVE_DC_K PWM signal
20 PWM_MHV_M PWM signal
21 PWM_DEVE_AC_VPP_K PWM signal
22 PWM_MHV_C PWM signal
23 PWM_DEVE_DC_C PWM signal
24 PWM_MHV_K PWM signal
25 PWM_DEVE_AC_VPP_C PWM signal
26 PWM_THV2_P_CC PWM signal
27 PWM_DEVE_DC_M PWM signal
28 THV2_CV_SELECT Input signal
29 PWM_DEVE_AC_VPP_M PWM signal
30 N.C
31 PWM_DEVE_DC_Y PWM signal
32 READ_MHV_K Output voltage
33 PWM_DEVE_AC_VPP_Y PWM signal
34 PWM_DEVE_AC_VFREQ PWM signal
35 DETECT
CN2
1 24 V Input voltage
2 24 V Input voltage
3 24 V Input voltage
4 3.3 V Input voltage
5 GND GND
6 GND GND
7 GND GND
8 READ_HVPS_24 Output voltage
9 nEN_DEVE_AC_Y nEN signal
10 nEN_DEVE_AC_M nEN signal
11 nEN_DEVE_AC_C nEN signal
12 nEN_DEVE_AC_K nEN signal
ENWW Hardware configuration 125
Table 1-44 HVPS PCA Connections (continued)
PIN assign PIN name Description
Connections
CN3 ITHV Y/M/C/K Output voltage
CN5 2THV +/- Output voltage
CN6 MHV Y Output voltage
CN7 MHV M Output voltage
CN8 MHV C Output voltage
CN9 MHV K Output voltage
CN10 DEVE Y Output voltage
CN11 DEVE M Output voltage
CN12 DEVE C Output voltage
CN13 DEVE K Output voltage
CN4
1 FUSER_BIAS Output voltage
2 SAW_PLATE Output voltage
Specification
● Input voltage: DC 24 V, 3.3 V
● Output voltage:
– MHV Y/M/C/K: -1395 V
– DEVE DC Y/M/C/K: -606 V
– DEV AC Y/M/C/K: Vpp 920 V
– THV1 Y/M/C/K: 45.5 uA
– THV2+(CV): 2020 V
– THV2+(CC): 25.5 uA
– THV2–: –1310 V
– FUSER: 998 V
– SAW: -998 V
Information
● Part number: JC44-00240B
● Part name: HVPS
126 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Eraser PCA
The eraser PCA has one LED. The LED is used for erasing the negative charges on the surface of the drum after
printing.
Figure 1-87 Eraser PCA
Fuser PCA
The Fuser PCA includes a CRU memory for Fuser Unit Life Cycle counting. The Fuser PCA provides a connection
interface for the pressure sensor.
Figure 1-88 Fuser PCA
1 Fuser EEPROM, Pressure Sensor I/F
2 Pressure Sensor (Not used)
Information
● Part number:
● Part name: PBA-FUSER
Waste Sensor PCA
The waste sensor PCA detects the waste toner level inside the toner collection unit.
Figure 1-89 Waste sensor PCA
ENWW Hardware configuration 127
Information
● Part number:
● Part name: WASTE SENSOR RX
Paper Size sensor PCA
The paper size sensor PCA is used for detecting the size of the paper in the tray.
Figure 1-90 Paper size sensor PCA
Flow ADF PCA
The flow ADF-PCA uses the R5F562TAEDFP (100 MHz Main Clock) for controlling the flow ADF unit and interfaces
with the main board through UART.
The flow ADF-PCA has three motor driver ICs to control the BLDC/step motor and controls one BLDC motor, two
step motors, one clutch, one fan, and 11 sensors.
Figure 1-91 Flow ADF PCA
1 Scan Position 1/2, Registration, Feed Sensor
2 Pickup, Paper Detect, Cover Open Sensor
3 BLDC Motor, Registration Motor, Pickup Clutch
128 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
4 Output Sensor, Fan
5 Paper Length 1/2, Width Sensor
6 Scan Joint PCA
Information
● Part number: JC92-02964A
● Part name: Flow ADF-PCA
● Part number: JC92-02964B
● Part name: Flow ADF-PCA (sGX)
● Part number: JC92-02962A
● Part name: LX (du models) ADF PCA
Scan joint PCA
The scan joint PCA has a Bipolar Step Motor driving IC and interfaces with the WLED, APS sensor (1, 2), cover
open sensor (1, 2), home position sensor, and main board.
The scan joint PCA also functions as the relay board to interface with the ADF I/F and power board.
Figure 1-92 Scan joint PCA
1 WLED IF PCA
2 MAIN PCA
3 Cover Open 2, Home Sensor
4 ADF/flow ADF PCA
5 Image Scanner Motor
Information
● Part number: JC92-02781A
● Part name: PCA-SCAN JOINT
ENWW Hardware configuration 129
CCDM PCA
The CCDM PCA is used in the scanner unit and converts the reflected light from an original document to electrical
signals. The reflected light from an original document is converted to three-color analog signals: red, green, and
blue. The ADC converts each analog signal to digital. For a high speed data transmission, the digital data signal is
converted to a LVDS format with serialization. The CCDM PCA includes the CCD, ADC, Logic IC, and so on.
Figure 1-93 CCDM PCA
1 MAIN PCA
Information
● Part number:
● Part name: PBA-CCDM
WLED IF PCA
The WLED IF PCA interfaces with the WLED and sensors inside the Image Scanner unit.
Figure 1-94 WLED IF PCA
1 APS1, APS2 Sensor
2 Cover Open1 Sensor
3 SCAN JOINT PCA
4 WLED PCA
Information
● Part number:
● Part name: PBA-WLED IF
130 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
WLED PCA
The WLED PCA consists of two WLEDs used as scanner light.
Figure 1-95 WLED PCA
1 WLED PCA
Information
● Part number:
● Part name: PBA-WLED
ENWW Hardware configuration 131
Dual cassette feeder (DCF)
Paper feeding system (rollers and functions)
Figure 1-96 Paper feeding system
Table 1-51 DCF paper feeding system
Tray number Roller number Roller name Function
4 R1 Pickup roller Transports paper from the paper stack.
4 R2 Feed roller Transports one sheet of paper to the prefeed
roller.
4 R3 Reverse (separation) Makes sure paper is moved one at a time.
roller
4 R4 Prefeed roller Transports paper to the feed roller.
4 R5 Idle roller Makes paper transportation smooth.
4/5 R6 Feed roller Transports one sheet of paper to the basic
machine.
4/5 R7 Idle roller Makes paper transportation smooth.
5 R8 Pickup roller Transports paper from the paper stack.
5 R9 Feed roller Transports one sheet of paper to the prefeed
roller.
5 R10 Reverse (separation) Makes sure paper is moved one at a time.
roller
5 R11 Prefeed roller Transports paper to the feed roller.
5 R12 Idle roller Makes paper transportation smooth.
132 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Paper path
Figure 1-97 Paper path
ENWW Dual cassette feeder (DCF) 133
Electrical parts locations, descriptions, and functions
Figure 1-98 Electric parts locations, descriptions, and functions
Table 1-52 DCF electric parts locations, descriptions, and functions
Tray number Callouts Description Function
4 S1 Pickup no paper sensor Detects paper empty in Tray 3.
4 S2 Pickup level sensor Detects upper limit of lifting-up of Tray 3.
4 S3 Prefeed sensor Detects paper between R2-R3 and R4-5.
4/5 S4 Path sensor Detects paper passing through R6-R7.
5 S5 Pickup no paper sensor Detects paper empty in Tray 4.
5 S6 Pickup level sensor Detects upper limit of lifting-up of Tray 4.
5 S7 Prefeed sensor Detects paper between R9-R10 and
R11-12.
4 S8 Paper size sensor Detects tray insertion and paper size in
Tray 3.
5 S9 Paper size sensor Detects tray insertion and paper size in
Tray 4.
4/5 SW1 Side door open switch Detects opening of right cover.
4 M1 Tray 3 pickup motor
5 M2 Tray 4 pickup motor
4/5 M3 Tray feed motor
134 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
PCA connection
Figure 1-99 PCA connection and DCF
Table 1-53 DCF PCA connection
Connector number Item number Connection
CN902 1 DC MOTOR I/F
CN801 2 PICK/LIFT4 MOTOR I/F
CN601 3 PICK/LIFT3 & FEED MOTOR I/F
CN701 4 LOCKMOT/MOT LIFT/LCT HOME I/F
CN1001 5 TOPCOVER/OPEN INTERLOCK
CN301 6 MAIN I/F
CN401 7 UART DEBUG I/F
CN402 8 E1 JTAG DEBUG I/F
CN802 9 SENSOR PAPER SIZE
CN901 10 HCI INNER DRAWER
CN302 11 SUB I/F
CN1101 12 BBP I/F
CN501 13 T4 SENSOR
CN502 14 T3 SENSOR
ENWW Dual cassette feeder (DCF) 135
High capacity input tray (HCI)
Paper feeding system (rollers and functions)
Figure 1-100 Paper feeding system
Table 1-54 HCI paper feeding system
Tray number Roller number Roller name Function
4 R1 Pickup roller Transports paper from the paper stack.
4 R2 Feed roller Transports one sheet of paper to the prefeed
roller.
4 R3 Reverse (separation) Makes sure paper is moved one at a time.
roller
4 R4 Prefeed roller Transports paper to the feed roller.
4 R5 Idle roller Makes paper transportation smooth.
4 R6 Feed roller Transports one sheet of paper to the basic
machine.
4 R7 Idle roller Makes paper transportation smooth.
136 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Paper path
Figure 1-101 HCI paper path
ENWW High capacity input tray (HCI) 137
Electrical parts locations, descriptions, and functions
Figure 1-102 Electric parts locations, descriptions, and functions
Table 1-55 HCI electric parts locations, descriptions, and functions
Tray number Callouts Description Function
3/4 S1 Pickup no paper sensor Detects paper empty in main tray.
3/4 S2 Pickup level sensor Detects upper limit of lifting up of main
tray.
3/4 S3 Prefeed sensor Detects paper between R2-R3 and R4-5.
3/4 S4 Path sensor Detects paper passing through R6-R7.
3/4 S5 Tray insertion sensor Detects tray insertion.
3/4 S6 Knockup home sensor Detects home position of knock-plate.
3/4 S7 Main tray level sensor 1 Detects paper residual paper quantity in
main tray.
3/4 S8 Main tray level sensor 2 Detects paper residual paper quantity in
main tray.
3/4 S9 Shift tray no paper sensor Detects paper empty in sub tray.
3/4 S10 Shift tray level sensor 1 Detects paper residual quantity in sub
tray.
3/4 S11 Shift tray level sensor 2 Detects paper residual quantity in sub
tray.
3/4 S12 Shift plate home sensor Detects home position of shift plate.
3/4 S13 Shift plate end sensor Detects end position of shift plate.
3/4 S14 Solenoid home sensor Detects home position of solenoid.
3/4 SW1 Side door open switch Detects opening of solenoid.
3 M1 Tray pickup motor
3 M2 Tray feed motor
3 M3 Tray lift up motor
3 M4 Paper shift motor
3 A1 Solenoid
138 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
PCA connection
Figure 1-103 HCI PCA connection
Table 1-56 HCI PCA connection
Connector number Item number Connection
CN902 1 DC MOTOR I/F
CN601 3 PICK/LIFT3 & FEED MOTOR I/F
CN301 6 MAIN I/F
CN401 7 UART DEBUG I/F
CN402 8 E1 JTAG DEBUG I/F
CN901 10 HCI INNER DRAWER
CN302 11 SUB I/F
CN1101 12 BBP I/F
CN502 14 T3 SENSOR
ENWW High capacity input tray (HCI) 139
Side high capacity input tray (sHCI)
Paper feeding system (rollers and functions)
Figure 1-104 Paper feeding system
Table 1-57 sHCI paper feeding system
Roller number Roller name Function
R1 Pickup roller Transports paper from the paper stack.
R2 Feed roller Transports one sheet of paper to the prefeed roller.
R3 Reverse (separation) roller Makes sure paper is moved one at a time.
R4 Idle roller Transports paper to the feed roller.
R5 Feed roller Makes paper transportation smooth.
140 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
Paper path
Figure 1-105 sHCI paper path
ENWW Side high capacity input tray (sHCI) 141
Electrical parts locations, descriptions, and functions
Figure 1-106 sHCI electric parts locations, descriptions, and functions
Table 1-58 sHCI electric parts locations, descriptions, and functions
Callouts Description Function
S1 Pickup no paper sensor Detects paper empty in tray.
S2 Pickup level sensor Detects upper limit of lifting up of main tray.
S3 Prefeed sensor Detects paper between R2-R3 and R4-5.
S4 Paper level sensor 1 Detects paper residual paper quantity in tray.
S5 Paper level sensor 2 Detects paper residual paper quantity in tray.
S6 Install sensor 1 Detects installation of SL-sHCI501S to the basic
machine.
S7 Install sensor 2 Detects installation of SL-sHCI501S to the basic
machine.
SW1 Top door open switch Detects opening of the top door.
M1 Tray pickup motor Drives the pickup roller.
M2 Tray feed motor Drives the feed roller
M3 Tray lift up motor Lifts up the tray.
142 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
PCA connection
Figure 1-107 sHCI PCA connection
Table 1-59 sHCI PCA connection
Connector number Item number Connection
CN601 3 PICK/LIFT3 & FEED MOTOR I/F
CN701 4 LOCKMOT/MOT LIFT/sHCI HOME I/F
CN1001 5 TOPCOVER/OPEN INTERLOCK
CN301 6 MAIN I/F
CN401 7 UART DEBUG I/F
CN402 8 E1 JTAG DEBUG I/F
CN1101 12 BBP I/F
CN501 13 T4 SENSOR
CN502 14 T3 SENSOR
ENWW Side high capacity input tray (sHCI) 143
144 Chapter 1 Product specifications and description ENWW
2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement
● HP service and support
● Order parts, accessories, and supplies
● How to use the parts list and diagrams
● ESD precautions
● Service approach
● Maintenance
● Main parts
● Dual cassette feeder (DCF)
● 2000-sheet HCI (department)
● 3000-sheet sHCI (department; E87640/50/60 only)
ENWW 145
HP service and support
Learn about HP access to additional service and support information.
Additional service and support for channel partners
Channel partners, go to partner.hp.com, and then use the steps below to access the HP Web-based Interactive
Search Engine (WISE).
Access WISE for Channel partners
1. Select Services & Support, and then select Services Delivery.
2. Select Technical Support, and then select Technical Documentation.
Find information about the following topics
● Service manuals
● Service advisories
● Up-to-date control panel message (CPMD) troubleshooting
● Install and configure
● Printer specifications
● Solutions for printer issues and emerging issues
● Remove and replace part instructions and videos
● Warranty and regulatory information
Additional service and support for HP internal personnel
HP internal personnel, go to one of the following Web-based Interactive Search Engine (WISE) sites:
Americas (AMS)
– https://support.hp.com/wise/home/ams-enWISE - English
– https://support.hp.com/wise/home/ams-esWISE - Spanish
– https://support.hp.com/wise/home/ams-ptWISE - Portuguese
– https://support.hp.com/wise/home/ams-frWISE - French
Asia Pacific / Japan (APJ)
– https://support.hp.com/wise/home/apj-enWISE - English
– https://support.hp.com/wise/home/apj-jaWISE - Japanese
– https://support.hp.com/wise/home/apj-koWISE - Korean
– https://support.hp.com/wise/home/apj-zh-HansWISE - Chinese (simplified)
146 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
– https://support.hp.com/wise/home/apj-zh-HantWISE - Chinese (traditional)
– https://support.hp.com/wise/home/apj-thWISE - Thai
Europe / Middle East / Africa (EMEA)
– https://support.hp.com/wise/home/emea-enWISE - English
ENWW HP service and support 147
Order parts, accessories, and supplies
Ordering
Order supplies and paper www.hp.com/go/suresupply
Order genuine HP parts or accessories www.hp.com/buy/parts
or
partsurfer.hp.com
Order through service or support providers Contact an HP-authorized service or support provider.
Order using the HP Embedded Web Server (EWS) To access, in a supported Web browser on your computer, enter the printer IP
address or host name in the address/URL field. The EWS contains a link to the
HP SureSupply Web site, which provides options for purchasing Original HP supplies.
Orderable parts
Not all of the parts shown in the diagrams in this chapter can be ordered. Refer to the table following the
diagram or the parts lists at the end of this chapter to determine if a part is orderable.
How to use the parts list and diagrams
The figures in this chapter show the major subassemblies in the printer and their component parts. A parts list
table follows each exploded view assembly diagram. Each table lists the item number, the associated part
number, and the description of each part. When the part listed in the table has a link and page number, clicking
the link advances you to the Remove and Replace procedures for that part. If a part is not listed in the table, then
it is not a field replacement unit (FRU).
NOTE: In this manual, the abbreviation “PCA” stands for “printed circuit-board assembly.” Components
described as a PCA might consist of a single circuit board or a circuit board plus other parts, such as cables and
sensors.
148 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
ESD precautions
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Look for the ESD reminder when
removing printer parts. Always perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD
workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an
ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
Service approach
Precautions when replacing parts
Precautions when assembling and disassembling
● Use only HP approved replacement parts. Make sure that the part number, product name, voltage, and
current or temperature ratings are correct. Failure to do so might result in damage to the machine, circuit
overload, fire, or electric shock.
● Do not make unauthorized changes or additions to the printer. Unauthorized changes might cause the
printer to malfunction and create electric shock or fire hazards.
● Use caution when dismantling the unit. Take note of the location of each screw or other part. This printer
contains 19 different screws. Using the wrong screw might lead to system failure, short circuit or electric
shock.
● Do not disassemble the laser scanner assembly. Once the laser scanner assembly is disassembled, dust
might enter the mirror chamber and will seriously degrade print quality. There are no serviceable parts
inside the laser scanner assembly.
● Regularly check the condition of the power cable, plug and socket. Bad contacts might lead to overheating
and fire. Damaged cables might lead to electric shock or unit malfunction.
Precautions when handling PCA
Static electricity might damage a PCA. Use approved, anti-static precautions when handling or storing a PCA.
Service personnel should use grounded ESD straps and/or mats when handling PCAs.
● Precautions when moving and storing a PCA
– Keep PCA in a conductive case, anti-static bag, or wrapped in aluminum foil.
– Do not store a PCA where it is exposed to direct sunlight.
● Precautions when replacing a PCA
– Disconnect power cables before disconnecting other cables.
– Do not touch any soldered connections, connector terminals, or other electronic parts when handling
insulated parts.
● Precautions when checking a PCA
ENWW ESD precautions 149
– Touch a grounded area of the printer chassis to discharge static electric charge before touching a PCA.
– Do not touch a PCA with bare hands or metal objects. Doing so might create a short circuit or cause
electric shock. Use caution when handling a PCA with moving parts such as sensors, motors, or
lamps, as they might become very hot.
– Use caution when fitting and removing screws. Watch for hidden screens. Make sure that the correct
screw is used and make sure that when toothed washers are removed, they are refitted in their
original positions.
– Place the product on an ESD workstation or mat, or use an ESD strap (if one is available). If an ESD
workstation, mat, or strap is not available, ground yourself by touching the sheet-metal chassis
before touching an ESD-sensitive part.
Releasing plastic latches
Many of the parts are held in place with plastic latches. The latches can break easily; release them carefully. To
remove such parts, press the hook end of the latch away from the part to which it is latched.
Before performing service
● Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
● Unplug the power cable and interface cable or cables.
● Remove any finishing devices and the side HCI, if they are installed.
● Place the product on an ESD workstation or mat, or use an ESD strap (if one is available). If an ESD
workstation, mat, or strap is not available, ground yourself by touching the sheet-metal chassis before
touching an ESD-sensitive part.
● Remove the toner cartridges, if needed.
After performing service
● Verify that the service performed was successful.
● Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
● Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
150 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
● Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
● Verify that the printer is in better condition than when you arrived, cosmetically and electrically.
Post-service test
Perform the following tests to verify that the repair or replacement was successful:
Print-quality test
1. Verify that you have completed the necessary reassembly steps.
2. Make sure that the tray contains clean, unmarked paper.
3. Attach the power cord and interface cable or interface cables, and then turn on the product.
4. Print a configuration page.
5. Print a print quality page, and then verify that there are no lines, streaks, banding, or other print quality
defects.
6. Send a print job from the host computer, and then verify that the output meets expectations.
Copy-quality test
1. Place the configuration page in the document feeder, print a copy job, and then verify the results.
2. Place the configuration page on the flatbed glass, print a copy job, and then verify the results
Fax-quality test
1. Place the configuration page in the document feeder.
2. Type a valid fax number, and send the fax job.
3. Verify that the send quality and the receive quality meet expectations.
Parts removal order
For procedures and/or steps that require identifying the right, left, or rear side of the printer, face the front of the
printer for correct orientation.
ENWW Service approach 151
Maintenance
Machine cleaning for maintenance
Cleaning the laser scanner assembly window
1. Open the front cover and push both hooks to remove the toner collection unit (TCU).
Figure 2-1 Remove the TCU
2. Remove the laser scanner assembly window cleaning tool located on the front cover.
Figure 2-2 Remove laser scanner assembly window cleaning tool
152 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Insert the laser scanner assembly window cleaning tool into each color entrance.
Figure 2-3 Laser scanner assembly color entrances
Figure 2-4 Laser scanner assembly color entrances
4. Slowly remove and reinsert the cleaning tool.
5. Repeat step 4 at least four times for each laser scanner assembly window.
Cleaning the paper dust stick
The paper dust stick needs to be cleaned after a specified number of pages are printed. A clean the paper dust
stick message will appear. This is when the paper dust stick must be cleaned. Use the following procedure to
complete this task.
1. Open the front door.
ENWW Maintenance 153
Figure 2-5 Open the front door
2. Remove the toner collection unit (TCU).
Figure 2-6 Remove the TCU
154 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Pull out the paper dust stick.
Figure 2-7 Remove paper dust stick
4. Remove the paper dust.
Figure 2-8 Remove the paper dust
5. Insert the paper dust stick back into the slot.
Figure 2-9 Install the paper dust stick
ENWW Maintenance 155
6. Insert the toner collection unit (TCU) until it locks in place on each side.
Figure 2-10 Install the TCU
7. Close the front door. Make sure the cover is securely closed. If the message still appears, repeat Steps 3
and 4.
Figure 2-11 Close the front door
Cleaning the scan glass
▲ Open the flow ADF unit. Clean the scanner glass (callout 1) using a soft, lint-free, clean cloth.
156 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-12 Clean the scanner glass
ENWW Maintenance 157
Cleaning the document feeder white bar and CIS (LX/du models)
1. Open the document feeder unit.
Figure 2-13 Open document feeder unit
2. Clean the document feeder white bar and CIS using a lint-free cloth.
Figure 2-14 Clean document feeder white bar (LX/du models)
CIS
Simplex
White bar
Duplex
White bar
Cleaning the flow ADF white bar and CIS
1. Open the ADF unit, peel back the white backing (callout 1), and then release the green tab (callout 2).
158 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-15 Peel back the white backing and release one tab
2. Open the access door. Clean the simplex white bar (callout 1), the CIS (callout 2), and the duplex white bar
(callout 3) using a soft, lint-free, clean cloth.
Figure 2-16 Clean flow document feeder white bar
ENWW Maintenance 159
Main parts
Main assembly
Figure 2-17 Main assembly
49
30
43
160 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Table 2-1 Main assembly
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Cassette tray 2 JC90-01610A 1
2 Cassette tray 3 JC90-01611A 1
5 HVPS 24V JC44-00240B on page 166 1
6 Laser scanner unit JC97-04863A on page 170 1
7 Fan type 8 JC93-01414A on page 176 1
8 HP LaserJet yellow developer unit JC96-11639A on page 179 1
9 HP LaserJet magenta developer unit JC96-11640A on page 179 1
10 HP LaserJet cyan developer unit JC96-11641A on page 179 1
11 HP LaserJet blk developer unit JC96-11642A on page 179 1
12 Paper dust brush JC93-01026B on page 184 1
13 Image transfer belt assembly JC98-05425A on page 191 1
13-1 ITB cleaner blade JC93-01377A on page 187 1
15 Image scanner assembly (flat bed) JC97-04907A on page 197 1
16 White backing (LX) JC63-05410A on page 211 1
16 White backing (GX) JC63-05795A on page 214 1
17 ADF LX du model whole unit JC97-05074A on page 769 1
17 Flow ADF-GX JC97-04955A 1
17 Non-Flow ADF-sGX JC97-04956A 1
18 Exit assembly JC90-01369A on page 221 1
18-1 Exit assembly, second JC90-01374A 1
18-2 Exit assembly, first JC90-01370A 1
19 220V fuser assembly JC82-00483A on page 230 1
19 110V fuser assembly JC82-00477A on page 230 1
22 Right door assembly JC95-02092A on page 216 1
29 Fuser drive board, 220V JC44-00236B on page 233 1
29 Fuser drive board, 110V JC44-00235B on page 233 1
30 LVPS 220V Type 5H JC44-00250A on page 237 1
30 LVPS 110V Type 5H JC44-00249A on page 237 1
34-1 Fan type 7 JC31-00161A on page 241 1
38 Toner collection unit X3A92-67926 on page 164 1
40 Return guide JC61-07088A 1
41 HDD bracket JC93-01239B 1
42 HDD 320GB - Main PCA HDD 5851-6712 on page 248 1
43 Tray Heater (110v) Y1G22-67901 1
ENWW Main parts 161
Table 2-1 Main assembly (continued)
Ref Description Part number Qty
43 Tray Heater (220v) Y1G22-67902 1
49 PCA-Main Board w/heat sink JC82-00543A on page 252 1
49 PCA-Main Board w/heat sink (du only) 5CM63-67001 on page 252 1
Not shown Pulsar Control Panel B5L47-60101 on page 282 1
Not shown Formatter X3A92-60003 on page 275 1
Not shown Formatter X3A92-60001 on page 278 1
Not shown Accelerator PCA - Toast (GX ADF only) X3A62-60001 on page 260 1
Not shown Island of Data board (du models) JC92-02971A on page 263 1
Not shown Island of Data board JC92-02971A on page 266 1
Not shown Formatter HDD (du models) 5851-6712 on page 269 1
Not shown Formatter HDD 5851-6712 on page 272 1
Not shown US English Keyboard Assy B5L47-60102 on page 286 1
Not shown UK English Keyboard Assy B5L47-60103 on page 286 1
Not shown HP LaserJet Black Imaging Drum Unit X3A92-67905 on page 291 1
Not shown HP LaserJet CMY Imaging Drum Unit X3A92-67906 on page 291 1
Not shown Foreign interface harness B5L31-67902 on page 294 1
Not shown Jetdirect Wireless Print Server with NFC Kit J8030-61001 on page 296 1
Not shown PCA, front power switch JC92-02969A on page 302 1
Not shown Low voltage power supply (LVPS) fans (Type 7) JC31-00161A on page 306 1
Not shown LVPS 110V Type 4 JC44-00091D on page 310 1
Not shown LVPS 220V Type 4 JC44-00092D on page 310 1
Not shown Lower tray connector JC39-02187A on page 315 1
Not shown Developer fan JC31-00130A on page 319 1
Not shown Finisher sub-bridge unit JC90-01401B on page 326 1
Not shown Inductor unit 110V JC27-00012A on page 328 1
Not shown Inductor unit 220V JC27-00009A on page 328 1
Not shown Switch Assy - Right Door JC93-01467A on page 333 1
Not shown Drive, pickup JC93-01063C on page 340 1
Not shown TCU sensor JC93-00492A on page 345 1
Not shown Assy- Engine Side Crum Connector JC93-01277A on page 352 1
Not shown Duplex 1 sensor (photo interrupter) 0604-001393 on page 361 1
Not shown Exit 1 bin full sensor (photo interrupter) 0604-001393 on page 371 1
Not shown Prefeed sensor 2 (pickup unit 2) 0604-001381 on page 383 1
Not shown Prefeed sensor 1 (pickup unit 1) 0604-001490 on page 391 1
162 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Table 2-1 Main assembly (continued)
Ref Description Part number Qty
Not shown FFC Cable, Laser Scanner Unit JC39-02253A 1
Not shown Cable, SATA Main HDD JC39-01202A 1
Not shown Cable, PWR Main HDD JC39-01943A 1
Not shown Fan-type 3 24V LVPS/FDB JC31-00154A 1
Not shown Formatter PCA-Obsidian Blue Angel X3A92-60003 1
Not shown Accelerator PCA-toast Blue Angel X3A62-60002 1
ENWW Main parts 163
Toner collection unit (TCU)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the toner collection unit (TCU)
● Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the toner collection unit.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
X3A92-67926
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● HP Managed LJ Toner Collection Unit
Required tools
● No special tools are needed to remove or install this assembly.
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
○ Verify that the printer is in better condition than when you arrived, cosmetically and electrically.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
164 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Step 1: Remove the toner collection unit (TCU)
1. Open the front cover.
2. Push both hooks to release the toner collection unit (TCU).
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 2-18 Remove the TCU
Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 165
High voltage power supply (HVPS) board
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the left cover
● Step 2: Remove the HVPS
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the high voltage power supply (HVPS) board.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC44-00240B
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● HVPS 24V
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
166 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Step 1: Remove the left cover
1. Remove the top left cover.
Figure 2-19 Top left cover
2. Remove seven screw-caps and eight screws, and lift the left cover off of the printer.
Figure 2-20 Remove the left cover
Step 2: Remove the HVPS
1. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), remove seven screws (callout 2), and then release one retainer in
the center of the board (callout 3).
ENWW Main parts 167
Figure 2-21 Disconnect connectors and remove screws
2 3
1
2. Tilt the board away from the printer, and then disconnect three connectors (callout 1).
Figure 2-22 Disconnect three connectors
168 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. If you are replacing the HVPS board, release two tabs and rotate the cover off of the board. Attach the
cover to the replacement part before installing.
Figure 2-23 Remove the HVPS cover
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 169
Laser scanner assembly
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the left cover
● Step 2: Remove the high voltage power supply (HVPS) board
● Step 3: Remove the laser scanner assembly
● Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the laser scanner assembly.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC97-04863A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Laser Scanner Unit
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
170 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the left cover
1. Remove the top left cover.
Figure 2-24 Top left cover
2. Remove seven screw-caps and eight screws, and lift the left cover off of the printer.
Figure 2-25 Remove the left cover
Step 2: Remove the high voltage power supply (HVPS) board
1. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), remove seven screws (callout 2), and then release one retainer in
the center of the board (callout 3).
ENWW Main parts 171
Figure 2-26 Disconnect connectors and remove screws
2 3
1
2. Tilt the board away from the printer, and then disconnect three connectors (callout 1).
Figure 2-27 Disconnect three connectors
Step 3: Remove the laser scanner assembly
1. To remove the laser scanner fan and holder, disconnect one connector, and then remove two screws on
the fan holder.
172 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-28 Remove the laser scanner fan and holder
2. Remove two screws, and then disconnect two in-line connectors on the left.
Figure 2-29 Remove two screws and disconnect two connectors
ENWW Main parts 173
3. Slide the laser scanner partially out of the printer (callout 1), and then disconnect two flat cables and one
connector on the left. One of the flat cable connectors is a zero insertion force (ZIF) connector. Open the
latch on the connector before removing the flat cable. After disconnecting the connectors, remove the laser
scanner assembly from the printer.
Figure 2-30 Laser scanner assembly
Reinstallation tip: Align the locator pin on the back of the assembly with the opening in the printer sheet
metal frame to guide the assembly into place. The screw holes on the front of the assembly will line up
with the screw holes in the sheet metal when the assembly is correctly installed.
Reinstallation tip: When reinstalling the laser scanner assembly, make sure that the flat cable that routes
over the top of the assembly does not become trapped under the assembly.
Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
174 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 175
Laser scanner assembly fan
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the left cover
● Step 2: Remove the laser scanner assembly fan
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the laser scanner assembly fan.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC93-01414A
Fan Type 8
● Laser Scanner Unit
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
176 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Step 1: Remove the left cover
1. Remove the top left cover.
Figure 2-31 Top left cover
2. Remove seven screw-caps and eight screws, and lift the left cover off of the printer.
Figure 2-32 Remove the left cover
Step 2: Remove the laser scanner assembly fan
▲ Disconnect one connector, remove two screws, and then remove the laser scanner assembly fan.
ENWW Main parts 177
Figure 2-33 Remove the laser scanner assembly fan
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
178 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Developer unit
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the developer unit
● Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
● Step 3: Special installation instructions (Developer unit)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the developer unit.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC96-11642A JC96-11641A JC96-11640A JC96-11639A
● HP LaserJet Blk Developer ● HP LaserJet Cyan ● HP LaserJet Magenta ● HP LaserJet Yellow
Unit Developer Unit Developer Unit Developer Unit
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
○ Verify that the printer is in better condition than when you arrived, cosmetically and electrically.
ENWW Main parts 179
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the developer unit
NOTE: Update the firmware to the latest version before replacing the developer unit.
1. Remove the toner collection unit (TCU)
2. Remove the drum unit to the right of the developer to be replaced.
TIP: Also remove the adjacent drum unit to allow better access to the toner supply pipe.
3. Rotate the reservoir shutter lever down to ensure it is closed.
Figure 2-34 Shutter open/close
4. Release the valve from the developer by rotating the valve side-to-side while pulling it firmly away from
the printer.
Reinstallation tip: Make sure that the valve is fully installed on the developer before rotating it to the
open position.
Figure 2-35 Release the toner collection valve
180 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
5. Reach to the top of the toner supply pipe, and then rotate it up.
Figure 2-36 Tilt toner supply pipe up
6. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove two screws (callout 2), and then remove the metal bracket
(callout 3).
Reinstallation tip: Note the orientation of the bracket when reinstalling it.
Figure 2-37 Remove the metal bracket
1
Reinstallation tip: Reinstall the bottom of the bracket first.
ENWW Main parts 181
7. Hold the grip point of the developer unit and slide it away from the printer to remove it.
NOTE: Do not grip the toner collection unit connection when removing the developer unit.
Reinstallation tip: Hold the toner supply pipe up and out of the way when reinstalling the developer unit.
Figure 2-38 Developer unit removal
Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
182 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Step 3: Special installation instructions (Developer unit)
Fill the developer unit
The replacement developer unit is empty and must be filled with developer powder prior to installation.
IMPORTANT: During filling, place the developer unit on sheets of paper or a disposable cover to catch any
spilled developer powder.
1. Unpack the new developer unit and silver packet of developer powder from the kit box.
2. Open the developer unit cover.
CAUTION: Do not touch the silver roller.
3. Carefully open the developer packet, and then distribute the developer powder evenly into the developer
unit.
IMPORTANT: Before opening the packet, shake the it three or four times. This prevents the developer
powder from scattering.
4. Close the developer unit cover.
5. Install the developer unit in the printer.
Firmware counter reset and toner concentration initialization
The front door must be open at the beginning of this procedure. Do not close the door until instructed.
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, select the Support Tools menu.
2. Select the Service menu.
3. Make sure that Service Access Code is selected in the drop-down menu, and then enter the service access
code.
4. Select the Service Tools menu.
5. On the Information tab, select the Supply Status menu.
6. Select Field Replacement Unit.
7. Select Developer Unit (Developer) (YMCK)
8. Select the check box on the right side of the screen for the replaced developer unit.
9. Select Reset, to clear the counter and begin the toner concentration initialization.
10. Close the front door, wait for the toner concentration initialization process to complete, and then exit
service mode (touch the Home button).
ENWW Main parts 183
Paper dust brush
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the toner collection unit
● Step 2: Remove the paper dust brush
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the paper dust brush.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC93-01026B
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Paper Dust Brush
Required tools
● No special tools are needed to remove or install this assembly.
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
184 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Step 1: Remove the toner collection unit
1. Open the front cover.
2. Push both hooks to release the toner collection unit (TCU).
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 2-39 Remove the TCU
Step 2: Remove the paper dust brush
▲ Remove the paper dust brush.
Figure 2-40 Remove the paper dust brush
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
ENWW Main parts 185
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
186 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Intermediate transfer belt (ITB) cleaner
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the toner collection unit (TCU)
● Step 2: Remove the ITB cleaner
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the intermediate transfer belt (ITB) cleaner.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC93-01377A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● ITB Cleaner Blade
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
○ Verify that the printer is in better condition than when you arrived, cosmetically and electrically.
ENWW Main parts 187
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the toner collection unit (TCU)
1. Open the front cover.
2. Push both hooks to release the toner collection unit (TCU).
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 2-41 Remove the TCU
Step 2: Remove the ITB cleaner
1. Loosen the screw securing the ITB cleaner.
NOTE: The screw is captive and cannot be completely removed.
Figure 2-42 ITB screw location
188 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
2. Grasp the ITB cleaner housing, and pull it out of the printer.
CAUTION: Do not grasp the waste toner connector.
Use care when removing the ITB cleaner as loose toner might be present on the metal shelf along the side
of the cleaner.
Figure 2-43 ITB cleaner removal
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
3. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
Special installation instructions: ITB cleaner
▲ After the replacement cleaner is installed, follow these instructions to reset the firmware counter:
i. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, select the Support Tools menu.
ii. Select the Service menu.
iii. Make sure that Service Access Code is selected in the drop-down menu, and then enter the
access code (04087617).
iv. Select the Service Tools menu.
v. Select the Supply Status menu.
vi. Select Field Replacement Unit.
vii. Select ITB Cleaner.
viii. Select Transfer Cleaning Unit.
ix. Select Reset.
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
ENWW Main parts 189
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
190 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Intermediate transfer belt (ITB) unit
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the toner collection unit (TCU)
● Step 2: Remove the intermediate transfer belt (ITB) cleaner
● Step 3: Remove the ITB
● Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the intermediate transfer belt (ITB) unit.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC98-05425A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● HP LaserJet Image Transfer Belt Assembly
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
○ Verify that the printer is in better condition than when you arrived, cosmetically and electrically.
ENWW Main parts 191
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the toner collection unit (TCU)
1. Open the front cover.
2. Push both hooks to release the toner collection unit (TCU).
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 2-44 Remove the TCU
Step 2: Remove the intermediate transfer belt (ITB) cleaner
1. Loosen the screw securing the ITB cleaner.
NOTE: The screw is captive and cannot be completely removed.
Figure 2-45 ITB screw location
192 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
2. Grasp the ITB cleaner housing, and pull it out of the printer.
CAUTION: Do not grasp the waste toner connector.
Use care when removing the ITB cleaner as loose toner might be present on the metal shelf along the side
of the cleaner.
Figure 2-46 ITB cleaner removal
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Step 3: Remove the ITB
1. Open the right door.
2. Remove the cable from the retainer, and then disconnect one connector. Slide the ITB latch toward the
front of the printer to release the coupled drive.
Figure 2-47 Disconnect one connector and slide the latch
ENWW Main parts 193
3. Remove two screws securing the ITB unit.
TIP: Use a magnetized screwdriver to prevent the screws from falling into the printer.
Figure 2-48 Remove two screws
4. Pull the ITB unit partially out of the printer, and then lift it up and out of the printer.
CAUTION: Do not touch the ITB belt and be careful not to damage it by hitting it on the door during
removal.
Figure 2-49 Remove the ITB
194 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
5. While pushing the color plane registration (CPR) shutter toward the rear of the printer, clean the three CPR
sensors with a damp, lint-free cloth.
Figure 2-50 Clean the CPR sensors
6. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
Special installation instructions: ITB unit
a. Before reinstalling the ITB, align the arrow on the gear with the arrowhead on the ITB frame.
Figure 2-51 Align arrows
b. After the replacement ITB is installed, follow these instructions to reset the firmware counter:
i. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, select the Support Tools menu.
ii. Select the Service menu.
iii. Make sure that Service Access Code is selected in the drop-down menu, and then enter the
access code (04087617).
iv. Open the following menus:
ENWW Main parts 195
● Maintenance count
● Part replacement counts
v. Select the ITB item.
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
NOTE: After installing the replacement part, be sure to reset the firmware counter following the steps here: 7.
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
196 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Image scanner assembly (flat bed)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
● Step 2: Remove the upper rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the document feeder whole unit
● Step 4: Remove the flow ADF whole unit
● Step 5: Remove the control panel bezel
● Step 6: Remove the control panel
● Step 7: Remove the keyboard (z bundles)
● Step 8: Remove the scanner whole unit
● Step 9: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the scanner whole unit.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
JC97-04907A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Scanner whole unit part number
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
● Connect the power cable.
● Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
● Verify that the service performed was successful.
● Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
● Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
● Verify that the printer is in better condition than when you arrived, cosmetically and electrically.
ENWW Main parts 197
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
▲ Unscrew two captive thumbscrews on the formatter cover. Slide the formatter cover to the left, and then to
the right to remove.
Figure 2-52 Remove the formatter cover
Step 2: Remove the upper rear cover
▲ Remove three screw-caps and five screws. Lift the upper rear cover away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 2-53 Remove the upper rear cover
198 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Step 3: Remove the document feeder whole unit
NOTE: LX/du models only. For all other models, skip this step.
1. Remove the formatter cover and the upper rear cover.
Figure 2-54 Remove the formatter cover and the upper rear cover
2. Remover one screw cap and screw (callout 1), and then remove the document feeder connector cover
(callout 2).
Figure 2-55 Remove the document feeder connector cover
ENWW Main parts 199
3. Remove one screw to release the ground wire (callout 1), and then disconnect three connectors (callout 2).
Figure 2-56 Remove the document feeder harness and ground wire
4. Disconnect the document feeder harness from the PCA - ADF HIC. Remove one connector and one
grounding wire.
5. Release one screw on each hinge stop on the back of the document feeder.
Figure 2-57 Release the document feeder hinge screws
200 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
6. Remove two screws. Slide the assembly back, and then lift the document feeder to remove.
Figure 2-58 Lift and remove the document feeder
Step 4: Remove the flow ADF whole unit
NOTE: GX/sGX models only. For all other models, skip this step.
1. Open the document feeder cover, and then remove the document feeder connector cover.
Figure 2-59 Remove document feeder connector cover
ENWW Main parts 201
2. Remove the plastic cable choke from the wire harness, and then disconnect the document feeder harness
from the main board. Disconnect the insulated ground wire from the chassis.
Figure 2-60 Remove the cable choke
3. Disconnect the document feeder harness from the scanner PCA. Remove one connector and one grounding
wire.
Figure 2-61 Disconnect document feeder harness
202 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
4. Release two hinge stops on the back of the document feeder to allow the document feeder to open to a
full 90°.
IMPORTANT: Note the alignment marks on the hinge stops. Any new document feeder must be reinstalled
with the same alignment.
Figure 2-62 Alignment marks
5. Remove the screw on each hinge stop.
Figure 2-63 Remove screws
ENWW Main parts 203
6. Pull back and then lift up to release the document feeder unit.
Figure 2-64 Release the document feeder
NOTE: Complete a shading test and a skew alignment after replacing the document feeder unit.
Step 5: Remove the control panel bezel
1. Open the document feeder, and then remove three screws.
Figure 2-65 Remove the document feeder bezel
2. Place the control panel in the upright position.
3. Gently pry the control-panel bezel from the center screw hole, and then pry from the center of the control-
panel bezel to the edges to release.
CAUTION: Do not pry against the scanner glass when removing the control-panel bezel.
204 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Step 6: Remove the control panel
1. Place the control panel in the upright position.
2. Disconnect one FFC, one connector, and one HDMI connector (callout 1), and then remove two screws on
the control-panel frame.
Figure 2-66 Remove the control panel screws and disconnect connectors
3. Remove the USB interconnect cable from its retainer and reroute out of the way.
Figure 2-67 Remove the USB interconnect cable
4. Lift the control panel up from the front to release the tabs at the rear, and then remove the control panel.
Reinstallation tip: Align the four tabs at the rear or control panel, and then snap in the control panel.
Step 7: Remove the keyboard (z bundles)
1. Disconnect one FFC.
ENWW Main parts 205
Figure 2-68 Disconnect one FFC
2. Slide the keyboard out, and then depress two latches to remove the keyboard.
Figure 2-69 Remove the control-panel keyboard
Step 8: Remove the scanner whole unit
1. Remove six screw-caps and six screws. It might be necessary to use leverage near the left hinge and then
pull the cover toward the back.
206 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-70 Remove screw-caps and screws and release scan-front cover
2. Remove three screw-caps and three screws. Release the scan-left cover.
Figure 2-71 Release scan-left cover
ENWW Main parts 207
3. Remove three screw-caps and three screws (callout 1). Release the scan-right cover.
Figure 2-72 Remove scan-right cover
2
1
NOTE: At the front of the scanner, remove the bracket (callout 2) and install it on the new scanner whole
unit.
4. Disconnect the two scan cables and one FFC at the top of the main board.
Figure 2-73 Disconnect scan cables
208 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
5. Remove three screws from the left.
Figure 2-74 Remove screws
6. Remove two screws from the right.
Figure 2-75 Remove screws
7. Lift up and release the image scanner unit.
Figure 2-76 Lift up and release image scanner unit
NOTE: After reassembly, utilize the target to adjust the scanner location as necessary.
ENWW Main parts 209
Reinstallation tip: Reinstall the scan bed by lowering the left side first and then lower the right. Align the screw
holes on the right, and then install the screws.
Reinstallation tip: Reinstall the lower cover and ensure the cables are routed through the opening for the
control panel and the bracket is properly aligned in the cover.
Step 9: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
210 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
ADF white backing (LX/du bundles)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the document feeder white backing
● Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the white backing assembly.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
JC63-05410A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● ADF White backing (LX / du bundles)
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Copy, scan, or print a document. Verify the document copies, scans, or prints correctly.
ENWW Main parts 211
Step 1: Remove the document feeder white backing
White backing
1. Open the document feeder cover.
2. Peel the white backing away to remove.
IMPORTANT: Remove all the tape and foam from the bottom of the document feeder.
3. Position the new white backing on the scanner glass.
4. Peel the adhesive tape backing off the new white backing.
5. Close the document feeder cover to attach the white backing.
Figure 2-77 Close the document feeder cover
212 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
6. Open the cover again and smooth the white backing.
Figure 2-78 Smooth the white backing
Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ADF white backing (GX)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the white backing
ENWW Main parts 213
● Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the ADF white backing.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
JC63-05795A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● ADF, white foam
Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.
After performing service
● Connect the power cable.
● Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
● Verify that the service performed was successful.
● Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
● Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
● Verify that the printer is in better condition than when you arrived, cosmetically and electrically.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the white backing
White backing
1. Open the document feeder cover.
2. Peel the white backing away to remove.
3. Position the new white backing on the scanner glass.
4. Replace any damaged or missing velcro tabs by positioning them on the new white backing.
5. Close the document feeder cover to attach the white backing.
214 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
6. Open the cover again and smooth the white backing.
Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 215
Right door
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right rear cover
● Step 2: Remove the right door
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the right door.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC95-02092A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Right Door Assembly
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
216 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Step 1: Remove the right rear cover
1. Open the right door.
2. Remove four screw-caps and four screws.
Figure 2-79 Remove four screws
3. Lift the handle and remove the right rear cover.
Figure 2-80 Remove the right rear cover
Step 2: Remove the right door
1. Disconnect the right door connector by moving it side-to-side until it releases.
ENWW Main parts 217
Figure 2-81 Disconnect one connector
2. Slightly raise the right door and carefully release the right hinge from the hinge pin.
CAUTION: The hinge is spring-loaded and might snap back forcefully. Raise the door to take the tension
off of the spring, and then hold the hinge firmly while releasing it from the hinge pin.
Figure 2-82 Release the right hinge
218 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Slightly raise the right door, and then release the left dampener.
Figure 2-83 Release the left dampener
4. Open the lower paper feeder door. Lower the right door to 90°, and then rotate the rear side of the door
away from the printer. Slide the door to the rear of the printer to remove it.
CAUTION: Do not lower the door more than 90°. This might result in damage to the door.
Figure 2-84 Remove the right door
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
ENWW Main parts 219
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
220 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Exit unit
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right rear cover
● Step 2: Remove the right door
● Step 3: Remove the front top inner cover
● Step 4: Remove the front power cover
● Step 5: Remove the top right cover
● Step 6: Remove the fuser unit
● Step 7: Remove the exit unit
● Step 8: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the exit unit.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC90-01369A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Exit assembly
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
ENWW Main parts 221
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the right rear cover
1. Open the right door.
2. Remove four screw-caps and four screws.
Figure 2-85 Remove four screws
222 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Lift the handle and remove the right rear cover.
Figure 2-86 Remove the right rear cover
Step 2: Remove the right door
1. Disconnect the right door connector by moving it side-to-side until it releases.
Figure 2-87 Disconnect one connector
ENWW Main parts 223
2. Slightly raise the right door and carefully release the right hinge from the hinge pin.
CAUTION: The hinge is spring-loaded and might snap back forcefully. Raise the door to take the tension
off of the spring, and then hold the hinge firmly while releasing it from the hinge pin.
Figure 2-88 Release the right hinge
3. Slightly raise the right door, and then release the left dampener.
Figure 2-89 Release the left dampener
224 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
4. Open the lower paper feeder door. Lower the right door to 90°, and then rotate the rear side of the door
away from the printer. Slide the door to the rear of the printer to remove it.
CAUTION: Do not lower the door more than 90°. This might result in damage to the door.
Figure 2-90 Remove the right door
Step 3: Remove the front top inner cover
▲ Remove two screw-caps and two screws. Lift the front top inner cover away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 2-91 Remove the front top inner cover
Step 4: Remove the front power cover
1. Remove two screw-caps and two screws. Release two tabs on the right, and then rotate the cover slightly
away from the printer.
CAUTION: The cover is still attached to the printer by a cable. Do not completely remove the cover.
ENWW Main parts 225
Figure 2-92 Remove two screws and rotate the cover
2. Disconnect one connector, and then remove the cover.
Figure 2-93 Remove the front power cover
Step 5: Remove the top right cover
▲ Remove four screw caps and four screws, and then rotate the upper right door cover away from the printer
to remove it.
226 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-94 Remove the upper right door cover
Step 6: Remove the fuser unit
1. Remove four screws.
Figure 2-95 Fuser unit screw locations
ENWW Main parts 227
2. Pull out the fuser unit.
CAUTION: The temperature in the vicinity of the fuser becomes heated. To prevent the potential of
getting burned, make sure the fuser unit has cooled before replacing it.
Figure 2-96 Fuser unit removal
Step 7: Remove the exit unit
1. Release one retainer (callout 1), disconnect two connectors (callout 2), and then remove four screws
(callout 3).
Figure 2-97 Disconnect two connectors and remove four screws
228 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
2. Remove the exit unit while pushing the coupler to the right.
Figure 2-98 Remove the exit unit
Step 8: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 229
Fuser unit
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the fuser unit
● Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the fuser unit.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC82-00477A JC82-00483A
● HP LaserJet 110V Fuser Assembly ● HP LaserJet 220V Fuser Assembly
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
○ Verify that the printer is in better condition than when you arrived, cosmetically and electrically.
230 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the fuser unit
1. Open the right door.
2. Remove four screws.
Figure 2-99 Fuser unit screw locations
3. Pull out the fuser unit.
CAUTION: The temperature in the vicinity of the fuser becomes heated. To prevent the potential of
getting burned, make sure the fuser unit has cooled before replacing it.
Figure 2-100 Fuser unit removal
Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
ENWW Main parts 231
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
232 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Fuser drive board
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
● Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the LVPS cover
● Step 4: Remove the fuser drive board
● Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the fuser drive board.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC44-00235B JC44-00236B
● Fuser Drive Board 110V ● Fuser Drive Board 220V
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
ENWW Main parts 233
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
▲ Unscrew two captive thumbscrews on the formatter cover. Slide the formatter cover to the left, and then to
the right to remove.
Figure 2-101 Remove the formatter cover
Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
▲ Remove 8 screw-caps and 11 screws. Lift left side, and then pull the cover straight out on the right.
234 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-102 Remove the lower rear cover
Step 3: Remove the LVPS cover
▲ Disconnect one connector, and then remove four screws. Slide the LVPS cover to the left, and then remove
the cover.
Figure 2-103 Remove the LVPS cover
Step 4: Remove the fuser drive board
WARNING! Wait five minutes after turning the printer off to allow the capacitors to dissipate any residual
energy.
NOTE: Many of the connectors on this board have retainers attached. Be sure to release the retainer before
attempting to disconnect the connector.
▲ Disconnect twelve connectors and release one retainer on the lower left. Remove four screws, and then
remove the fuser drive board.
ENWW Main parts 235
Reinstallation tip: Two of the connectors (callout 1) can be mistakenly switched and connected to the
wrong connector on the fuser drive board. If this happens, the printer will not power on. Make sure that the
cables are installed in the correct positions.
Figure 2-104 Fuser drive board
Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
236 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Low voltage power supply (LVPS) type 5H
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
● Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the LVPS cover
● Step 4: Remove the LVPS type 5H
● Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the low voltage power supply (LVPS) type 5H.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC44-00249A JC44-00250A
● LVPS 110V Type 5H ● LVPS 220V Type 5H
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
ENWW Main parts 237
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
▲ Unscrew two captive thumbscrews on the formatter cover. Slide the formatter cover to the left, and then to
the right to remove.
Figure 2-105 Remove the formatter cover
Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
▲ Remove 8 screw-caps and 11 screws. Lift left side, and then pull the cover straight out on the right.
238 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-106 Remove the lower rear cover
Step 3: Remove the LVPS cover
▲ Disconnect one connector, and then remove four screws. Slide the LVPS cover to the left, and then remove
the cover.
Figure 2-107 Remove the LVPS cover
Step 4: Remove the LVPS type 5H
WARNING! Wait five minutes after turning the printer off to allow the capacitors to dissipate any residual
energy.
NOTE: Many of the connectors on this board have retainers attached. Be sure to release the retainer before
attempting to disconnect the connector.
▲ Disconnect all connectors. Remove four screws, and then remove the LVPS type 5H.
ENWW Main parts 239
Figure 2-108 LVPS type 5H
Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
240 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Fuser fan
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
● Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the upper rear cover
● Step 4: Remove the LVPS type 4 and cage
● Step 5: Remove the fuser fan
● Step 6: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the fuser fan.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC31-00161A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Fan, type 7 fuser
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
ENWW Main parts 241
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
▲ Unscrew two captive thumbscrews on the formatter cover. Slide the formatter cover to the left, and then to
the right to remove.
Figure 2-109 Remove the formatter cover
Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
▲ Remove 8 screw-caps and 11 screws. Lift left side, and then pull the cover straight out on the right.
242 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-110 Remove the lower rear cover
Step 3: Remove the upper rear cover
▲ Remove three screw-caps and five screws. Lift the upper rear cover away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 2-111 Remove the upper rear cover
Step 4: Remove the LVPS type 4 and cage
WARNING! Wait five minutes after turning the printer off to allow the capacitors to dissipate any residual
energy.
1. Release the cables from two retainers (callout 1), disconnect three connectors (callout 2), and then remove
three screws.
ENWW Main parts 243
Figure 2-112 Disconnect connectors and remove screws
1
2
2. Lift the LVPS board and cage slightly away from the printer, and disconnect one connector behind the cage.
Remove the LVPS board and cage.
Figure 2-113 Disconnect one connector
3. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
Special installation instructions: LVPS type 4 and cage
▲ Two of the connectors are the same size and might be installed in the incorrect positions. Make sure
that the two-wire harness (callout 1) is installed on the LVPS Type 4 and the three-wire harness
(callout 2) is installed in the fan connector behind the LVPS Type 4 cage.
244 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-114 LVPS connectors installation
1
2
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
Step 5: Remove the fuser fan
1. Release the cables (callout 1) from the cable guides (callout 2), and then remove three screws.
Figure 2-115 Release the cables and remove three screws
ENWW Main parts 245
2. Pull the fuser fan housing slightly away from the printer, and then disconnect one connector.
Figure 2-116 Disconnect one connector
3. If you are replacing the fuser fan, release five tabs along the edges of the fan housing. If you are removing
the fuser fan housing to access an assembly behind it, skip this step.
Figure 2-117 Release five tabs
246 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
4. If you are replacing the fuser fan, separate the fan housing, and then remove the fuser fan. If you are
removing the fuser fan housing to access an assembly behind it, skip this step.
Reinstallation tip: Note the orientation of the fan in the housing and install the replacement fan in the
same orientation.
Figure 2-118 Remove the fuser fan
Step 6: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 247
Internal hard disk drive (HDD)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the front top inner cover
● Step 2: Remove the exit cover
● Step 3: Remove the HDD
● Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures for removing the 320 GB hard-disk drive installed beneath the rear-exit
cover.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
5851-6712
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● HDD 320GB - Main PCA HDD
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
248 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the front top inner cover
▲ Remove two screw-caps and two screws. Lift the front top inner cover away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 2-119 Remove the front top inner cover
Step 2: Remove the exit cover
▲ Remove two screw-caps and two screws, and then lift the exit cover away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 2-120 Remove the exit cover
Step 3: Remove the HDD
1. Remove four screws, and then release the HDD cover.
ENWW Main parts 249
Figure 2-121 Remove the HDD cover
2. Remove four screws, disconnect the HDD cable, and then remove the HDD with its holder.
Figure 2-122 Remove the HDD
Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
250 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 251
Main board
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
● Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the upper rear cover
● Step 4: Remove the left rear corner cover
● Step 5: Remove the formatter and cage
● Step 6: Remove the main board
● Step 7: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the main board.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC82-00543A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Main PCA
5CM63-67001
● Main PCA (du only)
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
252 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
▲ Unscrew two captive thumbscrews on the formatter cover. Slide the formatter cover to the left, and then to
the right to remove.
Figure 2-123 Remove the formatter cover
Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
▲ Remove 8 screw-caps and 11 screws. Lift left side, and then pull the cover straight out on the right.
ENWW Main parts 253
Figure 2-124 Remove the lower rear cover
Step 3: Remove the upper rear cover
▲ Remove three screw-caps and five screws. Lift the upper rear cover away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 2-125 Remove the upper rear cover
Step 4: Remove the left rear corner cover
▲ Remove two screw caps and five screws. Slide the upper left cover up and away from the printer to remove
it.
254 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-126 Remove the upper left cover
Step 5: Remove the formatter and cage
1. Remove one screw.
Figure 2-127 Remove one screw
ENWW Main parts 255
2. Disconnect all of the connectors on the formatter. Release the cables from two retainers on the sheet
metal cage (callout 1), and then remove three screws (callout 2).
Figure 2-128 Disconnect formatter connectors and screws
3. Before removing the formatter cage, place a piece of tape or a wire tie (callout 1) around the cables
disconnected from the formatter on the left side. This will identify the cables that will be connected to the
formatter during reassembly.
Figure 2-129 Identify the formatter cables
4. Lift the formatter cage up, push it to the right to clear the boss on the right side, and then pull it away from
the printer to remove it.
Step 6: Remove the main board
1. One of the connectors that must be released above the main board is a spade connector.
256 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
IMPORTANT: Press in on the center part of the cable connector to release the latch, and then pull the
cable away from the printer to disconnect it. Do not pull on connector without depressing the center latch.
Figure 2-130 Disconnect one connector
2. Disconnect all of the remaining connectors. Two of the flat cable connectors (callout 1) are zero insertion
force (ZIF) connectors. Open the latch on the connectors before removing the flat cables. Remove the
MSOK board (callout 2) and install it on the replacement main board. Remove nine screws, and then
remove the main board.
IMPORTANT: Do not lose or damage the MSOK chip. It must be installed on the replacement main board in
the correct orientation in order for the printer to function. The MSOK chip is extremely difficult to replace if
it is lost or damaged.
Figure 2-131 Remove the main board
3. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
ENWW Main parts 257
Special installation instructions: Main board
a. When reinstalling the MSOK board, note the dashed outline (callout 1) on the main board. When the
MSOK board is installed correctly, it fits within this outline.
Figure 2-132 Position of MSOK board
b. Make sure that the MSOK board is installed correctly on the replacement main board.
Figure 2-133 Install the MSOK board
258 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
c. When reinstalling the top flat cable, make sure that the cable is correctly installed in the ZIF connector
before closing the latch to secure the cable.
Figure 2-134 Install the flat cable
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
Step 7: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 259
Accelerator board (GX ADF only)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
● Step 2: Remove the accelerator board
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the accelerator board.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
X3A62-60001
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Accelerator PCA
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Verify that the printer is in better condition than when you arrived, cosmetically and electrically.
260 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
▲ Unscrew two captive thumbscrews on the formatter cover. Slide the formatter cover to the left, and then to
the right to remove.
Figure 2-135 Remove the formatter cover
Step 2: Remove the accelerator board
CAUTION: ESD sensitive part.
▲ Loosen two screws, retained in plastic clips, on the outside of the formatter cage. Disconnect one
connector, release the plastic locator pin, and then gently lift the accelerator board away from the
formatter by the edges.
NOTE: A connector on the back of the accelerator board holds the board on the formatter.
IMPORTANT: Do not lift the accelerator board by the heat sink.
ENWW Main parts 261
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
262 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Island of data (IOD; du models)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
● Step 2: Remove the island of data (IOD)
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the island of data (IOD).
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC92-02971A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Island of Data Board (du models)
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
ENWW Main parts 263
Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
▲ Unscrew two captive thumbscrews on the formatter cover. Slide the formatter cover to the left, and then to
the right to remove.
Figure 2-136 Remove the formatter cover
Step 2: Remove the island of data (IOD)
CAUTION: ESD sensitive part.
▲ Disconnect one connector, remove one screw, and then remove the IOD.
IMPORTANT: Do not replace the HDD and the island of data (IOD) at the same time. Replace one
component, turn the printer on and off, and then replace the second component.
264 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 265
Island of data (IOD)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
● Step 2: Remove the island of data (IOD)
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the island of data (IOD).
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC92-02971A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Island of Data Board
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
266 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
▲ Unscrew two captive thumbscrews on the formatter cover. Slide the formatter cover to the left, and then to
the right to remove.
Figure 2-137 Remove the formatter cover
Step 2: Remove the island of data (IOD)
CAUTION: ESD sensitive part.
▲ Disconnect one connector, remove one screw, and then remove the IOD.
IMPORTANT: Do not replace the HDD and the island of data (IOD) at the same time. Replace one
component, turn the printer on and off, and then replace the second component.
ENWW Main parts 267
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
268 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Formatter hard disk drive (HDD; du models)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
● Step 2: Remove the hard-disk drive (HDD)
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the hard disk drive (HDD) located on the
formatter board.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
5851-6712
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Formatter HDD - 320 GB SED (du models)
Required tools
● No special tools are needed to remove or install this assembly.
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
ENWW Main parts 269
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
▲ Unscrew two captive thumbscrews on the formatter cover. Slide the formatter cover to the left, and then to
the right to remove.
Figure 2-138 Remove the formatter cover
Step 2: Remove the hard-disk drive (HDD)
▲ Release one retainer, and then rotate the HDD away from the formatter to remove it.
IMPORTANT: Do not replace the HDD and the island of data (IOD) at the same time. Replace one
component, turn the printer on and off, and then replace the second component.
270 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 271
Formatter hard disk drive (HDD)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
● Step 2: Remove the hard-disk drive (HDD)
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the hard disk drive (HDD) located on the
formatter board.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
5851-6712
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Formatter HDD - 320 GB SED
Required tools
● No special tools are needed to remove or install this assembly.
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
272 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
▲ Unscrew two captive thumbscrews on the formatter cover. Slide the formatter cover to the left, and then to
the right to remove.
Figure 2-139 Remove the formatter cover
Step 2: Remove the hard-disk drive (HDD)
▲ Release one retainer, and then rotate the HDD away from the formatter to remove it.
IMPORTANT: Do not replace the HDD and the island of data (IOD) at the same time. Replace one
component, turn the printer on and off, and then replace the second component.
ENWW Main parts 273
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
274 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Formatter (du models)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
● Step 2: Remove the hard-disk drive
● Step 3: Remove the formatter PCA (du models)
● Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the formatter.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
X3A92-60003
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Formatter PCA (du models)
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
○ Verify that the printer is in better condition than when you arrived, cosmetically and electrically.
ENWW Main parts 275
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
▲ Unscrew two captive thumbscrews on the formatter cover. Slide the formatter cover to the left, and then to
the right to remove.
Figure 2-140 Remove the formatter cover
Step 2: Remove the hard-disk drive
▲ Release one retainer, and then rotate the HDD away from the formatter to remove it.
IMPORTANT: Do not replace the HDD and the island of data (IOD) at the same time. Replace one
component, turn the printer on and off, and then replace the second component.
276 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Step 3: Remove the formatter PCA (du models)
▲ Disconnect all of the connectors on the formatter board, remove seven screws, and then remove the
formatter PCA.
IMPORTANT: Do not replace the formatter and the main PCA at the same time. Replace one component,
turn the printer on and off, and then replace the second component.
Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 277
Formatter
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
● Step 2: Remove the accelerator board
● Step 3: Remove the hard-disk drive
● Step 4: Remove the formatter PCA
● Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the formatter.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
X3A92-60001
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Formatter PCA
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
278 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
○ Verify that the printer is in better condition than when you arrived, cosmetically and electrically.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
▲ Unscrew two captive thumbscrews on the formatter cover. Slide the formatter cover to the left, and then to
the right to remove.
Figure 2-141 Remove the formatter cover
Step 2: Remove the accelerator board
▲ Loosen two screws, retained in plastic clips, on the outside of the formatter cage. Disconnect one
connector, release the plastic locator pin, and then gently lift the accelerator board away from the
formatter by the edges.
NOTE: A connector on the back of the accelerator board holds the board on the formatter.
IMPORTANT: Do not lift the accelerator board by the heat sink.
ENWW Main parts 279
Step 3: Remove the hard-disk drive
▲ Release one retainer, and then rotate the HDD away from the formatter to remove it.
IMPORTANT: Do not replace the HDD and the island of data (IOD) at the same time. Replace one
component, turn the printer on and off, and then replace the second component.
Step 4: Remove the formatter PCA
▲ Disconnect all of the connectors on the formatter board, remove seven screws, and then remove the
formatter PCA.
IMPORTANT: Do not replace the formatter and the main PCA at the same time. Replace one component,
turn the printer on and off, and then replace the second component.
280 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 281
Control panel
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the control-panel bezel
● Step 2: Remove the control-panel
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the control panel.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
B5L47-60101
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Control panel
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
○ Verify that the printer is in better condition than when you arrived, cosmetically and electrically.
282 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Post service test
Verify that the control panel illuminates and displays information while the printer is initializing. Verify control
panel functionality after initialization.
Step 1: Remove the control-panel bezel
1. Open the document feeder, and then remove three screws.
Figure 2-142 Remove the document feeder bezel
2. Place the control panel in the upright position.
3. Gently pry the control-panel bezel from the center screw hole, and then pry from the center of the control-
panel bezel to the edges to release.
CAUTION: Do not pry against the scanner glass when removing the control-panel bezel.
Step 2: Remove the control-panel
1. Place the control panel in the upright position.
ENWW Main parts 283
2. Disconnect one FFC, one connector, and one HDMI connector (callout 1), and then remove two screws on
the control-panel frame.
Figure 2-143 Remove the control panel screws and disconnect connectors
3. Remove the USB interconnect cable from its retainer and reroute out of the way.
Figure 2-144 Remove the USB interconnect cable
4. Lift the control panel up from the front to release the tabs at the rear, and then remove the control panel.
Reinstallation tip: Align the four tabs at the rear or control panel, and then snap in the control panel.
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
284 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 285
Keyboard (z bundles)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the control-panel bezel
● Step 2: Remove the control-panel
● Step 3: Remove the keyboard
● Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the keyboard.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
B5L47-60102 B5L47-60103
● US English Keyboard Assy ● UK English Keyboard Assy
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
286 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
○ Verify that the printer is in better condition than when you arrived, cosmetically and electrically.
Post service test
Type on the keyboard and verify that it is recognized by the control panel.
Step 1: Remove the control-panel bezel
1. Open the document feeder, and then remove three screws.
Figure 2-145 Remove the document feeder bezel
2. Place the control panel in the upright position.
3. Gently pry the control-panel bezel from the center screw hole, and then pry from the center of the control-
panel bezel to the edges to release.
CAUTION: Do not pry against the scanner glass when removing the control-panel bezel.
Step 2: Remove the control-panel
1. Place the control panel in the upright position.
ENWW Main parts 287
2. Disconnect one FFC, one connector, and one HDMI connector (callout 1), and then remove two screws on
the control-panel frame.
Figure 2-146 Remove the control panel screws and disconnect connectors
3. Remove the USB interconnect cable from its retainer and reroute out of the way.
Figure 2-147 Remove the USB interconnect cable
4. Lift the control panel up from the front to release the tabs at the rear, and then remove the control panel.
Reinstallation tip: Align the four tabs at the rear or control panel, and then snap in the control panel.
Step 3: Remove the keyboard
1. Disconnect one FFC.
288 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-148 Disconnect one FFC
2. Slide the keyboard out, and then depress two latches to remove the keyboard.
Figure 2-149 Remove the control-panel keyboard
Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
ENWW Main parts 289
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
290 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Imaging drum unit
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the imaging drum
● Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the imaging drum unit.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
X3A92-67905 X3A92-67906
● HP LaserJet Black Imaging Drum Unit ● HP LaserJet CMY Imaging Drum Unit
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
Required tools
● No special tools are needed to remove or install this assembly.
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
○ Verify that the printer is in better condition than when you arrived, cosmetically and electrically.
ENWW Main parts 291
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the imaging drum
1. Remove the toner collection unit (TCU).
2. There are four locking levers, one for each color. Pull down on the locking lever for the color drum unit that
is being replaced.
Figure 2-150 Release locking lever
3. Grip the handle and remove the drum unit.
NOTE: Open the right door to remove the black drum.
CAUTION: Do not grip the waste toner connection when removing the drum unit.
CAUTION: Do not touch the shiny surface on the imaging drum. Cover the drum with a sheet of paper
while it is out of the printer to limit light exposure.
Figure 2-151 Remove the drum unit
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
292 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 293
Install accessory: HP Foreign interface harness (FIH) solution
● Introduction
● Step 1: Unpack the FIH accessory
● Step 2: Install the FIH accessory
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to install the Foreign Interface Harness (FIH) accessory.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
B5L31-67902
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Foreign interface harness
Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove this part.
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
○ Verify that the printer is in better condition than when you arrived, cosmetically and electrically.
Post service test
Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.
Connect a third party solution to the FIH, and then verify it correctly functions.
294 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Step 1: Unpack the FIH accessory
Unpack the accessory from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at an
ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal chassis
to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by
placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from the
replacement part prior to installation.
Step 2: Install the FIH accessory
▲ Locate the USB connector on the printer formatter. Connect the FIH to this connector
Figure 2-152 Connect the FIH
ENWW Main parts 295
NFC Kit Installation
● Introduction
● Step 1: Unpack the NFC kit
● Step 2: Install the NFC kit
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to install the NFC kit.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
Before performing service
Turn the printer power off
○ Disconnect the power cable.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
J8030-61001
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Jetdirect wireless print server with NFC kit
Required tools
● Small, flat-blade screwdriver.
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
○ Verify that the printer is in better condition than when you arrived, cosmetically and electrically.
Post service test
Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.
Verify that the light on the NFC accessory illuminates to confirm the installation is correct.
Verify that a wireless network icon appears on the control panel.
296 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Step 1: Unpack the NFC kit
Unpack the kit from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at an
ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal chassis
to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by
placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from the
part prior to installation.
Step 2: Install the NFC kit
1. Use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release the HIP cover.
Figure 2-153 Release the HIP cover
2. Remove the HIP cover.
Figure 2-154 Remove the HIP cover
3. Identify the USB connector in the HIP, and then attach the appropriate USB cable:
a. Locate the USB connector that is along one of the short edges. A USB Mini B receptacle (callout 1) is
the most common. However, on some models, a USB Mini B plug (callout 2) is used.
ENWW Main parts 297
Figure 2-155 Identify USB connector
b. Select the appropriate cable from the two that are provided.
Figure 2-156 Select USB cable
298 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
c. Install the USB cable in the socket in the HIP. Note that the USB logo on the connector may face down
on some models.
Figure 2-157 Install the USB cable
4. Attach the white power connector of the cable into the corresponding receptacle on the NFC accessory.
Figure 2-158 Install the white power connector
5. Install the NFC accessory into the HIP recess.
a. Install the hook-shaped clips on the NFC accessory into the HIP recess.
ENWW Main parts 299
Figure 2-159 Position the NFC accessory in the HIP recess
300 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
b. Gently push the NFC accessory onto the rounded clips so that it is held securely in place within the
recess.
Figure 2-160 Install the NFC accessory
ENWW Main parts 301
Front power switch
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the front top inner cover
● Step 2: Remove the front power cover
● Step 3: Remove the front power switch
● Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the front power switch.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC92-02969A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Front power switch
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
302 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Post service test
Press the power switch and verify that the printer turns on.
Step 1: Remove the front top inner cover
▲ Remove two screw-caps and two screws. Lift the front top inner cover away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 2-161 Remove the front top inner cover
Step 2: Remove the front power cover
1. Remove two screw-caps and two screws. Release two tabs on the right, and then rotate the cover slightly
away from the printer.
CAUTION: The cover is still attached to the printer by a cable. Do not completely remove the cover.
Figure 2-162 Remove two screws and rotate the cover
ENWW Main parts 303
2. Disconnect one connector, and then remove the cover.
Figure 2-163 Remove the front power cover
Step 3: Remove the front power switch
▲ Remove one screw, and then remove the power switch board.
Figure 2-164 Remove one screw and the power switch board
Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
304 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 305
Low voltage power supply (LVPS) fans
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
● Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the LVPS fans
● Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the low voltage power supply (LVPS) fans.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC31-00161A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Low voltage power supply (LVPS) fans (Type 7)
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
306 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
▲ Unscrew two captive thumbscrews on the formatter cover. Slide the formatter cover to the left, and then to
the right to remove.
Figure 2-165 Remove the formatter cover
Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
▲ Remove 8 screw-caps and 11 screws. Lift left side, and then pull the cover straight out on the right.
Figure 2-166 Remove the lower rear cover
Step 3: Remove the LVPS fans
1. Disconnect two connectors, release four tabs, and then remove the LVPS fans.
ENWW Main parts 307
Figure 2-167 Remove the LVPS fans
2. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
Special installation instructions: LVPS fans
▲ When installing the replacement fans, make sure that the embossed arrow on the fans point toward
the printer.
Figure 2-168 Correct installation of LVPS fans
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
308 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 309
Low voltage power supply (LVPS) type 4
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
● Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the upper rear cover
● Step 4: Remove the LVPS type 4
● Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the low voltage power supply (LVPS) board 3.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC44-00091D JC44-00092D
● LVPS 110V Type 4 ● LVPS 220V Type 4
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
310 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
▲ Unscrew two captive thumbscrews on the formatter cover. Slide the formatter cover to the left, and then to
the right to remove.
Figure 2-169 Remove the formatter cover
Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
▲ Remove 8 screw-caps and 11 screws. Lift left side, and then pull the cover straight out on the right.
ENWW Main parts 311
Figure 2-170 Remove the lower rear cover
Step 3: Remove the upper rear cover
▲ Remove three screw-caps and five screws. Lift the upper rear cover away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 2-171 Remove the upper rear cover
Step 4: Remove the LVPS type 4
WARNING! Wait five minutes after turning the printer off to allow the capacitors to dissipate any residual
energy.
NOTE: Many of the connectors on this board have retainers attached. Be sure to release the retainer before
attempting to disconnect the connector.
1. Remove three screws, then remove the shield-LVPS sub upper.
312 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-172 Remove the shield-LVPS sub upper
2. Disconnect three connectors (callout 1), remove four screws, and then remove the LVPS type 4.
Figure 2-173 LVPS Type 4
Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
ENWW Main parts 313
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
314 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Lower tray connector
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
● Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the LVPS cover
● Step 4: Remove the lower tray connector
● Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the lower tray connector.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC39-02187A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Lower tray connector
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
ENWW Main parts 315
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
▲ Unscrew two captive thumbscrews on the formatter cover. Slide the formatter cover to the left, and then to
the right to remove.
Figure 2-174 Remove the formatter cover
Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
▲ Remove 8 screw-caps and 11 screws. Lift left side, and then pull the cover straight out on the right.
Figure 2-175 Remove the lower rear cover
316 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Step 3: Remove the LVPS cover
▲ Disconnect one connector, and then remove four screws. Slide the LVPS cover to the left, and then remove
the cover.
Figure 2-176 Remove the LVPS cover
Step 4: Remove the lower tray connector
1. Release one retainer, and then disconnect one connector (callout 1).
Figure 2-177 Disconnect one connector
ENWW Main parts 317
2. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), remove three screws, and then remove the lower tray connector.
Figure 2-178 Disconnect two connectors and remove three screws
Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
318 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Developer fan
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
● Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the LVPS cover
● Step 4: Remove the fuser drive and LVPS boards and cage
● Step 5: Remove the developer fan
● Step 6: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the developer fan.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC31-00130A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Developer fan
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
ENWW Main parts 319
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
▲ Unscrew two captive thumbscrews on the formatter cover. Slide the formatter cover to the left, and then to
the right to remove.
Figure 2-179 Remove the formatter cover
Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
▲ Remove 8 screw-caps and 11 screws. Lift left side, and then pull the cover straight out on the right.
320 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-180 Remove the lower rear cover
Step 3: Remove the LVPS cover
▲ Disconnect one connector, and then remove four screws. Slide the LVPS cover to the left, and then remove
the cover.
Figure 2-181 Remove the LVPS cover
Step 4: Remove the fuser drive and LVPS boards and cage
WARNING! Wait five minutes after turning the printer off to allow the capacitors to dissipate any residual
energy.
▲ Before removing the fuser drive and LVPS boards and cage, note the location of four connectors (callout 1)
that do not have to be disconnected. Disconnect the remaining connectors on the LVPS and fuser drive
boards, and then release the cables from five retainers. Remove three screws, and then tilt the top of the
cage out to remove it.
ENWW Main parts 321
Figure 2-182 Remove the fuser drive and LVPS boards and cage
Step 5: Remove the developer fan
1. Remove Tray 2.
2. Inside the Tray 2 opening, disconnect one connector.
Figure 2-183 Disconnect one connector
322 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), release two retainers (callout 2), and then remove four screws
(callout 3).
Figure 2-184 Disconnect one connector and remove four screws
4. Remove the fan shroud under the cables.
Figure 2-185 Remove the fan shroud
ENWW Main parts 323
5. Release the cables from two retainers.
Figure 2-186 Release the cables
6. Turn the fan shroud over to the other side. Remove two screws, and then release five tabs (callout 1) to
remove the fan cover.
Figure 2-187 Remove two screws and release five tabs
324 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
7. Remove the developer fan (callout 1).
Figure 2-188 Remove the developer fan
Step 6: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 325
Bridge unit
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the bridge unit
● Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the bridge unit.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC90-01401B
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Finisher sub-bridge unit
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
○ Verify that the printer is in better condition than when you arrived, cosmetically and electrically.
Post service test
Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.
326 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Step 1: Remove the bridge unit
▲ Remove one screw, and then slightly lift and slide the bridge unit away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 2-189 Remove the bridge unit
Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 327
Inductor unit
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
● Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the LVPS cover
● Step 4: Remove the fuser drive and low-voltage power supply (LVPS) boards and cage
● Step 5: Remove the inductor unit
● Step 6: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the inductor unit.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC27-00012A JC27-00009A
● Inductor unit (110V) ● Inductor unit (220V)
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
328 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
▲ Unscrew two captive thumbscrews on the formatter cover. Slide the formatter cover to the left, and then to
the right to remove.
Figure 2-190 Remove the formatter cover
Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
▲ Remove 8 screw-caps and 11 screws. Lift left side, and then pull the cover straight out on the right.
ENWW Main parts 329
Figure 2-191 Remove the lower rear cover
Step 3: Remove the LVPS cover
▲ Disconnect one connector, and then remove four screws. Slide the LVPS cover to the left, and then remove
the cover.
Figure 2-192 Remove the LVPS cover
Step 4: Remove the fuser drive and low-voltage power supply (LVPS) boards and cage
WARNING! Wait five minutes after turning the printer off to allow the capacitors to dissipate any residual
energy.
▲ Before removing the fuser drive and LVPS boards and cage, note the location of four connectors (callout 1)
that do not have to be disconnected. Disconnect the remaining connectors on the LVPS and fuser drive
boards, and then release the cables from five retainers. Remove three screws, and then tilt the top of the
cage out to remove it.
330 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-193 Remove the fuser drive and LVPS boards and cage
Step 5: Remove the inductor unit
▲ Disconnect the wire harness, remove two screws, and then remove the inductor unit.
Figure 2-194 Remove the inductor unit
Step 6: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
ENWW Main parts 331
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
332 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Right door switch assembly
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
● Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the upper rear cover
● Step 4: Remove the LVPS type 4 and cage
● Step 5: Remove the fuser fan
● Step 6: Remove the fuser/exit drive unit
● Step 7: Remove the right door switch assembly
● Step 8: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the right door open sensor.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC93-01467A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Switch assembly, right door
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
ENWW Main parts 333
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
▲ Unscrew two captive thumbscrews on the formatter cover. Slide the formatter cover to the left, and then to
the right to remove.
Figure 2-195 Remove the formatter cover
Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
▲ Remove 8 screw-caps and 11 screws. Lift left side, and then pull the cover straight out on the right.
334 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-196 Remove the lower rear cover
Step 3: Remove the upper rear cover
▲ Remove three screw-caps and five screws. Lift the upper rear cover away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 2-197 Remove the upper rear cover
Step 4: Remove the LVPS type 4 and cage
WARNING! Wait five minutes after turning the printer off to allow the capacitors to dissipate any residual
energy.
1. Release the cables from two retainers (callout 1), disconnect three connectors (callout 2), and then remove
three screws.
ENWW Main parts 335
Figure 2-198 Disconnect connectors and remove screws
1
2
2. Lift the LVPS board and cage slightly away from the printer, and disconnect one connector behind the cage.
Remove the LVPS board and cage.
Figure 2-199 Disconnect one connector
3. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
Special installation instructions: LVPS type 4 and cage
▲ Two of the connectors are the same size and might be installed in the incorrect positions. Make sure
that the two-wire harness (callout 1) is installed on the LVPS Type 4 and the three-wire harness
(callout 2) is installed in the fan connector behind the LVPS Type 4 cage.
336 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-200 LVPS connectors installation
1
2
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
Step 5: Remove the fuser fan
1. Release the cables (callout 1) from the cable guides (callout 2), and then remove three screws.
Figure 2-201 Release the cables and remove three screws
ENWW Main parts 337
2. Pull the fuser fan housing slightly away from the printer, and then disconnect one connector.
Figure 2-202 Disconnect one connector
Step 6: Remove the fuser/exit drive unit
▲ Release one retainer (callout 1), and then disconnect two connectors (callout 2). Remove four screws, and
then remove the fuser/exit drive unit.
Figure 2-203 Remove the fuser/exit drive unit
1
2
Step 7: Remove the right door switch assembly
▲ Disconnect one connector. Remove one screw, and then remove the right door switch assembly.
338 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-204 Remove the side door open sensor
Step 8: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 339
Pickup drive (Tray 2)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
● Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the LVPS cover
● Step 4: Remove the fuser drive and LVPS boards and cage
● Step 5: Remove the pickup drive (Tray 2)
● Step 6: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace pickup drive unit 1.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC93-01063C
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Drive, Pick up
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
340 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
▲ Unscrew two captive thumbscrews on the formatter cover. Slide the formatter cover to the left, and then to
the right to remove.
Figure 2-205 Remove the formatter cover
Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
▲ Remove 8 screw-caps and 11 screws. Lift left side, and then pull the cover straight out on the right.
ENWW Main parts 341
Figure 2-206 Remove the lower rear cover
Step 3: Remove the LVPS cover
▲ Disconnect one connector, and then remove four screws. Slide the LVPS cover to the left, and then remove
the cover.
Figure 2-207 Remove the LVPS cover
Step 4: Remove the fuser drive and LVPS boards and cage
WARNING! Wait five minutes after turning the printer off to allow the capacitors to dissipate any residual
energy.
▲ Before removing the fuser drive and LVPS boards and cage, note the location of four connectors (callout 1)
that do not have to be disconnected. Disconnect the remaining connectors on the LVPS and fuser drive
boards, and then release the cables from five retainers. Remove three screws, and then tilt the top of the
cage out to remove it.
342 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-208 Remove the fuser drive and LVPS boards and cage
Step 5: Remove the pickup drive (Tray 2)
▲ Disconnect the motor connector. Remove three screws, and then remove the pickup drive (Tray 2).
Figure 2-209 Remove pickup drive (Tray 2)
Step 6: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
ENWW Main parts 343
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
344 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Toner collection unit (TCU) sensors
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the TCU
● Step 2: Remove the paper dust brush
● Step 3: Remove the front cover.
● Step 4: Remove the front top inner cover
● Step 5: Remove the front power cover
● Step 6: Remove the exit cover
● Step 7: Remove the inner front cover
● Step 8: Remove the TCU sensors
● Step 9: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the toner collection unit (TCU) sensor.
Click here to view a video of the toner collection unit level sensor procedure.
Click here to view a video of the toner collection unit detect sensor procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC93-00492A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● TCU sensor
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
ENWW Main parts 345
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the TCU
1. Open the front cover.
2. Push both hooks to release the toner collection unit (TCU).
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 2-210 Remove the TCU
Step 2: Remove the paper dust brush
▲ Remove the paper dust brush.
346 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-211 Remove the paper dust brush
Step 3: Remove the front cover.
▲ Remove two screws securing the front cover. While pushing the right hook, remove the front cover.
Figure 2-212 Remove the front cover
Step 4: Remove the front top inner cover
▲ Remove two screw-caps and two screws. Lift the front top inner cover away from the printer to remove it.
ENWW Main parts 347
Figure 2-213 Remove the front top inner cover
Step 5: Remove the front power cover
1. Remove two screw-caps and two screws. Release two tabs on the right, and then rotate the cover slightly
away from the printer.
CAUTION: The cover is still attached to the printer by a cable. Do not completely remove the cover.
Figure 2-214 Remove two screws and rotate the cover
348 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
2. Disconnect one connector, and then remove the cover.
Figure 2-215 Remove the front power cover
Step 6: Remove the exit cover
▲ Remove two screw-caps and two screws, and then lift the exit cover away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 2-216 Remove the exit cover
Step 7: Remove the inner front cover
1. Open the right door.
2. Remove the all of the toner cartridges.
ENWW Main parts 349
3. Remove seven screws.
Figure 2-217 Remove seven screws
4. Lift the inner cover away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 2-218 Remove the inner cover
Step 8: Remove the TCU sensors
▲ Release the corresponding sensor.
a. [A]: Toner collection unit level sensor.
350 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
b. [B]: Toner collection unit detect sensor.
Figure 2-219 Remove the TCU unit detect sensor
Step 9: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 351
CRUM connector
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
● Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the upper rear cover
● Step 4: Remove the left rear corner cover
● Step 5: Remove the formatter and cage
● Step 6: Remove the main board and cage
● Step 7: Remove the toner supply drive unit
● Step 8: Remove the CRUM connector
● Step 9: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the CRUM connector.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC93-01277A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● CRUM connector
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
352 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
▲ Unscrew two captive thumbscrews on the formatter cover. Slide the formatter cover to the left, and then to
the right to remove.
Figure 2-220 Remove the formatter cover
Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
▲ Remove 8 screw-caps and 11 screws. Lift left side, and then pull the cover straight out on the right.
ENWW Main parts 353
Figure 2-221 Remove the lower rear cover
Step 3: Remove the upper rear cover
▲ Remove three screw-caps and five screws. Lift the upper rear cover away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 2-222 Remove the upper rear cover
Step 4: Remove the left rear corner cover
▲ Remove two screw caps and five screws. Slide the upper left cover up and away from the printer to remove
it.
354 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-223 Remove the upper left cover
Step 5: Remove the formatter and cage
1. Remove one screw.
Figure 2-224 Remove one screw
ENWW Main parts 355
2. Disconnect all of the connectors on the formatter. Release the cables from two retainers on the sheet
metal cage (callout 1), and then remove three screws (callout 2).
Figure 2-225 Disconnect formatter connectors and screws
3. Before removing the formatter cage, place a piece of tape or a wire tie (callout 1) around the cables
disconnected from the formatter on the left side. This will identify the cables that will be connected to the
formatter during reassembly.
Figure 2-226 Identify the formatter cables
4. Lift the formatter cage up, push it to the right to clear the boss on the right side, and then pull it away from
the printer to remove it.
Step 6: Remove the main board and cage
1. One of the connectors that must be released above the main board is a spade connector.
356 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
IMPORTANT: Press in on the center part of the cable connector to release the latch, and then pull the
cable away from the printer to disconnect it. Do not pull on connector without depressing the center latch.
Figure 2-227 Disconnect one connector
2. Do not disconnect the two hard disk drive (HDD) connectors at the top of the main board (callout 1).
Disconnect all of the remaining connectors. Two of the flat cable connectors (callout 2) are zero insertion
force (ZIF) connectors. Open the latch on the connectors before removing the flat cables. Release the
cables from six retainers (callout 3).
Figure 2-228 Remove one screw
1
3 2
ENWW Main parts 357
3. Remove five screws.
Figure 2-229 Remove five screws
4. Lift the main board cage up, and then rotate the lower edge of the cage away from the printer to remove it.
5. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
Special installation instructions: Main board and cage
▲ When reinstalling the top flat cable, make sure that the cable is correctly installed in the ZIF connector
before closing the latch to secure the cable.
Figure 2-230 Install the flat cable
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
358 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Step 7: Remove the toner supply drive unit
▲ Disconnect three connectors (callout 1), and then release cables from three retainers (callout 2). Release
the cables from the guides (callout 3). Remove five screws and then remove the toner supply drive unit.
Reinstallation tip: Transfer the cables from the toner supply drive unit to the replacement part.
Figure 2-231 Remove the toner supply drive unit
1
Step 8: Remove the CRUM connector
▲ If replacing the yellow CRUM connector, disconnect one connector (callout 1). Remove the screw next to the
defective CRUM connector. Release one tab on the right, and then remove the CRUM connector.
Figure 2-232 Remove the CRUM connector
Step 9: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
ENWW Main parts 359
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
360 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Duplex 1 sensor (on the exit unit)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right rear cover
● Step 2: Remove the right door
● Step 3: Remove the front top inner cover
● Step 4: Remove the front power cover
● Step 5: Remove the top right cover
● Step 6: Remove the fuser unit
● Step 7: Remove the exit unit
● Step 8: Remove the duplex 1 sensor
● Step 9: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the duplex 1 sensor.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
0604-001393
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Photo Interrupter
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
ENWW Main parts 361
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the right rear cover
1. Open the right door.
2. Remove four screw-caps and four screws.
Figure 2-233 Remove four screws
362 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Lift the handle and remove the right rear cover.
Figure 2-234 Remove the right rear cover
Step 2: Remove the right door
1. Disconnect the right door connector by moving it side-to-side until it releases.
Figure 2-235 Disconnect one connector
ENWW Main parts 363
2. Slightly raise the right door and carefully release the right hinge from the hinge pin.
CAUTION: The hinge is spring-loaded and might snap back forcefully. Raise the door to take the tension
off of the spring, and then hold the hinge firmly while releasing it from the hinge pin.
Figure 2-236 Release the right hinge
3. Slightly raise the right door, and then release the left dampener.
Figure 2-237 Release the left dampener
364 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
4. Open the lower paper feeder door. Lower the right door to 90°, and then rotate the rear side of the door
away from the printer. Slide the door to the rear of the printer to remove it.
CAUTION: Do not lower the door more than 90°. This might result in damage to the door.
Figure 2-238 Remove the right door
Step 3: Remove the front top inner cover
▲ Remove two screw-caps and two screws. Lift the front top inner cover away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 2-239 Remove the front top inner cover
Step 4: Remove the front power cover
1. Remove two screw-caps and two screws. Release two tabs on the right, and then rotate the cover slightly
away from the printer.
CAUTION: The cover is still attached to the printer by a cable. Do not completely remove the cover.
ENWW Main parts 365
Figure 2-240 Remove two screws and rotate the cover
2. Disconnect one connector, and then remove the cover.
Figure 2-241 Remove the front power cover
Step 5: Remove the top right cover
▲ Remove four screw caps and four screws, and then rotate the upper right door cover away from the printer
to remove it.
366 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-242 Remove the upper right door cover
Step 6: Remove the fuser unit
1. Remove four screws.
Figure 2-243 Fuser unit screw locations
ENWW Main parts 367
2. Pull out the fuser unit.
CAUTION: The temperature in the vicinity of the fuser becomes heated. To prevent the potential of
getting burned, make sure the fuser unit has cooled before replacing it.
Figure 2-244 Fuser unit removal
Step 7: Remove the exit unit
1. Release one retainer (callout 1), disconnect two connectors (callout 2), and then remove four screws
(callout 3).
Figure 2-245 Disconnect two connectors and remove four screws
368 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
2. Remove the exit unit while pushing the coupler to the right.
Figure 2-246 Remove the exit unit
Step 8: Remove the duplex 1 sensor
1. Locate the sensor on the exit unit. Remove two screws, and then lift the sensor holder up.
Figure 2-247 Remove two screws
2. Disconnect the connector, and then remove the duplex 1 sensor.
Figure 2-248 Remove the duplex 1 sensor
ENWW Main parts 369
Step 9: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
370 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Exit 1 bin full sensor (on the exit unit)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right rear cover
● Step 2: Remove the right door
● Step 3: Remove the front top inner cover
● Step 4: Remove the front power cover
● Step 5: Remove the top right cover
● Step 6: Remove the fuser unit
● Step 7: Remove the exit unit
● Step 8: Remove the exit 1 bin full sensor
● Step 9: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the exit 1 bin full sensor.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
0604-001393
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Photo Interrupter
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
ENWW Main parts 371
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the right rear cover
1. Open the right door.
2. Remove four screw-caps and four screws.
Figure 2-249 Remove four screws
372 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Lift the handle and remove the right rear cover.
Figure 2-250 Remove the right rear cover
Step 2: Remove the right door
1. Disconnect the right door connector by moving it side-to-side until it releases.
Figure 2-251 Disconnect one connector
ENWW Main parts 373
2. Slightly raise the right door and carefully release the right hinge from the hinge pin.
CAUTION: The hinge is spring-loaded and might snap back forcefully. Raise the door to take the tension
off of the spring, and then hold the hinge firmly while releasing it from the hinge pin.
Figure 2-252 Release the right hinge
3. Slightly raise the right door, and then release the left dampener.
Figure 2-253 Release the left dampener
374 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
4. Open the lower paper feeder door. Lower the right door to 90°, and then rotate the rear side of the door
away from the printer. Slide the door to the rear of the printer to remove it.
CAUTION: Do not lower the door more than 90°. This might result in damage to the door.
Figure 2-254 Remove the right door
Step 3: Remove the front top inner cover
▲ Remove two screw-caps and two screws. Lift the front top inner cover away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 2-255 Remove the front top inner cover
Step 4: Remove the front power cover
1. Remove two screw-caps and two screws. Release two tabs on the right, and then rotate the cover slightly
away from the printer.
CAUTION: The cover is still attached to the printer by a cable. Do not completely remove the cover.
ENWW Main parts 375
Figure 2-256 Remove two screws and rotate the cover
2. Disconnect one connector, and then remove the cover.
Figure 2-257 Remove the front power cover
Step 5: Remove the top right cover
▲ Remove four screw caps and four screws, and then rotate the upper right door cover away from the printer
to remove it.
376 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-258 Remove the upper right door cover
Step 6: Remove the fuser unit
1. Remove four screws.
Figure 2-259 Fuser unit screw locations
ENWW Main parts 377
2. Pull out the fuser unit.
CAUTION: The temperature in the vicinity of the fuser becomes heated. To prevent the potential of
getting burned, make sure the fuser unit has cooled before replacing it.
Figure 2-260 Fuser unit removal
Step 7: Remove the exit unit
1. Release one retainer (callout 1), disconnect two connectors (callout 2), and then remove four screws
(callout 3).
Figure 2-261 Disconnect two connectors and remove four screws
378 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
2. Remove the exit unit while pushing the coupler to the right.
Figure 2-262 Remove the exit unit
Step 8: Remove the exit 1 bin full sensor
1. On the exit unit, remove one self-tapping screw (callout 1), and then remove the guide (callout 2).
Figure 2-263 Remove one screw and the guide
ENWW Main parts 379
2. Remove the black adhesive strip from the exit unit.
Figure 2-264 Remove the black adhesive strip
3. Release two tabs, and then unhook the sensor from the sheet metal.
Figure 2-265 Release two tabs
380 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
4. Disconnect one connector.
Figure 2-266 Disconnect one connector
5. Rotate the shaft to release the sensor, and then remove the sensor.
Figure 2-267 Remove the exit 1 bin full sensor
Step 9: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
ENWW Main parts 381
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
382 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Prefeed sensor 2 (pickup unit 2)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right rear cover
● Step 2: Remove the right door
● Step 3: Remove pickup unit 2
● Step 4: Remove the prefeed sensor 2
● Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the prefeed sensor 2 for pickup unit 2.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
0604-001381
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Photo Interrupter
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
ENWW Main parts 383
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the right rear cover
1. Open the right door.
2. Remove four screw-caps and four screws.
Figure 2-268 Remove four screws
3. Lift the handle and remove the right rear cover.
Figure 2-269 Remove the right rear cover
Step 2: Remove the right door
1. Disconnect the right door connector by moving it side-to-side until it releases.
384 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-270 Disconnect one connector
2. Slightly raise the right door and carefully release the right hinge from the hinge pin.
CAUTION: The hinge is spring-loaded and might snap back forcefully. Raise the door to take the tension
off of the spring, and then hold the hinge firmly while releasing it from the hinge pin.
Figure 2-271 Release the right hinge
ENWW Main parts 385
3. Slightly raise the right door, and then release the left dampener.
Figure 2-272 Release the left dampener
4. Open the lower paper feeder door. Lower the right door to 90°, and then rotate the rear side of the door
away from the printer. Slide the door to the rear of the printer to remove it.
CAUTION: Do not lower the door more than 90°. This might result in damage to the door.
Figure 2-273 Remove the right door
Step 3: Remove pickup unit 2
1. Remove the paper trays.
386 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
2. Remove one screw, and then remove the cover.
Figure 2-274 Remove one screw and the cover
3. Remove three screws.
Figure 2-275 Remove three screws
ENWW Main parts 387
4. Rotate the left side of pickup unit 2 away from the printer.
CAUTION: The pickup unit is still attached to the printer by a connector. Do not remove it completely
Figure 2-276 Rotate pickup unit 2
5. Disconnect one connector.
Figure 2-277 Disconnect one connector
6. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
Special installation instructions: Pickup unit 2
▲ When reinstalling pickup unit 2, align the gear, coupler, and bracket on the right side.
388 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-278 Align gear, coupler, and bracket
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
Step 4: Remove the prefeed sensor 2
▲ Open the guide-pickup, and then remove the prefeed sensor 2.
Figure 2-279 Remove prefeed sensor 2
Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
ENWW Main parts 389
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
390 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Prefeed sensor 1 (pickup unit 1)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right rear cover
● Step 2: Remove the right door
● Step 3: Remove pickup unit 2
● Step 4: Remove pickup unit 1
● Step 5: Remove the prefeed sensor 1
● Step 6: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the prefeed sensor 1 for pickup unit 1.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
0604-001490
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Photo Interrupter
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
ENWW Main parts 391
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the right rear cover
1. Open the right door.
2. Remove four screw-caps and four screws.
Figure 2-280 Remove four screws
3. Lift the handle and remove the right rear cover.
Figure 2-281 Remove the right rear cover
392 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Step 2: Remove the right door
1. Disconnect the right door connector by moving it side-to-side until it releases.
Figure 2-282 Disconnect one connector
2. Slightly raise the right door and carefully release the right hinge from the hinge pin.
CAUTION: The hinge is spring-loaded and might snap back forcefully. Raise the door to take the tension
off of the spring, and then hold the hinge firmly while releasing it from the hinge pin.
Figure 2-283 Release the right hinge
ENWW Main parts 393
3. Slightly raise the right door, and then release the left dampener.
Figure 2-284 Release the left dampener
4. Open the lower paper feeder door. Lower the right door to 90°, and then rotate the rear side of the door
away from the printer. Slide the door to the rear of the printer to remove it.
CAUTION: Do not lower the door more than 90°. This might result in damage to the door.
Figure 2-285 Remove the right door
Step 3: Remove pickup unit 2
1. Remove the paper trays.
394 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
2. Remove one screw, and then remove the cover.
Figure 2-286 Remove one screw and the cover
3. Remove three screws.
Figure 2-287 Remove three screws
ENWW Main parts 395
4. Rotate the left side of pickup unit 2 away from the printer.
CAUTION: The pickup unit is still attached to the printer by a connector. Do not remove it completely
Figure 2-288 Rotate pickup unit 2
5. Disconnect one connector.
Figure 2-289 Disconnect one connector
6. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
Special installation instructions: Pickup unit 2
▲ When reinstalling pickup unit 2, align the gear, coupler, and bracket on the right side.
396 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-290 Align gear, coupler, and bracket
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
Step 4: Remove pickup unit 1
1. Remove three screws.
Figure 2-291 Remove three screws
ENWW Main parts 397
2. Rotate the left side of pickup unit 1 away from the printer.
CAUTION: The pickup unit is still attached to the printer by a connector. Do not remove it completely
Figure 2-292 Rotate pickup unit 1
3. Disconnect one connector.
Figure 2-293 Disconnect one connector
4. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
Special installation instructions: Pickup unit 1
▲ When reinstalling pickup unit 1, align the gear, couplers, and bracket on the right side.
398 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-294 Align gear, coupler, and bracket
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
Step 5: Remove the prefeed sensor 1
1. Remove five screws, and then remove the bracket.
Figure 2-295 Remove five screws and the bracket.
ENWW Main parts 399
2. Remove the sensor from its holder.
Figure 2-296 Remove the sensor
Step 6: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
400 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Exit assembly
Figure 2-297 Exit assembly
ENWW Main parts 401
Table 2-2 Exit assembly
Ref Description Part number Qty
3-1 Motor, step JC93-00802A on page 403 2
3-2 Lifting solenoid JC33-00031B on page 403 1
3-5 Photo interrupter 0604-001393 on page 403 1
3-5 Photo-interrupter 0604-001393 on page 413 1
402 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Exit gate solenoid/motors/sensor (on the exit unit)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right rear cover
● Step 2: Remove the right door
● Step 3: Remove the front top inner cover
● Step 4: Remove the front power cover
● Step 5: Remove the top right cover
● Step 6: Remove the fuser unit
● Step 7: Remove the exit unit
● Step 8: Remove the exit gate solenoid/motors/sensor
● Step 9: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the exit gate solenoid.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC93-00802A JC33-00031B 0604-001393
● Drive, motor step (Qty 2) To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/ ● Photo interrupter
parts.
● Solenoid - Lifting
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
ENWW Main parts 403
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the right rear cover
1. Open the right door.
2. Remove four screw-caps and four screws.
Figure 2-298 Remove four screws
404 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Lift the handle and remove the right rear cover.
Figure 2-299 Remove the right rear cover
Step 2: Remove the right door
1. Disconnect the right door connector by moving it side-to-side until it releases.
Figure 2-300 Disconnect one connector
ENWW Main parts 405
2. Slightly raise the right door and carefully release the right hinge from the hinge pin.
CAUTION: The hinge is spring-loaded and might snap back forcefully. Raise the door to take the tension
off of the spring, and then hold the hinge firmly while releasing it from the hinge pin.
Figure 2-301 Release the right hinge
3. Slightly raise the right door, and then release the left dampener.
Figure 2-302 Release the left dampener
406 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
4. Open the lower paper feeder door. Lower the right door to 90°, and then rotate the rear side of the door
away from the printer. Slide the door to the rear of the printer to remove it.
CAUTION: Do not lower the door more than 90°. This might result in damage to the door.
Figure 2-303 Remove the right door
Step 3: Remove the front top inner cover
▲ Remove two screw-caps and two screws. Lift the front top inner cover away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 2-304 Remove the front top inner cover
Step 4: Remove the front power cover
1. Remove two screw-caps and two screws. Release two tabs on the right, and then rotate the cover slightly
away from the printer.
CAUTION: The cover is still attached to the printer by a cable. Do not completely remove the cover.
ENWW Main parts 407
Figure 2-305 Remove two screws and rotate the cover
2. Disconnect one connector, and then remove the cover.
Figure 2-306 Remove the front power cover
Step 5: Remove the top right cover
▲ Remove four screw caps and four screws, and then rotate the upper right door cover away from the printer
to remove it.
408 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-307 Remove the upper right door cover
Step 6: Remove the fuser unit
1. Remove four screws.
Figure 2-308 Fuser unit screw locations
ENWW Main parts 409
2. Pull out the fuser unit.
CAUTION: The temperature in the vicinity of the fuser becomes heated. To prevent the potential of
getting burned, make sure the fuser unit has cooled before replacing it.
Figure 2-309 Fuser unit removal
Step 7: Remove the exit unit
1. Release one retainer (callout 1), disconnect two connectors (callout 2), and then remove four screws
(callout 3).
Figure 2-310 Disconnect two connectors and remove four screws
410 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
2. Remove the exit unit while pushing the coupler to the right.
Figure 2-311 Remove the exit unit
Step 8: Remove the exit gate solenoid/motors/sensor
1. Disconnect one connector. Gently pry the black gear from behind to remove it. Remove the e-ring, and then
remove the white gear.
NOTE: If necessarry, remove two motors (callout 1), and then remove one sensor (callout 2).
Figure 2-312 On the exit unit, disconnect one connector and remove two gears
ENWW Main parts 411
2. Remove two screws, and then remove the exit gate solenoid [A].
Figure 2-313 Exit gate solenoid
Step 9: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
412 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Return sensor (on the exit unit)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right rear cover
● Step 2: Remove the right door
● Step 3: Remove the front top inner cover
● Step 4: Remove the front power cover
● Step 5: Remove the top right cover
● Step 6: Remove the fuser unit
● Step 7: Remove the exit unit
● Step 8: Remove the return sensor
● Step 9: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the return sensor.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
0604-001393
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Photo Interrupter
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
ENWW Main parts 413
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the right rear cover
1. Open the right door.
2. Remove four screw-caps and four screws.
Figure 2-314 Remove four screws
414 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Lift the handle and remove the right rear cover.
Figure 2-315 Remove the right rear cover
Step 2: Remove the right door
1. Disconnect the right door connector by moving it side-to-side until it releases.
Figure 2-316 Disconnect one connector
ENWW Main parts 415
2. Slightly raise the right door and carefully release the right hinge from the hinge pin.
CAUTION: The hinge is spring-loaded and might snap back forcefully. Raise the door to take the tension
off of the spring, and then hold the hinge firmly while releasing it from the hinge pin.
Figure 2-317 Release the right hinge
3. Slightly raise the right door, and then release the left dampener.
Figure 2-318 Release the left dampener
416 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
4. Open the lower paper feeder door. Lower the right door to 90°, and then rotate the rear side of the door
away from the printer. Slide the door to the rear of the printer to remove it.
CAUTION: Do not lower the door more than 90°. This might result in damage to the door.
Figure 2-319 Remove the right door
Step 3: Remove the front top inner cover
▲ Remove two screw-caps and two screws. Lift the front top inner cover away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 2-320 Remove the front top inner cover
Step 4: Remove the front power cover
1. Remove two screw-caps and two screws. Release two tabs on the right, and then rotate the cover slightly
away from the printer.
CAUTION: The cover is still attached to the printer by a cable. Do not completely remove the cover.
ENWW Main parts 417
Figure 2-321 Remove two screws and rotate the cover
2. Disconnect one connector, and then remove the cover.
Figure 2-322 Remove the front power cover
Step 5: Remove the top right cover
▲ Remove four screw caps and four screws, and then rotate the upper right door cover away from the printer
to remove it.
418 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-323 Remove the upper right door cover
Step 6: Remove the fuser unit
1. Remove four screws.
Figure 2-324 Fuser unit screw locations
ENWW Main parts 419
2. Pull out the fuser unit.
CAUTION: The temperature in the vicinity of the fuser becomes heated. To prevent the potential of
getting burned, make sure the fuser unit has cooled before replacing it.
Figure 2-325 Fuser unit removal
Step 7: Remove the exit unit
1. Release one retainer (callout 1), disconnect two connectors (callout 2), and then remove four screws
(callout 3).
Figure 2-326 Disconnect two connectors and remove four screws
420 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
2. Remove the exit unit while pushing the coupler to the right.
Figure 2-327 Remove the exit unit
Step 8: Remove the return sensor
▲ Locate the sensor on the exit unit. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then peel the black adhesive
strip (callout 2) away from the top of the sensor. Release two small tabs (callout 3), and then remove the
sensor.
Figure 2-328 Return sensor
1
3
Step 9: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
ENWW Main parts 421
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
422 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Tray 2/3
Figure 2-329 Tray 2
ENWW Main parts 423
Table 2-3 Tray 2
Ref Description Part number Qty
0 Tray 2 JC90-01610A 1
0 Tray 3 JC90-01611A 1
424 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Main frame assembly
Figure 2-330 Main frame assembly
12-1
ENWW Main parts 425
Table 2-4 Main frame assembly
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Front Door Switch Open JC93-00466A on page 427 1
5 ACR assembly JC93-01039A 1
8 Tray closing assembly JC93-01370A on page 434 2
12-1 Right door damper and lever kit 5CM63-67901 on page 439 1
Not shown Harness, fuser connector JC39-02217A 1
Not shown Harness, engine side for DCF + connector JC39-02187A 1
Not shown High-voltage rail assembly High-voltage rail assembly 1
on page 457
426 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Front cover open sensor
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the TCU
● Step 2: Remove the paper dust brush
● Step 3: Remove the front cover
● Step 4: Remove the front top inner cover
● Step 5: Remove the front power cover
● Step 6: Remove the exit cover
● Step 7: Remove the inner front cover
● Step 8: Remove the front cover open sensor
● Step 9: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the front cover open sensor.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC93-00466A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Front door switch open
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
ENWW Main parts 427
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the TCU
1. Open the front cover.
2. Push both hooks to release the toner collection unit (TCU).
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 2-331 Remove the TCU
Step 2: Remove the paper dust brush
▲ Remove the paper dust brush.
428 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-332 Remove the paper dust brush
Step 3: Remove the front cover
▲ Remove two screws securing the front cover. While pushing the right hook, remove the front cover.
Figure 2-333 Remove the front cover
Step 4: Remove the front top inner cover
▲ Remove two screw-caps and two screws. Lift the front top inner cover away from the printer to remove it.
ENWW Main parts 429
Figure 2-334 Remove the front top inner cover
Step 5: Remove the front power cover
1. Remove two screw-caps and two screws. Release two tabs on the right, and then rotate the cover slightly
away from the printer.
CAUTION: The cover is still attached to the printer by a cable. Do not completely remove the cover.
Figure 2-335 Remove two screws and rotate the cover
430 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
2. Disconnect one connector, and then remove the cover.
Figure 2-336 Remove the front power cover
Step 6: Remove the exit cover
▲ Remove two screw-caps and two screws, and then lift the exit cover away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 2-337 Remove the exit cover
Step 7: Remove the inner front cover
1. Open the right door.
2. Remove the all of the toner cartridges.
ENWW Main parts 431
3. Remove seven screws.
Figure 2-338 Remove seven screws
4. Lift the inner cover away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 2-339 Remove the inner cover
432 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Step 8: Remove the front cover open sensor
1. Remove the toner cartridges.
2. Remove one screw, and then remove the front cover open sensor.
Figure 2-340 Remove one screw and the cover open sensor
Step 9: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 433
Tray closing assembly
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
● Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the LVPS cover
● Step 4: Remove the fuser drive board and low-voltage power supply (LVPS) boards and cage
● Step 5: Remove the auto closing unit
● Step 6: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the auto closing unit.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC93-01370A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Tray closing unit
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
434 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
▲ Unscrew two captive thumbscrews on the formatter cover. Slide the formatter cover to the left, and then to
the right to remove.
Figure 2-341 Remove the formatter cover
Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
▲ Remove 8 screw-caps and 11 screws. Lift left side, and then pull the cover straight out on the right.
ENWW Main parts 435
Figure 2-342 Remove the lower rear cover
Step 3: Remove the LVPS cover
▲ Disconnect one connector, and then remove four screws. Slide the LVPS cover to the left, and then remove
the cover.
Figure 2-343 Remove the LVPS cover
Step 4: Remove the fuser drive board and low-voltage power supply (LVPS) boards and cage
WARNING! Wait five minutes after turning the printer off to allow the capacitors to dissipate any residual
energy.
▲ Before removing the fuser drive and LVPS boards and cage, note the location of four connectors (callout 1)
that do not have to be disconnected. Disconnect the remaining connectors on the LVPS and fuser drive
boards, and then release the cables from five retainers. Remove three screws, and then tilt the top of the
cage out to remove it.
436 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-344 Remove the fuser drive and LVPS boards and cage
Step 5: Remove the auto closing unit
1. Remove Tray 2.
2. Remove one screw, and then remove the cassette rail cover.
Figure 2-345 Remove the CST rail cover
ENWW Main parts 437
3. Remove two screws, and then remove the tray closing unit.
Figure 2-346 Remove the tray closing unit
Step 6: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
438 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Right door dampener and lever kit
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the front top inner cover
● Step 2: Remove the front power cover
● Step 3: Remove the exit cover
● Step 4: Remove the TCU
● Step 5: Remove the paper dust brush
● Step 6: Remove the front cover.
● Step 7: Remove the inner cover
● Step 8: Remove the right rear cover
● Step 9: Remove the right door
● Step 10: Remove pickup unit 2
● Step 11: Remove pickup unit 1
● Step 12: Remove the right door dampener
● Step 13: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the right door dampener and lever kit.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
5CM63-67901
● Right door dampener and lever kit
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
ENWW Main parts 439
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the front top inner cover
▲ Remove two screw-caps and two screws. Lift the front top inner cover away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 2-347 Remove the front top inner cover
Step 2: Remove the front power cover
1. Remove two screw-caps and two screws. Release two tabs on the right, and then rotate the cover slightly
away from the printer.
CAUTION: The cover is still attached to the printer by a cable. Do not completely remove the cover.
440 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-348 Remove two screws and rotate the cover
2. Disconnect one connector, and then remove the cover.
Figure 2-349 Remove the front power cover
Step 3: Remove the exit cover
▲ Remove two screw-caps and two screws, and then lift the exit cover away from the printer to remove it.
ENWW Main parts 441
Figure 2-350 Remove the exit cover
Step 4: Remove the TCU
1. Open the front cover.
2. Push both hooks to release the toner collection unit (TCU).
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 2-351 Remove the TCU
Step 5: Remove the paper dust brush
▲ Remove the paper dust brush.
442 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-352 Remove the paper dust brush
Step 6: Remove the front cover.
▲ Remove two screws securing the front cover. While pushing the right hook, remove the front cover.
Figure 2-353 Remove the front cover
Step 7: Remove the inner cover
1. Open the right door.
2. Remove the all of the toner cartridges.
ENWW Main parts 443
3. Remove seven screws.
Figure 2-354 Remove seven screws
4. Lift the inner cover away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 2-355 Remove the inner cover
Step 8: Remove the right rear cover
1. Open the right door.
444 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
2. Remove four screw-caps and four screws.
Figure 2-356 Remove four screws
3. Lift the handle and remove the right rear cover.
Figure 2-357 Remove the right rear cover
Step 9: Remove the right door
1. Disconnect the right door connector by moving it side-to-side until it releases.
ENWW Main parts 445
Figure 2-358 Disconnect one connector
2. Slightly raise the right door and carefully release the right hinge from the hinge pin.
CAUTION: The hinge is spring-loaded and might snap back forcefully. Raise the door to take the tension
off of the spring, and then hold the hinge firmly while releasing it from the hinge pin.
Figure 2-359 Release the right hinge
446 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Slightly raise the right door, and then release the left dampener.
Figure 2-360 Release the left dampener
4. Open the lower paper feeder door. Lower the right door to 90°, and then rotate the rear side of the door
away from the printer. Slide the door to the rear of the printer to remove it.
CAUTION: Do not lower the door more than 90°. This might result in damage to the door.
Figure 2-361 Remove the right door
Step 10: Remove pickup unit 2
1. Remove the paper trays.
ENWW Main parts 447
2. Remove one screw, and then remove the cover.
Figure 2-362 Remove one screw and the cover
3. Remove three screws.
Figure 2-363 Remove three screws
448 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
4. Rotate the left side of pickup unit 2 away from the printer.
CAUTION: The pickup unit is still attached to the printer by a connector. Do not remove it completely
Figure 2-364 Rotate pickup unit 2
5. Disconnect one connector.
Figure 2-365 Disconnect one connector
6. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
Special installation instructions: Pickup unit 2
▲ When reinstalling pickup unit 2, align the gear, coupler, and bracket on the right side.
ENWW Main parts 449
Figure 2-366 Align gear, coupler, and bracket
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
Step 11: Remove pickup unit 1
1. Remove three screws.
Figure 2-367 Remove three screws
450 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
2. Rotate the left side of pickup unit 1 away from the printer.
CAUTION: The pickup unit is still attached to the printer by a connector. Do not remove it completely
Figure 2-368 Rotate pickup unit 1
3. Disconnect one connector.
Figure 2-369 Disconnect one connector
4. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
Special installation instructions: Pickup unit 1
▲ When reinstalling pickup unit 1, align the gear, couplers, and bracket on the right side.
ENWW Main parts 451
Figure 2-370 Align gear, coupler, and bracket
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
Step 12: Remove the right door dampener
1. Remove two screw caps and three screws, and then remove the right front cover.
Figure 2-371 Remove the right front cover
452 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
2. Remove one screw, and then remove the front lower cover.
Figure 2-372 Remove the front lower cover
3. Remove four screws to detach the front end of the tray rails.
CAUTION: The rails can be easily damaged when tray rails are detached.
Figure 2-373 Detach the tray rails
ENWW Main parts 453
4. Before proceeding, use paper reams to support the printer chassis.
CAUTION: When the sheet-metal corner bracket is removed the chassis will become misaligned if it is not
supported.
Figure 2-374 Support the chassis
5. Remove six screws (callouts 1-6).
Reinstallation tip: These screws are labeled 1 to 6. When the bracket is reinstalled, make sure that the
screws are installed in order (1 to 6).
Figure 2-375 Remove six screws
3
5 4
2
1
454 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
6. Remove three screws.
Figure 2-376 Remove three screws
7. Rotate the top of the bracket away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift it up (callout 2) to release the
tab (callout 3) at the bottom of the bracket.
Figure 2-377 Remove the corner bracket
1 2
ENWW Main parts 455
8. Remove the dampener gear assembly from the bracket.
IMPORTANT: Do not discard the failed dampener. Return the assembly to HP for failure analysis.
Figure 2-378 Remove the dampener assembly
Step 13: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
456 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
High-voltage rail assembly
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the left cover
● Step 2: Remove the laser scanner assembly fan
● Step 3: Remove the HVPS
● Step 4: Remove the front top inner cover
● Step 5: Remove the front power cover
● Step 6: Remove the exit cover
● Step 7: Remove the toner cartridges and toner collection unit
● Step 8: Remove the ITB cleaner
● Step 9: Remove the ITB
● Step 10: Remove the imaging drum
● Step 11: Remove the developer unit
● Step 12: Remove the paper dust brush
● Step 13: Remove the front cover
● Step 14: Remove the inner front cover
● Step 15: Remove the reservoir unit
● Step 16: Remove the high-voltage rail assembly
● Step 17: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the high-voltage rail assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
ENWW Main parts 457
JC93-01023A
● High-voltage rail assembly
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the left cover
1. Remove the top left cover.
Figure 2-379 Top left cover
458 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
2. Remove seven screw-caps and eight screws, and lift the left cover off of the printer.
Figure 2-380 Remove the left cover
Step 2: Remove the laser scanner assembly fan
▲ Disconnect one connector, remove two screws, and then remove the laser scanner assembly fan.
Figure 2-381 Remove the laser scanner assembly fan
Step 3: Remove the HVPS
1. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), remove seven screws (callout 2), and then release one retainer in
the center of the board (callout 3).
ENWW Main parts 459
Figure 2-382 Disconnect connectors and remove screws
2 3
1
2. Tilt the board away from the printer, and then disconnect three connectors (callout 1).
Figure 2-383 Disconnect three connectors
Step 4: Remove the front top inner cover
▲ Remove two screw-caps and two screws. Lift the front top inner cover away from the printer to remove it.
460 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-384 Remove the front top inner cover
Step 5: Remove the front power cover
1. Remove two screw-caps and two screws. Release two tabs on the right, and then rotate the cover slightly
away from the printer.
CAUTION: The cover is still attached to the printer by a cable. Do not completely remove the cover.
Figure 2-385 Remove two screws and rotate the cover
ENWW Main parts 461
2. Disconnect one connector, and then remove the cover.
Figure 2-386 Remove the front power cover
Step 6: Remove the exit cover
▲ Remove two screw-caps and two screws, and then lift the exit cover away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 2-387 Remove the exit cover
Step 7: Remove the toner cartridges and toner collection unit
1. Open the front cover.
462 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
2. Remove the toner cartridges (callout 1), and then push both hooks (callout 2) to release the toner
collection unit (TCU).
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 2-388 Remove the TCU
1
Step 8: Remove the ITB cleaner
1. Loosen the screw securing the ITB cleaner.
NOTE: The screw is captive and cannot be completely removed.
Figure 2-389 ITB screw location
ENWW Main parts 463
2. Grasp the ITB cleaner housing, and pull it out of the printer.
CAUTION: Do not grasp the waste toner connector.
Use care when removing the ITB cleaner as loose toner might be present on the metal shelf along the side
of the cleaner.
Figure 2-390 ITB cleaner removal
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Step 9: Remove the ITB
1. Open the right door.
2. Remove the cable from the retainer, and then disconnect one connector. Slide the ITB latch toward the
front of the printer to release the coupled drive.
Figure 2-391 Disconnect one connector and slide the latch
464 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Remove two screws securing the ITB unit.
TIP: Use a magnetized screwdriver to prevent the screws from falling into the printer.
Figure 2-392 Remove two screws
4. Pull the ITB unit partially out of the printer, and then lift it up and out of the printer.
CAUTION: Do not touch the ITB belt and be careful not to damage it by hitting it on the door during
removal.
Figure 2-393 Remove the ITB
ENWW Main parts 465
5. While pushing the color plane registration (CPR) shutter toward the rear of the printer, clean the three CPR
sensors with a damp, lint-free cloth.
Figure 2-394 Clean the CPR sensors
6. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
Special installation instructions: ITB unit
▲ Before reinstalling the ITB, align the arrow on the gear with the arrowhead on the ITB frame.
Figure 2-395 Align arrows
Step 10: Remove the imaging drum
1. There are four locking levers, one for each color. Pull down on the locking lever for the color drum unit that
is being replaced.
466 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-396 Release locking lever
2. Grip the handle and remove the drum unit.
NOTE: Open the right door to remove the black drum.
CAUTION: Do not grip the waste toner connection when removing the drum unit.
CAUTION: Do not touch the shiny surface on the imaging drum. Cover the drum with a sheet of paper
while it is out of the printer to limit light exposure.
Figure 2-397 Remove the drum unit
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Step 11: Remove the developer unit
1. Rotate the reservoir shutter lever down to ensure it is closed.
ENWW Main parts 467
Figure 2-398 Shutter open/close
2. Release the valve from the developer by rotating the valve side-to-side while pulling it firmly away from
the printer.
Reinstallation tip: Make sure that the valve is fully installed on the developer before rotating it to the
open position.
Figure 2-399 Release the toner collection valve
468 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Reach to the top of the toner supply pipe, and then rotate it up.
Figure 2-400 Tilt toner supply pipe up
4. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove two screws (callout 2), and then remove the metal bracket
(callout 3).
Reinstallation tip: Note the orientation of the bracket when reinstalling it.
Figure 2-401 Remove the metal bracket
1
Reinstallation tip: Reinstall the bottom of the bracket first.
ENWW Main parts 469
5. Hold the grip point of the developer unit and slide it away from the printer to remove it.
NOTE: Do not grip the toner collection unit connection when removing the developer unit.
Figure 2-402 Developer unit removal
Reinstallation tip: Hold the toner supply pipe up and out of the way when reinstalling the developer unit.
Step 12: Remove the paper dust brush
▲ Remove the paper dust brush.
Figure 2-403 Remove the paper dust brush
Step 13: Remove the front cover
▲ Remove two screws securing the front cover. While pushing the right hook, remove the front cover.
470 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-404 Remove the front cover
Step 14: Remove the inner front cover
1. Open the right door.
2. Remove the all of the toner cartridges.
3. Remove seven screws.
Figure 2-405 Remove seven screws
ENWW Main parts 471
4. Lift the inner cover away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 2-406 Remove the inner cover
Step 15: Remove the reservoir unit
IMPORTANT: The toner reservoirs must be removed in this order: black, cyan, magenta, and then yellow.
The toner reservoirs must be installed in this order: yellow, magenta, cyan, and then black.
1. Close the toner reservoir shutters (callout 1), and then release the cables from the retainers (callout 2).
Figure 2-407 Close the shutters and release the cables
472 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
2. Disconnect four connectors.
Figure 2-408 Disconnect four connectors
3. Lower the release levers (callout 1), and then remove the yellow, magenta, and cyan drum units (callout 2).
Figure 2-409 Remove drum units
ENWW Main parts 473
4. Lower and close the release levers for all of the developer units. This stops the flow of toner from the toner
reservoirs to the developer units.
Figure 2-410 Lower the developer release levers
5. Release the valves from the toner connections by rotating the valves side-to-side while pulling them firmly
away from the printer.
Figure 2-411 Release the toner supply pipes
474 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
6. Remove eight screws.
Figure 2-412 Remove eight screws
7. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then release the cables from eight retainers.
Figure 2-413 Disconnect one connector and release the cables
ENWW Main parts 475
8. Remove the toner reservoir by sliding it out of the printer. The figure below shows the black toner reservoir.
The procedure is the same for all of the toner reservoirs.
IMPORTANT: The toner reservoirs must be removed in this order: black, cyan, magenta, and then yellow.
The toner reservoirs must be installed in this order: yellow, magenta, cyan, and then black.
Figure 2-414 Remove the black toner reservoir
9. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
Special installation instructions: Toner reservoir
▲ Position the locator pins on the toner reservoir into the openings in the sheet metal inside the printer.
Figure 2-415 Position the locator pins
476 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Step 16: Remove the high-voltage rail assembly
1. Before proceeding, take note from the front of the printer where the six high-voltage rail screws are
located.
Figure 2-416 Locate six screws
2. From inside the printer remove six screws, and then remove the high-voltage rail assembly.
Figure 2-417 Remove the high-voltage rail assembly
Step 17: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
ENWW Main parts 477
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
478 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Registration assembly
Figure 2-418 Main frame registration
ENWW Main parts 479
Table 2-5 Main frame registration
Ref Description Part number Qty
0 Registration Assembly JC93-01116A on page 481 1
4 Photo-interrupter 0604-001381 on page 491 1
480 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Registration assembly
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the TCU
● Step 2: Remove the paper dust brush
● Step 3: Remove the right rear cover
● Step 4: Remove the right door
● Step 5: Remove the registration assembly
● Step 6: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the registration assembly.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC93-01116A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Registration assembly
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
ENWW Main parts 481
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the TCU
1. Open the front cover.
2. Push both hooks to release the toner collection unit (TCU).
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 2-419 Remove the TCU
Step 2: Remove the paper dust brush
▲ Remove the paper dust brush.
482 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-420 Remove the paper dust brush
Step 3: Remove the right rear cover
1. Open the right door.
2. Remove four screw-caps and four screws.
Figure 2-421 Remove four screws
ENWW Main parts 483
3. Lift the handle and remove the right rear cover.
Figure 2-422 Remove the right rear cover
Step 4: Remove the right door
1. Disconnect the right door connector by moving it side-to-side until it releases.
Figure 2-423 Disconnect one connector
484 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
2. Slightly raise the right door and carefully release the right hinge from the hinge pin.
CAUTION: The hinge is spring-loaded and might snap back forcefully. Raise the door to take the tension
off of the spring, and then hold the hinge firmly while releasing it from the hinge pin.
Figure 2-424 Release the right hinge
3. Slightly raise the right door, and then release the left dampener.
Figure 2-425 Release the left dampener
ENWW Main parts 485
4. Open the lower paper feeder door. Lower the right door to 90°, and then rotate the rear side of the door
away from the printer. Slide the door to the rear of the printer to remove it.
CAUTION: Do not lower the door more than 90°. This might result in damage to the door.
Figure 2-426 Remove the right door
Step 5: Remove the registration assembly
1. Remove two screws, and then remove the cover.
Figure 2-427 Remove two screws
486 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
2. Remove the gear cover.
Figure 2-428 Remove the gear cover
3. Disconnect one in-line connector, and then remove two screws.
Figure 2-429 Disconnect one connector and remove two screws
ENWW Main parts 487
4. Rotate the left side of the registration assembly away from the printer, and then remove it.
Figure 2-430 Remove the registration assembly
5. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
Special installation instructions: Registration assembly
a. Install the back, gear side of the shaft (callout 1) into the opening in the sheet metal (callout 2).
Figure 2-431 Install the gear side of the shaft
488 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
b. Remove the bushing (callout 1) from the end of the front of the shaft.
Figure 2-432 Remove the bushing
c. Install the bushing in the opening in the sheet metal.
NOTE: The bushing is flat along the top and bottom edges. Install the bushing so the flat edges
match the keyed opening in the sheet metal.
Figure 2-433 Install the bushing
ENWW Main parts 489
d. Install the front of the shaft into the bushing.
Figure 2-434 Install the front of the shaft
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
Step 6: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
490 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Registration sensor assembly
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the TCU
● Step 2: Remove the paper dust brush
● Step 3: Remove the right rear cover
● Step 4: Remove the right door
● Step 5: Remove the registration assembly
● Step 6: Remove the registration sensor
● Step 7: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the registration sensor.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
0604-001381
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Registration sensor
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
ENWW Main parts 491
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the TCU
1. Open the front cover.
2. Push both hooks to release the toner collection unit (TCU).
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 2-435 Remove the TCU
Step 2: Remove the paper dust brush
▲ Remove the paper dust brush.
492 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-436 Remove the paper dust brush
Step 3: Remove the right rear cover
1. Open the right door.
2. Remove four screw-caps and four screws.
Figure 2-437 Remove four screws
ENWW Main parts 493
3. Lift the handle and remove the right rear cover.
Figure 2-438 Remove the right rear cover
Step 4: Remove the right door
1. Disconnect the right door connector by moving it side-to-side until it releases.
Figure 2-439 Disconnect one connector
494 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
2. Slightly raise the right door and carefully release the right hinge from the hinge pin.
CAUTION: The hinge is spring-loaded and might snap back forcefully. Raise the door to take the tension
off of the spring, and then hold the hinge firmly while releasing it from the hinge pin.
Figure 2-440 Release the right hinge
3. Slightly raise the right door, and then release the left dampener.
Figure 2-441 Release the left dampener
ENWW Main parts 495
4. Open the lower paper feeder door. Lower the right door to 90°, and then rotate the rear side of the door
away from the printer. Slide the door to the rear of the printer to remove it.
CAUTION: Do not lower the door more than 90°. This might result in damage to the door.
Figure 2-442 Remove the right door
Step 5: Remove the registration assembly
1. Remove two screws, and then remove the cover.
Figure 2-443 Remove two screws
496 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
2. Remove the gear cover.
Figure 2-444 Remove the gear cover
3. Disconnect one in-line connector, and then remove two screws.
Figure 2-445 Disconnect one connector and remove two screws
ENWW Main parts 497
4. Rotate the left side of the registration assembly away from the printer, and then remove it.
Figure 2-446 Remove the registration assembly
5. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
Special installation instructions: Registration assembly
a. Install the back, gear side of the shaft (callout 1) into the opening in the sheet metal (callout 2).
Figure 2-447 Install the gear side of the shaft
498 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
b. Remove the bushing (callout 1) from the end of the front of the shaft.
Figure 2-448 Remove the bushing
c. Install the bushing in the opening in the sheet metal.
NOTE: The bushing is flat along the top and bottom edges. Install the bushing so the flat edges
match the keyed opening in the sheet metal.
Figure 2-449 Install the bushing
Step 6: Remove the registration sensor
1. Remove three self-tapping screws, and then remove the cover.
ENWW Main parts 499
Figure 2-450 Remove three screws and the cover
2. Release the cables from one lower retainer (callout 1) and one upper retainer (callout 2). Remove five
screws.
Figure 2-451 Release retainers and remove five screws
500 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Carefully lift the registration sensor assembly slightly away from the printer. Release one retainer
(callout 1), and then disconnect two connectors (callout 2).
Figure 2-452 Release one retainer and disconnect two connectors
2
1
Step 7: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 501
ACR frame assembly
Figure 2-453 ACR frame assembly
502 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Table 2-6 ACR frame assembly
Ref Description Part number Qty
0 ACR Assembly JC93-01039A 1
1 CTD sensor JC32-00014A 3
2 Motor, dc JC31–00078A 1
ENWW Main parts 503
Toner reservoir (CMYK)
Figure 2-454 Toner reservoir (CMYK)
504 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Table 2-7 Toner reservoir (CMYK)
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Toner Reservoir Assy C/M/Y JC93-01089B on page 506 3
2 Toner Reservoir Assy K JC93-01088B on page 506 1
ENWW Main parts 505
Reservoir unit
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the TCU
● Step 2: Remove the paper dust brush
● Step 3: Remove the front cover.
● Step 4: Remove the front top inner cover
● Step 5: Remove the front power cover
● Step 6: Remove the exit cover
● Step 7: Remove the inner front cover
● Step 8: Remove the reservoir unit
● Step 9: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the reservoir unit.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC93-01089B JC93-01088B
● Toner Reservoir Assy C/M/Y ● Toner Reservoir Assy K
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
506 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the TCU
1. Open the front cover.
2. Push both hooks to release the toner collection unit (TCU).
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 2-455 Remove the TCU
Step 2: Remove the paper dust brush
▲ Remove the paper dust brush.
ENWW Main parts 507
Figure 2-456 Remove the paper dust brush
Step 3: Remove the front cover.
▲ Remove two screws securing the front cover. While pushing the right hook, remove the front cover.
Figure 2-457 Remove the front cover
Step 4: Remove the front top inner cover
▲ Remove two screw-caps and two screws. Lift the front top inner cover away from the printer to remove it.
508 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-458 Remove the front top inner cover
Step 5: Remove the front power cover
1. Remove two screw-caps and two screws. Release two tabs on the right, and then rotate the cover slightly
away from the printer.
CAUTION: The cover is still attached to the printer by a cable. Do not completely remove the cover.
Figure 2-459 Remove two screws and rotate the cover
ENWW Main parts 509
2. Disconnect one connector, and then remove the cover.
Figure 2-460 Remove the front power cover
Step 6: Remove the exit cover
▲ Remove two screw-caps and two screws, and then lift the exit cover away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 2-461 Remove the exit cover
Step 7: Remove the inner front cover
1. Open the right door.
2. Remove the all of the toner cartridges.
510 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Remove seven screws.
Figure 2-462 Remove seven screws
4. Lift the inner cover away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 2-463 Remove the inner cover
Step 8: Remove the reservoir unit
NOTE: The toner reservoirs must be removed in this order: black, cyan, magenta, and yellow. If you are
replacing the yellow reservoir, the black, cyan, and magenta reservoirs must all be removed first. Follow the
instructions below to remove only those reservoirs required to reach the target reservoir.
1. Close the toner reservoir shutters (callout 1), and then release the cables from the retainers (callout 2).
ENWW Main parts 511
Figure 2-464 Close the shutters and release the cables
2. Disconnect four connectors.
Figure 2-465 Disconnect four connectors
512 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Lower the release levers (callout 1), and then remove the yellow, magenta, and cyan drum units (callout 2).
Figure 2-466 Remove drum units
1
4. Lower and close the release levers for all of the developer units. This stops the flow of toner from the toner
reservoirs to the developer units.
Figure 2-467 Lower the developer release levers
ENWW Main parts 513
5. Release the valves from the toner connections by rotating the valves side-to-side while pulling them firmly
away from the printer.
Figure 2-468 Release the toner supply pipes
6. Remove eight screws.
Figure 2-469 Remove eight screws
514 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
7. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then release the cables from eight retainers.
Figure 2-470 Disconnect one connector and release the cables
8. Remove the toner reservoir by sliding it out of the printer. The figure below shows the black toner reservoir.
The procedure is the same for all of the toner reservoirs.
NOTE: The toner reservoirs must be removed in this order: black, cyan, magenta, and yellow. If you are
replacing the yellow reservoir, the black, cyan, and magenta reservoirs must all be removed first.
NOTE: Removing the yellow toner reservoir requires removing the high voltage power supply.
Figure 2-471 Remove the black toner reservoir
9. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
Special installation instructions: Toner reservoir
▲ Position the locator pins on the toner reservoir into the openings in the sheet metal inside the printer.
ENWW Main parts 515
Figure 2-472 Position the locator pins
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
Step 9: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
516 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Rear frame assembly
Figure 2-473 Rear frame assembly
ENWW Main parts 517
Table 2-8 Rear frame assembly
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Rear holder Autosize JC93-00018A 2
1-1 PCA, paper size sensor JC92-02622A on page 519 2
Not shown Humidity sensor JC93-00486A 1
518 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Paper size sensor
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the paper size sensor
● Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the auto size sensor.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
JC92-02622A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Paper size sensor
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
ENWW Main parts 519
Step 1: Remove the paper size sensor
▲ Do the following:
● Remove all trays to access the inside of the printer.
● Disconnect the connector. Remove two screws, and then remove the sensor.
Figure 2-474 Remove screws
Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
520 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Drive system
Figure 2-475 Drive system
ENWW Main parts 521
Table 2-9 Drive system
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Main drive assembly JC93-01059C on page 523 1
1-1 Main drive JC93-01048B 1
1-2 Motor, bldc JC31-00123D 4
2 Toner drive JC93-01065B on page 531 1
2-1 Photo-interrupter 0604-001393 2
2-2 Step motor, circuit JC31-00110A on page 539 2
3 Fuser drive exit JC93-01064A on page 547 1
3-1 Motor, bldc JC31-00123B 1
3-2 Drive motor, step alienation JC93-01084A 1
3-3 Timing belt 6602-001581 1
4 Feed drive JC93-01062A on page 563 1
4-1 Step motor, ip JC31-00132A on page 563 1
4-2 Electric clutch JC47-00037A 1
4-3 Timing gear belt 6602-001730 1
5 Pickup drive JC93-01063C on page 566 2
5-1 Drive motor, step JC93-01083A on page 566 2
6 Engage T1 JC93-01068A on page 554 1
6-1 Step motor, circuit JC31-00110B on page 554 1
7 Drive, Toner Collection Unit JC93-01070A on page 569 1
8 Registration drive JC93-01061A on page 576 1
522 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Main drive unit
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
● Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the upper rear cover
● Step 4: Remove the left rear corner cover
● Step 5: Remove the formatter and cage
● Step 6: Remove the main drive unit
● Step 7: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the main drive unit.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC93-01059C
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Main Drive Assembly
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
ENWW Main parts 523
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
▲ Unscrew two captive thumbscrews on the formatter cover. Slide the formatter cover to the left, and then to
the right to remove.
Figure 2-476 Remove the formatter cover
Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
▲ Remove 8 screw-caps and 11 screws. Lift left side, and then pull the cover straight out on the right.
524 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-477 Remove the lower rear cover
Step 3: Remove the upper rear cover
▲ Remove three screw-caps and five screws. Lift the upper rear cover away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 2-478 Remove the upper rear cover
Step 4: Remove the left rear corner cover
▲ Remove two screw caps and five screws. Slide the upper left cover up and away from the printer to remove
it.
ENWW Main parts 525
Figure 2-479 Remove the upper left cover
Step 5: Remove the formatter and cage
1. Remove one screw.
Figure 2-480 Remove one screw
526 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
2. Disconnect all of the connectors on the formatter. Release the cables from two retainers on the sheet
metal cage (callout 1), and then remove three screws (callout 2).
Figure 2-481 Disconnect formatter connectors and screws
3. Before removing the formatter cage, place a piece of tape or a wire tie (callout 1) around the cables
disconnected from the formatter on the left side. This will identify the cables that will be connected to the
formatter during reassembly.
Figure 2-482 Identify the formatter cables
4. Lift the formatter cage up, push it to the right to clear the boss on the right side, and then pull it away from
the printer to remove it.
Step 6: Remove the main drive unit
1. Remove the cables (callout 1) from the cable guide (callout 2), and then release three retainers (callout 3).
Disconnect four connectors (callout 4), and then release the cables from the cable guide (callout 5).
ENWW Main parts 527
Figure 2-483 Disconnect and release cables
1
5
2
2. Disconnect three flat cables from the main board (callout 1). One of the flat cable connectors is a zero
insertion force (ZIF) connector. Open the latch on the connector before removing the flat cable. Remove the
flat cables (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 3).
Figure 2-484 Disconnect flat cables
2
3
528 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Remove eight screws.
Figure 2-485 Remove eight screws
4. Lift the main drive unit up to release the hooks in the sheet metal, rotate it to the right, and then remove it
from under the cables.
Figure 2-486 Remove the main drive unit
ENWW Main parts 529
5. Move all the cables (callout 1) and cable guides (callout 2) from the old main drive unit and transfer them to
the replacement unit.
Figure 2-487 Remove cables and guides
Step 7: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
530 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Toner supply drive unit
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
● Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the upper rear cover
● Step 4: Remove the left rear corner cover
● Step 5: Remove the formatter and cage
● Step 6: Remove the main board and cage
● Step 7: Remove the toner supply drive unit
● Step 8: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the toner supply drive unit.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC93-01065B
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Drive, Toner
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
ENWW Main parts 531
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
▲ Unscrew two captive thumbscrews on the formatter cover. Slide the formatter cover to the left, and then to
the right to remove.
Figure 2-488 Remove the formatter cover
Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
▲ Remove 8 screw-caps and 11 screws. Lift left side, and then pull the cover straight out on the right.
532 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-489 Remove the lower rear cover
Step 3: Remove the upper rear cover
▲ Remove three screw-caps and five screws. Lift the upper rear cover away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 2-490 Remove the upper rear cover
Step 4: Remove the left rear corner cover
▲ Remove two screw caps and five screws. Slide the upper left cover up and away from the printer to remove
it.
ENWW Main parts 533
Figure 2-491 Remove the upper left cover
Step 5: Remove the formatter and cage
1. Remove one screw.
Figure 2-492 Remove one screw
534 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
2. Disconnect all of the connectors on the formatter. Release the cables from two retainers on the sheet
metal cage (callout 1), and then remove three screws (callout 2).
Figure 2-493 Disconnect formatter connectors and screws
3. Before removing the formatter cage, place a piece of tape or a wire tie (callout 1) around the cables
disconnected from the formatter on the left side. This will identify the cables that will be connected to the
formatter during reassembly.
Figure 2-494 Identify the formatter cables
4. Lift the formatter cage up, push it to the right to clear the boss on the right side, and then pull it away from
the printer to remove it.
Step 6: Remove the main board and cage
1. One of the connectors that must be released above the main board is a spade connector.
ENWW Main parts 535
IMPORTANT: Press in on the center part of the cable connector to release the latch, and then pull the
cable away from the printer to disconnect it. Do not pull on connector without depressing the center latch.
Figure 2-495 Disconnect one connector
2. Do not disconnect the two hard disk drive (HDD) connectors at the top of the main board (callout 1).
Disconnect all of the remaining connectors. Two of the flat cable connectors (callout 2) are zero insertion
force (ZIF) connectors. Open the latch on the connectors before removing the flat cables. Release the
cables from six retainers (callout 3).
Figure 2-496 Remove one screw
1
3 2
536 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Remove five screws.
Figure 2-497 Remove five screws
4. Lift the main board cage up, and then rotate the lower edge of the cage away from the printer to remove it.
5. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
Special installation instructions: Main board and cage
▲ When reinstalling the top flat cable, make sure that the cable is correctly installed in the ZIF connector
before closing the latch to secure the cable.
Figure 2-498 Install the flat cable
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
ENWW Main parts 537
Step 7: Remove the toner supply drive unit
▲ Disconnect three connectors (callout 1), and then release cables from three retainers (callout 2). Release
the cables from the guides (callout 3). Remove five screws and then remove the toner supply drive unit.
Reinstallation tip: Transfer the cables from the toner supply drive unit to the replacement part.
Figure 2-499 Remove the toner supply drive unit
1
Step 8: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
538 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Toner supply and toner reservoir motors
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
● Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the upper rear cover
● Step 4: Remove the left rear corner cover
● Step 5: Remove the formatter and cage
● Step 6: Remove the main board and cage
● Step 7: Remove the toner supply and toner reservoir motors
● Step 8: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the toner supply and toner reservoir motors.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC31-00110A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Motor - Step
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
ENWW Main parts 539
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
▲ Unscrew two captive thumbscrews on the formatter cover. Slide the formatter cover to the left, and then to
the right to remove.
Figure 2-500 Remove the formatter cover
Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
▲ Remove 8 screw-caps and 11 screws. Lift left side, and then pull the cover straight out on the right.
540 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-501 Remove the lower rear cover
Step 3: Remove the upper rear cover
▲ Remove three screw-caps and five screws. Lift the upper rear cover away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 2-502 Remove the upper rear cover
Step 4: Remove the left rear corner cover
▲ Remove two screw caps and five screws. Slide the upper left cover up and away from the printer to remove
it.
ENWW Main parts 541
Figure 2-503 Remove the upper left cover
Step 5: Remove the formatter and cage
1. Remove one screw.
Figure 2-504 Remove one screw
542 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
2. Disconnect all of the connectors on the formatter. Release the cables from two retainers on the sheet
metal cage (callout 1), and then remove three screws (callout 2).
Figure 2-505 Disconnect formatter connectors and screws
3. Before removing the formatter cage, place a piece of tape or a wire tie (callout 1) around the cables
disconnected from the formatter on the left side. This will identify the cables that will be connected to the
formatter during reassembly.
Figure 2-506 Identify the formatter cables
4. Lift the formatter cage up, push it to the right to clear the boss on the right side, and then pull it away from
the printer to remove it.
Step 6: Remove the main board and cage
1. One of the connectors that must be released above the main board is a spade connector.
ENWW Main parts 543
IMPORTANT: Press in on the center part of the cable connector to release the latch, and then pull the
cable away from the printer to disconnect it. Do not pull on connector without depressing the center latch.
Figure 2-507 Disconnect one connector
2. Do not disconnect the two hard disk drive (HDD) connectors at the top of the main board (callout 1).
Disconnect all of the remaining connectors. Two of the flat cable connectors (callout 2) are zero insertion
force (ZIF) connectors. Open the latch on the connectors before removing the flat cables. Release the
cables from six retainers (callout 3).
Figure 2-508 Remove one screw
1
3 2
544 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Remove five screws.
Figure 2-509 Remove five screws
4. Lift the main board cage up, and then rotate the lower edge of the cage away from the printer to remove it.
5. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
Special installation instructions: Main board and cage
▲ When reinstalling the top flat cable, make sure that the cable is correctly installed in the ZIF connector
before closing the latch to secure the cable.
Figure 2-510 Install the flat cable
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
Step 7: Remove the toner supply and toner reservoir motors
▲ Disconnect one connector and remove two screws for each motor that is replaced.
ENWW Main parts 545
Figure 2-511 Remove the toner supply and toner reservoir motors
Step 8: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
546 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Fuser/exit drive unit
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
● Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the upper rear cover
● Step 4: Remove the LVPS type 4 and cage
● Step 5: Remove the fuser fan
● Step 6: Remove the fuser/exit drive unit
● Step 7: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the fuser/exit drive unit.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC93-01064A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Drive, Fuser Exit
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
ENWW Main parts 547
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
▲ Unscrew two captive thumbscrews on the formatter cover. Slide the formatter cover to the left, and then to
the right to remove.
Figure 2-512 Remove the formatter cover
Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
▲ Remove 8 screw-caps and 11 screws. Lift left side, and then pull the cover straight out on the right.
548 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-513 Remove the lower rear cover
Step 3: Remove the upper rear cover
▲ Remove three screw-caps and five screws. Lift the upper rear cover away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 2-514 Remove the upper rear cover
Step 4: Remove the LVPS type 4 and cage
WARNING! Wait five minutes after turning the printer off to allow the capacitors to dissipate any residual
energy.
1. Release the cables from two retainers (callout 1), disconnect three connectors (callout 2), and then remove
three screws.
ENWW Main parts 549
Figure 2-515 Disconnect connectors and remove screws
1
2
2. Lift the LVPS board and cage slightly away from the printer, and disconnect one connector behind the cage.
Remove the LVPS board and cage.
Figure 2-516 Disconnect one connector
3. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
Special installation instructions: LVPS type 4 and cage
▲ Two of the connectors are the same size and might be installed in the incorrect positions. Make sure
that the two-wire harness (callout 1) is installed on the LVPS Type 4 and the three-wire harness
(callout 2) is installed in the fan connector behind the LVPS Type 4 cage.
550 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-517 LVPS connectors installation
1
2
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
Step 5: Remove the fuser fan
1. Release the cables (callout 1) from the cable guides (callout 2), and then remove three screws.
Figure 2-518 Release the cables and remove three screws
ENWW Main parts 551
2. Pull the fuser fan housing slightly away from the printer, and then disconnect one connector.
Figure 2-519 Disconnect one connector
Step 6: Remove the fuser/exit drive unit
▲ Release one retainer (callout 1), and then disconnect two connectors (callout 2). Remove four screws, and
then remove the fuser/exit drive unit.
Figure 2-520 Remove the fuser/exit drive unit
1
2
Step 7: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
552 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 553
Alienation drive unit or motor
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
● Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the upper rear cover
● Step 4: Remove the left rear corner cover
● Step 5: Remove the formatter and cage
● Step 6: Remove the main drive unit
● Step 7: Remove the alienation drive unit
● Step 8: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the alienation motor.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC93-01068A JC31-00110B
● Assembly (Drive, Engage T1) ● Motor Circuit Step
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
554 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
▲ Unscrew two captive thumbscrews on the formatter cover. Slide the formatter cover to the left, and then to
the right to remove.
Figure 2-521 Remove the formatter cover
Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
▲ Remove 8 screw-caps and 11 screws. Lift left side, and then pull the cover straight out on the right.
ENWW Main parts 555
Figure 2-522 Remove the lower rear cover
Step 3: Remove the upper rear cover
▲ Remove three screw-caps and five screws. Lift the upper rear cover away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 2-523 Remove the upper rear cover
Step 4: Remove the left rear corner cover
▲ Remove two screw caps and five screws. Slide the upper left cover up and away from the printer to remove
it.
556 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-524 Remove the upper left cover
Step 5: Remove the formatter and cage
1. Remove one screw.
Figure 2-525 Remove one screw
ENWW Main parts 557
2. Disconnect all of the connectors on the formatter. Release the cables from two retainers on the sheet
metal cage (callout 1), and then remove three screws (callout 2).
Figure 2-526 Disconnect formatter connectors and screws
3. Before removing the formatter cage, place a piece of tape or a wire tie (callout 1) around the cables
disconnected from the formatter on the left side. This will identify the cables that will be connected to the
formatter during reassembly.
Figure 2-527 Identify the formatter cables
4. Lift the formatter cage up, push it to the right to clear the boss on the right side, and then pull it away from
the printer to remove it.
Step 6: Remove the main drive unit
1. Remove the cables (callout 1) from the cable guide (callout 2), and then release three retainers (callout 3).
Disconnect four connectors (callout 4), and then release the cables from the cable guide (callout 5).
558 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-528 Disconnect and release cables
1
5
2
2. Disconnect three flat cables from the main board (callout 1). One of the flat cable connectors is a zero
insertion force (ZIF) connector. Open the latch on the connector before removing the flat cable. Remove the
flat cables (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 3).
Figure 2-529 Disconnect flat cables
2
3
ENWW Main parts 559
3. Remove eight screws.
Figure 2-530 Remove eight screws
4. Lift the main drive unit up to release the hooks in the sheet metal, rotate it to the right, and then remove it
from under the cables.
Figure 2-531 Remove the main drive unit
560 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
5. Move all the cables (callout 1) and cable guides (callout 2) from the old main drive unit and transfer them to
the replacement unit.
Figure 2-532 Remove cables and guides
Step 7: Remove the alienation drive unit
▲ Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove two screws (callout 2), and then remove the alienation drive
unit.
NOTE: If replacing only the motor, remove the drive unit from the printer and then remove the motor
from the drive unit.
Figure 2-533 Remove the alienation motor
Step 8: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
ENWW Main parts 561
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
562 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Feed/Tray 1 drive unit or motor
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
● Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the feed/Tray 1 drive unit
● Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the feed/Tray 1 drive unit.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC93-01062A JC31-00132A
● Drive, Feed ● Step motor, ip
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
ENWW Main parts 563
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
▲ Unscrew two captive thumbscrews on the formatter cover. Slide the formatter cover to the left, and then to
the right to remove.
Figure 2-534 Remove the formatter cover
Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
▲ Remove 8 screw-caps and 11 screws. Lift left side, and then pull the cover straight out on the right.
Figure 2-535 Remove the lower rear cover
Step 3: Remove the feed/Tray 1 drive unit
▲ Disconnect the motor connector. Remove four screws, and then remove the feed/Tray 1 drive unit.
564 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
NOTE: If replacing only the motor, remove the drive unit from the printer and then remove the motor
from the drive unit.
Figure 2-536 Remove the feed/Tray 1 drive unit
Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 565
Pickup drive (Tray 3) or motor
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
● Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the pickup drive (Tray 3)
● Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace pickup drive unit 2.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC93-01063C JC93-01083A
● Drive, Pick up 2 ● Drive motor, step
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
566 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
▲ Unscrew two captive thumbscrews on the formatter cover. Slide the formatter cover to the left, and then to
the right to remove.
Figure 2-537 Remove the formatter cover
Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
▲ Remove 8 screw-caps and 11 screws. Lift left side, and then pull the cover straight out on the right.
Figure 2-538 Remove the lower rear cover
Step 3: Remove the pickup drive (Tray 3)
▲ Disconnect the motor connector. Remove three screws, and then remove the pickup drive (Tray 3).
ENWW Main parts 567
NOTE: If replacing only the motor, remove the drive unit from the printer and then remove the motor
from the drive unit.
Figure 2-539 Remove pickup drive unit 2
Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
568 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Toner collection unit (TCU) drive and motor
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the TCU
● Step 2: Remove the paper dust brush
● Step 3: Remove the front cover.
● Step 4: Remove the front top inner cover
● Step 5: Remove the front power cover
● Step 6: Remove the exit cover
● Step 7: Remove the inner front cover
● Step 8: Remove the TCU drive
● Step 9: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the toner collection unit (TCU) drive.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC93-01070A JC31-00110A
● Drive, Toner Collection Unit ● Step motor, circuit
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
ENWW Main parts 569
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the TCU
1. Open the front cover.
2. Push both hooks to release the toner collection unit (TCU).
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 2-540 Remove the TCU
Step 2: Remove the paper dust brush
▲ Remove the paper dust brush.
570 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-541 Remove the paper dust brush
Step 3: Remove the front cover.
▲ Remove two screws securing the front cover. While pushing the right hook, remove the front cover.
Figure 2-542 Remove the front cover
Step 4: Remove the front top inner cover
▲ Remove two screw-caps and two screws. Lift the front top inner cover away from the printer to remove it.
ENWW Main parts 571
Figure 2-543 Remove the front top inner cover
Step 5: Remove the front power cover
1. Remove two screw-caps and two screws. Release two tabs on the right, and then rotate the cover slightly
away from the printer.
CAUTION: The cover is still attached to the printer by a cable. Do not completely remove the cover.
Figure 2-544 Remove two screws and rotate the cover
572 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
2. Disconnect one connector, and then remove the cover.
Figure 2-545 Remove the front power cover
Step 6: Remove the exit cover
▲ Remove two screw-caps and two screws, and then lift the exit cover away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 2-546 Remove the exit cover
Step 7: Remove the inner front cover
1. Open the right door.
2. Remove the all of the toner cartridges.
ENWW Main parts 573
3. Remove seven screws.
Figure 2-547 Remove seven screws
4. Lift the inner cover away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 2-548 Remove the inner cover
Step 8: Remove the TCU drive
▲ Disconnect the connector. Remove two screws, and then remove the TCU drive.
NOTE: If replacing only the motor, remove the drive unit from the printer and then remove the motor
from the drive unit.
574 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-549 Remove the TCU drive
Step 9: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 575
Registration drive assembly
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
● Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the upper rear cover
● Step 4: Remove the left rear corner cover
● Step 5: Remove the formatter and cage
● Step 6: Remove the main drive unit
● Step 7: Remove the registration drive assembly
● Step 8: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the registration drive assembly.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC93-01061A JC31-00132A
● Drive, Registration ● Step motor, ip
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
576 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
▲ Unscrew two captive thumbscrews on the formatter cover. Slide the formatter cover to the left, and then to
the right to remove.
Figure 2-550 Remove the formatter cover
Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
▲ Remove 8 screw-caps and 11 screws. Lift left side, and then pull the cover straight out on the right.
ENWW Main parts 577
Figure 2-551 Remove the lower rear cover
Step 3: Remove the upper rear cover
▲ Remove three screw-caps and five screws. Lift the upper rear cover away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 2-552 Remove the upper rear cover
Step 4: Remove the left rear corner cover
▲ Remove two screw caps and five screws. Slide the upper left cover up and away from the printer to remove
it.
578 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-553 Remove the upper left cover
Step 5: Remove the formatter and cage
1. Remove one screw.
Figure 2-554 Remove one screw
ENWW Main parts 579
2. Disconnect all of the connectors on the formatter. Release the cables from two retainers on the sheet
metal cage (callout 1), and then remove three screws (callout 2).
Figure 2-555 Disconnect formatter connectors and screws
3. Before removing the formatter cage, place a piece of tape or a wire tie (callout 1) around the cables
disconnected from the formatter on the left side. This will identify the cables that will be connected to the
formatter during reassembly.
Figure 2-556 Identify the formatter cables
4. Lift the formatter cage up, push it to the right to clear the boss on the right side, and then pull it away from
the printer to remove it.
Step 6: Remove the main drive unit
1. Remove the cables (callout 1) from the cable guide (callout 2), and then release three retainers (callout 3).
Disconnect four connectors (callout 4), and then release the cables from the cable guide (callout 5).
580 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-557 Disconnect and release cables
1
5
2
2. Disconnect three flat cables from the main board (callout 1). One of the flat cable connectors is a zero
insertion force (ZIF) connector. Open the latch on the connector before removing the flat cable. Remove the
flat cables (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 3).
Figure 2-558 Disconnect flat cables
2
3
ENWW Main parts 581
3. Remove eight screws.
Figure 2-559 Remove eight screws
4. Lift the main drive unit up to release the hooks in the sheet metal, rotate it to the right, and then remove it
from under the cables.
Figure 2-560 Remove the main drive unit
582 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
5. Move all the cables (callout 1) and cable guides (callout 2) from the old main drive unit and transfer them to
the replacement unit.
Figure 2-561 Remove cables and guides
Step 7: Remove the registration drive assembly
▲ Disconnect one connector (callout 1). Remove three screws (callout 2), then remove the registration drive
assembly.
NOTE: If replacing only the motor, remove the drive assembly from the printer and then remove the
motor from the drive assembly.
Figure 2-562 Remove the registration drive assembly
Step 8: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
ENWW Main parts 583
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
584 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Main frame pickup 1 and 2
Figure 2-563 Main frame pickup 1 and 2
ENWW Main parts 585
Table 2-10 Main frame pickup 1 and 2
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Main Pick Up 1st JC93-01364A on page 587 1
1-5 Photo-interrupter 0604-001490 on page 596 1
2 Main Pick Up 2nd JC93-01365A on page 606 1
2-3 Photo-interrupter 0604-001381 on page 613 1
586 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Pickup unit 1
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right rear cover
● Step 2: Remove the right door
● Step 3: Remove pickup unit 2
● Step 4: Remove pickup unit 1
● Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace pickup unit 1.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC93-01364A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Main Pick Up 1st
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
ENWW Main parts 587
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the right rear cover
1. Open the right door.
2. Remove four screw-caps and four screws.
Figure 2-564 Remove four screws
3. Lift the handle and remove the right rear cover.
Figure 2-565 Remove the right rear cover
Step 2: Remove the right door
1. Disconnect the right door connector by moving it side-to-side until it releases.
588 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-566 Disconnect one connector
2. Slightly raise the right door and carefully release the right hinge from the hinge pin.
CAUTION: The hinge is spring-loaded and might snap back forcefully. Raise the door to take the tension
off of the spring, and then hold the hinge firmly while releasing it from the hinge pin.
Figure 2-567 Release the right hinge
ENWW Main parts 589
3. Slightly raise the right door, and then release the left dampener.
Figure 2-568 Release the left dampener
4. Open the lower paper feeder door. Lower the right door to 90°, and then rotate the rear side of the door
away from the printer. Slide the door to the rear of the printer to remove it.
CAUTION: Do not lower the door more than 90°. This might result in damage to the door.
Figure 2-569 Remove the right door
Step 3: Remove pickup unit 2
1. Remove the paper trays.
590 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
2. Remove one screw, and then remove the cover.
Figure 2-570 Remove one screw and the cover
3. Remove three screws.
Figure 2-571 Remove three screws
ENWW Main parts 591
4. Rotate the left side of pickup unit 2 away from the printer.
CAUTION: The pickup unit is still attached to the printer by a connector. Do not remove it completely
Figure 2-572 Rotate pickup unit 2
5. Disconnect one connector.
Figure 2-573 Disconnect one connector
6. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
Special installation instructions: Pickup unit 2
▲ When reinstalling pickup unit 2, align the gear, coupler, and bracket on the right side.
592 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-574 Align gear, coupler, and bracket
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
Step 4: Remove pickup unit 1
1. Remove three screws.
Figure 2-575 Remove three screws
ENWW Main parts 593
2. Rotate the left side of pickup unit 1 away from the printer.
CAUTION: The pickup unit is still attached to the printer by a connector. Do not remove it completely
Figure 2-576 Rotate pickup unit 1
3. Disconnect one connector.
Figure 2-577 Disconnect one connector
4. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
Special installation instructions: Pickup unit 1
▲ When reinstalling pickup unit 1, align the gear, couplers, and bracket on the right side.
594 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-578 Align gear, coupler, and bracket
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 595
Pickup lifting and empty sensor (pickup unit 1)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right rear cover
● Step 2: Remove the right door
● Step 3: Remove pickup unit 2
● Step 4: Remove pickup unit 1
● Step 5: Remove the pickup lifting and empty sensor
● Step 6: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the pickup lifting and empty sensor for pickup
unit 1.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
0604-001490
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Photo interrupter
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
596 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the right rear cover
1. Open the right door.
2. Remove four screw-caps and four screws.
Figure 2-579 Remove four screws
3. Lift the handle and remove the right rear cover.
Figure 2-580 Remove the right rear cover
ENWW Main parts 597
Step 2: Remove the right door
1. Disconnect the right door connector by moving it side-to-side until it releases.
Figure 2-581 Disconnect one connector
2. Slightly raise the right door and carefully release the right hinge from the hinge pin.
CAUTION: The hinge is spring-loaded and might snap back forcefully. Raise the door to take the tension
off of the spring, and then hold the hinge firmly while releasing it from the hinge pin.
Figure 2-582 Release the right hinge
598 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Slightly raise the right door, and then release the left dampener.
Figure 2-583 Release the left dampener
4. Open the lower paper feeder door. Lower the right door to 90°, and then rotate the rear side of the door
away from the printer. Slide the door to the rear of the printer to remove it.
CAUTION: Do not lower the door more than 90°. This might result in damage to the door.
Figure 2-584 Remove the right door
Step 3: Remove pickup unit 2
1. Remove the paper trays.
ENWW Main parts 599
2. Remove one screw, and then remove the cover.
Figure 2-585 Remove one screw and the cover
3. Remove three screws.
Figure 2-586 Remove three screws
600 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
4. Rotate the left side of pickup unit 2 away from the printer.
CAUTION: The pickup unit is still attached to the printer by a connector. Do not remove it completely
Figure 2-587 Rotate pickup unit 2
5. Disconnect one connector.
Figure 2-588 Disconnect one connector
6. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
Special installation instructions: Pickup unit 2
▲ When reinstalling pickup unit 2, align the gear, coupler, and bracket on the right side.
ENWW Main parts 601
Figure 2-589 Align gear, coupler, and bracket
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
Step 4: Remove pickup unit 1
1. Remove three screws.
Figure 2-590 Remove three screws
602 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
2. Rotate the left side of pickup unit 1 away from the printer.
CAUTION: The pickup unit is still attached to the printer by a connector. Do not remove it completely
Figure 2-591 Rotate pickup unit 1
3. Disconnect one connector.
Figure 2-592 Disconnect one connector
4. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
Special installation instructions: Pickup unit 1
▲ When reinstalling pickup unit 1, align the gear, couplers, and bracket on the right side.
ENWW Main parts 603
Figure 2-593 Align gear, coupler, and bracket
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
Step 5: Remove the pickup lifting and empty sensor
▲ Disconnect the corresponding sensor connector, and then remove the sensor.
a. [A]: Empty sensor.
b. [B]: Pickup lifting sensor.
Figure 2-594 Remove the pickup lifting and empty sensor
Step 6: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
604 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 605
Pickup unit 2
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right rear cover
● Step 2: Remove the right door
● Step 3: Remove pickup unit 2
● Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace pickup unit 2.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC93-01365A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Main Pick Up 2cnd
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
606 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the right rear cover
1. Open the right door.
2. Remove four screw-caps and four screws.
Figure 2-595 Remove four screws
3. Lift the handle and remove the right rear cover.
Figure 2-596 Remove the right rear cover
Step 2: Remove the right door
1. Disconnect the right door connector by moving it side-to-side until it releases.
ENWW Main parts 607
Figure 2-597 Disconnect one connector
2. Slightly raise the right door and carefully release the right hinge from the hinge pin.
CAUTION: The hinge is spring-loaded and might snap back forcefully. Raise the door to take the tension
off of the spring, and then hold the hinge firmly while releasing it from the hinge pin.
Figure 2-598 Release the right hinge
608 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Slightly raise the right door, and then release the left dampener.
Figure 2-599 Release the left dampener
4. Open the lower paper feeder door. Lower the right door to 90°, and then rotate the rear side of the door
away from the printer. Slide the door to the rear of the printer to remove it.
CAUTION: Do not lower the door more than 90°. This might result in damage to the door.
Figure 2-600 Remove the right door
Step 3: Remove pickup unit 2
1. Remove the paper trays.
ENWW Main parts 609
2. Remove one screw, and then remove the cover.
Figure 2-601 Remove one screw and the cover
3. Remove three screws.
Figure 2-602 Remove three screws
610 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
4. Rotate the left side of pickup unit 2 away from the printer.
CAUTION: The pickup unit is still attached to the printer by a connector. Do not remove it completely
Figure 2-603 Rotate pickup unit 2
5. Disconnect one connector.
Figure 2-604 Disconnect one connector
6. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
Special installation instructions: Pickup unit 2
▲ When reinstalling pickup unit 2, align the gear, coupler, and bracket on the right side.
ENWW Main parts 611
Figure 2-605 Align gear, coupler, and bracket
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
612 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Pickup lifting and empty sensor (pickup unit 2)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right rear cover
● Step 2: Remove the right door
● Step 3: Remove pickup unit 2
● Step 4: Remove the pickup lifting and empty sensor
● Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the pickup lifting and empty sensor for pickup
unit 2.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
0604-001381
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Photo interrupter
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
ENWW Main parts 613
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the right rear cover
1. Open the right door.
2. Remove four screw-caps and four screws.
Figure 2-606 Remove four screws
3. Lift the handle and remove the right rear cover.
Figure 2-607 Remove the right rear cover
614 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Step 2: Remove the right door
1. Disconnect the right door connector by moving it side-to-side until it releases.
Figure 2-608 Disconnect one connector
2. Slightly raise the right door and carefully release the right hinge from the hinge pin.
CAUTION: The hinge is spring-loaded and might snap back forcefully. Raise the door to take the tension
off of the spring, and then hold the hinge firmly while releasing it from the hinge pin.
Figure 2-609 Release the right hinge
ENWW Main parts 615
3. Slightly raise the right door, and then release the left dampener.
Figure 2-610 Release the left dampener
4. Open the lower paper feeder door. Lower the right door to 90°, and then rotate the rear side of the door
away from the printer. Slide the door to the rear of the printer to remove it.
CAUTION: Do not lower the door more than 90°. This might result in damage to the door.
Figure 2-611 Remove the right door
Step 3: Remove pickup unit 2
1. Remove the paper trays.
616 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
2. Remove one screw, and then remove the cover.
Figure 2-612 Remove one screw and the cover
3. Remove three screws.
Figure 2-613 Remove three screws
ENWW Main parts 617
4. Rotate the left side of pickup unit 2 away from the printer.
CAUTION: The pickup unit is still attached to the printer by a connector. Do not remove it completely
Figure 2-614 Rotate pickup unit 2
5. Disconnect one connector.
Figure 2-615 Disconnect one connector
6. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
Special installation instructions: Pickup unit 2
▲ When reinstalling pickup unit 2, align the gear, coupler, and bracket on the right side.
618 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-616 Align gear, coupler, and bracket
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
Step 4: Remove the pickup lifting and empty sensor
▲ Disconnect the corresponding sensor connector, and then remove the sensor.
a. [A]: Empty sensor.
b. [B]: Pickup lifting sensor.
Figure 2-617 Remove the sensor
Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
ENWW Main parts 619
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
620 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Sub-Main frame pickup
Figure 2-618 Sub-Main frame paper pickup
ENWW Main parts 621
Table 2-11 Main frame paper pickup
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Sub Pick Up Upper JC93-01421A 1
1-2 Photo-interrupter 0604-001393 2
3 Feed roller, first exit JC66-04625A 1
5 Tray 2,3 Main rollers JC93-01092A on page 623 3
6 Coupler, torque limiter JC67-00455A 1
622 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Trays 2–x pick, feed, and separation rollers
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the Trays 2–x pick, feed, and separation rollers
● Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the Trays 2–x pick, feed, and separation rollers.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC93-01092A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● HP LaserJet Trays 2-x rollers
Required tools
● No special tools are needed to remove or install this assembly.
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
○ Verify that the printer is in better condition than when you arrived, cosmetically and electrically.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
ENWW Main parts 623
Step 1: Remove the Trays 2–x pick, feed, and separation rollers
NOTE: HP recommends that all three rollers are replaced at the same time.
1. Open the right door.
2. Remove the two cassettes.
Figure 2-619 Remove the two cassettes
3. Inside the tray opening, slide the return guide toward the front of the printer until it stops.
Figure 2-620 Slide the return guide
Reinstallation tip: After installing the new rollers, slide the return guide toward the rear of the printer to
prevent paper jams.
624 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
4. Release the latch at the end of the rollers (callout 1) by pulling the latch tab away from the shaft, and then
slide the pick, feed, and separation rollers off of the shaft (callout 2) to remove them.
Figure 2-621 Remove rollers
5. When removing the rollers, make sure to leave the white couplers (callout 1) in place. If the couplers
become dislodged, reinstall them as shown in the figure below.
NOTE: The figure shows the pickup assembly removed from the printer to more clearly show the
positions of the couplers and rollers.
Figure 2-622 Coupler locations
6. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
Special installation instructions: Trays 2–x pick, feed, and separation rollers
▲ After the replacement rollers are installed, follow these instructions to reset the firmware counter:
ENWW Main parts 625
i. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, select the Support Tools menu.
ii. Select the Service menu.
iii. Make sure that Service Access Code is selected in the drop-down menu, and then enter the
access code (04087617).
iv. Select the Service Tools menu.
v. Select the Supply Status menu.
vi. Select Field Replacement Unit.
vii. Select Tray X Rollers.
viii. Select the tray number for the rollers just replaced.
ix. Select Reset.
Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
626 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Cover
Figure 2-623 Cover
ENWW Main parts 627
Table 2-12 Cover
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Front cover JC95-02109A on page 629 1
2 Inner cover front JC95-02110A on page 632 1
4 Right middle cover JC63-02105A on page 639 1
5 Front cover, lower JC63-04861B 1
6 Middle left cover JC63-05635A on page 642 1
7 Cover, exit JC95-02101A on page 644 1
9 Scan left cover JC63-05587A 1
10 Left cover, upper JC63-05638A on page 647 1
11 Cover, exit rear JC63-04840B 1
14 Scan right cover JC63-05571A 1
16 Right cover, front JC63-04847C 1
17 Right cover, rear JC95-02102A on page 650 1
18 Cover, lower rear JC95-02117A on page 653 1
19 Rear cover, upper JC63-05633A on page 656 1
21 Rear cover, dummy JC63-04863B 1
22 Rear scan cover JC63-04859C 1
22 Rear scan cover (du model only) JC63-04859D 1
24 Left cover JC95-02100A on page 659 1
25 Left cover, top JC63-04862B 1
26 Cover, control panel bottom JC63-05639A 1
27 Cover, control panel top JC63-05640A 1
Not shown Cover, upper right door JC63-04916B on page 662 1
Not shown Strap, front cover JC61-04626A 1
Not shown PCA, sub USB Host JC41-00964A 1
Not shown PCA, front power switch JC92-02969A 1
628 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Front cover
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the front cover
● Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the front cover.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC95-02109A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Cover, front
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
ENWW Main parts 629
Step 1: Remove the front cover
▲ Remove two screws securing the front cover. While pushing the right hook, remove the front cover.
Figure 2-624 Remove the front cover
Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
630 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 631
Inner front cover
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the toner collection unit
● Step 2: Remove the paper dust brush
● Step 3: Remove the front cover
● Step 4: Remove the front top inner cover
● Step 5: Remove the front power cover
● Step 6: Remove the exit cover
● Step 7: Remove the inner front cover
● Step 8: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the inner front cover.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC95-02110A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Cover, Inner Front
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
632 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the toner collection unit
1. Open the front cover.
2. Push both hooks to release the toner collection unit (TCU).
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 2-625 Remove the TCU
Step 2: Remove the paper dust brush
▲ Remove the paper dust brush.
ENWW Main parts 633
Figure 2-626 Remove the paper dust brush
Step 3: Remove the front cover
▲ Remove two screws securing the front cover. While pushing the right hook, remove the front cover.
Figure 2-627 Remove the front cover
Step 4: Remove the front top inner cover
▲ Remove two screw-caps and two screws. Lift the front top inner cover away from the printer to remove it.
634 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-628 Remove the front top inner cover
Step 5: Remove the front power cover
1. Remove two screw-caps and two screws. Release two tabs on the right, and then rotate the cover slightly
away from the printer.
CAUTION: The cover is still attached to the printer by a cable. Do not completely remove the cover.
Figure 2-629 Remove two screws and rotate the cover
ENWW Main parts 635
2. Disconnect one connector, and then remove the cover.
Figure 2-630 Remove the front power cover
Step 6: Remove the exit cover
▲ Remove two screw-caps and two screws, and then lift the exit cover away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 2-631 Remove the exit cover
Step 7: Remove the inner front cover
1. Open the right door.
2. Remove the all of the toner cartridges.
636 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Remove seven screws.
Figure 2-632 Remove seven screws
4. Lift the inner cover away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 2-633 Remove the inner cover
Step 8: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
ENWW Main parts 637
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
638 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Front power cover
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the front top inner cover
● Step 2: Remove the front power cover
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the front power cover.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC63-02105A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Cover, middle right
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
No post service test is available for this assembly.
ENWW Main parts 639
Step 1: Remove the front top inner cover
▲ Remove two screw-caps and two screws. Lift the front top inner cover away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 2-634 Remove the front top inner cover
Step 2: Remove the front power cover
1. Remove two screw-caps and two screws. Release two tabs on the right, and then rotate the cover slightly
away from the printer.
CAUTION: The cover is still attached to the printer by a cable. Do not completely remove the cover.
Figure 2-635 Remove two screws and rotate the cover
640 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
2. Disconnect one connector, and then remove the cover.
Figure 2-636 Remove the front power cover
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 641
Front top inner cover
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the front top inner cover
● Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the front top inner cover.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC63-05635A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Cover, Middle Left
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
No post service test is available for this assembly.
642 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Step 1: Remove the front top inner cover
▲ Remove two screw-caps and two screws. Lift the front top inner cover away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 2-637 Remove the front top inner cover
Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 643
Exit cover
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the front top inner cover
● Step 2: Remove the exit cover
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the exit cover.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC95-02101A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Cover, exit
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
No post service test is available for this assembly.
644 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Step 1: Remove the front top inner cover
▲ Remove two screw-caps and two screws. Lift the front top inner cover away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 2-638 Remove the front top inner cover
Step 2: Remove the exit cover
▲ Remove two screw-caps and two screws, and then lift the exit cover away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 2-639 Remove the exit cover
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
ENWW Main parts 645
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
646 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Left rear corner cover
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
● Step 2: Remove the left rear corner cover
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the left rear corner cover.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC63-05638A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Cover, upper left
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
No post service test is available for this assembly.
ENWW Main parts 647
Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
▲ Unscrew two captive thumbscrews on the formatter cover. Slide the formatter cover to the left, and then to
the right to remove.
Figure 2-640 Remove the formatter cover
Step 2: Remove the left rear corner cover
▲ Remove two screw caps and five screws. Slide the upper left cover up and away from the printer to remove
it.
Figure 2-641 Remove the upper left cover
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
648 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 649
Right rear cover
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right rear cover
● Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the right rear cover.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC95-02102A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Cover, Right Rear
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
No post service test is available for this assembly.
650 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Step 1: Remove the right rear cover
1. Open the right door.
2. Remove four screw-caps and four screws.
Figure 2-642 Remove four screws
3. Lift the handle and remove the right rear cover.
Figure 2-643 Remove the right rear cover
Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
ENWW Main parts 651
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
652 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Lower rear cover
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
● Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the lower rear cover.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC95-02117A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Cover, lower rear
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
No post service test is available for this assembly.
ENWW Main parts 653
Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
▲ Unscrew two captive thumbscrews on the formatter cover. Slide the formatter cover to the left, and then to
the right to remove.
Figure 2-644 Remove the formatter cover
Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
▲ Remove 8 screw-caps and 11 screws. Lift left side, and then pull the cover straight out on the right.
Figure 2-645 Remove the lower rear cover
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
654 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 655
Upper rear cover
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
● Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the upper rear cover
● Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the upper rear cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC63-05633A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Cover, rear upper
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
656 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Post service test
No post service test is available for this assembly.
Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
▲ Unscrew two captive thumbscrews on the formatter cover. Slide the formatter cover to the left, and then to
the right to remove.
Figure 2-646 Remove the formatter cover
Step 2: Remove the lower rear cover
▲ Remove 8 screw-caps and 11 screws. Lift left side, and then pull the cover straight out on the right.
Figure 2-647 Remove the lower rear cover
Step 3: Remove the upper rear cover
▲ Remove three screw-caps and five screws. Lift the upper rear cover away from the printer to remove it.
ENWW Main parts 657
Figure 2-648 Remove the upper rear cover
Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
658 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Left cover
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the left cover
● Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the left cover.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC95-02100A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Cover, left
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
No post service test is available for this assembly.
ENWW Main parts 659
Step 1: Remove the left cover
1. Remove the top left cover.
Figure 2-649 Top left cover
2. Remove seven screw-caps and eight screws, and lift the left cover off of the printer.
Figure 2-650 Remove the left cover
Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
660 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 661
Top right cover
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the front top inner cover
● Step 2: Remove the front power cover
● Step 3: Remove the top right cover
● Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the top right cover.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC63-04916B
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Cover, Right Upper
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
662 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Post service test
No post service test is available for this assembly.
Step 1: Remove the front top inner cover
▲ Remove two screw-caps and two screws. Lift the front top inner cover away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 2-651 Remove the front top inner cover
Step 2: Remove the front power cover
1. Remove two screw-caps and two screws. Release two tabs on the right, and then rotate the cover slightly
away from the printer.
CAUTION: The cover is still attached to the printer by a cable. Do not completely remove the cover.
Figure 2-652 Remove two screws and rotate the cover
ENWW Main parts 663
2. Disconnect one connector, and then remove the cover.
Figure 2-653 Remove the front power cover
Step 3: Remove the top right cover
▲ Remove four screw caps and four screws, and then rotate the upper right door cover away from the printer
to remove it.
Figure 2-654 Remove the upper right door cover
Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
664 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 665
Right door
Figure 2-655 Right door
666 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Table 2-13 Right door
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Tray 1, door JC90-01352B on page 668 1
2 Cover, right door front JC63-04910B 1
3 Cover, dummy LCT JC63-04918B 1
4 Cover, right JC63-04920B 1
5 Cover, upper right door JC63-04916B 1
8 Right door, link JC95-01970A 1
9 Right door, side hinge JC66-04400A 1
11 Motor - step JC93-01085A 1
12 Timing belt, gear 6602-001730 3
14 Spring, ts JC61-07372A 1
23 Timing belt 6602-003183 1
29 Right door damper JC66-04398A 1
Not shown Tray 1 empty sensor 0604-001393 on page 685 1
Not shown Tray 1 paper length sensor 0604-001393 on page 703 1
Not shown Fuser out sensor (Photo Interruptor) 0604-001393 on page 721 1
Not shown Feed 2 sensor 0604-001490 on page 727 1
ENWW Main parts 667
Tray 1 unit (on the right door)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right rear cover
● Step 2: Remove the right door
● Step 3: Remove the feed guide take away lower and feed guide take away upper
● Step 4: Remove the Tray 1 unit
● Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the Tray 1 unit on the right door.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC90-01352B
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Tray 1, Door
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
668 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the right rear cover
1. Open the right door.
2. Remove four screw-caps and four screws.
Figure 2-656 Remove four screws
3. Lift the handle and remove the right rear cover.
Figure 2-657 Remove the right rear cover
Step 2: Remove the right door
1. Disconnect the right door connector by moving it side-to-side until it releases.
ENWW Main parts 669
Figure 2-658 Disconnect one connector
2. Slightly raise the right door and carefully release the right hinge from the hinge pin.
CAUTION: The hinge is spring-loaded and might snap back forcefully. Raise the door to take the tension
off of the spring, and then hold the hinge firmly while releasing it from the hinge pin.
Figure 2-659 Release the right hinge
670 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Slightly raise the right door, and then release the left dampener.
Figure 2-660 Release the left dampener
4. Open the lower paper feeder door. Lower the right door to 90°, and then rotate the rear side of the door
away from the printer. Slide the door to the rear of the printer to remove it.
CAUTION: Do not lower the door more than 90°. This might result in damage to the door.
Figure 2-661 Remove the right door
Step 3: Remove the feed guide take away lower and feed guide take away upper
1. Remove four screws.
ENWW Main parts 671
Figure 2-662 Remove four screws
2. Remove two screws, and then remove the lower cable cover.
Figure 2-663 Remove two screws and the lower cable cover
672 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Remove two screws.
Figure 2-664 Remove two screws
4. Remove one screw.
Figure 2-665 Remove one screw
ENWW Main parts 673
5. Remove the feed guide take away lower.
Figure 2-666 Remove the feed guide take away lower
6. Remove two screws (callout 1).
Figure 2-667 Remove two screws
674 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
7. Lift the feed guide take away upper slightly away from the right door, and then disconnect one connector
(callout 1).
Figure 2-668 Remove the feed guide take away upper
Step 4: Remove the Tray 1 unit
1. Hold the right door upright, open Tray 1, and then release the hinge arm (callout 1).
Figure 2-669 Release the hinge arm
ENWW Main parts 675
2. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the bushing cover (callout 2).
Figure 2-670 Remove one screw and bushing cover
3. Remove one e-ring and bushing (callout 1).
Figure 2-671 Remove one e-ring and bushing
676 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
4. Remove one e-ring and bushing (callout 1).
Figure 2-672 Remove one e-ring and bushing
5. Remove the shaft.
Figure 2-673 Remove the shaft
ENWW Main parts 677
6. Pull the hinge arm up (callout 1), and then remove one screw (callout 2).
Figure 2-674 Remove one screw
7. Release the hinge.
Figure 2-675 Release the hinge
678 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
8. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then release one retainer (callout 2).
Figure 2-676 Remove one screw
9. Remove one screw (callout 1).
Figure 2-677 Remove one screw
ENWW Main parts 679
10. Lift up on the feed roller assembly (callout 1), and then slide it to the left (callout 2) to release it.
Figure 2-678 Release the feed roller assembly
11. Rotate the feed roller assembly to the side.
CAUTION: The feed roller assembly is still attached to the right door. Do not attempt to remove it
completely.
Figure 2-679 Rotate the feed roller assembly
680 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
12. Remove three screws (callout 1).
Figure 2-680 Remove three screws
13. Remove the duplex lower guide.
Figure 2-681 Remove the duplex lower guide
ENWW Main parts 681
14. Remove one screw (callout 1).
Figure 2-682 Remove one screw
15. Remove two screws (callout 1).
Figure 2-683 Remove two screws
682 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
16. Release one retainer (callout 1), disconnect three connectors (callout 2), and then remove two screws
(callout 3).
Figure 2-684 Disconnect three connectors and remove two screws
1
2
17. Release the Tray 1 unit from the right door.
Figure 2-685 Release the Tray 1 unit
ENWW Main parts 683
18. Remove the Tray 1 unit.
Figure 2-686 Remove the Tray 1 unit
Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
684 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Tray 1 empty sensor
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right rear cover
● Step 2: Remove the right door
● Step 3: Remove the feed guide take away lower and feed guide take away upper
● Step 4: Remove the Tray 1 unit
● Step 5: Remove the Tray 1 empty sensor
● Step 6: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the Tray 1 empty sensor.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
0604-001393
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Photo Interrupter
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
ENWW Main parts 685
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the right rear cover
1. Open the right door.
2. Remove four screw-caps and four screws.
Figure 2-687 Remove four screws
3. Lift the handle and remove the right rear cover.
Figure 2-688 Remove the right rear cover
686 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Step 2: Remove the right door
1. Disconnect the right door connector by moving it side-to-side until it releases.
Figure 2-689 Disconnect one connector
2. Slightly raise the right door and carefully release the right hinge from the hinge pin.
CAUTION: The hinge is spring-loaded and might snap back forcefully. Raise the door to take the tension
off of the spring, and then hold the hinge firmly while releasing it from the hinge pin.
Figure 2-690 Release the right hinge
ENWW Main parts 687
3. Slightly raise the right door, and then release the left dampener.
Figure 2-691 Release the left dampener
4. Open the lower paper feeder door. Lower the right door to 90°, and then rotate the rear side of the door
away from the printer. Slide the door to the rear of the printer to remove it.
CAUTION: Do not lower the door more than 90°. This might result in damage to the door.
Figure 2-692 Remove the right door
Step 3: Remove the feed guide take away lower and feed guide take away upper
1. Remove four screws.
688 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-693 Remove four screws
2. Remove two screws, and then remove the lower cable cover.
Figure 2-694 Remove two screws and the lower cable cover
ENWW Main parts 689
3. Remove two screws.
Figure 2-695 Remove two screws
4. Remove one screw.
Figure 2-696 Remove one screw
690 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
5. Remove the feed guide take away lower.
Figure 2-697 Remove the feed guide take away lower
6. Remove two screws (callout 1).
Figure 2-698 Remove two screws
ENWW Main parts 691
7. Lift the feed guide take away upper slightly away from the right door, and then disconnect one connector
(callout 1).
Figure 2-699 Remove the feed guide take away upper
Step 4: Remove the Tray 1 unit
1. Hold the right door upright, open Tray 1, and then release the hinge arm (callout 1).
Figure 2-700 Release the hinge arm
692 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
2. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the bushing cover (callout 2).
Figure 2-701 Remove one screw and bushing cover
3. Remove one e-ring and bushing (callout 1).
Figure 2-702 Remove one e-ring and bushing
ENWW Main parts 693
4. Remove one e-ring and bushing (callout 1).
Figure 2-703 Remove one e-ring and bushing
5. Remove the shaft.
Figure 2-704 Remove the shaft
694 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
6. Pull the hinge arm up (callout 1), and then remove one screw (callout 2).
Figure 2-705 Remove one screw
7. Release the hinge.
Figure 2-706 Release the hinge
ENWW Main parts 695
8. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then release one retainer (callout 2).
Figure 2-707 Remove one screw
9. Remove one screw (callout 1).
Figure 2-708 Remove one screw
696 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
10. Lift up on the feed roller assembly (callout 1), and then slide it to the left (callout 2) to release it.
Figure 2-709 Release the feed roller assembly
11. Rotate the feed roller assembly to the side.
CAUTION: The feed roller assembly is still attached to the right door. Do not attempt to remove it
completely.
Figure 2-710 Rotate the feed roller assembly
ENWW Main parts 697
12. Remove three screws (callout 1).
Figure 2-711 Remove three screws
13. Remove the duplex lower guide.
Figure 2-712 Remove the duplex lower guide
698 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
14. Remove one screw (callout 1).
Figure 2-713 Remove one screw
15. Remove two screws (callout 1).
Figure 2-714 Remove two screws
ENWW Main parts 699
16. Release one retainer (callout 1), disconnect three connectors (callout 2), and then remove two screws
(callout 3).
Figure 2-715 Disconnect three connectors and remove two screws
1
2
17. Release the Tray 1 unit from the right door.
Figure 2-716 Release the Tray 1 unit
700 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
18. Remove the Tray 1 unit.
Figure 2-717 Remove the Tray 1 unit
Step 5: Remove the Tray 1 empty sensor
▲ Disconnect the connector, and then remove the Tray 1 empty sensor.
Figure 2-718 Remove the Tray 1 empty sensor
Step 6: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
ENWW Main parts 701
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
702 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Tray 1 paper length sensor
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right rear cover
● Step 2: Remove the right door
● Step 3: Remove the feed guide take away lower and feed guide take away upper
● Step 4: Remove the Tray 1 unit
● Step 5: Remove the Tray 1 paper length sensor
● Step 6: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the Tray 1 paper length sensor.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
0604-001393
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Tray 1 paper length sensor
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
ENWW Main parts 703
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the right rear cover
1. Open the right door.
2. Remove four screw-caps and four screws.
Figure 2-719 Remove four screws
3. Lift the handle and remove the right rear cover.
Figure 2-720 Remove the right rear cover
704 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Step 2: Remove the right door
1. Disconnect the right door connector by moving it side-to-side until it releases.
Figure 2-721 Disconnect one connector
2. Slightly raise the right door and carefully release the right hinge from the hinge pin.
CAUTION: The hinge is spring-loaded and might snap back forcefully. Raise the door to take the tension
off of the spring, and then hold the hinge firmly while releasing it from the hinge pin.
Figure 2-722 Release the right hinge
ENWW Main parts 705
3. Slightly raise the right door, and then release the left dampener.
Figure 2-723 Release the left dampener
4. Open the lower paper feeder door. Lower the right door to 90°, and then rotate the rear side of the door
away from the printer. Slide the door to the rear of the printer to remove it.
CAUTION: Do not lower the door more than 90°. This might result in damage to the door.
Figure 2-724 Remove the right door
Step 3: Remove the feed guide take away lower and feed guide take away upper
1. Remove four screws.
706 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-725 Remove four screws
2. Remove two screws, and then remove the lower cable cover.
Figure 2-726 Remove two screws and the lower cable cover
ENWW Main parts 707
3. Remove two screws.
Figure 2-727 Remove two screws
4. Remove one screw.
Figure 2-728 Remove one screw
708 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
5. Remove the feed guide take away lower.
Figure 2-729 Remove the feed guide take away lower
6. Remove two screws (callout 1).
Figure 2-730 Remove two screws
ENWW Main parts 709
7. Lift the feed guide take away upper slightly away from the right door, and then disconnect one connector
(callout 1).
Figure 2-731 Remove the feed guide take away upper
Step 4: Remove the Tray 1 unit
1. Hold the right door upright, open Tray 1, and then release the hinge arm (callout 1).
Figure 2-732 Release the hinge arm
710 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
2. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the bushing cover (callout 2).
Figure 2-733 Remove one screw and bushing cover
3. Remove one e-ring and bushing (callout 1).
Figure 2-734 Remove one e-ring and bushing
ENWW Main parts 711
4. Remove one e-ring and bushing (callout 1).
Figure 2-735 Remove one e-ring and bushing
5. Remove the shaft.
Figure 2-736 Remove the shaft
712 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
6. Pull the hinge arm up (callout 1), and then remove one screw (callout 2).
Figure 2-737 Remove one screw
7. Release the hinge.
Figure 2-738 Release the hinge
ENWW Main parts 713
8. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then release one retainer (callout 2).
Figure 2-739 Remove one screw
9. Remove one screw (callout 1).
Figure 2-740 Remove one screw
714 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
10. Lift up on the feed roller assembly (callout 1), and then slide it to the left (callout 2) to release it.
Figure 2-741 Release the feed roller assembly
11. Rotate the feed roller assembly to the side.
CAUTION: The feed roller assembly is still attached to the right door. Do not attempt to remove it
completely.
Figure 2-742 Rotate the feed roller assembly
ENWW Main parts 715
12. Remove three screws (callout 1).
Figure 2-743 Remove three screws
13. Remove the duplex lower guide.
Figure 2-744 Remove the duplex lower guide
716 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
14. Remove one screw (callout 1).
Figure 2-745 Remove one screw
15. Remove two screws (callout 1).
Figure 2-746 Remove two screws
ENWW Main parts 717
16. Release one retainer (callout 1), disconnect three connectors (callout 2), and then remove two screws
(callout 3).
Figure 2-747 Disconnect three connectors and remove two screws
1
2
17. Release the Tray 1 unit from the right door.
Figure 2-748 Release the Tray 1 unit
718 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
18. Remove the Tray 1 unit.
Figure 2-749 Remove the Tray 1 unit
Step 5: Remove the Tray 1 paper length sensor
1. Remove the Tray 1 tray upper.
Figure 2-750 Remove the Tray 1 tray upper
ENWW Main parts 719
2. Disconnect one connector, and then remove the Tray 1 paper length sensor.
Figure 2-751 Remove the Tray 1 paper length sensor
Step 6: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
720 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Fuser out sensor (on the right door)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right rear cover
● Step 2: Remove the right door
● Step 3: Remove the fuser out sensor
● Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the fuser out sensor.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
0604-001393
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Fuser out sensor
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
ENWW Main parts 721
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the right rear cover
1. Open the right door.
2. Remove four screw-caps and four screws.
Figure 2-752 Remove four screws
3. Lift the handle and remove the right rear cover.
Figure 2-753 Remove the right rear cover
Step 2: Remove the right door
1. Disconnect the right door connector by moving it side-to-side until it releases.
722 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-754 Disconnect one connector
2. Slightly raise the right door and carefully release the right hinge from the hinge pin.
CAUTION: The hinge is spring-loaded and might snap back forcefully. Raise the door to take the tension
off of the spring, and then hold the hinge firmly while releasing it from the hinge pin.
Figure 2-755 Release the right hinge
ENWW Main parts 723
3. Slightly raise the right door, and then release the left dampener.
Figure 2-756 Release the left dampener
4. Open the lower paper feeder door. Lower the right door to 90°, and then rotate the rear side of the door
away from the printer. Slide the door to the rear of the printer to remove it.
CAUTION: Do not lower the door more than 90°. This might result in damage to the door.
Figure 2-757 Remove the right door
Step 3: Remove the fuser out sensor
1. Remove the right rear cover.
2. Remove the right door.
724 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Remove one screw on the back, top corner of the door.
Figure 2-758 Remove one screw
4. Remove one screw on the front, top corner of the door, and then open the cover-side exit.
Figure 2-759 Remove one screw
5. Remove one screw, and then rotate the sensor holder up.
Figure 2-760 Remove one screw
ENWW Main parts 725
6. Disconnect the sensor connector, and then remove the fuser-out sensor from its holder.
Figure 2-761 Disconnect one connector
Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
726 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Feed 2 sensor (on the right door)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right rear cover
● Step 2: Remove the right door
● Step 3: Remove the feed guide take away lower and feed guide take away upper
● Step 4: Remove the feed 2 sensor
● Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the feed 2 sensor.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
0604-001490
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Feed sensor
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
ENWW Main parts 727
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the right rear cover
1. Open the right door.
2. Remove four screw-caps and four screws.
Figure 2-762 Remove four screws
3. Lift the handle and remove the right rear cover.
Figure 2-763 Remove the right rear cover
Step 2: Remove the right door
1. Disconnect the right door connector by moving it side-to-side until it releases.
728 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-764 Disconnect one connector
2. Slightly raise the right door and carefully release the right hinge from the hinge pin.
CAUTION: The hinge is spring-loaded and might snap back forcefully. Raise the door to take the tension
off of the spring, and then hold the hinge firmly while releasing it from the hinge pin.
Figure 2-765 Release the right hinge
ENWW Main parts 729
3. Slightly raise the right door, and then release the left dampener.
Figure 2-766 Release the left dampener
4. Open the lower paper feeder door. Lower the right door to 90°, and then rotate the rear side of the door
away from the printer. Slide the door to the rear of the printer to remove it.
CAUTION: Do not lower the door more than 90°. This might result in damage to the door.
Figure 2-767 Remove the right door
Step 3: Remove the feed guide take away lower and feed guide take away upper
1. Remove four screws.
730 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-768 Remove four screws
2. Remove two screws, and then remove the lower cable cover.
Figure 2-769 Remove two screws and the lower cable cover
ENWW Main parts 731
3. Remove two screws.
Figure 2-770 Remove two screws
4. Remove one screw.
Figure 2-771 Remove one screw
732 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
5. Remove the feed guide take away lower.
Figure 2-772 Remove the feed guide take away lower
6. Remove two screws (callout 1).
Figure 2-773 Remove two screws
ENWW Main parts 733
7. Lift the feed guide take away upper slightly away from the right door, and then disconnect one connector
(callout 1).
Figure 2-774 Remove the feed guide take away upper
Step 4: Remove the feed 2 sensor
▲ Disconnect the sensor connector, and then remove the feed sensor located on the feed guide take away
upper.
Figure 2-775 Disconnect one connector and remove the feed sensor
Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
734 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 735
Tray 1
Figure 2-776 Tray 1
736 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Table 2-14 Tray 1
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Tray 1, main pickup JC90-01357B 1
10 Tray 1, main rollers JC93-00540B on page 738 3
11 Tray 1, bracket pickup JC90-01355A 1
11-1 Solenoid, tray 1 JC33-00029B on page 742 1
11-4 Photo-interrupter 0604-001393 1
11-5 Actuator lever, empty JC66-04459A 1
ENWW Main parts 737
Tray 1 pickup/reverse/feed roller
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the Tray 1 pickup/reverse/feed roller
● Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the Tray 1 pickup/reverse/feed roller.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC93-00540B
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Tray 1 (MP) Roller
Required tools
● Small, flat-blade screwdriver
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
○ Verify that the printer is in better condition than when you arrived, cosmetically and electrically.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
738 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Step 1: Remove the Tray 1 pickup/reverse/feed roller
1. Open Tray 1. Use a small flat blade screwdriver to release the tab on the right side of the cover.
NOTE: The plastic tabs on the edges of the cover might require extra pressure to remove.
Figure 2-777 Remove the cover
2. Remove the cover shown using a small flat blade screwdriver to release the tab on the right side of the
cover.
NOTE: The flag, it will need to be moved out of the way to remove cover.
Figure 2-778 Remove cover
ENWW Main parts 739
3. Release the small tab and remove the Tray 1 pick/reverse/feed roller (callout 2). The flag (callout 1) will
need to be moved out of the way to release rollers. Use caution and remove slowly to avoid loosening the
parts behind the rollers. If these parts come loose, they might fall into the printer and will be difficult to
retrieve. Note the location of all components.
NOTE: It is recommended to replace all three rollers at the same time.
Figure 2-779 Remove the Tray 1 pick/reverse/feed roller
4. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
Special installation instructions: Tray 1 pick/reverse/feed roller
▲ After the replacement rollers are installed, follow these instructions to reset the firmware counter:
i. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, select the Support Tools menu.
ii. Select the Service menu.
iii. Make sure that Service Access Code is selected in the drop-down menu, and then enter the
service access code.
iv. Select the Service Tools menu.
v. Select the Supply Status menu.
vi. Select Field Replacement Unit.
vii. Select Tray X Rollers.
viii. Select Tray 1 Roller Kit.
ix. Select Reset.
Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
740 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 741
Tray 1 solenoid
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right rear cover
● Step 2: Remove the right door
● Step 3: Remove the feed guide take away lower and feed guide take away upper
● Step 4: Remove the Tray 1 unit
● Step 5: Remove the Tray 1 solenoid
● Step 6: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the Tray 1 solenoid.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC33-00029B
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Solenoid, Tray 1
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
742 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the right rear cover
1. Open the right door.
2. Remove four screw-caps and four screws.
Figure 2-780 Remove four screws
3. Lift the handle and remove the right rear cover.
Figure 2-781 Remove the right rear cover
ENWW Main parts 743
Step 2: Remove the right door
1. Disconnect the right door connector by moving it side-to-side until it releases.
Figure 2-782 Disconnect one connector
2. Slightly raise the right door and carefully release the right hinge from the hinge pin.
CAUTION: The hinge is spring-loaded and might snap back forcefully. Raise the door to take the tension
off of the spring, and then hold the hinge firmly while releasing it from the hinge pin.
Figure 2-783 Release the right hinge
744 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Slightly raise the right door, and then release the left dampener.
Figure 2-784 Release the left dampener
4. Open the lower paper feeder door. Lower the right door to 90°, and then rotate the rear side of the door
away from the printer. Slide the door to the rear of the printer to remove it.
CAUTION: Do not lower the door more than 90°. This might result in damage to the door.
Figure 2-785 Remove the right door
Step 3: Remove the feed guide take away lower and feed guide take away upper
1. Remove four screws.
ENWW Main parts 745
Figure 2-786 Remove four screws
2. Remove two screws, and then remove the lower cable cover.
Figure 2-787 Remove two screws and the lower cable cover
746 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Remove two screws.
Figure 2-788 Remove two screws
4. Remove one screw.
Figure 2-789 Remove one screw
ENWW Main parts 747
5. Remove the feed guide take away lower.
Figure 2-790 Remove the feed guide take away lower
6. Remove two screws (callout 1).
Figure 2-791 Remove two screws
748 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
7. Lift the feed guide take away upper slightly away from the right door, and then disconnect one connector
(callout 1).
Figure 2-792 Remove the feed guide take away upper
Step 4: Remove the Tray 1 unit
1. Hold the right door upright, open Tray 1, and then release the hinge arm (callout 1).
Figure 2-793 Release the hinge arm
ENWW Main parts 749
2. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the bushing cover (callout 2).
Figure 2-794 Remove one screw and bushing cover
3. Remove one e-ring and bushing (callout 1).
Figure 2-795 Remove one e-ring and bushing
750 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
4. Remove one e-ring and bushing (callout 1).
Figure 2-796 Remove one e-ring and bushing
5. Remove the shaft.
Figure 2-797 Remove the shaft
ENWW Main parts 751
6. Pull the hinge arm up (callout 1), and then remove one screw (callout 2).
Figure 2-798 Remove one screw
7. Release the hinge.
Figure 2-799 Release the hinge
752 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
8. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then release one retainer (callout 2).
Figure 2-800 Remove one screw
9. Remove one screw (callout 1).
Figure 2-801 Remove one screw
ENWW Main parts 753
10. Lift up on the feed roller assembly (callout 1), and then slide it to the left (callout 2) to release it.
Figure 2-802 Release the feed roller assembly
11. Rotate the feed roller assembly to the side.
CAUTION: The feed roller assembly is still attached to the right door. Do not attempt to remove it
completely.
Figure 2-803 Rotate the feed roller assembly
754 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
12. Remove three screws (callout 1).
Figure 2-804 Remove three screws
13. Remove the duplex lower guide.
Figure 2-805 Remove the duplex lower guide
ENWW Main parts 755
14. Remove one screw (callout 1).
Figure 2-806 Remove one screw
15. Remove two screws (callout 1).
Figure 2-807 Remove two screws
756 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
16. Release one retainer (callout 1), disconnect three connectors (callout 2), and then remove two screws
(callout 3).
Figure 2-808 Disconnect three connectors and remove two screws
1
2
17. Release the Tray 1 unit from the right door.
Figure 2-809 Release the Tray 1 unit
ENWW Main parts 757
18. Remove the Tray 1 unit.
Figure 2-810 Remove the Tray 1 unit
Step 5: Remove the Tray 1 solenoid
1. Remove two screws, remove three gears, and then release Tray 1.
Figure 2-811 Remove two screws and three gears
758 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
2. Remove two screws, three e-rings, and three bushings. Remove the bracket-rear.
Figure 2-812 Remove the bracket-rear
3. Remove seven screws, and then remove the frame-base.
Figure 2-813 Remove seven screws
4. Remove two screws, and then remove the Tray 1 solenoid.
Figure 2-814 Remove two screws
Step 6: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
ENWW Main parts 759
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
760 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Right door guide
Figure 2-815 Right door guide
ENWW Main parts 761
Table 2-15 Right door guide
Ref Description Part number Qty
0 Right door side guide JC95-01969A 1
2 Photo-interrupter 0604-001393 1
3 Spring, tension 6107-001737 1
4 Actuator lever, dup JC66-04405A 1
6 Spring, cs 6107-001731 4
7 Idle roller, rubber JC66-02289B 4
8 Feed guide JC61-06988A 1
762 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Right door side exit
Figure 2-816 Right door exit and takeaway
ENWW Main parts 763
Table 2-16 Right door exit and takeaway
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Right door side exit JC95-01968A 1
1-2 Spring, ts 6107-001737 1
1-3 Actuator lever, fuser out JC66-04406A 1
1-4 Photo-interrupter 0604-001393 1
2 Right door, side takeaway JC95-01972A 1
2-2 Photo-interrupter 0604-001490 1
Not shown Switch assembly - right door JC93-01467A 1
764 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
T2 transfer assembly
Figure 2-817 T2 transfer
ENWW Main parts 765
Table 2-17 T2 transfer
Ref Description Part number Qty
0 T2 transfer JC93-01078A 1
1 T2 transfer roller assy JC93-01080A 1
766 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
ADF (LX/du models)
Figure 2-818 ADF (LX models)
ENWW Main parts 767
Table 2-18 ADF (LX models)
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 ADF cover open (LX) JC97-04853A on page 773 1
2 ADF pickup (LX) JC97-04856A 1
3 ADF, front cover (LX) JC63-05563A 1
4 ADF, cover rear (LX) JC63-05561A 1
7 ADF stacker (LX) JC97-04859A on page 779 1
7-4 ADF pinion gear (LX) JC66-04079A 1
7-5 Photo interrupter 0604-001393 1
768 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
ADF whole unit (LX models)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the document feeder whole unit
● Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the document feeder whole unit assembly.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
JC97-05074A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Document feeder whole unit assembly (LX/du models)
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Copy, scan, or print a document. Verify the document copies, scans, or prints correctly.
ENWW Main parts 769
Step 1: Remove the document feeder whole unit
1. Remove the formatter cover and the upper rear cover.
Figure 2-819 Remove the formatter cover and the upper rear cover
2. Remover one screw cap and screw (callout 1), and then remove the document feeder connector cover
(callout 2).
Figure 2-820 Remove the document feeder connector cover
770 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Remove one screw to release the ground wire (callout 1), and then disconnect three connectors (callout 2).
Figure 2-821 Remove the document feeder harness and ground wire
4. Disconnect the document feeder harness from the PCA - ADF HIC. Remove one connector and one
grounding wire.
5. Release one screw on each hinge stop on the back of the document feeder.
Figure 2-822 Release the document feeder hinge screws
ENWW Main parts 771
6. Remove two screws. Slide the assembly back, and then lift the document feeder to remove.
Figure 2-823 Lift and remove the document feeder
Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
772 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Document feeder (ADF) jam access cover (LX/du models)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the document feeder (ADF) back cover (LX models)
● Step 2: Remove the document feeder (ADF) jam access cover
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the jam access cover.
Click here to view a video of this procedure for HP Color LaserJet MFP.
Click here to view a video of this procedure for HP LaserJet MFP
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
JC97-04853A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Jam access cover (LX)
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Copy, scan, or print a document. Verify the document copies, scans, or prints correctly.
ENWW Main parts 773
Step 1: Remove the document feeder (ADF) back cover (LX models)
1. Remove two screws from the top of document feeder back cover.
Figure 2-824 Remove the document feeder back cover top screws
2. Using a JIS #2 stubby screwdriver, remove five screws from the bottom of the document feeder back cover.
Figure 2-825 Remove the document feeder back cover bottom screws
774 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Release the tab on the right side of the back cover.
Figure 2-826 Release one tab on the right side of back cover.
ENWW Main parts 775
4. Release the three tabs on back cover to remove the back cover.
Figure 2-827 Release three tabs on the back cover.
NOTE: The tabs on the underside of the cover.
776 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
5. Remove the back cover from the left to right as shown in the photo.
Figure 2-828 Remove back cover.
TIP: To reinstall cover, install from the right to left.
Step 2: Remove the document feeder (ADF) jam access cover
1. Open the jam access cover, and then remove one screw.
Figure 2-829 Remove the jam access cover screw
ENWW Main parts 777
2. Remove the pivot pin, and then pivot the cover and release the hinge to remove the jam access cover.
Figure 2-830 Remove the jam access cover
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
778 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Document feeder (ADF) input tray (LX/du models)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the document feeder (ADF) front cover (LX/du models)
● Step 2: Remove the document feeder (ADF) back cover
● Step 3: Remove the document feeder (ADF) input tray
● Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the document feeder input tray.
Click here to view a video of this procedure for HP Color LaserJet MFP.
Click here to view a video of this procedure for HP LaserJet MFP
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
JC97-04859A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● ADF stacker (LX)
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Copy, scan, or print a document. Verify the document copies, scans, or prints correctly.
ENWW Main parts 779
Step 1: Remove the document feeder (ADF) front cover (LX/du models)
1. Remove two screws from the top of document feeder front cover.
Figure 2-831 Remove the document feeder front cover top screws
2. Remove three screws from the bottom of the document feeder front cover, and then remove the
document feeder front cover.
Figure 2-832 Remove the document feeder front cover bottom screws
Step 2: Remove the document feeder (ADF) back cover
1. Remove two screws from the top of document feeder back cover.
780 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-833 Remove two screws from document back cover.
2. Using a JIS #2 stubby screwdriver, remove five screws from the bottom of the document feeder back cover.
Figure 2-834 Remove the document feeder back cover bottom screws
ENWW Main parts 781
3. Release the tab on the right side of the back cover.
Figure 2-835 Release one tab on the right side of back cover.
782 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
4. Release the three tabs on back cover to remove the back cover.
Figure 2-836 Release three tabs on the back cover.
NOTE: The tabs on the underside of the cover.
ENWW Main parts 783
5. Remove the back cover from the left to right as shown in the photo.
Figure 2-837 Remove back cover.
TIP: To reinstall cover, install from the right to left.
Step 3: Remove the document feeder (ADF) input tray
1. Disconnect one connector on document feeder board (callout 1), remove one screw, and then remove the
hinge pin (callout 2).
Figure 2-838 Remove the input tray connector, screw, and hinge pin
1
2
2. Remove the input tray. Carefully guide the cable out of the chassis while removing the tray.
Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
784 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 785
Document feeder (ADF) contact image sensor (CIS) (LX/du models)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the document feeder (ADF) front cover
● Step 2: Remove the document feeder (ADF) back cover
● Step 3: Remove the pick and feed roller assembly
● Step 5: Remove the CIS assembly
● Step 6: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the CIS assembly.
Click here to view a video of this procedure for HP Color LaserJet MFP.
Click here to view a video of this procedure for HP LaserJet MFP
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
JC97-04722A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Contact Image Sensor (CIS) (LX)
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Copy, scan, or print a document. Verify the document copies, scans, or prints correctly.
786 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Step 1: Remove the document feeder (ADF) front cover
1. Remove two screws from the top of document feeder front cover.
Figure 2-839 Remove the document feeder front cover top screws
2. Remove three screws from the bottom of the document feeder front cover, and then remove the
document feeder front cover.
Figure 2-840 Remove the document feeder front cover bottom screws
Step 2: Remove the document feeder (ADF) back cover
1. Remove two screws from the top of document feeder back cover.
ENWW Main parts 787
Figure 2-841 Remove the document feeder back cover top screws
2. Using a JIS #2 stubby screwdriver, remove five screws from the bottom of the document feeder back cover.
Figure 2-842 Remove the document feeder back cover bottom screws
788 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Release the tab on the right side of the back cover.
Figure 2-843 Release one tab on the right side of back cover.
ENWW Main parts 789
4. Release the three tabs on back cover to remove the back cover.
Figure 2-844 Release three tabs on the back cover.
NOTE: The tabs on the underside of the cover.
790 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
5. Remove the back cover from the left to right as shown in the photo.
Figure 2-845 Remove back cover.
TIP: To reinstall cover, install from the right to left.
Step 3: Remove the pick and feed roller assembly
1. Remove four screws.
Figure 2-846 Remove four screws.
ENWW Main parts 791
2. Remove two screws on the front cover.
Figure 2-847 Remove 2 screws on front cover.
3. Open the ADF and then remove three screw caps.
Figure 2-848 Remove 2 screw caps.
792 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
4. Remove three screws and, then remove front cover.
Figure 2-849 Remove three screws and, then remove front cover.
5. Rotate the pick/feed roller assembly to release the sheet metal tab from ADF frame.
Figure 2-850 Rotate pick/feed roller assembly to release sheet metal tab from ADF frame.
ENWW Main parts 793
6. To remove the pick/feed roller assembly lift up on the front side (callout 1) and, then slide towards the
front (callout 2) to release the pick/feed roller assy.
Figure 2-851 Release the pick/feed roller assembly.
794 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
7. Rrotate the roller assembly over, and then disconnect one connectors. Remove the document feeder pick
roller assembly.
Figure 2-852 Remove the document feeder pick roller assembly
TIP: Note the four flags (callout 1) on the bottom of the pick/feed roller assembly. When reinstalling, hold
up the flags while reinstall to allow for proper installation.
Figure 2-853 Pick/Feed roller assembly four flags.
Step 5: Remove the CIS assembly
1. Remove one screw, and then remove the CIS front alignment cover.
Reinstallation tip: Note the orientation of the CIS front alignment cover for reinstallation; the cover must
reinstalled with the same orientation.
ENWW Main parts 795
Figure 2-854 Remove the CIS front alignment cover screws
2. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then lift the alignment pin to release the CIS assembly (callout 2).
Figure 2-855 Disconnect the CIS connector and lift the alignment pin
3. Remove the CIS assembly from the chassis.
Step 6: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
796 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 797
Document feeder (ADF) main motor (LX/du models)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the document feeder (ADF) back cover
● Step 2: Remove the main motor
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the main motor assembly.
Click here to view a video of this procedure for HP Color LaserJet MFP.
Click here to view a video of this procedure for HP LaserJet MFP
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
JC31-00163A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Main motor assembly (LX)
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Copy, scan, or print a document. Verify the document copies, scans, or prints correctly.
798 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Step 1: Remove the document feeder (ADF) back cover
1. Remove two screws from the top of document feeder back cover.
Figure 2-856 Remove the document feeder back cover top screws
2. Using a JIS #2 stubby screwdriver, remove five screws from the bottom of the document feeder back cover.
Figure 2-857 Remove the document feeder back cover bottom screws
ENWW Main parts 799
3. Release the tab on the right side of the back cover.
Figure 2-858 Release one tab on the right side of back cover.
800 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
4. Release the three tabs on back cover to remove the back cover.
Figure 2-859 Release three tabs on the back cover.
NOTE: The tabs on the underside of the cover.
ENWW Main parts 801
5. Remove the back cover from the left to right as shown in the photo.
Figure 2-860 Remove back cover.
TIP: To reinstall cover, install from the right to left.
Step 2: Remove the main motor
1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove the tension spring (callout 2), and then remove four screws
(callout 3).
Figure 2-861 Remove the main motor connector, spring, and screws
2
1
2. Carefully lift the motor out while releasing the gear belt.
802 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-862 Main motor and gear belt
Reinstallation tip:
a. Reinstall the motor and lift the gear belt up to engage the motor pulley.
b. Loosely install the motor mount screws.
c. Install the tension spring.
d. Tighten the motor mount screws just enough so that the tension spring (not the motor mount
screws) is providing the tension to the belt.
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
ENWW Main parts 803
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
804 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
ADF exterior and ADF pickup (LX/du models)
Figure 2-863 ADF exterior and ADF pickup (LX/dn models)
ENWW Main parts 805
Table 2-19 ADF exterior and pickup (LX/dn models)
Ref Description Part number Qty
1-1 LX/dn PCA JC92-02962A on page 812 1
1-5 LX/dn, hinge r JC97-04528A 1
1-6 LX/dn, hinge l JC97-04527A 1
2-2 Photo interrupter 0604-001393 1
2-5 Pick Roller Assy - LX/dn JC97-04857A on page 807 1
2-5-1 LX/dn pick roller JC97-04099A 1
2-5-6 LX feed roller JC97-04860A 1
2-11 LX/dn - Spring 6107-003581 1
806 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Document feeder (ADF) pick/feed roller assembly (LX/du model)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the document feeder (ADF) (LX/du models) pick and feed roller assembly
● Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
Two document feeder types are available for this product. Products with “z” bundles are equipped with “Flow”
document feeders. Products with “du” bundles are equipped with the standard document feeder.
This document provides the procedures to remove the document feeder pickup roller assembly.
Click here to view a video of this procedure for HP Color LaserJet MFP.
Click here to view a video of this procedure for HP LaserJet MFP
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
JC97-04857A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Pick feed roller assy (LX)
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Copy, scan, or print a document. Verify the document copies, scans, or prints correctly.
ENWW Main parts 807
Step 1: Remove the document feeder (ADF) (LX/du models) pick and feed roller assembly
1. Open the document feeder cover.
Figure 2-864 Open the document feeder cover
2. Remove four screws in the document feeder pick roller assembly cover.
NOTE: Remove one spring (callout 2; not shown)
Figure 2-865 Remove the document feeder cover screws
808 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Rotate the document feeder pickup cover up, and then disconnect one connector (callout 1).
Figure 2-866 Turn the cover over and disconnect connector
4. NOTE: The figure below shows the roller cover and the roller assembly when removed.
Figure 2-867 Document feeder pick roller cover and roller assembly
ENWW Main parts 809
5. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the sensor flag bracket (callout 2).
Reinstallation tip: When the roller assembly is reinstalled, make sure that the sensor flags (on both sides
of the assembly) are correctly isntalled and move freely.
Figure 2-868 Remove one screw and the sensor flag bracket
6. Release two plastic clips (callout 1), slide bushing toward roller assembly (callout 2), and then slide the
shaft towards front of printer to release it (callout 3). Remove the roller assembly.
CAUTION: Do not damage the sensor flags when handling the roller assembly.
NOTE: The bushing is not captive. Do not lose it when handling the roller assembly.
Figure 2-869 Remove the document feeder pick roller assembly clips.
Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
810 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 811
Document feeder (ADF) PCA (LX/du models)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the document feeder back cover
● Step 2: Remove the document feeder (ADF) PCA
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the document feeder PCA.
Click here to view a video of this procedure for HP Color LaserJet MFP.
Click here to view a video of this procedure for HP LaserJet MFP
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
JC92-02962A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● LX ADF PCA assembly du models only)
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Copy, scan, or print a document. Verify the document copies, scans, or prints correctly.
Step 1: Remove the document feeder back cover
1. Remove two screws from the top of document feeder back cover.
812 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-870 Remove the document feeder back cover top screws
2. Using a JIS #2 stubby screwdriver, remove five screws from the bottom of the document feeder back cover.
Figure 2-871 Remove the document feeder back cover bottom screws
ENWW Main parts 813
3. Release the tab on the right side of the back cover.
Figure 2-872 Release one tab on the right side of back cover.
814 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
4. Release the three tabs on back cover to remove the back cover.
Figure 2-873 Release three tabs on the back cover.
NOTE: The tabs on the underside of the cover.
ENWW Main parts 815
5. Remove the back cover from the left to right as shown in the photo.
Figure 2-874 Remove back cover.
TIP: To reinstall cover, install from the right to left.
Step 2: Remove the document feeder (ADF) PCA
1. Disconnect six connectors and the ground wire from PCA, and then remove four screws.
Figure 2-875 Document feeder PCA
2. Remove the document feeder PCA.
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
816 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 817
ADF main frame assembly (LX/du models)
Figure 2-876 ADF main frame (LX/dn models)
13
818 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Table 2-20 ADF main frame assembly (LX/dn models)
Ref Description Part number Qty
1-1 LX/dn separation housing JC97-04586A 1
1-2 ADF separation roller JC97-04852A on page 820 1
1-2-1 ADF separation sub roller JC97-04861A 1
1-3 Friction pad JC69-01326A 1
5-5 Actuator, output JC66-04104A 1
6-2 Actuator, feed out JC66-04105A 1
6-3 Actuator, registration JC66-04103A 1
6-4 Photo interrupter 0604-001381 1
6-5 Photo interrupter 0604–001393 1
7 Motor, bldc type 1 JC31-00156A on page 827 1
13 Motor - Step main JC31-00163A 1
16 LX/dn - Motor feed DC JC47-00038A 1
17 LX/dn - Link Cover Open JC66-04100A 1
19 LX/dn - Contact Image Sensor JC97-04722A 1
ENWW Main parts 819
Document feeder separation roller assembly (LX/du models)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the LX/du document feeder pickup/reverse/feed roller assembly
● Step 2: Remove the LX/du document feeder separation roller
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the document feeder separation roller assembly.
Click here to view a video of this procedure for HP Color LaserJet MFP.
Click here to view a video of this procedure for HP LaserJet MFP
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
JC97-04852A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● ADF Separation roller assembly (LX)
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Copy, scan, or print a document. Verify the document copies, scans, or prints correctly.
820 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Step 1: Remove the LX/du document feeder pickup/reverse/feed roller assembly
1. Open the document feeder cover.
Figure 2-877 Open the document feeder cover
2. Remove four screws in the document feeder pick roller assembly cover.
NOTE: Remove one spring (callout 2; not shown)
Figure 2-878 Remove the document feeder cover screws
ENWW Main parts 821
3. Rotate the document feeder pickup cover up, and then disconnect one connector (callout 1).
Figure 2-879 Turn the cover over and disconnect connector
4. NOTE: The figure below shows the roller cover and the roller assembly when removed.
Figure 2-880 Document feeder pick roller cover and roller assembly
822 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
5. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the sensor flag bracket (callout 2).
Reinstallation tip: When the roller assembly is reinstalled, make sure that the sensor flags (on both sides
of the assembly) are correctly isntalled and move freely.
Figure 2-881 Remove one screw and the sensor flag bracket
6. Release two plastic clips (callout 1), slide bushing toward roller assembly (callout 2), and then slide the
shaft towards front of printer to release it (callout 3). Remove the roller assembly.
CAUTION: Do not damage the sensor flags when handling the roller assembly.
NOTE: The bushing is not captive. Do not lose it when handling the roller assembly.
Figure 2-882 Remove the document feeder pick roller assembly clips.
Step 2: Remove the LX/du document feeder separation roller
1. Rotate the separation roller cover up to release it, and then remove the cover.
ENWW Main parts 823
Figure 2-883 Remove the separation roller cover
2. NOTE: The figure below shows the roller cover and the roller assembly when removed.
Figure 2-884 Document feeder separation roller cover and roller assembly
824 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Release two claws, and then remove the separation roller assembly.
NOTE: The separation roller assembly spring under the roller is not captive.
Figure 2-885 Remove the separation roller assembly
4. When the assembly is reinstalled, make sure that the spring is correctly seated in the holder.
Figure 2-886 Separation roller assembly spring
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
ENWW Main parts 825
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
826 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Document feeder feed motor (LX models)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the document feeder back cover
● Step 2: Remove the feed motor
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the feed motor assembly.
Click here to view a video of this procedure for HP Color LaserJet MFP.
Click here to view a video of this procedure for HP LaserJet MFP
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
JC31-00156A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Feed motor assembly (LX)
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Copy, scan, or print a document. Verify the document copies, scans, or prints correctly.
Step 1: Remove the document feeder back cover
1. Remove two screws from the top of document feeder back cover.
ENWW Main parts 827
Figure 2-887 Remove the document feeder back cover top screws
2. Using a JIS #2 stubby screwdriver, remove five screws from the bottom of the document feeder back cover.
Figure 2-888 Remove the document feeder back cover bottom screws
828 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Release the tab on the right side of the back cover.
Figure 2-889 Release one tab on the right side of back cover.
ENWW Main parts 829
4. Release the three tabs on back cover to remove the back cover.
Figure 2-890 Release three tabs on the back cover.
NOTE: The tabs on the underside of the cover.
830 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
5. Remove the back cover from the left to right as shown in the photo.
Figure 2-891 Remove back cover.
TIP: To reinstall cover, install from the right to left.
Step 2: Remove the feed motor
1. Loosen the cables in the cable guide, remove two screws and then move the cable guide out of the way.
Figure 2-892 Feed motor cable guide
ENWW Main parts 831
2. Disconnect one connector, remove four screws, and then carefully lift the motor out to remove.
Figure 2-893 Remove the feed motor
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
832 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
PCA-Scanner (LX/du models only)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
● Step 2: Remove the upper rear cover
● Step 1: Remove the document feeder whole unit
● Step 4: Remove the scan joint board
● Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the Scanner PCA assembly.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
JC92-02964A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● PCA - ADF HIC (GX only)
JC92-02964B
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● PCA-ADF sGX (du models only)
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
● Connect the power cable.
● Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
● Verify that the service performed was successful.
● Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
● Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
● Verify that the printer is in better condition than when you arrived, cosmetically and electrically.
ENWW Main parts 833
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
▲ Unscrew two captive thumbscrews on the formatter cover. Slide the formatter cover to the left, and then to
the right to remove.
Figure 2-894 Remove the formatter cover
Step 2: Remove the upper rear cover
▲ Remove three screw-caps and five screws. Lift the upper rear cover away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 2-895 Remove the upper rear cover
834 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Step 1: Remove the document feeder whole unit
1. Remove the formatter cover and the upper rear cover.
Figure 2-896 Remove the formatter cover and the upper rear cover
2. Remover one screw cap and screw (callout 1), and then remove the document feeder connector cover
(callout 2).
Figure 2-897 Remove the document feeder connector cover
ENWW Main parts 835
3. Remove one screw to release the ground wire (callout 1), and then disconnect three connectors (callout 2).
Figure 2-898 Remove the document feeder harness and ground wire
4. Disconnect the document feeder harness from the PCA - ADF HIC. Remove one connector and one
grounding wire.
5. Release one screw on each hinge stop on the back of the document feeder.
Figure 2-899 Release the document feeder hinge screws
836 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
6. Remove two screws. Slide the assembly back, and then lift the document feeder to remove.
Figure 2-900 Lift and remove the document feeder
Step 4: Remove the scan joint board
1. Remove three screw-caps and three screws. Release the scan-left cover.
Figure 2-901 Release scan-left cover
ENWW Main parts 837
2. Remove three screw-caps and three screws, and then remove the scan-right cover.
Figure 2-902 Remove scan-right cover
2
1
3. At the top of the scanner, remove three screw caps and three screws.
Figure 2-903 Remove three screws
838 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
4. At the back of the scanner, remove three screw caps and three screws, and then remove the scan-rear
cover.
Figure 2-904 Remove three screws and the scanner rear cover
5. Disconnect all harnesses. Remove four screws, and then release the scanner PCA.
Figure 2-905 Remove screws and release scanner PCA
NOTE: There are two empty connectors.
Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
ENWW Main parts 839
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
840 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Flow ADF (GX/sGX)
NOTE: Flow automatic document feeder: sGX; dn/z bundles: GX.
ENWW Main parts 841
Figure 2-906 Flow ADF (GX/sGX)
842 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Table 2-21 ADF/ Scanner sGX/GX
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 ADF Cover open JC97-04869A 1
2 Pickup, upper - GX JC97-04872A 1
2 Pickup, upper - sGX JC97-04646B 1
3 Cover, hinge - GX/sGX JC66-02270A 1
5 Cover, front - GX/sGX JC97-04881A 1
6 Dummy, front - GX/sGX JC97-04879A 1
8 Damper - GX/sGX JC97-04692A 1
9 Cover, bottom - GX/sGX JC97-04880A 1
10 Main frame - GX JC97-04883A 1
10 Main frame sGX JC97-04882A 1
13 Cover, rear - GX/sGX JC63-05566A 1
Not shown PCA - ADF receiver (ultrasonic) (GX only) JC92-02967A on page 849 1
Not shown PCA - ADF transmitter (ultrasonic) (GX only) JC92-02966A on page 849 1
Complete Flow ADF - GX JC97-04955A on page 844 1
Complete Non Flow ADF - sGX JC97-04956A on page 844 1
ENWW Main parts 843
Flow ADF whole unit (GX/sGX)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the ADF whole unit
● Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the flow ADF whole unit assembly.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
JC97-04955A JC97-04956A
● Flow ADF - GX ● Non Flow ADF - sGX
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
● Connect the power cable.
● Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
● Verify that the service performed was successful.
● Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
● Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
● Verify that the printer is in better condition than when you arrived, cosmetically and electrically.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the ADF whole unit
1. Open the document feeder cover, and then remove the document feeder connector cover.
844 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-907 Remove document feeder connector cover
2. Remove the plastic cable choke from the wire harness, and then disconnect the document feeder harness
from the main board. Disconnect the insulated ground wire from the chassis.
Figure 2-908 Remove the cable choke
ENWW Main parts 845
3. Disconnect the document feeder harness from the scanner PCA. Remove one connector and one grounding
wire.
Figure 2-909 Disconnect document feeder harness
4. Release two hinge stops on the back of the document feeder to allow the document feeder to open to a
full 90°.
IMPORTANT: Note the alignment marks on the hinge stops. Any new document feeder must be reinstalled
with the same alignment.
Figure 2-910 Alignment marks
846 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
5. Remove the screw on each hinge stop.
Figure 2-911 Remove screws
6. Pull back and then lift up to release the document feeder unit.
Figure 2-912 Release the document feeder
NOTE: Complete a shading test and a skew alignment after replacing the document feeder unit.
Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
ENWW Main parts 847
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
848 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Flow ADF ultrasonic sensor with PCA (GX/sGX)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the document feeder front cover
● Step 2: Remove the document feeder back cover
● Step 3: Remove the document feeder pickup and feed assembly
● Step 4: Remove the paper path cover
● Step 5: Remove the ultrasonic sensor with PCA
● Step 6: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the ultrasonic sensor with PCA assembly.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
JC92-02967A JC92-02966A
● PCA - ADF receiver (GX only) ● PCA - ADF transmitter (GX only)
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
● Connect the power cable.
● Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
● Verify that the service performed was successful.
● Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
● Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
● Verify that the printer is in better condition than when you arrived, cosmetically and electrically.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
ENWW Main parts 849
Step 1: Remove the document feeder front cover
1. Remove two screws from the top of document feeder front cover.
Figure 2-913 Remove the document feeder front cover top screws
2. Remove three screws from the bottom of the document feeder front cover, and then remove the
document feeder front cover.
Figure 2-914 Remove the document feeder front cover bottom screws
Step 2: Remove the document feeder back cover
1. Remove two screws from the top of document feeder back cover.
850 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-915 Remove the document feeder back cover top screws
2. Using a JIS #2 stubby screwdriver, remove five screws from the bottom of the document feeder back cover.
Figure 2-916 Remove the document feeder back cover bottom screws
ENWW Main parts 851
3. Release the tab on the right side of the back cover.
Figure 2-917 Release one tab on the right side of back cover.
852 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
4. Release the three tabs on back cover to remove the back cover.
Figure 2-918 Release three tabs on the back cover.
NOTE: The tabs on the underside of the cover.
ENWW Main parts 853
5. Remove the back cover from the left to right as shown in the photo.
Figure 2-919 Remove back cover.
TIP: To reinstall cover, install from the right to left.
Step 3: Remove the document feeder pickup and feed assembly
▲ Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), remove four screws (callout 2, including one ground wire), and then
remove the pickup roller assembly.
Figure 2-920 Remove the pickup roller assembly
Step 4: Remove the paper path cover
▲ Remove five screws, and then remove the paper path cover.
854 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-921 Remove the document feeder paper path cover
Step 5: Remove the ultrasonic sensor with PCA
1. Remove the separation roller, and then remove one screw (callout 1).
Figure 2-922 Remove one screw
ENWW Main parts 855
2. Remove the pick/feed cover.
Figure 2-923 Remove the pick/feed cover
3. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the ultrasonic sensor.
Figure 2-924 Remove the ultrasonic sensor
Step 6: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
856 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 857
ADF open cover (GX/sGX)
NOTE: Flow automatic document feeder: sGX; dn/z bundles: GX.
858 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
ENWW Main parts 859
Figure 2-925 ADF open cover (GX/sGX)
860 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Table 2-22 Flow ADF open cover
Ref Description Part number Qty
0 Cover, open (GX/sGX) JC97-04869A on page 862 1
2 Cover, open lower (GX/sGX) JC97-04696B 1
2-5-1 Photo-interrupter 0604-001381 4
ENWW Main parts 861
ADF jam access cover (GX/sGX)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the document feeder front cover
● Step 2: Remove the document feeder back cover
● Step 3: Remove the document feeder jam access cover
● Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the jam access cover assembly.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
JC97-04869A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Open cover - GX/sGX
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
● Connect the power cable.
● Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
● Verify that the service performed was successful.
● Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
● Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
● Verify that the printer is in better condition than when you arrived, cosmetically and electrically.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the document feeder front cover
1. Remove two screws from the top of document feeder front cover.
862 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-926 Remove the document feeder front cover top screws
2. Remove three screws from the bottom of the document feeder front cover, and then remove the
document feeder front cover.
Figure 2-927 Remove the document feeder front cover bottom screws
Step 2: Remove the document feeder back cover
1. Remove two screws from the top of document feeder back cover.
ENWW Main parts 863
Figure 2-928 Remove the document feeder back cover top screws
2. Using a JIS #2 stubby screwdriver, remove five screws from the bottom of the document feeder back cover.
Figure 2-929 Remove the document feeder back cover bottom screws
864 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Release the tab on the right side of the back cover.
Figure 2-930 Release one tab on the right side of back cover.
ENWW Main parts 865
4. Release the three tabs on back cover to remove the back cover.
Figure 2-931 Release three tabs on the back cover.
NOTE: The tabs on the underside of the cover.
866 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
5. Remove the back cover from the left to right as shown in the photo.
Figure 2-932 Remove back cover.
TIP: To reinstall cover, install from the right to left.
Step 3: Remove the document feeder jam access cover
1. Disconnect connector at document feeder PCA and route cable out.
Figure 2-933 Disconnect one connector
ENWW Main parts 867
2. Disconnect the ground wire.
Figure 2-934 Remove the jam access cover ground wire
3. Remove one screw (callout 1), remove hinge (pivot) pin, and then remove door arm support (callout 2)
Figure 2-935 Remove the jam access cover door arm support
4. Remove the open cover.
Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
868 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 869
Flow ADF upper pickup (GX/sGX)
NOTE: Flow automatic document feeder: sGX; dn/z bundles: GX.
870 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
ENWW Main parts 871
Figure 2-936 ADF upper pickup (GX/sGX)
872 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Table 2-23 ADF pickup roller assembly
Ref Description Part number Qty
2-1 Pick feed roller assembly (GX/sGX) JC97-04650A on page 874 1
2-2 Photo-interrupter 0604–001393 1
2-5 Photo-interrupter 0604-001381 1
ENWW Main parts 873
ADF pickup roller assembly (GX/sGX)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the flow ADF pickup roller assembly
● Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the ADF pickup roller assembly.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC97-04650A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Pick feed roller assembly - GX/sGX
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
○ Verify that the printer is in better condition than when you arrived, cosmetically and electrically.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
874 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Step 1: Remove the flow ADF pickup roller assembly
1. Open the document feeder top cover.
2. Remove the pick roller assembly:
▲ Remove four screws (callout 1), disconnect two connectors (callout 2), and one ground wire (callout
3), and then remove the pick roller assembly.
Figure 2-937 Remove the pick roller assembly
3. Remove the pick rollers:
a. Remove four screws and then remove the cover.
Figure 2-938 Remove the pick roller assembly cover
ENWW Main parts 875
b. Remove two plastic clips and two bushings, disconnect two springs, and then remove the shaft
coupler.
NOTE: The shaft is engaged in the coupler.
Figure 2-939 Remove the pick roller components
876 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
c. Slide the roller shaft and then remove the pick roller assembly.
Figure 2-940 Remove the pick roller assembly
Figure 2-941 Pick roller components-disassembled
4. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
Special installation instructions: ADF pick roller
▲ After the replacement roller is installed, follow these instructions to reset the firmware counter:
i. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, select the Support Tools menu.
ii. Select the Service menu.
iii. Make sure that Service Access Code is selected in the drop-down menu, and then enter the
service access code.
iv. Select the Service Tools menu.
ENWW Main parts 877
v. Select the Supply Status menu.
vi. Select Field Replacement Unit.
vii. Select ADF Pick Roller.
viii. Select ADF Pick Roller.
ix. Select Reset.
Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
878 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Flow ADF stacker (GX/sGX)
NOTE: Flow automatic document feeder: sGX; dn/z bundles: GX.
ENWW Main parts 879
Figure 2-942 ADF stacker (GX/sGX)
880 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Table 2-24 ADF stacker (GX/sGX)
Ref Description Part number Qty
0 Stacker -GX/sGX JC97-04658B on page 882 1
1-6 Photo-interrupter 0604–001381 1
6 Photo-interrupter 0604–001393 1
Not shown Flow ADF - stacker upper CM JC82-00693A 1
ENWW Main parts 881
ADF input tray (GX/sGX)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the document feeder front cover
● Step 2: Remove the document feeder back cover
● Step 3: Remove the dampening unit
● Step 4: Remove the pickup and feed unit
● Step 5: Remove the input tray
● Step 6: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the input tray assembly.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
JC97-04658B
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Stacker - Gx/sGX
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
● Connect the power cable.
● Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
● Verify that the service performed was successful.
● Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
● Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
● Verify that the printer is in better condition than when you arrived, cosmetically and electrically.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
882 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Step 1: Remove the document feeder front cover
1. Remove two screws from the top of document feeder front cover.
Figure 2-943 Remove the document feeder front cover top screws
2. Remove three screws from the bottom of the document feeder front cover, and then remove the
document feeder front cover.
Figure 2-944 Remove the document feeder front cover bottom screws
Step 2: Remove the document feeder back cover
1. Remove two screws from the top of document feeder back cover.
ENWW Main parts 883
Figure 2-945 Remove the document feeder back cover top screws
2. Using a JIS #2 stubby screwdriver, remove five screws from the bottom of the document feeder back cover.
Figure 2-946 Remove the document feeder back cover bottom screws
884 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Release the tab on the right side of the back cover.
Figure 2-947 Release one tab on the right side of back cover.
ENWW Main parts 885
4. Release the three tabs on back cover to remove the back cover.
Figure 2-948 Release three tabs on the back cover.
NOTE: The tabs on the underside of the cover.
886 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
5. Remove the back cover from the left to right as shown in the photo.
Figure 2-949 Remove back cover.
TIP: To reinstall cover, install from the right to left.
Step 3: Remove the dampening unit
▲ Remove three screws, and then remove the damping unit.
Figure 2-950 Remove the document feeder damping unit
Step 4: Remove the pickup and feed unit
1. Remove four screws.
ENWW Main parts 887
Figure 2-951 Remove four screws.
2. Remove two screws on the front cover.
Figure 2-952 Remove 2 screws on front cover.
888 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Open the ADF and then remove three screw caps.
Figure 2-953 Remove 2 screw caps.
4. Remove three screws and, then remove front cover.
Figure 2-954 Remove three screws and, then remove front cover.
ENWW Main parts 889
5. Rotate the pick/feed roller assembly to release the sheet metal tab from ADF frame.
Figure 2-955 Rotate pick/feed roller assembly to release sheet metal tab from ADF frame.
6. To remove the pick/feed roller assembly lift up on the front side (callout 1) and, then slide towards the
front (callout 2) to release the pick/feed roller assy.
Figure 2-956 Release the pick/feed roller assembly.
890 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
7. Rrotate the roller assembly over, and then disconnect one connectors. Remove the document feeder pick
roller assembly.
Figure 2-957 Remove the document feeder pick roller assembly
TIP: Note the four flags (callout 1) on the bottom of the pick/feed roller assembly. When reinstalling, hold
up the flags while reinstall to allow for proper installation.
Figure 2-958 Pick/Feed roller assembly four flags.
Step 5: Remove the input tray
1. Disconnect the document feeder PCA connector, and then remove cable from guide.
ENWW Main parts 891
Figure 2-959 Disconnect the document feeder PCA connector
2. Lift the tray from the front, and pivot the tray outward to remove.
Step 6: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
892 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Flow ADF main frame (GX/sGX)
NOTE: Flow automatic document feeder: sGX; dn/z bundles: GX.
ENWW Main parts 893
Figure 2-960 Flow ADF main frame (GX/sGX)
894 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Table 2-25 Flow ADF main
Ref Description Part number Qty
1-1 Separation roller assembly - GX/sGX JC97-04915A on page 896 1
1-2 Cover, separation roller - GX/sGX JC97-04652A 1
5 Scan in lower asembly - GX/sGX JC97-04656B on page 939 1
7 Contact image sensor - GX/sGX 0609-001558 on page 900 1
8 Drive release pickup - GX/sGX JC97-04681A on page 908 1
11 PCA - AF HIC (GX only) JC92-02964A on page 833 1
11 PCA - sGX JC92-02964B on page 833 1
12 Motor, feed drive - GX/sGX JC97-04680A on page 908 4
13 Hinge L - GX/sGX JC97-04640A 1
14 Hinge R - GX/sGX JC97-04641A 1
16 Motor, ADF fan JC61-07694A 1
17 Fan - GX/sGX (CIS) JC31-00168A on page 933 1
19 Drive - GX/sGX JC97-04679A on page 908 1
20 Step motor, ip JC31-00177A on page 908 1
21 Fan type 4 ADF GX/sGX JC31-00146A on page 921 1
23 Input tray - GX/sGX JC97-04668B 1
26 White roller - GX/sGX JC97-04687A 1
27 Scan out - GX/sGX JC97-04830A 1
29 Motor, drive release scan JC97-04682A 1
36 Timing belt gear - GX/sGX 6602-001730 3
Not shown PCA - ADF receiver (GX only) JC92-02967A 1
Not shown PCA - ADF transmitter (GX only) JC92-02966A 1
ENWW Main parts 895
Flow ADF separation roller assembly (GX/sGX)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the flow ADF separation roller assembly
● Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the Flow ADF separation roller assembly.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
JC97-04915A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Separation roller assembly - GX\sGX
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
○ Verify that the printer is in better condition than when you arrived, cosmetically and electrically.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
896 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Step 1: Remove the flow ADF separation roller assembly
1. Slightly lift the input tray, and then remove the separation roller cover.
Figure 2-961 Remove the separation roller cover
2. Remove one plastic clip.
NOTE: The shaft is engaged in the coupler.
Figure 2-962 Remove one plastic clip
ENWW Main parts 897
3. Slide the roller assembly to the front, and then pull up to release the claws from the shaft.
Figure 2-963 Remove the separation roller
Figure 2-964 Remove the separation roller
NOTE: Ensure the sponge washer (circled above) is retained during the removal of the roller assembly–it
may fall off.
Reinstallation tip: Position the spring and shaft before attaching the claws to the shaft.
4. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
Special installation instructions: Flow ADF separation roller
▲ After the replacement roller is installed, follow these instructions to reset the firmware counter:
i. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, select the Support Tools menu.
ii. Select the Service menu.
898 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
iii. Make sure that Service Access Code is selected in the drop-down menu, and then enter the
service access code.
iv. Select the Service Tools menu.
v. Select the Supply Status menu.
vi. Select Field Replacement Unit.
vii. Select ADF Separation (Reverse) Roller.
viii. Select ADF Separation Roller.
ix. Select Reset.
Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 899
Flow ADF contact image sensor (CIS) (GX/sGX)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the document feeder front cover
● Step 2: Remove the document feeder back cover
● Step 3: Remove the document feeder pickup and feed assembly
● Step 4: Remove the paper path cover
● Step 5: Remove the CIS assembly
● Step 6: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the CIS assembly.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
0609-001558
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Contact image sensor - GX/sGX
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
● Connect the power cable.
● Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
● Verify that the service performed was successful.
● Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
● Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
● Verify that the printer is in better condition than when you arrived, cosmetically and electrically.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
900 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Step 1: Remove the document feeder front cover
1. Remove two screws from the top of document feeder front cover.
Figure 2-965 Remove the document feeder front cover top screws
2. Remove three screws from the bottom of the document feeder front cover, and then remove the
document feeder front cover.
Figure 2-966 Remove the document feeder front cover bottom screws
Step 2: Remove the document feeder back cover
1. Remove two screws from the top of document feeder back cover.
ENWW Main parts 901
Figure 2-967 Remove the document feeder back cover top screws
2. Using a JIS #2 stubby screwdriver, remove five screws from the bottom of the document feeder back cover.
Figure 2-968 Remove the document feeder back cover bottom screws
902 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Release the tab on the right side of the back cover.
Figure 2-969 Release one tab on the right side of back cover.
ENWW Main parts 903
4. Release the three tabs on back cover to remove the back cover.
Figure 2-970 Release three tabs on the back cover.
NOTE: The tabs on the underside of the cover.
904 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
5. Remove the back cover from the left to right as shown in the photo.
Figure 2-971 Remove back cover.
TIP: To reinstall cover, install from the right to left.
Step 3: Remove the document feeder pickup and feed assembly
▲ Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), remove four screws (callout 2, including one ground wire), and then
remove the pickup roller assembly.
Figure 2-972 Remove the pickup roller assembly
Step 4: Remove the paper path cover
▲ Remove five screws, and then remove the paper path cover.
ENWW Main parts 905
Figure 2-973 Remove the document feeder paper path cover
Step 5: Remove the CIS assembly
1. Remove one screw, and then remove the CIS front alignment cover.
Reinstallation tip: Note the orientation of the CIS front alignment cover for reinstallation; the cover must
reinstalled with the same orientation.
Figure 2-974 Remove the CIS front alignment cover screws
906 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
2. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then lift the alignment pin to release the CIS assembly (callout 2).
Figure 2-975 Disconnect the CIS connector and lift the alignment pin
3. Remove the CIS assembly from the chassis.
Step 6: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 907
Flow ADF rear motors (GX/sGX)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Identify the document feeder motors
● Step 2: Remove the document feeder back cover
● Step 3: Remove motors 1 and 2
● Step 4: Remove the pickup and pre-REGI motors
● Step 5: Remove the exit motor
● Step 6: Remove the feed motor
● Step 7: Remove the REGI motor
● Step 8: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the rear motor assemblies.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
JC97-04679A JC97-04681A JC97-04680A JC97-04680A
● Drive - GX/sGX ● Drive release pickup - ● Pickup motor ● Pre_REGI motor
GX/sGX
JC97-04680A JC97-04680A JC31-00177A
● Exit motor ● Feed motor ● REGI motor
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
● Connect the power cable.
● Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
● Verify that the service performed was successful.
● Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
908 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
● Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
● Verify that the printer is in better condition than when you arrived, cosmetically and electrically.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
ENWW Main parts 909
Step 1: Identify the document feeder motors
▲ Use the figure below to locate the motor.
Figure 2-976 Document feeder motors
1 2 3 4
5 6 7
Table 2-26 Document feeder motors
Callout Description
1 Motor 1
2 Motor 2
3 Pickup motor
4 Pre_REGI motor
5 Exit motor
6 Feed motor
7 REGI motor
910 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Step 2: Remove the document feeder back cover
1. Remove two screws from the top of document feeder back cover.
Figure 2-977 Remove the document feeder back cover top screws
2. Using a JIS #2 stubby screwdriver, remove five screws from the bottom of the document feeder back cover.
Figure 2-978 Remove the document feeder back cover bottom screws
ENWW Main parts 911
3. Release the tab on the right side of the back cover.
Figure 2-979 Release one tab on the right side of back cover.
912 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
4. Release the three tabs on back cover to remove the back cover.
Figure 2-980 Release three tabs on the back cover.
NOTE: The tabs on the underside of the cover.
ENWW Main parts 913
5. Remove the back cover from the left to right as shown in the photo.
Figure 2-981 Remove back cover.
TIP: To reinstall cover, install from the right to left.
914 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Step 3: Remove motors 1 and 2
▲ Remove two screws and one connector, and then remove the motor.
Reinstallation tip: Reinstall the motor and lift the gear belt up to engage the motor pulley.
Figure 2-982 Remove the motor
ENWW Main parts 915
Step 4: Remove the pickup and pre-REGI motors
1. Loosen the cable guide
2. Disconnect one connector from the motor.
TIP: Remove the connector harness from the cable retainer, and then disconnect the connector.
Figure 2-983 Disconnect one connector
916 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Remove one spring (callout 1), and then loosen (but do not remove) three screws. Slide the motor off the
screws to remove.
Figure 2-984 Pickup motor
Figure 2-985 Pre-REGI motor
4. To reinstall the motor, do the following:
● Reinstall the motor on the motor mounting screws, and then lift the gear belt up to engage the motor
pulley.
● Install the tension spring.
● Tighten the motor mount screws just enough so that the tension spring (not the motor mount
screws) is providing the tension to the belt.
ENWW Main parts 917
Step 5: Remove the exit motor
1. Remove two screws and one connector, and then remove the main fan.
Figure 2-986 Remove the main fan
2. Remove the spring (callout 1), disconnect one connector (callout 2), loosen three screws, and then remove
the exit motor.
Reinstallation tip:
a. Reinstall the motor and lift the gear belt up to engage the motor pulley.
b. Install the tension spring.
c. Tighten the motor mount screws just enough so that the tension spring (not the motor mount
screws) is providing the tension to the belt.
Figure 2-987 Remove the motor
918 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Step 6: Remove the feed motor
1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1).
Figure 2-988 Disconnect one connector
2. Remove two screws, and then remove motor.
Figure 2-989 Remove the motor
ENWW Main parts 919
Step 7: Remove the REGI motor
1. Remove the rear cover
2. Remove the Pre-REGI motor
3. Disconnect one connector from the motor.
TIP: Remove the connector harness from the cable retainer, and then disconnect the connector.
4. Remove one spring, loosen (do not remove) 3 screws, and then slide the motor off the screws to remove.
Reinstallation tip:
a. Reinstall the motor and lift the gear belt up to engage the motor pulley.
b. Install the tension spring.
c. Tighten the motor mount screws just enough so that the tension spring (not the motor mount
screws) is providing the tension to the belt.
Step 8: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
920 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Flow ADF PCA fan (GX/sGX)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the document feeder back cover
● Step 2: Remove the document feeder PCA fan
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the document feeder PCA fan assembly.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
JC31-00146A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Document feeder PCA fan assembly
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
● Connect the power cable.
● Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
● Verify that the service performed was successful.
● Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
● Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
● Verify that the printer is in better condition than when you arrived, cosmetically and electrically.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
ENWW Main parts 921
Step 1: Remove the document feeder back cover
1. Remove two screws from the top of document feeder back cover.
Figure 2-990 Remove the document feeder back cover top screws
2. Using a JIS #2 stubby screwdriver, remove five screws from the bottom of the document feeder back cover.
Figure 2-991 Remove the document feeder back cover bottom screws
922 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Release the tab on the right side of the back cover.
Figure 2-992 Release one tab on the right side of back cover.
ENWW Main parts 923
4. Release the three tabs on back cover to remove the back cover.
Figure 2-993 Release three tabs on the back cover.
NOTE: The tabs on the underside of the cover.
924 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
5. Remove the back cover from the left to right as shown in the photo.
Figure 2-994 Remove back cover.
TIP: To reinstall cover, install from the right to left.
Step 2: Remove the document feeder PCA fan
▲ Disconnect one connector (callout 1) and then release two tabs (callout 2) to remove the fan.
Figure 2-995 Remove the document feeder PCA fan connector
Reinstallation tip: Install the fan with the correct orientation when reinstalling.
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
ENWW Main parts 925
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
926 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Flow ADF front motor (GX/sGX)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the document feeder back cover
● Step 2: Remove the front motor
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the front motor assembly.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
JC31-00177A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Motor, step
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
● Connect the power cable.
● Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
● Verify that the service performed was successful.
● Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
● Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
● Verify that the printer is in better condition than when you arrived, cosmetically and electrically.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
ENWW Main parts 927
Step 1: Remove the document feeder back cover
1. Remove two screws from the top of document feeder back cover.
Figure 2-996 Remove the document feeder back cover top screws
2. Using a JIS #2 stubby screwdriver, remove five screws from the bottom of the document feeder back cover.
Figure 2-997 Remove the document feeder back cover bottom screws
928 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Release the tab on the right side of the back cover.
Figure 2-998 Release one tab on the right side of back cover.
ENWW Main parts 929
4. Release the three tabs on back cover to remove the back cover.
Figure 2-999 Release three tabs on the back cover.
NOTE: The tabs on the underside of the cover.
930 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
5. Remove the back cover from the left to right as shown in the photo.
Figure 2-1000 Remove back cover.
TIP: To reinstall cover, install from the right to left.
Step 2: Remove the front motor
▲ Remove two screws and disconnect one connector, and then remove the motor.
Figure 2-1001 Remove the document feeder front motor
ENWW Main parts 931
Reinstallation tip:
a. Reinstall the motor and lift the gear belt up to engage the motor pulley.
b. Loosely install the motor mount screws.
c. Install the tension spring.
d. Tighten the motor mount screws just enough so that the tension spring (not the motor mount
screws) is providing the tension to the belt.
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
932 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Flow ADF contact image sensor fan (CIS) (GX/sGX)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the document feeder back cover
● Step 2: Remove the document feeder CIS fan
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the CIS fan assembly.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
JC31-00168A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● CIS fan
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
● Connect the power cable.
● Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
● Verify that the service performed was successful.
● Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
● Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
● Verify that the printer is in better condition than when you arrived, cosmetically and electrically.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
ENWW Main parts 933
Step 1: Remove the document feeder back cover
1. Remove two screws from the top of document feeder back cover.
Figure 2-1002 Remove the document feeder back cover top screws
2. Using a JIS #2 stubby screwdriver, remove five screws from the bottom of the document feeder back cover.
Figure 2-1003 Remove the document feeder back cover bottom screws
934 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Release the tab on the right side of the back cover.
Figure 2-1004 Release one tab on the right side of back cover.
ENWW Main parts 935
4. Release the three tabs on back cover to remove the back cover.
Figure 2-1005 Release three tabs on the back cover.
NOTE: The tabs on the underside of the cover.
936 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
5. Remove the back cover from the left to right as shown in the photo.
Figure 2-1006 Remove back cover.
TIP: To reinstall cover, install from the right to left.
Step 2: Remove the document feeder CIS fan
▲ Remove one connector, and then remove two mounting screws to remove the fan.
Figure 2-1007 Remove the document feeder PCA fan
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
ENWW Main parts 937
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
938 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Flow ADF scan in lower assembly (GX/sGX)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the document feeder front cover
● Step 2: Remove the document feeder back cover
● Step 3: Remove the scan in lower assembly
● Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the ADF scan in lower assembly
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
JC97-04656B
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Scan in lower assembly
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
● #2 JIS stubby screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
● Connect the power cable.
● Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
● Verify that the service performed was successful.
● Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
● Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
● Verify that the printer is in better condition than when you arrived, cosmetically and electrically.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
ENWW Main parts 939
Step 1: Remove the document feeder front cover
1. Remove two screws from the top of document feeder front cover.
Figure 2-1008 Remove the document feeder front cover top screws
2. Remove three screws from the bottom of the document feeder front cover, and then remove the
document feeder front cover.
Figure 2-1009 Remove the document feeder front cover bottom screws
Step 2: Remove the document feeder back cover
1. Remove two screws from the top of document feeder back cover.
940 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-1010 Remove the document feeder back cover top screws
2. Using a JIS #2 stubby screwdriver, remove five screws from the bottom of the document feeder back cover.
Figure 2-1011 Remove the document feeder back cover bottom screws
ENWW Main parts 941
3. Release the tab on the right side of the back cover.
Figure 2-1012 Release one tab on the right side of back cover.
942 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
4. Release the three tabs on back cover to remove the back cover.
Figure 2-1013 Release three tabs on the back cover.
NOTE: The tabs on the underside of the cover.
ENWW Main parts 943
5. Remove the back cover from the left to right as shown in the photo.
Figure 2-1014 Remove back cover.
TIP: To reinstall cover, install from the right to left.
Step 3: Remove the scan in lower assembly
1. Remove two screws (ADF front).
Figure 2-1015 Remove two screws
944 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
2. Remove five screws (ADF back; four sheet-metal and one ground).
Figure 2-1016 Remove five screws
3. Remove one screw (ADF back).
Figure 2-1017 Remove one screw
ENWW Main parts 945
4. At the front corner, carefully pry the scan in lower assembly away from the ADF frame.
IMPORTANT: Locate the dimples in the scan in lower assembly. Separate the dimples from the ADF frame.
NOTE: When installing a replacement scan in lower assembly, do not crease or wrinkle the attached Mylar.
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly
Figure 2-1018 Pry the scan in lower assembly away from the ADF
Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
946 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
PCA-Scanner sGX (DN models only)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
● Step 2: Remove the upper rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the document feeder whole unit
● Step 4: Remove the scan joint board
● Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the Scanner PCA assembly.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
JC92-02964A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● PCA - ADF HIC (GX only)
JC92-02964B
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● PCA-ADF sGX (du models only)
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
● Connect the power cable.
● Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
● Verify that the service performed was successful.
● Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
● Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
● Verify that the printer is in better condition than when you arrived, cosmetically and electrically.
ENWW Main parts 947
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
▲ Unscrew two captive thumbscrews on the formatter cover. Slide the formatter cover to the left, and then to
the right to remove.
Figure 2-1019 Remove the formatter cover
Step 2: Remove the upper rear cover
▲ Remove three screw-caps and five screws. Lift the upper rear cover away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 2-1020 Remove the upper rear cover
Step 3: Remove the document feeder whole unit
1. Open the document feeder cover, and then remove the document feeder connector cover.
948 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-1021 Remove document feeder connector cover
2. Remove the plastic cable choke from the wire harness, and then disconnect the document feeder harness
from the main board. Disconnect the insulated ground wire from the chassis.
Figure 2-1022 Remove the cable choke
ENWW Main parts 949
3. Disconnect the document feeder harness from the scanner PCA. Remove one connector and one grounding
wire.
Figure 2-1023 Disconnect document feeder harness
4. Release two hinge stops on the back of the document feeder to allow the document feeder to open to a
full 90°.
IMPORTANT: Note the alignment marks on the hinge stops. Any new document feeder must be reinstalled
with the same alignment.
Figure 2-1024 Alignment marks
950 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
5. Remove two screws on each hinge stop.
Figure 2-1025 Remove screws
ENWW Main parts 951
6. Pull back and then lift up to release the document feeder unit.
Figure 2-1026 Release the document feeder
Figure 2-1027 Remove two screw and lift up to remove ADF
NOTE: Complete a shading test and a skew alignment after replacing the document feeder unit.
Step 4: Remove the scan joint board
1. Remove three screw-caps and three screws. Release the scan-left cover.
952 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-1028 Release scan-left cover
2. Remove three screw-caps and three screws, and then remove the scan-right cover.
Figure 2-1029 Remove scan-right cover
2
1
ENWW Main parts 953
3. At the top of the scanner, remove three screw caps and three screws.
Figure 2-1030 Remove three screws
4. At the back of the scanner, remove three screw caps and three screws, and then remove the scan-rear
cover.
Figure 2-1031 Remove three screws and the scanner rear cover
954 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
5. Disconnect all harnesses. Remove four screws, and then release the scanner PCA.
Figure 2-1032 Remove screws and release scanner PCA
NOTE: There are two empty connectors.
Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 955
Image scanner
Figure 2-1033 Image scanner
956 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Table 2-27 Flow ADF image scanner
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Scanner glass JC97-04522B on page 958 1
2 PCA scanner JC92-02781A 1
3 Tempered scan glass JC01-00101A 1
4 Scanner open sensor JC97-04516A 1
5 Scanner front lamp JC97-04521A on page 960 1
7 Motor, step JC31-00158A 1
ENWW Main parts 957
Scanner glass
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the scanner glass
● Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the scanner glass.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
JC97-04522B
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Scanner glass
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
● Connect the power cable.
● Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
● Verify that the service performed was successful.
● Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
● Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
● Verify that the printer is in better condition than when you arrived, cosmetically and electrically.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the scanner glass
▲ Open the document-feeder cover, remove two screws, and then slide the scanner glass to the right to
remove it.
958 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-1034 Remove scanner glass
Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 959
LED lamp module
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
● Step 2: Remove the upper rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the flow ADF whole unit
● Step 4: Remove the scanner glass
● Step 5: Remove the LED lamp module
● Step 6: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the LED lamp module assembly.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
JC97-04521A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Scanner - front lamp
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
● Connect the power cable.
● Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
● Verify that the service performed was successful.
● Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
● Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
● Verify that the printer is in better condition than when you arrived, cosmetically and electrically.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
960 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
▲ Unscrew two captive thumbscrews on the formatter cover. Slide the formatter cover to the left, and then to
the right to remove.
Figure 2-1035 Remove the formatter cover
Step 2: Remove the upper rear cover
▲ Remove three screw-caps and five screws. Lift the upper rear cover away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 2-1036 Remove the upper rear cover
Step 3: Remove the flow ADF whole unit
1. Open the document feeder cover, and then remove the document feeder connector cover.
ENWW Main parts 961
Figure 2-1037 Remove document feeder connector cover
2. Remove the plastic cable choke from the wire harness, and then disconnect the document feeder harness
from the main board. Disconnect the insulated ground wire from the chassis.
Figure 2-1038 Remove the cable choke
962 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Disconnect the document feeder harness from the scanner PCA. Remove one connector and one grounding
wire.
Figure 2-1039 Disconnect document feeder harness
4. Release two hinge stops on the back of the document feeder to allow the document feeder to open to a
full 90°.
IMPORTANT: Note the alignment marks on the hinge stops. Any new document feeder must be reinstalled
with the same alignment.
Figure 2-1040 Alignment marks
ENWW Main parts 963
5. Remove two screws on each hinge stop.
Figure 2-1041 Remove screws
964 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
6. Pull back and then lift up to release the document feeder unit.
Figure 2-1042 Release the document feeder
Figure 2-1043 Remove two screw and lift up to remove ADF
NOTE: Complete a shading test and a skew alignment after replacing the document feeder unit.
Step 4: Remove the scanner glass
▲ Open the document-feeder cover, remove two screws, and then slide the scanner glass to the right to
remove it.
ENWW Main parts 965
Figure 2-1044 Remove scanner glass
Step 5: Remove the LED lamp module
1. Remove the transparent tape.
Figure 2-1045 Remove transparent tape
2. Disconnect the flat cable.
Figure 2-1046 Disconnect cable
966 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Remove four screws. Release the LED lamp module.
Figure 2-1047 Remove screws and release LED lamp module
Step 6: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Main parts 967
Image scanner, lower
Figure 2-1048 Flow ADF image scanner, lower
968 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Table 2-28 Flow ADF image scanner, lower
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Scanner - FFC CCD JC97-04509A 1
2 Scanner - guide harness JC97-04512A 1
3 Scanner - APS JC97-04507A on page 973 1
4 Scanner assembly - CCD and lens JC97-04523B on page 970 1
Not shown Photo interrupter 604-001453 1
Not shown Auto adjustment chart A3 Ver. 1.0 JC81-09891A 1
ENWW Main parts 969
Scanner assembly - CDD and lens
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the scanner glass
● Step 2: Remove the scanner imaging unit
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the scanner assembly - CDD and lens.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
JC97-04523B
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Scanner assembly - CDD and lens
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
● Connect the power cable.
● Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
● Verify that the service performed was successful.
● Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
● Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
● Verify that the printer is in better condition than when you arrived, cosmetically and electrically.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the scanner glass
▲ Open the document-feeder cover, remove two screws, and then slide the scanner glass to the right to
remove it.
970 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-1049 Remove scanner glass
Step 2: Remove the scanner imaging unit
1. Remove four screws, and then release the imaging unit cover.
Figure 2-1050 Remove screws and release imaging unit cover
2. Disconnect the flat cable.
Figure 2-1051 Disconnect flat cable
ENWW Main parts 971
3. Remove two screws and release the scanner assembly - CDD and lens.
CAUTION: Do not remove or adjust the other two screws shown as they require factory setting only.
Figure 2-1052 Remove screws and release scanner imaging unit
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
972 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
APS sensor
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the document feeder whole unit
● Step 2: Remove the scanner glass
● Step 3: Remove the APS sensor
● Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the APS sensor assembly.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
JC97-04507A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● APS sensor assembly
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
● Connect the power cable.
● Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
● Verify that the service performed was successful.
● Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
● Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
● Verify that the printer is in better condition than when you arrived, cosmetically and electrically.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
ENWW Main parts 973
Step 1: Remove the document feeder whole unit
1. Open the document feeder cover, and then remove the document feeder connector cover.
Figure 2-1053 Remove document feeder connector cover
2. Remove the plastic cable choke from the wire harness, and then disconnect the document feeder harness
from the main board. Disconnect the insulated ground wire from the chassis.
Figure 2-1054 Remove the cable choke
974 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Disconnect the document feeder harness from the scanner PCA. Remove one connector and one grounding
wire.
Figure 2-1055 Disconnect document feeder harness
4. Release two hinge stops on the back of the document feeder to allow the document feeder to open to a
full 90°.
IMPORTANT: Note the alignment marks on the hinge stops. Any new document feeder must be reinstalled
with the same alignment.
Figure 2-1056 Alignment marks
ENWW Main parts 975
5. Remove two screws on each hinge stop.
Figure 2-1057 Remove screws
976 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
6. Pull back and then lift up to release the document feeder unit.
Figure 2-1058 Release the document feeder
Figure 2-1059 Remove two screw and lift up to remove ADF
NOTE: Complete a shading test and a skew alignment after replacing the document feeder unit.
Step 2: Remove the scanner glass
▲ Open the document-feeder cover, remove two screws, and then slide the scanner glass to the right to
remove it.
ENWW Main parts 977
Figure 2-1060 Remove scanner glass
Step 3: Remove the APS sensor
1. Remove the joint board cover.
Figure 2-1061 Remove joint board cover
2. Remove one screw.
Figure 2-1062 Remove screw
978 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Disconnect the harness.
Figure 2-1063 Disconnect harness
4. Remove two screws. Release the APS sensor.
Figure 2-1064 Remove screws and release APS sensor
Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
ENWW Main parts 979
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
980 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
ENWW Main parts 981
Dual cassette feeder (DCF)
DCF main
Figure 2-1065 DCF main
982 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Table 2-29 DCF main
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Machinery, fastener screw JC60-00078A 2
2 DCF, sub-takeaway (right door) JC90-01649A on page 984 1
3 Hex screw 6009-001665 19
4 Feed drive opt JC93-01135A on page 990 1
5 Drive pickup assembly JC93-01063C on page 994 2
6 Cassette, fifth JC90-01652A 1
7 Cassette, fourth JC90-01654A 1
8 DCF second pickup JC90-01680A on page 998 1
9 DCF first pickup JC90-01679A on page 998 1
10 Timing belt 6602-003185 1
14 DCF, sub-auto closing JC90-01677A 1
Not shown Rollers - pick, feed, sep JC93-01092A 2
Not shown Photo-interrupter 0604-001490 1
Not shown Clutch one way JC66-00977A 1
Not shown Coupler, torque limiter JC67-00455A 1
Not shown SF left cassette rail assembly JC93-01435A 2
Not shown SF right cassette rail assembly JC93-01045A 2
ENWW Dual cassette feeder (DCF) 983
Dual cassette feeder (DCF) right door
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the printer right rear cover
● Step 2: Remove the printer right door
● Step 3: Remove the dual cassette feeder (DCF) right door
● Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the DCF right door.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
JC90-01649A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● DCF right door
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the printer right rear cover
1. Open the right door.
984 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
2. Remove four screw-caps and four screws.
Figure 2-1066 Remove four screws
3. Lift the handle and remove the right rear cover.
Figure 2-1067 Remove the right rear cover
Step 2: Remove the printer right door
1. Disconnect the right door connector by moving it side-to-side until it releases.
ENWW Dual cassette feeder (DCF) 985
Figure 2-1068 Disconnect one connector
2. Slightly raise the right door and carefully release the right hinge from the hinge pin.
CAUTION: The hinge is spring-loaded and might snap back forcefully. Raise the door to take the tension
off of the spring, and then hold the hinge firmly while releasing it from the hinge pin.
Figure 2-1069 Release the right hinge
986 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Slightly raise the right door, and then release the left dampener.
Figure 2-1070 Release the left dampener
4. Open the lower paper feeder door. Lower the right door to 90°, and then rotate the rear side of the door
away from the printer. Slide the door to the rear of the printer to remove it.
CAUTION: Do not lower the door more than 90°. This might result in damage to the door.
Figure 2-1071 Remove the right door
Step 3: Remove the dual cassette feeder (DCF) right door
1. Remove four screw caps and four screws, and then remove the lower right cover.
ENWW Dual cassette feeder (DCF) 987
Figure 2-1072 Remove the lower right cover
2. Open the DCF right door and slide the hinge pin to the left. Make sure that the pin slides under the tab
(callout 1).
Figure 2-1073 Slide the hinge pin
988 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Rotate the right edge of the door away from the feeder (callout 1), and then slide the door to the right to
remove it (callout 2).
Figure 2-1074 Remove the DCF right door
Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Dual cassette feeder (DCF) 989
Dual cassette feeder (DCF) motor
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the DCF rear cover
● Step 2: Remove the dual cassette feeder (DCF) motor
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the DCF motor.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
JC93-01135A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● SF Drive Feed Assy (Opt)
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the DCF rear cover
▲ Remove four screw caps and four screws, and then remove the rear cover.
990 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-1075 Remove the DCF rear cover
Step 2: Remove the dual cassette feeder (DCF) motor
1. Disconnect two connectors, and then open one retainer.
Figure 2-1076 Disconnect two connectors and open one retainer
ENWW Dual cassette feeder (DCF) 991
2. Remove three screws, and then remove the feed drive unit.
Figure 2-1077 Remove the feed drive unit
3. Remove two screws, and then remove the feed motor.
Figure 2-1078 Remove the feed motor
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
992 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Dual cassette feeder (DCF) 993
Dual cassette feeder (DCF) pickup motor
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the DCF rear cover
● Step 2: Remove the dual cassette feeder (DCF) pickup motor
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the DCF pickup assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
JC93-01063C
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Drive pickup assembly
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the DCF rear cover
▲ Remove four screw caps and four screws, and then remove the rear cover.
994 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-1079 Remove the DCF rear cover
Step 2: Remove the dual cassette feeder (DCF) pickup motor
▲ Disconnect the motor connector. Remove two screws, and then remove the DCF pickup assembly.
Figure 2-1080 Remove the DCF pickup assembly
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Dual cassette feeder (DCF) 995
Dual cassette feeder (DCF) pickup assembly
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the DCF rear cover
● Step 2: Remove the dual cassette feeder (DCF) pickup assembly
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the DCF pickup assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
JC93-01063C
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Drive pickup assembly
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the DCF rear cover
▲ Remove four screw caps and four screws, and then remove the rear cover.
996 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-1081 Remove the DCF rear cover
Step 2: Remove the dual cassette feeder (DCF) pickup assembly
▲ Disconnect the motor connector. Remove two screws, and then remove the DCF pickup assembly.
Figure 2-1082 Remove the DCF pickup assembly
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Dual cassette feeder (DCF) 997
Dual cassette feeder (DCF) pickup units
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the printer right rear cover
● Step 2: Remove the printer right door
● Step 3: Remove the dual cassette feeder (DCF) right door
● Step 4: Remove the dual cassette feeder (DCF) pickup units
● Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the DCF pickup units.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
JC90-01679A JC90-01680A
● First pickup assembly ● Second pickup assembly
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the printer right rear cover
1. Open the right door.
998 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
2. Remove four screw-caps and four screws.
Figure 2-1083 Remove four screws
3. Lift the handle and remove the right rear cover.
Figure 2-1084 Remove the right rear cover
Step 2: Remove the printer right door
1. Disconnect the right door connector by moving it side-to-side until it releases.
ENWW Dual cassette feeder (DCF) 999
Figure 2-1085 Disconnect one connector
2. Slightly raise the right door and carefully release the right hinge from the hinge pin.
CAUTION: The hinge is spring-loaded and might snap back forcefully. Raise the door to take the tension
off of the spring, and then hold the hinge firmly while releasing it from the hinge pin.
Figure 2-1086 Release the right hinge
1000 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Slightly raise the right door, and then release the left dampener.
Figure 2-1087 Release the left dampener
4. Open the lower paper feeder door. Lower the right door to 90°, and then rotate the rear side of the door
away from the printer. Slide the door to the rear of the printer to remove it.
CAUTION: Do not lower the door more than 90°. This might result in damage to the door.
Figure 2-1088 Remove the right door
Step 3: Remove the dual cassette feeder (DCF) right door
1. Remove four screw caps and four screws, and then remove the lower right cover.
ENWW Dual cassette feeder (DCF) 1001
Figure 2-1089 Remove the lower right cover
2. Open the DCF right door and slide the hinge pin to the left. Make sure that the pin slides under the tab
(callout 1).
Figure 2-1090 Slide the hinge pin
1002 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3. Rotate the right edge of the door away from the feeder (callout 1), and then slide the door to the right to
remove it (callout 2).
Figure 2-1091 Remove the DCF right door
Step 4: Remove the dual cassette feeder (DCF) pickup units
1. Remove two screws, and then remove the cable cover.
Figure 2-1092 Remove two screws and the cable cover
ENWW Dual cassette feeder (DCF) 1003
2. Remove five screws, and then remove two brackets.
Figure 2-1093 Remove five screws and two brackets
3. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), and then remove the wire harness from the cable guide (callout 2).
Remove eight screws (callout 3).
Figure 2-1094 Disconnect two connectors and remove eight screws
1004 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
4. Rotate both pickup units away from the feeder on the left (callout 1). Release the belt (callout 2) that
connects the two units. Slide the pickup units to the left (callout 3) to remove them.
Figure 2-1095 Remove the pickup units
Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Dual cassette feeder (DCF) 1005
DCF frame
Figure 2-1096 DCF frame
1006 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Table 2-30 DCF frame
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Frame, left cst rail assembly JC93-01435A 2
2 Frame, right cst rail assembly JC93-01045A 2
6 DCF sub-takeaway interlock JC90-01385A 1
14 Caster 6109-001138 4
15 DCF guide adjust JC61-04871A 4
18 DCF PCA JC92-02738D on page 1008 1
23 DCF, main harness JC39-02276A 1
25 DCF, sub harness JC39-02278A 1
30 DCF, timeout harness JC39-02268A 1
ENWW Dual cassette feeder (DCF) 1007
Dual cassette feeder (DCF) PCA
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the DCF rear cover
● Step 2: Remove the dual cassette feeder (DCF) PCA
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the DCF PCA.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
JC92-02738D
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● PCA-MX7 DCF
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the DCF rear cover
▲ Remove four screw caps and four screws, and then remove the rear cover.
1008 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-1097 Remove the DCF rear cover
Step 2: Remove the dual cassette feeder (DCF) PCA
▲ Disconnect eight connectors, remove three screws, and then remove the DCF PCA.
Figure 2-1098 Remove the DCF PCA
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
ENWW Dual cassette feeder (DCF) 1009
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1010 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
DCF rear frame
Figure 2-1099 DCF rear frame
ENWW Dual cassette feeder (DCF) 1011
Table 2-31 DCF rear frame
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Ground plate JC61-03002A 2
6 Main frame rear auto-size holder JC93-00018A 2
6-2 PCA, paper size sensor JC92-02622A on page 1013 2
1012 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Paper size sensor
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the paper size sensor
● Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the paper size sensor.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
JC92-02622A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Paper size sensor
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
ENWW Dual cassette feeder (DCF) 1013
Step 1: Remove the paper size sensor
▲ Do the following:
● Remove all trays to access the inside of the printer.
● Disconnect the connector. Remove two screws, and then remove the sensor.
Figure 2-1100 Remove screws
Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1014 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Opt feed drive
Figure 2-1101 Opt feed drive
ENWW Dual cassette feeder (DCF) 1015
Table 2-32 Opt feed drive
Ref Description Part number Qty
0 Opt feed drive JC93-01135A on page 990 1
1 Timing belt, gear 6602-003670 1
2 Step motor, ip JC31-00177A 1
8 Hex screw 6009-001665 1
1016 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Dual cassette feeder (DCF) motor
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the DCF rear cover
● Step 2: Remove the dual cassette feeder (DCF) motor
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the DCF motor.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
JC93-01135A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● SF Drive Feed Assy (Opt)
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the DCF rear cover
▲ Remove four screw caps and four screws, and then remove the rear cover.
ENWW Dual cassette feeder (DCF) 1017
Figure 2-1102 Remove the DCF rear cover
Step 2: Remove the dual cassette feeder (DCF) motor
1. Disconnect two connectors, and then open one retainer.
Figure 2-1103 Disconnect two connectors and open one retainer
1018 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
2. Remove three screws, and then remove the feed drive unit.
Figure 2-1104 Remove the feed drive unit
3. Remove two screws, and then remove the feed motor.
Figure 2-1105 Remove the feed motor
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
ENWW Dual cassette feeder (DCF) 1019
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1020 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
DCF second pickup
Figure 2-1106 DCF second pickup
ENWW Dual cassette feeder (DCF) 1021
Table 2-33 DCF second pickup
Ref Description Part number Qty
4 E-ring 6044-000125 6
8 Clutch one way JC66-00977A 4
11 Sheet sensor JC63-03776A 2
13 Frame, main pick roller JC93-01092A 3
14 Coupler, torque limiter JC67-00455A 1
16 Screw, tap type 6003–000269 4
17 Photo-interrupter 0604-001381 1
20 Bush-6, dl JC61-00884A 2
1022 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
ENWW Dual cassette feeder (DCF) 1023
2000-sheet HCI (department)
2K HCI main
Figure 2-1107 2K HCI main
1024 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Table 2-34 2K HCI main
Ref Description Part number Qty
2 Feed drive, HCI JC93-01114A 1
3 Pickup drive JC90-01115A 1
4 Lift drive, shift assembly JC93-01118A 1
5 HCI right door (takeaway) JC90-01646A 1
6 Cassette JC90-01642A 1
7 Assy - main pickup JC90-01736A 1
8 Drive takeaway roller JC93-01119A 1
10 Sub-auto closer JC90-01382A 1
ENWW 2000-sheet HCI (department) 1025
2K HCI drive
Figure 2-1108 2K HCI drive
1026 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Table 2-35 2K HCI drive
Ref Description Part number Qty
1-1 Motor step, 1p JC31-00177A on page 1028 1
1-2 Timing belt, gear 6602-003670 1
2 Pickup drive JC93-01115A 1
2-1 Drive motor, step JC93-01083A on page 1031 1
3-1 Motor shift gear JC31-00125A on page 1034 1
3-2 Motor geared JC31-00109A on page 1036 1
ENWW 2000-sheet HCI (department) 1027
Bottom HCI tray feed motor
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the bottom HCI rear cover
● Step 2: Remove the bottom HCI tray feed motor
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the bottom HCI tray feed motor.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
JC31-00177A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Bottom HCI tray feed motor
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the bottom HCI rear cover
▲ Remove four screw caps and four screws, and then remove the rear cover.
1028 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-1109 Remove the rear cover
Step 2: Remove the bottom HCI tray feed motor
1. Disconnect two motor connectors, and open the harness clamp.
Figure 2-1110 Disconnect two connectors and open the clamp
2. Remove three screws, and then remove the feed drive unit.
Figure 2-1111 Remove the feed drive unit
ENWW 2000-sheet HCI (department) 1029
3. Remove two screws, and then remove the feed motor.
Figure 2-1112 Remove the feed motor
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1030 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Bottom HCI tray pickup motor
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the bottom HCI rear cover
● Step 2: Remove the bottom HCI tray pickup motor
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the bottom HCI tray pickup motor.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
JC93-01083A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Bottom HCI tray pickup motor
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the bottom HCI rear cover
▲ Remove four screw caps and four screws, and then remove the rear cover.
ENWW 2000-sheet HCI (department) 1031
Figure 2-1113 Remove the rear cover
Step 2: Remove the bottom HCI tray pickup motor
▲ Disconnect the motor connector. Remove two screws, and remove the bottom HCI tray pickup motor.
Figure 2-1114 Remove the bottom HCI tray pickup motor
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
1032 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW 2000-sheet HCI (department) 1033
Bottom HCI tray shaft motor
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the bottom HCI rear cover
● Step 2: Remove the bottom HCI tray shaft motor
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the bottom HCI tray shaft motor.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
JC31-00125A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Bottom HCI tray shaft motor
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the bottom HCI rear cover
▲ Remove four screw caps and four screws, and then remove the rear cover.
1034 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-1115 Remove the rear cover
Step 2: Remove the bottom HCI tray shaft motor
▲ Disconnect the connector. Remove three screws, and then remove the bottom HCI tray shaft motor.
Figure 2-1116 Remove the shaft motor
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW 2000-sheet HCI (department) 1035
Bottom HCI tray lift-up motor
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the bottom HCI rear cover
● Step 2: Remove the bottom HCI tray lift-up motor
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the bottom HCI tray lift-up motor.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
JC31-00109A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Bottom HCI tray lift-up motor
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the bottom HCI rear cover
▲ Remove four screw caps and four screws, and then remove the rear cover.
1036 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-1117 Remove the rear cover
Step 2: Remove the bottom HCI tray lift-up motor
▲ Disconnect the connector. Remove three screws, and the remove the bottom HCI tray lift-up motor.
Figure 2-1118 Remove the bottom HCI tray lift-up motor
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW 2000-sheet HCI (department) 1037
2K HCI cassette
Figure 2-1119 2K HCI cassette
1038 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Table 2-36 2K HCI cassette
Ref Description Part number Qty
0 Cassette JC90-01642A 1
2 Connector holder, scf JC61-01742A 1
3 Photo-interrupter 0604-001393 4
14 Spring, etc torsion doc (cc2-f) JB61-00076A 1
29 Cassette guide rail JC61-07471A 1
ENWW 2000-sheet HCI (department) 1039
2K HCI frame
Figure 2-1120 2K HCI frame
1040 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Table 2-37 2K HCI frame
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Idle roller, cst JC61-03331A 2
6 Adjust feet (guide) JC61-04871A 4
7 Caster 6109-001138 4
13 PCA - Department JC92-02738B on page 1042 1
14 Cable harness, sub if JC39-02285A 1
15 Cable harness, heater JC39-02284A 1
16 Harness, main if JC39-02283A 1
19 Harness, inner tray JC39-02286A 1
20 Cable harness, motor JC39-02279A 1
ENWW 2000-sheet HCI (department) 1041
Bottom HCI tray PCA
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the bottom HCI rear cover
● Step 2: Remove the bottom HCI tray PCA
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the bottom HCI tray PCA.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
JC92-02738B
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● PCA - Department HCI
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the bottom HCI rear cover
▲ Remove four screw caps and four screws, and then remove the rear cover.
1042 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-1121 Remove the rear cover
Step 2: Remove the bottom HCI tray PCA
▲ Disconnect eight connectors, remove three screws, and then remove the bottom HCI tray PCA.
Figure 2-1122 Remove the bottom HCI tray PCA
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
ENWW 2000-sheet HCI (department) 1043
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1044 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
2K HCI main pickup
Figure 2-1123 2K HCI main pickup
ENWW 2000-sheet HCI (department) 1045
Table 2-38 2K HCI main pickup
Ref Description Part number Qty
0 HCI main JC93-01139A 1
4 Coupler, torque limiter JC67-00455A 1
5 Roller, pick, feed, and separation JC93-01092A 3
6 Photo-interrupter 0604-001381 1
11 Roller - feed takeaway JC66-04607A 1
16 Bush-6, D (L) JC61-00884A 1
25 Roller - right door feed takeaway JC66-04670A 1
28 Pulley, belt JC66-04281A 1
1046 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
ENWW 2000-sheet HCI (department) 1047
3000-sheet sHCI (department; E87640/50/60 only)
3K sHCI main 1
Figure 2-1124 3K sHCI main 1
1048 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Table 2-39 3K HCI main 1
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Left cover JC63-04797B 1
2 Screw cap JC67-00711D 3
3 Pickup cover JC63-04798B 1
4 Assermbly, rear cover LCT JC90-01660A on page 1050 1
5 Link door JC66–04279A 2
6 Link holder, hinge r JC61-06568A 1
7 Link door, rear 2 JC66-04277A 1
15 Link door, front 2 JC66-04278A 1
16 Link holder, hinge f JC61-06567A 1
Not shown PCA - 3K sHCI JC92-02738C on page 1052 1
Not shown Screw, M3 6001-000130 1
Not shown Screw, M4 6001-002284 1
Not shown Screw, tap type M4 6003-001256 1
Not shown Screw, M3 6009-001664 1
Not shown Screw, M3 6009-001665 1
ENWW 3000-sheet sHCI (department; E87640/50/60 only) 1049
Side HCI rear cover
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the side HCI rear cover
● Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the side HCI rear cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
JC90-01660A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Assy - Cover, Rear LCT
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the side HCI rear cover
▲ Remove three screws from the top, and then remove the sHCI rear cover.
1050 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-1125 Remove the sHCI rear cover
Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW 3000-sheet sHCI (department; E87640/50/60 only) 1051
Side sHCI PCA
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the side HCI right cover
● Step 2: Remove the side HCI cable cover
● Step 3: Remove the side HCI rear cover
● Step 4: Remove the side HCI PCA
● Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the side HCI PCA.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
JC92-02738C
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Side HCI PCA
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the side HCI right cover
▲ Remove seven screw caps and seven screws, and then remove the sHCI right cover.
1052 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-1126 Right sHCI cover
Step 2: Remove the side HCI cable cover
▲ Remove the side HCI cable cover.
Figure 2-1127 Remove the sHCI cable cover
Step 3: Remove the side HCI rear cover
▲ Remove three screws from the top, and then remove the sHCI rear cover.
Figure 2-1128 Remove the sHCI rear cover
Step 4: Remove the side HCI PCA
▲ Disconnect all connectors. Remove three screws, and replace the sHCI PCA.
ENWW 3000-sheet sHCI (department; E87640/50/60 only) 1053
Figure 2-1129 sHCI PCA
Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1054 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3K HCI main 3
Figure 2-1130 3K HCI main 3
ENWW 3000-sheet sHCI (department; E87640/50/60 only) 1055
Table 2-40 3K HCI main 3
Ref Description Part number Qty
8-1 Timing belt, gear 6602-001730 1
8-3 Feed pulley gear JC66-04295A 1
8-4 Drive motor, step JC93-01083A on page 1057 1
8-5 Step motor, IP JC31-00163A on page 1060 1
8-6 Drive gear LCT PH JC66-04294A 1
9-1 Gear motor JC31-00109A on page 1064 1
10 Motor harness JC39-02287A 1
1056 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Side HCI pickup motor
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the side HCI right cover
● Step 2: Remove the side HCI cable cover
● Step 3: Remove the side HCI rear cover
● Step 4: Remove the side HCI pickup motor
● Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the side HCI pickup motor.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
JC93-01083A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Side HCI pickup motor
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the side HCI right cover
▲ Remove seven screw caps and seven screws, and then remove the sHCI right cover.
ENWW 3000-sheet sHCI (department; E87640/50/60 only) 1057
Figure 2-1131 Right sHCI cover
Step 2: Remove the side HCI cable cover
▲ Remove the side HCI cable cover.
Figure 2-1132 Remove the sHCI cable cover
Step 3: Remove the side HCI rear cover
▲ Remove three screws from the top, and then remove the sHCI rear cover.
Figure 2-1133 Remove the sHCI rear cover
Step 4: Remove the side HCI pickup motor
▲ Disconnect the motor connector. Remove two screws, and then replace the pickup motor.
1058 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-1134 Pickup motor
Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW 3000-sheet sHCI (department; E87640/50/60 only) 1059
Side HCI feed motor
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the side HCI right cover
● Step 2: Remove the side HCI cable cover
● Step 3: Remove the side HCI rear cover
● Step 4: Remove the side HCI feed motor
● Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the side HCI feed motor.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
JC31-00163A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Side HCI feed motor
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the side HCI right cover
▲ Remove seven screw caps and seven screws, and then remove the sHCI right cover.
1060 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-1135 Right sHCI cover
Step 2: Remove the side HCI cable cover
▲ Remove the side HCI cable cover.
Figure 2-1136 Remove the sHCI cable cover
Step 3: Remove the side HCI rear cover
▲ Remove three screws from the top, and then remove the sHCI rear cover.
Figure 2-1137 Remove the sHCI rear cover
Step 4: Remove the side HCI feed motor
1. Disconnect two connectors. Open the cable clamp. Remove three screws, and then remove the Drive-PH
ENWW 3000-sheet sHCI (department; E87640/50/60 only) 1061
Figure 2-1138 Drive PH
2. Remove two screws, and then replace the feed motor.
Figure 2-1139 Feed motor
Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
1062 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW 3000-sheet sHCI (department; E87640/50/60 only) 1063
Side HCI lift-up motor
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the side HCI right cover
● Step 2: Remove the side HCI cable cover
● Step 3: Remove the side HCI rear cover
● Step 4: Remove the side HCI lift-up motor
● Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the side HCI lift-up motor.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Disconnect the power cable.
JC31-00109A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Side HCI lift-up motor
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
Step 1: Remove the side HCI right cover
▲ Remove seven screw caps and seven screws, and then remove the sHCI right cover.
1064 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 2-1140 Right sHCI cover
Step 2: Remove the side HCI cable cover
▲ Remove the side HCI cable cover.
Figure 2-1141 Remove the sHCI cable cover
Step 3: Remove the side HCI rear cover
▲ Remove three screws from the top, and then remove the sHCI rear cover.
Figure 2-1142 Remove the sHCI rear cover
Step 4: Remove the side HCI lift-up motor
▲ Disconnect the motor connector. Remove three screws, and then replace the sHCI lift-up motor.
ENWW 3000-sheet sHCI (department; E87640/50/60 only) 1065
Figure 2-1143 sHCI lift-up motor
Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1066 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3K HCI main 5
Figure 2-1144 3K HCI main 5
ENWW 3000-sheet sHCI (department; E87640/50/60 only) 1067
Table 2-41 3K HCI main 5
Ref Description Part number Qty
9 Actuator SNS JC66-04290A 1
12-2 Photo-interrupter 0604-001393 2
15 Connect sensor harness JC39-02291A 1
16 Plow harness JC39-02288A 1
1068 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3K HCI main 6
Figure 2-1145 3K HCI main 6
ENWW 3000-sheet sHCI (department; E87640/50/60 only) 1069
Table 2-42 3K HCI main 6
Ref Description Part number Qty
8 Coupler, torque limiter JC67-00455A 1
9 Frame, main pick roller JC93-01092A 1
13 Plow harness JC39-02288A 1
1070 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
Pickup cover unit
Figure 2-1146 Pickup cover unit
ENWW 3000-sheet sHCI (department; E87640/50/60 only) 1071
Table 2-43 Pickup cover unit
Ref Description Part number Qty
2 Photo-interrupter 0604-001393 1
9 Clutch, one way JC66-00977A 2
10 Idle holder, one way JC61-01288A 1
16 Pickup cover lever JC63-04799A 1
17 Bush-6, D (L) JC61-00884A 2
25 Photo-interrupter 0604–001393 2
26 Actuator, empty pickup JC66-04276A 1
30 Roller, pick, feed, sep JC93-01092A 3
1072 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3K sHCI frame
Figure 2-1147 3K sHCI frame
14
ENWW 3000-sheet sHCI (department; E87640/50/60 only) 1073
Table 2-44 3K sHCI frame
Ref Description Part number Qty
7 PCA - 3K sHCI JC92-02738C 1
11 Assembly, frame latch rear sensor JC93-01124A 1
14 Assy - frame latch sensor front JC93-01125A 1
15 Assembly, frame interlock JC93-01123A 1
1074 Chapter 2 Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement ENWW
3 Problem solving
● Error code and control panel message troubleshooting overview
● Troubleshooting process
● Tools for troubleshooting
● Clear paper jams
● Service mode (tech mode; du models)
● Print quality troubleshooting guide
● Adjusting the ADF/ADF skew (LX du models)
● Adjusting the Flow ADF skew
ENWW 1075
Error code and control panel message troubleshooting overview
Error codes
Error codes and control-panel messages display on the printer control panel to indicate the current printer status
or situations that might require action. Error codes are numerical, or alphanumerical, and have a set structure
with six characters (example: 13.WX.YZ).
● The first two characters are numeric and represent the system component that is causing the error. For
example, in error code 10.22.15, 10 = Supplies for HP LaserJets.
● The remaining four characters (WX, Y, and Z values) further define the error.
HP LaserJet and HP PageWide Enterprise error codes are documented in the control panel message document
(CPMD) for each printer.
The CPMD is a comprehensive list of error codes, diagnostic and troubleshooting steps to clear or resolve the
error, and other helpful information such as service mode pins and part numbers.
The CPMD is continually updated and republished with the latest information for the following error codes.
Table 3-1 ERROR CODES: The first two characters
Error code System Component System Error Description
10.WX.YZ Supplies (LaserJet) Supply error or supply memory error.
11.WX.YZ Real-time clock Internal error with the clock on the
formatter.
13.WX.YZ Jam (LaserJet) Paper jam or open door jam error.
15.WX.YZ Jam (PageWide) Paper jam or open door jam error.
17.WX.YZ Supplies (PageWide) Supply error or supply memory error.
20.WX.YZ Printer memory Insufficient memory or buffering error.
21.WX.YZ Page Page complexity causing a decompression
error when trying to process job.
30.WX.YZ Scanner Flatbed scanner error occurring inside the
unit.
31.WX.YZ Document feeder Document feeder, scanner, or jam error.
32.WX.YZ Backup, restore, or reset Backup, restore, or reset notification or
error.
33.WX.YZ Security Backup, Disk, EFI BIOS, Firmware integrity
(SureStart), or error.
40.WX.YZ Input/Output (I/O) Partition manager, secure erase, or USB
accessory error.
41.WX.YZ Fuser, Laser scanner, or Paper path Miscellaneous error including general and
misprint or mismatch errors typically
involving (but not limited to) the fuser, the
laser scanner, or the paper path.
42.WX.YZ Firmware Firmware failure involving the Event Log,
Shell, System Manager, or other
component.
1076 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Table 3-1 ERROR CODES: The first two characters (continued)
44.WX.YZ Firmware Firmware failure involving a digital sending
component.
45.WX.YZ OXPd/Web Kit (PageWide) Informational notifications involving the
OXPd Web Kit (communications log).
46.WX.YZ Engine (LaserJet) Engine communication error.
47.WX.YZ Firmware Job parser or printer calibration error.
48.WX.YZ Firmware PJA job accounting, job management, or job
pipeline error.
49.WX.YZ Firmware Firmware communication error.
50.WX.YZ Fuser (LaserJet) Fuser error.
51.WX.YZ Laser scanner (LaserJet) Laser scanner beam error.
52.WX.YZ Laser scanner (LaserJet) Laser scanner startup error.
54.WX.YZ Sensor Sensor error (not jam related).
55.WX.YZ DC controller (LaserJet) DC controller communication error.
56.WX.YZ Paper handling (LaserJet) Paper input/output or accessory error.
57.WX.YZ Fan Fan error.
58.WX.YZ Sensor Engine sensor failure.
59.WX.YZ Motor (LaserJet) Motor error.
60.WX.YZ Tray motor error (LaserJet) Tray lifting or pick up error.
61.WX.YZ Engine (PageWide and LaserJet) Print engine error with the 8–bit data
package.
62.WX.YZ System (LaserJet) LaserJet internal system error.
Print bar (PageWide) PageWide print system error.
63.WX.YZ Engine (LaserJet) General engine error (electrical,
communication, etc.).
65.WX.YZ Connector Output accessory connection error.
66.WX.YZ Output accessory Output accessory error.
67.WX.YZ Input accessory Input accessory connection error
69.WX.YZ Duplexer Duplexer error.
70.WX.YZ DC controller (LaserJet) DC controller firmware error.
80.WX.YZ Managed device Embedded Jetdirect error.
81.WX.YZ Near Field Communication (NFC) Wireless, Bluetooth or internal EIO error.
82.WX.YZ Memory (hard disk, EMMC, etc.) Disk hardware error.
90.WX.YZ Internal diagnostics Internal test of systems (i.e. disk, CPB,
display) or interconnection error.
98.WX.YZ Hard disk Hard disk partition error.
99.WX.YZ Firmware installer Remote Firmware Upgrade (RFU), firmware
install (engine or accessory), or disk error.
ENWW Error code and control panel message troubleshooting overview 1077
How to search for printer documentation
The CPMD, error codes, and other support documentation for each printer is found on the internal HP portals
GCSN and WISE (formerly SAW). GCSN is available to HP channel partners and WISE is available to call agents,
service technicians, and other HP internal users. The level of detail available will depend on your access
credentials.
How to search WISE for printer documentation
These instructions are for HP internal use by call agents, service technicians, and other internal users. To learn
how to find support content in WISE, watch the video here.
To view a list of control panel message documents per printer in WISE, enter document ID c05048451, to locate
CPMD list.
Go to WISE and enter this document ID c05791539 for written instructions.
How to search GCSN for printer documentation
These instructions are for internal use by HP Channel Partners. To learn how to find support content in GCSN,
watch the video here or follow these steps:
1. On the Home screen in GCSN, open Technical information using one of the following two methods:
● Type TINF in the Speedcode field found in the upper right corner and press Enter, or
● On the Home page, click Technical information in the left pane.
1078 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
2. Under Product Search, select the Type, Category, Family, and Series that match your product model (leave
the Model field as blank or the default).
NOTE: Make sure to login to GCSN using your service-qualified credentials to access the most
comprehensive content list available. To find out how to become service-qualified, contact your HP
representative.
Figure 3-1 Sample product search criteria
3. Click Add Favorites and then click Add to add the printer to your Favorites list and allow you to bypass the
Product Search fields next time for that particular model (Optional).
4. Clear all of the high-level check boxes.
ENWW Error code and control panel message troubleshooting overview 1079
5. Select the check boxes for the document types for which you want to search.
NOTE: Select only the high-level Manuals and Guides search option if you are not sure in which type of
manual or guide the content might be listed.
6. Select Submit.
7. If needed, click Back To selection Criteria and narrow your search (the maximum allowed search result is
100 documents).
NOTE: Do not select the Top Issue option unless you only want to view top issues for that model. All other
available content will be filtered out.
Technical information type Select this checkbox
CPMD CPMD-Map
List of all CPMDs per product Support Information
Installation Guide or Hardware Install Guide Maintenance/Service Guide or Install Guide
Service cost document Install Guide or Service Guide/Manual
Service guide or Service manual Service Guide/Manual
Self-solve or troubleshooting document Support Information
User manual or User guide User Guide
Warranty and Legal Guide Warranty Statement
1080 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Troubleshooting process
Determine the problem source
When the printer malfunctions or encounters an unexpected situation, the printer control panel alerts you to the
situation. This section contains a pre-troubleshooting checklist to filter out many possible causes of the problem.
A troubleshooting flowchart helps you diagnose the root cause of the problem. The remainder of this chapter
provides steps for correcting problems.
● Use the troubleshooting flowchart to pinpoint the root cause of hardware malfunctions. The flowchart
guides you to the section of this chapter that contains steps for correcting the malfunction.
Before beginning any troubleshooting procedure, check the following issues:
● Are supply items within their rated life?
● Are supply items Genuine HP supplies?
● Does the configuration page reveal any configuration errors?
NOTE: The customer or service provider is responsible for checking supplies and for using supplies that are in
good condition.
Power subsystem
Power-on checks
The basic printer functions should start up when the printer is connected into an electrical outlet and the power
switch is pushed to the on position. If the printer does not start, use the information in this section to isolate and
solve the problem.
If the control-panel display remains blank, random patterns display, or asterisks remain on the control-panel
display, perform power-on checks to find the cause of the problem.
Power-on troubleshooting overview
During normal operation, a cooling fan begins to spin briefly after the printer power is turned on. Place your hand
over the vents at the rear of the printer, next to the formatter, or on the on the rear of the scanner. If the fan is
operating, you will feel air passing out of the printer. You can lean close to the printer and hear the fan operating.
A fan begins to blow on the right door (fuser), and then the control panel goes through a series of set up
functions. The main motor turns on (unless the left door or cartridge access door is open, a jam condition is
sensed, or the paper-path sensors are damaged). You might be able to visually and audibly determine if the
main motor is turned on.
If the fan and main motor are operating correctly, the next troubleshooting step is to isolate print engine,
formatter, and control panel problems.
If the control panel is blank 1 minute after turning on the printer, check the following items:
1. Make sure that the printer is connected directly into an active electrical outlet (not a power strip) that
delivers the correct voltage.
2. Make sure that the power switch is in the on position, and then verify that the LED is on.
3. Make sure that the fan runs briefly, which indicates that the power supply is operational.
ENWW Troubleshooting process 1081
4. Depress the button on the back of the control panel to test the control panel functionality.
5. Make sure that the control-panel display wire harness is connected.
6. Remove any external solutions, and then try to turn the printer on again.
Troubleshooting a blank display, black display, no display, or no power situation
Customers usually report that the control-panel display is not showing anything. It is very important to collect as
much information as possible from the customer about the issue to help resolve it.
Following are some printer behaviors the customer might encounter:
● The control panel is completely blank (no LEDs or back light).
● The control Panel is blank, but there might be LEDs illuminated.
● The control Panel is blank (LEDs are on or flashing) and the back light is on (but no text visible).
Following are some possible causes of a blank control-panel display:
● No power to the printer.
● The control panel contrast setting is not correctly adjusted.
● The formatter connector(s) are not fully seated into the connector(s) on the DC controller, or the
connectors are not fully seated on the formatter.
● A faulty component is installed on the formatter (for example a memory DIMM, fax PCA, network PCA, USB
device, or other component).
● The formatter is defective.
● The control panel connector is not fully seated, or the control panel is defective.
● The DC controller is defective.
Following are some questions to ask the customer:
● Was the printer newly install or has the printer been properly functioning?
– For a new install, investigate to see if there was any shipping damage to the printer.
– Did the customer notice any damage to the shipping box or any visible damage to the printer?
● What happened just prior to the control panel going blank?
– Was the printer serviced recently, a power outage occurred?
– Has a lightning storm recently occurred?
– Did the customer recently add a memory DIMM or install a third-party component?
● Make sure to get a complete description of the failure.
– Is the control-panel display completely blank (might be faint text and no back light)?
– Is the control-panel display back light on?
– Has a print job been sent to the printer? The customer might report that their print jobs seemed to
print but when they go to the printer the control-panel display is blank.
1082 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Recommended actions
If the control-panel display is completely blank (no LEDs illuminated or no back light) check to see if the printer is
getting power. Listen for fans or any printer initialization sounds when the power is turned on.
If there are no signs of power, then perform the following:
1. Make sure that the printer is plugged directly into an active electrical outlet (not a power strip or
interruptible power supply) that delivers the correct voltage.
TIP: Try using a different power cable if possible.
2. Turn the printer power on, and make sure that the fan(s) run briefly (this indicates that the power supply is
operational).
3. Check if the yellow LED on formatter is flashing. If so, there is a communication issue between the
formatter and the control panel.
4. Turn the printer power off.
5. Make sure that the control-panel display wire harness (and/or flat cable) is properly connected (and fully
seated), and then turn the printer power on again.
6. Check control panel diagnostics by pressing the button on the back of the control panel to run different
diagnostic tests.
7. Verify the status LEDs are illuminated, but the control-panel display is blank. If applicable: Check if the
contrast setting is adjusted to very low. If so, try turning the contrast knob to see if the control-panel
display becomes visible.
8. From a host computer, send a print job to the printer.
NOTE: If the print job correctly prints, then the problem is most likely to a defective control panel.
9. Turn the printer power off, and then make sure that the memory DIMM is installed in the correct slot and is
fully seated.
NOTE: For some printers, there may be more than one memory DIMM installed. Some printers have third-
party solutions/applications or fonts that use memory.
10. Remove all of the components/accessories installed on the formatter (for example, hard drive, solid-state
drive, memory DIMM(s), fax PCA, network PCA, USB devices, or other devices).
● Make sure that the formatter is fully seated.
IMPORTANT: This is important because the formatter or a component on the formatter might be
defective or shorted, which causes the printer to lose power.
11. Reinstall the formatter. Make sure that it makes a good connection and is fully seated.
Make sure that all of the connectors on the formatter are correctly connected and fully seated.
12. Turn the printer power on, and then check the control-panel display.
13. If the printer control panel is properly working, replace each removed component (one at a time) to
determine which one is causing the problem.
ENWW Troubleshooting process 1083
CAUTION: Turn the printer power off, and then on again, after replacing a component on the formatter.
14. If the control-panel display is still blank after performing the above troubleshooting steps, and the control
panel diagnostics do not function, replace the control panel. If the control panel diagnostics are
functioning, then replace the formatter.
1084 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Control panel checks
Control panel diagnostic flowcharts
Use the flowcharts in this section to troubleshoot the following control panel problems.
● Touchscreen is blank, white, or dim (no image).
● Touchscreen is slow to respond or requires multiple presses to respond.
● Touchscreen has an unresponsive zone.
● No control panel sound.
● Home button is unresponsive.
● Hardware integration pocket (HIP) is not functioning (control panel functional).
ENWW Troubleshooting process 1085
Touchscreen black, white, or dim (no image)
NOTE: To open the diagnostic function, press the button on the back of the control panel.
Figure 3-2 Touchscreen blank, white, or dim (no image)
Black display White display Dim display
(no backlight (no image) (no image)
or image)
Is the Home button
Y
illuminated
(bright white)?
Is the product in bright
Open the sunlight?
diagnostic function. If yes, move the
N
product to a
different location.
Touch the display or Home button
to exit sleep mode. Make sure that
the product is plugged in and
the power is turned on. Does an image
appear on the Y
control panel?
Open the
diagnostic function.
Perform the
N backlight test.
Turn the product power off.
Does the display
Y Inspect and reseat the
turn on?
control panel cables.
Remove and reseat the
formatter cables.
Make sure that the
Problem solved.
formatter LEDs function. Is the backlight
N Y Y
adjustable?
Are the formatter
LEDs functioning? Problem fixed? Y
Do not replace the control panel.
N Turn the product power off.
Check connection and cables on the formatter
and at the comtrol panel.
Turn the product power off. N
Remove and reseat the formatter
cables.
Do not replace the control panel.
N
Replace the
control panel.
1086 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Touchscreen has an unresponsive zone
NOTE: To open the diagnostic function, press the button on the back of the control panel.
Figure 3-3 Touchscreen has an unresponsive zone
Touchscreen
has an
unresponsive
zone
Is the area of the
touchscreen you are touching
greyed out (intentionally
deactivated)?
Open the
diagnostic function.
Perform the
touch test.
Does the previously
inactive area respond
to a touch?
Y
Turn the product
power off,
and then
on again.
Replace the Does the previously
N inactive area respond
control panel.
to a touch?
Do not replace the
control panel.
ENWW Troubleshooting process 1087
No control panel sound
NOTE: To open the diagnostic function, press the button on the back of the control panel.
Figure 3-4 No control panel sound
Control panel
has no
sound
Open the following menus:
Administration
Display Settings
Key Press Sound
Select the following:
On
Save
Can sounds
be heard?
N
Y
Open the
diagnostic function.
Perform the sound test.
Can sounds
be heard?
Y
N
Do not replace the
control panel.
Turn the product power off.
Remove the control panel.
Check the cables to the speaker.
Replace the control panel. N Reseat the cables to the speaker.
Turn the product power on.
Can sounds be heard?
1088 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Home button is unresponsive
NOTE: To open the diagnostic function, press the button on the back of the control panel.
Figure 3-5 Home button is unresponsive
Home button
unresponsive
Note: If illuminated: continue.
If not illumated: verify that
the power is turned on,
the printer is not in sleep mode,
tunr the power off, and
then on agian.
Open the
diagnostic function.
Perform the Home
button test.
Does the virtual LED
illuminate green when
the Home button is pressed?
Turn the product power off,
and then on again.
Open the
diagnostic function.
Perform the
Home button test.
Does the virtual LED
illuminate green when
the Home button is pressed?
Y
Replace the Do not replace the
control panel. control panel.
ENWW Troubleshooting process 1089
Hardware integration pocket (HIP) is not functioning (control panel functional)
Figure 3-6 Hardware integration pocket (HIP) is not functioning (control panel functional)
Hardware integration
pocket (HIP)
not functional
(control panel
functional)
Check that all installed hardware integration
pocket devices are within HP specifications.
The control panel provides only 0.5 Amps to
the port. If an installed device attempts to draw
more power than is provided, the port is
automatically disabled. Troubleshoot third-party
devices with the device manufacturer.
Individual component diagnostics
Tools for troubleshooting: LED diagnostics
LED, engine, and individual diagnostics can identify and troubleshoot printer problems.
Understand lights on the formatter
Three LEDs on the formatter indicate that the printer is functioning correctly.
Figure 3-7 LEDs
1 Heartbeat LED
2 HP Jetdirect LEDs
1090 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
HP Jetdirect LEDs
The embedded HP Jetdirect print server has two LEDs. The yellow LED indicates network activity, and the green
LED indicates the link status. A blinking yellow LED indicates network traffic. If the green LED is off, a link has
failed.
For link failures, check all the network cable connections. In addition, try to manually configure the link settings
on the embedded print server by using the printer control-panel menus.
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, select Settings.
2. Open the following menus:
● Networking
● Ethernet
● Link Speed
3. Select the appropriate link speed, and then select OK.
ENWW Troubleshooting process 1091
Tools for troubleshooting: Engine diagnostics
The printer contains extensive internal engine diagnostics that help in troubleshooting print quality, paper path,
noise, assembly, and timing issues.
Defeating interlocks
Different tests can be used to isolate different types of issues. For assembly or noise isolation, run the diagnostic
test when the toner cartridge door or right door is open.
Defeating the door interlocks allows observation of the paper pick operation (and view the page enter
registration).
WARNING! Be careful when performing printer diagnostics to avoid risk of injury. Only trained service personnel
should open and run the diagnostics with a door open. Never touch any of the power supplies when the printer is
turned on.
Defeat the toner cartridge door interlock
1. Open the toner cartridge door.
2. Insert a folded piece of paper into the slot.
TIP: Fold a stiff piece of paper, for example a business card or index card, into two 10 mm (.375 in) strips,
and insert the strips into the slot for the cartridge door logic switches.
Figure 3-8 Defeat the toner cartridge door interlock
Defeat the front door interlock
1. Open the front door.
1092 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
2. Insert a folded piece of paper into the slot.
TIP: Fold a stiff piece of paper, for example a business card or index card, into two 10 mm (.375 in) strips,
and insert the strips into the slot for the front door logic switches.
Figure 3-9 Defeat the front door interlock
ENWW Troubleshooting process 1093
Tools for troubleshooting
Use the procedure below to test various printer mechanical and electromechanical assemblies.
Individual component diagnostics (special-mode test)
This test activates individual parts independently to isolate problems.
Each component test can be performed once or repeatedly.
Each component test can be performed once or repeatedly.
NOTE: The cartridge door interlocks must be defeated to run the component tests.
Access the individual component diagnostics from a touchscreen control panel
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Support Tools button.
2. Select one of the following tests:
● Continuous Scan
● Run Fax Test
3. Select the component test options for the test.
1094 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Tools for troubleshooting
Problem-solving checklist
Follow these steps when trying to solve a problem with the printer.
● Step 1: Check that the printer power is on
● Step 2: Check the control panel for error messages
● Step 3: Test print functionality
● Step 4: Test copy functionality
● Step 5: Test the fax sending functionality
● Step 6: Test the fax receiving functionality
● Step 7: Try sending a print job from a computer
● Step 8: Test the Plug and Print USB Drive printing functionality
● Factors that affect printer performance
Step 1: Check that the printer power is on
1. Make sure that the printer is plugged in and turned on. The power button should be lit with a white light. If
it is not, press the power button. If the power button does not light up, check the following conditions.
● Make sure that the power cable is connected to the printer and the outlet.
● Check the power source by connecting the power cable to a different outlet.
2. If the printer motors do not rotate, make sure that the toner cartridges are installed and that the doors are
all closed. The control panel displays messages to indicate these problems.
Step 2: Check the control panel for error messages
The control panel should indicate ready status. If an error message appears, resolve the error.
Print a supplies status page to ensure that the supplies are not at or over end of life.
NOTE: HP long-life consumable and maintenance kit life specifications are estimations. Actual individual life or
yield during normal use will vary depending on usage, environment, media, and other factors. Estimated life is
not an implied warranty.
Step 3: Test print functionality
1. From the control panel Home screen, touch the Reports button.
2. Open the Reports menu, touch the Configuration/Status Pages menu, select the Configuration Page item,
and then touch the Print button to print the report.
3. If the report does not print, make sure that paper is loaded in the tray, and check the control panel to see if
paper is jammed inside the printer.
NOTE: Make sure that the paper in the tray meets specifications for this printer.
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1095
Step 4: Test copy functionality
1. Place the configuration page into the ADF and make a copy. If paper does not feed smoothly through the
ADF, you might need to clean the ADF rollers and separation pad. Make sure that the paper meets
specifications for this printer.
2. Place the configuration page onto the scanner glass and make a copy.
3. If the print quality on the copied pages is not acceptable, clean the scanner glass and the small glass strip.
Step 5: Test the fax sending functionality
1. From the control panel Home screen, touch the Support Tools button.
2. Open the Troubleshooting menu, and then open the Diagnostics Tools menu. Touch the Run Fax Test
button to test the fax functionality.
3. Touch the Fax on the printer control panel, and then touch the Start Fax button.
Step 6: Test the fax receiving functionality
1. From the control panel Home screen, touch the Support Tools button.
2. Touch the Troubleshooting menu, and then open the Diagnostics Tests menu. Touch the Run Fax Test
button to test the fax functionality.
3. Use another fax machine to send a fax to the printer.
4. Review and reset the printer fax settings.
Step 7: Try sending a print job from a computer
1. Use a word-processing program to send a print job to the printer.
2. If the job does not print, make sure that you selected the correct printer driver.
3. Uninstall and then reinstall the printer software.
Step 8: Test the Plug and Print USB Drive printing functionality
1. Load a .PDF document or .JPEG photo onto a USB flash drive, and insert it in the USB port near the control
panel.
2. The USB Flash Drive menu opens. Try printing the document or photo.
3. If no documents are listed, try a different type of USB flash drive.
Factors that affect printer performance
Several factors affect the time it takes to print a job:
● The software program that you are using and its settings
● The use of special paper (such as heavy paper or custom-size paper)
● Printer processing and download time
● The complexity and size of graphics
1096 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
● The speed of the computer you are using
● The USB or network connection
● Whether the printer is printing in color or in monochrome
● The type of USB drive, if you are using one
● Environmental factors, such as low temperature or high humidity
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1097
Print menu map
To more easily navigate individual settings, print a report of the complete Reports menu.
Print the menu map from a touchscreen control panel
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Reports button.
2. Open the Configuration/Status Pages menu.
3. Select the Settings Menu Map option.
4. Touch the Print button to print the report.
TIP: Multiple report pages can be selected, and then printed together.
Print current settings pages
Printing the current settings page provides a map of the user configurable settings that might be helpful in the
troubleshooting process.
Print the current settings page from a touchscreen control panel
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Reports button.
2. Open the Configuration/Status Pages menu.
3. Select the Current Settings Page option.
4. Touch the Print button to print the report.
TIP: Multiple report pages can be selected, and then printed together.
Print event log
Printing the event log might be helpful in the troubleshooting process. For more information, see the Interpret
control-panel messages and event log entries section in the printer troubleshooting manual.
Print the event log from the Reports menu from a touchscreen control panel
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Support Tools button.
2. Open the following menus:
● Troubleshooting
● Event Log
3. The event log displays on the screen. To print it, touch the Print button.
Print the event log from the Service menu from a touchscreen control panel
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Support Tools button.
2. Open the Service menu.
3. Enter the following service access code for the printer:
1098 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
● Access code: 04087617
4. Touch the Event Log item.
Clear the event log from a touchscreen control panel
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Support Tools button.
2. Open the Service menu.
3. On the sign-in screen, select the Service Access Code option from the drop-down list.
4. Enter the following service access code for the printer:
● Access code: 04087617
5. Select the trash icon to clear the event log.
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1099
Pre-boot menu options
The Pre-boot menus are available prior to the printer initializing.
CAUTION: The Format Disk option (printers with a hard-disk drive only) performs a disk initialization for the
entire disk. The operating system, firmware files, and third party files (among other files) will be completely lost.
HP does not recommend this action.
TIP: The Pre-boot menu can be remotely accessed by using a telnet network protocol to establish an
administration connection to the printer. See Remote Admin on page 1109.
Open the Pre-boot menu from a touchscreen control panel
1. Touch the middle of the control-panel display when you see the 1/8 under the logo.
Figure 3-10 Open the Pre-boot menu
1 2
1100 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
2. On the Pre-boot menu screen, use the following buttons to navigate the tests.
Figure 3-11 Pre-boot menu
Use this button to see more information about a selected item.
Use this button to scroll up through menu items.
Use this button to select a highlighted menu item.
Use this button to scroll down through menu items.
Use this button to go back to the previous menu.
Not used.
Use this button to exit a diagnostic test.
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1101
3. Use the arrow buttons on the touchscreen to navigate the Pre-boot menu.
4. Touch the OK button to select a menu item.
Cold reset using the Pre-boot menu from a touchscreen control panel
CAUTION: This procedure resets all printer configurations and settings to factory defaults (customer
configurations and settings are lost).
1. Touch the middle of the control-panel display when you see the 1/8 under the logo.
Figure 3-12 Open the Pre-boot menu
1 2
2. Use the button to highlight the +3:Administrator item, and then touch the OK button.
3. Use the button to highlight the +8:Startup Options item, and then touch the OK button.
4. Use the button to highlight the 2 Cold Reset item, and then touch the OK button to select it.
5. Touch the Home button to return to the main Pre-boot menu and highlight the 1:Continue item, and then
touch the OK button.
NOTE: The printer will initialize.
NOTE: Some of the pre-boot options in the following tables are not supported by the current version of the
printer firmware and are included for information only. Future versions of firmware will support these options.
Table 3-2 Pre-boot menu options (1 of 7)
Menu option First level Second level Third level Description
Continue Selecting the Continue item exits the Pre-boot menu and
continues the normal boot process.
If a selection is not made in the initial menu within 30 seconds,
the printer returns to a normal boot (the same as selecting
Continue).
If the user navigates to another menu, the timeout does not
apply.
Sign In Enter the administrator PIN or service PIN if one is required to
open the Pre-boot menu.
Administrator This item navigates to the Administrator submenus.
If authentication is required (and the user is not already signed
in) the Sign In prompt displays. The user is required to sign in.
1102 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Table 3-2 Pre-boot menu options (1 of 7) (continued)
Menu option First level Second level Third level Description
Download Network This item initiates a Pre-boot firmware download process. A
USB Thumbdrive option will work on all FutureSmart printers.
USB USB or Network connections are not currently supported.
USB Thumbdrive
Format Disk This item reinitializes the disk and cleans all disk partitions.
CAUTION: Selecting the Format Disk item removes all data.
A delete confirmation prompt is not provided.
The system is not bootable after this action and a 99.09.67
error displays on the control panel. A firmware download must
be performed to return the system to a bootable state.
Partial Clean This item reinitializes the disk (removing all data except the
firmware repository where the master firmware bundle is
downloaded and saved).
CAUTION: Selecting the Partial Clean item removes all data
except the firmware repository. A delete confirmation prompt
is not provided.
CAUTION: This procedure resets all printer configurations
and settings to factory defaults (customer configurations and
settings are lost).
This allows a user to reformat the disk by removing the
firmware image from the active directory without having to
download new firmware code (printer remains bootable).
Change Password Select this item to set or change the administrator password.
Clear Password Select the Clear Password item to remove a password from
the Administrator menu. Before the password is actually
cleared, a message will be shown asking to confirm that the
password should be cleared. Press the OK button to confirm
the action.
When the confirmation prompt displays, press the OK button
to clear the password.
Table 3-3 Pre-boot menu options (2 of 7)
Menu option First level Second level Third level Description
Administrator Manage Disk Clear disk Select the Clear disk item to enable using an external device
for job storage. Job storage is normally enabled only for the
(continued) Boot device. This will be grayed out unless the 99.09.68 error
is displayed.
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1103
Table 3-3 Pre-boot menu options (2 of 7) (continued)
Menu option First level Second level Third level Description
Lock Disk Select the Lock Disk item to lock (mate) a new secure disk to
this printer.
The secure disk already locked to this printer will remain
accessible to this printer. Use this function to have more than
one encrypted disk accessible by the printer when using them
interchangeably.
The data stored on the secure disk locked to this printer always
remains accessible to this printer.
Leave Unlocked Select the Leave Unlocked item to use a new secure disk in an
unlocked mode for a single service event. The secure disk that
is already locked to this printer will remain accessible to this
printer and uses the old disk's encryption password with the
new disk.
The secure disk that is already locked to this printer remains
accessible to this printer.
Clear Disk Pwd Select the Clear Disk Pwd item to continue using the non-
secure disk and clear the password associated with the yet-to-
be installed secure disk.
CAUTION: Data on the missing secure disk will be
permanently inaccessible.
Retain Password Select the Retain Password item to use the non-secure disk for
this session only, and then search for the missing secure disk
in future sessions.
Boot Device Secure Erase Select the Secure Erase item to erase all of the data on the disk
and unlock it if required.
This might take a long time.
NOTE: The system will be unusable until the system files are
reinstalled. The ATA secure-erase command is a one-pass
overwrite, which erases the entire disk including firmware. The
disk remains an encrypted disk.
Erase/Unlock Select the Erase/Unlock item to cryptographically erase all
data on the disk and unlock the disk to allow a user to gain
access to it from any printer.
NOTE: The system will be unusable until the system files are
reinstalled. It erases the encryption key. The encryption key is
erased, so the disk becomes a non-encrypted disk.
Get Status This item provides disk status information if any is available.
Table 3-4 Pre-boot menu options (3 of 7)
Menu option First level Second level Third level Description
Administrator Manage Disk Internal Device Select the Internal Device item to erase the internal device or
get a status about the internal device.
(continued) (continued)
1104 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Table 3-4 Pre-boot menu options (3 of 7) (continued)
Menu option First level Second level Third level Description
Secure Erase Select the Secure Erase item to erase all of the data on the
disk and unlock it if required.
This might take a long time.
NOTE: The system will be unusable until the system files are
reinstalled. The ATA secure-erase command erases the entire
disk, including firmware. The disk remains an encrypted disk.
Erase/Unlock Select the Erase/Unlock item to cryptographically erase all of
the data on disk and unlock the disk to allow the user to gain
access to it from any printer.
NOTE: The system will be unusable until the system files are
reinstalled. The HP High Performance Secure Hard Disk is
erased.
Get Status This item provides disk status information if any is available.
External Device Select the External Device item to erase the external device or
get status about the external device.
Secure Erase Select the Secure Erase item to erase all of the data on the
disk and unlock it if required.
This might take a long time.
NOTE: The system will be unusable until the system files are
reinstalled.
The ATA secure-erase command erases the entire disk,
including firmware. The disk remains an encrypted disk.
Erase/Unlock Select the Erase/Unlock item to cryptographically erase all of
the data on disk and unlock the disk to allow a user to gain
access to it from any printer.
NOTE: The system will be unusable until the system files are
reinstalled. The encryption key is erased, so the disk becomes
a non-encrypted disk.
Get Status This item provides disk status information if any is available.
Table 3-5 Pre-boot menu options (4 of 7)
Menu option First level Second level Third level Description
Administrator Configure LAN IP Mode [DHCP] The network can be configured to obtain the network
settings from a DHCP server or as static.
(continued) NOTE: This
configuration is only Use this item for automatic IP address acquisition from the
active when the Pre- DHCP server.
boot menu is open.
IP Mode [STATIC] Use this item to manually assign the network addresses.
IP Address Use this item to manually enter the IP addresses.
Subnet Mask Use this item to manually enter the subnet mask.
Default Gateway Use this item to manually enter the default gateway.
Save Select the Save item to save the manual settings.
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1105
Table 3-6 Pre-boot menu options (5 of 7)
Menu option First level Second level Third level Description
Administrator Startup Options Select the Startup Options item to specify options that can
be set for the next time the printer is turned on and
(continued) initializes to the Ready state.
Show Revision Not currently functional: Select the Show Revision item to
allow the printer to initialize and show the firmware version
when the printer reaches the Ready state.
Once the printer power is turned on the next time, the Show
Revision item is unchecked so that the firmware revision is
not shown.
Cold Reset Select the Cold Reset item to clear the IP address and all
customer settings. (This item also returns all settings to
factory defaults.)
NOTE: Items in the Service menu are not reset.
Skip Disk Load Select the Skip Disk Load item to disable installed third-
party applications.
Skip Cal Select the Skip Cal item to skip the printer calibration for the
very next power-initialization cycle only.
Lock Service CAUTION: Select the Lock Service item to lock the Service
menu access (both in the Pre-boot menu and the Device
Maintenance menu).
Service personnel must have the administrator remove the
Lock Service setting before they can open the Service menu.
Skip FSCK Select the Skip FSCK item to disable Chkdisk/ScanVolume
during startup.
Administrator Startup Options First Power Not currently functional: This item allows the printer to
initialize as if it is the first time it has been turned on.
(continued) (continued)
For example, the user is prompted to configure first-time
settings like date/time, language, and other settings.
Select this item so that it is enabled for the next time the
printer power is turned on.
When the printer power is turned on the next time, this item
is unchecked so that the pre-configured settings are used
during configuration, and the first-time setting prompt is not
used.
Embedded Jetdirect Select the Embedded Jetdirect Off item to disable the
Off embedded HP Jetdirect.
By default this item is unchecked so that HP Jetdirect is
always enabled.
WiFi Accessory Select the WiFi Accessory item to enable the wireless
accessory.
1106 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Table 3-7 Pre-boot menu options (6 of 7)
Menu option First level Second level Third level Description
Administrator Diagnostics Diagnostic items are useful to diagnose
hardware components and their interface
(continued) connections. Use these items to
troubleshoot specific hardware
components, and the interface between
them and other components.
Memory Do Not Run Use the Do Not Run item to exclude the
Memory diagnostic when executing multiple
diagnostics.
Short Use the Short item to select a brief memory
test.
NOTE: This test requires about four
minutes to execute.
Long Use the Long item to select an extended
memory test.
NOTE: This test requires about twenty
minutes to execute.
Disk Do Not Run Use the Do Not Run item to exclude the Disk
diagnostic when executing multiple
diagnostics.
Short Use the Short item to select a brief firmware
self-test.
NOTE: This test requires about two or
three minutes to execute.
Long Use the Long item to select an extended
firmware self-test.
NOTE: This test requires about sixty
minutes to execute.
Optimized Use the Optimized item to select a test that
checks the active sectors on the disk.
NOTE: This test requires about thirty
minutes to execute.
Raw Use the Raw item to select a test that
checks every sector on the disk.
NOTE: This test requires about fifty
minutes to execute.
Smart Use the Smart item to select a very brief
test that checks the drive self-monitoring
analysis and reporting technology (SMART)
status—the drive detects and reports
reliability indicators to help anticipate disk
failures (SMART status).
CPB Use the CPB item to verify the integrity of
the copy processor board (CPB) and the
formatter PCA connections.
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1107
Table 3-7 Pre-boot menu options (6 of 7) (continued)
Menu option First level Second level Third level Description
Interconnect Use the Interconnect item to verify the
integrity of the interconnect PCA (ICB) and
its connections.
Run Selected Select the Run Selected item to execute a
selected test.
NOTE: If more than one test is selected,
they are executed in sequence.
Table 3-8 Pre-boot menu options (7 of 7)
Menu option First level Second level Third level Description
Administrator Remote Admin Start Telnet The Remote Admin item allows a service technician to
access to the printer Pre-boot menu remotely, and to
(continued) navigate the menu selections from a remote location.
IMPORTANT: A Remote Admin connection must be
initiated by a person that is physically present at the
printer.
This person will also need to provide a randomly
generated PIN to the remote service technician.
NOTE: For more information about using the Remote
Admin function, see Remote Admin on page 1109.
Stop Telnet
Refresh IP
System Triage Copy Logs If the device will not boot to the Ready state, or the
diagnostic log feature found in the Troubleshooting menu
is not accessible, then use the System Triage item to copy
the diagnostic logs to a USB flash drive at the next printer
start up.
The files can then be sent to HP to help diagnose the
problem.
Change Svc PWD Use this item to change the Service menu personal
identification number (PIN).
Reset Svc PWD If the Service menu personal identification number (PIN)
has been changed. Use this item to reset it to the original
PIN.
Service Tools Reset Password Use this item to reset the Pre-boot administrator
password.
Subsystems For manufacturing use only. Do not change these values.
Developer Tools Netexec
1108 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Remote Admin
The Remote Admin feature allows remote access the printer Pre-boot menu (BIOS environment). The printer
functions as a telnet server which uses the telnet networking protocol to transmit text data. Any computer (with
telnet installed and enabled) can function as the telnet client to remotely display and interact with the Pre-boot
menu.
IMPORTANT: While the Remote Admin function allows remote access the Pre-boot menu, for security reasons
the Remote Admin connection must be initiated by a person that is physically present at the printer.
This section describes the following Remote Admin items.
● Required software and network connection
● Connect a remote connection
● Disconnect a remote connection
Required software and network connection
Before using the Remote Admin feature, make sure that the telnet network protocol is installed, and enabled, on
the remote telnet client computer.
NOTE: This section describes enabling and configuring the telnet feature for computers using a Windows®
operating system.
HP recommends that the telnet client computer be a Windows based system, however, there are other
operating systems that support the telnet network protocol. For information about enabling and configuring the
telnet network protocol for other operating systems, see the owner's manual for that operating system.
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1109
Telnet client
Enable the Windows telnet client
All computers using the Windows operating system have the telnet client installed, however, the telnet client
function might not be enabled by default.
NOTE: The figures and menus in this section are for the Windows 7 Enterprise® operating system. Screens and
menu selections might vary slightly for other operating systems.
1. Use the Start menu to open the Control Panel, and then click the Programs item to select it.
Figure 3-13 Open the Control Panel
2. Click the Turn Windows features on or off item to select it.
Figure 3-14 Turn Windows features on or off
1110 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
3. In the Windows Features box, scroll down to Telnet Client. If the check box is not checked, click the box to
select it, and then click the OK button.
TIP: If the check box is already checked then the telnet client function is already enabled. Click the Cancel
button.
Figure 3-15 Enable the telnet client feature
Network connection
The remote telnet client computer must have direct network access to the printer for the Remote Admin
function to operate. This means that the telnet client computer must be on the same network as the printer. The
Remote Admin function cannot be accessed through a network firewall or other remote access network security
programs.
If a private network is not accessible, ask the network administrator to set up a virtual private network (VPN)
connection to the network.
Connect a remote connection
Start the telnet server function at the printer
For security reasons the Remote Admin feature must be initiated by a person that is physically present at the
printer. The following steps must be performed by a person that is physically present at the printer.
NOTE: This person might need to sign in with an administrator or service password depending on how the
printer is configured.
1. Turn the printer on.
2. The HP logo displays on the printer control panel. When a "1/8" with an underscore displays, touch the
middle of the screen to open the Pre-boot menu.
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1111
3. Use the arrow buttons on the touchscreen to scroll down and highlight the +3:Administrator item, and then
touch the OK button to select it.
Figure 3-16 Select the +3:Administrator item
4. Use the arrow buttons on the touchscreen to scroll down and highlight the +A:Remote Admin item, and
then touch the OK button to select it.
Figure 3-17 Select the +A:Remote Admin item
5. Use the arrow buttons on the touchscreen to scroll down and highlight the 1:Start Telnet item, and then
touch the OK button to select it.
Figure 3-18 Select the 1:Start Telnet item
6. Do one of the following
● If a connecting message displays briefly, go to step 7.
Figure 3-19 Telnet connecting message
● If an error message displays, use the steps below to identify the problem.
1112 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Figure 3-20 Telnet error message
a. The printer network cable is not correctly connected.
b. The BIOS LAN settings are incorrect.
○ The printer should be configured to use a static IP address, but is configured to use DHCP
instead.
○ The printer is configured to use a static IP address, but the IP address is incorrect.
c. The printer is correctly configured to use DHCP, but the DHCP server is not turned on or is
malfunctioning.
7. When the printer telnet server function is initialized, the following screen appears. Use the information on
this screen to connect the remote telnet client computer to the printer.
NOTE: The printer is now ready to receive remote telnet client commands.
● IP: The static or dynamically allocated IP address for the printer.
● Port: The standard telnet port (23).
● Pin: A randomly generated 4-digit personal identification number (PIN).
Figure 3-21 Telnet server function initialized
Start the telnet client function at the remote computer
The following steps establish a Remote Admin connection from a remote computer to the printer.
1. From the Start menu click Run to open a dialog box, type cmd in the Open field, and then click the OK
button to open a Windows command window.
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1113
Figure 3-22 Open a command window
2. From any displayed directory, type telnet at the prompt, and then press the Enter key.
Figure 3-23 Start a telnet session
3. Type o <IP ADDRESS> at the telnet prompt, and then press the Enter key.
NOTE: For <IP ADDRESS>, substitute the IP address that was displayed in step 7 in Start the telnet
server function at the printer on page 1111.
TIP: If the telnet connection fails to establish a connection, the printer is probably behind a firewall or on a
different network that the remote telnet client computer. See Network connection on page 1111.
Figure 3-24 Establish a telnet connection
1114 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
4. Type the PIN that was displayed in step 7 in Start the telnet server function at the printer on page 1111 at
the prompt, and then press the Enter key.
IMPORTANT: Make sure to type the PIN correctly. After five incorrect PIN entries, the printer terminates
the Remote Admin connection. The Remote Admin feature must be re-initiated at the printer. See Start the
telnet server function at the printer on page 1111.
Figure 3-25 Enter the PIN
5. The following screen displays when the correct PIN is entered and the Remote Admin connection is
successful. For information about the Pre-boot menu and options, see Pre-boot menu options
on page 1100.
NOTE: Because a Remote Admin connection is an unsecure telnet network protocol connection, the
following Pre-boot menu items are disabled for the remote telnet client computer.
● The +3:Administrator menu 4:Change Password item.
● The +3:Administrator menu 5:Clear Password item.
● The +3:Administrator menu 6:Disk Manage item.
Figure 3-26 Remote Admin window
Disconnect a remote connection
The Remote Admin connection can be terminated from the printer control panel or the remote telnet client
computer.
NOTE: The following procedure describes terminating a Remote Admin connection from the remote telnet
client computer.
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1115
1. From the Pre-boot main menu, use the arrow buttons on the keyboard to scroll down to the
+3:Administrator item, and then press the Enter key.
Figure 3-27 Access the administrator menu
2. Use the arrow buttons on the keyboard to scroll down to the +A:Remote Admin item, and then press the
Enter key.
Figure 3-28 Access the remote admin menu
3. Use the arrow buttons on the keyboard to scroll down to the 2:Stop Telnet item, and then press the Enter
key. The Remote Admin connection between the printer and the remote telnet client computer terminates.
IMPORTANT: The printer remains in the Pre-boot menu. Have the person that is physically present at the
printer do the following:
● Touch the Home button to return to the main Pre-boot menu and highlight the 1:Continue item, and
then touch the OK button. The printer will continue to initialize.
1116 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Figure 3-29 Terminate the telnet connection
Control panel menus
You can perform basic printer setup by using the Settings menu. Use the HP Embedded Web Server for more
advanced printer setup. To open the HP Embedded Web Server, enter the printer IP address or host name in the
address bar of a web browser.
● Reports menu
● Settings menu
● Copy menu (MFP only)
● Scan menu (MFP only)
● Fax menu (fax models only)
● Print menu
● Supplies menu
● Trays menu
● Troubleshooting menu
● Maintenance menu
Reports menu
To display: At the printer control panel, select Reports.
In the following table, asterisks (*) indicate the factory default setting.
Table 3-9 Reports menu
First level Second level Values Description
Configuration/Status Pages Settings Menu Map Print Shows a map of the entire control
panel system and the selected
View values for each setting.
Current Settings Page Print Shows a summary of the current
settings for the printer. This might
View be helpful if you plan to make
changes and need a record of the
present configuration.
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1117
Table 3-9 Reports menu (continued)
First level Second level Values Description
Configuration Page Print Shows the printer settings and
installed accessories.
View
How to Connect Page Print Shows the network information
typically needed to connect the
View printer to a network.
Supplies Status Page Print Shows the approximate remaining
life for the supplies; reports
View statistics on total number of pages
and jobs processed, serial number,
page counts, and maintenance
information.
HP provides approximations of the
remaining life for the supplies as a
customer convenience. The actual
remaining supply levels might be
different from the approximations
provided.
Usage Page Print Shows a count of all paper sizes
that have passed through the
View printer; lists whether they were
simplex, duplex, monochrome, or
color; and reports the page count.
File Directory Print Shows the file name and folder
name for files that are stored in the
View printer memory.
Web Services Status Page Print Shows the detected Web Services
for the printer.
View
Color Usage Job Log Print Shows color jobs completed by the
printer.
View
Fax Reports (MFP fax models only) Fax Activity Log Print Contains a list of the faxes that have
been sent from or received by this
View printer.
Billing Codes Report Print Provides a list of billing codes that
have been used for outgoing faxes.
View This report shows how many sent
faxes were billed to each code.
Blocked Fax List Print A list of phone numbers that are
blocked from sending faxes to this
View printer.
Speed Dial List Print Shows the speed dials that have
been set up for this printer.
View
Fax Call Report Print A detailed report of the last fax
operation, either sent or received.
View
Other Pages Demonstration Page Print Prints a demonstration page.
1118 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Table 3-9 Reports menu (continued)
First level Second level Values Description
RGB samples Print Prints color samples for different
RGB values. Use the samples as a
guide for matching printed colors.
CMYK samples Print Prints color samples for different
CMYK values. Use the samples as a
guide for matching printed colors.
PCL Font List Print Prints the available PCL fonts.
PS Font List Print Prints the available PS fonts.
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1119
Settings menu
To display: At the printer control panel, select the Settings menu.
In the following table, asterisks (*) indicate the factory default setting.
Table 3-10 Settings menu
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Values Description
General Date/Time Date/Time Format Date Format DD/MMM/YYYY Use the Date/Time
Settings Settings menu to
MMM/DD/YYYY specify the date
and time and to
YYYY/MMM/DD configure date/
time settings.
Time Format 12 hour (AM/PM) Select the format
that the printer
24 hours uses to show the
date and time, for
example 12-hour
format or 24-hour
format.
Date/Time Date Select the time zone Select the time
from a list. zone, date, and
time that the
printer uses.
Time Select the date from a
pop-up calendar.
Time Zone Select the time from a
pop-up keypad.
Energy Settings Sleep Schedule A list of scheduled + (Add) Use to configure
events displays. the printer to
Edit automatically wake
up or go to sleep at
Delete specific times on
specific days. Using
this feature saves
energy.
NOTE: You must
configure the date
and time settings
before you can use
this feature.
New event Event Type Select whether to
add or edit a Wake
event or a Sleep
event, and then
select the time and
the days for the
wake or sleep
event.
Time Set the wake or
sleep event time
parameters.
1120 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Table 3-10 Settings menu (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Values Description
Event Days Select days of the Set the wake or
week from a list. sleep event day
parameters.
Sleep Settings Auto Off After Range: 1 to 110 Set the number of
Sleep minutes minutes after
which the printer
Sleep After Default = 0 minutes enters Sleep or
Inactivity Auto Off mode.
Touch the existing
HP Auto Off/Auto number to open
On the virtual keypad,
and then increase
Shut Down or decrease the
number of
minutes.
Wake/Auto On to All Events*
These Events
Network port
Power button only
Display Settings Display Brightness Automatic* The Manual setting Use to specify the
uses a slider to intensity of the LCD
Manual manually control the control panel
display brightness. display.
System Sound On* Use to specify
whether you hear a
Off sound when you
touch the screen or
press buttons on
the control panel.
Language Settings Language Select from a list of Use to select a
languages that the different language
printer supports. for control panel
messages and
specify the default
keyboard layout.
When you select a
new language, the
keyboard layout
automatically
changes to match
the factory default
for the selected
language.
Keyboard Layout Each language has a Select the default
default keyboard keyboard layout
M681z/M682z layout. To change it, that matches the
only select from a list of language you want
layouts. to use.
Information Screen Show connection Use this menu item
information* to display or hide
connection
Hide connection information on the
information Home screen.
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1121
Table 3-10 Settings menu (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Values Description
Display Date and Show Date and Time* Select whether to
Time display or hide the
Hide Date and Time date and time on
M681/M682 only the control panel
Home screen.
Inactivity Timeout Range: 10-300 Specifies the
seconds amount of time
that elapses
Default = 60 seconds between any
activity on the
control panel and
when the printer
resets to the
default settings.
When the timeout
expires, the control
panel display
returns to the
Home menu, and
any user signed in
to the printer is
signed out.
Clearable Warnings On Use this feature to
set the period that
Job* a clearable warning
displays on the
control panel. If the
On setting is
selected, clearable
warnings appear
until the Clearable
Warnings button is
pressed. If the Job
setting is selected,
clearable warnings
stay on the display
during the job that
generated the
warning and
disappear from the
display when the
next job starts.
1122 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Table 3-10 Settings menu (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Values Description
Continuable Events Auto-continue (10 Use this option to
seconds)* configure the
printer behavior
Touch OK to continue when the printer
encounters certain
errors. If the Auto-
continue (10
seconds) option is
selected, the job
will continue after
10 seconds. If the
Touch OK to
continue option is
selected, the job
will stop and
require the user to
touch the OK
button before
continuing.
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1123
Table 3-10 Settings menu (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Values Description
Jam Recovery Auto* This printer
provides a jam
Off recovery feature
that reprints
On jammed pages.
Select one of the
following options:
Auto: The printer
attempts to reprint
jammed pages
when sufficient
memory is
available. This is
the default setting.
Off: The printer
does not attempt
to reprint jammed
pages. Because no
memory is used to
store the most
recent pages,
performance is
optimal.
NOTE: When
using this option, if
the printer runs out
of paper and the
job is being printed
on both sides,
some pages can be
lost.
On: The printer
always reprints
jammed pages.
Additional memory
is allocated to store
the last few pages
printed. This might
cause a decrease in
overall
performance.
Auto Recovery Enabled The printer
attempts to reprint
Disabled* jammed pages
when sufficient
memory is
available. This is
the default setting.
1124 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Table 3-10 Settings menu (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Values Description
Hold Off Print Job Enabled* Enable this feature
if you want to
Disabled prevent print jobs
from starting while
a user is initiating a
copy job from the
control panel. Held
print jobs start
printing after the
copy job is finished,
provided that no
other copy job is in
the print queue.
Restore Factory Restore Use to restore all
Settings printer settings to
Cancel their factory
defaults.
Copy/Print Copy Settings Image Preview Display a preview
of the image
before printing it.
Enable Device USB Enabled Enables the printer
to open a file from
Disabled* a USB drive.
Manage Stored Job Sort Order Job Name* This option allows
Jobs you list the jobs
Date either
alphabetically or
chronologically.
Retain Temporary Do not retain Sets which
Jobs After Reboot temporary jobs will
Personal jobs only be retained in the
event of a printer
All temporary jobs reboot.
Temporary Job 1-300 Configure global
Storage Limit settings for jobs
Default = 32 that are stored in
the printer
memory.
The Temporary Job
Storage Limit
feature specifies
the number of
temporary jobs
that can be stored
on the printer. The
maximum allowed
value is 300.
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1125
Table 3-10 Settings menu (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Values Description
Temporary Stored 1-300 Configure global
Job Retention settings for jobs
Default = 32 that are stored in
the printer
memory.
The Temporary
Stored Job
Retention feature
specifies the
number of
temporary jobs
that can be stored
on the printer. The
maximum allowed
value is 300.
Standard Stored 1-300 Configure global
Job Retention settings for jobs
Default = 32 that are stored in
the printer
memory.
The Temporary
Stored Job
Retention feature
specifies the
number of
standard jobs that
can be stored on
the printer. The
maximum allowed
value is 300.
Default Print Number of Copies Range: 1-32000 Sets the default
Options number of copies for a
Default = 1 copy job. This default
applies when the Copy
function or the Quick
Copy function is
initiated from the
printer Home screen.
Paper Selection Select from a list Configures the default
of sizes that the paper size used for
printer supports. print jobs.
Default Custom X Dimension Range: 3-8.5 Configures the default
Paper Size inches paper size that is used
when the user selects
Default = 8.5 Custom as the paper
inches size for a print job.
Y Dimension Range: 5-14
inches
Default = 14
inches
Use Inches Enabled*
Disabled
1126 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Table 3-10 Settings menu (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Values Description
Output Sides 1-sided* Use to indicate
whether the original
2-sided document is printed
on one or both sides,
and whether the
copies should be
printed on one or both
sides. For example,
select the 1-sided
original, 2-sided
output option when
the original is printed
on one side, but you
want to make two-
sided copies.
Staple None Sets the position of
the staple on the
Top left page.
Top right
Top left or right
Output Bin Automatically select
Standard bin
Upper bin
Middle bin
Resolution FastRes1200 Sets the resolution
for sent
1200x1200dpi documents. Higher
resolution images
have more dots per
inch (dpi), so they
show more detail.
Lower resolution
images have fewer
dots per inch and
show less detail,
but the file size is
smaller. Some file
types, for example
a file that will be
processed with
OCR, require a
specific resolution.
When these file
types are selected,
the Resolution
setting might
automatically
change to a valid
value.
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1127
Table 3-10 Settings menu (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Values Description
PCL and PostScript Courier Font Regular* Select which
Settings version of the
Dark Courier font you
want to use. The
factory default
setting is Regular,
which uses an
average stroke
width. The Dark
setting can be used
if a heavier Courier
font is needed.
Wide A4 Enabled Changes the
printable area of
Disabled* A4-size paper. If
you enable this
option, eighty 10-
pitch characters
can be printed on a
single line of A4
paper.
Print PS Errors Enabled Use this feature to
select whether a
Disabled* PostScript (PS)
error page is
printed when the
printer encounters
a PS error.
Print PDF Errors Enabled Selects whether a
PDF error page is
Disabled* printed when the
printer encounters
a PDF error.
Personality Auto* Configures the
default print
PCL language or
personality for the
PS printer. Normally
you should not
PDF change the printer
language. If you
change the setting
to a specific printer
language, the
printer does not
automatically
switch from one
language to
another unless
specific software
commands are
sent to it.
1128 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Table 3-10 Settings menu (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Values Description
PCL Font Settings Font Source Internal Selects the font
source for the
Disk resident user-soft default
font. The list of
available options
varies depending
on the installed
printer options.
Font Number Range: 0-110 Specifies the font
number for the
Default = 0 user-soft default
font using the
source that is
specified in the
Font Source menu.
The printer assigns
a number to each
font and lists it on
the PCL font list.
The font number
displays in the Font
# column of the
printout.
Font Pitch Range: 0.44-99.99 If the Font Source
option and the Font
Default = 10 Number setting
indicate a contour
font, then use this
feature to select a
default pitch (for a
fixed-spaced font).
PCL Settings Form Length Range: 5-128 Controls the PCL
print-command
Default = 60 options. PCL is a
set of printer
commands that HP
developed to
provide access to
printer features.
Use the Form
Length feature to
select the user-soft
default vertical
form length.
Orientation Portrait* Select the
orientation that is
Landscape most often used
for copy or scan
originals. Select the
Portrait option if
the short edge is at
the top or select
the Landscape
option if the long
edge is at the top.
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1129
Table 3-10 Settings menu (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Values Description
Symbol Set Select from a list of Select any one of
symbol sets. several available
symbol sets from
the control panel. A
symbol set is a
unique grouping of
all the characters in
a font. The factory
default value for
this option is PC-8.
Either PC-8 or
PC-850 are
recommended for
line-draw
characters.
Append CR to LF No* Configure whether
a carriage return
Yes (CR) is appended to
each line feed (LF)
encountered in
backwards-
compatible PCL
jobs (pure text, no
job control). Select
Yes to append the
carriage return.
The default setting
is No. Some
environments, such
as UNIX, indicate a
new line by using
only the line-feed
control code. This
option allows the
user to append the
required carriage
return to each line
feed.
Suppress Blank No* This option is for
Pages users who are
Yes generating their
own PCL, which
could include extra
form feeds that
would cause blank
pages to be
printed. When the
Yes option is
selected, form
feeds are ignored if
the page is blank.
1130 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Table 3-10 Settings menu (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Values Description
Media Source Standard* Use to select and
Mapping maintain input
Classic trays by number
when you are not
using the printer
driver, or when the
software program
has no option for
tray selection. The
following options
are available:
Standard: Tray
numbering is based
on newer
HP LaserJet
models.
Classic: Tray
numbering is based
on HP LaserJet 4
and older models.
Print Quality Adjust Color Tonal Range Highlights
Midtones
Shadows
Cyan
Magenta
Yellow
Black
Image Registration Tray Tray 1 Specify tray to be
adjusted
Tray 2
Tray 3
Tray 4
Tray 5
Depends upon
number of trays
installed
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1131
Table 3-10 Settings menu (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Values Description
Front-side -5.00 mm to 5.00 mm Shift the margin
Horizontal Shift alignment to center
the image on the
Front-side Vertical page from top to
Shift bottom and from
left to right. You
Back-side can also align the
Horizontal Shift image on the front
with the image
Back-side Vertical printed on the
Shift back.
The direction that
is perpendicular to
the way the paper
passes through the
printer is referred
to as X. This is also
known as the scan
direction. X1 is the
scan direction for a
single-sided page
or for the second
side of a two-sided
page. X2 is the
scan direction for
the first side of a
two-sided page.
The direction that
the paper feeds
through the printer
is referred to as Y.
Y1 is the feed
direction for a
single-sided page
or for the second
side of a two-sided
page. Y2 is the feed
direction for the
first side of a two-
sided page.
Use the Adjust Tray
<X> menu to adjust
the registration
settings for each
tray. Before
adjusting these
values, print a
registration test
page. It provides
alignment guides in
the X and Y
directions so you
can determine
which adjustments
are necessary. You
can adjust values
for X1 Shift, X2
Shift, Y1 Shift, and
Y2 Shift.
1132 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Table 3-10 Settings menu (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Values Description
Print Test Page Use the Print Test
Page option to
print a page to test
the image
registration. It
provides alignment
guides in the X and
Y directions so you
can determine
which adjustments
are necessary.
Auto Sense Tray 1 Sense every page
Behavior
Sense first page
Sense transparency
only
All Other Trays Sense first page
Sense transparency
only
Adjust paper types Select from a list of
paper types
Reset Paper Types
Optimize Normal Paper
Heavy paper
Envelope control
Tray 1
Background
Background 1
Uniformity Control
Tracking Control
Registration
Transfer Control
Moisture Control
Reset Optimize
Edge Control Off
Light
Normal
Maximum
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1133
Table 3-10 Settings menu (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Values Description
Manage Trays Use Requested Exclusively* Controls how the
Tray printer handles
First jobs that have
specified a specific
input tray. Two
options are
available:
Exclusively: The
printer never
selects a different
tray when the user
has indicated that a
specific tray should
be used, even if
that tray is empty.
First: The printer
pulls from another
tray if the specified
tray is empty, even
though the user
specifically
indicated a tray for
the job.
Manually Feed Always* Indicate whether a
Prompt prompt should
Unless loaded appear when the
type or size for a
job does not match
the specified tray
and the printer
pulls from the
multipurpose tray
instead. Two
options are
available:
Always: A prompt
always displays
before using the
multipurpose tray.
Unless loaded: A
message displays
only if the
multipurpose tray
is empty.
1134 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Table 3-10 Settings menu (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Values Description
Size/Type Prompt Display* Controls whether
the tray
Do not display configuration
message displays
whenever a tray is
closed. Two
options are
available:
Display: Shows the
tray configuration
message when a
tray is closed. The
user is able to
configure the tray
settings directly
from this message.
Do not display:
Prevents the tray
configuration
message from
automatically
appearing.
Use Another Tray Enabled* Use to turn on or
off the control
Disabled panel prompt to
select another tray
when the specified
tray is empty. Two
options are
available:
Enabled: When this
option is selected,
the user is
prompted either to
add paper to the
selected tray or to
choose a different
tray.
Disabled: When this
option is selected,
the user is not
given the option of
selecting a
different tray. The
printer prompts the
user to add paper
to the tray that was
initially selected.
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1135
Table 3-10 Settings menu (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Values Description
Alternative Disabled* Use to load
Letterhead Mode letterhead or
Enabled preprinted paper
into the tray the
same way for all
print jobs, whether
you are printing to
one side of the
sheet or to both
sides of the sheet.
When this option is
selected, load the
paper as you would
for printing on both
sides. See the user
documentation
that came with the
printer for
instructions about
loading letterhead
for printing on both
sides. When this
option is selected,
the printer speed
slows to the speed
required for
printing on both
sides.
Duplex Blank Auto* Controls how the
Pages printer handles
Yes two-sided jobs
(duplexing). Two
options are
available:
Auto: Enables
Smart Duplexing,
which instructs the
printer not to
process blank
pages.
Yes: Disables
Smart Duplexing
and forces the
duplexer to flip the
sheet of paper
even if it is printed
on only one side.
This might be
preferable for
certain jobs that
use paper types
such as letterhead
or prepunched
paper.
1136 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Table 3-10 Settings menu (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Values Description
Override A4/Letter Yes* Prints on letter-
size paper when an
No A4 job is sent but
no A4-size paper is
loaded in the
printer (or to print
on A4 paper when
a letter-size job is
sent but no letter-
size paper is
loaded). This option
will also override
A3 with ledger-size
paper and ledger
with A3-size paper.
Scan/Digital Send E-mail Settings E-mail Setup Use to configure
settings that apply
Network Folder NOTE: Email to sending
Settings Settings only documents
through email or
SharePoint saving documents
Settings to a folder on the
network or on a
Scan to USB Drive USB multi-drive.
Settings
The E-mail Setup
NOTE: The same Wizard feature
options are configures the
available for each printer to send
of these features, scanned images as
except where email attachments.
noted. To open the printer
HP Embedded Web
Server and set up
the email
notification server,
enter the printer IP
address into a Web
browser.
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1137
Table 3-10 Settings menu (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Values Description
Image Preview Make optional* Defines the default
job options for
Require preview each function. If
you do not specify
Disable preview the job options
when creating the
job, the default
options are used.
For complete
setup, go to the
HP Embedded Web
Server by typing
the IP address of
the printer into a
Web browser.
Use the Image
Preview feature to
scan a document
and display a
preview before
completing the job.
Select whether this
feature is available
on the printer.
Make optional: The
feature is optional,
depending on the
user who is signed
in.
Require preview
Previews are
required for all
users.
Disable preview:
Previews are
disabled for all
users.
1138 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Table 3-10 Settings menu (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Values Description
Default File Name The printer is
shipped with a
factory default file
name of [Untitled]
for any scanned
files that are sent
or saved. Use this
feature to specify a
different default
file name. If you are
saving a file to a
network folder or
USB storage printer
and a file with the
default file name
already exists, a
number is
appended to the
file name, for
example,
[Untitled]001.
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1139
Table 3-10 Settings menu (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Values Description
Document File Select from a list of file PDF provides the
Type types. best overall image
and text quality.
JPEG is a good
choice for most
graphics. Most
computers have a
browser that can
view .JPEG files.
This file type
produces one file
per page.
TIFF is a standard
file format that
many graphics
programs support.
This file type
produces one file
per page.
MTIFF: stands for
multi-page TIFF.
This file type saves
multiple scanned
pages in a single
file.
XPS (XML Paper
Specification)
creates an XML file
that preserves the
original formatting
of the document
and supports color
graphics and
embedded fonts.
NOTE: OCR file
types are not
supported on this
printer unless
attached to DSS.
1140 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Table 3-10 Settings menu (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Values Description
Optimize Text/ Manually Adjust* Use to optimize the
Picture output for a
Text particular type of
content. You can
Printed picture optimize the
output for text,
Photograph printed pictures, or
a mixture.
Manually Adjust:
Use to manually
optimize the
setting for text or
for pictures.
Text: Use to
optimize the text
portion of the copy
when text and/or
pictures are on the
original.
Printed picture: Use
for line drawings
and preprinted
images, such as
magazine clippings
or pages from
books.
Photograph: Best
suited for making
copies of printed
pictures.
Output Quality High (large file) Use to select the
quality for the
Medium* output. Higher-
quality images
Low (small file) require a larger file
size than lower-
quality images.
Larger files take
more time to send,
and some
recipients might
have trouble
receiving larger
files.
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1141
Table 3-10 Settings menu (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Values Description
Original Sides 1-sided Use to describe the
layout for each side
2-sided of the original
document. First
select whether the
original document
is printed on one
side or both sides.
Then touch the
Orientation setting
to indicate whether
the original has
portrait or
landscape
orientation. If it is
printed on both
sides, also select
the 2-sided format
that matches the
original document.
Orientation Automatically detect For some features
to work correctly,
Portrait* you must specify
the way the
Landscape content of the
original document
is placed on the
page. Portrait
orientation means
the short edge of
the page is along
the top. Landscape
orientation means
the long edge of
the page is along
the top. In the
Orientation area,
select whether the
original document
has a portrait or
landscape
orientation.
1142 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Table 3-10 Settings menu (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Values Description
2-Sided Format Book-style Book-style: The
back side of the
Flip-style original is printed
right-side-up, and
the back side of the
copy is printed the
same way. Use this
option for originals
and copies that are
bound along the
left edge.
Flip-style: The back
side of the original
is printed upside-
down, and the back
side of the copy is
printed the same
way. Use this
option for originals
and copies that are
to be bound along
the top edge.
Resolution 400 dpi Sets the resolution
for sent
300 dpi documents. Higher
resolution images
200 dpi have more dots per
inch (dpi), so they
150 dpi* show more detail.
Lower resolution
75 dpi images have fewer
dots per inch and
show less detail,
but the file size is
smaller. Some file
types, for example
a file that will be
processed with
OCR, require a
specific resolution.
When these file
types are selected,
the Resolution
setting might
automatically
change to a valid
value.
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1143
Table 3-10 Settings menu (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Values Description
Content Orientation Auto Detect For some features
Orientation to work correctly,
Portrait* you must specify
the way the
Landscape content of the
original document
is placed on the
page. Portrait
orientation means
the short edge of
the page is along
the top. Landscape
orientation means
the long edge of
the page is along
the top. In the
Orientation area,
select whether the
original document
has a portrait or
landscape
orientation.
2-Sided Format Book-style* Use to configure
the default style for
Flip-style 2-sided print jobs.
If the Book-style
option is selected,
the back side of the
page is printed the
right way up. This
option is for print
jobs that are bound
along the left edge.
If the Flip-style
option is selected,
the back side of the
page is printed
upside-down. This
option is for print
jobs that are bound
along the top edge.
1144 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Table 3-10 Settings menu (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Values Description
Color/Black Automatically detect* Use to enable or
disable color
Color scanning.
Black/Gray Automatically
detect:
Black Automatically
scans documents
in color if at least
one page has color.
Color: Scans
documents in color.
Black/Gray: Scans
documents in
grayscale.
Black: Scans
documents in black
and white with a
compressed file
size.
Original Size Select from a list of Use to describe the
supported sizes. page size of the
original document.
Notification Do not notify* Configure to
receive notification
Notify when job about the status of
completes a sent document.
Notify only if job fails Do not notify: Turns
off this feature.
Notify when job
E-mail completes: Select
to receive
notification for this
job only.
Notify only if job
fails: Select to
receive notification
only if the job is not
sent successfully.
Print: Select to
print the
notification at this
printer.
E-mail: Select to
receive the
notification to an
email account.
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1145
Table 3-10 Settings menu (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Values Description
Include Thumbnail NOTE: When
sending an analog
fax, select Include
Thumbnail to
receive a thumbnail
image of the first
page of the fax in
your notification.
Notification E-mail E-mail: Select to
address receive the
notification in an
email. Touch the
text box following
Email Address, and
then type the email
address for the
notification.
Image Adjustment Darkness Use to improve the
overall quality of
the copy.
Adjust the
Darkness setting to
increase or
decrease the
amount of white
and black in the
colors.
Contrast Adjust the Contrast
setting to increase
or decrease the
difference between
the lightest and
darkest color on
the page.
Background Adjust the
Cleanup Background
Cleanup setting if
you are having
trouble copying a
faint image.
Sharpness Adjust the
Sharpness setting
to clarify or soften
the image. For
example,
increasing the
sharpness could
make text appear
crisper, but
decreasing it could
make photographs
appear smoother.
1146 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Table 3-10 Settings menu (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Values Description
Automatic Tone The printer
automatically
adjusts the
Darkness, Contrast,
and Background
Cleanup settings to
the most
appropriate for the
scanned document.
Default Select this to make
the selected Image
Adjustment setting
the default value.
Job Build Job Build off* Use to combine
several original
Job Build on documents into
one job. Also use to
scan an original
document that has
more pages than
the document
feeder can
accommodate at
one time. The
printer temporarily
saves all the
scanned images.
After you have
scanned all the
pages for the job,
touch Finish to
finish the job.
Cropping Options Do not crop* Use this menu item
to automatically
Crop to content crop the scan for
digital sending. Use
Crop to paper the Crop to content
option to scan the
smallest possible
area that has
detectable content.
Erase Edges Use inches Use this menu item
to remove
Back side erase blemishes, such as
dark borders or
Front side erase staple marks, by
cleaning the
specified edges of
the scanned image.
In each of the text
boxes enter the
measurements, in
millimeters or
inches, for how
much of the top
edge, bottom edge,
left edge, and right
edge to clean.
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1147
Table 3-10 Settings menu (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Values Description
Multi-feed Disabled This setting stops
Detection the scanning
Enabled* process if it detects
multiple-page
feeds through the
document feeder.
Blank Page Disabled* Use to prevent
Suppression blank pages in the
Enabled original document
from being
included in the
output document.
Create Multiple Disabled* Enable this item to
Files scan pages into
Enabled separate files
based on a
specified page
limit.
A page is one side
of an original
document.
JPEG and TIFF have
a limit of one page
per file.
Digital Sending Allow Use of a DSS Disabled Configure how the
Software Setup Server printer interacts
Enabled* with the HP Digital
Allow Transfer to Sending Software
New DSS server (DSS) server.
HP DSS handles
digital sending
tasks, such as
faxing, emailing,
and sending
scanned
documents to a
network folder or
USB storage
device.
Use the Allow Use
of a DSS Server and
Allow Transfer to
New DSS server
options to
configure the
printer to use
HP DSS.
Fax Internal Fax
Modem Setup
Fax Send Settings Image Preview
1148 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Table 3-10 Settings menu (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Values Description
Fax Dialing Fax Dial Volume Off These settings
Settings control how the fax
Low* modem dials the
outgoing fax
High number when
faxes are sent.
Dialing Mode Tone*
Pulse
Redial Interval 1-5 Minutes
Default = 5 minutes
Fax Send Speed Fast*
Medium
Slow
Dialing Prefix
Detect Dial Tone
Redial on Error Range: 0-9
Default = 2
Redial on No Range: 0-2
Answer
Default = 0
Redial on Busy Range: 0-9
Default = 3
General Fax Send Fax Number Enabled If this feature is
Settings Confirmation enabled, you must
Disabled* enter the fax
number twice.
PC Fax Send Enabled* Enables users who
have the correct
Disabled driver installed to
send faxes through
the printer from
their computers.
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1149
Table 3-10 Settings menu (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Values Description
JBIG Compression Enabled* The JBIG
compression
Disabled reduces fax-
transmission time,
which can result in
lower phone
charges. However,
using JBIG
compression
sometimes causes
compatibility
problems with
older fax machines.
If this occurs, turn
off the JBIG
compression.
Error Correction Enabled* When error-
Mode correction mode is
Disabled enabled and an
error occurs during
fax transmission,
the printer sends or
receives the error
portion again.
Fax Header Prepend* Use to prepend or
overlay the fax
Overlay header page.
Fax Number Speed Enabled Use this item to
Dial Matching match the fax
Disabled* number that you
type to numbers
that are saved as a
speed dial.
1150 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Table 3-10 Settings menu (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Values Description
Billing Code Enable Billing Off* When billing codes
Settings Codes are enabled, a
On prompt displays
that asks the user
to enter the billing
code for an
outgoing fax. This
prompt does not
appear if the Allow
users to edit billing
codes check box is
not checked.
You can also use
the billing codes
report in the
Reports menu to
view the list of the
billing codes that
have been used for
faxes that have
been sent from the
printer. The list is
grouped by billing
code and also
shows fax details.
This feature can be
used for billing or
usage tracking.
Default Billing Specify a default
Code billing code for
faxing. If you
specify a default
billing code, this
code displays in the
Billing Code field
when the user
sends an outgoing
fax. If this field is
blank, no default
billing code is
provided for the
user.
Minimum Length Range: 1-16 Specify the
required length of
Default = 1 the billing code.
Billing codes can be
between 1 and 16
characters long.
Allow users to edit Off
billing codes
On*
Fax Receive Fax Receive Setup Ringer Volume Off Use to configure
Settings settings for
Low* receiving faxes.
High
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1151
Table 3-10 Settings menu (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Values Description
Rings To Answer Range: 1-6
Default = 1
Fax Receive Speed Fast*
Medium
Slow
Ring Interval Range: 220-600 ms
Default = 600 ms
Ring Frequency Range: 1-200
Default = 68hz
Fax Printing Always store faxes If you have
Schedule concerns about the
Always print faxes* security of private
faxes, use this
Use Fax Printing feature to store
Schedule faxes rather than
having them
automatically print.
Open the Fax
Printing Schedule
sub-menu, and
then you can
choose to always
store faxes, always
print them, or you
can set up a
schedule for each
day of the week.
Schedule + (Add) Print incoming faxes If you are using a
fax printing
Touch this to set Edit Store incoming faxes schedule, use this
up a fax printing menu to configure
schedule if you Delete (trash can) Time when to print
selected the Use faxes.
Fax Printing Event Days
Schedule option.
1152 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Table 3-10 Settings menu (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Values Description
Blocked Fax Fax Number to The blocked fax list
Numbers Block can contain up to
30 numbers. When
the printer receives
a call from one of
the blocked fax
numbers, it deletes
the incoming fax. It
also logs the
blocked fax in the
activity log along
with job-
accounting
information.
Add blocked
numbers: Enter a
fax number into
the Fax Number to
Block field, and
then touch the
arrow button to
add a new number
to the blocked fax
list.
To remove blocked
numbers: Select a
number and touch
the Delete button
to delete it from
the blocked fax list.
To clear all blocked
numbers: Touch
the Delete All
button to clear all
of the numbers
from the blocked
fax list.
You also can use
the Blocked Fax
List report in the
Information menu
to view the list of
the fax numbers
that have been
blocked on this
printer.
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1153
Table 3-10 Settings menu (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Values Description
Default Job Notification Do not notify* Configure to
Options receive notification
Notify when job about the status of
completes a sent document.
Notify only if job fails Do not notify: Turns
off this feature.
Notify when job
completes: Select
to receive
notification for this
job only.
Notify only if job
fails: Select to
receive notification
only if the job is not
sent successfully.
Print E-mail: Select to
receive the
E-mail* notification in an
email. Touch the
text box following
Email Address, and
then enter the
email address for
the notification.
Include NOTE: When
Thumbnail sending an analog
fax, select Include
Thumbnail to
receive a thumbnail
image of the first
page of the fax in
your notification.
Notification E- Touch this text
mail address field, provide the
email address to
which you want
notifications sent,
and then touch the
OK button.
Stamp Received Enabled Use this option to
Faxes add the date, time,
Disabled* sender’s phone
number, and page
number to each
page of the faxes
that this printer
receives.
1154 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Table 3-10 Settings menu (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Values Description
Fit to Page Enabled* Use to shrink faxes
that are larger than
Disabled Letter-size or A4-
size so that they
can fit onto a
Letter-size or A4-
size page. If this
feature set to
Disabled, faxes
larger than Letter
or A4 will flow
across multiple
pages.
Paper Tray Automatic*
Select from a list of
the trays.
Output Bin Automatically select
Standard bin
Upper bin
Middle bin
Out Sides 1-sided* Use to describe the
layout for each side
2-sided of the original
document. First
select whether the
original document
is printed on one
side or both sides.
Fax Forwarding Enable Fax Disabled* Use to forward
Forwarding received faxes to
Enabled another fax
machine.
Type of Fax Job to All faxes Use to select the
Forward type of fax jobs
Sent faxes that you want
forwarded.
Received faxes
Fax Forwarding Provide the
Number forwarding phone
number, and then
touch the OK
button.
Clear Fax Activity Clears all events
Log from the fax
activity log.
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1155
Table 3-10 Settings menu (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Values Description
Manage Supplies Low Warning Black Cartridge 1-100% Set the estimated
Thresholds percentage at
Cyan Cartridge Default = 5% which the printer
notifies you when a
Magenta toner cartridge is
Cartridge very low.
Yellow Cartridge
Low Warning On Displays a message
Threshold on the control
Message Off panel when a
cartridge is very
low.
Very Low Behavior Black Cartridge Stop
Color Cartridges Continue
Transfer Kit Prompt to continue
Fuser Kit
Document Feeder
Kit
Staples Stop
Prompt to continue
Restrict Color Use Enable Use this feature to
enable, restrict, or
Disable Color disable color
printing or copying.
Color if allowed*
1156 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Table 3-10 Settings menu (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Values Description
Color/Black Mix Auto Instructs the
printer when to
Mostly Color Pages switch between
color and
Mostly Black Pages monochrome
printing modes for
the best overall
performance.
Auto: Uses the
mode that is
appropriate for the
first page of the
job. If necessary,
the printer
switches modes
during the middle
of a job and then
stays in that mode
until the job is
finished.
Mostly Color Pages:
The printer uses
color mode for all
jobs, even if the job
contains no color
pages.
Mostly Black Pages:
The printer uses
monochrome
mode until it
detects a color
page. The printer
switches back to
monochrome
mode when it
detects a sequence
of several
monochrome
pages.
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1157
Table 3-10 Settings menu (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Values Description
Store Usage Data On supplies The Store Usage
Data provides a
Not on supplies way to suppress
the toner
cartridges from
storing most of the
information
gathered
exclusively for the
purpose of
understanding the
usage of the
printer. Select the
On supplies setting
to store the data
on the toner
cartridge memory
chip. Select the Not
on supplies setting
to suppress the
information from
being stored on the
memory chip.
Cartridge Off* Select to
Protection permanently
Protect Cartridges protect cartridges
so that they can be
used only in this
product or fleet of
products.
Cartridge Policy Off* Set Authorized HP
to allow only
Authorized HP genuine HP
cartridges to be
used in this
product.
Manage Stapler/ Operation Mode Mailbox
Stacker
Stacker
Function Separator
Job Offset On
Off
Networking Ethernet Information Print Security Yes Yes: Prints a page
Report that contains the
No* current security
settings on the
HP Jetdirect print
server.
No: A security
settings page is not
printed.
1158 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Table 3-10 Settings menu (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Values Description
TCP/IP Host Name Use the arrow buttons An alphanumeric
to edit the host name. string, up to 32
characters, used to
NPIXXXXXX* identify the printer.
This name is listed
on the HP Jetdirect
configuration page.
The default host
name is NPIxxxxxx,
where xxxxxx is
the last six digits of
the LAN hardware
(MAC) address.
IPV4 Settings Config Method Bootp Specifies the
method that TCP/
DHCP* IPv4 parameters
will be configured
Auto IP on the HP Jetdirect
print server.
Manual
Bootp (Bootstrap
Protocol): Use for
automatic
configuration from
a BootP server.
DHCP (Dynamic
Host Configuration
Protocol): Use for
automatic
configuration from
a DHCPv4 server. If
selected and a
DHCP lease exists,
the DHCP Release
menu and the
DHCP Renew menu
are available to set
DHCP lease
options.
Auto IP: Use for
automatic link-local
IPv4 addressing. An
address in the form
169.254.x.x is
assigned
automatically.
If you set this
option to the
Manual setting, use
the Manual
Settings menu to
configure TCP/IPv4
parameters.
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1159
Table 3-10 Settings menu (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Values Description
Default IP Auto IP* Specify the IP
address to default
Legacy to when the print
server is unable to
obtain an IP
address from the
network during a
forced TCP/IP
reconfiguration (for
example, when
manually
configured to use
BootP or DHCP).
NOTE: This
feature assigns a
static IP address
that might
interfere with a
managed network.
Auto IP: A link-local
IP address
169.254.x.x is set.
Legacy: The
address
192.0.0.192 is set,
consistent with
older HP Jetdirect
printers.
Primary DNS Range: 0-255 Specify the IP
address (n.n.n.n) of
Default = xxx.xxx.xx.xx a Primary Domain
Name System
(DNS) Server.
Secondary DNS Range: 0-255 Specify the IP
address (n.n.n.n) of
Default = 0.0.0.0 a Secondary DNS
Server.
IPV6 Settings Enable Off Use this item to
enable or disable
On* IPv6 operation on
the print server.
Off: IPv6 is
disabled.
On: IPv6 is enabled.
Address Manual Settings Use this item to
enable and
Enable manually configure
a TCP/IPv6
Address address.
1160 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Table 3-10 Settings menu (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Values Description
DHCPV6 Policy Router Specified Router Specified:
The stateful auto-
Router Unavailable* configuration
method to be used
Always by the print server
is determined by a
router. The router
specifies whether
the print server
obtains its address,
its configuration
information, or
both from a
DHCPv6 server.
Router Unavailable:
If a router is not
available, the print
server should
attempt to obtain
its stateful
configuration from
a DHCPv6 server.
Always: Whether a
router is available,
the print server
always attempts to
obtain its stateful
configuration from
a DHCPv6 server.
Primary DNS Range: 0-255 Specify the IP
address (n.n.n.n) of
Default = xxx.xxx.xx.xx a Primary Domain
Name System
(DNS) Server.
Secondary DNS Range: 0-255 Specify the IP
address (n.n.n.n) of
Default = 0.0.0.0 a Secondary DNS
Server.
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1161
Table 3-10 Settings menu (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Values Description
Proxy Server Select from a provided Specifies the proxy
list. server to be used
by embedded
applications in the
printer. A proxy
server is typically
used by network
clients for Internet
access. It caches
Web pages, and
provides a degree
of Internet security
for those clients.
To specify a proxy
server, enter its
IPv4 address or
fully-qualified
domain name. The
name can be up to
255 octets.
For some
networks, you
might need to
contact your
Internet Service
Provider (ISP) for
the proxy server
address.
Proxy Port Default = 00080 Enter the port
number used by
the proxy server
for client support.
The port number
identifies the port
reserved for proxy
activity on your
network, and can
be a value from 0
to 65535.
Idle Timeout Default = 0270 The time period, in
seconds, after
which an idle TCP
print data
connection is
closed (default is
270 seconds, 0
disables the
timeout).
1162 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Copy menu (MFP only)
To display: At the printer control panel, select the Copy menu.
In the following table, asterisks (*) indicate the factory default setting.
Table 3-11 Copy menu (MFP only)
First level Second level Third level Values Description
Sides Original Sides 1-sided* Use to indicate whether the
original document is printed
2-sided on one or both sides.
Output Sides 1-sided Use to indicate whether the
copies should be printed on
2-sided one or both sides.
Color/Black Automatically detect* Select how the copy should
be printed.
Color
Automatically detect: Prints
Black/Gray color documents in color,
and black and white
documents in black and
white. For mixed
documents, the printer will
determine whether to print
in color or black and white.
Color: Prints documents in
color.
Black: Prints documents in
black and white or
grayscale.
Quick Sets and Defaults Load
Save
Options Sides Original Sides 1-sided
2-sided
Output Sides 1-sided
2-sided
Color/Black Automatically detect* Select how the copy should
be printed.
Color
Automatically detect: Prints
Black/Gray color documents in color,
and black and white
documents in black and
white. For mixed
documents, the printer will
determine whether to print
in color or black and white.
Color: Prints documents in
color.
Black: Prints documents in
black and white or
grayscale.
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1163
Table 3-11 Copy menu (MFP only) (continued)
First level Second level Third level Values Description
Staple None Sets the position of the
staple on the page.
Top left angled
Top right angled
Scan mode Standard Document Book Mode allows the user
to scan pages from a book.
Book Mode
2–sided ID allows the user
2–sided ID to scan both sides of an
identification card onto one
sheet.
Reduce/Enlarge Automatic* Use to scale the size of the
document up or down.
Manual Select one of the predefined
percentages, or select the
Scaling field and type a
percentage between 25 and
400. The Auto option
automatically scales the
image to fit the paper size in
the tray.
NOTE: To reduce the
image, select a scaling
percentage that is less than
100. To enlarge the image,
select a scaling percentage
that is greater than 100.
Original Size Select from a list of sizes Describes the page size of
that the printer supports. the original document.
Paper Selection Paper Size For the best color and image
quality, select the
Paper Type appropriate paper type from
the control panel menu or
Paper Tray from the print driver.
Booklet Booklet Format (Checkbox) Use to copy two or more
pages onto one sheet of
paper so you can fold the
sheets in the center to form
a booklet. The printer
arranges the pages in the
correct order. For example, if
the original document has
eight pages, the printer
prints pages 1 and 8 on the
same sheet.
1164 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Table 3-11 Copy menu (MFP only) (continued)
First level Second level Third level Values Description
Content Orientation Auto Detect For some features to work
correctly, you must specify
Portrait* the way the content of the
original document is placed
Landscape on the page. Portrait
orientation means the short
edge of the page is along
the top. Landscape
orientation means the long
edge of the page is along
the top. In the Orientation
area, select whether the
original document has a
portrait or landscape
orientation.
Pages per Sheet One (1) Copies multiple pages onto
one sheet of paper.
Two (2)
NOTE: Before using this
Four (4) screen, use the Content
Orientation screen to
describe the original
document orientation.
Image Adjustment Sharpness Adjust the Sharpness setting
to clarify or soften the
image. For example,
increasing the sharpness
could make text appear
crisper, but decreasing it
could make photographs
appear smoother.
Darkness Use to improve the overall
quality of the copy.
Adjust the Darkness setting
to increase or decrease the
amount of white and black
in the colors.
Contrast Adjust the Contrast setting
to increase or decrease the
difference between the
lightest and darkest color on
the page.
Background Cleanup Adjust the Background
Cleanup setting if you are
having trouble copying a
faint image.
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1165
Table 3-11 Copy menu (MFP only) (continued)
First level Second level Third level Values Description
Optimize Text/Picture Manually Adjust* Optimize For: Optimizes the output for a
particular type of content.
Text You can optimize the output
for text, printed pictures, or
Mixed a mixture.
Printed picture Manually Adjust: Use to
manually optimize the
Photograph setting for text or for
pictures.
Text: Use to optimize the
text portion of the copy
where text and/or pictures
are on the original.
Printed picture: Use for line
drawings and preprinted
images, such as magazine
clippings or pages from
books.
Photograph: Best suited for
making copies of printed
pictures.
Erase Edges Front Side Use inches Use this menu item to
remove blemishes, such as
Apply same width to all dark borders or staple
edges marks, by cleaning the
specified edges of the
Top edge scanned image. In each of
the text boxes enter the
Bottom edge measurements, in
millimeters or inches, for
Left edge how much of the top edge,
bottom edge, left edge, and
Right edge
right edge to clean.
Back Side Use inches
Mirror front side
Top edge
Bottom edge
Left edge
Right edge
1166 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Table 3-11 Copy menu (MFP only) (continued)
First level Second level Third level Values Description
Collate Collate on (Sets in page If you are making more than
order)* one copy, select the Collate
on (Sets in page order)
Collate off (Pages grouped) option to assemble the
pages in the correct order in
each set of copies.
Select the Collate off (Pages
grouped) option to group
the same pages together.
For example, if you are
making five copies of an
original document that has
two pages, all five first
pages would be grouped
together and all five second
pages would be grouped
together.
Multi-feed Detection Enabled* This setting stops the
scanning process if it
Disabled detects multiple-page feeds
through the document
feeder.
Output Bin Automatically select
Standard bin
Upper bin
Middle bin
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1167
Scan menu (MFP only)
To display: At the printer control panel, select the Scan menu.
In the following table, asterisks (*) indicate the factory default setting.
Table 3-12 Scan menu (MFP)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description
Scan to Email
Scan to Network Folder Paths
Folder
File Name
Quick Sets and
Defaults
Options File Type and
Resolution
Original sides 1-sided Use to describe the
layout for each side of
2-sided the original document.
First select whether
the original document
is printed on one side
or both sides. Then
touch the Orientation
setting to indicate
whether the original
has portrait or
landscape orientation.
If it is printed on both
sides, also select the
2-sided format that
matches the original
document.
Color/Black Automatically detect* Use to enable or
disable color scanning.
Color
Automatically detect:
Black/Gray Automatically scans
documents in color if
Black at least one page has
color.
Color: Scans
documents in color.
Black/Gray: Scans
documents in
grayscale.
Black: Scans
documents in black
and white with a
compressed file size.
Original Size Select from a list of Use to describe the
supported sizes. page size of the
original document.
1168 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Table 3-12 Scan menu (MFP) (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description
Content Orientation Orientation Automatically Detect For some features to
work correctly, you
Portrait* must specify the way
the content of the
Landscape original document is
placed on the page.
Portrait orientation
means the short edge
of the page is along
the top. Landscape
orientation means the
long edge of the page
is along the top. In the
Orientation area, select
whether the original
document has a
portrait or landscape
orientation.
Image Adjustment Darkness Use to improve the
overall quality of the
copy. Adjust the
Darkness setting to
increase or decrease
the amount of white
and black in the colors.
Contrast Adjust the Contrast
setting to increase or
decrease the
difference between the
lightest and darkest
color on the page.
Background Cleanup Adjust the Background
Cleanup setting if you
are having trouble
copying a faint image.
Sharpness Adjust the Sharpness
setting to clarify or
soften the image. For
example, increasing
the sharpness could
make text appear
crisper, but decreasing
it could make
photographs appear
smoother.
Automatic Tone The printer
automatically adjusts
the Darkness, Contrast,
and Background
Cleanup settings to the
most appropriate for
the scanned
document.
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1169
Table 3-12 Scan menu (MFP) (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description
Default Select this to make the
selected Image
Adjustment setting the
default value.
Optimize Text/Picture
Erase Edges Use inches Use this menu item to
remove blemishes,
Back side erase such as dark borders
or staple marks, by
Front side erase cleaning the specified
edges of the scanned
image. In each of the
text boxes enter the
measurements, in
millimeters or inches,
for how much of the
top edge, bottom
edge, left edge, and
right edge to clean.
Cropping Options Do not crop Use this menu item to
automatically crop the
Crop to content scan for digital
sending. Use the Crop
Crop to paper to content option to
scan the smallest
possible area that has
detectable content.
Automatically
Straighten
Blank Page Disabled Use to prevent blank
Suppression pages in the original
Enabled document from being
included in the output
document.
Multi-feed Detection Disabled This setting stops the
scanning process if it
Enabled* detects multiple-page
feeds through the
document feeder.
Create Multiple Files Disabled Enable this item to
scan pages into
Enabled separate files based on
a specified page limit.
A page is one side of
an original document.
JPEG and TIFF have a
limit of one page per
file.
1170 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Table 3-12 Scan menu (MFP) (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description
Notification Do not notify Configure to receive
notification about the
Notify when job status of a sent
completes document.
Notify only if job fails Do not notify: Turns off
this feature.
Notify when job
E-mail completes: Select to
receive notification for
this job only.
Notify only if job fails:
Select to receive
notification only if the
job is not sent
successfully.
Print: Select to print
the notification at this
printer.
E-mail: Select to
receive the notification
to an email account.
Include Thumbnail Select Include
Thumbnail to receive a
thumbnail image of
the first page of the job
in your notification.
Notification Email E-mail: Select to
receive the notification
in an email. Touch the
text box following
Email Address, and
then type the email
address for the
notification.
Scan to USB Drive Destination
Job Name
Options File Type and
Resolution
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1171
Table 3-12 Scan menu (MFP) (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description
Original sides 1-sided Use to describe the
layout for each side of
2-sided the original document.
First select whether
the original document
is printed on one side
or both sides. Then
touch the Orientation
setting to indicate
whether the original
has portrait or
landscape orientation.
If it is printed on both
sides, also select the
2-sided format that
matches the original
document.
Color/Black Automatically detect* Use to enable or
disable color scanning.
Color
Automatically detect:
Black/Gray Automatically scans
documents in color if
Black at least one page has
color.
Color: Scans
documents in color.
Black/Gray: Scans
documents in
grayscale.
Black: Scans
documents in black
and white with a
compressed file size.
Original Size Select from a list of Use to describe the
supported sizes. page size of the
original document.
Content Orientation Automatically detect For some features to
work correctly, you
Portrait* must specify the way
the content of the
Landscape original document is
placed on the page.
Portrait orientation
means the short edge
of the page is along
the top. Landscape
orientation means the
long edge of the page
is along the top. In the
Orientation area, select
whether the original
document has a
portrait or landscape
orientation.
1172 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Table 3-12 Scan menu (MFP) (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description
Image Adjustment Darkness Use to improve the
overall quality of the
copy. Adjust the
Darkness setting to
increase or decrease
the amount of white
and black in the colors.
Contrast Adjust the Contrast
setting to increase or
decrease the
difference between the
lightest and darkest
color on the page.
Background Cleanup Adjust the Background
Cleanup setting if you
are having trouble
copying a faint image.
Sharpness Adjust the Sharpness
setting to clarify or
soften the image. For
example, increasing
the sharpness could
make text appear
crisper, but decreasing
it could make
photographs appear
smoother.
Automatic Tone The printer
automatically adjusts
the Darkness, Contrast,
and Background
Cleanup settings to the
most appropriate for
the scanned
document.
Default Select this to make the
selected Image
Adjustment setting the
default value.
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1173
Table 3-12 Scan menu (MFP) (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description
Optimize Text/Picture Manually Adjust* Use to optimize the
output for a particular
Text type of content. You
can optimize the
Printed picture output for text, printed
pictures, or a mixture.
Photograph
Manually Adjust: Use to
manually optimize the
setting for text or for
pictures.
Text: Use to optimize
the text portion of the
copy when text and/or
pictures are on the
original.
Printed picture: Use for
line drawings and
preprinted images,
such as magazine
clippings or pages
from books.
Photograph: Best
suited for making
copies of printed
pictures.
Erase Edges Use inches Use this menu item to
remove blemishes,
Back side erase such as dark borders
or staple marks, by
Front side erase cleaning the specified
edges of the scanned
image. In each of the
text boxes enter the
measurements, in
millimeters or inches,
for how much of the
top edge, bottom
edge, left edge, and
right edge to clean.
Cropping Options Do not crop Use this menu item to
automatically crop the
Crop to content scan for digital
sending. Use the Crop
Crop to paper to content option to
scan the smallest
possible area that has
detectable content.
Automatically
Straighten
Blank Page Disabled Use to prevent blank
Suppression pages in the original
Enabled document from being
included in the output
document.
1174 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Table 3-12 Scan menu (MFP) (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description
Multi-feed Detection Disabled This setting stops the
scanning process if it
Enabled* detects multiple-page
feeds through the
document feeder.
Create Multiple Files Disabled Enable this item to
scan pages into
Enabled separate files based on
a specified page limit.
A page is one side of
an original document.
JPEG and TIFF have a
limit of one page per
file.
Notification Do not notify Configure to receive
notification about the
Notify when job status of a sent
completes document.
Notify only if job fails Do not notify: Turns off
this feature.
Notify when job
E-mail completes: Select to
receive notification for
this job only.
Notify only if job fails:
Select to receive
notification only if the
job is not sent
successfully.
Print: Select to print
the notification at this
printer.
E-mail: Select to
receive the notification
to an email account.
Include Thumbnail Select Include
Thumbnail to receive a
thumbnail image of
the first page of the job
in your notification.
Notification Email E-mail: Select to
receive the notification
in an email. Touch the
text box following
Email Address, and
then type the email
address for the
notification.
Scan to Job Storage Folder
Job Name
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1175
Fax menu (fax models only)
To display: At the printer control panel, select the Fax menu.
In the following table, asterisks (*) indicate the factory default setting.
Table 3-13 Fax menu (fax models only)
First level Second level Third level Values Description
Dialing Prefix
Fax Recipients
Quick Sets and Defaults
Options Original Sides 1-sided* Use to describe the layout
for each side of the original
2-sided document. First select
whether the original
document is printed on one
side or both sides. Then
touch the Orientation
setting to indicate whether
the original has portrait or
landscape orientation. If it is
printed on both sides, also
select the 2-sided format
that matches the original
document.
Resolution Standard (100 x 200dpi)* Select the resolution for
outgoing faxes. If you
Fine (200 x 200dpi) increase the resolution,
faxes might be clearer but
Superfine (300 x 300dpi) they could transmit more
slowly. Some file types, for
example a file that will be
processed with OCR, require
a specific resolution. When
these file types are
selected, the Resolution
setting might be
automatically changed to a
valid value.
Original Size Select from a list of sizes Use to describe the page
that the printer supports. size of the original
document.
Content Orientation Orientation Portrait* For some features to work
correctly, you must specify
Landscape the way the content of the
original document is placed
on the page.
Portrait: This setting means
the short edge of the page
is along the top.
Landscape: This setting
means the long edge of the
page is along the top.
1176 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Table 3-13 Fax menu (fax models only) (continued)
First level Second level Third level Values Description
Image Adjustment Darkness Use to improve the overall
quality of the copy.
Adjust the Darkness setting
to increase or decrease the
amount of white and black
in the colors.
Contrast Adjust the Contrast setting
to increase or decrease the
difference between the
lightest and darkest color on
the page.
Background Cleanup Adjust the Background
Cleanup setting if you are
having trouble copying a
faint image.
Sharpness Adjust the Sharpness
setting to clarify or soften
the image. For example,
increasing the sharpness
could make text appear
crisper, but decreasing it
could make photographs
appear smoother.
Automatic Tone The printer automatically
adjusts the Darkness,
Contrast, and Background
Cleanup settings to the
most appropriate for the
scanned document.
Default Select this to make the
selected Image Adjustment
setting the default value.
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1177
Table 3-13 Fax menu (fax models only) (continued)
First level Second level Third level Values Description
Optimize Text/Picture Manually Adjust* Optimize For: Optimizes the output for a
particular type of content.
Text You can optimize the output
for text, printed pictures, or
Printed picture a mixture.
Photograph Manually Adjust: Use to
manually optimize the
setting for text or for
pictures.
Text: Use to optimize the
text portion of the copy
where text and/or pictures
are on the original.
Printed picture: Use for line
drawings and preprinted
images, such as magazine
clippings or pages from
books.
Photograph: Best suited for
making copies of printed
pictures.
Blank Page Suppression Disabled* Prevents blank pages in the
original document from
Enabled being included in the output
document.
Multi-feed Detection Disabled Use this feature to prevent
multiple pages being fed
Enabled* through the document
feeder during document
scans.
Notification Do not notify* Use to receive notification
about the status of a sent
Notify when job completes document.
Notify only if job fails Do not notify: Turns off this
feature.
Notify when job completes:
Select to receive notification
for this job only.
Notify only if job fails: Select
to receive notification only if
the job is not sent
successfully.
Print Print: Select to print the
notification at this printer.
E-mail: Select to receive the
notification in an email.
Touch the text box following
Email Address, and then
enter the email address for
the notification.
1178 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Table 3-13 Fax menu (fax models only) (continued)
First level Second level Third level Values Description
Include Thumbnail When sending an analog
fax, select Include
Thumbnail to receive a
thumbnail image of the first
page of the fax in your
notification.
Notification E-mail address Provide the email address
that will receive
notifications.
2-Sided Format Book-style* Use to configure the default
style for 2-sided print jobs.
Flip-style If the Book-style option is
selected, the back side of
the page is printed the right
way up. This option is for
print jobs that are bound
along the left edge. If the
Flip-style option is selected,
the back side of the page is
printed upside-down. This
option is for print jobs that
are bound along the top
edge.
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1179
Print menu
To display: At the printer control panel, select the Print menu.
In the following table, asterisks (*) indicate the factory default setting.
Table 3-14 Print Options menu
First level Second level Values Description
Print from Job Storage Stored Job to Print Untitled Print a job stored on the printer.
Stored Faxes
Print from USB Drive Stored Job to Print Choose file to print on USB drive. Print a job stored on a USB drive.
Fax Polling Fax Polling Number
1180 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Supplies menu
To display: At the printer control panel, select the Supplies menu.
In the following table, asterisks (*) indicate the factory default setting.
Table 3-15 Supplies menu
First level Values Description
Supplies Summary
Black Cartridge Status
Cyan Cartridge Order HP Part
Magenta Cartridge Pages Printed
Yellow Cartridge Approximate Pages Remaining
Toner Collection Unit Status
Transfer Kit Order HP Part
Fuser Kit
Document Feeder Kit
Stapler 1
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1181
Trays menu
To display: At the printer control panel, select the Trays menu.
In the following table, asterisks (*) indicate the factory default setting.
Table 3-16 Trays menu
First level Second level Values Description
Tray 1 Size Select paper size from a list of Choose the paper size for the tray
supported sizes.
Tray 2–x
Type Select paper type from a list of Choose the paper type for the tray.
supported types.
1182 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Troubleshooting menu
To display: At the product control panel, select the Support Tools menu, and then select the Troubleshooting
menu.
In the following table, asterisks (*) indicate the factory default setting.
Table 3-17 Troubleshooting
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description
Configuration/Status ● Settings Menu Select the
Pages Map configuration/Status
reports to review,
● Current and then touch the
Settings Page Print or View button.
● Configuration
Page
● How to
Connect Page
● Supplies
Status Page
● sage Page
● File Directory
Page
● Web Services
Status Page
● Color Usage
Job Log
Reports
Other Pages ● Demonstration
Page
● RGB Samples
● CMYK Samples
● PCL Font List
● PS Font List
Event Log Print Prints the 50 most
recent events in the
Event Log. For each
event, the printed
log shows the error
number, page count,
error code, and
description or
personality.
Paper Path Page View Shows how many
pages were printed
Print from each tray.
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1183
Table 3-17 Troubleshooting (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description
Fax (Fax is optional) Fax T.30 Trace Print T.30 Report Print Use to print or
configure the fax T.
30 trace report. T.30
is the standard that
specifies
handshaking,
protocols, and error
correction between
fax machines.
When to Print Never automatically Configure the T.30
Report print* report to print after
certain events. You
Print after every fax can choose to print
the report after
Print only after fax every fax job, every
send jobs fax job sent, every
fax job received,
Print after any fax every send error, or
error every receive error.
Print only after fax
send errors
Print only after fax
receive errors
Fax V.34 Normal* Use to disable V.34
modulations if
Off several fax failures
have occurred or if
phone line
conditions require it.
Fax Speaker Mode Normal* Used by a technician
to evaluate and
Diagnostic diagnose fax issues
by listening to the
sounds of fax
modulations
Fax Log Entries On The standard fax log
includes basic
Off* information such as
the time and
whether the fax was
successful. The
detailed fax log
shows the
intermediate results
of the redial process
not shown in the
standard fax log.
Print Quality Pages Print Fuser Test Print Use to print pages
Page that help you
resolve problems
with print quality.
Diagnostic Tests
Continuous Scan 2-sided
1184 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Table 3-17 Troubleshooting (continued)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description
Run Fax Test Start Use this menu to
perform a test on
specific components
within the product to
determine whether
the components are
functioning
correctly.
Retrieve Diagnostic Insert a US drive into Create files that
Data the USB port. The contain information
exported data might about the product
contain personally that can help
identifiable identify the cause of
information. problems.
Generate Debug Start
Data
Maintenance menu
Backup/Restore menu
To display: At the product control panel, select Support Tools and then Maintenance, and then select the Backup/
Restore menu.
In the following table, asterisks (*) indicate the factory default setting.
Table 3-18 Backup/Restore menu
First level Second level Third level Values Description
Backup Data Enable Scheduled Backups Backup Time Enter a time
Days Between Backups Enter the number of days
Backup Now
Export Last Backup
Restore Data Insert a USB drive that
contains the backup file.
Calibration/Cleaning menu
To display: At the product control panel, select the Maintenance menu, and then select the Calibrate/Cleaning
menu.
In the following table, asterisks (*) indicate the factory default setting.
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1185
Table 3-19 Calibrate/Cleaning menu
First level Second level Values Description
Calibration/Cleaning Page Print Use to process the cleaning page
that was created by using the
Create Cleaning Page menu. The
process takes up to 1.5 minutes.
Color Calibrations (color models) Start The product automatically
calibrates itself at various times.
However, you can calibrate the
product immediately if you see
problems with print quality. Use this
feature to perform a partial
calibration. Use this calibration if
color density or tone seems
incorrect.
Before calibrating the product,
make sure that the Ready indicator
displays on the control-panel
display. If a job is in progress, the
calibration occurs when that job is
complete.
1186 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Table 3-19 Calibrate/Cleaning menu (continued)
First level Second level Values Description
Calibration Start The product automatically
calibrates itself at various times.
However, you can calibrate the
product immediately if you see
problems with print quality. Use this
feature to perform a full calibration,
which can take up to three minutes.
Use this calibration if the color
layers seem to be shifted on the
page.
Before calibrating the product,
make sure that the Ready indicator
displays on the control-panel
display. If a job is in progress, the
calibration occurs when that job is
complete.
Delay Calibration at Wake/Power On No Delay Controls the timing of power-on
calibration when the product wakes
Delay 15 minutes up or is turned on.
Wake: Select if you are not using the
feature and want to print jobs
immediately when the product
wakes up or is turned on, before
calibration begins.
No: The product will calibrate
immediately when it wakes up or is
turned on. The product will not print
any jobs until it finishes calibrating.
Yes: Enables the product that is
asleep to accept print jobs before it
calibrates. It might start calibrating
before it has printed all the jobs it
has received. This option allows
quicker printing when coming out of
sleep mode or when you turn the
product on, but print quality might
be reduced.
NOTE: For the best results, allow
the product to calibrate before
printing. Print jobs performed
before calibration might not be of
the highest quality.
ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 1187
USB Firmware Upgrade menu
To display: At the product control panel, select the Maintenance menu, and then select the USB Firmware
Upgrade menu.
Insert a USB storage device with a firmware upgrade bundle into the USB port, and follow the on-screen
instructions.
1188 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Clear paper jams
Paper jam locations
1 Tray 1
2 Tray 2
3 Tray 3
13.A1 tray 1 paper jam
Use the following procedure to check for paper in all possible jam locations related to the Tray 1. When a jam
occurs, the control panel might display a message and an animation that assists in clearing the jam.
● 13.A1.XX Jam in tray 1
ENWW Clear paper jams 1189
1. Gently remove the jammed paper.
2. Open and then close the front door to resume
printing.
13.A2, 13.A3 tray 2, tray 3 paper jam
Use the following procedure to check for paper in all possible jam locations related to Tray 2 or Tray 3. When a
jam occurs, the control panel might display a message and an animation that assists in clearing the jam.
● 13.A2.XX Jam in tray 2
● 13.A3.XX Jam in tray 3
CAUTION: The fuser can be hot while the printer is in use. Wait for the fuser to cool before handling it.
NOTE: The procedure to clear a paper jam in Tray 3 is the same as for Tray 2. Only Tray 2 is shown here.
1190 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
1. Open the right door.
2. Gently remove any jammed paper.
ENWW Clear paper jams 1191
3. Close the right door.
4. Open the tray.
1192 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
5. Gently remove any jammed paper.
6. Close the tray. Printing automatically resumes.
Clear paper jams in the Bottom HCI
Clear paper jams in the Bottom HCI
1. Open the HCI.
ENWW Clear paper jams 1193
2. Remove any jammed paper.
3. Close the HCI.
1194 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Service mode (tech mode; du models)
Entering service mode
To enter service mode
1. From the control panel, select Support tools and then Service.
2. Enter the Service PIN ID.
▲ ID: 04087617
3. Select Service tools.
Figure 3-30 Service tools view
ENWW Service mode (tech mode; du models) 1195
Service mode menu tree
Figure 3-31 Information
Table 3-20 Information
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4
Information General Engine Board Serial
Number
Supply Status Customer Replacement Toner (CMYK)
Unit
Field Replacement Unit Imaging Unit (CMYK)
Development Unit (CMYK)
TCU
ITB
ITB cleaner
Transfer roller/T2 roller
Fuser
Tray x rollers
Flow ADF Roller
Software Version System Firmware
Version
Main Firmware Version
Engine Firmware Version
Boot ROM Version
File System Version
Flow ADF Firmware
Version
1196 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Table 3-20 Information (continued)
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4
Finisher Version
Scanner Version
Scan Control Version
Tray 2 Version
Tray 3 Version
Tray 4 Version
Tray 5 Version
Tray 6 Version
EP Version
Fuser Version
TR Version
Toner Version
Print CMS Version
Copy CMS Version
Scan CMS Version
Print Reports Supplies Information
Full Color Plane
Registration
Color Plane Registration
ENWW Service mode (tech mode; du models) 1197
Figure 3-32 Maintenance counts
Table 3-21 Maintenance counts
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4
Maintenance counts Part Replacement Count Toner Cartridge (CMKY)
Imaging Unit (CMKY)
Development Unit (CMKY)
Transfer roller/T2 roller
Image Transfer Belt (ITB)
ITB cleaner
Fuser
Tray x rollers
Flow ADF Pickup Roller
1198 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Figure 3-33 Diagnostics
Table 3-22 Diagnostics
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4
Diagnostics Engine Diagnostics Engine NVM Initialization
Engine NVM Read/Write
Engine Test Routines
Scanner Diagnostics Shading Test Shade and Print Report
Print Last Shade Report
Shade and Print Report
(Flow ADF)
Print Last Shade Report
(Flow ADF)
Scanner/Flow ADF NVM
Read/Write
Scanner/Flow ADF Test
Routines
Adjustment Print Adjustment Image Position
Print Test Patterns
Copy Adjustment Image Position
Scan Area Adjustment Automatic Adjustment
Manual Adjustment
Flow ADF Adjustment Automatic Adjustment
Manual Adjustment
ACS ACS Level Adjustment [1–5]: 3*
ACS Page Adjustment [1–5]: 5*
ENWW Service mode (tech mode; du models) 1199
Table 3-22 Diagnostics (continued)
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4
Image Management Auto Tone Adjustment Normal
Activation
Full
Auto Tone Adjustment Normal
Full
Print Test Patterns
Figure 3-34 Service functions
Table 3-23 Service functions
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4
Service Functions Main Memory Clear
Debug Log Job Status
Details
Capture Log All
Period Start Date/End Date
Transfer Assembly Transfer Assembly Process Speed/Paper for
Control Mode Control Mode Driver/T1 PWM
T2 Control Mode Paper Group/Paper Side/
Paper Direction/T2 PWM
Envelope Rotate Off
90 degrees
180 degrees
1200 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Information
General
Information > General
This menu displays the following information:
● Machine serial number
Supply status
Customer replacement unit (CRU)
Information > Supply Status > Customer Replacement Unit
● This menu displays the printer’s customer replacement unit status. Users can select one item in the list to
check the information of the selected unit.
Field replacement unit (FRU)
Information > Supply Status > Field Replacement Unit
● This menu displays the printer’s field replacement unit status. Users can select one item in the list to check
the information of the selected unit.
In this menu, there are five columns: Item, Threshold, Status, Count, and Maximum Life.
● Status: This column shows the current status of the selected item.
– OK: The current count is smaller than the default warning value.
– Check: The current count is bigger than the default warning value.
– OFF: The current count exceeds the maximum life.
● Count: This column shows the current count of the selected item.
● Maximum Life: This column shows the maximum capacity of the selected item.
The technician can edit the default warning value within the given threshold.
Selecting some items will enable the reset button to reset the current count to zero after replacing the unit.
Software version
Information > Software Version
● This menu displays the version of the software installed on the printer.
ENWW Service mode (tech mode; du models) 1201
Print reports
Information > Print Reports
This menu displays reports that can be printed from the system. The following reports are available to print:
● Supplies Information
● Auto Toning History
● Full Color Plane Registration
Information > Print Reports > Auto Toning History
NOTE: TRC means Tone Reproduction Curve.
This report shows a history of execution of the TRC control. The TRC control preserves color consistency against
changes in supplies resulting from long-time use and environmental change. The purpose of the history report is
to check if the TRC control is working normally.
● If the TRC control performs normally, Pass count must be a non-zero value and Fail count must be zero.
● If Fail count is not zero, check the image density sensor.
Maintenance counts
Part replacement count
Maintenance Counts > Part Replacement Count
● This menu displays the replacement counts for the system parts. Users can select one group and press OK
to see the exact name of the part and the occurrence of the replacement.
The following table shows replaceable parts groups of the system:
Unit Item Sensing Method
Toner Cartridge Toner (C) Auto Sensing
Toner (M) Auto Sensing
Toner (Y) Auto Sensing
Toner (K) Auto Sensing
Imaging Unit Imaging Unit (C) Auto Sensing
Imaging Unit (M) Auto Sensing
Imaging Unit (Y) Auto Sensing
Imaging Unit (K) Auto Sensing
Fuser Fuser Auto Sensing
Transfer Transfer Roller Count Clear
Roller Tray 2 Roller Count Clear
Tray 3 Roller Count Clear
1202 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Unit Item Sensing Method
Tray 4 Roller Count Clear
Tray 5 Roller Count Clear
Flow ADF Roller Flow ADF Roller Count Clear
Diagnostics
Engine diagnostics
Diagnostics > Engine Diagnostics > Engine NVM Initialization
● This menu initializes all engine NVM values to the default.
Diagnostics > Engine Diagnostics > Engine NVM Read/Write
Purpose To change a configuration value for the engine firmware.
Operation procedure When the main NVM Read/Write window displays, users can navigate through the list of
codes with descriptions and saved values.
Users can also input a code through the text box to find a configuration value directly.
After selecting one value, press the Edit button to open an interface for user input.
Code Display Meaning Default Max/Min
112–0120 Manual Color Registration X-Offset Distant from hsync to lsync (multi-hsync) 100 200/0
Yellow for yellow
112–0130 Manual Color Registration X-Offset Distant from hsync to lsync (multi-hsync) 100 200/0
Magenta for magenta
112–0140 Manual Color Registration X-Offset Cyan Distant from hysnc to lysync (multi- 100 200/0
hysync) for cyan
112–0150 Manual Color Registration X-Offset Black Distant from hysnc to lysync (multi- 100 200/0
hysync) for black
112–0160 Manual Color Registration Y-Offset Distant from psync to image area for 200 400/0
Yellow yellow
112–0170 Manual Color Registration Y-Offset Distant from psync to image area for 200 400/0
Magenta magenta
112–0180 Manual Color Registration Y-Offset Cyan Distant from psync to image area for 200 400/0
cyan
112–0190 Manual Color Registration Y-Offset Black Distant from psync to image area for 200 400/0
black
112–0240 Manual Color Registration Left Width Image area left width for yellow 500 1000/0
Yellow
112–0250 Manual Color Registration Right Width Image area right width for yellow 500 1000/0
Yellow
112–0260 Manual Color Registration Left Width Image area left width for magenta 500 1000/0
Magenta
ENWW Service mode (tech mode; du models) 1203
Code Display Meaning Default Max/Min
112–0270 Manual Color Registration Right Width Image area right width for magenta 500 1000/0
Magenta
112–0280 Manual Color Registration Left Width Image area left width for cyan 500 1000/0
Cyan
112–0290 Manual Color Registration Right Width Image area right width for cyan 500 1000/0
Cyan
112–0300 Manual Color Registration Left Width Image area left width for black 500 1000/0
Black
112–0310 Manual Color Registration Right Width Image area right width for black 500 1000/0
Black
112–0320 Color Registration Laser Scanner Laser scanner assembly skew for yellow 200 400/0
Assembly Skew Yellow
112–0330 Color Registration Laser Scanner Laser scanner assembly skew for 200 400/0
Assembly Skew Magenta magenta
112–0340 Color Registration Laser Scanner Laser scanner assembly skew for cyan 200 400/0
Assembly Skew Cyan
Engine test routines
● Diagnostics > Engine Diagnostics > Engine Test Routines
Purpose To perform test routines for the engine
Operation procedure When the main Engine Test Routines window displays, users can navigate through the
list of routines and descriptions that display. Users can directly input an EDC code
through the text box to search for a routine. A maximum of three routines can be
selected at the same time.
After selecting one or more routines, press the OK button to open the test window. The
selected routines will display and users can start/start the selected test routine.
Verification N/A
Specification N/A
Reference N/A
Code Display Meaning
100–0041 Yellow drum motor Yellow drum BLDC motor is on/off
100-0042 Magenta drum motor Magenta drum BLDC motor is on/off
100-0043 Cyan drum motor Cyan drum BLDC motor is on/off
100-0044 Black drum motor Black drum BLDC motor is on/off
100-0046 Yellow drum motor Ready Detect if yellow drum BLDC motor runs at normal
speed
100-0047 Magenta drum motor Ready Detect if magenta drum BLDC motor runs at
normal speed
1204 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Code Display Meaning
100-0048 Cyan drum motor Ready Detect if cyan drum BLDC motor runs at normal
speed
100-0049 Black drum Ready Detect if black drum BLDC motor runs at normal
speed
100-0080 ITB Engage Motor ITB engage motor on/off
100-0090 ITB Engage Sensor Detects if the ITB engage is on or off
100-0140 Duplex Motor Forward Duplex motor forward on/off
100-0141 Duplex Motor Forward Slow Duplex motor forward slow on/off
100-0142 Duplex Motor Forward Slowest Duplex motor forward slowest on/off
100-0160 Duplex Fan 1 Run Start/stop duplex fan 1 run
100-0180 Duplex Fan 1 Run Ready Detects if duplex fan 1 runs at normal speed.
100-0200 Tray 2 Elevating Motor Tray 2 elevate motor on/off (optional)
100-0210 Tray 3 Elevating Motor Tray 3 elevate motor on/off (optional)
100-0220 Tray 4 Elevating Motor Tray 4 elevate motor on/off (optional)
100-0230 Tray 5 Elevating Motor Tray 5 elevate motor on/off (optional)
100-0231 Tray 6 Elevating Motor Tray 6 elevate motor on/off (optional)
100-0240 Waste Toner Motor Waste toner motor on/off
100-0241 Waste Toner LED Waste toner LED on/off
100-0250 Waste Toner Full Sensor Detects if the waste toner is full
100-0260 SMPS Fan Run Start/stop SMPS fan run
100-0270 SMPS Fan Run Ready Detects if SMPS S fan runs at normal speed
100-0340 Feed Motor Feed motor is on/off
100-0341 Feed Motor Slow Feed motor slow is on/off
100-0342 Feed Motor Slowest Feed motor slowest is on/off
100-0370 Tray 2 Pickup Motor Tray 2 motor is on/off
100-0371 Tray 2 Pickup Motor Slow Tray 2 motor slow is on/off
100-0372 Tray 2 Pickup Motor Slowest Tray 2 motor slowest is on/off
100-0380 Tray 3 Pickup Motor Tray 3 motor is on/off
100-0381 Tray 3 Pickup Motor Slow Tray 3 motor slow is on/off
100-0382 Tray 3 Pickup Motor Slowest Tray 3 motor slowest is on/off
100-0390 Tray 4 Pickup Motor Tray 4 motor is on/off
100-0391 Tray 4 Pickup Motor Slow Tray 4 motor slow is on/off
100-0392 Tray 4 Pickup Motor Slowest Tray 4 motor slowest is on/off
100-0400 Tray 5 Pickup Motor Tray 5 motor is on/off
100-0401 Tray 5 Pickup Motor Slow Tray 5 motor slow is on/off
ENWW Service mode (tech mode; du models) 1205
Code Display Meaning
100-0402 Tray 5 Pickup Motor Slowest Tray 5 motor slowest is on/off
100-0410 Registration Motor Registration motor is on/off
100-0411 Registration Motor Slow Registration motor slow is on/off
100-0412 Registration Motor Slowest Registration motor slowest is on/off
100-0420 Tray 1 Feed Motor Tray 1 feed motor is on/off
100-0421 Tray 1 Feed Motor Slow Tray 1 feed motor slow is on/off
100-0422 Tray 1 Feed Motor Slowest Tray 1 feed motor slowest is on/off
100-0430 Exit 2 Motor Forward Exit 2 motor is on/off
100-0431 Exit 2 Motor Forward Slow Exit 2 motor slow is on/off
100-0432 Exit 2 Motor Forward Slowest Exit 2 motor slowest is on/off
100-0490 Duplex 2 Motor Forward Duplex 2 motor forward is on/off
100-0491 Duplex 2 Motor Forward Slow Duplex 2 motor forward slow is on/off
100-0492 Duplex 2 Motor Forward Slowest Duplex 2 motor forward slowest is on/off
100-0600 Return Motor Forward Return motor forward is on/off
100-0601 Return Motor Forward Slow Return motor forward slow is on/off
100-0602 Return Motor Forward Slowest Return motor forward slowest is on/off
100-0603 Return Motor Backward Return motor backward is on/off
100-0604 Return Motor Backward Slow Return motor backward slow is on/off
100-0605 Return Motor Backward Slowest Return motor backward slowest is on/off
100-0700 Tray 6 Pickup Motor Tray 6 motor is on/off
100-0701 Tray 6 Pickup Motor Slow Tray 6 motor slow is on/off
100-0702 Tray 6 Pickup Motor Slowest Tray 6 motor slowest is on/off
101-0101 Tray 4 Shift Gate Solenoid Tray 4 shift gate solenoid on/off
101-0140 Tray 4 Feed Motor Tray 4 feed motor on/off
101-0141 Tray 4 Feed Motor Slow Tray 4 motor slow is on/off
101-0142 Tray 4 Feed Motor Slowest Tray 4 motor slowest is on/off
101-0150 Tray 5 Feed Motor Tray 5 feed motor on/off
101-0151 Tray 5 Feed Motor Slow Tray 5 feed motor slow on/off
101-0152 Tray 5 Feed Motor Slowest Tray 5 feed motor slowest on/off
101-0160 Tray 6 Feed Motor Tray 6 feed motor slow on/off
101-0161 Tray 6 Feed Motor Slow Tray 6 feed motor slow on/off
101-0162 Tray 6 Feed Motor Slowest Tray 6 feed motor slowest on/off
101-0190 Output Bin Full Sensor Detects when paper is at output bin full sensor
101-0191 Output Bin 2 Full Sensor Detects when paper is at output bin 2 full sensor
1206 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Code Display Meaning
101-0206 Developer Suction Fan Run Start/stop developer fan run
101-0207 Developer Suction Fan Run Ready Detects if developer suction fan runs at normal
speed
101-0270 Tray 1 Clutch Tray 1 clutch is on/off
101-0271 Tray 1 Solenoid Tray 1 solenoid is on/off
101-0280 Return Gate Solenoid Return gate solenoid is on/off
101-1000 Power 24V 1 Power 24V
101-1001 Power 24V 2 Power 24V
101-1002 Power 24V 3 Power 24V
101-1003 Power 24V 4 Power 24V
102-0000 Tray 2 Home Position Detects when Tray 2 is closed
102-0001 Tray 2 Lock Detect Detect Tray 2 lock unit
102-0002 Tray 2 Lock Position Check Tray 2 lock position
102-0010 Tray 2 Paper Empty Sensor Detects when paper is in Tray 2
102-0041 Tray 2 Paper Size Read Detects paper size in Tray 2
102-0050 Tray 2 Stack Height Sensor Detects if paper in Tray 2 is elevated to the sensor
102-0070 Tray 3 Home Position Detects when Tray 3 is closed
102-0071 Tray 3 Lock Detect Detect Tray 3 lock unit
102-0072 Tray 3 Lock Position Check Tray 3 lock position
102-0080 Tray 3 Paper Empty Sensor Detects when paper is in Tray 3
102-0111 Tray 3 Paper Size Read Detects paper size in Tray 3
102-0120 Tray 3 Stack Height Sensor Detects if paper in Tray 3 is elevated to the sensor
102-0140 Tray 4 Home Position Detects when Tray 4 is closed
102-0141 Tray 4 Lock Detect Detect Tray 4 lock unit
102-0142 Tray 4 Lock Position Check Tray 4 lock position
102-0150 Tray 4 Paper Empty Sensor Detect when paper is in Tray 4
102-0181 Tray 4 Paper Size Read Detects paper size in Tray 4
102-0190 Tray 4 Stack Height Sensor Detects if paper in Tray 4 is elevated to the sensor
102-0201 Tray 4 Level Sensor 1 Detects when the stack height of Tray 4 is elevated
to sensor 1
102-0202 Tray 4 Level Sensor 2 Detects when the stack height of Tray 4 is elevated
to sensor 2
102-0210 Tray 5 Home Position Detect when Tray 5 is closed.
102-0211 Tray 5 Lock Detect Detect Tray 5 lock unit
102-0212 Tray 5 Lock Position Check Tray 5 lock position
ENWW Service mode (tech mode; du models) 1207
Code Display Meaning
102-0220 Tray 5 Paper Empty Sensor Detects when paper is in Tray 5
102-0251 Tray 5 Paper Size Read Detects paper size in Tray 5
102-0260 Tray 5 Stack Height Sensor Detects if paper in Tray 5 is elevated to the sensor
102-0271 Tray 5 Level Sensor 1 Detects when the stack height of Tray 5 is elevated
to sensor 1
102-0272 Tray 5 Level Sensor 2 Detects when the stack height of Tray 5 is elevated
to sensor 2
102-0273 Tray 5 Install Sensor 1 Detects when Tray 5 install sensor 1
102-0274 Tray 5 Install Sensor 2 Detects when Tray 5 install sensor 2
102-0280 Tray 1 Paper Empty Sensor Detects when paper is in Tray (Tray 1)
102-0281 Tray 1 Paper Size Read Detects paper Tray 1 size
102-0292 Pre-feed 2 Sensor Detects when paper is at the pre-feed 2 sensor
102-0300 Tray 3 Feed Sensor (or Door Open) Detects when paper is at Tray 3 feed sensor
(optional)
102-0301 Pre-feed 3 Sensor Detects when paper is at the pre-feed 3 sensor
102-0320 Tray 4 Feed Sensor (or Door Open) Detects when paper is at Tray 4 feed sensor
(optional)
102-0321 Pre-feed 4 Sensor Detects when paper is at the pre-feed 4 sensor
102-0330 Tray 4 Door Open Sensor Detects when Tray 4 is closed
102-0343 Pre-feed 5 Sensor Detects when paper is at the pre-feed 5 sensor
102-0350 Tray 5 Door Open Sensor Detects when Tray 5 is closed
102-0351 Tray 6 Door Open Sensor Detects when Tray 6 is closed
102-0353 Pre-feed 6 Sensor Detects when paper is at the pre-feed 6 sensor
(optional)
102-0360 Registration Sensor Detects when paper is at the registration sensor
102-0361 Fuser Out Sensor Detects when paper is at the fuser out sensor
102-0371 Exit 2 Sensor Detects when paper is at the exit 2 sensor.
102-0380 Duplex Jam 1 Sensor Detects when paper is at duplex jam 1 sensor.
102-0390 Duplex Jam 2 Sensor Detects when paper is at duplex jam 2 sensor.
102-0435 Front Cover Sensor Detects status of front cover
102-0436 Side Cover Sensor Detects status of side cover
102-0480 Tray 6 Paper Empty Sensor Detects when paper is in Tray 6
102-0520 Tray 6 Stack Height Sensor Detects if paper in Tray 6 is elevated to the sensor
102-0531 Tray 6 Level Sensor 1 Detects when the stack height of Tray 6 is elevated
to sensor 1
102-0532 Tray 6 Level Sensor 2 Detects when the stack height of Tray 6 is elevated
to sensor 2
1208 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Code Display Meaning
102-0533 Tray 6 Install Sensor 1 Detects when Tray 6 install sensor 1
102-0534 Tray 6 Install Sensor 2 Detects when Tray 6 install sensor 2
102-0730 Tray 4 Knock Up Home Sensor Detect when Tray 4 knock up home sensor
102-0731 Tray 4 Shift Tray Paper Empty Sensor Detect when paper is in Tray 4 shift tray
102-0732 Tray 4 Shift Tray Level Sensor 1 Detects when the stack height of Tray 4 shift tray
level sensor 1
102-0733 Tray 4 Shift Tray Level Sensor 2 Detects when the stack height of Tray 4 shift tray
level sensor 2
102-0734 Tray 4 Shift Plate Home Sensor Detect when Tray 4 shift plate home sensor
102-0735 Tray 4 Shift Plate End Sensor Detect when Tray 4 shift plate end sensor
102-0736 Tray 4 Gate Solenoid Home Sensor Detect when Tray 4 gate solenoid home sensor
104-0000 Waste Install Sensor Detects if waste is installed
105-0000 Yellow MHV Bias Yellow MHV bias voltage on at normal drive level
105-0010 Magenta MHV Bias Magenta MHV bias voltage on at normal drive level
105-0020 Cyan MHV Bias Cyan MHV bias voltage on at normal drive level
105-0030 Black MHV Bias Black MHV bias voltage on at normal drive level
106-0000 Yellow Developer Bias Yellow developer bias voltage on at normal drive
level
106-0010 Magenta Developer Bias Magenta developer bias voltage on at normal drive
level
106-0020 Cyan Developer Bias Cyan developer bias voltage on at normal drive
level
106-0030 Black Developer Bias Black developer bias voltage on at normal drive
level
106-0031 Black Developer AC Bias Black developer AC bias voltage on at normal drive
level
106-0032 Cyan Developer AC Bias Cyan developer AC bias voltage on at normal drive
level
106-0033 Magenta Developer AC Bias Magenta developer AC bias voltage on at normal
drive level
106-0034 Yellow Developer AC Bias Yellow developer AC bias voltage on at normal
drive level
106-0200 HVPS Installed Detect HVPS unit
107-0033 THV(-) Bias THV minus bias voltage on at normal drive level
107-0034 THV CC Bias THV constant current plus bias voltage
107-0035 THV CV Bias THV constant voltage plus bias voltage
107-0162 Yellow Eraser On Yellow eraser lamp on/off
107-0163 Magenta Eraser On Magenta eraser lamp on/off
107-0164 Cyan Eraser On Cyan eraser lamp on/off
ENWW Service mode (tech mode; du models) 1209
Code Display Meaning
107-0165 Black Eraser On Black eraser lamp on/off
107-0166 Yellow Eraser Detect Detect yellow eraser status
107-0167 Magenta Eraser Detect Detect magenta eraser status
107-0168 Cyan Eraser Detect Detect cyan eraser status
107-0169 Black Eraser Detect Detect black eraser status
107-0201 ITHV Yellow Bias Transfer assembly yellow bias on/off
107-0202 ITHV Magenta Bias Transfer assembly magenta bias on/off
107-0203 ITHV Cyan Bias Transfer assembly cyan bias on/off
107-0204 ITHV Black Bias Transfer assembly black bias on/off
109-0000 Fuser Temperature A Detects what the temperature A is on the fuser
109-0010 Fuser Temperature B Detects what the temperature B is on the fuser
109-0011 LSU Temperature LSU temperature
109-0012 Inner Temperature Inner temperature
109-0013 Outer Temperature Outer temperature
109-0014 Humidity Humidity
109-0020 Fuser Fan Run Ready Detects if fuser fan motor runs at normal speed
109-0021 Exit 2 Fan Run Start/stop exit 2 fan run
109-0022 Exit 2 Fan Run Ready Detects if exit 2 fan runs at normal speed
109-0023 Exit 3 Fan Run Start/stop exit 3 fan run
109-0024 Exit 3 Fan Run Ready Detects if exit 3 fan runs at normal speed
109-0025 Exit 4 Fan Run Start/Stop exit 4 fan run
109-0026 Exit 4 Fan Run Ready Detects if exit 4 fan runs at normal speed
109-0030 Fuser Motor Forward Fuser motor forward on/off
109-0034 Fuser Motor Ready Detects if fuser fan runs at normal speed
109-0040 Fuser Fan Run Fuser fan motor on/off
109-0046 Exit Fan Run Exit fan motor on/off
109-0047 Exit Fan Run Ready Detects if the exit fan runs at normal speed
109-0130 Fuser Gap Motor Fuser press control motor on/off
109-0140 Fuser Gap Home Sensor Detects if the fuser press is located in the home
position
109-0200 Detect Fuser Relay Detect fuser relay status
109-0210 Detect Zero Cross Period Detect zero cross period
109-0300 Fuser Installed Detect fuser unit
110-0000 LSU Motor 1 Run Ready Detects if the LSU motor 1 runs at normal speed
1210 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Code Display Meaning
110-0020 LUS Motor Fan 1 Run Ready Detects if the LSU fan motor 1 runs at normal
speed
110-0060 LSU Motor 1 Run LSU motor 1 on/off
110-0080 LSU LD Power 1 LSU LD 1 power on/off (yellow)
110-0090 LSU LD Power 2 LSU LD 2 power on/off (magenta)
110-0100 LSU LD Power 3 LSU LD 3 power on/off (cyan)
110-0110 LSU LD Power 4 LSU LD 4 power on/off (black)
110-0120 LSU Fan 1 Run Start/stop the LSU fan run
110-0140 LSU HSync 1 Detect the LSU HSync 1 (yellow)
110-0150 LSU HSync 2 Detect the LSU HSync 2 (magenta)
110-0160 LSU HSync 3 Detect the LSU HSync 3 (cyan)
110-0170 LSU HSync 4 Detect the LSU HSync 4 (black)
110-0200 LSU Installed Detect the LSU
110-0320 LSU Shutter Open Detects if the LSU shutter is open
110-0330 LSU Shutter Closed Detects if the LSU shutter is closed
111-0000 Toner Dispense Motor Yellow Toner dispense (supply) motor on/off
111-0010 Toner Dispense Motor Magenta Toner dispense (supply) motor on/off
111-0020 Toner Dispense Motor Cyan Toner dispense (supply) motor on/off
111-0030 Toner Dispense Motor Black Toner dispense (supply) motor on/off
111-0040 Toner Sensor Yellow TC sensor in developer tank
111-0050 Toner Sensor Magenta TC sensor in developer tank
111-0060 Toner Sensor Cyan TC sensor in developer tank
111-0070 Toner Sensor Black TC sensor in developer tank
111-0110 Toner Control Voltage Yellow Yellow toner voltage on/off
111-0120 Toner Control Voltage Magenta Magenta toner voltage on/off
111-0130 Toner Control Voltage Cyan Cyan toner voltage on/off
111-0140 Toner Control Voltage Black Black toner voltage on/off
111-0200 Toner Supply Lock Sensor Yellow Yellow supply motor lock sensor
111-0210 Toner Supply Lock Sensor Magenta Magenta supply motor lock sensor
111-0220 Toner Supply Lock Sensor Cyan Cyan supply motor lock sensor
111-0230 Toner Supply Lock Sensor Black Black supply motor lock sensor
111-0300 Toner Reservoir Motor Yellow Yellow reservoir motor on/off
111-0310 Toner Reservoir Motor Magenta Magenta reservoir motor on/off
111-0320 Toner Reservoir Motor Cyan Cyan reservoir motor on/off
111-0330 Toner Reservoir Motor Black Black reservoir motor on/off
ENWW Service mode (tech mode; du models) 1211
Code Display Meaning
111-0340 Toner Reservoir Level Yellow Yellow reservoir motor on/off
111-0350 Toner Reservoir Level Magenta Magenta reservoir motor on/off
111-0360 Toner Reservoir Level Cyan Cyan reservoir level display
111-0370 Toner Reservoir Level Black Black reservoir level display
112-0010 Clear Manual Offset Value of Color Registration Clear manual offset value of color registration
112-0101 Yellow Drum Home Sensor Status Yellow drum home sensor status display
112-0111 Magenta Drum Home Sensor Status Magenta drum home sensor status display
112-0121 Cyan Drum Home Sensor Status Cyan drum home sensor status display
112-0131 Black Drum Home Sensor Status Black drum home sensor status display
112-0200 ACR Shutter Motor Run ACR shutter motor on/off
112-0210 ACR Shutter Detect Detect ACR shutter
112-0220 ACR Shutter Open ACR shutter open
112-0230 ACR Shutter Close ACR shutter close
112-0300 Front ID Sensor P Read Front ID sensor P value display
112-0310 Front ID Sensor S Read Front ID sensor S value display
112-0320 Rear ID Sensor P Read Rear ID sensor P value display
112-0330 Rear ID Sensor S Read Rear ID sensor S value display
112-0340 Center ID Sensor P Read Center ID sensor P value display
112-0350 Center ID Sensor S Read Center ID sensor S value display
113-0000 Finisher Present Sensor Detect if the finisher is in place
113-0350 Finisher Entrance Sensor Detect when a paper is at entrance sensor
113-0360 Finisher Exit Sensor Detect when a paper is at exit sensor
113-0361 Finisher Compile Paper Sensor Detect when a paper is at compile sensor
113-0370 Finisher Paddle Home Sensor Detect paddle home position
113-0380 Finisher Left Tamper Home Sensor Detect lift tamper home position
113-0390 Finisher Right Tamper Home Sensor Detect right tamper home position
113-0410 Finisher Stapler Door Sensor Detect stapler door cover is closed
113-0420 Finisher Jam Cover Sensor Detect jam door cover is closed
113-0430 Finisher Stapler Home Sensor Detect stapler home position
113-0440 Finisher Stapler Low Sensor Detect stapler level
113-0451 Finisher Stapler Ready Sensor Detect stapler ready sensor
113-0461 Finisher Ejector 1 Home Sensor Detect ejector 1 home position
113-0462 Finisher Ejector 2 Home Sensor Detect ejector 2 home position
113-0463 Finisher Ejector 2 Encoder Sensor Detect ejector 2 encoder Sensor
1212 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Code Display Meaning
113-0470 Finisher Main Tray Home Sensor Detect main tray home position
113-0471 Finisher Main Tray Beam Sensor Detect main tray beam sensor
113-0472 Finisher Main Tray Low Limit Sensor Detect main tray low limit sensor
113-0473 Finisher Main Tray Encoder Sensor Detect main tray encoder sensor
113-0481 Finisher Paper Support Sensor Detect paper support home sensor
113-0491 Finisher Traverse Front Sensor Detect traverse front home sensor
113-0492 Finisher Traverse Rear Sensor Detect traverse tear home sensor
113-0501 Finisher Entrance Motor Finisher entrance motor on/off
113-0502 Finisher Exit Motor Finisher exit motor on/off
113-0510 Finisher Paddle Motor Finisher paddle motor on/off
113-0520 Finisher Left Tamper Motor Finisher left tamper motor on/off
113-0530 Finisher Right Tamper Motor Finisher right tamper motor on/off
113-0550 Finisher Staple Unit Motor Finisher staple unit motor on/off
113-0561 Finisher Ejector 1 Motor Finisher ejector 1 motor on/off
113-0562 Finisher Ejector 2 Motor Finisher ejector 2 motor on/off
113-0563 Finisher Ejector 2 Reverse Motor Finisher ejector 2 reverse direction on/off
113-0570 Finisher Main Tray Motor Finisher main tray motor on/off
113-0571 Finisher Paper Support Motor Finisher paper support motor on/off
113-0581 Finisher Traverse Motor Finisher staple unit traverse motor on/off
113-0591 Finisher Paper Hold Solenoid Finisher paper hold solenoid on/off
113-0600 Finisher Punch Motor Finisher punch motor on/off
113-0610 Finisher Punch Encoder Sensor Detect finisher punch encoder sensor
113-0611 Finisher Punch Position Sensor Detect finisher punch position sensor
113-0612 Finisher Punch Home Sensor Detect finisher punch home sensor
113-0620 Finisher Hopper Install Sensor Detect finisher hopper exit Install sensor
113-0621 Finisher Hopper Full Sensor Detect finisher hopper bin full sensor
113-2000 2 Bin Finisher Buffer Lift Sensor Detect 2 bin finisher buffer lift sensor
113-2010 2 Bin Finisher Clamp Home Sensor Detect 2 bin finisher clamp home sensor
113-2020 2 Bin Finisher Diverter Home Sensor Detect 2 bin finisher diverter home sensor
113-2030 2 Bin Finisher Eject 1 Away Sensor Detect 2 bin finisher eject 1 away sensor
113-2031 2 Bin Finisher Eject 1 Home Sensor Detect 2 bin finisher eject 1 home sensor
113-2032 2 Bin Finisher Eject 1 Encoder Sensor Detect 2 bin finisher eject 1 encoder sensor
113-2040 2 Bin Finisher Eject 2 Home Sensor Detect 2 bin finisher eject 2 home sensor
113-2041 2 Bin Finisher Eject 2 Encoder Sensor Detect 2 bin finisher eject 2 encoder sensor
ENWW Service mode (tech mode; du models) 1213
Code Display Meaning
113-2050 2 Bin Finisher End Fence Sensor Detect 2 bin finisher end fence sensor
113-2060 2 Bin Finisher Paddle Home Sensor Detect 2 bin finisher Paddle home sensor
113-2070 2 Bin Finisher Bridge Entrance Sensor Detect 2 bin finisher bridge entrance sensor
113-2071 2 Bin Finisher Bridge Middle Sensor Detect 2 bin finisher bridge middle sensor
113-2080 2 Bin Finisher Entrance Sensor Detect 2 bin finisher entrance sensor
113-2090 2 Bin Finisher Main Exit Sensor Detect 2 bin finisher main exit sensor
113-2091 2 Bin Finisher Sub Exit Sensor Detect 2 bin finisher sub exit sensor
113-2100 2 Bin Finisher Buffer Exit Sensor Detect 2 bin finisher buffer exit sensor
113-2110 2 Bin Finisher Stapler Home Sensor Detect 2 bin finisher stapler home sensor
113-2111 2 Bin Finisher Stapler Rear Sensor Detect 2 bin finisher stapler rear sensor
113-2112 2 Bin Finisher Stapler Font Sensor Detect 2 bin finisher stapler front sensor
113-2113 2 Bin Finisher Stapler Manual Sensor Detect 2 bin finisher stapler manual sensor
113-2114 2 Bin Finisher Stapler Head Sensor Detect 2 bin finisher stapler head sensor
113-2115 2 Bin Finisher Stapler Low Sensor Detect 2 bin finisher stapler low sensor
113-2116 2 Bin Finisher Stapler Ready Sensor Detect 2 bin finisher stapler ready sensor
113-2120 2 Bin Finisher Front Tamper Sensor Detect 2 bin finisher front tamper sensor
113-2130 2 Bin Finisher Rear tamper Sensor Detect 2 bin finisher rear tamper sensor
113-2140 2 Bin Finisher Main beam Sensor Detect 2 bin finisher main beam sensor
113-2141 2 Bin Finisher Main Front Level Sensor Detect 2 bin finisher main Front level sensor
113-2142 2 Bin Finisher Main Rear Level Sensor Detect 2 bin finisher main rear level sensor
113-2143 2 Bin Finisher Main Encoder Sensor Detect 2 bin finisher main encoder sensor
113-2144 2 Bin Finisher Main Full Sensor Detect 2 bin finisher main full sensor
113-2145 2 Bin Finisher Sub Full Sensor Detect 2 bin finisher sub full sensor
113-2150 2 Bin Finisher Booklet Paper Sensor Detect 2 bin finisher booklet paper sensor
113-2160 2 Bin Finisher Staple Paper Sensor Detect 2 bin finisher staple paper sensor
113-2161 2 Bin Finisher Staple Button Sensor Detect 2 bin finisher staple button sensor
113-2170 2 Bin Finisher Compile Paper Sensor Detect 2 bin finisher compile paper sensor
113-2180 2 Bin Finisher Bridge Cover Sensor Detect 2 bin finisher bridge cover sensor
113-2181 2 Bin Finisher Top Cover Sensor Detect 2 bin finisher top cover sensor
113-2182 2 Bin Finisher Front Door Sensor Detect 2 bin finisher front door sensor
113-2190 2 Bin Finisher Stack Top Sensor Detect 2 bin finisher stack top sensor
113-2200 2 Bin Finisher Bridge Detect Sensor Detect 2 bin finisher bridge detect sensor
113-2201 2 Bin Finisher Punch Detect Sensor Detect 2 bin finisher punch detect sensor
113-2202 2 Bin Finisher Booklet Detect Sensor Detect 2 bin finisher booklet detect sensor
1214 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Code Display Meaning
113-2210 2 Bin Finisher BM exit cam home sensor Detects 2 bin finisher booklet exit cam home
sensor
113-2500 2 Bin Finisher Buffer Lift Motor 2 bin finisher buffer lift motor on/off
113-2510 2 Bin Finisher Clamp Motor 2 bin finisher clamp motor on/off
113-2520 2 Bin Finisher Diverter Motor 2 bin finisher diverter motor on/off
113-2530 2 Bin Finisher Eject 1 Motor 2 bin finisher eject 1 motor on/off
113-2540 2 Bin Finisher Eject 2 Motor 2 bin finisher eject 2 motor on/off
113-2560 2 Bin Finisher Bridge Feed Motor 2 bin finisher bridge feed motor on/off
113-2570 2 Bin Finisher Entrance Motor 2 bin finisher entrance motor on/off
113-2580 2 Bin Finisher Exit Feed Motor 2 bin finisher exit feed motor on/off
113-2590 2 Bin Finisher End Fence motor 2 bin finisher End fence motor on/off
113-2600 2 Bin Finisher Paddle Motor 2 bin finisher paddle motor on/off
113-2610 2 Bin Finisher Main Tray Motor 2 bin finisher main tray motor on/off
113-2620 2 Bin Finisher Staple Move Motor 2 bin finisher staple move motor on/off
113-2621 2 Bin Finisher Staple Head Motor 2 bin finisher staple head motor on/off
113-2630 2 Bin Finisher Front Tamper Motor 2 bin finisher front tamper motor on/off
113-2640 2 Bin Finisher Rear Tamper Motor 2 bin finisher Rear tamper motor on/off
113-2650 2 Bin Finisher Manual Blue LED 2 bin finisher Manual blue LED On/Off
113-2651 2 Bin Finisher Manual Red LED 2 bin finisher Manual red LED On/Off
113-3000 Booklet Stopper home Sensor Detect booklet stopper home sensor
113-3010 Booklet Staple home Sensor Detect booklet staple home sensor
113-3020 Booklet Front Staple Empty Sensor Detect booklet front staple empty sensor
113-3030 Booklet Rear Staple Empty Sensor Detect booklet rear staple empty sensor
113-3040 Booklet Knife Home Sensor Detect booklet knife home sensor
113-3050 Booklet Guide Home Sensor Detect booklet guide home sensor
113-3060 Booklet Diverter Home Sensor Detect booklet diverter home sensor
113-3080 Booklet Tamper Home Sensor Detect booklet tamper home sensor
113-3090 Booklet Paddle Home Sensor Detect booklet paddle home sensor
113-3100 Booklet Entrance Paper Sensor Detect booklet entrance paper sensor
113-3110 Booklet Tray Paper Sensor Detect booklet tray paper sensor
113-3120 Booklet Fold Exit Paper Sensor Detect booklet fold exit paper sensor
113-3130 Booklet Press home Sensor Detect booklet press home sensor
113-3500 Booklet Feed Motor Booklet feed motor on/off
113-3510 Booklet Fold Motor Booklet fold motor on/off
113-3520 Booklet Stopper Solenoid Booklet stopper solenoid on/off
ENWW Service mode (tech mode; du models) 1215
Code Display Meaning
113-3530 Booklet Stopper Motor Booklet stopper motor on/off
113-3540 Booklet Tamper Motor Booklet tamper motor on/off
113-3550 Booklet Knife Motor Booklet knife motor on/off
113-3560 Booklet Diverter Motor Booklet diverter motor on/off
113-3570 Booklet Press Motor Booklet press motor on/off
113-3580 Booklet Paddle Motor Booklet paddle motor on/off
113-3590 Booklet Guide Motor Booklet guide motor on/off
113-3600 Booklet Staple Motor Booklet staple motor on/off
113-4000 Punch Scan Home Sensor Detect punch scan home sensor
113-4010 Punch Scan Edge 1 Sensor Detect punch scan edge 1 sensor
113-4011 Punch Scan Edge 2 Sensor Detect punch scan edge 2 sensor
113-4012 Punch Scan Edge 3 Sensor Detect punch scan edge 3 sensor
113-4013 Punch Scan Edge 4 Sensor Detect punch scan edge 4 sensor
113-4020 Punch Home Sensor Detect punch home sensor
113-4030 Punch Position A Sensor Detect punch position A sensor
113-4031 Punch Position B Sensor Detect punch position B sensor
113-4040 Punch Encoder Sensor Detect punch encoder sensor
113-4050 Punch Hopper Full Sensor Detect punch hopper full sensor
113-4060 Punch Type 1 Detect Sensor Detect punch type 1 detect sensor
113-4061 Punch Type 2 Detect Sensor Detect punch type 2 detect sensor
113-4500 Punch Scan Motor Punch scan motor on/off
113-4510 Punch Motor Punch motor on/off
Fax diagnostics
Fax NVM Read/Write
● Diagnostics > Fax Diagnostics Fax NVM Read/Write
Purpose To change a configuration value for fax firmware.
Operation procedure When the main NVM Read/Write window displays, users can navigate through the list
of configuration values and descriptions that display.
Users can input a code through the text box to search for a configuration value.
After selecting a value, press the Edit button to open an interface for user input.
Verification N/A
Specification N/A
Reference N/A
1216 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Code Name Description Default Range
20-200 Pause dial time Pause time (value * 1000 ms) Country/region 0-200
value
20-210 Dial pulse M/B ratio 33/66 40/60 Country/region 0=
value OPTION_DP_33
1=
OPTION_DP_40
2=
OPTION_DP_37
3=
OPTION_DP_50
20-220 Auto dial start pause time Pause time before auto-dialing 1 0-10
(second)
20-300 Ring on time Ring on time (ms) 170 90-800
20-310 Ring off time Ring off time (ms) 560 90-800
20-320 Ring detection frequency Sets the call indication frequency 1 1 = 12-80 hz
range that will be detected by LIU.
2 = 16-55 hz
3 = 20-55 hz
4 = 22-55 hz
20-330 Ring on max time Ring on max time (ms) 5100 3000-12000
20-340 Ring off max time Ring off max time (ms) 11100 9000-22000
20-400 DTMF high-frequency level DTMF high-frequency level (dBm) Country/region 0-15
value
20-410 DTMF low-frequency level DTMF low-frequency level (dBm) Country/region 0-15
value
20-420 DTMF timing DTMF duration of on/off output 8 1 = 80/80
(ms)
2 = 70/70
3 = 70/150
4 = 60/60
5 = 80/100
6 = 150/50
7 = 150/240
8 = 100/100
9 = 100/80
20-500 Dial mode Select tone/pulse Country/region 0=
value OPTION_TONE_
MODE
1=
OPTION_PULSE
_MODE
ENWW Service mode (tech mode; du models) 1217
Code Name Description Default Range
20-520 Error rate Adjust error rate (Off/5%/10%/ 2 0=
20%) OPTION_RATE_
OFF
1=
OPTION_RATE_
5
2=
OPTION_RATE_
10
3=
OPTION_RATE_
20
20-530 Dial tone detect Detect dial tone prior to sending Country/region 0 = OPTION_OFF
value
1 = OPTION_ON
20-540 Loop current detect Detect if loop current is present Country/region 0 = OPTION_OFF
prior to sending value
1 = OPTION_ON
20-550 Busy signal detect Detect busy signal to allow redials Country/region 0 = OPTION_OFF
value
1 = OPTION_ON
20-560 TCF duration Adjust TCF duration (ms) 1500 1000-3000
20-800 Modem speed Select modem start speed 24
20-810 Fax transmission level Adjust fax transmission level (dBm) Country/region Country/region
value value
20-830 Auto dial timeout Adjust auto dial timeout (second) Country/region 30-150
value
20-920 CNG detection count CNG tone detection check count 2 1-15
during ANS/FAX mode
20-930 Caller ID This option is needed to guide Country/region 0 = OPTION_OFF
Caller ID off for user environment value
1 = OPTION_ON
20-940 Ext. phone Ext. phone detection enable/ 1 0 = Disable
disable (default: enable 1)
1 = Enable
21-999 Fax line setting Fax test line setting (dual fax) 0 0 = Line 1
1 = Line 2
21-800 Modem speed line 2 Select modem start speed for line 24
2. This item will display only when
a dual line fax kit is installed
Fax test routines
● Diagnostics > Fax Diagnostics > Fax Test Routines
1218 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Purpose To perform test routines for the fax machine.
Operation procedure When the main Fax Test Routines window displays, users can navigate through the list
of routines and descriptions that display. Users can input a code through the text box
to search for a routine.
After selecting a routine, press OK to open the test window that lists the selected
routine. Users can start/stop the selected test routine.
Code Name Description State Displayed
20-012 Single tone 1100Hz Ln1 Emits single tone 1100Hz on line 1 On/Off
20-014 Single tone 1650Hz Ln1 Emits single tone 1650Hz on line 1 On/Off
20-015 Single tone 1850Hz Ln1 Emits single tone 1850Hz on line 1 On/Off
20-016 Single tone 2100Hz Ln1 Emits single tone 2100Hz on line 1 On/Off
20-020 DTMF # Line1 Emits DTMF # on line 1 On/Off
20-021 DTMF * Line1 Emits DTMF * on line 1 On/Off
20-022 DTMF 0 Line1 Emits DTMF 0 on line 1 On/Off
20-023 DTMF 1 Line1 Emits DTMF 1 on line 1 On/Off
20-024 DTMF 2 Line1 Emits DTMF 2 on line 1 On/Off
20-025 DTMF 3 Line1 Emits DTMF 3 on line 1 On/Off
20-026 DTMF 4 Line1 Emits DTMF 4 on line 1 On/Off
20-027 DTMF 5 Line1 Emits DTMF 5 on line 1 On/Off
20-028 DTMF 6 Line1 Emits DTMF 6 on line 1 On/Off
20-029 DTMF 7 Line1 Emits DTMF 7 on line 1 On/Off
20-030 DTMF 8 Line1 Emits DTMF 8 on line 1 On/Off
20-031 DTMF 9 Line1 Emits DTMF 9 on line 1 On/Off
20-040 V.21 300 bps Line1 Emits V.21 300 bps Line 1 On/Off
20-041 V.27ter 2400 bps Line1 Emits V.27ter 2400 bps Line1 On/Off
20-042 V.27ter 4800 bps Line1 Emits V.27ter 4800 bps Line1 On/Off
20-043 V.29 7200 bps Line1 Emits V.29 7200 bps Line1 On/Off
20-044 V.29 9600 bps Line1 Emits V.29 9600 bps Line1 On/Off
20-045 V.17 7200 bps Line1 Emits V.17 7200 bps Line1 On/Off
20-046 V.17 9600 bps Line1 Emits V.17 9600 bps Line1 On/Off
20-047 V.17 12000 bps Line1 Emits V.17 12000 bps Line1 On/Off
20-048 V.17 14400 bps Line1 Emits V.17 14400 bps Line1 On/Off
20-049 V.34 2400 bps Line1 Emits V.34 2400 bps Line1 On/Off
20-050 V.34 4800 bps Line1 Emits V.34 4800 bps Line1 On/Off
20-051 V.34 7200 bps Line1 Emits V.34 7200 bps Line1 On/Off
ENWW Service mode (tech mode; du models) 1219
Code Name Description State Displayed
20-052 V.34 9600 bps Line1 Emits V.34 9600 bps Line1 On/Off
20-053 V.34 12000 bps Line1 Emits V.34 12000 bps Line1 On/Off
20-054 V.34 14400 bps Line1 Emits V.34 14400 bps Line1 On/Off
20-055 V.34 16800 bps Line1 Emits V.34 16800 bps Line1 On/Off
20-056 V.34 19200 bps Line1 Emits V.34 19200 bps Line1 On/Off
20-057 V.34 21600 bps Line1 Emits V.34 21600 bps Line1 On/Off
20-058 V.34 24000 bps Line1 Emits V.34 24000 bps Line1 On/Off
20-059 V.34 26400 bps Line1 Emits V.34 26400 bps Line1 On/Off
20-060 V.34 28800 bps Line1 Emits V.34 28800 bps Line1 On/Off
20-061 V.34 31200 bps Line1 Emits V.34 31200 bps Line1 On/Off
20-062 V.34 33600 bps Line1 Emits V.34 33600 bps Line1 On/Off
21-012 Single tone 1100Hz Ln2 Emits single tone 1100Hz on line 2 On/Off
21-014 Single tone 1650Hz Ln2 Emits single tone 1650Hz on line 2 On/Off
21-015 Single tone 1850Hz Ln2 Emits single tone 1850Hz on line 2 On/Off
21-016 Single tone 2100Hz Ln2 Emits single tone 2100Hz on line 2 On/Off
21-020 DTMF # Line2 Emits DTMF # on line 2 On/Off
21-021 DTMF * Line2 Emits DTMF * on line 2 On/Off
21-022 DTMF 0 Line2 Emits DTMF 0 on line 2 On/Off
21-023 DTMF 1 Line2 Emits DTMF 1 on line 2 On/Off
21-024 DTMF 2 Line2 Emits DTMF 2 on line 2 On/Off
21-025 DTMF 3 Line2 Emits DTMF 3 on line 2 On/Off
21-026 DTMF 4 Line2 Emits DTMF 4 on line 2 On/Off
21-027 DTMF 5 Line2 Emits DTMF 5 on line 2 On/Off
21-028 DTMF 6 Line2 Emits DTMF 6 on line 2 On/Off
21-029 DTMF 7 Line2 Emits DTMF 7 on line 2 On/Off
21-030 DTMF 8 Line2 Emits DTMF 8 on line 2 On/Off
21-031 DTMF 9 Line2 Emits DTMF 9 on line 2 On/Off
21-040 V.21 300 bps Line2 Emits V.21 300 bps Line2 On/Off
21-041 V.27ter 2400 bps Line2 Emits V.27ter 2400 bps Line2 On/Off
21-042 V.27ter 4800 bps Line2 Emits V.27ter 4800 bps Line2 On/Off
21-043 V.29 7200 bps Line2 Emits V.29 7200 bps Line2 On/Off
21-044 V.29 9600 bps Line2 Emits V.29 9600 bps Line2 On/Off
21-045 V.17 7200 bps Line2 Emits V.17 7200 bps Line2 On/Off
21-046 V.17 9600 bps Line2 Emits V.17 9600 bps Line2 On/Off
1220 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Code Name Description State Displayed
21-047 V.17 12000 bps Line2 Emits V.17 12000 bps Line2 On/Off
21-048 V.17 14400 bps Line2 Emits V.17 14400 bps Line2 On/Off
21-049 V.34 2400 bps Line2 Emits V.34 2400 bps Line2 On/Off
21-050 V.34 4800 bps Line2 Emits V.34 4800 bps Line2 On/Off
21-051 V.34 7200 bps Line2 Emits V.34 7200 bps Line2 On/Off
21-052 V.34 9600 bps Line2 Emits V.34 9600 bps Line2 On/Off
21-053 V.34 12000 bps Line2 Emits V.34 12000 bps Line2 On/Off
21-054 V.34 14400 bps Line2 Emits V.34 14400 bps Line2 On/Off
21-055 V.34 16800 bps Line2 Emits V.34 16800 bps Line2 On/Off
21-056 V.34 19200 bps Line2 Emits V.34 19200 bps Line2 On/Off
21-057 V.34 21600 bps Line2 Emits V.34 21600 bps Line2 On/Off
21-058 V.34 24000 bps Line2 Emits V.34 24000 bps Line2 On/Off
21-059 V.34 26400 bps Line2 Emits V.34 26400 bps Line2 On/Off
21-060 V.34 28800 bps Line2 Emits V.34 28800 bps Line2 On/Off
21-061 V.34 31200 bps Line2 Emits V.34 31200 bps Line2 On/Off
21-062 V.34 33600 bps Line2 Emits V.34 33600 bps Line2 On/Off
Scanner diagnostics
Shading test
● Diagnostics > Scanner Diagnostics > Shading Test
Purpose – To check the quality of scanned images, especially if there might be defects in optical devices
such as the lens, mirror, or lamp.
– Check the quality problem as shown below:
ENWW Service mode (tech mode; du models) 1221
Operation procedure For the Image Scanner Unit
Press Shade and Print report to see if the current shading value is correct. Mono, red, green, and
blue gray shading values will be shown on the printed report. When the previous shading value is
needed, press “Print Last Shade Report”.
For the Flow ADF unit
1. Load the shading sheet on the Flow ADF tray.
2. Enter SCV mode. Select the following menu items:
Diagnostics > Scanner Diagnostics > Shading Test > Shade and Print Report (Flow ADF)
Press Print Last Shade Report (ADF) for the previous shading value report.
3. Check if the printed results are correct.
NOTE:
– When executing Flow ADF shading, use only the shading sheet (JC63–05055A).
– A Shading Test for the Flow ADF unit must be completed after replacing the Flow ADF unit or
main board.
Verification
1222 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Scanner ADF NVM Read/Write
● Diagnostics > Scanner Diagnostics > Scanner ADF NVM Read/Write
Purpose To read and/or write values in the scanner and ADF memory.
Operation procedure When the main NVM Read/Write window displays, users can navigate through the list
of codes with descriptions and saved values. Users can also directly input a code
through the text box to search for an NVM.
After selecting a code, the Edit button will be enabled only if the code is writable.
If the selected code is writable and the Edit button is enabled, press the button to
configure the desired value for the code.
Verification N/A
Specification N/A
Reference N/A
Code NVM description Default GX model
05-0000 Pick Up Count 0 O
05-0001 Separation Roller Count 0 O
05-0010 Document Duplex Reverse Point 0 O
05-0030 Simplex Registration Value (Registration 1) 0 O
05-0040 Duplex Registration Value (Registration 2) 0 O
05-0050 Width Guide Max Value 0 O
05-0060 Width Guide Min Value 0 O
Scanner ADF test routines
● Diagnostics > Scanner Diagnostics > Scanner ADF Test Routines
Purpose To perform test routines for the scanner and ADF.
Operation procedure When the main Scanner ADF Test Routines window displays, users can navigation
through the list of routines and descriptions that display. Users can input a code
through the text box to search for a routine.
After selecting a routine, press OK to open the test window that lists the selected
routine. Users can start/stop the selected test routine.
Verification N/A
Specification N/A
Reference Table below
Code Name Value GX model
06-0000 Scanner Original Size High/Low O
Detecting Sensor 1
ENWW Service mode (tech mode; du models) 1223
Code Name Value GX model
06-0001 Scanner Original Size High/Low O
Detecting Sensor 2
06-0010 Scanner Cover Open/Close High/Low O
Sensor 1
06-0011 Scanner Cover Open/Close High/Low O
Sensor 2
06-0020 Scanner Platen Scanner Motor Start/Stop O
Forward
06-0030 Scanner Platen Scanner Motor Start/Stop O
Backward
06-0040 Scanner Image Scanner Home High/Low O
Position Sensor
05-0000 Document Length .1 Sensor High/Low O
05-0001 Document Length .2 Sensor High/Low O
05-0020 Document Cover Open Sensor High/Low O
05-0040 Document Detect Sensor High/Low O
05-0050 Document Feed Sensor High/Low O
05-0060 Document Simplex High/Low O
Registration Sensor
05-0061 Document Duplex Registration High/Low O
Sensor
05-0070 Document Scan Read Sensor 1 High/Low O
05-0071 Document Scan Read Sensor 2 High/Low O
05-0080 Document Exit Sensor High/Low O
05-0090 Document Pickup Clutch Start/Stop X
05-0110 Document Motor Forward Start/Stop O
05-0111 Document Motor Backward Start/Stop O
05-0123 Document width 1 MSO High/Low O
Sensor
05-0124 Document width 2 MSO High/Low O
Sensor
05-0125 Document width 3 MSO High/Low O
Sensor
05-0130 Document Pickup Motor Start/Stop O
Forward
05-0131 Document Pickup Motor Start/Stop O
Backward
05-0140 Document Pickup Roller High/Low X
Detect Sensor
05-0150 Document Stacker Lift Upper High/Low O
Sensor
1224 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Code Name Value GX model
05-0151 Document Stacker Lift Lower High/Low O
Sensor
05-0152 Document Stacker Lift Home High/Low O
Position Sensor
05-0153 Document Scan in Release High/Low O
Sensor
05-0154 Document Separation Up High/Low O
Down Sensor
05-0160 Document Registration 1 Start/Stop O
Motor Forward
05-0162 Document Registration 1 Start/Stop O
Motor Backward
05-0170 Document Registration 2 Start/Stop O
Motor Forward
05-0171 Document Registration 2 Start/Stop O
Motor Backward
05-0180 Document Stacker Lift Motor Start/Stop O
Forward
05-0181 Document Stacker Lift Motor Start/Stop O
Backward
05-0182 Document Exit Motor Forward Start/Stop O
05-0183 Document Exit Motor Start/Stop O
Backward
05-0184 Document Pickup Release Start/Stop O
Motor Forward
05-0185 Document Pickup Release Start/Stop O
Motor Backward
05-0186 Document Scan In Release Start/Stop O
Motor Forward
05-0187 Document Scan In Release Start/Stop O
Motor Backward
05-0190 Document Width Guide ADC 10Bit (0~1023) O
Sensor
05-0210 Document Jig Test Low Speed Start/Stop O
Simplex
05-0230 Document Jig Test High Speed Start/Stop O
Simplex
Adjustment
Print adjustment
● Diagnostics > Adjustment > Print Adjustment > Image Position
ENWW Service mode (tech mode; du models) 1225
Purpose Manually adjust the position of the printed image on the paper in the print engine.
Operation procedure 1. Select a tray to adjust.
2. Change the adjustment value using the + or - buttons, then press the OK button
to save the changes.
○ Simplex Leading Edge
○ Simplex Side Edge
○ Duplex Leading Edge
○ Duplex Side Edge
NOTE:
○ Adjustment must be done for each tray (Tray 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5).
○ Do not choose ALL for the tray selection.
○ Adjust for the tray with each new tray selection.
3. Print out the test pattern and check if the image is adjusted. If not, repeat Step 2.
● Diagnostics > Adjustment > Print Adjustment > Print Margin Test
This menu is used to print out the test pattern manually.
Copy adjustment
● Diagnostics > Adjustment > Copy Adjustment > Image Position
Purpose Manually adjust the position of the copied image on the paper in the copy engine.
Operation procedure NOTE: Before copy adjustment:
– Make sure that the initial values of margin adjustment are the same as the
values of the print adjustment.
– Perform an adjustment for each tray. Do not choose All for tray selection, as this
can confuse the adjustment.
NOTE:
– Complete adjustment for each tray (Tray 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5).
– Do not choose All for tray selection.
– Adjust for the tray with each new tray selection.
1. Locate the Scanner A/S Chart at the scanner glass.
2. Change the adjustment value using the + or - button, and then press OK to save
the changes.
○ Simplex Leading Edge
○ Simplex Side Edge
○ Duplex Leading Edge
○ Duplex Side Edge
3. Print out the test pattern and check if the image has moved. It not, repeat Step 2.
1226 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Scan area adjustment
● Diagnostics > Adjustment > Scan Area Adjustment > Automatic Adjustment
Purpose To correct the image position and magnification of scanned images automatically.
Operation procedure 1. Locate the Scanner A/S chart on the scanner glass.
Note that the Lead Edge arrows point to the left side of the scanner glass and are placed face
down. The Scanner A/S Chart comes in two sizes, A4 and Letter.
2. Press OK. A scan begins and the system will automatically calculate the proper value based on
the scanning result of the chart.
3. The new value saves to the system.
4. Scan the Scanner A/S Chart and send it to a PC. The chart must be scanned from the scanner
glass.
5. To check the image position, compare the position of the scale marks (a, b) from the chart to
the scanned image.
6. To check the magnification, compare the length of line c from the chart to the scanned image.
NOTE: Specifications:
○ a, b: 10, ± 1.5 mm
○ c: 190, ± 1.5 mm
● Diagnostics > Adjustment > Scan Area Adjustment > Manual Adjustment
Purpose To correct the position and magnification of scanned images manually.
Operation procedure 1. Choose one item from the table. There are three items to choose from:
ENWW Service mode (tech mode; du models) 1227
○ Image Position — Leading Edge (Unit: mm, Scale: 0.1, Min/Max: -6/+6)
○ Image Position — Side Edge (Unit: mm, Scale: 0.1, Min/Max: -6/+6)
○ Magnification — Vertical Direction (Unit: %, Min/Max: 98.5/101.5)
2. Select one item and press the Edit button.
3. Change the adjustment value using the arrow button.
4. Image position (a, b): If the current value is smaller than the specification, press
+, otherwise press -.
5. Magnification (c): If the current value is smaller than the specification, press -,
otherwise, press +.
6. Press the OK button to apply the new value to the system.
7. Scan the Scanner A/S Chart and send it to a PC. The chart must be scanned from
the scanner glass.
8. To check the image position, compare the position of the scale marks (a, b) from
the chart to the scanned image.
9. To check the magnification, compare the length of line c from the chart to the
scanned image.
NOTE: Specifications:
○ a, b: 10, ± 1.5 mm
○ c: 190, ± 1.5 mm
Flow/non flow/LX ADF adjustment
● Diagnostics > Adjustment > ADF Adjustment > Automatic Adjustment
Purpose To correct the image position and magnification of images scanned with the flow ADF
automatically.
Operation procedure 1. Locate the Scanner A/S chart should be on the Flow ADF tray.
1228 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
2. Press OK. A scan begins and the system will automatically calculate the proper
value based on the scanning result of the chart.
3. The new value saves to the system.
4. Scan the Scanner A/S Chart and send it to a PC. The chart must be scanned from
the Flow ADF.
5. To check the image position, compare the position of the scale marks (a, b) from
the chart to the scanned image.
6. To check the magnification, compare the length of line c from the chart to the
scanned image.
NOTE: Specifications:
○ a, b: 10, ± 1.5 mm
○ c: 190, ± 1.5 mm
NOTE: After executing the Flow ADF adjustment, perform a shading test. Refer
to Scanner Diagnostics.
● Diagnostics > Adjustment > ADF Adjustment > Manual Adjustment
Purpose To correct the position and magnification of scanned images manually.
Operation procedure 1. Choose one item from the table. There are three items to choose from:
○ Image Position — Leading Edge (Unit: mm, Scale: 0.1, Min/Max: -6/+6)
○ Image Position — Side Edge (Unit: mm, Scale: 0.1, Min/Max: -6/+6)
○ Magnification — Vertical Direction (Unit: %, Min/Max: 98.5/101.5)
2. Select one item and press the Edit button.
3. Change the adjustment value using the arrow button.
4. Image position (a, b): If the current value is smaller than the specification, press
+, otherwise press -.
5. Magnification (c): If the current value is smaller than the specification, press -,
otherwise, press +.
ENWW Service mode (tech mode; du models) 1229
NOTE: Specifications:
○ a, b: 10, ± 1.5 mm
○ c: 190, ± 1.5 mm
6. Press the OK button to apply the new value to the system.
7. Scan the Scanner A/S Chart and send it to a PC. The chart must be scanned from
the Flow ADF.
8. To check the image position, compare the position of the scale marks (a, b) from
the chart to the scanned image.
9. To check the magnification, compare the length of line c from the chart to the
scanned image.
10. If Auto Skew Correction during job box is checked, skewed image is corrected by
digitally rotating the scanned images.
NOTE: When this function is enabled, visual artifact (like checkerboard
patterns) might appear on the image depending on the original contents or copy
option settings.
NOTE: After executing the Flow ADF adjustment, perform a shading test. Refer to
Scanner Diagnostics.
Auto color sensing (ACS)
● Diagnostics > ACS
Purpose To set the color coverage ratio of auto color mode in the copy function.
– Color Coverage Ratio: The ratio of color contents in the original document.
1230 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Operation procedure Change the level from 1 to 5.
– Classifies a document as color, if color coverage of the document is higher than a
predefined level.
– Level 1 has a higher probability of classifying documents to color, while level 5
has lower probability.
Verification Copy the mono copied original with auto color mode and check if the print out is
monochrome.
Specification Color coverage
– Level 1: 0.01%
– Level 2: 0.05%.
– Level 3: 0.1%
– Level 4: 0.25%
– Level 5: 0.5%
Image management
Auto tone adjustment activation
● Diagnostics > Image Management > Auto Tone Adjustment Activation > Normal
Purpose To correct image quality when density of the image is poor. Normal TRC Control is
recommended after changing a unit, such as a toner cartridge, imaging unit, and ITB,
or after restarting the printer.
Operation procedure 1. Select On or Off for Normal TRC Control execution.
○ Off: Normal TRC Control will not execute.
○ On: Normal TRC Control will execute during the determined conditions,
2. Change the execution condition(s) of Normal TRC Control.
○ Page Count: The system executes Normal TRC Control based on the count
of printed pages since the last execution.
○ Time Left Alone: The system executes Normal TRC Control when the
system returns from a power save mode and the rest time exceeds the
configured value.
Verification Print out a test job and make sure the image quality has recovered.
● Diagnostics > Image Management > Auto Tone Adjustment Activation > Full
Purpose To correct image quality when any OPC drum is replaced, the life of the OPC drum is
changed, the density of the image is poor, or the temperature and/or humidity in the
room changes suddenly.
Operation procedure 1. Select On or Off for Full TRC Control execution.
○ Off: Full TRC Control will not execute.
○ On: Full TRC Control will execute during the determined conditions,
2. Change the execution condition(s) of Full TRC Control.
ENWW Service mode (tech mode; du models) 1231
○ Page Count: The system executes Full TRC Control based on the count of
printed pages since the last execution.
○ Time Left Alone: The system executes Full TRC Control when the system
returns from a power save mode and the rest time exceeds the configured
value.
Verification Print out a test job and make sure the image quality has recovered.
Auto tone adjustment
● Diagnostics > Image Management > Auto Tone Adjustment > Normal
Purpose To correct image quality when image density is poor. Normal TRC Control is
recommended after changing a unit, such as toner cartridge, imaging unit, and ITB, or
after restarting the printer.
Operation procedure Select OK to execute Normal TRC.
Verification Print out a test job and make sure the image quality has recovered.
● Diagnostics > Image Management > Auto Tone Adjustment > Full
Purpose To correct image quality when any OPC drum is changed, the life of the OPC drum is
changed, the image density is poor, or the temperature and/or humidity in the room
changes suddenly.
Operation procedure Select OK to execute Full TRC.
Verification Print out a test job and make sure the image quality has recovered.
● Diagnostics > Image Management > Auto Tone Adjustment > CTD Sensor Cleaning
Purpose To solve the CTD Sensor Failure error.
Operation procedure After cleaning the CTD/CPR sensor, execute this menu.
Print test patterns
Diagnostics > Print Test Patterns >
● EP Calibration Pattern1 Contone
Service functions
Main memory clear
Service Functions > Main Memory Clear
● This function resets the main memory of the system to the factory default setting. This function can be
used to reset the system to the initial value when the product is functioning abnormally. User configured
values return to the default values.
To clear the main memory, select the country/region where the system is located, and restart the printer.
1232 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Debug log
Service Functions > Debug Log
● This function sets the system log message level. Users can select three options:
– Off: This option disables the logging option.
– Job Status: This option only enables the logging of user created jobs.
– Details: This option enables all the logging options of the running tasks of the system. This option
might effect the performance of certain system operations. Use this option when the system
performs abnormally and engineers need to investigate the problem.
Capture log
Service Functions > Capture Log
● This function copies all the saved logs in the system to a USB flash drive as a .zip file. The size of the
system log could reach up to 1 GB. If the system log size becomes very large, it will take a longer time to
copy to the USB flash drive.
1. Connect the USB flash drive to the printer.
2. Tap the Service Mode app. When the pop-up displays, press the area below the pop-up until the
password window appears. Enter 04087617 and press the OK button.
3. Go to Service Functions > Debug Log and change the debug log level to INFO.
4. Go to Service Functions > Capture Log.
5. Select All or Period. If selecting Period, enter the start and end date.
6. Press the Capture Log button.
7. Once the log is completed, a completion message will display. Restore the debug log level to JOB
STATUS.
NOTE: If the system log size becomes very large, it will take longer to copy to the USB flash drive.
8. Check that the Log File has been saved to the USB flash drive.
Transfer assembly control mode
Service Functions > Transfer Assembly Control Mode
●
Purpose To correct transfer related problems. This function can be used to change the transfer
value to optimize image quality to a certain type of paper.
Operation procedure – Transfer Assembly Control Problems
○ Choose the process speed (Full, Half, Lower) based on the type of paper
being used.
○ Adjust T1 PWM value based on the problem type.
ENWW Service mode (tech mode; du models) 1233
● Gray Spot: Increase T1 PWM value of the issued color
● Non Cyclic White Line: Decrease T1 PWM value of the issued color
● OPC Cyclic Ghost: Decrease T1 PWM value of the issued color
– T2 Control Problems
○ Choose the paper group, paper side, and paper direction.
○ Adjust T1 PWM value based on the problem type.
● Blur: Increase T1 PWM value
● Poor Transfer: Increase T1 PWM value
● Re-transfer: Decrease T1 PWM value
● White Spot: Decrease T1 PWM value
Verification Print a test job and make sure the transfer problem has been resolved.
Specification N/A
Reference N/A
Envelope rotate
Service Functions > Envelope Rotate
● This menu enables rotation when printing on an envelope. The machine usually guides loaded envelopes
with SEF direction. If this function is enabled, the user can load an envelope with LEF direction and the
machine will rotate the image for printing on the envelope.
This function provides the following setting options:
– Off (default): Load envelope SEF direction
– 90 degrees: Load envelope LEF direction.
– 180 degrees: Load envelope SEF direction with flap on bottom side.
NOTE: If the paper source is Auto, the device will feed from the Tray 1 because the LEF envelope can only
be loaded in the Tray 1 according to paper specification.
If the length of envelope is over the maximum size of the custom width, the device will not rotate the
image and determine that the direction of the envelope is SEF. For example, the A4 model supports custom
sizes like W 98–216 ~ L148–356. This model does not support C5 Env (162x229) DL Env (110x220), No 9
Env (98x225), No 10 Env (105x241) rotation.
1234 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Drain
Service Functions > Drain
● This menu recovers toner density. The printer prints grayed images after operating over 500 low coverage
images. This menu supports ten levels.
This function provides the following setting options:
– Off (default)
– On
ENWW Service mode (tech mode; du models) 1235
Print quality troubleshooting guide
Image quality problems and solutions
Print quality defects can be caused by printer components, consumables, media, internal software, external
software applications, and environmental conditions.
To successfully troubleshoot print quality problems, eliminate as many variables as possible.
First, generate prints using printable pages using laser paper. Use paper from an unopened ream that has been
acclimated to room temperature. Make sure that genuine HP toner is installed in the printer.
Figure 3-35 A/S chart (A3)
1236 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Figure 3-36 A/S chart
[1] Grid pattern For adjusting margin and magnification
[2] Black patches For adjusting skew error
[3] Barcode For checking the reproduction of the barcode
[4] Note area For recording the date, conditions, and so on
[A] Halftone band For checking banding and jitter (K 50%)
[B, L] Resolution patterns For checking resolution
[C, D, E] Images For checking color reproduction
[F] Map image For checking fine line reproduction
[G] Color patches For checking color reproduction and uniformity
[H] Gradation pattern For checking tone reproduction of seven colors (C, M, Y, K, R, G, B/
10~100%)
[I] Color/Mono text For checking the reproduction of color, mono text
[J] Multilingual feature For checking the reproduction of small text
[K] White gap pattern For checking color to color, color to mono white gap
[M] Rulers For checking the magnification error (unit: cm)
[N] Rulers For checking the magnification error (unit: inch)
ENWW Print quality troubleshooting guide 1237
How to analyze image defects
See the following flowchart.
TIP: Depending on the remaining life of the part, the cause of the defect can vary. Check the remaining life of
the part.
Check for defects even if the defect is not repeated.
Figure 3-37 Defect analysis flowchart
How to analyze image defects (rollers)
1238 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Use the following table to isolate rollers suspected of causing defects.
Table 3-24 Roller period table
Roller Periodic
OPC/Drum 94.5 mm
Charge Roller (CR) 37.7 mm
Magnetic roller (MR) 32.3 mm
Transfer roller 44.0 mm
Transfer roller (T2) 75.4 mm
Fuser Belt (HR) 110 mm
Fuser Pressure Roller (PR) 114.7 mm
ENWW Print quality troubleshooting guide 1239
Vertical black band
Figure 3-38 Typical faulty images
Table 3-25 Troubleshooting procedure
Step Cause Action
1 Charge roller (CR) is contaminated. Check if the CR is contaminated.
Replace the Drum unit if there are additional problems.
1240 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Table 3-25 Troubleshooting procedure (continued)
Step Cause Action
2 ITB is contaminated. Check if the ITB is contaminated.
● The ITB cleaning is poor.
● The ITB clean-blade is partially broken.
Replace the ITB Cleaner if there are additional problems.
3 The scanner unit is contaminated. Wipe the contaminated part of the surface with a soft
cloth.
● Scan glass contamination
CAUTION: The scanner unit contains fragile parts. Use
● Mirror contamination caution while cleaning.
● CCD sensor contamination
Vertical white band, light band
Figure 3-39 Typical faulty images
ENWW Print quality troubleshooting guide 1241
Table 3-26 Troubleshooting procedure
Step Cause Action
1 A foreign substance is between the magnetic roller and Remove the foreign substance.
blade.
● Make a hook shape using a sheet (transparency
● The toner on the magnetic roller is partially empty. sheet is recommended).
● Place the hook into the gap between the magnetic
roller and the blade.
● Pull out the foreign substance.
2 The developer unit carrier is insufficient or the life of the ● Print the supplies information report. Check the
developer unit has expired. remaining life of the developer unit. If it is expired,
replace the developer unit.
● Check the developer layer on the magnetic roller. If it
is short, replace the developer unit.
3 The laser beam path is blocked. Clean the laser scanner assembly window.
A foreign substance is on the laser scanner assembly
window.
4 OPC motor is scratched. Replace the drum unit.
1242 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Horizontal periodic black band or dot
Figure 3-40 Typical faulty images
Table 3-27 Troubleshooting procedure
Step Cause Action
1 Horizontal periodic band or dot (CR, 38 mm) Clean the contaminated surface on the charge roller with a
soft cloth.
● The surface of the charge roller (CR) is contaminated.
If the surface is scratched, replace the drum unit.
● CR is scratched.
2 Horizontal periodic band or dot (OPC, 94 mm) Clean the contaminated surface on the OPC drum with a
soft cloth.
● The surface of the OPC drum is contaminated or
scratched. If the surface is scratched, replace the drum unit.
3 The charge roller contact plate has debris or is Clean the charge roller contact plate.
contaminated.
If the problem persists, replace the drum unit.
If the problem persists after replacing the drum unit,
replace the HVPS board.
Horizontal periodic light/dark band or dot
Figure 3-41 Typical faulty images
ENWW Print quality troubleshooting guide 1243
Table 3-28 Troubleshooting procedure
Step Cause Action
1 Horizontal periodic band (OPC, 94.2 mm) This problem will resolve itself over time.
● OPC was left exposed for too long. If the problem is not resolved, replace the drum unit.
● OPC is damaged by a high voltage in a short amount
of time.
2 Horizontal periodic light/dark band (magnetic roller, 37 Replace the developer unit.
mm)
● The magnetic roller is in poor condition.
● V-groove of the magnetic roller surface is not
uniform.
Foggy image
Figure 3-42 Typical faulty images
Table 3-29 Troubleshooting procedure
Step Cause Action
1 Voltage of OPC motor is abnormally low. Replace the drum unit.
2 HVPS operates abnormally. Replace the HVPS board.
● HVPS is damaged or broken.
1244 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Table 3-29 Troubleshooting procedure (continued)
Step Cause Action
3 Toner is over supplied. Replace the developer unit.
● TC sensor operates abnormally.
4 Voltage of OPC motor is abnormally low. Check the transfer assembly connection in the HVPS.
● Transfer assembly voltage is abnormally high. Check if the transfer assembly roller spring in the ITB is
connected correctly.
Replace the HVPS board.
Light image
Figure 3-43 Typical faulty images
Table 3-30 Troubleshooting procedure
Step Cause Action
1 TRC operates abnormally. Perform TRC three to four times.
2 Poor transfer has occurred. Force a jam during the print job. Check the image on the
transfer belt. If the image on the transfer belt is normal,
refer to the Blurred image section.
3 Output voltage of the HVPS is abnormally low. Replace the HVPS board.
● Color density decreases.
4 TC down and toner spills. Replace the developer unit.
5 Toner spills by eraser. Check if the eraser is contaminated.
Replace the drum unit.
ENWW Print quality troubleshooting guide 1245
Blurred image
Figure 3-44 Typical faulty images
Table 3-31 Troubleshooting procedure
Step Cause Action
1 High humidity and/or the quality of the paper. Use new, higher quality paper.
2 T2 transfer voltage is low. Turn up the T2 transfer voltage.
3 Connection between HVPS and THV is incorrect. Check if the connection between T2 high voltage terminal
and HVPS THV terminal is correct.
Check if the connection between the HVPS and ITB is
correct.
4 HVPS operates abnormally. Replace the HVPS.
1246 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Incorrect color registration
Figure 3-45 Typical faulty images
Table 3-32 Troubleshooting procedure
Step Cause Action
1 CPR sensor is contaminated. Execute CPR manually.
2 Environment has changed. To recognize the environment change, execute CPR after a
certain amount of time.
3 Belt surface is contaminated. Remove the ITB. If the surface of the belt is contaminated,
clean it with soft cloth.
Uneven pitch and jitter image
Figure 3-46 Typical faulty images
ENWW Print quality troubleshooting guide 1247
Table 3-33 Troubleshooting procedure
Step Cause Action
1 Under 3 mm periodic jitters or horizontal bands have Check for foreign substance in the drive gears.
occurred.
Grease the drive gears.
● Developer unit gears
● Drum unit gears
● Main drive unit gears
If the problem persists, replace the abnormal units.
● Developer unit
● Drum unit
● Main drive unit
2 Under 1 mm periodic jitters or horizontal bands have Check if the laser scanner assembly is assembled
occurred. correctly. If not, remove and tighten the screws.
If the problem persists, replace the laser scanner
assembly.
Skewed image
Figure 3-47 Typical faulty images
Table 3-34 Troubleshooting procedure
Step Cause Action
1 ● Tray is not installed properly. Reinstall the tray properly.
● Too much paper is loaded in the
tray.
● The tray guide is not set
properly.
1248 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Table 3-34 Troubleshooting procedure (continued)
Step Cause Action
2 The surface of the pickup/reverse/ Clean or replace the contaminated roller.
feed roller is contaminated or worn
out.
3 If the skewed image occurs during a Reinstall the Flow ADF unit.
copy job, check the Flow ADF
installation. Adjust the Flow ADF skew.
ENWW Print quality troubleshooting guide 1249
Blank copy
Figure 3-48 Typical faulty images
Table 3-35 Troubleshooting procedure
Step Cause Action
1 Laser scanner assembly operation error Check laser scanner assembly connections
2 All connections on the HVPS board are connected correctly Reconnect all connections
3 Check if the related parts are damaged or broken Replace the HVPS board, main board, or laser scanner
assembly
4 Check the connection between the scanner PCA and the Reconnect the harness
main board
If the connection is correct, replace the main board
1250 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Poor fusing performance
Figure 3-49 Typical faulty images
Table 3-36 Troubleshooting procedure
Step Cause Action
1 Check the paper type. Make sure the paper type displayed on the control panel is
the same type of paper being used for the print job.
Depending on what type of paper is used, print speed
varies.
● Plain (71~90g/), Thick (91~105g/): Full Speed
● Heavy weight (106~175g/): Half Speed
● Envelope (75~90 g/), Label (120~150 g/): Half Speed
2 The fuser unit is worn out. Replace the fuser unit.
3 Check the surface of the fuser belt and pressure roller for Replace the fuser unit.
scratches.
4 Check the temperature control system for problems. Check the non-contact thermistor sensor
● Thermistor is broken or operates abnormally
● Halogen lamp is broken or operates abnormally
Check the halogen lamp.
If parts are broken, replace the broken parts or the fuser
unit.
5 Check if the pressure control system operates properly. Check the pressure control system.
If the problem persists, replace the fuser unit.
6 Paper is wrapped on the heating roller. Remove the wrapped paper and print a test page.
If the problem persists, replace the fuser unit.
ENWW Print quality troubleshooting guide 1251
Stain on back of paper
Figure 3-50 Typical faulty images
Table 3-37 Troubleshooting procedure
Step Check item Action
1 Is the transfer roller dirty or worn Clean or replace the transfer roller assembly.
out?
2 Is there any stain caused by poor Clean the transfer belt.
cleaning on the transfer belt?
If the problem persists, replace the ITB unit.
3 Is the fuser belt and pressure roller Clean the fuser belt and pressure roller.
dirty?
4 Check the pressure roller surface for Replace the fuser unit.
damage or scratches.
1252 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Duplex blur, white spot blur on color print-out
Figure 3-51 Typical faulty images
Troubleshooting procedure
1. Enter SVC Mode → Service Functions → TR Control Mode.
2. Select T2 Control Mode.
3. Select the paper setting based on the site. (Paper Group, Paper Side, Paper Direction)
4. Increase value for T2 PWM and check if the blur problem is resolved.
5. When the problem persists after changing the T2 Control Mode values, change the T1 Control Mode values.
6. Decrease the value for each color and see whether the symptom disappears.
In this case, [-4] was applied and solved the blur.
7. As there can be variation for each device, change T1, T2 and observe the results.
Other errors
Image system problem
● Toner cartridge detection error
● Image contamination (pressure roller contamination)
Toner cartridge detection error
Symptom
● Toner cartridge is installed, but Not Installed message displays.
Cause
● Toner cartridge is not properly installed.
● Toner cartridge e-label harness is defective.
● E-label PCA or e-label Chip is defective.
● E-label connection (modular connector) is defective.
ENWW Print quality troubleshooting guide 1253
● E-label Joint PCA is defective.
● Bad connection between the main board and the e-label Joint PCA.
Troubleshooting
● Toner cartridge installation problem:
– Check if the toner cartridge is properly installed.
– If the cartridge comes out automatically, check the cartridge fixing hook.
– If the cartridge fixing hook is damaged, replace the cartridge cap or cartridge.
● E-label harness problem:
– Make sure the e-label harness is correctly connected.
Check the modular jack for damage or abnormal assembly.
– If the modular jack harness is defective, replace it with a new one.
If the modular jack has moved into the toner cartridge, remove it.
● E-label PCA problem or e-label data problem:
– Replace the toner cartridge.
● E-label connection (modular connector) installation problem:
– Open the front cover. Remove the toner cartridge.
– Make sure that the e-label connection (modular connector) is correctly installed.
– If the modular connector is not installed correctly, open the rear cover and reinstall.
● E-label Joint PCA problem:
– If the e-label Joint PCA, modular jack pin, or main board interface connector are damaged, replace the
PCA (see the previous step).
● Bad connection between the main board and the e-label Joint PCA:
– Check the connection between the main board and the e-label Joint PCA. If the connection is bad,
replace the harness, the e-label Joint PCA, or the main board.
Image contamination (pressure roller contamination)
Symptom
● Image (front/back side of paper) is contaminated with toner
Cause
● Toner is contaminated on the surface of pressure roller with low coverage, mainly simplex, and low duty
jobs.
Troubleshooting
1. Install Vx.D6.08 or latest version.
1254 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
2. Make sure Clean Fuser function is set to Auto.
Vx.D6.08 or later version has Clean Fuser: Auto function as default.
If the previous setting used is On mode, that pre-existing setting value will be kept as before. Otherwise, it
will be changed to Auto.
On mode can be set at desired intervals as required.
SVC mode → Service Functions → Clean Fuser → Auto
3. To execute fuser cleaning function manually, press Execute Now.
4. Repeat step 3 up to six times until you cannot find any contamination on the fuser cleaning sheet.
If the contamination on the fuser cleaning sheet still exists, clean the pressure-roller with soft brush or
scraper with care.
– Open the fuser jam cover. Remove three screws, and then remove the brush.
ENWW Print quality troubleshooting guide 1255
– Check the surface of pressure roller and remove the toner contamination while carefully rotating the
pressure roller one cycle.
Fuser problem
● Acoustic noise in fuser uni
● Image hot offset problem
● Error “fusing unit not compatible” problem
Acoustic noise in fuser uni
● Symptom: Acoustic noise from the fuser assembly in the early stages of printing.
● Cause: Fuser belt edges are damaged.
Troubleshooting
▲ Replace the fuser unit.
Image hot offset problem
● Symptom: Image at the leading edge of the paper is duplicated after 110 mm.
● Cause: The fusing temperature is high.
Troubleshooting
▲ Lower the fusing temperature in SVC mode until the problem disappears. The default value is 10, and it is
recommended to change the value up to 8.
1256 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
How to change the plain temperature offset
a. Enter SVC mode, and select Engine NVM Rear/Write.
b. Select the Plain Temperature offset menu.
c. Press the OK button after adjusting the value. (1 = 2℃)
d. Press the Home button to exit SVC mode.
Error “fusing unit not compatible” problem
● Symptom: Error Fusing unit not compatible message appears.
● Cause: Harness for EEPROM signal is damaged by the sharp edge of the fuser frame.
ENWW Print quality troubleshooting guide 1257
Troubleshooting
▲ Check if the EEPROM signal harness is damaged.
If so, replace the fuser unit (from 2015.08.11 the new part was applied) or insulate the damaged spot of
harness by wrapping each harness up.
NOTE: The pre-existing AT tape might need to be removed, and then re-apply the insulation for each
damaged harness.
NOTE: New design was applied from 2015.08.11 which doesn’t have the sharp edge on the harness path
Scanner and Flow ADF problems
● Noise of Flow ADF hinge/crack of Flow ADF/Flow ADF does not stay open
● Flow ADF is not recognized
● During copy or scan job, the original paper JAM and U3–3213 error occurs
Noise of Flow ADF hinge/crack of Flow ADF/Flow ADF does not stay open
Symptom
● A noise comes from the Flow ADF hinges when it is opened or closed.
● The Flow ADF hinge is cracked.
● When the Flow ADF is opened to access the scanner glass, the unit should remain at a 50° angle (±10°).
The Flow ADF does not remain open as expected.
1258 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Troubleshooting
1. Remove the Flow ADF connector cover.
2. Remove the connector and one screw.
3. Lift and remove the Flow ADF unit.
4. Remove four screws from the hinge unit. Remove and replace the hinge unit.
5. Reassemble the Flow ADF.
Flow ADF is not recognized
Symptom
● The Flow ADF installation is not recognized.
Cause
● The Flow ADF power cable fails.
Troubleshooting
1. Reassemble the Flow ADF power cable. If the problem is not resolved, replace the power cable.
2. Adjust the harness and fix it with a cable tie.
During copy or scan job, the original paper JAM and U3–3213 error occurs
Symptom
● During copy or scan job, the original paper JAM and U3–3213 error occurs.
Troubleshooting
1. Check if the Sponge-Damper Separation has changed position.
2. If yes, refer to following guide.
a. Remove three screws.
ENWW Print quality troubleshooting guide 1259
b. Remove the linker by pressing its upper side from an inner direction. Then remove the front cover.
c. Remove four screws.
d. Remove the pickup assembly.
1260 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
e. Replace the Flow ADF housing separation.
Drive unit problem
● Machine makes noise during print job
Machine makes noise during print job
Symptom
● Machine makes noise during a print job.
Cause
● The gear train needs to be greased.
● An old type gear is assembled.
Troubleshooting
1. Enter service mode.
2. Execute a fuser motor test.
Service Mode > Diagnostics > Engine Diagnostics > Engine Test Routines > Fuser Motor Forward
3. Remove the fuser unit and execute the fuser motor test again.
4. If the printer still makes a noise during a print job, replace the fuser drive exit assembly.
5. If the problem is not resolved, replace the fuser unit.
Feeding system problem
● Tray 1, Tray 2, and Tray 3 cannot pick up paper
● Printer cannot feed paper
● Envelope wrinkle
Tray 1, Tray 2, and Tray 3 cannot pick up paper
Symptom
● Tray 1, Tray 2, and Tray 3 cannot pick up paper.
ENWW Print quality troubleshooting guide 1261
Cause
● Bad harness connection on the main board.
● Connector defect of the main board.
Troubleshooting
1. Check the harness connection. Reconnect the harness if it is not connected correctly.
2. Check the pickup connector on the main board.
If the connector has a problem with the soldering, replace the main board.
Printer cannot feed paper
Symptom
● The printer cannot feed paper from Tray 2 or Tray 3.
Cause
● Feed motor problem
● Feed motor connection problem
● Main board defect
Troubleshooting
● Check the feed motor operation.
– Open the right door and push the cover switch forcibly.
– Enter service mode.
– Select the following menu items:
EDC Mode > Diagnostics > Engine Diagnostics > Engine Test Routine > Feed motor > On/Off
Check the operating status of the two feed rollers.
– If the feed rollers cannot rotate, open the rear cover and check the motor and gears.
● Check the connection between the main board and the feed motor.
● If the problem persists, replace the main board.
Envelope wrinkle
Symptom
● Envelope is wrinkled when printed from Tray 1.
1262 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Troubleshooting
1. Enter service mode.
2. Select Envelope Rotate. (Service Functions > Envelope Rotate)
3. Select a menu item: Off, 90 degrees, or 180 degrees.
Laser scanner assembly problem
● Laser scanner assembly
Laser scanner assembly
Symptom
● The laser scanner assembly motor makes a loud noise while in printing mode.
Cause
● The laser scanner assembly motor is defective.
Troubleshooting
1. Enter service mode and execute the laser scanner assembly motor test.
2. If the laser scanner assembly motor running sound is loud, replace the laser scanner assembly.
3. If the laser scanner assembly motor running sound is not loud, check the other unit.
Electrical circuit problem
● LVPS output voltage drop error
● Hard disk drive (HDD) makes a loud noise
● Networking not function
● Control panel malfunction
● Home screen icon is missing or control panel is broken
LVPS output voltage drop error
Symptom
● An error message occurs on the control panel (C3–1312, S3–3121, M1–4111, M1–4211).
Cause
● 24V channel output voltage drops to under 21.6V and 5V channel output is normal.
Troubleshooting
1. Check all 24V output channels (24VS1, 24VS2, 24VS3, 24VS4) to determine if 24V voltage comes out.
2. If 24V voltage does not come out, check 24V on/off signal pin on the main board.
ENWW Print quality troubleshooting guide 1263
a. The voltage at 24V on/off signal pin is 0V. → Main board and signal is normal.
b. The voltage at signal pin is 4~5.3V → Main board and signal is abnormal
3. If Main board and signal is normal and all 24V output channels are nearly 0V, check other parts (such as the
fuser, motor, scanner harness, and so on) driven by 24V voltage before replacing the LVPS.
4. If Main board and signal is normal and just one or two or three 24V output channels are nearly 0V, inspect
some harness from abnormal 24V output channel before replacing the LVPS.
5. If Main board and signal is abnormal and all 24V output channels are nearly 0V, inspect the harness,
connector and main board.
Hard disk drive (HDD) makes a loud noise
Symptom
● The Hard disk drive (HDD) makes a loud noise.
Cause
● The HDD has defects.
Troubleshooting
● Replace the HDD.
Networking not function
Symptom
● Network is not functioning.
Cause
● Network line itself is not working properly.
● Network configuration is wrong.
● Some related electronic components in the main board have defects.
Troubleshooting
1. Connect a network line to the PC and complete a ping test.
2. Complete a ping test after connecting the network line to the SET. If the connection is working, check the
network configuration which might have been set incorrectly.
3. If the ping test does not have a result, open the rear cover and check the main board for visible defects on
the network related components such as the connector (CN16), capacitor (C192), and other close
components. Surge voltage from the outside can cause defects.
4. If any of the components have visible defects, then replace the main board.
1264 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Control panel malfunction
Symptom
● When touching a button, another button is pressed. For example, when touching the Home button, another
menu is executed, or when touching the "5" button, other items are entered, such as "4," "6," "cos," etc.
Cause
● Touch IC is influenced by the interference between TX frequency and power noise frequency.
Troubleshooting
1. If the power cable is connected to the multi-tap, unplug and plug it into an independent outlet.
2. If the touch malfunction persists, check the following:
– Press the power button until a pop-up window displays.
– Press and hold inside of the pop-up window area, avoiding the Cancel and Turn Off buttons, until the
password window appears.
– Enter 8378 and press Done.
– Select Utilities.
– Change the Touch Config value:
○ After changing Touch Config value, select Home.
○ Priority: 1.(default) → 4. 401K_500K → 5. 500K_599K → 3. 148K_290K → 2. 86K_216K
– Check the touch operation.
ENWW Print quality troubleshooting guide 1265
○ If the touch malfunction persists, change Touch Config to another value and test the touch
operation again.
Home screen icon is missing or control panel is broken
Symptom
● Home screen icon is missing or the control panel screen is broken.
Cause
● UI software error.
Troubleshooting
● Enter service mode.
● Execute Main Memory Clear (Service Functions > Main Memory Clear)
1266 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Adjusting the ADF/ADF skew (LX du models)
1. Open the ADF. Loosen the two screws securing both hinges.
Figure 3-52 Open ADF and loosen screws
2. Adjust the position of the ADF hinge according to the skew status.
Figure 3-53 Adjust ADF hinge
a. If the skew image is similar to the following example, adjust the hinge unit in the direction of the
arrow. (1 scale = >1.0 mm skew adjustment)
ENWW Adjusting the ADF/ADF skew (LX du models) 1267
Figure 3-54 Adjust hinge
b. If the skew image is like the following example, adjust the hinge unit in the direction of the arrow. (1
scale = >1.0 mm skew adjustment)
Figure 3-55 Adjust hinge
3. Detach the ADF sponge after adjusting the skew. Place the ADF sponge on the scanner glass. Close the ADF
unit to attach the sponge.
1268 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
Adjusting the Flow ADF skew
1. Open the Flow ADF. Loosen the two screws securing both hinges.
2. Adjust the position of the Flow ADF hinge according to the skew status.
a. If the skew image is similar to the following example, adjust the hinge unit in the direction of the
arrow. (1 scale = >1.0 mm skew adjustment)
ENWW Adjusting the Flow ADF skew 1269
b. If the skew image is like the following example, adjust the hinge unit in the direction of the arrow. (1
scale = >1.0 mm skew adjustment)
1270 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
3. Detach the Flow ADF sponge after adjusting the skew. Place the Flow ADF sponge on the scanner glass.
Close the Flow ADF unit to attach the sponge.
ENWW Adjusting the Flow ADF skew 1271
1272 Chapter 3 Problem solving ENWW
4 Connection diagrams
● Connection Diagram (FUSER/EXIT/DUPLEX/TONER)
● Connection Diagram (Scanner)
● Connection Diagram (Laser Scanner Assembly/OPE/USB)
● Connection Diagram (Side/Tray 1/Feed/Registration/Pickup)
● Connection Diagram (OPC/WTB/CST Lock)
● Connection Diagram (HVPS/LVPS/FDB)
ENWW 1273
Connection Diagram (FUSER/EXIT/DUPLEX/TONER)
HDD
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
SATA SIGNA L
SATA PO W ER
CN 22-SATA PO W ER
CN 19-SATA SIGN AL
SATA_RX_N
SATA_RX_P
SATA_TX_P
SATA_TX_N
5V2_SATA
DGND
DGND
DGND
DGND
DGND
DGND
DGND
DGND
EXIT/DU PLEX
I.5m m / 14*2P
Color
CN 33 EXIT/DU PLEX
4 1 14 1 A_DU P_RET TO NER CRUM
DU P_RET 3 2 13 2 nA_DUP_RET 1.5mm / 17*1P
M OT STEP 2 3 12 3 nB_DU P_RET CN 50 TB CRU M JC39-02261A JC39-02214A
1 4 11 4 B_DU P_RET 3.3V_CRUM 1 5 1 4 1 4
SDA_CRUM_ TB_K 2 4 2 3 2 3
5 10 5 A_DU PLEX1 3 3 3 2 3 2 TB CRU M K
4 SCL_CRUM_ TB_K
3 6 9 6 nA_DUPLEX1 DGN D 4 2 4 1 4 1
DUP1 M O T STEP 2 7 8 7 nB_DU PLEX1 1 5
1 8 7 8 B_DU PLEX1
JC39-02214A
3.3V_CRUM 5 5 1 4 1 4
3 9 6 9 R_5V_PS SDA_CRUM_ TB_C 6 4 2 3 2 3
D up RETU RN 10 5 10 DGND 7 3 3 2 3 2 TB CRU M C
2 SCL_CRUM_ TB_C
SEN 11 4 11 nSEN SE_P_DUP_RETU RN DGN D 8 2 4 1 4 1
1
1 5
2 12 3 12 DGND
EXIT TEM P
1 13 2 13 ADC_EXIT_TEMP 9
JC39-02214A 4 1 4
3.3V_CRUM 5 1
SDA_CRUM_ TB_M 10 4 2 3 2 3
14 1 14 NC SCL_CRUM_ TB_M 11 3 2 3 2 TB CRU M M
JC39-02189A JC39-02188A 3
DGN D 12 2 4 1 4 1
3 1 14 15 R_5V_PS 1 5
BIN FU LL1 2 2 13 16 DGND
1 3 12 17 nSEN SE_P_BIN FU LL_EXIT1 3.3V_CRUM 13 1
JC39-02214A
5 4 1 4
SDA_CRUM_ TB_Y 14 4 2 3 2 3
3 1 5 4 11 18 R_5V_PS SCL_CRUM_ TB_Y 15 3 3 2 3 2 TB CRU M Y
BIN FU LL2 2 2 4 5 10 19 DGND DGN D 16 2 4 1 4 1
1 3 3 6 9 20 nSEN SE_P_BIN FU LL_EXIT2 1 5
NC 17
JC39-02190A
7 8 21 R_5V_PS
4 2 8 7 22 DGND
5 1 9 6 23 nDETECT_JOB_SEP
Mono
TO NER CRUM
3 10 5 24 24V4 1.5mm / 17*1P
EXIT GATE
SO L
SO LEN O ID 2 CN 50 TB CRU M JC39-02237A 5
1 11 4 25 EN _EXIT_SO L 3.3V_CRUM 1 1 4 1 4
SDA_CRUM_ TB_K 2 4 2 3 2 3
12 3 26 R_5V_PS 3 3 2 3 2 BTL CRU M
3 SCL_CRUM_ TB_K 3
D UP 13 2 27 DGND 4 2 4 1 4 1
2 DGN D
JAM 1 14 1 28 nSEN SE_JAM_ DU PLEX1 1 5
1
3.3V_CRUM 5 5 1 4 1 4
SDA_CRUM_ TB_C 6 4 2 3 2 3
FU SER DRIVE 3 2 3 2 DEVE CRU M
SCL_CRUM_ TB_C 7 3
1.5mm / 16*2P 8 2 4 1 4 1
DGN D
1 5
JC39-02195A CN 30 FU SER DRIVE
10 1 R_DGND 3.3V_CRUM 9
9 2 CLK_BLDC_FUSER 5V_PS 10 2 1 ERASER LED
8 3 nREADY_BLDC_FU SER M_ O N _ERASER 11 1 2
7 4 nEN_BLDC_FU SER
FU SER BLDC
6 12
BLDC 5
5 NC
6 R_DGND
DGN D
3.3V_CRUM 13
4 7 DG ND SDA_CRUM_ TB_Y 14
3 8 DG ND SCL_CRUM_ TB_Y 15
2 9 24V2_SW DGN D 16
1 10 24V2_SW NC 17
3 11 FAN_FUSER_O UT
FUSER OU T 2 12 FB_OUT_FAN _FUSER_OUT
FAN 1 13 DG ND
SIDE CO M 1 3 14 DG ND
Color
2 2 TO N ER RESERVOIR
COVER OPEN N .O . 15 CO VER_O PEN _SIDE
3 1 I.5mm / 11*2P
N .C. 16 nCO VER_O PEN_SIDE
CN 27 Toner M otor/L
o ck JC39-02257A
4 17 A_FUSER_REL A_TNR_SU P_KC 1 4
TO N ER
3 18 nA_FUSER_REL nA_TNR_SUP_KC 2 3
FU SER REL M O T STEP 2 19 nB_FU SER_REL nB_TN R_SU P_KC 3 2
SU PP
M O T_KC
1 20 B_FU SER_REL B_TN R_SU P_KC 4 1
3 3
1 9 21 FAN_EXIT1 R_5V_PS 5 TN R LO CK
2 2
EXIT FAN 1 2 8 22 FB_O U T_FAN_EXIT1 DGN D 6 SEN S_KC
1 1
3 7 23 DG ND nSEN SE_TN R_LO CK_KC 7
3 4 6 24 FAN_EXIT2 A_RES_KC 8 4
EXIT FAN 2 2 5 5 25 FB_O U T_FAN_EXIT2 nA_RES_KC 9 3 RESERVO IR
1 6 4 26 DG ND nB_RES_KC 10 2 M O T_KC
JC39-02191A B_RES_KC 11 1
3 7 3 27 FAN_EXIT3
EXIT FAN 3 2 8 2 28 FB_O U T_FAN_EXIT3 A_TNR_SU P_M Y 12 4
29 DG ND TO N ER
1 9 1 nA_TNR_SUP_M Y 13 3
SU PP
nB_TN R_SU P_MY 14 2
30 R_5V_PS M O T_M Y
3 3 B_TN R_SU P_M Y 15 1
Fuser 2 31 DG ND
2
POSI 1 32 nSENS_FU SER_PO S1 R_5V_PS 16 3
1 RES LO CK
DGN D 17 2
nSEN SE_TN R_LO CK_MY 18 1 SEN S_M Y
FU SER DRAWE R
A_RES_MY 19 4
I.5m m / 9*2P
JC39-02218A JC39-02217A nA_RES_M Y 20 3 RESERVO IR
CN 40 FUSER DRAW ER nB_RES_M Y 21 2 M O T_M Y
1 11 1 DGND B_RES_M Y 22 1
FU SER N C TH ERM
CEN TER
3
2
1
2
3
4
10
9
8
2
3
4
DGND
N C_C_TD
N C_C_TC
Mono
TO N ER RESERVOIR
I.5mm / 11*2P
3 5 7 5 DGN D CN 27 Toner M otor/L
o ck
N C TH ERM JC39-02242A
2 6 6 6 N C_S_TD A_TNR_SU P_KC 1 4
SIDE TO NER
1 7 5 7 N C_S_TC nA_TNR_SUP_KC 2 3
SU PP
nB_TN R_SU P_KC 3 2
M OT
8 4 8 nDETECT_FU SER B_TN R_SU P_KC 4 1
9 3 5 3
R_5V_PS TN R LO CK
10 2 6 2
DGN D SEN S
11 1 1
21P-RW ZV-K4GG -P4
21R-RW ZV-K2G G-P4
nSEN SE_TN R_LO CK_KC 7
JC39-02243A
A_RES_KC 8 7 1 4
JST
JST
nA_RES_KC 9 6 2 3 RESERVO IR
6 1 10 9 R_5V_PS 10
nB_RES_KC 5 3 2 M OT
5 2 9 10 3.3V_CRUM 11
B_RES_KC 4 4 1
4 3 8 11 ADC_CU RL_TEST
3 7 3 5 3
4 12 DGND RES FU LL
FUSER 2 6 2 6 2
5 13 SDA2_FU SER SEN S
EEPRO M 1 5 1 7 1
6 14 SCL2_FU SER
7 4 15 THERM_ REAR1
8 3 16 THERM_ REAR2
JC39-02244A 4
DGN D 12 4 1
M_ TC_VIN _K 13 3 2 3 TC
9 2 17 THERM_ FRO N T1 14 2 3 2 SENSO R
24V1_TC
10 1 18 THERM_ FRO N T2 15 1 4 1
M_ TN R_VCON _K
R_5V_PS 16
DGN D 17
nSEN SE_RES_FULL 18
A_RES_MY 19
nA_RES_M Y 20
nB_RES_M Y 21
To FDB B_RES_M Y 22
1274 Chapter 4 Connection diagrams ENWW
Connection Diagram (Scanner)
???
CN 55 ???
1 3.3V_MICOM
2 PA30|SWCLK
3 PA31|SWDIO
4 DGND
5 nRST_XMEGA
FLOW DOCUMENT FEEDER
-1.5mm /17*2P
CN 42 ADF
M S1_STEP_SCAN 1
CUR_STEP_SCAN 2
DIR_STEP_SCAN 3
nEN _STEP_SCAN 4
PLS_STEP_SCAN 5
PW M _W LED 6
nCO VER_O PEN _PLATEN 2 7
nCO VER_O PEN _PLATEN 1 8
??? nSEN SE_SCAN _HO M E 9
-1.5mm /6*1P nSEN SE_APS2 10
nSEN SE_APS1 11
CN 51 ??? nDETECT_RSDF 12
6 1 6 1 DG N D nSENSE_PAPER_RADF 13
5 2 5 2 nSEN SE_P_REG I_R1 nSENSE_SCAN_PO S_1 14
4 3 4 3 5V_PS TXD_ADF 15
3 4 3 4 DG N D RXD_ADF 16
2 5 2 5 nSEN SE_P_REG I_R2 nRST_RSDF 17
1 6 1 6 5V_PS nSENSE_SCAN_PO S_2 18
DGN D 19
DGN D 20
DGN D 21
DGN D 22
3.3V_SCAN 23
DGN D 24
5V_W KUP 25
DGN D 26
5V_SCAN 27
5V_SCAN 28
DGN D 29
24V_SCAN 30
24V_SCAN 31
24V_SCAN 32
24V_SCAN 33
M S2_STEP_SCAN 34
DCIS
40P FFC
CN 43 DCIS
CLK_M AIN _DCIS_P 1
CLK_M AIN _DCIS_N 2
DGN D 3
LVDO _DCIS_4_P 4
LVDO _DCIS_4_N 5
DGN D 6
LVDO _DCIS_3_P 7
LVDO _DCIS_3_N 8
DGN D 9
LVDO _DCIS_2_P 10
LVDO _DCIS_2_N 11
DGN D 12
RX_CLK_DCIS_P 13
RX_CLK_DCIS_N 14
DGN D 15
LVDO _DCIS_1_P 16
DCIS
LVDO _DCIS_1_N 17
DGN D 18
ADF
LVDO _DCIS_0_P 19
LVDO _DCIS_0_N 20
DGN D 21
DGN D 22
SDI_DCIS 23
SCLK_DCIS 24
ScannerUnit
SDO _DCIS 25
SLO AD_DCIS 26
DGN D 27
DGN D 28
PI_SH_DCIS 29
DGN D 30
3.3V_SCAN 31
3.3V_SCAN 32
3.3V_SCAN 33
3.3V_SCAN 34
3.3V_SCAN 35
3.3V_SCAN 36
3.3V_SCAN 37
3.3V_SCAN 38
DGN D 39
DGN D 40
CCDM
BBP 50P FFC
50P
CN 41 BBP CN 44 CCDM
1 5V DGN D 1
2 N EN_STEP_DU PLEX1 CLK_M AIN _CCDM_ P 2
3 EN _M P_CLU TCH CLK_M AIN _CCDM_ N 3
4 N EN_STEP_FU SER_REL DGN D 4
5 CO VER_OPEN _SIDE SLO AD_CCDM 5
6 N EN_STEP_TNR_SU P_KC SCLK_CCDM 6
7 DIR_STEP_TNR_SUP_KC SDI_CCDM 7
8 EN _EXIT_SO L DGN D 8
9 N EN_STEP_DUP_RET PITG_CCDM 9
10 NSENSE_T1_PO S nRST_AFE 10
11 N EN_STEP_TNR_SU P_KC SDO _CCDM 11
12 PW M _M P_SO L DGN D 12
13 CLK_BLDC_FU SER LVDO _CCDM _4_N 13
14 N EN_BLDC_FUSER LVDO _CCDM _4_P 14
15 CO VER_OPEN _FRO N T DGN D 15
16 N SEN SE_P_EM PTY2 LVDO _CCDM _3_N 16
17 PLS_STEP_T1 LVDO _CCDM _3_P 17
18 N EN_STEP_T1 DGN D 18
19 nEN_STEP_FEED RX_CLK_CCDM _N 19
20 NSENSE_FUSER_PO S1 RX_CLK_CCDM _P 20
21 nEN_STEP_REGI DGN D 21
22 PLS_STEP_DU PLEX1 LVDO _CCDM _2_N 22
23 nSEN SE_CU RL1 LVDO _CCDM _2_P 23
24 N SEN SE_P_BIN FU LL_EXIT1 DGN D 24
25 DIR_STEP_TNR_SUP_M Y LVDO _CCDM _1_N 25
26 N EN_STEP_DU PLEX2 LVDO _CCDM _1_P 26
27 PLS_STEP_DU P_RET DGN D 27
28 N SENSE_JAM_ DUPLEX1 LVDO _CCDM _0_N 28
29 N SEN SE_P_DUP_RETU RN LVDO _CCDM _0_P 29
30 N SEN SE_P_REGI DGN D 30
31 PLS_STEP_DU PLEX2 3.3V_SCAN 31
32 PLS_STEP_FEED 3.3V_SCAN 32
33 PLS_STEP_PICKU P1 3.3V_SCAN 33
34 PLS_STEP_PICKU P2 3.3V_SCAN 34
35 PLS_STEP_REG I 3.3V_SCAN 35
36 nSEN SE_CU RL2 3.3V_SCAN 36
37 N SEN SE_P_PRE_FEED1 3.3V_SCAN 37
38 N SEN SE_P_PRE_FEED2 3.3V_SCAN 38
39 N SEN SE_P_FEED DGN D 39
40 N SEN SE_P_FU SER_O UT DGN D 40
41 N SENSE_JAM_ DUPLEX2 5V_SCAN 41
42 N EN_STEP_PICKU P1 5V_SCAN 42
43 N EN_STEP_PICKU P2 5V_SCAN 43
44 ADC_FB_FR 5V_SCAN 44
45 ADC_FB_REGI DGN D 45
46 ADC_FB_FEED DGN D 46
47 FB_DU P2 10V_CCD 47
48 FB_PU1 10V_CCD 48
49 FB_PU2 10V_CCD 49
50 DGN D 10V_CCD 50
BBP
16P
CN 54 BBP
1 5V
2 N EN_BLDC_O PC_K
3 N READY_BLDC_O PC_K
4 N EN_BLDC_O PC_C
5 N READY_BLDC_O PC_C
6 N EN_BLDC_O PC_M
7 N READY_BLDC_O PC_M
8 N EN_BLDC_O PC_Y
9 N READY_BLDC_O PC_Y
10 NSEN SE_SHUT_ACR
11 NREADY_BLDC_FU SER
12 N EN_STEP_RES_KC
13 DIR_STEP_RES_KC
14 N EN_STEP_RES_M Y
15 DIR_STEP_RES_M Y
16 DGN D
ENWW Connection Diagram (Scanner) 1275
Connection Diagram (Laser Scanner Assembly/OPE/USB)
SPEAKER
HUB
FDIJOINT
-1.5m m / 11P
CN20 FDIJO INT
DGND 1
DGND 2
3.3VSUSP 3
5V_SUSP 4
nDETECT_FDI 5
NOT_READY_FDI 6
EN_COPY_EXIT_FDI 7
nEN_COPY_CNT_FDI 8
nDETECT_PSIZE_FDI 9
nDETECT_COLOR_DFI 10
nEN_FDI 11
N/W RJ45
CN1 NETW ORK 1
TD+ 2
TD- 3
RD+ 4
TERM1
Color Only LSU SIGNAL M Y 5
TERM2 6
50FFC RD- 7
CN25 LSU SIGNAL TERM3 8
MY TERM4 9
1 DGND GREEN- 10
2 PW M _LD_POW ER_M GREEN+ 11 NTWORK
3 DGND YELLOW - 12
4 nHSYNC_M _DP YELLOW +
5 nHSYNC_M _DN
6 DGND
7 nVDO_M _B1_DP
USB
8 nVDO_M _B1_DN
9 DGND CN14 USB 1
10 nSH_M1 USB3D_VBUS 2
11 nSH_M2 USB3D_DN 3
12 DGND USB3D_DP 4
13 VDO_M _B2_DP DGND 5
14 nVDO_M _B2_DN USB3D_PXN 6
15 DGND USB3D_PXP 7
16 nVDO_M _B3_DP DGND 8
17 nVDO_M _B3_DN USB3D_RXN 9
18 DGND USB3D_RXP
19 nSH_M3
20 nSH_M4
21 DGND PC
22 nVDO_M _B4_DP
23 nVDO_M _B4_DN USB HOST Ch2
24 DGND
25 CN17 USB HOST Ch2 1
nLDON_LSU_M
26 USB3H_VBUS_REAR2 2
nLDON_LSU_Y
27 USB3H_REAR2_DN 3
DGND
28 USB3H_REAR2_DP 4
nHSYNC_Y_DP
29 DGND 5
nHSYNC_Y_DN
30 USB3H_REAR2_RXN 6
DGND
31 USB3H_REAR2_RXP 7
nVDO_Y_B1_DP
32 DGND 8
VDO_Y_B1_DN
33 USB3H_REAR2_TXN 9
DGND
34 USB3H_REAR2_TXP
nSH_Y1
35 nSH_Y2
36 DGND
EXT.DRIVE
37 nVDO_Y_B2_DP
38 nVDO_Y_B2_DN USB HOST Ch1
39 DGND
40 nVDO_Y_B3_DP CN16 USB HOST Ch1 1
41 nVDO_Y_B3_DN USB3H_VBUS_REAR1 2
42 DGND USB3H_REAR1_DN 3
43 nSH_Y3 USB3H_REAR1_DP 4
44 nSH_Y4 DGND 5
45 DGND USB3H_REAR1_RXN 6
46 nVDO_Y_B4_DP USB3H_REAR1_RXP 7
47 nVDO_Y_B4_DN DGND 8
48 DGND USB3H_REAR1_TXN 9
LASER SCANNER 49
50
PW M _LD_POW ER_Y
DGND
USB3H_REAR1_TXP
ASSEMBLY CARD READER
(COLR) LSU SIGNAL KC
60FFC
CN2 LSU SIGNALKC
1 DGND
2 DGND
3 DGND
4 DGND
Mono Only
5 DGND
6 DGND LSU
7 DGND 40FFC
8 DGND
9 DGND CN28 LSU
10 PW M _LD_POW ER_C DGND 1
11 DGND NC 2
12 nVDO_C_B4_DN 24V3 3
13 nVDO_C_B4_DP 24V3 4
14 DGND NC 5
15 nSH_C4 DGND 6
16 nSH_C3 nSTART_LSU_M OT 7
17 DGND nREADY_LSU 8
18 nVDO_C_B3_DN CLK_LSU_M OT 9
19 nVDO_C_B3_DP 5V_LSU 10
20 DGND 5V_LSU 11
21 nVDO_C_B2_DN DGND 12
22
23
nVDO_C_B2_DP
DGND
PW M _LD_POW ER_K
DGND
13
14 LASER SCANNER
ASSEMBLY
24 nSH_C2 nHSYNC_K_DP 15
25 nSH_C1 nHSYNC_K_DN 16
26 17
(MONO)
DGND DGND
27 nVDO_C_B1_DN nVDO_K_B1_DP 18
28 nVDO_C_B1_DP nVDO_K_B1_DN 19
29 DGND DGND 20
30 nHSYNC_C_DN nSH_K1 21
31 nHSYNC_C_DP nSH_K2 22
32 DGND DGND 23
33 nLDON_LSU_C nVDO_K_B2_DP 24
34 nLDON_LSU_K nVDO_K_B2_DN 25
35 DGND DGND 26
36 nVDO_K_B4_DN nVDO_K_B3_DP 27
37 nVDO_K_B4_DP nVDO_K_B3_DN 28
38 DGND DGND 29
39 nSH_K4 nSH_K3 30
40 nSH_K3 nSH_K4 31
41 DGND DGND 32
42 nVDO_K_B3_DN nVDO_K_B4_DP 33
43 nVDO_K_B3_DP nVDO_K_B4_DN 34
44 DGND DGND 35
45 nVDO_K_B2_DN nLDON_LSU_K 36
46 nVDO_K_B2_DP DGND 37
47 DGND DGND 38
48 nSH_K2 DGND 39
49 nSH_K1 CON_DETECT_LSU 40
50 DGND
51 nVDO_K_B1_DN
52 nVDO_K_B1_DP
53 DGND
54 nHSYNC_K_DN
55 nHSYNC_K_DP
56 DGND
57 PW M _LD_POW ER_K
58 DGND
59 ADC_LSU_TEMP
60 CON_DETECT_LSU
1276 Chapter 4 Connection diagrams ENWW
Connection Diagram (Side/Tray 1/Feed/Registration/Pickup)
Color Only REAR/FRONT/LED
I.5m m /10*2P TB CRUM
1.5m m /8*1P Color
JC39-02229A JC39-02230A CN35 REAR/FRONT/LED
1 1 15 1 ACR_REAR CN48 TB CRUM
LEFT 2 2 14 2 5VA ADC_CTD_CENTER_P 1
ACR 3 3 13 3 DGND 5VA 2
REAR 4 4 12 4 NC DGND 3
5 5 11 5 PW M _ACR_LED_REAR ADC_CTD_CENTER_S 4
JC39-02239A JC39-02258A
1 6 10 6 ADC_ACR_FRONT_P R_5V_PS 5 1 3 3
2 2 T1 POSI
RIGHT 2 7 9 7 5VA DGND 6 2
3 1 SENSOR
ACR 3 8 8 8 DGND SENS_T1_POS 7 1
FRONT 4 9 7 9 NC
5 10 6 10 PW M _ACR_LED_FRONT DGND 8 3
nSENSE_P_REGI 9 PAPER REGI
2
5V_PS 10 SENSOR
1 11 5 11 ADC_CTD_CENTER_P 1
2 12 4 12 5VA
CENTER
3 13 3 13 DGND
CTD
Mono
4 14 2 14 ADC_CTD_CENTER_S TB CRUM
5 15 1 15 PW M _ACR_LED_CENTER 1.5m m /8*1P
CN48 TB CRUM
ACR SHUTTER 2 1 5 16 DGND ADC_CTD_CENTER_P 1 JC39-02236A 7 1 JC39-02235A 1
M OT DC 1 2 4 17 OUT_DC_ACR_SHUT1 6 2
5VA 2 2
JC39-02220A DGND 3 5 3 3 CTD SENSOR
3 3 3 18 R_5V_PS 4 4
ACR SHUTTER ADC_CTD_CENTER_S 4 4
2 4 2 19 DGND 3 5
SENS PW M _ACR_LED_CENTER 5 5
1 5 1 20 nSENSE_SHUT_ACR
DGND 6 2 6 2 INNER
ADC_INNER_TEM P 7 1 7 1 TEM P
PICKUP 8
DGND 3 1 3
9 PAPER REGI
nSENSE_P_REGI 2 2 2
10 SENSOR
CN49 PICKUP 5V_PS 1 3 1
JC39-02234A 1 JC39-02204A
3 1 9 R_5V_PS
PAPER_EM PTY1 2 2 8 2 DGND
1 3 7 3 nSENSE_P_EM PTY1
JC39-02201A 4 m icroSD SOCKET
3 4 6 R_5V_PS
2 5 5 5 DGND
PAPER_LIFT1 CN12 microSD SOCKET
1 6 4 6 nSENSE_C_LIFT1 1
DATA2_SD
2
3 7 3 7 DGND DATA3_SD
3
FEED1 2 8 2 8 nSENSE_P_PRE_FEED1 CM D_SD
4
1 9 1 9 5V_PS 3.3V
5
CLK_SD
6
4 10 A_PICKUP1 DGND
7
3 11 nA_PICKUP1 DATA0_SD
PICKUP1 8
M OT STEP 2 12 nB_PICKUP1 DATA1_SD
9
1 13 B_PICKUP1 DGND
10
DGND
11
3 14 R_5V_PS DGND
1 10 12
2 15 DGND DGND
PAPER_EM PTY2 2 9 13
1 16 nSENSE_P_EM PTY2 DGND
3 8 14
DGND
3
JC39-02202A 17 R_5V_PS
4 7
2 5 6 18 DGND M SOK
PAPER_LIFT2
1 6 5 19 nSENSE_C_LIFT2
CN21 M SOK
20 DGND 1
3 7 4 DGND
FEED2 21 nSENSE_P_PRE_FEED2 2
2 8 3 SCK_M SOK
22 5V_PS 3
1 9 2 DGND
4
10 1 M SOI_M SOK
5
DGND
4 23 A_PICKUP2 6
nSS_M SOK
PICKUP2 3 24 nA_PICKUP2 7
M OT STEP 2 25 nB_PICKUP2
DGND
M SIO_M SOK
8
1 26 B_PICKUP2 9
3_3V_PS
10
SCL0_M SOK
11
3_3V_PS
FEED_REGI 12
SDA0_M SOK
DEBUGGER M AIN
CN53 FEED_REGI
JC39-02336A -2.0mm /4*1P
1 6 1 A_FEED
2 5 2 24V4 CN8 DEBUGGER M AIN
FEED M OT
STEP 3 4 3 nA_FEED 3.3V 1
4 3 4 nB_FEED RXD_M CB 2
HYBRID
5 2 5 24V4 TXD_M CB 3
6 1 6 B_FEED DGND 4
1 6 7 A_REGI DEBUGGER SCAN
2 5 8 24V1_SW -2.0mm /4*1P
REGIM OT
STEP 3 4 9 nA_REGI
CN9 DEBUGGER SCAN
4 3 10 nB_REGI
HYBRID 11 24V1_SW 3.3V 1
5 2 2
12 B_REGI RXD_SCB
6 1 3
TXD_SCB
M P CLUTCH DGND 4
1 2 13 24V4
CL 2 1 14 EN_M P_CLUTCH
DEBUGGER ENGINE
-2.0mm /4*1P
SIDE /MP CN10 DEBUGGER
ENGINE
1.5m m /20*2P
3.3V 1
JC39-02206A JC39-02205A CN32 SIDE / M P /PTB RXD_ENG 2
2 1 5 1 20 1 24V3 TXD_ENG 3
M P SO L
1 2 4 2 19 2 PW M _MP _SOL DGND 4
INNER
JC39-02210A ENGINE PANEL
3 3 3 3 18 3 R_5V_PS
-1.5m m /5*1P FINISHER
M P EM PTY 2 4 2 4 17 4 DGND
1 5 1 5 16 5 nSENSE_P_M P_EM PTY CN11 ENGINE PANEL
DGND 1
3 1 6 6 15 6 1.8V_PS 5V_SUSP 2
M P PAPER 2 2 5 7 14 7 ADC_P_M P_W IDTH RXD_ENG_PANEL 3
W IDTH 1 3 4 8 13 8 DGND R_5V_SUSP 4
JC39-02211A TXD_ENG_PANEL 5
3 4 3 9 12 9 R_5V_PS
M P PAPER
2 5 2 10 11 10 DGND
LENGTH
1 6 1 11 10 11 nSENSE_P_M P_LENGTH DUAL FAX
3 1 3 12 9 12 DGND CN24 DUALFAX
PRE FEED 2 2 2 13 8 13 nSENSE_P_FEED 5V_SUSP 1 FINISHER
14 5V_PS
1
JC39-02208A
3 1 14 7 DGND
3.3V
2
3
3K
4 15 6 15 A_DUPLEX2 3.3V 4
DUP2 3 16 5 16 nA_DUPLEX2 DGND 5
M OT STEP 2 17 4 17 nB_DUPLEX2 DGND 6
1 18 18 B_DUPLEX2 CM L_M ODEM 1 7
3 CM L_M ODEM 2 8 *****-****/
19 2 19 NC AOUT0 9 M OLEX
20 1 20 NC AOUT1 10
nRST_M ODEM 1 11
JC39-02338A 1 6
JC39-02240A 1 10 1 20 21 R_5V_PS nCTS_M ODEM 1 12
3 54679-1619/
CURL1 2 2 5 2 9 2 19 22 DGND nCTS_M ODEM 2 13
M OLEX
1 3 4 3 8 3 18 23 nSENSE_CURL1 nRTS_M ODEM 1 14
nRTS_M ODEM 2 15
3 4 3 4 7 4 17 24 R_5V_PS DGND 16
CURL2 2 5 2 5 6 5 16 25 DGND nDETECT_MO DEM 1 17
1 6 1 6 5 6 15 26 nSENSE_CURL2 nDETECT_MO DEM 2 18
TXD_M ODEM1 19
4 7 4 TXD_M ODEM2 20
3 8 3 RXD_M ODEM1 21
PTB CRUM
Mono
2 9 2 RXD_M ODEM2 22
1 10 1 nRI_MOD EM _1 23
nRI_MOD EM _2 24
nINT_M ODEM _1 25
nINT_M ODEM _2 26
nDCD_M ODEM _1 27
PTB 4 1 7 27 DGND nDCD_M ODEM _2 28
7 14
W ASTE 3 2 6 28 ADC_PTB_W TB_FULL nRST_M ODEM _2 29
8 13
FULL 2 3 5 29 EN_PTB_W TB_LED DGND 30
9 12
1 4 4 30 R_5V_PS
10 11
11 10 31 3.3V_CRUM
JC39-02207A 12 9 32 SCL2_PTB
13 8 33 SDA2_PTB
14 7 34 DGND
3 5 3 15 6 35 R_5V_PS
DUPLEX 6 2
2 16 5 36 DGND
JAM 2 7 1
1 17 4 37 nSENSE_JAM _DUPLEX2
3 1 3 18 3 38 R_5V_PS
P FUSER 39 DGND
2 2 2 19 2
OUT 40 nSENSE_P_FUSER_OUT
1 3 1 20 1
JC39-02209A
3 1 3
FAN
2 2 2
SIDE
1 3 1
To FDB
2-292246-2/
JC39-02338A JC39-02341A TYCO
3 1 6 1
CURL1 2 2 5 2
1 3 4 3
2-292249-2/
3 4 3 4 TYCO
CURL2 2 5 2 5
1 6 1 6
7
8 DCF
Color 9
10
LC T HCF
ENWW Connection Diagram (Side/Tray 1/Feed/Registration/Pickup) 1277
Connection Diagram (OPC/WTB/CST Lock)
T1 /ERASER /OPC CRUM
-1.5mm /16*2P OPC HOM E
CN36 T1 / ERASER /
JC39-02256A JC39-02255A OPC CRUM CN29 O PC HO M E
1 1 6 1 6 1 5V_PS
JC39-02240A
R_5V_PS 1 3
2 2 5 2 5 2 ON_ERASER_K DGND 2 2
3 3 4 3
nSENSE_OPC_HOM E_K 3 1
4 4 3 4 4 3 3.3V_CRUM
3 4 SDA_CRUM _OPC_K
2 R_5V_PS 4 3
5 2 5 2 5 SCL_CRUM _OPC_K
1 DGND 5 2
6 1 6 1 6 DGND nSENSE_OPC_HOM E_C 6 1
R_5V_PS 7 3
JC39-02256A DGND 8 2
1 1 6 1 6 7 5V_PS 9 1
nSENSE_OPC_HOM E_M
2 2 5 2 5 8 ON_ERASER_C
3 3 4 3 R_5V_PS 10 3
4 4 3 4 4 9 3.3V_CRUM 11 2
DGND
3 10 SDA_CRUM _OPC_C 12 1
nSENSE_OPC_HOM E_Y
2 5 2 5 2 11 SCL_CRUM _OPC_C
1 6 1 6 1 12 DGND
2 13 ADC_INNER_TEMP
1 14 DGND OPC K
15 NC
16 NC CN29 OPC K JC39-02239A
JC39-02256A 1 10
DIR_BLDC_OPC_K 9
1 1 6 1 6 17 5V_PS 2
CLK_BLDC_OPC_K 8
2 2 5 2 5 18 ON_ERASER_M 3
nREADY_BLDC_OPC_K 7
3 3 4 3 4
nEN_BLDC_OPC_K 6
5
4 4 3 4 4
3
19
20
3.3V_CRUM
SDA_CRUM _OPC_M
NC
6 5 BLDC
2 BRK_BLDC_OPC_K 4
5 2 5 2 21 SCL_CRUM _OPC_M 7
1 DGND 3
6 1 6 1 22 DGND 8
DGND 2
9
DGND 1
10
DGND
11
JC39-02256A NC
12
1 1 6 1 6 23 5V_PS
2 2 5 2 5 24 ON_ERASER_Y
3 3 4 3
4 4 3 4 4 25 3.3V_CRUM
3 26 SDA_CRUM _OPC_Y
2 5 2 5 2 27 SCL_CRUM _OPC_Y T/C SENSOR
1 6 1 6 1 28 DGND -1.5m m /15*2P
CN34 T/C SENSOR
1 4 29 A_T1 DGND 1 JC39-02260A JC39-02259A
2 3 30 nA_T1 4 1 4
TC_VIN_K 2 3 2 3
3 2 31 nB_T1 3
24V1_TC 2 3 2
4 1 32 B_T1 4
TNR_VCON_K 1 4 1
DGND 5 4 1
JC39-02259A 4
TC_VIN_C 6 3 2 3
24V1_TC 7 2 3 2
TNR_VCON_C 8 1 4 1
R_5V_PS 9
12 1 3
DGND 10
11 2 2
nSENSE_FULL_RES_K 11
10 3 1
R_5V_PS 12
9 4 3
DGND 13
BLDC OPC KCMY 8 5 2
nSENSE_FULL_RES_C 14
7 6 1
JC39-02342A
CN47 BLDC OPC NC 15
6 7 3
JC39-02232A KCM Y 5 8 2
10 1 DIR_BLDC_OPC_K 4 9 1
9 2 CLK_BLDC_OPC_K
8 3 nREADY_BLDC_OPC_K 3 10 3
7 4 nEN_BLDC_OPC_K 2 11 2
6 5 NC
BLDC 5 6 BRAKE_BLDC_OPC_K
1 12 1
4 7 DGND DGND 16
4 1
JC39-02259A 4
3 8 DGND TC_VIN_M 17
3 2 3
2 9 24V1_SW 24V1_TC 18
2 3 2
1 10 24V1_SW TNR_VCON_M 19
1 4 1
10 11 DIR_BLDC_OPC_C DGND 20
4 1
JC39-02259A 4
9 12 CLK_BLDC_OPC_C TC_VIN_Y 21
3 2 3
8 13 nREADY_BLDC_OPC_C 24V1_TC 22
2 3 2
7 14 nEN_BLDC_OPC_C TNR_VCON_Y 23
1 4 1
6 15 NC
BLDC 5 16 BREAK_BLDC_OPC_C R_5V_PS 24
4 17 DGND DGND 25
3 18 DGND nSENSE_FULL_RES_M 26
2 19 24V7
1 20 24V7 R_5V_PS 27
DGND 28
10 21 DIR_BLDC_OPC_M nSENSE_FULL_RES_Y 29
9 22 CLK_BLDC_OPC_M
8 23 nREADY_BLDC_OPC_M NC 30
7 24 nEN_BLDC_OPC_M
6 25 NC
BLDC 5 26 BREAK_BLDC_OPC_M
4 27 DGND
3 28 DGND
2 29 24V7
1 30 24V7 HVPS2 /SKEW MO TOR
-1.5mm /12*2P
10 31 DIR_BLDC_OPC_Y CN4 HVPS2 / SKEW CN2
9 32 CLK_BLDC_OPC_Y M O TOR
33 nREADY_BLDC_OPC_Y
JC39-02228A 12 nEN_DEVE_AC_K
8 nEN_DEVE_AC_K 1 12
7 34 nEN_BLDC_OPC_Y nEN_DEVE_AC_C 2 11 11 nEN_DEVE_AC_C
6 35 NC 10 10 nEN_DEVE_AC_M
BLDC 5 36 BRK_BLDC_OPC_Y
nEN_DEVE_AC_M
nEN_DEVE_AC_Y
3
4 9 9 nEN_DEVE_AC_Y
4 37 DGND ADC_READ_HVPS_24V 5 8 8 ADC_READ_HVPS_24V
3 38 DGND DGND 6 7 7 GND
2 39 24V5 DGND 7 6 6 GND
1 40 24V5 DGND 8 5 5 GND
3.3V_PS 9 4 4 3.3V
24V2_SW 10 3 3 24V
24V2_SW 11 2 2 24V
24V2_SW 12 1 1 24V
A_SKEW _Y 13 12
nA_SKEW _Y 14 11
B_SKEW _Y 15 10
nB_SKEW _Y 16 9
A_SKEW _M 17 8
nA_SKEW _M 18 7
B_SKEW _M 19 6
nB_SKEW _M 20 5
A_SKEW _C 21 4
nA_SKEW _C 22 3
B_SKEW _C 23 2
nB_SKEW _C 24 1
W TB/CST LOCK/FAN_LSU
CN38 W TB/CST
LOCK/FAN_LSU JC39-02337A
FAN_LSU 1 3
FB_OUT_ FAN_LSU 2 2
DGND 3 1
A_W TB 4 4
nA_W TB 5 3
nB_W TB 6 2
B_W TB 7 1
DGND 8 3 1 COM
COVER_OPEN_FRONT 9 2 2 N.O.
nCOVER_OPEN_FRONT 10 1 3 N.C.
DGND 11 4 1 4
ADC_W TB_FULL 12 3 2 3
EN_W TB_LED 13 2 3 2
5V_PS 14 1 4 1
R_5V_PS 15 3
DGND 16 2
nDETECT_W TB 17 1
OUT_DC_CST_LOCK1_2 18 10 1 2 1
OUT_DC_CST_LOCK1_1 19 9 2 1 2
R_5V_PS 20 8 3 3
DGND 21 7 4 2
nSENSE_CST_LOCK1 22 6 5 1
JC39-02186A
OUT_DC_CST_LOCK2_2 23 5 6 2 1
OUT_DC_CST_LOCK2_1 24 4 7 1 2
R_5V_PS 25 3 8 3
DGND 26 2 9 2
nSENSE_CST_LOCK2 27 1 10 1
NC 28
LSU PD /RESERVOIR SENSOR
-1.5m m /22*1P
CN26 LSU P M OTOR JC39-02231A
5V_LSU 1
5V_LSU 2
DGND 3
24V2 4
DGND 5
nSTART_LSU_M OT 6
nREADY_LSU 7
CLK_LSU_M OT 8
1278 Chapter 4 Connection diagrams ENWW
Connection Diagram (HVPS/LVPS/FDB)
M ono Only
HVPS(MONO)
HVPS
24FFC
HEATER SW ITCH
M AIN SW ITCH
CN31 HVPS
nDETECT_HVPS 1 1 nDETECT_HVPS
24V2_SW 2 2 24V
24V2_SW 3 3 24V
ADC_HVPS_24V 4 4 ADC_HVPS_24V
24V2_SW 5 5 24V
GND 6 6 GND
GND 7 7 GND
3.3V 8 8 3.3V
GND 9 9 GND
NC 10 10 NC
ADC_READ_M HV 11 11 ADC_READ_M HV
JC39-02197A
AC
PW M _THV+_CV_hybrid 12 12 PW M _THV+_CV_hybrid
JC39-02203A
PW M _M HV 13 13 PW M _M HV
PW M _THV+_CV_SELECT_hybrid 14 14 PW M _THV+_CV_SELECT_hybrid
9
3
C
J
1
2
0
-
A
7
ToFUSER
PW M _SAW 15 15 PW M _SAW
ADC_READ_THV 16 16 ADC_READ_THV
INLET
PW M _THV_N 17 17 PW M _THV_N
nEN_DEVE 18 18 nEN_DEVE
PW M _FUSER_BIAS 19 19 PW M _FUSER_BIAS
PW M _DEVE_DC 20 20 PW M _DEVE_DC
GND
PW M _THV_P 21 21 PW M _THV_P
PW M _DEVE_VPP 22 22 PW M _DEVE_VPP
JC39-02199A
PW M _DEVE_AC 23 23 PW M _DEVE_AC
GND 24 24 GND
JC39-02248A
4
3
2
1
HEATER SW ITCH
4
3
2
1
2
1
3
2
1
M AIN SW ITCH
LIVE
LIVE
NEUTRAL
NEUTRAL
CN10
LIVE
LIVE
NEUTRAL
NEUTRAL
CN5
NEUTRAL
LIVE
CN1
COM M ON
LAM P2
LAM P1
CN6
FUSER
DEVE HV M 2
INLET
JC39-02249A
To INPUT OPTION
THV M
JC39-02247A
SAW /M HV
CN2 1
1 LIVE
2 NEUTRAL 2
M ono :SM PS TYPE3R
TYPE5 3
Color SM
INPUT OPTION
(OPTI
CN7 (Blue)
1 LIVE CN3
2 NEUTRAL
JC39-02246A
1 LIVE 1
O N/SCAN)
: PS TYPE4
FDB
2 NEUTRAL FUSER HV M 2
TYPE3R TYPE3R
DCF
JC39-02193A
CON1 CN8(Red)
LIVE 1 1 LIVE CN4
NEUTRAL 2 2 NEUTRAL 1 LIVE
2 NEUTRAL 9
3
C
J
1
2
0
-
A
6
JC39-02196A
JC39-02192A
ColorOnly
HVPS
220V Only
35FFC
HVPS(COLOR)
CN11
CN3 HVPS
ON_FUSER_CENTER 1
1
REACTOR
1 1 nDETECT_HVPS
ON_FUSER_RELAY 5
nDETECT_HVPS
ON_SM PS_RELAY 7
FUSER_ON
24VS
RELAY_ON
24V_ON/OFF
GND
CON4
+24V3
GND
+24V2
GND
+24V1
GND
+5V
CON3
2
ON_FUSER_SIDE 2
PW M _D_AC_FREQ 2 2 PW M _D_AC_FREQ
TYPE3R S
ZERO_CROSS 10
SM PS TYPE 3R
M AIN IF
PW M _D_AC_VPP_Y 3 3 PW M _D_AC_VPP_Y
AC_SENSE 9
ADC_R_M HV_K 4 4 ADC_R_M HV_K
+24VS2 6
+24VS1 4
PW M _D_DC_Y 5 5 PW M _D_DC_Y
CN12
GND 8
GND 3
CN9
IGNAL
NC 6 6 NC
1
PW M _DC_AC_VPP_M 7 7 PW M _DC_AC_VPP_M
2
PW M _THV+_CC_SEL 8 8 PW M _THV+_CC_SEL
5
4
3
2
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
PW M _D_DC_M 9 9 PW M _D_DC_M
JC27-00009A PW M _THV+CC_Hyb 10 10 PW M _THV+CC_Hyb
2
C
J
0
-
7
A
9 PW M _D_AC_VPP_C 11 11 PW M _D_AC_VPP_C
PW M _M HV_K 12 12 PW M _M HV_K
SM PS TYPE5 6*2P PW M _D_DC_C 13 13 PW M _D_DC_C
CN5 SM PS TYPE5 PW M _M HV_C 14 14 PW M _M HV_C
1 5V1 PW M _D_AC_VPP_K 15 15 PW M _D_AC_VPP_K
2 5V2 PW M _M HV_M 16 16 PW M _M HV_M
SM PS TYPE 5 PW M _D_DC_K 17 17 PW M _D_DC_K
TYPE5 3 24V1
4 24V2 PW M _M HV_Y 18 18 PW M _M HV_Y
CN3 JC39-02213A(C) ADC_R_THV2
CN1 +24V1 1 1
9
3
C
J
2
0
-
(
A
4
) M)
M
JC39-02344A(
5
6
24V3 ADC_R_THV2
ADC_R_M HV_C
19
20
19
20 ADC_R_M HV_C
1 LIVE 24V4 HV_OPC_Y
GND 2
JC39-02225A
7 DGND PW M _THV_2 21 21 PW M _THV_2
2 NEUTRAL +24V2 3
8 DGND ADC_R_M HV_M 22 22 ADC_R_M HV_M HV_OPC_M
GND 4 23 23 PW M _THV2_CLEAN
9 DGND PW M _THV2_CLEAN
+24V3 5 ADC_R_M HV_Y 24 24 ADC_R_M HV_Y
10 DGND HV_OPC_C
GND 6 25 25 PW M _SAW
11 DGND PW M _SAW
+24V4 7 26 26 ADC_R_ITHV_Y
12 DGND ADC_R_ITHV_Y HV_OPC_K
(M ain SYSTEM )
GND 8 27 27 PW M _FUSER_BIAS
PW M _FUSER_BIAS
SM PS TYPE5
SM PS TYPE3 4*2P ADC_R_ITHV_M 28 28 ADC_R_ITHV_M
ADC_R_IHTV_K 29 29 ADC_R_IHTV_K
TYPE5SIGNAL CN6 SM PS TYPE4
PW M _ITHV_Y 30 30 PW M _ITHV_Y
/ TYPE3R
CN4 JC39-02212A(C) 8 1 ADC_R_IHTV_C 31 31 ADC_R_IHTV_C
5V_OPT
JC39-02223A
HV_DEVE_Y
GND 1 1
3
C
J
2
0
-
9
A
4
) M)
M
(
JC39-02343A( 7 2 24V5 PW M _ITHV_M 32 32 PW M _ITHV_M
+24V_ON/OFF 2 6 3 PW M _ITHV_K 33 33 PW M _ITHV_K
24V6 HV_DEVE_M
GND 3 5 4 PW M _ITHV_C 34 34 PW M _ITHV_C
24V7
4 5 GND 35 35 GND
DGND HV_DEVE_C
3 6 DGND
SM PS TYPE 5 2 7 DGND
1 HV_DEVE_K
8 DGND
CN2
+5V1 1
GND 2
JC39-02226A
HV_T1_Y 1
+5V2 3 AC CTRL./FDB /PAPER 2
GND 4
DET 1.5m m /17*2P HV_T1_M 3
JC39-02221A(C) CN39 AC CTRL./ 4
1
J
-
9
3
C
2
0
M
(
A
) M)
JC39-02233A( JC39-02569A FDB / PAPER DET HV_T1_C 5
9
3
C
J
1
2
0
-
A
6
JC39-02196A 6
17 1 ZEROCROSS
10 1 HV_T1_K 7
16 2 AC_SENS
9 2
15 3 DGND
8 3
14 4 ON_SM PS_RREAY
7 4
5 24V3
JC39-02227A
6 5 13
12 6 ON_FUSER_RELAY T2 HV
5 6
11 7 24VS_FUSER
4 7
10 8 DGND
3 8
9 9 ON_FUSER_SIDE
2 9
8 10 ON_FUSER_CENTER
1 10 1
3
2 11 11 EN_24V_ENGINE 2
7
12 DGND
JC39-02224A
1 12 6 HV_SAW
3
5
4
3
2 13 5 13 EN_24V_OPTION
1 14 4 14 DGND
3 15 3 15 FAN_SM PS
SM PS
FAN
2 16 2 16 FB_OUT_FAN_SM PS
1 17 1 17 DGND
4 18 nDETECT_CST1
PAPER SIZE1 PAPER SIZE2
3 19 DGND
2 20 ADC_P_SIZE1
1 21 DGND
4 22 nDETECT_CST2
3 23 DGND
2 24 ADC_P_SIZE2
1 25 1.8V_PS
3 26 FAN_DEVE
DEVE / OPC
2 27 FB_OUT_FAN_DEVE
FAN
1 28 DGND
4 29 ADC_OUT_TEM P
3 30 DGND
2 31 ADC_OUT_HUM I
1 32 3.3V_PS
OU T TEM P
/HUM ID
33 NC
34 NC
ENWW Connection Diagram (HVPS/LVPS/FDB) 1279
1280 Chapter 4 Connection diagrams ENWW
5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker
● Product specification and description
● Service approach
● Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers)
● Problem solving
● Finisher system diagram
● Stapler/Stacker Finisher and Booklet Finisher
ENWW 1281
Product specification and description
Finisher system
Finisher sectional view
Sensor location
Figure 5-1 Sensor locations
Table 5-1 Sensor locations
Item Name Item Name
1 Bridge Unit Entrance Sensor 10 Main Tray Upper Level Sensor (Emitter)
2 Bridge Unit Output Sensor 11 Feed Buffer Output Sensor
3 Feed Entrance Paper Sensor 12 Feed Booklet Entrance Sensor
4 Diverter Home Sensor 13 Stacker Full Sensor
1282 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Table 5-1 Sensor locations (continued)
Item Name Item Name
5 Feed Main Output Sensor 14 Booklet Tray Paper Sensor (Detector)
6 Feed Top Output Sensor 15 Booklet Tray Paper Sensor (Emitter)
7 Sub Tray Full Sensor (Detector) 16 Fold Output Paper Sensor
8 Sub Tray Full Sensor (Emitter) 17 Booklet Compile Paper Sensor
9 Main Tray Upper Level Sensor (Detector)
Roller location
Figure 5-2 Roller location
Table 5-2 Roller location
Item Name Item Name
1 Top Output Roller 8 TB Entrance Roller
ENWW Product specification and description 1283
Table 5-2 Roller location (continued)
Item Name Item Name
2 Top Middle Roller 9 Feed Buffer Output Roller
3 Finisher Compile Output Roller 10 BM Compile Output Roller
4 Middle Roller 11 BM Folding Roller
5 Entrance Roller 12 BM C-Folding Roller
6 TB Output Roller 13 BM Folding Output Roller
7 TB Middle Roller
1284 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Jam removal guide
Figure 5-3 Jam removal guide
Table 5-3 Jam removal guide
Item Name Item Name
1 Top Door Guide 6 SD Jam Clear Cover
2 Bridge Unit Door 7 Booklet Feed Jam Clear Cover
3 Booklet Module 8 BM C-Folding Roller Knob
4 Middle Roller Knob 9 Booklet Lower Feed Jam Clear Cover
5 Feed Buffer Output Roller Knob
ENWW Product specification and description 1285
Paper path
Figure 5-4 Paper path
Table 5-4 Paper path
Item Name
1 Finisher Main Tray - Staple & Punch (Optional)
2 Finisher Top Tray - Punch (Optional)
3 Booklet Tray – Folding & Staple
1286 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Electrical parts layout
Finisher and booklet module
Figure 5-5 Electrical parts layout (1 of 2)
ENWW Product specification and description 1287
Figure 5-6 Electrical parts layout (2 of 2)
Table 5-5 Electrical parts layout
Item Part code Description Function
S1 Sensor-RP A Feed Entrance Paper Sensor
S2 Photo Sensor Feed Top Output Sensor
S3 Sensor-RP A Feed Main Output Sensor
S4 Sensor-RP A Feed Buffer Output Sensor
S5 Photo Sensor Diverter Home Sensor
S6 Photo Sensor Buffer Home Sensor
S7 Photo Sensor Rear Tamper Home Sensor
1288 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Table 5-5 Electrical parts layout (continued)
Item Part code Description Function
S8 Photo Sensor Front Tamper Home Sensor
S9 AS-Sensor EF Home Sensor
S10 Photo Sensor Main Paddle Home Sensor
S11 Photo Sensor Main Tray Front Level Sensor
S12 Photo Sensor Main Tray Rear Level Sensor
S13 Photo Sensor SCU Home Sensor
S14 AS-Sensor Main Tray Upper Level Sensor (Detector)
S15 AS-Sensor Main Tray Upper Level Sensor (Emitter)
S16 Photo Sensor Main Tray Encoder Sensor
S17 Photo Sensor Offline Staple Position Sensor
S18 Photo Sensor Stapler Move Offline Sensor
S19 Photo Sensor Stapler Move Home Sensor
S20 Photo Sensor Stapler Move Mid-Rear Sensor
S21 Photo Sensor Stapler Move Mid-Front Sensor
S22 Photo Sensor Stacker Full Sensor
S23 AS-Sensor Booklet Tray Paper Sensor (Detector)
S24 AS-Sensor Booklet Tray Paper Sensor (Emitter)
S25 Photo Sensor Grip Home Sensor
S26 Photo Sensor PE EJT Home Sensor
S27 Photo Sensor PE EJT Away Sensor
S28 Sensor-RP A Compile Paper Sensor
S29 Photo Sensor GE Encoder Sensor
S30 Photo Sensor PE Encoder Sensor
S31 Photo Sensor Feed Booklet Entrance Sensor
S32 Photo Sensor TE Presser Home Sensor
S33 Photo Sensor Blade Home Sensor
S34 Sensor-RP A Fold Output Paper Sensor
S35 Photo Sensor Separate Pawl Home Sensor
S36 Photo Sensor Guide Home Sensor
S37 Photo Sensor Booklet Paddle Home Sensor
S38 Photo Sensor Booklet Tamper Home Sensor
S39 Sensor-RP A Booklet Compile Paper Sensor
S40 Photo Sensor Stopper Home Sensor
ENWW Product specification and description 1289
Table 5-5 Electrical parts layout (continued)
Item Part code Description Function
S41 AS-Sensor Sub Tray Full Sensor (Detector)
S42 AS-Sensor Sub Tray Full Sensor (Emitter)
SW1 Micro Switch Front Door I/L Switch
SW2 Micro Switch Top Door I/L Switch
SW3 Micro Switch Stacker Upper Limit Switch
P1 3K Main PCA Finisher Main PCA
P2 Switch PCA Offline Staple OP PCA
P3 Booklet PCA Booklet Main PCA
M1 Assembly, HB Motor Feed Entrance Motor
M2 Assembly, HB Motor Feed Output Motor
M3 Assembly, PM Motor Buffer Motor
M4 Assembly, PM Motor End Fence Motor
M5 Assembly, PM Motor Main Paddle Motor
M6 Assembly, PM Motor Front Tamper Motor
M7 Assembly, PM Motor Rear Tamper Motor
M8 AS-Motor DC Ejector Grip-Eject Motor
M9 AS-Motor DC Ejector Pre-Eject Motor
M10 Assembly, PM Motor SCU Motor
M11 Assembly, 3657 DC Motor Main Tray Moving Motor
M12 Assembly, HB Motor Stapler Move Motor
M13 Assembly, PM Motor Booklet Feed Entrance Motor
M14 Assembly, PM Motor TE Presser Motor
M15 Assembly, PM Motor Booklet Tamper Motor
M16 Assembly, PM Motor Stopper Moving Motor
M17 Assembly, PM Motor Separate Pawl Motor
M18 Motor BLDC-Main Folding Roller Motor
M19 Motor BLDC-Main Blade Motor
M20 Assembly, PM Motor C Fold Motor
M21 Assembly, PM Motor Booklet Paddle Motor
M22 Solenoid Stopper Solenoid
1290 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Bridge Unit
Figure 5-7 Bridge Unit
Table 5-6 Bridge Unit
Item Part code Description Function
M23 Assembly, HB Motor Bridge Unit
S43 Photo Sensor Bridge Unit Door Sensor
S44 Sensor-RP A Bridge Unit Entrance Sensor
S45 Photo Sensor Bridge Unit Output Sensor
Punch unit
Figure 5-8 Punch unit
Table 5-7 Punch unit
Item Part code Description Function
M24 AS-HB Motor Punch Scan Motor
ENWW Product specification and description 1291
Table 5-7 Punch unit (continued)
Item Part code Description Function
S46 AS-Sensor Punch Scan Home Motor
S47 AS-Sensor Hole Punch Hopper Sensor
P4 AS-PCB Punch Punch PCA
P5 AS-PCB Punch Sensor Punch Scan Sensor PCA
Each unit functions
Figure 5-9
Item Unit Function
1 Frame unit Finisher main frame and exterior.
2 Stapler unit Device used for putting staples in to sheets of paper.
1292 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
(continued)
Item Unit Function
3 Feed unit Transports the paper to the compile and eject unit.
4 Compile unit Compiles the paper.
5 Eject unit Transports the stacked paper to the tray.
6 Stacker unit Stacks the stapled papers on the tray.
7 Booklet unit Folds paper, completes stapling jobs, and transports paper to
the tray.
8 Bridge Unit Transports the paper from the main machine to the finisher
entrance.
9 Punch unit Device used for punching on the paper.
PCA connection information
Finisher PCA
Figure 5-10 Finisher PCA
Table 5-9 Finisher PCA
CN No. Connection CN No. Connection
CN1 PSU, ENGINE INTERFACE CN9 SAFETY SWITCH
CN2 FRONT DOOR SWITCH CN10 STAPLER
ENWW Product specification and description 1293
Table 5-9 Finisher PCA (continued)
CN No. Connection CN No. Connection
CN3 TOP DOOR SWITCH CN11 EJECTOR
CN4 FRONT PATH CN12 FRONT LOWER
CN5 FRONT COMPILE CN13 SCU
CN6 Bridge Unit CN14 STACKER
CN7 PUNCH CN15 BOOKLET
CN8 REAR UPPER CN16 LOG
Switch PCA
Figure 5-11 Switch PCA
Table 5-10 Switch PCA
CN No. Connection
CN1 Offline Staple LED and Button
Booklet maker PCA
Figure 5-12 Booklet maker PCA
CN No. Connection
CN1 Finisher interface
CN3 Log
1294 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
CN No. Connection
CN4 Stapler/Feed Booklet Entrance Sensor
CN5 Booklet Feed Entrance Motor/TE Presser Motor
CN6 Blade Home Sensor/Booklet Tamper Home Sensor/ Booklet Compile Paper Sensor
CN7 Booklet Paddle Motor/Separate Pawl Motor
CN8 Fold Output Paper Sensor/Guide Home Sensor/C Fold Motor
CN9 Stopper Solenoid/Stopper Moving Motor
CN10 Folding Roller Motor/Blade Motor
Service approach
CAUTION: When working on the product, do not pick up the unit by the output tray, which will detach under the
weight of the product.
Precautions when replacing parts
Precautions when assembling and disassembling
● Use only HP approved replacement parts. Make sure that the part number, product name, voltage, and
current or temperature ratings are correct. Failure to do so might result in damage to the printer, circuit
overload, fire, or electric shock.
● Do not make unauthorized changes or additions to the printer. Unauthorized changes might cause the
printer to malfunction and create electric shock or fire hazards.
● Use caution when dismantling the unit. Take note of the location of each screw or other part. This printer
contains 19 different screws. Using the wrong screw might lead to system failure, short circuit or electric
shock.
● Do not disassemble the laser scanner assembly. Once the laser scanner assembly is disassembled, dust
might enter the mirror chamber and will seriously degrade print quality. There are no serviceable parts
inside the laser scanner assembly.
● Regularly check the condition of the power cable, plug and socket. Bad contacts might lead to overheating
and fire. Damaged cables might lead to electric shock or unit malfunction.
Precautions when handling PCA
Static electric might damage a PCA. Use approved, anti-static precautions when handling or storing a PCA.
Service personnel should use grounded ESD straps and/or mats when handling PCAs.
● Precautions when moving and storing a PCA
– Keep PCA in a conductive case, anti-static bag, or wrapped in aluminum foil.
– Do not store a PCA where it is exposed to direct sunlight.
● Precautions when replacing a PCA
ENWW Service approach 1295
– Disconnect power cables before disconnecting other cables.
– Do not touch any soldered connections, connector terminals, or other electronic parts when handling
insulated parts.
● Precautions when checking a PCA
– Touch a grounded area of the printer chassis to discharge static electric charge before touching a PCA.
– Do not touch a PCA with bare hands or metal objects. Doing so might create a short circuit or cause
electric shock. Use caution when handling a PCA with moving parts such as sensors, motors, or
lamps, as they might become very hot.
– Use caution when fitting and removing screws. Watch for hidden screens. Make sure that the correct
screw is used and make sure that when toothed washers are removed, they are refitted in their
original positions.
– Place the product on an ESD workstation or mat, or use an ESD strap (if one is available). If an ESD
workstation, mat, or strap is not available, ground yourself by touching the sheet-metal chassis
before touching an ESD-sensitive part.
Releasing plastic latches
Many of the parts are held in place with plastic latches. The latches can break easily; release them carefully. To
remove such parts, press the hook end of the latch away from the part to which it is latched.
Before performing service
● Remove all paper from the product.
● Turn off the power using the power button.
● Unplug the power cable and interface cable or cables.
● Place the product on an ESD workstation or mat, or use an ESD strap (if one is available). If an ESD
workstation, mat, or strap is not available, ground yourself by touching the sheet-metal chassis before
touching an ESD-sensitive part.
● Remove the toner cartridges.
● Remove the Tray 2 cassette.
1296 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
ESD precautions
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Look for the ESD reminder when
removing printer parts. Always perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD
workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an
ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
After performing service
● Plug in the power cable.
● Verify the functions of the printer that might have been impacted by service procedures. Make sure the
printer is in complete working order.
● Replace any accessories removed for service.
Post-service test
Perform the following tests to verify that the repair or replacement was successful:
Print-quality test
1. Verify that you have completed the necessary reassembly steps.
2. Make sure that the tray contains clean, unmarked paper.
3. Attach the power cord and interface cable or interface cables, and then turn on the product.
4. Print a configuration page.
5. Print a print quality page, and then verify that there are no lines, streaks, banding, or other print quality
defects.
6. Send a print job from the host computer, and then verify that the output meets expectations.
Order parts, accessories, and supplies
Ordering
Order supplies and paper www.hp.com/go/suresupply
Order genuine HP parts or accessories www.hp.com/buy/parts
or
partsurfer.hp.com
Order through service or support providers Contact an HP-authorized service or support provider.
Order using the HP Embedded Web Server (EWS) To access, in a supported Web browser on your computer, enter the printer IP
address or host name in the address/URL field. The EWS contains a link to the
HP SureSupply Web site, which provides options for purchasing Original HP supplies.
ENWW Service approach 1297
Orderable parts
Not all of the parts shown in the diagrams in this chapter can be ordered. Refer to the table following the
diagram or the parts lists at the end of this chapter to determine if a part is orderable.
1298 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/
stacker and booklet finishers)
● ESD precautions
● Top output bin
● Right top cover
● Top cover
● Front door
● Rear cover
● Front cover
● Front lower cover
● Booklet tray
● Caster cover
● Lower shield assembly
● Upper shield assembly
● Controller PCA
● Stapler unit
● Dummy feed guide
● Top jam access cover
● Top lower feed assembly
● Ejector unit
● Front tamper unit
● Rear tamper unit
● Feed entrance motor (M1)
● Feed exit motor (M2)
● Buffer motor, gear, and sensor (M3)
● Front tamper motor (M6)
● Rear tamper motor (M7)
● SCU motor (M10)
● Main tray moving motor (M11)
● Booklet finisher front cover
● Booklet finisher
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1299
● Booklet finisher PCA
● Booklet finisher fold stopper unit
● Booklet feed entrance motor (M13)
● TE presser motor (M14)
● Stopper moving motor (M16)
● Separate pawl motor (M17)
● Folding roller motor (M18)
● Blade motor (M19)
● C fold motor (M20)
ESD precautions
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Look for the ESD reminder when
removing printer parts. Always perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD
workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an
ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
1300 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Top output bin
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the top output bin
● Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the top output bin on the finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
JC63-05002B
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Cover, M Tray
Required tools
● No special tools are needed to remove or install this assembly.
After performing service
○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn the printer power on.
Post service test
Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1301
Step 1: Remove the top output bin
▲ Raise the end of the top output bin (callout 1), and then lift it away from the finisher (callout 2) to remove it.
Figure 5-13 Remove the top output bin
Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1302 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Right top cover
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right top cover
● Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the right top cover of the finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
JC90-01448B
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Finisher sub - Inlet guide
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn the printer power on.
Post service test
Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1303
Step 1: Remove the right top cover
▲ Remove one screw cap and three machine screws on the upper edge of the cover (callout 1). Remove three
sheet metal screws (callout 2) on the lower portion of the cover. Rotate the right edge of the cover away
from the finisher, and then slide the cover right to release three tabs (callout 3).
Reinstallation tip: The lower screws are shorter in length than the upper screws.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-14 Remove six screws and the right top cover
Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
1304 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1305
Top cover
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
● Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the top cover of the finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
JC90-01446B
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Cover, top
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn the printer power on.
Post service test
Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.
1306 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
▲ Remove one screw cap and three machine screws on the upper edge of the cover (callout 1). Remove three
sheet metal screws (callout 2) on the lower portion of the cover. Rotate the right edge of the cover away
from the finisher, and then slide the cover right to release three tabs (callout 3).
Reinstallation tip: The lower screws are shorter in length than the upper screws.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-15 Remove six screws and the right top cover
Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
1. Remove three screw caps and three self-tapping screws at the top of the rear cover (callout 1), and then
remove three machine screws (callout 2) on top of the cover.
Figure 5-16 Remove six screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1307
2. Remove three self-tapping screws at the top of the front cover (callout 1), and then remove two machine
screws (callout 2) at the top of the right side.
Figure 5-17 Remove six screws
3. Lift the cover up slightly. Disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1), and then release one retainer
(callout 2).
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-18 Disconnect one connector and release retainer
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
1308 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1309
Front door
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
● Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
● Step 3: Remove the front door (finisher)
● Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the front door for the finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
JC90-01444A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Finisher sub - door
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
● Small, flat-blade screwdriver
After performing service
○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn the printer power on.
1310 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Post service test
Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.
Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
▲ Remove one screw cap and three machine screws on the upper edge of the cover (callout 1). Remove three
sheet metal screws (callout 2) on the lower portion of the cover. Rotate the right edge of the cover away
from the finisher, and then slide the cover right to release three tabs (callout 3).
Reinstallation tip: The lower screws are shorter in length than the upper screws.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-19 Remove six screws and the right top cover
Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
1. Remove three screw caps and three self-tapping screws at the top of the rear cover (callout 1), and then
remove three machine screws (callout 2) on top of the cover.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1311
Figure 5-20 Remove six screws
2. Remove three self-tapping screws at the top of the front cover (callout 1), and then remove two machine
screws (callout 2) at the top of the right side.
Figure 5-21 Remove six screws
1312 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
3. Lift the cover up slightly. Disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1), and then release one retainer
(callout 2).
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-22 Disconnect one connector and release retainer
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Step 3: Remove the front door (finisher)
1. Lift the top hinge pin up to release it from the retainer.
Figure 5-23 Lift the top hinge pin
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1313
2. Pull the top hinge pin up to remove it.
Figure 5-24 Remove the top hinge pin
3. Use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release the lower hinge pin from the retainer, and then rotate it away
from the finisher.
Figure 5-25 Release the lower hinge pin
1314 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
4. Support the door with one hand, and then pull the lower hinge pin straight up to remove it.
Figure 5-26 Remove the lower hinge pin
5. Support the door with one hand, and then remove one screw (callout 1) to release the strap. Remove the
front door
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-27 Remove one screw and the front door
Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1315
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1316 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Rear cover
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
● Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
● Step 3: Remove the rear cover (finisher)
● Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the rear cover for the finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
JC63-04988B
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Cover, rear
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn the printer power on.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1317
Post service test
Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.
Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
▲ Remove one screw cap and three machine screws on the upper edge of the cover (callout 1). Remove three
sheet metal screws (callout 2) on the lower portion of the cover. Rotate the right edge of the cover away
from the finisher, and then slide the cover right to release three tabs (callout 3).
Reinstallation tip: The lower screws are shorter in length than the upper screws.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-28 Remove six screws and the right top cover
Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
1. Remove three screw caps and three self-tapping screws at the top of the rear cover (callout 1), and then
remove three machine screws (callout 2) on top of the cover.
1318 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Figure 5-29 Remove six screws
2. Remove three self-tapping screws at the top of the front cover (callout 1), and then remove two machine
screws (callout 2) at the top of the right side.
Figure 5-30 Remove six screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1319
3. Lift the cover up slightly. Disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1), and then release one retainer
(callout 2).
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-31 Disconnect one connector and release retainer
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Step 3: Remove the rear cover (finisher)
1. Remove two self-tapping screws (callout 1) on the top of the rear cover, and then remove five screw caps
and five machine screws (callout 2) on the left side of the cover.
Figure 5-32 Remove seven screws
1320 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
2. Remove one screw cap and four machine screws (callout 1) Remove the rear cover.
NOTE: Make sure to thread the power cable (callout 2) through the opening in the cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-33 Remove four screws and the rear cover
Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1321
Front cover
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
● Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
● Step 3: Remove the front door (finisher)
● Step 4: Remove the front cover (finisher)
● Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the front cover for the finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
JC63-04986B
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Cover, front
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
● Small, flat-blade screwdriver
After performing service
○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.
1322 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn the printer power on.
Post service test
Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.
Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
▲ Remove one screw cap and three machine screws on the upper edge of the cover (callout 1). Remove three
sheet metal screws (callout 2) on the lower portion of the cover. Rotate the right edge of the cover away
from the finisher, and then slide the cover right to release three tabs (callout 3).
Reinstallation tip: The lower screws are shorter in length than the upper screws.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-34 Remove six screws and the right top cover
Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
1. Remove three screw caps and three self-tapping screws at the top of the rear cover (callout 1), and then
remove three machine screws (callout 2) on top of the cover.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1323
Figure 5-35 Remove six screws
2. Remove three self-tapping screws at the top of the front cover (callout 1), and then remove two machine
screws (callout 2) at the top of the right side.
Figure 5-36 Remove six screws
1324 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
3. Lift the cover up slightly. Disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1), and then release one retainer
(callout 2).
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-37 Disconnect one connector and release retainer
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Step 3: Remove the front door (finisher)
1. Lift the top hinge pin up to release it from the retainer.
Figure 5-38 Lift the top hinge pin
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1325
2. Pull the top hinge pin up to remove it.
Figure 5-39 Remove the top hinge pin
3. Use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release the lower hinge pin from the retainer, and then rotate it away
from the finisher.
Figure 5-40 Release the lower hinge pin
1326 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
4. Support the door with one hand, and then pull the lower hinge pin straight up to remove it.
Figure 5-41 Remove the lower hinge pin
5. Support the door with one hand, and then remove one screw (callout 1) to release the strap. Remove the
front door
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-42 Remove one screw and the front door
Step 4: Remove the front cover (finisher)
1. Release one tab (callout 1), and then pull the jam-access knob away from the finisher to remove it.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1327
Figure 5-43 Remove the jam-access knob
2. If the punch unit is installed, remove the punch waste bin (callout 1).
3. Remove one screw (callout 1) on top of the front cover.
Figure 5-44 Remove one screw
1328 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
4. Remove five machine screws (callout 1), and then remove the front cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-45 Remove five screws and the front cover
Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1329
Front lower cover
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
● Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
● Step 3: Remove the front door (finisher)
● Step 4: Remove the front cover (finisher)
● Step 5: Remove the front lower cover (finisher)
● Step 6: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the front lower cover for the finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
JC63-04987B
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Cover - tray booklet finisher
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
● Small, flat-blade screwdriver
After performing service
○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.
1330 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn the printer power on.
Post service test
Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.
Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
▲ Remove one screw cap and three machine screws on the upper edge of the cover (callout 1). Remove three
sheet metal screws (callout 2) on the lower portion of the cover. Rotate the right edge of the cover away
from the finisher, and then slide the cover right to release three tabs (callout 3).
Reinstallation tip: The lower screws are shorter in length than the upper screws.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-46 Remove six screws and the right top cover
Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
1. Remove three screw caps and three self-tapping screws at the top of the rear cover (callout 1), and then
remove three machine screws (callout 2) on top of the cover.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1331
Figure 5-47 Remove six screws
2. Remove three self-tapping screws at the top of the front cover (callout 1), and then remove two machine
screws (callout 2) at the top of the right side.
Figure 5-48 Remove six screws
1332 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
3. Lift the cover up slightly. Disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1), and then release one retainer
(callout 2).
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-49 Disconnect one connector and release retainer
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Step 3: Remove the front door (finisher)
1. Lift the top hinge pin up to release it from the retainer.
Figure 5-50 Lift the top hinge pin
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1333
2. Pull the top hinge pin up to remove it.
Figure 5-51 Remove the top hinge pin
3. Use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release the lower hinge pin from the retainer, and then rotate it away
from the finisher.
Figure 5-52 Release the lower hinge pin
1334 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
4. Support the door with one hand, and then pull the lower hinge pin straight up to remove it.
Figure 5-53 Remove the lower hinge pin
5. Support the door with one hand, and then remove one screw (callout 1) to release the strap. Remove the
front door
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-54 Remove one screw and the front door
Step 4: Remove the front cover (finisher)
1. Release one tab (callout 1), and then pull the jam-access knob away from the finisher to remove it.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1335
Figure 5-55 Remove the jam-access knob
2. If the punch unit is installed, remove the punch waste bin (callout 1).
3. Remove one screw (callout 1) on top of the front cover.
Figure 5-56 Remove one screw
1336 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
4. Remove five machine screws (callout 1), and then remove the front cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-57 Remove five screws and the front cover
Step 5: Remove the front lower cover (finisher)
▲ Remove three machine screws (callout 1), and then remove the front lower cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-58 Remove three screws and the front lower cover
Step 6: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1337
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1338 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Booklet tray
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the booklet tray
● Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the booklet tray on the finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
JC61-07253B
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Tray - guide booklet finisher
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn the printer power on.
Post service test
Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1339
Step 1: Remove the booklet tray
1. Raise the booklet tray up (callout 1), and then pull it away from the finisher (callout 2) to remove it.
Figure 5-59 Remove the booklet tray
2. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
Special installation instructions: Booklet tray
▲ Position the tabs (callout 1) on the tray into the slots (callout 2) on the finisher.
Figure 5-60 Install the booklet tray
Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
1340 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1341
Caster cover
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the booklet tray (booklet finishers only)
● Step 2: Remove the caster cover
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the caster cover on the finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
JC63-04985B
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Caster cover
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn the printer power on.
Post service test
Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.
1342 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Step 1: Remove the booklet tray (booklet finishers only)
1. Raise the booklet tray up (callout 1), and then pull it away from the finisher (callout 2) to remove it.
Figure 5-61 Remove the booklet tray
2. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
Special installation instructions: Booklet tray
▲ Position the tabs (callout 1) on the tray into the slots (callout 2) on the finisher.
Figure 5-62 Install the booklet tray
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1343
Step 2: Remove the caster cover
1. Remove two screw caps and two self-tapping screws (callout 1). Remove two screw caps and two machine
screws (callout 2).
Figure 5-63 Remove four screws
2. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the finisher (callout 1), and then slide the cover to the left
(callout 2) to remove it.
Reinstallation tip: Make sure that two tabs (callout 3) are positioned under the front lower cover when
reinstalling the caster cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-64 Remove the caster cover
3
1 2
1344 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1345
Lower shield assembly
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
● Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
● Step 3: Remove the front door (finisher)
● Step 4: Remove the front cover (finisher)
● Step 5: Remove the rear cover (finisher)
● Step 6: Remove the booklet tray
● Step 7: Remove the caster cover
● Step 8: Remove the lower shield assembly (finisher)
● Step 9: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the lower shield assembly on the finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
JC90-01417B
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Lower shield assembly (finisher)
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
● Small, flat-blade screwdriver
1346 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
After performing service
○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn the printer power on.
Post service test
Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.
Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
▲ Remove one screw cap and three machine screws on the upper edge of the cover (callout 1). Remove three
sheet metal screws (callout 2) on the lower portion of the cover. Rotate the right edge of the cover away
from the finisher, and then slide the cover right to release three tabs (callout 3).
Reinstallation tip: The lower screws are shorter in length than the upper screws.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-65 Remove six screws and the right top cover
Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
1. Remove three screw caps and three self-tapping screws at the top of the rear cover (callout 1), and then
remove three machine screws (callout 2) on top of the cover.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1347
Figure 5-66 Remove six screws
2. Remove three self-tapping screws at the top of the front cover (callout 1), and then remove two machine
screws (callout 2) at the top of the right side.
Figure 5-67 Remove six screws
1348 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
3. Lift the cover up slightly. Disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1), and then release one retainer
(callout 2).
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-68 Disconnect one connector and release retainer
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Step 3: Remove the front door (finisher)
1. Lift the top hinge pin up to release it from the retainer.
Figure 5-69 Lift the top hinge pin
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1349
2. Pull the top hinge pin up to remove it.
Figure 5-70 Remove the top hinge pin
3. Use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release the lower hinge pin from the retainer, and then rotate it away
from the finisher.
Figure 5-71 Release the lower hinge pin
1350 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
4. Support the door with one hand, and then pull the lower hinge pin straight up to remove it.
Figure 5-72 Remove the lower hinge pin
5. Support the door with one hand, and then remove one screw (callout 1) to release the strap. Remove the
front door
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-73 Remove one screw and the front door
Step 4: Remove the front cover (finisher)
1. Release one tab (callout 1), and then pull the jam-access knob away from the finisher to remove it.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1351
Figure 5-74 Remove the jam-access knob
2. If the punch unit is installed, remove the punch waste bin (callout 1).
3. Remove one screw (callout 1) on top of the front cover.
Figure 5-75 Remove one screw
1352 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
4. Remove five machine screws (callout 1), and then remove the front cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-76 Remove five screws and the front cover
Step 5: Remove the rear cover (finisher)
1. Remove two self-tapping screws (callout 1) on the top of the rear cover, and then remove five screw caps
and five machine screws (callout 2) on the left side of the cover.
Figure 5-77 Remove seven screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1353
2. Remove one screw cap and four machine screws (callout 1) Remove the rear cover.
NOTE: Make sure to thread the power cable (callout 2) through the opening in the cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-78 Remove four screws and the rear cover
Step 6: Remove the booklet tray
1. Raise the booklet tray up (callout 1), and then pull it away from the finisher (callout 2) to remove it.
Figure 5-79 Remove the booklet tray
2. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
1354 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Special installation instructions: Booklet tray
▲ Position the tabs (callout 1) on the tray into the slots (callout 2) on the finisher.
Figure 5-80 Install the booklet tray
Step 7: Remove the caster cover
1. Remove two screw caps and two self-tapping screws (callout 1). Remove two screw caps and two machine
screws (callout 2).
Figure 5-81 Remove four screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1355
2. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the finisher (callout 1), and then slide the cover to the left
(callout 2) to remove it.
Reinstallation tip: Make sure that two tabs (callout 3) are positioned under the front lower cover when
reinstalling the caster cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-82 Remove the caster cover
3
1 2
Step 8: Remove the lower shield assembly (finisher)
1. Remove four screws (callout 1).
NOTE: Raise the lower output tray as needed to access the screws.
Figure 5-83 Remove four screws
1356 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
2. Slide the shield down (callout 1) to release it from four tabs (callout 2), and then rotate it away from the
finisher (callout 3).
CAUTION: The shield is still attached to the finisher. Do not attempt to completely remove the shield.
Reinstallation tip: Position the shield under the four tabs (callout 2) when reinstalling it.
Figure 5-84 Release the lower shield
2 1
3. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), and then remove the shield.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-85 Disconnect two connectors
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1357
4. If you are replacing the lower shield assembly, locate three sensors (callout 1) on the back of the lower
shield. Remove these sensors and transfer them to the replacement part.
Figure 5-86 Locate sensors
Step 9: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1358 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Upper shield assembly
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
● Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
● Step 3: Remove the front door (finisher)
● Step 4: Remove the front cover (finisher)
● Step 5: Remove the rear cover (finisher)
● Step 6: Remove the booklet tray
● Step 7: Remove the caster cover
● Step 8: Remove the lower shield assembly (finisher)
● Step 9: Remove the upper shield assembly (finisher)
● Step 10: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the upper shield assembly on the finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
JC90-01475A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Finisher sub - shield
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
● Small, flat-blade screwdriver
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1359
After performing service
○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn the printer power on.
Post service test
Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.
Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
▲ Remove one screw cap and three machine screws on the upper edge of the cover (callout 1). Remove three
sheet metal screws (callout 2) on the lower portion of the cover. Rotate the right edge of the cover away
from the finisher, and then slide the cover right to release three tabs (callout 3).
Reinstallation tip: The lower screws are shorter in length than the upper screws.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-87 Remove six screws and the right top cover
Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
1. Remove three screw caps and three self-tapping screws at the top of the rear cover (callout 1), and then
remove three machine screws (callout 2) on top of the cover.
1360 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Figure 5-88 Remove six screws
2. Remove three self-tapping screws at the top of the front cover (callout 1), and then remove two machine
screws (callout 2) at the top of the right side.
Figure 5-89 Remove six screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1361
3. Lift the cover up slightly. Disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1), and then release one retainer
(callout 2).
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-90 Disconnect one connector and release retainer
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Step 3: Remove the front door (finisher)
1. Lift the top hinge pin up to release it from the retainer.
Figure 5-91 Lift the top hinge pin
1362 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
2. Pull the top hinge pin up to remove it.
Figure 5-92 Remove the top hinge pin
3. Use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release the lower hinge pin from the retainer, and then rotate it away
from the finisher.
Figure 5-93 Release the lower hinge pin
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1363
4. Support the door with one hand, and then pull the lower hinge pin straight up to remove it.
Figure 5-94 Remove the lower hinge pin
5. Support the door with one hand, and then remove one screw (callout 1) to release the strap. Remove the
front door
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-95 Remove one screw and the front door
Step 4: Remove the front cover (finisher)
1. Release one tab (callout 1), and then pull the jam-access knob away from the finisher to remove it.
1364 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Figure 5-96 Remove the jam-access knob
2. If the punch unit is installed, remove the punch waste bin (callout 1).
3. Remove one screw (callout 1) on top of the front cover.
Figure 5-97 Remove one screw
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1365
4. Remove five machine screws (callout 1), and then remove the front cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-98 Remove five screws and the front cover
Step 5: Remove the rear cover (finisher)
1. Remove two self-tapping screws (callout 1) on the top of the rear cover, and then remove five screw caps
and five machine screws (callout 2) on the left side of the cover.
Figure 5-99 Remove seven screws
1366 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
2. Remove one screw cap and four machine screws (callout 1) Remove the rear cover.
NOTE: Make sure to thread the power cable (callout 2) through the opening in the cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-100 Remove four screws and the rear cover
Step 6: Remove the booklet tray
1. Raise the booklet tray up (callout 1), and then pull it away from the finisher (callout 2) to remove it.
Figure 5-101 Remove the booklet tray
2. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1367
Special installation instructions: Booklet tray
▲ Position the tabs (callout 1) on the tray into the slots (callout 2) on the finisher.
Figure 5-102 Install the booklet tray
Step 7: Remove the caster cover
1. Remove two screw caps and two self-tapping screws (callout 1). Remove two screw caps and two machine
screws (callout 2).
Figure 5-103 Remove four screws
1368 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
2. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the finisher (callout 1), and then slide the cover to the left
(callout 2) to remove it.
Reinstallation tip: Make sure that two tabs (callout 3) are positioned under the front lower cover when
reinstalling the caster cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-104 Remove the caster cover
3
1 2
Step 8: Remove the lower shield assembly (finisher)
1. Remove four screws (callout 1).
NOTE: Raise the lower output tray as needed to access the screws.
Figure 5-105 Remove four screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1369
2. Slide the shield down (callout 1) to release it from four tabs (callout 2), and then rotate it away from the
finisher (callout 3).
CAUTION: The shield is still attached to the finisher. Do not attempt to completely remove the shield.
Reinstallation tip: Position the shield under the four tabs (callout 2) when reinstalling it.
Figure 5-106 Release the lower shield
2 1
3. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), and then remove the shield.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-107 Disconnect two connectors
1370 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
4. If you are replacing the lower shield assembly, locate three sensors (callout 1) on the back of the lower
shield. Remove these sensors and transfer them to the replacement part.
Figure 5-108 Locate sensors
Step 9: Remove the upper shield assembly (finisher)
1. Bring the lower output tray down by positioning the shaft of a screwdriver on the clutch (callout 1) and
gently pressing to the right to release the clutch. Hold the clutch in the released position and lower the tray
(callout 2) to the lowest position.
Figure 5-109 Lower the output tray
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1371
2. Remove six machine screws (callout 1).
Figure 5-110 Remove six screws
3. Rotate the lower edge of the shield away from the finisher (callout 1), and then slide the shield down
(callout 2) to release it from two tabs (callout 3).
CAUTION: The shield is still attached to the finisher. Do not attempt to completely remove the shield.
Reinstallation tip: Position the shield under the two tabs (callout 3) when reinstalling it.
Figure 5-111 Release the shield
1372 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
4. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove the upper shield assembly.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-112 Disconnect one connector
5. If you are replacing the upper shield assembly, locate three sensors (callout 1) on the back of the upper
shield. Remove these sensors and transfer them to the replacement part.
Figure 5-113 Locate sensors
Step 10: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1373
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1374 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Controller PCA
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
● Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
● Step 3: Remove the rear cover (finisher)
● Step 4: Remove the controller PCA
● Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the controller PCA on the finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
JC92-02790B
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Controller PCA (finisher)
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn the printer power on.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1375
Post service test
Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.
Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
▲ Remove one screw cap and three machine screws on the upper edge of the cover (callout 1). Remove three
sheet metal screws (callout 2) on the lower portion of the cover. Rotate the right edge of the cover away
from the finisher, and then slide the cover right to release three tabs (callout 3).
Reinstallation tip: The lower screws are shorter in length than the upper screws.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-114 Remove six screws and the right top cover
Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
1. Remove three screw caps and three self-tapping screws at the top of the rear cover (callout 1), and then
remove three machine screws (callout 2) on top of the cover.
1376 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Figure 5-115 Remove six screws
2. Remove three self-tapping screws at the top of the front cover (callout 1), and then remove two machine
screws (callout 2) at the top of the right side.
Figure 5-116 Remove six screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1377
3. Lift the cover up slightly. Disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1), and then release one retainer
(callout 2).
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-117 Disconnect one connector and release retainer
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Step 3: Remove the rear cover (finisher)
1. Remove two self-tapping screws (callout 1) on the top of the rear cover, and then remove five screw caps
and five machine screws (callout 2) on the left side of the cover.
Figure 5-118 Remove seven screws
1378 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
2. Remove one screw cap and four machine screws (callout 1) Remove the rear cover.
NOTE: Make sure to thread the power cable (callout 2) through the opening in the cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-119 Remove four screws and the rear cover
Step 4: Remove the controller PCA
▲ Disconnect all of the connectors, remove four screws (callout 1), and then remove the controller PCA.
Reinstallation tip: Refer to the figure below for correct positioning and connection of the cables.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-120 Remove the controller PCA
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1379
Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1380 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Stapler unit
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
● Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
● Step 3: Remove the front door (finisher)
● Step 4: Remove the front cover (finisher)
● Step 5: Remove the rear cover (finisher)
● Step 6: Remove the staple unit
● Step 7: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the staple unit on the finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
JC90-01412A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Finisher Sub - Staple Unit
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1381
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn the printer power on.
Post service test
Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.
Staple a document and verify that the stapler functions correctly.
Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
▲ Remove one screw cap and three machine screws on the upper edge of the cover (callout 1). Remove three
sheet metal screws (callout 2) on the lower portion of the cover. Rotate the right edge of the cover away
from the finisher, and then slide the cover right to release three tabs (callout 3).
Reinstallation tip: The lower screws are shorter in length than the upper screws.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-121 Remove six screws and the right top cover
Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
1. Remove three screw caps and three self-tapping screws at the top of the rear cover (callout 1), and then
remove three machine screws (callout 2) on top of the cover.
1382 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Figure 5-122 Remove six screws
2. Remove three self-tapping screws at the top of the front cover (callout 1), and then remove two machine
screws (callout 2) at the top of the right side.
Figure 5-123 Remove six screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1383
3. Lift the cover up slightly. Disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1), and then release one retainer
(callout 2).
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-124 Disconnect one connector and release retainer
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Step 3: Remove the front door (finisher)
1. Lift the top hinge pin up to release it from the retainer.
Figure 5-125 Lift the top hinge pin
1384 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
2. Pull the top hinge pin up to remove it.
Figure 5-126 Remove the top hinge pin
3. Use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release the lower hinge pin from the retainer, and then rotate it away
from the finisher.
Figure 5-127 Release the lower hinge pin
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1385
4. Support the door with one hand, and then pull the lower hinge pin straight up to remove it.
Figure 5-128 Remove the lower hinge pin
5. Support the door with one hand, and then remove one screw (callout 1) to release the strap. Remove the
front door
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-129 Remove one screw and the front door
Step 4: Remove the front cover (finisher)
1. Release one tab (callout 1), and then pull the jam-access knob away from the finisher to remove it.
1386 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Figure 5-130 Remove the jam-access knob
2. If the punch unit is installed, remove the punch waste bin (callout 1).
3. Remove one screw (callout 1) on top of the front cover.
Figure 5-131 Remove one screw
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1387
4. Remove five machine screws (callout 1), and then remove the front cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-132 Remove five screws and the front cover
Step 5: Remove the rear cover (finisher)
1. Remove two self-tapping screws (callout 1) on the top of the rear cover, and then remove five screw caps
and five machine screws (callout 2) on the left side of the cover.
Figure 5-133 Remove seven screws
1388 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
2. Remove one screw cap and four machine screws (callout 1) Remove the rear cover.
NOTE: Make sure to thread the power cable (callout 2) through the opening in the cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-134 Remove four screws and the rear cover
Step 6: Remove the staple unit
1. Rotate the green wheel to move the staple unit to the front until it stops.
Figure 5-135 Move the staple unit to the front
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1389
2. Lower the green latch (callout 1), and then slide the staple cartridge away from the finisher to remove it
(callout 2).
Figure 5-136 Remove the staple cartridge
3. At the back of the finisher, release one retainer (callout 1), disconnect two connectors (callout 2), and then
remove two screws (callout 3).
Figure 5-137 Disconnect three connectors and remove two screws
1390 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
4. At the front of the finisher, disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove two screws (callout 2).
Figure 5-138 Disconnect one connector and remove two screws
5. Lift up, and then slide the staple unit to the front of the finisher to remove it.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-139 Remove the staple unit
Step 7: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1391
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1392 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Dummy feed guide
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
● Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
● Step 3: Remove the rear cover (finisher)
● Step 4: Remove the dummy feed guide (finisher)
● Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the dummy feed guide on the finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
JC93-01161A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Assy-Guide Dummy-Feed
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn the printer power on.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1393
Post service test
Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.
Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
▲ Remove one screw cap and three machine screws on the upper edge of the cover (callout 1). Remove three
sheet metal screws (callout 2) on the lower portion of the cover. Rotate the right edge of the cover away
from the finisher, and then slide the cover right to release three tabs (callout 3).
Reinstallation tip: The lower screws are shorter in length than the upper screws.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-140 Remove six screws and the right top cover
Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
1. Remove three screw caps and three self-tapping screws at the top of the rear cover (callout 1), and then
remove three machine screws (callout 2) on top of the cover.
1394 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Figure 5-141 Remove six screws
2. Remove three self-tapping screws at the top of the front cover (callout 1), and then remove two machine
screws (callout 2) at the top of the right side.
Figure 5-142 Remove six screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1395
3. Lift the cover up slightly. Disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1), and then release one retainer
(callout 2).
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-143 Disconnect one connector and release retainer
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Step 3: Remove the rear cover (finisher)
1. Remove two self-tapping screws (callout 1) on the top of the rear cover, and then remove five screw caps
and five machine screws (callout 2) on the left side of the cover.
Figure 5-144 Remove seven screws
1396 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
2. Remove one screw cap and four machine screws (callout 1) Remove the rear cover.
NOTE: Make sure to thread the power cable (callout 2) through the opening in the cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-145 Remove four screws and the rear cover
Step 4: Remove the dummy feed guide (finisher)
▲ At the rear of the finisher, remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the dummy feed guide
(callout 2).
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-146 Remove two screws and the feed guide
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1397
Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1398 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Top jam access cover
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
● Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
● Step 3: Remove the front door (finisher)
● Step 4: Remove the front cover (finisher)
● Step 5: Remove the rear cover (finisher)
● Step 6: Remove the feed exit motor
● Step 7: Remove the top jam access cover
● Step 8: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the top jam access cover for the finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
JC90-01455A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Finisher Sub - Top Jam
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1399
○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn the printer power on.
Post service test
Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.
Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
▲ Remove one screw cap and three machine screws on the upper edge of the cover (callout 1). Remove three
sheet metal screws (callout 2) on the lower portion of the cover. Rotate the right edge of the cover away
from the finisher, and then slide the cover right to release three tabs (callout 3).
Reinstallation tip: The lower screws are shorter in length than the upper screws.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-147 Remove six screws and the right top cover
Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
1. Remove three screw caps and three self-tapping screws at the top of the rear cover (callout 1), and then
remove three machine screws (callout 2) on top of the cover.
1400 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Figure 5-148 Remove six screws
2. Remove three self-tapping screws at the top of the front cover (callout 1), and then remove two machine
screws (callout 2) at the top of the right side.
Figure 5-149 Remove six screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1401
3. Lift the cover up slightly. Disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1), and then release one retainer
(callout 2).
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-150 Disconnect one connector and release retainer
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Step 3: Remove the front door (finisher)
1. Lift the top hinge pin up to release it from the retainer.
Figure 5-151 Lift the top hinge pin
1402 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
2. Pull the top hinge pin up to remove it.
Figure 5-152 Remove the top hinge pin
3. Use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release the lower hinge pin from the retainer, and then rotate it away
from the finisher.
Figure 5-153 Release the lower hinge pin
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1403
4. Support the door with one hand, and then pull the lower hinge pin straight up to remove it.
Figure 5-154 Remove the lower hinge pin
5. Support the door with one hand, and then remove one screw (callout 1) to release the strap. Remove the
front door
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-155 Remove one screw and the front door
Step 4: Remove the front cover (finisher)
1. Release one tab (callout 1), and then pull the jam-access knob away from the finisher to remove it.
1404 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Figure 5-156 Remove the jam-access knob
2. If the punch unit is installed, remove the punch waste bin (callout 1).
3. Remove one screw (callout 1) on top of the front cover.
Figure 5-157 Remove one screw
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1405
4. Remove five machine screws (callout 1), and then remove the front cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-158 Remove five screws and the front cover
Step 5: Remove the rear cover (finisher)
1. Remove two self-tapping screws (callout 1) on the top of the rear cover, and then remove five screw caps
and five machine screws (callout 2) on the left side of the cover.
Figure 5-159 Remove seven screws
1406 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
2. Remove one screw cap and four machine screws (callout 1) Remove the rear cover.
NOTE: Make sure to thread the power cable (callout 2) through the opening in the cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-160 Remove four screws and the rear cover
Step 6: Remove the feed exit motor
▲ Release one retainer (callout 1), and then disconnect one connector (callout 2). Remove two screws
(callout 3), and then remove the feed exit motor.
Reinstallation tip: Make sure that the belt (callout 4) is positioned on the gear behind the motor when
reinstalling the motor.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-161 Remove the feed exit motor
4
3
1
2
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1407
Step 7: Remove the top jam access cover
1. At the rear of the finisher, remove two screws (callout 1).
Figure 5-162 Remove two screws
2. Remove the top jam access cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-163 Remove the top jam access cover
Step 8: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
1408 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1409
Top lower feed assembly
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
● Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
● Step 3: Remove the front door (finisher)
● Step 4: Remove the front cover (finisher)
● Step 5: Remove the rear cover (finisher)
● Step 6: Remove the feed exit motor (finisher)
● Step 7: Remove the top jam access cover
● Step 8: Remove the top lower feed assembly (finisher)
● Step 9: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the top lower feed assembly for the finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
JC90-01454A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Finisher Sub-Top Lower
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
1410 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
After performing service
○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn the printer power on.
Post service test
Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.
Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
▲ Remove one screw cap and three machine screws on the upper edge of the cover (callout 1). Remove three
sheet metal screws (callout 2) on the lower portion of the cover. Rotate the right edge of the cover away
from the finisher, and then slide the cover right to release three tabs (callout 3).
Reinstallation tip: The lower screws are shorter in length than the upper screws.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-164 Remove six screws and the right top cover
Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
1. Remove three screw caps and three self-tapping screws at the top of the rear cover (callout 1), and then
remove three machine screws (callout 2) on top of the cover.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1411
Figure 5-165 Remove six screws
2. Remove three self-tapping screws at the top of the front cover (callout 1), and then remove two machine
screws (callout 2) at the top of the right side.
Figure 5-166 Remove six screws
1412 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
3. Lift the cover up slightly. Disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1), and then release one retainer
(callout 2).
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-167 Disconnect one connector and release retainer
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Step 3: Remove the front door (finisher)
1. Lift the top hinge pin up to release it from the retainer.
Figure 5-168 Lift the top hinge pin
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1413
2. Pull the top hinge pin up to remove it.
Figure 5-169 Remove the top hinge pin
3. Use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release the lower hinge pin from the retainer, and then rotate it away
from the finisher.
Figure 5-170 Release the lower hinge pin
1414 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
4. Support the door with one hand, and then pull the lower hinge pin straight up to remove it.
Figure 5-171 Remove the lower hinge pin
5. Support the door with one hand, and then remove one screw (callout 1) to release the strap. Remove the
front door
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-172 Remove one screw and the front door
Step 4: Remove the front cover (finisher)
1. Release one tab (callout 1), and then pull the jam-access knob away from the finisher to remove it.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1415
Figure 5-173 Remove the jam-access knob
2. If the punch unit is installed, remove the punch waste bin (callout 1).
3. Remove one screw (callout 1) on top of the front cover.
Figure 5-174 Remove one screw
1416 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
4. Remove five machine screws (callout 1), and then remove the front cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-175 Remove five screws and the front cover
Step 5: Remove the rear cover (finisher)
1. Remove two self-tapping screws (callout 1) on the top of the rear cover, and then remove five screw caps
and five machine screws (callout 2) on the left side of the cover.
Figure 5-176 Remove seven screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1417
2. Remove one screw cap and four machine screws (callout 1) Remove the rear cover.
NOTE: Make sure to thread the power cable (callout 2) through the opening in the cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-177 Remove four screws and the rear cover
Step 6: Remove the feed exit motor (finisher)
▲ Release one retainer (callout 1), and then disconnect one connector (callout 2). Remove two screws
(callout 3), and then remove the feed exit motor.
Reinstallation tip: Make sure that the belt (callout 4) is positioned on the gear behind the motor when
reinstalling the motor.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-178 Remove the feed exit motor
4
3
1
2
1418 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Step 7: Remove the top jam access cover
1. At the rear of the finisher, remove two screws (callout 1).
Figure 5-179 Remove two screws
2. Remove the top jam access cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-180 Remove the top jam access cover
Step 8: Remove the top lower feed assembly (finisher)
1. At the front of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1) on the buffer motor housing, and then tilt the
motor aside to access the screws under it.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1419
Figure 5-181 Remove two screws
2. At the front of the finisher, remove three self-tapping screws (callout 1), and then disconnect one
connector (callout 2).
Figure 5-182 Remove three screws and disconnect one connector
1420 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
3. At the rear of the finisher, remove three machine screws (callout 1).
Figure 5-183 Remove three screws
4. At the top of the finisher, lift the feed assembly straight up to disengage two tabs on the bottom and
remove the assembly.
Figure 5-184 Remove the feed assembly
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1421
5. If you are replacing the top lower feed assembly, locate two sensors (callout 1) and one connector
(callout 2) on the back of the assembly. Remove these items and transfer them to the replacement part.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-185 Locate sensors and connector
Step 9: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1422 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Ejector unit
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
● Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
● Step 3: Remove the front door (finisher)
● Step 4: Remove the front cover (finisher)
● Step 5: Remove the rear cover (finisher)
● Step 6: Remove the booklet tray (finisher)
● Step 7: Remove the caster cover (finisher)
● Step 8: Remove the lower shield assembly (finisher)
● Step 9: Remove the upper shield assembly (finisher)
● Step 10: Remove the ejector unit (finisher)
● Step 11: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the ejector unit on the finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
JC90-01409A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Finisher Sub - Ejector Unit
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1423
After performing service
○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn the printer power on.
Post service test
Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.
Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
▲ Remove one screw cap and three machine screws on the upper edge of the cover (callout 1). Remove three
sheet metal screws (callout 2) on the lower portion of the cover. Rotate the right edge of the cover away
from the finisher, and then slide the cover right to release three tabs (callout 3).
Reinstallation tip: The lower screws are shorter in length than the upper screws.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-186 Remove six screws and the right top cover
Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
1. Remove three screw caps and three self-tapping screws at the top of the rear cover (callout 1), and then
remove three machine screws (callout 2) on top of the cover.
1424 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Figure 5-187 Remove six screws
2. Remove three self-tapping screws at the top of the front cover (callout 1), and then remove two machine
screws (callout 2) at the top of the right side.
Figure 5-188 Remove six screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1425
3. Lift the cover up slightly. Disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1), and then release one retainer
(callout 2).
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-189 Disconnect one connector and release retainer
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Step 3: Remove the front door (finisher)
1. Lift the top hinge pin up to release it from the retainer.
Figure 5-190 Lift the top hinge pin
1426 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
2. Pull the top hinge pin up to remove it.
Figure 5-191 Remove the top hinge pin
3. Use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release the lower hinge pin from the retainer, and then rotate it away
from the finisher.
Figure 5-192 Release the lower hinge pin
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1427
4. Support the door with one hand, and then pull the lower hinge pin straight up to remove it.
Figure 5-193 Remove the lower hinge pin
5. Support the door with one hand, and then remove one screw (callout 1) to release the strap. Remove the
front door
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-194 Remove one screw and the front door
Step 4: Remove the front cover (finisher)
1. Release one tab (callout 1), and then pull the jam-access knob away from the finisher to remove it.
1428 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Figure 5-195 Remove the jam-access knob
2. If the punch unit is installed, remove the punch waste bin (callout 1).
3. Remove one screw (callout 1) on top of the front cover.
Figure 5-196 Remove one screw
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1429
4. Remove five machine screws (callout 1), and then remove the front cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-197 Remove five screws and the front cover
Step 5: Remove the rear cover (finisher)
1. Remove two self-tapping screws (callout 1) on the top of the rear cover, and then remove five screw caps
and five machine screws (callout 2) on the left side of the cover.
Figure 5-198 Remove seven screws
1430 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
2. Remove one screw cap and four machine screws (callout 1) Remove the rear cover.
NOTE: Make sure to thread the power cable (callout 2) through the opening in the cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-199 Remove four screws and the rear cover
Step 6: Remove the booklet tray (finisher)
1. Raise the booklet tray up (callout 1), and then pull it away from the finisher (callout 2) to remove it.
Figure 5-200 Remove the booklet tray
2. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1431
Special installation instructions: Booklet tray
▲ Position the tabs (callout 1) on the tray into the slots (callout 2) on the finisher.
Figure 5-201 Install the booklet tray
Step 7: Remove the caster cover (finisher)
1. Remove two screw caps and two self-tapping screws (callout 1). Remove two screw caps and two machine
screws (callout 2).
Figure 5-202 Remove four screws
1432 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
2. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the finisher (callout 1), and then slide the cover to the left
(callout 2) to remove it.
Reinstallation tip: Make sure that two tabs (callout 3) are positioned under the front lower cover when
reinstalling the caster cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-203 Remove the caster cover
3
1 2
Step 8: Remove the lower shield assembly (finisher)
1. Remove four screws (callout 1).
NOTE: Raise the lower output tray as needed to access the screws.
Figure 5-204 Remove four screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1433
2. Slide the shield down (callout 1) to release it from four tabs (callout 2), and then rotate it away from the
finisher (callout 3).
CAUTION: The shield is still attached to the finisher. Do not attempt to completely remove the shield.
Reinstallation tip: Position the shield under the four tabs (callout 2) when reinstalling it.
Figure 5-205 Release the lower shield
2 1
3. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), and then remove the shield.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-206 Disconnect two connectors
1434 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
4. If you are replacing the lower shield assembly, locate three sensors (callout 1) on the back of the lower
shield. Remove these sensors and transfer them to the replacement part.
Figure 5-207 Locate sensors
Step 9: Remove the upper shield assembly (finisher)
1. Bring the lower output tray down by positioning the shaft of a screwdriver on the clutch (callout 1) and
gently pressing to the right to release the clutch. Hold the clutch in the released position and lower the tray
(callout 2) to the lowest position.
Figure 5-208 Lower the output tray
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1435
2. Remove six machine screws (callout 1).
Figure 5-209 Remove six screws
3. Rotate the lower edge of the shield away from the finisher (callout 1), and then slide the shield down
(callout 2) to release it from two tabs (callout 3).
CAUTION: The shield is still attached to the finisher. Do not attempt to completely remove the shield.
Reinstallation tip: Position the shield under the two tabs (callout 3) when reinstalling it.
Figure 5-210 Release the shield
1436 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
4. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove the upper shield assembly.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-211 Disconnect one connector
5. If you are replacing the upper shield assembly, locate three sensors (callout 1) on the back of the upper
shield. Remove these sensors and transfer them to the replacement part.
Figure 5-212 Locate sensors
Step 10: Remove the ejector unit (finisher)
1. Rotate the green wheel to move the staple unit to the center of the finisher.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1437
Figure 5-213 Move the staple unit to the center
2. Release one retainer (callout 1), and then disconnect three connectors (callout 2).
Figure 5-214 Disconnect three connectors
1438 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
3. Remove two screws (callout 1).
Figure 5-215 Remove two screws
4. At the left side of the finisher, remove one screw (callout 1).
Figure 5-216 Remove one screw
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1439
5. Press up on the hinge (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then rotate the sensor away from the
finisher (callout 3).
Figure 5-217 Rotate the sensor
1
3
6. Remove one screw (callout 1).
Figure 5-218 Remove one screw
1440 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
7. Look inside the finisher through the stapler opening in the front and pull down to release and remove one
shaft (callout 1) on the front tamper unit.
Figure 5-219 Remove the front tamper shaft
8. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect two connectors (callout 1), and then remove three screws (callout 2).
Figure 5-220 Disconnect two connectors and remove three screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1441
9. At the left side of the finisher, remove one screw (callout 1).
Figure 5-221 Remove one screw
10. Look inside the finisher through the stapler opening in the rear and pull down to release and remove one
shaft (callout 1) on the rear tamper unit.
Figure 5-222 Remove the rear tamper shaft
1442 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
11. At the left side of the finisher, disconnect one connector (callout 1).
Figure 5-223 Disconnect one connector
12. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect one connector (callout 1).
Figure 5-224 Disconnect one connector
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1443
13. At the rear of the finisher, press the wire retainer to the right to access and remove two screws (callout 1).
Figure 5-225 Disconnect one connector
14. At the front of the finisher, remove two screws (callout 1).
Figure 5-226 Remove two screws
1444 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
15. Lift the inside edges of the front and rear tampers up.
Figure 5-227 Lift the edges of the tampers
16. Rotate the rear edge of the ejector unit away from the finisher (callout 1), and then slide it toward the rear
of the finisher (callout 2) to remove it. Make sure that the PCA (callout 3) stays clear of the sheet metal
frame.
Figure 5-228 Remove the ejector unit
1 2
3
17. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
Special installation instructions: Ejector unit
a. When the front tamper shaft is removed, the retainer arm that held the one end of the shaft will drop
down. When reinstalling the shaft, raise the retainer arm and position the end of the shaft in the
notch (callout 1).
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1445
Figure 5-229 Reinstall the front tamper shaft
b. When the rear tamper shaft is removed, the retainer arm that held the one end of the shaft will drop
down. When reinstalling the shaft, raise the retainer arm and position the end of the shaft in the
notch (callout 1).
Figure 5-230 Reinstall the rear tamper shaft
Step 11: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
1446 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1447
Front tamper unit
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
● Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
● Step 3: Remove the front door (finisher)
● Step 4: Remove the front cover (finisher)
● Step 5: Remove the rear cover
● Step 6: Remove the booklet tray (finisher)
● Step 7: Remove the caster cover (finisher)
● Step 8: Remove the lower shield assembly (finisher)
● Step 9: Remove the upper shield assembly (finisher)
● Step 10: Remove the ejector unit (finisher)
● Step 11: Remove the front tamper unit
● Step 12: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the front tamper unit on the finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
JC82-00901A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Finisher Sub - Tamper Front
1448 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn the printer power on.
Post service test
Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.
Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
▲ Remove one screw cap and three machine screws on the upper edge of the cover (callout 1). Remove three
sheet metal screws (callout 2) on the lower portion of the cover. Rotate the right edge of the cover away
from the finisher, and then slide the cover right to release three tabs (callout 3).
Reinstallation tip: The lower screws are shorter in length than the upper screws.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-231 Remove six screws and the right top cover
Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
1. Remove three screw caps and three self-tapping screws at the top of the rear cover (callout 1), and then
remove three machine screws (callout 2) on top of the cover.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1449
Figure 5-232 Remove six screws
2. Remove three self-tapping screws at the top of the front cover (callout 1), and then remove two machine
screws (callout 2) at the top of the right side.
Figure 5-233 Remove six screws
1450 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
3. Lift the cover up slightly. Disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1), and then release one retainer
(callout 2).
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-234 Disconnect one connector and release retainer
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Step 3: Remove the front door (finisher)
1. Lift the top hinge pin up to release it from the retainer.
Figure 5-235 Lift the top hinge pin
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1451
2. Pull the top hinge pin up to remove it.
Figure 5-236 Remove the top hinge pin
3. Use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release the lower hinge pin from the retainer, and then rotate it away
from the finisher.
Figure 5-237 Release the lower hinge pin
1452 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
4. Support the door with one hand, and then pull the lower hinge pin straight up to remove it.
Figure 5-238 Remove the lower hinge pin
5. Support the door with one hand, and then remove one screw (callout 1) to release the strap. Remove the
front door
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-239 Remove one screw and the front door
Step 4: Remove the front cover (finisher)
1. Release one tab (callout 1), and then pull the jam-access knob away from the finisher to remove it.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1453
Figure 5-240 Remove the jam-access knob
2. If the punch unit is installed, remove the punch waste bin (callout 1).
3. Remove one screw (callout 1) on top of the front cover.
Figure 5-241 Remove one screw
1454 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
4. Remove five machine screws (callout 1), and then remove the front cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-242 Remove five screws and the front cover
Step 5: Remove the rear cover
1. Remove two self-tapping screws (callout 1) on the top of the rear cover, and then remove five screw caps
and five machine screws (callout 2) on the left side of the cover.
Figure 5-243 Remove seven screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1455
2. Remove one screw cap and four machine screws (callout 1) Remove the rear cover.
NOTE: Make sure to thread the power cable (callout 2) through the opening in the cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-244 Remove four screws and the rear cover
Step 6: Remove the booklet tray (finisher)
1. Raise the booklet tray up (callout 1), and then pull it away from the finisher (callout 2) to remove it.
Figure 5-245 Remove the booklet tray
2. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
1456 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Special installation instructions: Booklet tray
▲ Position the tabs (callout 1) on the tray into the slots (callout 2) on the finisher.
Figure 5-246 Install the booklet tray
Step 7: Remove the caster cover (finisher)
1. Remove two screw caps and two self-tapping screws (callout 1). Remove two screw caps and two machine
screws (callout 2).
Figure 5-247 Remove four screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1457
2. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the finisher (callout 1), and then slide the cover to the left
(callout 2) to remove it.
Reinstallation tip: Make sure that two tabs (callout 3) are positioned under the front lower cover when
reinstalling the caster cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-248 Remove the caster cover
3
1 2
Step 8: Remove the lower shield assembly (finisher)
1. Remove four screws (callout 1).
NOTE: Raise the lower output tray as needed to access the screws.
Figure 5-249 Remove four screws
1458 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
2. Slide the shield down (callout 1) to release it from four tabs (callout 2), and then rotate it away from the
finisher (callout 3).
CAUTION: The shield is still attached to the finisher. Do not attempt to completely remove the shield.
Reinstallation tip: Position the shield under the four tabs (callout 2) when reinstalling it.
Figure 5-250 Release the lower shield
2 1
3. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), and then remove the shield.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-251 Disconnect two connectors
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1459
4. If you are replacing the lower shield assembly, locate three sensors (callout 1) on the back of the lower
shield. Remove these sensors and transfer them to the replacement part.
Figure 5-252 Locate sensors
Step 9: Remove the upper shield assembly (finisher)
1. Bring the lower output tray down by positioning the shaft of a screwdriver on the clutch (callout 1) and
gently pressing to the right to release the clutch. Hold the clutch in the released position and lower the tray
(callout 2) to the lowest position.
Figure 5-253 Lower the output tray
1460 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
2. Remove six machine screws (callout 1).
Figure 5-254 Remove six screws
3. Rotate the lower edge of the shield away from the finisher (callout 1), and then slide the shield down
(callout 2) to release it from two tabs (callout 3).
CAUTION: The shield is still attached to the finisher. Do not attempt to completely remove the shield.
Reinstallation tip: Position the shield under the two tabs (callout 3) when reinstalling it.
Figure 5-255 Release the shield
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1461
4. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove the upper shield assembly.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-256 Disconnect one connector
5. If you are replacing the upper shield assembly, locate three sensors (callout 1) on the back of the upper
shield. Remove these sensors and transfer them to the replacement part.
Figure 5-257 Locate sensors
Step 10: Remove the ejector unit (finisher)
1. Rotate the green wheel to move the staple unit to the center of the finisher.
1462 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Figure 5-258 Move the staple unit to the center
2. Release one retainer (callout 1), and then disconnect three connectors (callout 2).
Figure 5-259 Disconnect three connectors
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1463
3. Remove two screws (callout 1).
Figure 5-260 Remove two screws
4. At the left side of the finisher, remove one screw (callout 1).
Figure 5-261 Remove one screw
1464 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
5. Press up on the hinge (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then rotate the sensor away from the
finisher (callout 3).
Figure 5-262 Rotate the sensor
1
3
6. Remove one screw (callout 1).
Figure 5-263 Remove one screw
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1465
7. Look inside the finisher through the stapler opening in the front and pull down to release and remove one
shaft (callout 1) on the front tamper unit.
Figure 5-264 Remove the front tamper shaft
8. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect two connectors (callout 1), and then remove three screws (callout 2).
Figure 5-265 Disconnect two connectors and remove three screws
1466 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
9. At the left side of the finisher, remove one screw (callout 1).
Figure 5-266 Remove one screw
10. Look inside the finisher through the stapler opening in the rear and pull down to release and remove one
shaft (callout 1) on the rear tamper unit.
Figure 5-267 Remove the rear tamper shaft
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1467
11. At the left side of the finisher, disconnect one connector (callout 1).
Figure 5-268 Disconnect one connector
12. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect one connector (callout 1).
Figure 5-269 Disconnect one connector
1468 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
13. At the rear of the finisher, press the wire retainer to the right to access and remove two screws (callout 1).
Figure 5-270 Disconnect one connector
14. At the front of the finisher, remove two screws (callout 1).
Figure 5-271 Remove two screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1469
15. Lift the inside edges of the front and rear tampers up.
Figure 5-272 Lift the edges of the tampers
16. Rotate the rear edge of the ejector unit away from the finisher (callout 1), and then slide it toward the rear
of the finisher (callout 2) to remove it. Make sure that the PCA (callout 3) stays clear of the sheet metal
frame.
Figure 5-273 Remove the ejector unit
1 2
3
17. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
Special installation instructions: Ejector unit
a. When the front tamper shaft is removed, the retainer arm that held the one end of the shaft will drop
down. When reinstalling the shaft, raise the retainer arm and position the end of the shaft in the
notch (callout 1).
1470 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Figure 5-274 Reinstall the front tamper shaft
b. When the rear tamper shaft is removed, the retainer arm that held the one end of the shaft will drop
down. When reinstalling the shaft, raise the retainer arm and position the end of the shaft in the
notch (callout 1).
Figure 5-275 Reinstall the rear tamper shaft
Step 11: Remove the front tamper unit
▲ Lift the front tamper away from the finisher to remove it
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1471
Figure 5-276 Remove the front tamper
Step 12: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1472 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Rear tamper unit
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
● Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
● Step 3: Remove the front door (finisher)
● Step 4: Remove the front cover (finisher)
● Step 5: Remove the rear cover
● Step 6: Remove the booklet tray (finisher)
● Step 7: Remove the caster cover (finisher)
● Step 8: Remove the lower shield assembly (finisher)
● Step 9: Remove the upper shield assembly (finisher)
● Step 10: Remove the ejector unit (finisher)
● Step 11: Remove the rear tamper unit
● Step 12: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the rear tamper unit on the finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
JC82-00898A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Finisher Sub - Tamper Rear
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1473
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn the printer power on.
Post service test
Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.
Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
▲ Remove one screw cap and three machine screws on the upper edge of the cover (callout 1). Remove three
sheet metal screws (callout 2) on the lower portion of the cover. Rotate the right edge of the cover away
from the finisher, and then slide the cover right to release three tabs (callout 3).
Reinstallation tip: The lower screws are shorter in length than the upper screws.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-277 Remove six screws and the right top cover
Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
1. Remove three screw caps and three self-tapping screws at the top of the rear cover (callout 1), and then
remove three machine screws (callout 2) on top of the cover.
1474 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Figure 5-278 Remove six screws
2. Remove three self-tapping screws at the top of the front cover (callout 1), and then remove two machine
screws (callout 2) at the top of the right side.
Figure 5-279 Remove six screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1475
3. Lift the cover up slightly. Disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1), and then release one retainer
(callout 2).
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-280 Disconnect one connector and release retainer
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Step 3: Remove the front door (finisher)
1. Lift the top hinge pin up to release it from the retainer.
Figure 5-281 Lift the top hinge pin
1476 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
2. Pull the top hinge pin up to remove it.
Figure 5-282 Remove the top hinge pin
3. Use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release the lower hinge pin from the retainer, and then rotate it away
from the finisher.
Figure 5-283 Release the lower hinge pin
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1477
4. Support the door with one hand, and then pull the lower hinge pin straight up to remove it.
Figure 5-284 Remove the lower hinge pin
5. Support the door with one hand, and then remove one screw (callout 1) to release the strap. Remove the
front door
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-285 Remove one screw and the front door
Step 4: Remove the front cover (finisher)
1. Release one tab (callout 1), and then pull the jam-access knob away from the finisher to remove it.
1478 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Figure 5-286 Remove the jam-access knob
2. If the punch unit is installed, remove the punch waste bin (callout 1).
3. Remove one screw (callout 1) on top of the front cover.
Figure 5-287 Remove one screw
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1479
4. Remove five machine screws (callout 1), and then remove the front cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-288 Remove five screws and the front cover
Step 5: Remove the rear cover
1. Remove two self-tapping screws (callout 1) on the top of the rear cover, and then remove five screw caps
and five machine screws (callout 2) on the left side of the cover.
Figure 5-289 Remove seven screws
1480 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
2. Remove one screw cap and four machine screws (callout 1) Remove the rear cover.
NOTE: Make sure to thread the power cable (callout 2) through the opening in the cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-290 Remove four screws and the rear cover
Step 6: Remove the booklet tray (finisher)
1. Raise the booklet tray up (callout 1), and then pull it away from the finisher (callout 2) to remove it.
Figure 5-291 Remove the booklet tray
2. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1481
Special installation instructions: Booklet tray
▲ Position the tabs (callout 1) on the tray into the slots (callout 2) on the finisher.
Figure 5-292 Install the booklet tray
Step 7: Remove the caster cover (finisher)
1. Remove two screw caps and two self-tapping screws (callout 1). Remove two screw caps and two machine
screws (callout 2).
Figure 5-293 Remove four screws
1482 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
2. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the finisher (callout 1), and then slide the cover to the left
(callout 2) to remove it.
Reinstallation tip: Make sure that two tabs (callout 3) are positioned under the front lower cover when
reinstalling the caster cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-294 Remove the caster cover
3
1 2
Step 8: Remove the lower shield assembly (finisher)
1. Remove four screws (callout 1).
NOTE: Raise the lower output tray as needed to access the screws.
Figure 5-295 Remove four screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1483
2. Slide the shield down (callout 1) to release it from four tabs (callout 2), and then rotate it away from the
finisher (callout 3).
CAUTION: The shield is still attached to the finisher. Do not attempt to completely remove the shield.
Reinstallation tip: Position the shield under the four tabs (callout 2) when reinstalling it.
Figure 5-296 Release the lower shield
2 1
3. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), and then remove the shield.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-297 Disconnect two connectors
1484 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
4. If you are replacing the lower shield assembly, locate three sensors (callout 1) on the back of the lower
shield. Remove these sensors and transfer them to the replacement part.
Figure 5-298 Locate sensors
Step 9: Remove the upper shield assembly (finisher)
1. Bring the lower output tray down by positioning the shaft of a screwdriver on the clutch (callout 1) and
gently pressing to the right to release the clutch. Hold the clutch in the released position and lower the tray
(callout 2) to the lowest position.
Figure 5-299 Lower the output tray
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1485
2. Remove six machine screws (callout 1).
Figure 5-300 Remove six screws
3. Rotate the lower edge of the shield away from the finisher (callout 1), and then slide the shield down
(callout 2) to release it from two tabs (callout 3).
CAUTION: The shield is still attached to the finisher. Do not attempt to completely remove the shield.
Reinstallation tip: Position the shield under the two tabs (callout 3) when reinstalling it.
Figure 5-301 Release the shield
1486 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
4. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove the upper shield assembly.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-302 Disconnect one connector
5. If you are replacing the upper shield assembly, locate three sensors (callout 1) on the back of the upper
shield. Remove these sensors and transfer them to the replacement part.
Figure 5-303 Locate sensors
Step 10: Remove the ejector unit (finisher)
1. Rotate the green wheel to move the staple unit to the center of the finisher.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1487
Figure 5-304 Move the staple unit to the center
2. Release one retainer (callout 1), and then disconnect three connectors (callout 2).
Figure 5-305 Disconnect three connectors
1488 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
3. Remove two screws (callout 1).
Figure 5-306 Remove two screws
4. At the left side of the finisher, remove one screw (callout 1).
Figure 5-307 Remove one screw
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1489
5. Press up on the hinge (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then rotate the sensor away from the
finisher (callout 3).
Figure 5-308 Rotate the sensor
1
3
6. Remove one screw (callout 1).
Figure 5-309 Remove one screw
1490 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
7. Look inside the finisher through the stapler opening in the front and pull down to release and remove one
shaft (callout 1) on the front tamper unit.
Figure 5-310 Remove the front tamper shaft
8. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect two connectors (callout 1), and then remove three screws (callout 2).
Figure 5-311 Disconnect two connectors and remove three screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1491
9. At the left side of the finisher, remove one screw (callout 1).
Figure 5-312 Remove one screw
10. Look inside the finisher through the stapler opening in the rear and pull down to release and remove one
shaft (callout 1) on the rear tamper unit.
Figure 5-313 Remove the rear tamper shaft
1492 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
11. At the left side of the finisher, disconnect one connector (callout 1).
Figure 5-314 Disconnect one connector
12. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect one connector (callout 1).
Figure 5-315 Disconnect one connector
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1493
13. At the rear of the finisher, press the wire retainer to the right to access and remove two screws (callout 1).
Figure 5-316 Disconnect one connector
14. At the front of the finisher, remove two screws (callout 1).
Figure 5-317 Remove two screws
1494 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
15. Lift the inside edges of the front and rear tampers up.
Figure 5-318 Lift the edges of the tampers
16. Rotate the rear edge of the ejector unit away from the finisher (callout 1), and then slide it toward the rear
of the finisher (callout 2) to remove it. Make sure that the PCA (callout 3) stays clear of the sheet metal
frame.
Figure 5-319 Remove the ejector unit
1 2
3
17. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
Special installation instructions: Ejector unit
a. When the front tamper shaft is removed, the retainer arm that held the one end of the shaft will drop
down. When reinstalling the shaft, raise the retainer arm and position the end of the shaft in the
notch (callout 1).
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1495
Figure 5-320 Reinstall the front tamper shaft
b. When the rear tamper shaft is removed, the retainer arm that held the one end of the shaft will drop
down. When reinstalling the shaft, raise the retainer arm and position the end of the shaft in the
notch (callout 1).
Figure 5-321 Reinstall the rear tamper shaft
Step 11: Remove the rear tamper unit
▲ Lift the rear tamper away from the finisher to remove it
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
1496 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Figure 5-322 Remove the rear tamper
Step 12: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1497
Feed entrance motor (M1)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
● Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
● Step 3: Remove the rear cover (finisher)
● Step 4: Remove the feed entrance motor (M1)
● Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the feed entrance motor on the finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
JC31-00163B
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Motor, Step
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn the printer power on.
1498 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Post service test
Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.
Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
▲ Remove one screw cap and three machine screws on the upper edge of the cover (callout 1). Remove three
sheet metal screws (callout 2) on the lower portion of the cover. Rotate the right edge of the cover away
from the finisher, and then slide the cover right to release three tabs (callout 3).
Reinstallation tip: The lower screws are shorter in length than the upper screws.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-323 Remove six screws and the right top cover
Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
1. Remove three screw caps and three self-tapping screws at the top of the rear cover (callout 1), and then
remove three machine screws (callout 2) on top of the cover.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1499
Figure 5-324 Remove six screws
2. Remove three self-tapping screws at the top of the front cover (callout 1), and then remove two machine
screws (callout 2) at the top of the right side.
Figure 5-325 Remove six screws
1500 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
3. Lift the cover up slightly. Disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1), and then release one retainer
(callout 2).
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-326 Disconnect one connector and release retainer
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Step 3: Remove the rear cover (finisher)
1. Remove two self-tapping screws (callout 1) on the top of the rear cover, and then remove five screw caps
and five machine screws (callout 2) on the left side of the cover.
Figure 5-327 Remove seven screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1501
2. Remove one screw cap and four machine screws (callout 1) Remove the rear cover.
NOTE: Make sure to thread the power cable (callout 2) through the opening in the cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-328 Remove four screws and the rear cover
Step 4: Remove the feed entrance motor (M1)
▲ Release one retainer (callout 1), and then disconnect one connector (callout 2). Remove two screws
(callout 3), and then remove the feed entrance motor.
Reinstallation tip: Make sure that the belt (callout 4) is positioned on the gear behind the motor when
reinstalling the motor.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-329 Remove the feed entrance motor
3 4
1
2
1502 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1503
Feed exit motor (M2)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
● Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
● Step 3: Remove the rear cover (finisher)
● Step 4: Remove the feed exit motor (M2)
● Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the feed exit motor on the finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
JC31-00163B
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Motor, Step
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn the printer power on.
1504 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Post service test
Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.
Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
▲ Remove one screw cap and three machine screws on the upper edge of the cover (callout 1). Remove three
sheet metal screws (callout 2) on the lower portion of the cover. Rotate the right edge of the cover away
from the finisher, and then slide the cover right to release three tabs (callout 3).
Reinstallation tip: The lower screws are shorter in length than the upper screws.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-330 Remove six screws and the right top cover
Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
1. Remove three screw caps and three self-tapping screws at the top of the rear cover (callout 1), and then
remove three machine screws (callout 2) on top of the cover.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1505
Figure 5-331 Remove six screws
2. Remove three self-tapping screws at the top of the front cover (callout 1), and then remove two machine
screws (callout 2) at the top of the right side.
Figure 5-332 Remove six screws
1506 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
3. Lift the cover up slightly. Disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1), and then release one retainer
(callout 2).
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-333 Disconnect one connector and release retainer
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Step 3: Remove the rear cover (finisher)
1. Remove two self-tapping screws (callout 1) on the top of the rear cover, and then remove five screw caps
and five machine screws (callout 2) on the left side of the cover.
Figure 5-334 Remove seven screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1507
2. Remove one screw cap and four machine screws (callout 1) Remove the rear cover.
NOTE: Make sure to thread the power cable (callout 2) through the opening in the cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-335 Remove four screws and the rear cover
Step 4: Remove the feed exit motor (M2)
▲ Release one retainer (callout 1), and then disconnect one connector (callout 2). Remove two screws
(callout 3), and then remove the feed exit motor.
Reinstallation tip: Make sure that the belt (callout 4) is positioned on the gear behind the motor when
reinstalling the motor.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-336 Remove the feed exit motor
4
3
1
2
1508 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1509
Buffer motor, gear, and sensor (M3)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
● Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
● Step 3: Remove the front cover (finisher)
● Step 4: Remove the buffer motor, gear, and sensor
● Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the buffer motor, gear, and sensor on the
finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
JC90-01453A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Finisher sub - drive buffer
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.
1510 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn the printer power on.
Post service test
Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.
Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
▲ Remove one screw cap and three machine screws on the upper edge of the cover (callout 1). Remove three
sheet metal screws (callout 2) on the lower portion of the cover. Rotate the right edge of the cover away
from the finisher, and then slide the cover right to release three tabs (callout 3).
Reinstallation tip: The lower screws are shorter in length than the upper screws.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-337 Remove six screws and the right top cover
Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
1. Remove three screw caps and three self-tapping screws at the top of the rear cover (callout 1), and then
remove three machine screws (callout 2) on top of the cover.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1511
Figure 5-338 Remove six screws
2. Remove three self-tapping screws at the top of the front cover (callout 1), and then remove two machine
screws (callout 2) at the top of the right side.
Figure 5-339 Remove six screws
1512 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
3. Lift the cover up slightly. Disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1), and then release one retainer
(callout 2).
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-340 Disconnect one connector and release retainer
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Step 3: Remove the front cover (finisher)
1. Release one tab (callout 1), and then pull the jam-access knob away from the finisher to remove it.
Figure 5-341 Remove the jam-access knob
2. If the punch unit is installed, remove the punch waste bin (callout 1).
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1513
3. Remove one screw (callout 1) on top of the front cover.
Figure 5-342 Remove one screw
4. Remove five machine screws (callout 1), and then remove the front cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-343 Remove five screws and the front cover
Step 4: Remove the buffer motor, gear, and sensor
1. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), and then remove two screws (callout 2).
1514 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Figure 5-344 Disconnect two connectors and remove two screws
2. If you are replacing the gear, slide it off of the shaft.
Figure 5-345 Slide the gear off of the shaft
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1515
3. If you are replacing the sensor (callout 1), remove it from the motor housing.
Figure 5-346 Remove the sensor
4. If you are replacing the motor, do the following:).
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
a. Remove two screws (callout 1)
Figure 5-347 Remove two screws
1516 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
b. Lower the motor (callout 1) and then pull it away from the housing (callout 2) to remove it.
Figure 5-348 Remove the buffer motor
Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1517
Front tamper motor (M6)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
● Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
● Step 3: Remove the front door (finisher)
● Step 4: Remove the front cover (finisher)
● Step 5: Remove the rear cover
● Step 6: Remove the booklet tray (finisher)
● Step 7: Remove the caster cover (finisher)
● Step 8: Remove the lower shield assembly (finisher)
● Step 9: Remove the upper shield assembly (finisher)
● Step 10: Remove the ejector unit (finisher)
● Step 11: Remove the front tamper (finisher)
● Step 12: Remove the front tamper motor (M7)
● Step 13: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the front tamper motor on the finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
JC93-01001A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Drive Motor, Step
1518 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn the printer power on.
Post service test
Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.
Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
▲ Remove one screw cap and three machine screws on the upper edge of the cover (callout 1). Remove three
sheet metal screws (callout 2) on the lower portion of the cover. Rotate the right edge of the cover away
from the finisher, and then slide the cover right to release three tabs (callout 3).
Reinstallation tip: The lower screws are shorter in length than the upper screws.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-349 Remove six screws and the right top cover
Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
1. Remove three screw caps and three self-tapping screws at the top of the rear cover (callout 1), and then
remove three machine screws (callout 2) on top of the cover.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1519
Figure 5-350 Remove six screws
2. Remove three self-tapping screws at the top of the front cover (callout 1), and then remove two machine
screws (callout 2) at the top of the right side.
Figure 5-351 Remove six screws
1520 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
3. Lift the cover up slightly. Disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1), and then release one retainer
(callout 2).
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-352 Disconnect one connector and release retainer
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Step 3: Remove the front door (finisher)
1. Lift the top hinge pin up to release it from the retainer.
Figure 5-353 Lift the top hinge pin
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1521
2. Pull the top hinge pin up to remove it.
Figure 5-354 Remove the top hinge pin
3. Use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release the lower hinge pin from the retainer, and then rotate it away
from the finisher.
Figure 5-355 Release the lower hinge pin
1522 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
4. Support the door with one hand, and then pull the lower hinge pin straight up to remove it.
Figure 5-356 Remove the lower hinge pin
5. Support the door with one hand, and then remove one screw (callout 1) to release the strap. Remove the
front door
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-357 Remove one screw and the front door
Step 4: Remove the front cover (finisher)
1. Release one tab (callout 1), and then pull the jam-access knob away from the finisher to remove it.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1523
Figure 5-358 Remove the jam-access knob
2. If the punch unit is installed, remove the punch waste bin (callout 1).
3. Remove one screw (callout 1) on top of the front cover.
Figure 5-359 Remove one screw
1524 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
4. Remove five machine screws (callout 1), and then remove the front cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-360 Remove five screws and the front cover
Step 5: Remove the rear cover
1. Remove two self-tapping screws (callout 1) on the top of the rear cover, and then remove five screw caps
and five machine screws (callout 2) on the left side of the cover.
Figure 5-361 Remove seven screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1525
2. Remove one screw cap and four machine screws (callout 1) Remove the rear cover.
NOTE: Make sure to thread the power cable (callout 2) through the opening in the cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-362 Remove four screws and the rear cover
Step 6: Remove the booklet tray (finisher)
1. Raise the booklet tray up (callout 1), and then pull it away from the finisher (callout 2) to remove it.
Figure 5-363 Remove the booklet tray
2. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
1526 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Special installation instructions: Booklet tray
▲ Position the tabs (callout 1) on the tray into the slots (callout 2) on the finisher.
Figure 5-364 Install the booklet tray
Step 7: Remove the caster cover (finisher)
1. Remove two screw caps and two self-tapping screws (callout 1). Remove two screw caps and two machine
screws (callout 2).
Figure 5-365 Remove four screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1527
2. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the finisher (callout 1), and then slide the cover to the left
(callout 2) to remove it.
Reinstallation tip: Make sure that two tabs (callout 3) are positioned under the front lower cover when
reinstalling the caster cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-366 Remove the caster cover
3
1 2
Step 8: Remove the lower shield assembly (finisher)
1. Remove four screws (callout 1).
NOTE: Raise the lower output tray as needed to access the screws.
Figure 5-367 Remove four screws
1528 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
2. Slide the shield down (callout 1) to release it from four tabs (callout 2), and then rotate it away from the
finisher (callout 3).
CAUTION: The shield is still attached to the finisher. Do not attempt to completely remove the shield.
Reinstallation tip: Position the shield under the four tabs (callout 2) when reinstalling it.
Figure 5-368 Release the lower shield
2 1
3. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), and then remove the shield.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-369 Disconnect two connectors
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1529
4. If you are replacing the lower shield assembly, locate three sensors (callout 1) on the back of the lower
shield. Remove these sensors and transfer them to the replacement part.
Figure 5-370 Locate sensors
Step 9: Remove the upper shield assembly (finisher)
1. Bring the lower output tray down by positioning the shaft of a screwdriver on the clutch (callout 1) and
gently pressing to the right to release the clutch. Hold the clutch in the released position and lower the tray
(callout 2) to the lowest position.
Figure 5-371 Lower the output tray
1530 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
2. Remove six machine screws (callout 1).
Figure 5-372 Remove six screws
3. Rotate the lower edge of the shield away from the finisher (callout 1), and then slide the shield down
(callout 2) to release it from two tabs (callout 3).
CAUTION: The shield is still attached to the finisher. Do not attempt to completely remove the shield.
Reinstallation tip: Position the shield under the two tabs (callout 3) when reinstalling it.
Figure 5-373 Release the shield
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1531
4. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove the upper shield assembly.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-374 Disconnect one connector
5. If you are replacing the upper shield assembly, locate three sensors (callout 1) on the back of the upper
shield. Remove these sensors and transfer them to the replacement part.
Figure 5-375 Locate sensors
Step 10: Remove the ejector unit (finisher)
1. Rotate the green wheel to move the staple unit to the center of the finisher.
1532 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Figure 5-376 Move the staple unit to the center
2. Release one retainer (callout 1), and then disconnect three connectors (callout 2).
Figure 5-377 Disconnect three connectors
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1533
3. Remove two screws (callout 1).
Figure 5-378 Remove two screws
4. At the left side of the finisher, remove one screw (callout 1).
Figure 5-379 Remove one screw
1534 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
5. Press up on the hinge (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then rotate the sensor away from the
finisher (callout 3).
Figure 5-380 Rotate the sensor
1
3
6. Remove one screw (callout 1).
Figure 5-381 Remove one screw
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1535
7. Look inside the finisher through the stapler opening in the front and pull down to release and remove one
shaft (callout 1) on the front tamper unit.
Figure 5-382 Remove the front tamper shaft
8. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect two connectors (callout 1), and then remove three screws (callout 2).
Figure 5-383 Disconnect two connectors and remove three screws
1536 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
9. At the left side of the finisher, remove one screw (callout 1).
Figure 5-384 Remove one screw
10. Look inside the finisher through the stapler opening in the rear and pull down to release and remove one
shaft (callout 1) on the rear tamper unit.
Figure 5-385 Remove the rear tamper shaft
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1537
11. At the left side of the finisher, disconnect one connector (callout 1).
Figure 5-386 Disconnect one connector
12. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect one connector (callout 1).
Figure 5-387 Disconnect one connector
1538 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
13. At the rear of the finisher, press the wire retainer to the right to access and remove two screws (callout 1).
Figure 5-388 Disconnect one connector
14. At the front of the finisher, remove two screws (callout 1).
Figure 5-389 Remove two screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1539
15. Lift the inside edges of the front and rear tampers up.
Figure 5-390 Lift the edges of the tampers
16. Rotate the rear edge of the ejector unit away from the finisher (callout 1), and then slide it toward the rear
of the finisher (callout 2) to remove it. Make sure that the PCA (callout 3) stays clear of the sheet metal
frame.
Figure 5-391 Remove the ejector unit
1 2
3
17. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
Special installation instructions: Ejector unit
a. When the front tamper shaft is removed, the retainer arm that held the one end of the shaft will drop
down. When reinstalling the shaft, raise the retainer arm and position the end of the shaft in the
notch (callout 1).
1540 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Figure 5-392 Reinstall the front tamper shaft
b. When the rear tamper shaft is removed, the retainer arm that held the one end of the shaft will drop
down. When reinstalling the shaft, raise the retainer arm and position the end of the shaft in the
notch (callout 1).
Figure 5-393 Reinstall the rear tamper shaft
Step 11: Remove the front tamper (finisher)
▲ Lift the front tamper away from the finisher to remove it
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1541
Figure 5-394 Remove the front tamper
Step 12: Remove the front tamper motor (M7)
1. Remove two screws (callout 1).
Figure 5-395 Remove two screws
1542 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
2. Release the belt (callout 1), and then remove the front tamper motor.
Reinstallation tip: Make sure that the belt is routed correctly when reinstalling the motor.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-396 Release the belt and remove the motor
Step 13: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1543
Rear tamper motor (M7)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
● Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
● Step 3: Remove the front door (finisher)
● Step 4: Remove the front cover (finisher)
● Step 5: Remove the rear cover
● Step 6: Remove the booklet tray (finisher)
● Step 7: Remove the caster cover (finisher)
● Step 8: Remove the lower shield assembly (finisher)
● Step 9: Remove the upper shield assembly (finisher)
● Step 10: Remove the ejector unit (finisher)
● Step 11: Remove the rear tamper (finisher)
● Step 12: Remove the rear tamper motor (M7)
● Step 13: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the rear tamper motor on the finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
JC93-01001A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Drive Motor, Step
1544 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn the printer power on.
Post service test
Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.
Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
▲ Remove one screw cap and three machine screws on the upper edge of the cover (callout 1). Remove three
sheet metal screws (callout 2) on the lower portion of the cover. Rotate the right edge of the cover away
from the finisher, and then slide the cover right to release three tabs (callout 3).
Reinstallation tip: The lower screws are shorter in length than the upper screws.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-397 Remove six screws and the right top cover
Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
1. Remove three screw caps and three self-tapping screws at the top of the rear cover (callout 1), and then
remove three machine screws (callout 2) on top of the cover.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1545
Figure 5-398 Remove six screws
2. Remove three self-tapping screws at the top of the front cover (callout 1), and then remove two machine
screws (callout 2) at the top of the right side.
Figure 5-399 Remove six screws
1546 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
3. Lift the cover up slightly. Disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1), and then release one retainer
(callout 2).
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-400 Disconnect one connector and release retainer
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Step 3: Remove the front door (finisher)
1. Lift the top hinge pin up to release it from the retainer.
Figure 5-401 Lift the top hinge pin
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1547
2. Pull the top hinge pin up to remove it.
Figure 5-402 Remove the top hinge pin
3. Use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release the lower hinge pin from the retainer, and then rotate it away
from the finisher.
Figure 5-403 Release the lower hinge pin
1548 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
4. Support the door with one hand, and then pull the lower hinge pin straight up to remove it.
Figure 5-404 Remove the lower hinge pin
5. Support the door with one hand, and then remove one screw (callout 1) to release the strap. Remove the
front door
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-405 Remove one screw and the front door
Step 4: Remove the front cover (finisher)
1. Release one tab (callout 1), and then pull the jam-access knob away from the finisher to remove it.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1549
Figure 5-406 Remove the jam-access knob
2. If the punch unit is installed, remove the punch waste bin (callout 1).
3. Remove one screw (callout 1) on top of the front cover.
Figure 5-407 Remove one screw
1550 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
4. Remove five machine screws (callout 1), and then remove the front cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-408 Remove five screws and the front cover
Step 5: Remove the rear cover
1. Remove two self-tapping screws (callout 1) on the top of the rear cover, and then remove five screw caps
and five machine screws (callout 2) on the left side of the cover.
Figure 5-409 Remove seven screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1551
2. Remove one screw cap and four machine screws (callout 1) Remove the rear cover.
NOTE: Make sure to thread the power cable (callout 2) through the opening in the cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-410 Remove four screws and the rear cover
Step 6: Remove the booklet tray (finisher)
1. Raise the booklet tray up (callout 1), and then pull it away from the finisher (callout 2) to remove it.
Figure 5-411 Remove the booklet tray
2. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
1552 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Special installation instructions: Booklet tray
▲ Position the tabs (callout 1) on the tray into the slots (callout 2) on the finisher.
Figure 5-412 Install the booklet tray
Step 7: Remove the caster cover (finisher)
1. Remove two screw caps and two self-tapping screws (callout 1). Remove two screw caps and two machine
screws (callout 2).
Figure 5-413 Remove four screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1553
2. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the finisher (callout 1), and then slide the cover to the left
(callout 2) to remove it.
Reinstallation tip: Make sure that two tabs (callout 3) are positioned under the front lower cover when
reinstalling the caster cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-414 Remove the caster cover
3
1 2
Step 8: Remove the lower shield assembly (finisher)
1. Remove four screws (callout 1).
NOTE: Raise the lower output tray as needed to access the screws.
Figure 5-415 Remove four screws
1554 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
2. Slide the shield down (callout 1) to release it from four tabs (callout 2), and then rotate it away from the
finisher (callout 3).
CAUTION: The shield is still attached to the finisher. Do not attempt to completely remove the shield.
Reinstallation tip: Position the shield under the four tabs (callout 2) when reinstalling it.
Figure 5-416 Release the lower shield
2 1
3. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), and then remove the shield.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-417 Disconnect two connectors
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1555
4. If you are replacing the lower shield assembly, locate three sensors (callout 1) on the back of the lower
shield. Remove these sensors and transfer them to the replacement part.
Figure 5-418 Locate sensors
Step 9: Remove the upper shield assembly (finisher)
1. Bring the lower output tray down by positioning the shaft of a screwdriver on the clutch (callout 1) and
gently pressing to the right to release the clutch. Hold the clutch in the released position and lower the tray
(callout 2) to the lowest position.
Figure 5-419 Lower the output tray
1556 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
2. Remove six machine screws (callout 1).
Figure 5-420 Remove six screws
3. Rotate the lower edge of the shield away from the finisher (callout 1), and then slide the shield down
(callout 2) to release it from two tabs (callout 3).
CAUTION: The shield is still attached to the finisher. Do not attempt to completely remove the shield.
Reinstallation tip: Position the shield under the two tabs (callout 3) when reinstalling it.
Figure 5-421 Release the shield
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1557
4. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove the upper shield assembly.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-422 Disconnect one connector
5. If you are replacing the upper shield assembly, locate three sensors (callout 1) on the back of the upper
shield. Remove these sensors and transfer them to the replacement part.
Figure 5-423 Locate sensors
Step 10: Remove the ejector unit (finisher)
1. Rotate the green wheel to move the staple unit to the center of the finisher.
1558 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Figure 5-424 Move the staple unit to the center
2. Release one retainer (callout 1), and then disconnect three connectors (callout 2).
Figure 5-425 Disconnect three connectors
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1559
3. Remove two screws (callout 1).
Figure 5-426 Remove two screws
4. At the left side of the finisher, remove one screw (callout 1).
Figure 5-427 Remove one screw
1560 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
5. Press up on the hinge (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then rotate the sensor away from the
finisher (callout 3).
Figure 5-428 Rotate the sensor
1
3
6. Remove one screw (callout 1).
Figure 5-429 Remove one screw
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1561
7. Look inside the finisher through the stapler opening in the front and pull down to release and remove one
shaft (callout 1) on the front tamper unit.
Figure 5-430 Remove the front tamper shaft
8. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect two connectors (callout 1), and then remove three screws (callout 2).
Figure 5-431 Disconnect two connectors and remove three screws
1562 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
9. At the left side of the finisher, remove one screw (callout 1).
Figure 5-432 Remove one screw
10. Look inside the finisher through the stapler opening in the rear and pull down to release and remove one
shaft (callout 1) on the rear tamper unit.
Figure 5-433 Remove the rear tamper shaft
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1563
11. At the left side of the finisher, disconnect one connector (callout 1).
Figure 5-434 Disconnect one connector
12. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect one connector (callout 1).
Figure 5-435 Disconnect one connector
1564 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
13. At the rear of the finisher, press the wire retainer to the right to access and remove two screws (callout 1).
Figure 5-436 Disconnect one connector
14. At the front of the finisher, remove two screws (callout 1).
Figure 5-437 Remove two screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1565
15. Lift the inside edges of the front and rear tampers up.
Figure 5-438 Lift the edges of the tampers
16. Rotate the rear edge of the ejector unit away from the finisher (callout 1), and then slide it toward the rear
of the finisher (callout 2) to remove it. Make sure that the PCA (callout 3) stays clear of the sheet metal
frame.
Figure 5-439 Remove the ejector unit
1 2
3
17. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
Special installation instructions: Ejector unit
a. When the front tamper shaft is removed, the retainer arm that held the one end of the shaft will drop
down. When reinstalling the shaft, raise the retainer arm and position the end of the shaft in the
notch (callout 1).
1566 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Figure 5-440 Reinstall the front tamper shaft
b. When the rear tamper shaft is removed, the retainer arm that held the one end of the shaft will drop
down. When reinstalling the shaft, raise the retainer arm and position the end of the shaft in the
notch (callout 1).
Figure 5-441 Reinstall the rear tamper shaft
Step 11: Remove the rear tamper (finisher)
▲ Lift the rear tamper away from the finisher to remove it
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1567
Figure 5-442 Remove the rear tamper
Step 12: Remove the rear tamper motor (M7)
1. Remove two screws (callout 1).
Figure 5-443 Remove two screws
1568 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
2. Release the belt (callout 1), and then remove the rear tamper motor.
Reinstallation tip: Make sure that the belt is routed correctly when reinstalling the motor.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-444 Release the belt and remove the motor
Step 13: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1569
SCU motor (M10)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
● Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
● Step 3: Remove the front door (finisher)
● Step 4: Remove the front cover (finisher)
● Step 5: Remove the rear cover
● Step 6: Remove the booklet tray (finisher)
● Step 7: Remove the caster cover (finisher)
● Step 8: Remove the lower shield assembly (finisher)
● Step 9: Remove the upper shield assembly (finisher)
● Step 10: Remove the SCU motor (M10)
● Step 11: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the SCU motor on the finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
JC93-01156A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Motor, Step
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
1570 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
After performing service
○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn the printer power on.
Post service test
Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.
Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
▲ Remove one screw cap and three machine screws on the upper edge of the cover (callout 1). Remove three
sheet metal screws (callout 2) on the lower portion of the cover. Rotate the right edge of the cover away
from the finisher, and then slide the cover right to release three tabs (callout 3).
Reinstallation tip: The lower screws are shorter in length than the upper screws.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-445 Remove six screws and the right top cover
Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
1. Remove three screw caps and three self-tapping screws at the top of the rear cover (callout 1), and then
remove three machine screws (callout 2) on top of the cover.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1571
Figure 5-446 Remove six screws
2. Remove three self-tapping screws at the top of the front cover (callout 1), and then remove two machine
screws (callout 2) at the top of the right side.
Figure 5-447 Remove six screws
1572 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
3. Lift the cover up slightly. Disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1), and then release one retainer
(callout 2).
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-448 Disconnect one connector and release retainer
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Step 3: Remove the front door (finisher)
1. Lift the top hinge pin up to release it from the retainer.
Figure 5-449 Lift the top hinge pin
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1573
2. Pull the top hinge pin up to remove it.
Figure 5-450 Remove the top hinge pin
3. Use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release the lower hinge pin from the retainer, and then rotate it away
from the finisher.
Figure 5-451 Release the lower hinge pin
1574 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
4. Support the door with one hand, and then pull the lower hinge pin straight up to remove it.
Figure 5-452 Remove the lower hinge pin
5. Support the door with one hand, and then remove one screw (callout 1) to release the strap. Remove the
front door
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-453 Remove one screw and the front door
Step 4: Remove the front cover (finisher)
1. Release one tab (callout 1), and then pull the jam-access knob away from the finisher to remove it.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1575
Figure 5-454 Remove the jam-access knob
2. If the punch unit is installed, remove the punch waste bin (callout 1).
3. Remove one screw (callout 1) on top of the front cover.
Figure 5-455 Remove one screw
1576 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
4. Remove five machine screws (callout 1), and then remove the front cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-456 Remove five screws and the front cover
Step 5: Remove the rear cover
1. Remove two self-tapping screws (callout 1) on the top of the rear cover, and then remove five screw caps
and five machine screws (callout 2) on the left side of the cover.
Figure 5-457 Remove seven screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1577
2. Remove one screw cap and four machine screws (callout 1) Remove the rear cover.
NOTE: Make sure to thread the power cable (callout 2) through the opening in the cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-458 Remove four screws and the rear cover
Step 6: Remove the booklet tray (finisher)
1. Raise the booklet tray up (callout 1), and then pull it away from the finisher (callout 2) to remove it.
Figure 5-459 Remove the booklet tray
2. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
1578 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Special installation instructions: Booklet tray
▲ Position the tabs (callout 1) on the tray into the slots (callout 2) on the finisher.
Figure 5-460 Install the booklet tray
Step 7: Remove the caster cover (finisher)
1. Remove two screw caps and two self-tapping screws (callout 1). Remove two screw caps and two machine
screws (callout 2).
Figure 5-461 Remove four screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1579
2. Rotate the left edge of the cover away from the finisher (callout 1), and then slide the cover to the left
(callout 2) to remove it.
Reinstallation tip: Make sure that two tabs (callout 3) are positioned under the front lower cover when
reinstalling the caster cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-462 Remove the caster cover
3
1 2
Step 8: Remove the lower shield assembly (finisher)
1. Remove four screws (callout 1).
NOTE: Raise the lower output tray as needed to access the screws.
Figure 5-463 Remove four screws
1580 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
2. Slide the shield down (callout 1) to release it from four tabs (callout 2), and then rotate it away from the
finisher (callout 3).
CAUTION: The shield is still attached to the finisher. Do not attempt to completely remove the shield.
Reinstallation tip: Position the shield under the four tabs (callout 2) when reinstalling it.
Figure 5-464 Release the lower shield
2 1
3. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), and then remove the shield.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-465 Disconnect two connectors
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1581
4. If you are replacing the lower shield assembly, locate three sensors (callout 1) on the back of the lower
shield. Remove these sensors and transfer them to the replacement part.
Figure 5-466 Locate sensors
Step 9: Remove the upper shield assembly (finisher)
1. Bring the lower output tray down by positioning the shaft of a screwdriver on the clutch (callout 1) and
gently pressing to the right to release the clutch. Hold the clutch in the released position and lower the tray
(callout 2) to the lowest position.
Figure 5-467 Lower the output tray
1582 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
2. Remove six machine screws (callout 1).
Figure 5-468 Remove six screws
3. Rotate the lower edge of the shield away from the finisher (callout 1), and then slide the shield down
(callout 2) to release it from two tabs (callout 3).
CAUTION: The shield is still attached to the finisher. Do not attempt to completely remove the shield.
Reinstallation tip: Position the shield under the two tabs (callout 3) when reinstalling it.
Figure 5-469 Release the shield
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1583
4. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove the upper shield assembly.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-470 Disconnect one connector
5. If you are replacing the upper shield assembly, locate three sensors (callout 1) on the back of the upper
shield. Remove these sensors and transfer them to the replacement part.
Figure 5-471 Locate sensors
Step 10: Remove the SCU motor (M10)
1. Release one retainer (callout 1), and then disconnect one connector (callout 2).
1584 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Figure 5-472 Disconnect one connector
2. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the motor and bracket.
Figure 5-473 Remove two screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1585
3. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the motor.
Figure 5-474 Remove two screws and the motor
4. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
Special installation instructions: SCU motor (M10)
▲ When installing the motor and bracket, align the tab and slot on the motor bracket with the tab and
slot in the printer.
Figure 5-475 Install the motor and bracket
Step 11: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
1586 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1587
Main tray moving motor (M11)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
● Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
● Step 3: Remove the rear cover (finisher)
● Step 4: Remove the main tray moving motor (M11)
● Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the main tray moving motor (M11) on the
finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
JC90-01415B
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Motor
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.
1588 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn the printer power on.
Post service test
Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.
Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
▲ Remove one screw cap and three machine screws on the upper edge of the cover (callout 1). Remove three
sheet metal screws (callout 2) on the lower portion of the cover. Rotate the right edge of the cover away
from the finisher, and then slide the cover right to release three tabs (callout 3).
Reinstallation tip: The lower screws are shorter in length than the upper screws.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-476 Remove six screws and the right top cover
Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
1. Remove three screw caps and three self-tapping screws at the top of the rear cover (callout 1), and then
remove three machine screws (callout 2) on top of the cover.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1589
Figure 5-477 Remove six screws
2. Remove three self-tapping screws at the top of the front cover (callout 1), and then remove two machine
screws (callout 2) at the top of the right side.
Figure 5-478 Remove six screws
1590 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
3. Lift the cover up slightly. Disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1), and then release one retainer
(callout 2).
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-479 Disconnect one connector and release retainer
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Step 3: Remove the rear cover (finisher)
1. Remove two self-tapping screws (callout 1) on the top of the rear cover, and then remove five screw caps
and five machine screws (callout 2) on the left side of the cover.
Figure 5-480 Remove seven screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1591
2. Remove one screw cap and four machine screws (callout 1) Remove the rear cover.
NOTE: Make sure to thread the power cable (callout 2) through the opening in the cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-481 Remove four screws and the rear cover
Step 4: Remove the main tray moving motor (M11)
1. Bring the lower output tray down by positioning the shaft of a screwdriver on the clutch (callout 1) and
gently pressing to the right to release the clutch. Hold the clutch in the released position and lower the tray
(callout 2) to the lowest position.
Figure 5-482 Lower the output tray
1592 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
2. Open two retainers (callout 1), and then release the green wires (callout 2).
Figure 5-483 Open two retainers
1
2
3. Disconnect three connectors (callout 1).
Figure 5-484 Disconnect three connectors
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1593
4. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then thread the cable up through the opening in the top of the
bracket.
Figure 5-485 Disconnect one connector
5. Remove four screws (callout 1), and then remove the motor assembly.
Figure 5-486 Remove four screws and the motor assembly
1594 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
6. Carefully pull the motor assembly away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 5-487 Remove the motor assembly
7. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
Special installation instructions: Main tray moving motor (M11)
a. Before installing the motor assembly, slide the bushing (callout 1) off of the shaft.
Figure 5-488 Remove the bushing
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1595
b. Align the flat edges on the bushing with the flat edges on the opening in the motor assembly bracket,
and then install the bushing.
Figure 5-489 Install the bushing
c. Position the bushing over the shaft, and then install the motor assembly.
Figure 5-490 Install the motor assembly
Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
1596 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1597
Booklet finisher front cover
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the booklet finisher front cover
● Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the booklet finisher front cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
JC90-01478B
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Finisher Sub - Cover F Bm
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn the printer power on.
Post service test
Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.
1598 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Step 1: Remove the booklet finisher front cover
▲ Slide the booklet finisher slightly away from the finisher (callout 1). Remove one screw (callout 2), and then
slide the green knob away from the booklet finisher to remove it (callout 3). Remove four screws
(callout 4), and then remove the booklet finisher front cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-491 Remove five screws and the cover
1 4
2
3
Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1599
Booklet finisher
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
● Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
● Step 3: Remove the rear cover (finisher)
● Step 4: Remove the booklet finisher
● Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the booklet finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
JC90-01416A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Finisher Sub - Booklet Unit
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn the printer power on.
1600 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Post service test
Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.
Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
▲ Remove one screw cap and three machine screws on the upper edge of the cover (callout 1). Remove three
sheet metal screws (callout 2) on the lower portion of the cover. Rotate the right edge of the cover away
from the finisher, and then slide the cover right to release three tabs (callout 3).
Reinstallation tip: The lower screws are shorter in length than the upper screws.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-492 Remove six screws and the right top cover
Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
1. Remove three screw caps and three self-tapping screws at the top of the rear cover (callout 1), and then
remove three machine screws (callout 2) on top of the cover.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1601
Figure 5-493 Remove six screws
2. Remove three self-tapping screws at the top of the front cover (callout 1), and then remove two machine
screws (callout 2) at the top of the right side.
Figure 5-494 Remove six screws
1602 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
3. Lift the cover up slightly. Disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1), and then release one retainer
(callout 2).
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-495 Disconnect one connector and release retainer
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Step 3: Remove the rear cover (finisher)
1. Remove two self-tapping screws (callout 1) on the top of the rear cover, and then remove five screw caps
and five machine screws (callout 2) on the left side of the cover.
Figure 5-496 Remove seven screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1603
2. Remove one screw cap and four machine screws (callout 1) Remove the rear cover.
NOTE: Make sure to thread the power cable (callout 2) through the opening in the cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-497 Remove four screws and the rear cover
Step 4: Remove the booklet finisher
1. Slide the booklet finisher away from the finisher.
Figure 5-498 Slide the booklet finisher away from the finisher
1604 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
2. At the Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove one screw (callout 2).
Figure 5-499 Disconnect one connector and remove one screw
2
3. Release the metal bracket through the opening in the sheet metal.
Figure 5-500 Release the metal bracket
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1605
4. Remove one star-washer screw (callout 1), and then release the alignment pin (callout 2) on the right side
of the booklet finisher.
Figure 5-501 Remove one screw
1 2
5. Slide the right rail toward the finisher.
Figure 5-502 Slide the right rail
1606 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
6. Remove one star-washer screw (callout 1) on the left side of the booklet finisher.
Figure 5-503 Remove one screw
7. Lift the booklet finisher up on the left side while squeezing the right rail away from the finisher slightly to
clear the sheet metal. Remove the booklet finisher.
Figure 5-504 Remove the booklet finisher
8. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
Special installation instructions: Booklet finisher
▲ When installing the booklet finisher, position the hooks on the rail under the slots on the booklet
finisher.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1607
Figure 5-505 Position the hooks
9. When installed correctly, the arrow on the front of the booklet finisher aligns with the arrow on the finisher
rail.
Figure 5-506 Align arrows
1608 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
10. When installed correctly, the arrow on the back of the booklet finisher aligns with the arrow on the finisher
rail.
Figure 5-507 Align arrows
11. Extend the right rail away from the finisher and position it in the booklet finisher slot.
Figure 5-508 Extend the right rail
Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1609
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1610 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Booklet finisher PCA
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
● Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
● Step 3: Remove the rear cover (finisher)
● Step 4: Remove the booklet finisher
● Step 5: Remove the booklet finisher PCA
● Step 6: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the booklet finisher PCA.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
JC92-02790B
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Booklet finisher PCA
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1611
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn the printer power on.
Post service test
Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.
Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
▲ Remove one screw cap and three machine screws on the upper edge of the cover (callout 1). Remove three
sheet metal screws (callout 2) on the lower portion of the cover. Rotate the right edge of the cover away
from the finisher, and then slide the cover right to release three tabs (callout 3).
Reinstallation tip: The lower screws are shorter in length than the upper screws.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-509 Remove six screws and the right top cover
Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
1. Remove three screw caps and three self-tapping screws at the top of the rear cover (callout 1), and then
remove three machine screws (callout 2) on top of the cover.
1612 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Figure 5-510 Remove six screws
2. Remove three self-tapping screws at the top of the front cover (callout 1), and then remove two machine
screws (callout 2) at the top of the right side.
Figure 5-511 Remove six screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1613
3. Lift the cover up slightly. Disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1), and then release one retainer
(callout 2).
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-512 Disconnect one connector and release retainer
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Step 3: Remove the rear cover (finisher)
1. Remove two self-tapping screws (callout 1) on the top of the rear cover, and then remove five screw caps
and five machine screws (callout 2) on the left side of the cover.
Figure 5-513 Remove seven screws
1614 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
2. Remove one screw cap and four machine screws (callout 1) Remove the rear cover.
NOTE: Make sure to thread the power cable (callout 2) through the opening in the cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-514 Remove four screws and the rear cover
Step 4: Remove the booklet finisher
1. Slide the booklet finisher away from the finisher.
Figure 5-515 Slide the booklet finisher away from the finisher
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1615
2. At the Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove one screw (callout 2).
Figure 5-516 Disconnect one connector and remove one screw
2
3. Release the metal bracket through the opening in the sheet metal.
Figure 5-517 Release the metal bracket
1616 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
4. Remove one star-washer screw (callout 1), and then release the alignment pin (callout 2) on the right side
of the booklet finisher.
Figure 5-518 Remove one screw
1 2
5. Slide the right rail toward the finisher.
Figure 5-519 Slide the right rail
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1617
6. Remove one star-washer screw (callout 1) on the left side of the booklet finisher.
Figure 5-520 Remove one screw
7. Lift the booklet finisher up on the left side while squeezing the right rail away from the finisher slightly to
clear the sheet metal. Remove the booklet finisher.
Figure 5-521 Remove the booklet finisher
8. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
Special installation instructions: Booklet finisher
▲ When installing the booklet finisher, position the hooks on the rail under the slots on the booklet
finisher.
1618 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Figure 5-522 Position the hooks
9. When installed correctly, the arrow on the front of the booklet finisher aligns with the arrow on the finisher
rail.
Figure 5-523 Align arrows
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1619
10. When installed correctly, the arrow on the back of the booklet finisher aligns with the arrow on the finisher
rail.
Figure 5-524 Align arrows
11. Extend the right rail away from the finisher and position it in the booklet finisher slot.
Figure 5-525 Extend the right rail
Step 5: Remove the booklet finisher PCA
1. Remove two screws (callout 1).
1620 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Figure 5-526 Remove two screws
2. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the metal cover.
Figure 5-527 Remove one screw and the metal cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1621
3. Disconnect all of the connectors, remove four screws (callout 1), and then remove the booklet finisher PCA.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-528 Remove four screws and the PCA
Step 6: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1622 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Booklet finisher fold stopper unit
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
● Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
● Step 3: Remove the rear cover (finisher)
● Step 4: Remove the booklet finisher front cover
● Step 5: Remove the booklet finisher lower right shield
● Step 6: Remove the fold stopper unit
● Step 7: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the booklet finisher fold stopper unit.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
JC90-01432A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Finisher Sub - Face Down Stopper Unit
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1623
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn the printer power on.
Post service test
Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.
Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
▲ Remove one screw cap and three machine screws on the upper edge of the cover (callout 1). Remove three
sheet metal screws (callout 2) on the lower portion of the cover. Rotate the right edge of the cover away
from the finisher, and then slide the cover right to release three tabs (callout 3).
Reinstallation tip: The lower screws are shorter in length than the upper screws.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-529 Remove six screws and the right top cover
Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
1. Remove three screw caps and three self-tapping screws at the top of the rear cover (callout 1), and then
remove three machine screws (callout 2) on top of the cover.
1624 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Figure 5-530 Remove six screws
2. Remove three self-tapping screws at the top of the front cover (callout 1), and then remove two machine
screws (callout 2) at the top of the right side.
Figure 5-531 Remove six screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1625
3. Lift the cover up slightly. Disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1), and then release one retainer
(callout 2).
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-532 Disconnect one connector and release retainer
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Step 3: Remove the rear cover (finisher)
1. Remove two self-tapping screws (callout 1) on the top of the rear cover, and then remove five screw caps
and five machine screws (callout 2) on the left side of the cover.
Figure 5-533 Remove seven screws
1626 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
2. Remove one screw cap and four machine screws (callout 1) Remove the rear cover.
NOTE: Make sure to thread the power cable (callout 2) through the opening in the cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-534 Remove four screws and the rear cover
Step 4: Remove the booklet finisher front cover
▲ Slide the booklet finisher slightly away from the finisher (callout 1). Remove one screw (callout 2), and then
slide the green knob away from the booklet finisher to remove it (callout 3). Remove four screws
(callout 4), and then remove the booklet finisher front cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-535 Remove five screws and the cover
1 4
2
3
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1627
Step 5: Remove the booklet finisher lower right shield
1. Remove two screws at the front of the booklet finisher (callout 1).
Figure 5-536 Remove two screws
2. Remove two screws at the back of the booklet finisher (callout 1).
Figure 5-537 Remove two screws
1628 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
3. Slide the booklet finisher out of the finisher (callout 1), and then rotate the top of the lower right shield
(callout 2) away from the booklet finisher to remove it.
Figure 5-538 Remove the lower right shield
Step 6: Remove the fold stopper unit
1. On the left side of the booklet finisher, remove two screws through access openings in the jam access
cover (callout 1).
Figure 5-539 Remove two screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1629
2. Raise the jam access cover.
Figure 5-540 Raise the jam access cover
3. Raise the booklet width guide.
Figure 5-541 Raise the booklet width guide
1630 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
4. On the right side of the booklet finisher, open two retainers (callout 1), and then disconnect three
connectors (callout 2).
Figure 5-542 Disconnect three connectors
5. Remove two screws (callout 1).
Figure 5-543 Remove two screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1631
6. Release the tab (callout 1) on the guide arm, and then slide the guide off of the shaft (callout 2) to remove
it.
Figure 5-544 Release the guide arm
7. Lower the width guide to the lowest position.
Figure 5-545 Lower the width guide
1632 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
8. On the right side of the booklet finisher, remove one screw (callout 1).
Figure 5-546 Remove one screw
9. Lift the right lower corner (callout 1) to clear the cable guide, and then slide the assembly to the right
(callout 2) to remove it.
Figure 5-547 Remove the fold stopper unit
10. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
Special installation instructions: Fold stopper unit
▲ Loosen the two alignment screws (callout 1) and move the fold unit side to side to until the alignment
gauge is positioned on the center line. Tighten the screws and run a folded job through the finisher
and verify that the fold is correct. If the fold is not correct, loosen the screws, adjust the alignment,
and run another fold job. Continue this process until the fold is correct.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1633
Figure 5-548 Adjust the alignment gauge
Step 7: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1634 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Booklet feed entrance motor (M13)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the booklet finisher front cover
● Step 2: Remove the booklet feed entrance motor (M13)
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the booklet feed entrance motor on the booklet
finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
JC93-01152A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Drive Motor, Step
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn the printer power on.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1635
Post service test
Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.
Step 1: Remove the booklet finisher front cover
▲ Slide the booklet finisher slightly away from the finisher (callout 1). Remove one screw (callout 2), and then
slide the green knob away from the booklet finisher to remove it (callout 3). Remove four screws
(callout 4), and then remove the booklet finisher front cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-549 Remove five screws and the cover
1 4
2
3
Step 2: Remove the booklet feed entrance motor (M13)
▲ Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove two screws (callout 2). Lift the motor away from the
booklet finisher and release the belt (callout 3) from the back of the motor.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
1636 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Figure 5-550 Remove the booklet feed entrance motor
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1637
TE presser motor (M14)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the booklet finisher front cover
● Step 2: Remove the TE presser motor (M14)
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the TE presser motor on the booklet finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
JC93-01155A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Drive Motor, Step
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn the printer power on.
Post service test
Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.
1638 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Step 1: Remove the booklet finisher front cover
▲ Slide the booklet finisher slightly away from the finisher (callout 1). Remove one screw (callout 2), and then
slide the green knob away from the booklet finisher to remove it (callout 3). Remove four screws
(callout 4), and then remove the booklet finisher front cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-551 Remove five screws and the cover
1 4
2
3
Step 2: Remove the TE presser motor (M14)
▲ Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove two screws (callout 2), and then remove the TE presser
motor.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-552 Remove the TE presser motor
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1639
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1640 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Stopper moving motor (M16)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the booklet finisher front cover
● Step 2: Remove the booklet finisher lower right shield
● Step 3: Remove the stopper moving motor (M16)
● Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the stopper moving motor on the booklet
finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
JC93-01155A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Drive Motor, Step
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn the printer power on.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1641
Post service test
Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.
Step 1: Remove the booklet finisher front cover
▲ Slide the booklet finisher slightly away from the finisher (callout 1). Remove one screw (callout 2), and then
slide the green knob away from the booklet finisher to remove it (callout 3). Remove four screws
(callout 4), and then remove the booklet finisher front cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-553 Remove five screws and the cover
1 4
2
3
Step 2: Remove the booklet finisher lower right shield
1. Remove two screws at the front of the booklet finisher (callout 1).
Figure 5-554 Remove two screws
1642 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
2. Remove two screws at the back of the booklet finisher (callout 1).
Figure 5-555 Remove two screws
3. Slide the booklet finisher out of the finisher (callout 1), and then rotate the top of the lower right shield
(callout 2) away from the booklet finisher to remove it.
Figure 5-556 Remove the lower right shield
Step 3: Remove the stopper moving motor (M16)
▲ Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove two screws (callout 2), and then remove the stopper moving
motor.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1643
Figure 5-557 Remove the stopper moving motor
Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1644 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Separate pawl motor (M17)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the booklet finisher front cover
● Step 2: Remove the separate pawl motor (M17)
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the separate pawl motor on the booklet finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
JC93-01001A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Drive, motor step
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn the printer power on.
Post service test
Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1645
Step 1: Remove the booklet finisher front cover
▲ Slide the booklet finisher slightly away from the finisher (callout 1). Remove one screw (callout 2), and then
slide the green knob away from the booklet finisher to remove it (callout 3). Remove four screws
(callout 4), and then remove the booklet finisher front cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-558 Remove five screws and the cover
1 4
2
3
Step 2: Remove the separate pawl motor (M17)
▲ Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove two screws (callout 2), and then remove the separate pawl
motor.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-559 Remove the separate pawl motor
1
2
1646 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1647
Folding roller motor (M18)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
● Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
● Step 3: Remove the rear cover (finisher)
● Step 4: Remove the folding roller motor (M18)
● Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the folding roller motor on the booklet finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
JC31-00144A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Folding roller motor
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn the printer power on.
1648 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Post service test
Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.
Step 1: Remove the right top cover (finisher)
▲ Remove one screw cap and three machine screws on the upper edge of the cover (callout 1). Remove three
sheet metal screws (callout 2) on the lower portion of the cover. Rotate the right edge of the cover away
from the finisher, and then slide the cover right to release three tabs (callout 3).
Reinstallation tip: The lower screws are shorter in length than the upper screws.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-560 Remove six screws and the right top cover
Step 2: Remove the top cover (finisher)
1. Remove three screw caps and three self-tapping screws at the top of the rear cover (callout 1), and then
remove three machine screws (callout 2) on top of the cover.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1649
Figure 5-561 Remove six screws
2. Remove three self-tapping screws at the top of the front cover (callout 1), and then remove two machine
screws (callout 2) at the top of the right side.
Figure 5-562 Remove six screws
1650 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
3. Lift the cover up slightly. Disconnect one in-line connector (callout 1), and then release one retainer
(callout 2).
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-563 Disconnect one connector and release retainer
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Step 3: Remove the rear cover (finisher)
1. Remove two self-tapping screws (callout 1) on the top of the rear cover, and then remove five screw caps
and five machine screws (callout 2) on the left side of the cover.
Figure 5-564 Remove seven screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1651
2. Remove one screw cap and four machine screws (callout 1) Remove the rear cover.
NOTE: Make sure to thread the power cable (callout 2) through the opening in the cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-565 Remove four screws and the rear cover
Step 4: Remove the folding roller motor (M18)
▲ Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove four screws (callout 2), and then remove the folding roller
motor.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-566 Remove the folding roller motor
1652 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1653
Blade motor (M19)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the booklet finisher front cover
● Step 2: Remove the booklet finisher lower right shield
● Step 3: Remove the blade motor (M19)
● Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the blade motor on the booklet finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
JC90-01435A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Finisher sub - bm main blade
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn the printer power on.
1654 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Post service test
Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.
Step 1: Remove the booklet finisher front cover
▲ Slide the booklet finisher slightly away from the finisher (callout 1). Remove one screw (callout 2), and then
slide the green knob away from the booklet finisher to remove it (callout 3). Remove four screws
(callout 4), and then remove the booklet finisher front cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-567 Remove five screws and the cover
1 4
2
3
Step 2: Remove the booklet finisher lower right shield
1. Remove two screws at the front of the booklet finisher (callout 1).
Figure 5-568 Remove two screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1655
2. Remove two screws at the back of the booklet finisher (callout 1).
Figure 5-569 Remove two screws
3. Slide the booklet finisher out of the finisher (callout 1), and then rotate the top of the lower right shield
(callout 2) away from the booklet finisher to remove it.
Figure 5-570 Remove the lower right shield
Step 3: Remove the blade motor (M19)
▲ Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove four screws (callout 2), and then remove the blade motor.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
1656 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Figure 5-571 Remove the blade motor
Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1657
C fold motor (M20)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the booklet finisher front cover
● Step 2: Remove the C fold motor
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the C fold motor on the booklet finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Turn the printer power off. A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
○ Release the finisher from the printer by pulling out on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Disconnect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Disconnect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
JC93-01154A
To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.
● Drive Motor, Step
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
○ Connect the cable from the finisher to the printer.
○ Connect the cable from the bridge unit to the finisher.
○ Attach the finisher to the printer, and then push in on the release latch inside the finisher door.
○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn the printer power on.
Post service test
Process a job through the finisher and verify that the finisher works correctly.
1658 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Step 1: Remove the booklet finisher front cover
▲ Slide the booklet finisher slightly away from the finisher (callout 1). Remove one screw (callout 2), and then
slide the green knob away from the booklet finisher to remove it (callout 3). Remove four screws
(callout 4), and then remove the booklet finisher front cover.
Reinstallation tip: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Figure 5-572 Remove five screws and the cover
1 4
2
3
Step 2: Remove the C fold motor
1. Note the position of the alignment arrows on the upper white gear and the lower motor (callout 1). These
arrows must be aligned in these positions when the motor is reinstalled.
Figure 5-573 Check arrow alignment
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1659
2. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1).
Figure 5-574 Disconnect two connectors
3. Remove four screws (callout 1).
Figure 5-575 Remove four screws
1660 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
4. Remove one e-clip (callout 1) on top of the white gear. Remove the white gear (callout 2) and release the
belt (callout 3).
Figure 5-576 Remove one e-clip, gear, and belt
1 2
5. Remove the bracket and motor from the booklet finisher.
CAUTION: Do not pull on the shaft (callout 1) while removing the bracket and motor. The shaft might
become dislodged at the other end. If the shaft becomes dislodged, remove the booklet finisher PCA shield
and PCA bracket to reinstall the shaft.
Figure 5-577 Remove the bracket and motor
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1661
6. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the C fold motor.
Figure 5-578 Remove two screws
7. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
Special installation instructions: C fold motor
a. When installing the motor, install one screw (callout 1) to hold the bracket in place while installing the
gear and belt.
Figure 5-579 Install one screw
1662 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
b. Check the position of the alignment arrows on the upper white gear and the lower motor (callout 1).
Figure 5-580 Check arrow alignment
c. If the arrows are not aligned, slightly pull up on the belt to create some slack around the gear
(callout 1), and then rotate the gear (callout 2) until the arrows align.
Figure 5-581 Align arrows
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement procedures (stapler/stacker and booklet finishers) 1663
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1664 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Problem solving
Control panel message document (CPMD)
Refer to Error code and control panel message troubleshooting overview on page 1076 for more details.
Clear paper jams
Clear paper jams in the Booklet maker
Clear jams in the top output area
1. Open the top cover.
ENWW Problem solving 1665
2. Lift the TF feeder, and then turn the knob while the TF feeder is lifted.
3. Remove any jammed paper.
Clear jams in the booklet maker paper path
1. Open the booklet maker door.
1666 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
2. Release the lever.
3. Turn the knob.
4. Remove the jammed paper.
Clear jams in the booklet maker booklet output area
1. Open the booklet maker door.
ENWW Problem solving 1667
2. Pull out the booklet maker assembly until it stops.
1668 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
3. Turn the knob to advance the jammed paper.
4. Remove the jammed paper/booklet from the output area.
Clear jams in the booklet maker assembly-right-upper area
1. Open the booklet maker door.
ENWW Problem solving 1669
2. Pull out the booklet maker assembly until it stops.
3. Open the vertical tray by pulling outward on the green tab.
4. Remove the jammed paper.
Clear jams in the booklet maker assembly left middle area
1. Open the booklet maker door.
1670 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
2. Pull out the booklet maker assembly until it stops.
ENWW Problem solving 1671
3. Pull the green tab.
4. Remove the jammed paper.
5. Open the clear plastic door at the left bottom.
6. Remove the jammed paper.
Clear jams in the booklet maker assembly left lower area
1. Open the booklet maker door.
1672 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
2. Pull out the booklet maker assembly until it stops.
3. Open the roller door.
4. Remove the jammed paper.
ENWW Problem solving 1673
5. Open the clear plastic door at the left bottom.
6. Remove the jammed paper.
Clear jams in the IPTU
1. Lift the IPTU cover and clear any jammed paper inside the IPTU.
2. Close the IPTU cover.
Clear jams in the inner finisher (IF)
1. Open the staple cartridge access door.
1674 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
2. Rotate the lever to the left to release the hooks that secure the inner finisher (they hold the IF in place).
3. Slide the inner finisher partially out.
ENWW Problem solving 1675
4. Release the lever to open the right cover on the inner finisher.
5. Lift the inner finisher jam access cover, and then remove any jammed paper inside the rear of the inner
finisher.
6. Close the inner finisher jam access cover.
7. Close the inner finisher right cover.
1676 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
8. Open the output side jam access cover, and then remove any jammed paper.
9. Close the output side jam access cover.
10. Slide the inner finisher in until it clicks into place.
11. Close the staple cartridge access door.
Clear paper jams in the High-volume finisher
Clear jams in the High-volume finisher output area
1. Open the top cover.
ENWW Problem solving 1677
2. Lift the TF feeder, and then turn the knob while the TF feeder is lifted.
3. Remove any jammed paper.
1678 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Finisher system diagram
PCA structure diagram
Finisher system consists of the FINISHER PCA, BOOKLET MAKER PCA, SWITCH PCA, and HOLE PUNCH PCA.
Figure 5-582 Finisher system diagram
PCA function
● FINISHER PCA
This PCA controls the finisher modules and consists of the micro-controller and driver ICs.
● SWITCH PCA
This PCA shows the manual stapling condition and accepts the button input for manual staple operation.
● BOOKLET MAKER PCA
This PCA controls the booklet maker module and consists of the micro-controller and driver ICs.
● HOLE PUNCH PCA
This PCA controls the hole punch module and consists of the micro-controller and driver ICs.
ENWW Finisher system diagram 1679
Stapler/Stacker Finisher and Booklet Finisher
Booklet finisher 1
Figure 5-583 Booklet finisher 1
13
15
1680 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Table 5-11 Booklet finisher 1
Ref Description Part number Qty
3 Caster cover JC63-04985B 1
4 Cover, front JC63-04986B 1
5 Cover-f, lower JC63-04987B 1
6 Cover, rear JC63-04988B 1
7 Cover-t, tray 2 JC63-04996B 1
8 Cover-m, tray JC63-05002B 1
9 Cover-s, tray JC63-05003B 2
15 (1) Tray - guide booklet finisher JC61-07253B 1
15 (2) Cover - tray booklet finisher JC63-04978B 1
17 Finisher sub-top door JC90-01445B 1
18 Finisher sub-top cover JC90-01446B 1
20 Finisher sub-cover f bm JC90-01417B 1
Not shown Harness, finisher to copier PWR JC39-02308A 1
ENWW Stapler/Stacker Finisher and Booklet Finisher 1681
Booklet finisher 2
Figure 5-584 Booklet finisher 2
1682 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Table 5-12 Booklet finisher 2
Ref Description Part number Qty
4 Finisher sub-ejector unit JC90-01409A 1
5 Roller, main-feed entrance JC66-04722A 1
12 Bearing ball 6601-001478 6
13 Rail 6102-003369 2
14 Photo-interrupter 0604-001415 1
16 Finisher sub-right jam JC90-01457A 1
19 Finisher sub-tamper rear JC82-00898A 1
20 Finisher sub-tamper front JC82-00901A 1
Not shown Finisher sub-exit main JC90-01451A 1
Not shown Harness, top cover JC39-02310A 1
Not shown Finisher sub-booklet unit JC909-01416A 1
ENWW Stapler/Stacker Finisher and Booklet Finisher 1683
Booklet finisher 3
Figure 5-585 Booklet finisher 3
1684 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Table 5-13 Booklet finisher 3
Ref Description Part number Qty
2 Feed roller main exit JC66-04726A 1
3 Feed roller top-mid exit JC66-04725A 1
4 Feed roller mid-exit JC66-04724A 1
5 Finisher sub feed JC90-01672A 1
6 Spring JC61-07414A 2
9 Bushing JC61-00426A 2
11 Bearing ball 6601-001478 6
12 Main-brush, exit JC67-00817A 1
13 Finisher sub exit JC90-01674A 1
14 Finisher sub-top jam JC90-01455A 1
ENWW Stapler/Stacker Finisher and Booklet Finisher 1685
Booklet finisher 4
Figure 5-586 Booklet finisher 4
1686 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Table 5-14 Booklet finisher 4
Ref Description Part number Qty
2 Finisher sub-clutch div JC90-01474A 1
4 Finisher sub-end fence JC90-01466A 1
5 Clutch drive JC90-01404A 1
6 Roller, top-feed exit JC66-04727A 1
9 Roller, feed JC66-04523A 1
12 Gear JC66-04602A 1
17 Actuator JC66-04526A 1
18 Cover-t, tray JC63-04995B 1
19 Seal JC62-01328A 1
22 Guide JC61-07206A 1
25 Timing-belt, gear 6602-003649 1
26 Timing-belt, gear 6602-003647 2
28 Timing-belt, gear 6602-003645 2
29 Timing-belt, gear 6602-003640 1
30 Timing-belt, gear 6602-003639 1
31 Bearing ball 6601-003062 2
33 Photo-interrupter 0604-001415 1
36 Finisher sub-hb mtr JC90-01459A 2
37 Finisher sub-ef mtr JC90-01467A 1
38 Finisher sub-drv buff JC90-01453A 1
39 Finisher sub-div cam JC90-01458A 1
43 Solenoid JC90-01675A 1
44 Motor - BM exit cam JC90-01673A 1
ENWW Stapler/Stacker Finisher and Booklet Finisher 1687
Booklet finisher 5
Figure 5-587 Booklet finisher 5
1688 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Table 5-15 Booklet finisher 5
Ref Description Part number Qty
2 Finisher sub-staple unit JC90-01412A 1
8 Actuator JC66-04528A 1
9 Roller, feed JC66-04523A 1
10 Ground JC63-04984A 1
17 Guide JC61-07192A 1
18 Guide JC61-07189A 1
23 Frame mount JC61-06663A 1
24 Timing-belt, gear 6602-003652 2
25 Timing-belt, gear 6602-003270 1
26 Top-brush exit JC67-00818A 1
27 Compiler-brush, ceiling front JC67-00820A 1
28 Compiler-brush, ceiling rear JC67-00819A 1
29 Tray motor JC90-01415B 1
31 Motor JC90-01414A 1
Not shown PCA - 3K main JC92-02791A 1
Not shown E ring 6044-000125 1
Not shown Cable clamp 6502-001131 1
Not shown Harness, 3K finisher rear upper JC39-02312A 1
Not shown Harness, 3K finisher front upper JC39-02313A 1
Not shown Harness, 3K finisher punch relay JC39-02314A 1
Not shown Harness, 3K finisher staple relay JC39-02315A 1
Not shown Harness, 3K finisher staple safety JC39-02316A 1
Not shown Harness, 3K finisher eject relay JC39-02317A 1
Not shown Harness, 3K finisher front lower JC39-02318A 1
Not shown Harness, 3K finisher stack relay JC39-02319A 1
Not shown Harness, 3K finisher to copier PWR JC39-02308A 1
ENWW Stapler/Stacker Finisher and Booklet Finisher 1689
Booklet finisher 6
Figure 5-588 Booklet finisher 6
1690 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Table 5-16 Booklet finisher 6
Ref Description Part number Qty
8 Magnet JC81-08263A 1
7 Finisher sub-booklet unit JC90-01416A 1
12 Front cover JC63-04986B 1
13 Hinge JC66-04767A 2
14 Cover-f, lower JC63-04987B 1
15 Caster JC63-04985B 1
16 Rear cover JC63-04988B 1
17 Finisher sub-tray bm unit JC90-01417B 1
20 Finisher sub-inlet guide JC90-01448B 1
22 Finisher sub-top cover JC90-01446B 1
23 Finisher sub-HB mtr JC90-01402B 1
25 Finisher sub-top door JC90-01445B 1
Not shown Stack full harness JC39-02331A 1
Not shown Csp acuator duplex JC81-07930A 1
Not shown CS spring acuator stack JC81-09396A 1
ENWW Stapler/Stacker Finisher and Booklet Finisher 1691
Booklet finisher 7
Figure 5-589 Booklet finisher 7
1692 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Table 5-17 Booklet finisher 7
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Finisher - engine side bracket JC90-01442A 2
3 Cover-s, tray JC63-05003B 2
4 Cover-m, tray JC63-05002B 1
5 Cover-t, tray 2 JC63-04996B 1
6 Shipping lock for booklet JC61-007149A 1
7 Tray support JC61-06668A 2
ENWW Stapler/Stacker Finisher and Booklet Finisher 1693
Three fold motor, curl pawl motor, curl pawl, and three fold exit
Figure 5-590 Three fold motor, curl pawl motor, curl pawl, and three fold exit
1694 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Table 5-18 Three fold motor, curl pawl motor, curl pawl, and three fold exit
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Finisher sub-3 fold motor JC90-01396A 1
1-1 Drive motor, step JC93-01154A 1
1-2 Gear JC66-04579A 1
1-4 E-ring 6044-000125 2
1-5 Screw, machine M3 6001-000130 4
1-6 Photo-interrupter 0604-001415 1
1-7 Bushing JC61-00423A 1
2-1 Drive motor, step JC93-01153A 1
3 Finisher sub-curl pawl JC90-01398A 1
4 Finisher sub - 3 fold exit JC90-01399A 1
4-5 C-ring 6044-000159 1
ENWW Stapler/Stacker Finisher and Booklet Finisher 1695
Low exit, hb motor, and top guide
Figure 5-591 Low exit, hb motor, and top guide, floor standing finisher
1696 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Table 5-19 Low exit, hb motor, and top guide, floor standing finisher
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Finisher sub-low exit JC90-01400A 1
1-2 Roller, exit, fold JC66-04744A 1
1-3 Roller, feed-fold exit JC66-04721A 1
1-7 Bushing JC61-00426A 4
1-8 E-ring 6044-000129 2
2-2 Motor, step JC31-00163B 2
2-3 Cable clamp 6502-001131 1
3 Finisher sub-guide top JC90-01406A 1
3-3 Spring, es JC61-07431A 2
3-4 Spring, es JC61-07430A 4
ENWW Stapler/Stacker Finisher and Booklet Finisher 1697
SCU motor, STK motor, and entrance guide
Figure 5-592 SCU motor, STK motor, and entrance guide
3-3
3-3
1698 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Table 5-20 SCU motor, STK motor, and entrance guide
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Motor, lift assembly JC90-01414A 1
1-1 Motor, step JC93-01156A 1
1-2 Gear JC66-04604A 1
1-5 Cable clamp 6502-001131 1
1-6 E-ring 6044–000125 2
2 Motor, tray JC90-01415B 1
2-1 Cartridge, ICT-PIN JC70-40542A 1
2-2 Stacker, CSP-worm JC81-07637A 1
2-9 Motor, lift JC31-00178B 1
2-11 Bearing ball 6601-001478 3
2-12 Photo-interrupter 0604-001415 1
3 Finisher sub-entrance guide JC90-01424A 1
3-1 Bushing JC61-02372A 2
3-3 Harness, 3K finisher top cover JC39-02310A 2
3-11 Actuator JC66-04520A 1
3-13 Actuator JC66-04644A 1
ENWW Stapler/Stacker Finisher and Booklet Finisher 1699
Entrance motor, low paddle, alignment, and paddle motor
Figure 5-593 Entrance motor, low paddle, alignment, and paddle motor
1700 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Table 5-21 Entrance motor, low paddle, alignment, and paddle motor
Ref Description Part number Qty
1-1 Drive motor, step JC93-01155A 1
1-2 Driver motor, step JC93-01152A 1
1-5 Photo-interrupter 0604-001415 1
2 Finisher sub-low paddle JC90-01429A 1
2-1 Roller, feed JC66-04719A 8
2-3 Paddle holder JC61-07225A 4
4-1 Drive motor, step JC93-01001A 1
ENWW Stapler/Stacker Finisher and Booklet Finisher 1701
Drive buffer, top lower, and top jam
Figure 5-594 Drive buffer, top lower, and top jam
1702 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Table 5-22 Drive buffer, top lower, and top jam
Ref Description Part number Qty
1-1 Drive motor, step JC93-01155A 1
1-2 Photo-interrupter 0604-001415 1
2 Finisher sub-top lower JC90-01454A 1
2-1 Actuator, top exit JC66-04525A 1
2-3 Spring, TS JC61-07411A 1
2-6 Harness, 3k finisher exit path JC39-02322A 1
2-7 Sensor JC32-00020A 1
3 Finisher sub-top jam JC90-01455A 2
3-6 Seal JC62-01328A 1
3-7 Spring, ts JC61-07417A 1
3-8 Spring, es JC61-07415A 4
3-9 Spring, ts JC61-07410A 1
3-10 Spring, es JC61-07409A 2
3-11 Guide, diverter JC61-07205A 1
3-12 Guide, top jam JC61-07196A 1
ENWW Stapler/Stacker Finisher and Booklet Finisher 1703
FD stopper unit, jam clear, and BKT main blade
Figure 5-595 FD stopper unit, jam clear, and BKT main blade
1704 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Table 5-23 FD stopper unit, jam clear, and BKT main blade
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Finisher sub-fd stopper unit JC90-01432A 1
1-1 Drive motor, step JC93-01155A 1
1-5 Timing pulley JC66-04583A 2
1-11 Spring, cs JC61-07403A 1
1-12 Spring, ts JC61-07401A 1
1-13 Spring, es JC61-07400A 1
1-22 Solenoid JC33-00038A 1
2 Finisher sub-jam clear JC90-01433A 1
3 Finisher sub-bkt main blade JC90-01435A 1
3-1 Gear, helical 4 JC66-04595A 1
3-2 Gear, helical 3 JC66-04594A 1
3-4 Motor BLDC, Type 2 JC31-00144A 1
ENWW Stapler/Stacker Finisher and Booklet Finisher 1705
Fold roller, main blade, and top frame
Figure 5-596 Fold roller, main blade, and top frame
3-3
1706 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Table 5-24 Fold roller, main blade, and top frame
Ref Description Part number Qty
1-1 Gear, helical 2 JC66-04593A 1
1-2 Gear, helical 1 JC66-04592A 1
1-3 Gear, double JC66-04573A 1
1-5 Motor BLDC, Type 2 JC31-00144A 1
2 Finisher sub-main blade JC90-01437A 1
2-3 Bushing JC61-00423A 1
2-4 Bushing JC61-00426A 2
2-13 Gear, helical JC66-04591A 2
3 Finisher sub-top frame JC90-01440A 1
3-3 Harness, 3k finisher top cover JC39-02310A 1
ENWW Stapler/Stacker Finisher and Booklet Finisher 1707
Three fold blade
Figure 5-597 Three fold blade
1708 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Table 5-25 Three fold blade
Ref Description Part number Qty
0 Finisher sub-3 fold blade JC90-01438A 1
1 Finisher sub-exit roller JC90-01395A 1
2 Finisher sub-guide three fold JC90-01394A 1
2-4 Spring, es JC61-07391A 2
3 Sheet-jam guide JC63-05044A 3
4 Sheet-fold exit JC63-05041A 2
ENWW Stapler/Stacker Finisher and Booklet Finisher 1709
Door, top door, top cover, and registration guide
Figure 5-598 Door, top door, top cover, and registration guide
1710 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Table 5-26 Door, top door, top cover, and registration guide
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Finisher sub-door JC90-01444A 1
1-2 Cover, link JC63-05004A 2
2 Finisher sub-top door JC90-01445B 1
3 Finisher sub-top cover JC90-01446B 1
3-1 PCA, 3k switch JC92-02789A 1
3-2 Magnet, as JC81-08263A 1
3-3 Button lens JC64-00996A 1
3-4 Button, staple JC64-00995A 1
4 Finisher Sub - Inlet Guide JC90-01448B 1
ENWW Stapler/Stacker Finisher and Booklet Finisher 1711
Entrance guide, mid jam, and main exit
Figure 5-599 Entrance guide, mid jam, and main exit
1712 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Table 5-27 Entrance guide, mid jam, and main exit
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Finisher sub-ent guide JC90-01449A 2
1-4 Spring, ES JC61-07408A 2
1-7 Sensor, rp JC32-00020A 1
2 Finisher sub-mid jam JC90-01450A 1
3 Finisher sub-exit main JC90-01451A 1
ENWW Stapler/Stacker Finisher and Booklet Finisher 1713
Transfer buffer, right jam, div cam, hb motor, and paddle motor
Figure 5-600 Transfer buffer, right jam, div cam, hb motor, and paddle motor
1-7
1714 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Table 5-28 Transfer buffer, right jam, div cam, hb motor, and paddle motor
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Finisher sub exit JC90-01674A 1
1-3 Spring, TS JC61-07413A 2
1-4 Spring, ES JC61-07409A 2
1-5 Guide, buff div JC61-07204A 1
1-8 Sensor, rp JC32-00020A 1
2 Finisher sub-right jam JC90-01457A 1
2-1 Magnet JC81-08263A 1
2-2 Spring, TS JC61-07418A 1
3 Finisher sub-div cam JC90-01458A 1
3-1 Ict-pin, paralled, p/u JC70-40360A 1
4 Finisher sub-hb motor JC90-01459A 2
4-1 Motor step, ip JC31-00163B 2
5-1 Drive motor, step JC93-01001A 1
5-3 Photo-interrupter 0604-001415 1
ENWW Stapler/Stacker Finisher and Booklet Finisher 1715
Front alignment (tamper)
Figure 5-601 Front alignment (tamper)
1716 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Table 5-29 Front alignment (tamper)
Ref Description Part number Qty
0 Finisher sub-tamper, front JC90-01464A 1
13 Driver motor, step JC93-01001A 1
14 Photo-interrupter 0604-001415 1
15 Timing belt, gear 6602-003644 1
ENWW Stapler/Stacker Finisher and Booklet Finisher 1717
Rear alignment (tamper)
Figure 5-602 Rear alignment (tamper)
1718 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Table 5-30 Rear alignment (tamper)
Ref Description Part number Qty
0 Finisher sub-tamper, rear JC90-01465A 1
1 Driver motor, step JC93-01001A 1
12 Timing belt, gear 6602-003644 1
15 Photo-interrupter 0604-001415 1
ENWW Stapler/Stacker Finisher and Booklet Finisher 1719
Shield
Figure 5-603 Shield
1720 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Table 5-31 Shield
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Finisher sub-shield JC90-01475A 1
1-1 Photo-interrupter 0604-001415 1
1-9 Cover, stacker JC63-04999B 1
1-10 Spring, ts JC61-07428A 1
1-11 Spring, ts JC61-07427A 1
2-1 Drive motor, step JC93-01001A 1
3 Finisher sub-base low JC90-01476A 1
3-2 Spring, ts JC61-07392A 1
3-3 Leg bracket JC61-07279A 1
ENWW Stapler/Stacker Finisher and Booklet Finisher 1721
PCA bm, cover f bm, idle fold, and paddle
Figure 5-604 PCA bm, cover f bm, idle fold, and paddle
1722 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Table 5-32 PCA bm, cover f bm, idle fold, and paddle
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 BM PCA wiring loom assy JC90-01477A 1
2 Finisher sub-cover f bm JC90-01478B 1
3 Finisher sub-idle fold JC90-01479A 1
4 Finisher sub-paddle JC90-01480A 1
4-1 Finisher sub-paddle, wing JC90-01463A 2
4-2 Finisher sub-paddle, mid JC90-01462A 1
ENWW Stapler/Stacker Finisher and Booklet Finisher 1723
Finisher sub booklet
Figure 5-605 Finisher sub booklet
1724 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Table 5-33 Finisher sub booklet
Ref Description Part number Qty
0 Finisher sub-booklet 4 JC90-01502A 1
1 Spring TS JC61-07398A 1
2 Spring TS JC61-07397A 1
8 PCA, bookletmaker JC92-02790B 1
Not shown Saddle staple unit JC81-09881B 1
Not shown Corner staple unit JC81-09882B 1
ENWW Stapler/Stacker Finisher and Booklet Finisher 1725
Bridge Unit
Figure 5-606 Bridge Unit
1726 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
Table 5-34 Bridge Unit
Ref Description Part number Qty
3 Magnet JC81-08263A 1
4 Roller, brg-feed entrance JC66-04733A 1
5 Roller, brg-feed JC66-04732A 2
7 Actuator, sensor JC66-04569A 1
10 Spring, ts JC61-07432A 1
17 Bush-6, d(l) JC61-00884A 3
18 Harness, 3K Finisher Bridge Pa JC39-02328A 1
19 Harness, 3K Finisher Bridge Sub JC39-02327A 1
20 Timing-belt, gear 6602-003648 2
21 Timing-belt, gear 6602-003645 1
22 Bearing ball 6601-001478 2
23 Cable clamp 6502-001131 1
24 E-ring 6044-000125 2
25 Screw, tap type m4 6003-001256 4
26 Screw, machine m3 6001-000130 4
27 Photo-interrupter 0604-001415 1
28 Finisher sub-hb mtr JC90-01402A 1
Not shown Clutch drive JC90-01404A 1
ENWW Stapler/Stacker Finisher and Booklet Finisher 1727
1728 Chapter 5 Stapler/Stacker and booklet maker ENWW
6 Inner finisher
● Product Specification and Description
● Service approach
● Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher)
● Problem solving
● Schematic diagrams (inner finisher)
ENWW 1729
Product Specification and Description
● Inner finisher view
● Specifications
● Inner finisher system
1730 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Inner finisher view
Learn about the front view and rear view of the inner finisher.
Front & rear view
Figure 6-1 Inner finisher - front view
Figure 6-2 Inner finisher - rear view
Table 6-1 Inner finisher - entrance unit parts information
Item Part name Part number Orderable
C1 Front cover JC90-1321B Yes
C2 Top cover JC90-01323B Yes
C3 Middle cover JC90-01322B Yes
C4 Punch cover JC90-01343A Yes
C5 Output tray JC90-01337B Yes
C6 PCA cover JC63-04792 Yes
C7 Left cover JC90-01324B Yes
ENWW Product Specification and Description 1731
Table 6-1 Inner finisher - entrance unit parts information (continued)
Item Part name Part number Orderable
C8 Rear cover JC63-04750B Yes
1 Lock release handle JC66-04233A Yes
2 Main interface harness JC39-02169A Yes
Specifications
Learn about the inner finisher specifications.
Table 6-2 General specifications
Item Description
Capacity 550 Sheets (Main 500, Top 50) @ 80gsm
Sensing Paper Jam/Tray Sensing/Stapler/Cover Open
Media Sizes ● Main: 148 - 320 mm x 140-457.2 mm (58.3-126 inch x 55.1-180 inch)
● Top: 98 - 297 mm x 140-432 mm (38.6-116.9 inch x 55.1-170.1 inch)
Media types Plain/Thick/Heavy weight/Thin/Cotton/Colored/Recycled/Bond/Archive/Pre-Punched/Cardstock/Glossy/
Envelope
Media Weight ● Main: 52-256 gsm (13.9-68.3 lb.)
● Top: 52-325 gsm (13.9-86.7 lb.)
Number of Bin 2 (Main/Top)
Dimension (W X D X H) 458 x 491 x 173 mm (18.0 X 19.3 X 6.8 inch)
Weight 15 kg (33 lb.)
Tray1 Finishing Capacity 50 Sheets @ 80gsm
Tray1 Finishing Mode Stapling (Left, Right, Center)/Punch (2/3, 2/4, Swedish)
Tray2 Finishing Capacity 500 Sheets @ 80 gsm
Table 6-3 Paper size specifications (1 of 2)
Name Paper size Orienta Output Staple position
tion
mm Inches Directio Main tray Top tray Corner DUAL
n
52-256 g Offset 52-325 g 45° Flat
A5 210 x 148 8.3 x 5.8 LEF O O O X F/R1 O
Statement 216 x 140 8.5 x 5.5 LEF O O O X F/R1 O
Lt 279 x 216 11 x 8.5 LEF O O O F/R1 X O
A4 297 x 210 8.3 x 11.7 LEF O O O F/R1 X O
B5(JIS) 257 x 182 10.1 x 7.2 LEF O O O F/R1 X O
1732 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Table 6-3 Paper size specifications (1 of 2) (continued)
Name Paper size Orienta Output Staple position
tion
mm Inches Directio Main tray Top tray Corner DUAL
n
52-256 g Offset 52-325 g 45° Flat
B5(ISO) 250 x 176 9.8 x 6.9 LEF O O O F/R1 X O
Executive 267 x 184 10.5 x 7.3 LEF O O O F/R1 X O
No 9 Env 98 x 225 3.9 x 8.9 SEF X X O X X X
Monarch Env 98.4 x 3.9 x 7.5 SEF X X O X X X
190.5
PostCard 4X6 101.6 x 4.0 x 6.0 SEF X X O X X X
152.4
A6 105 x 148 4.1 x 5.8 SEF X X O X X X
No 10 Env 105 x 241 4.1 x 9.5 SEF X X O X X X
DL Env 110 x 220 4.3 x 8.7 SEF X X O X X X
C6 Env 114 x 162 4.5 x 6.4 SEF X X O X X X
B6 128 x 182 5.0 x 7.2 SEF X X O X X X
Statement 140 x 216 5.5 x 8.5 SEF X X O X X X
A5 148 x 210 5.8 x 8.3 SEF O X O X X X
C5 Env 162 x 229 6.4 x 9.0 SEF X X 0 X X X
B5(ISO) 176 x 250 6.9 x 9.8 SEF O O O X F/R1 X
B5(JIS) 182 x 257 6.9 x 9.8 SEF O O O X F/R1 X
Executive 184 x 267 7.3 x 10.5 SEF O O O X F/R1 X
16k 195 x 270 7.7 x 10.6 SEF O O O X F/R1 O
A4 210 x 297 8.3 x 11.7 SEF O O O X F/R1 O
Legal 216 x 356 8.5 x 14 SEF O O O X F/R1 O
Letter 216 x 279 8.5 x 11 SEF O O O X F/R1 O
Folio 216 x 330 8.5 x 13 SEF O O O X F/R1 O
Oficio 215.9 x 8.5 x 13.5 SEF O O O X F/R1 O
342.9
C4 229 x 324 9.1 x 12.8 SEF X X O X X X
Tabloid 254 x 374 10 x 14.7 SEF O O O F/R1 X O
B4 257 x 364 10 x 14.3 SEF O O O F/R1 X O
8K 270 x 390 10.6 x 15.4 SEF O O O F/R1 X O
Ledger 279 x 432 11 x 17 SEF O O O F/R1 X O
A3 297 x 420 11.7 x 16.5 SEF O O O F/R1 X O
Tabloid Extra 304.8 x 12 x 18 SEF O X X X X X
457.2
ENWW Product Specification and Description 1733
Table 6-3 Paper size specifications (1 of 2) (continued)
Name Paper size Orienta Output Staple position
tion
mm Inches Directio Main tray Top tray Corner DUAL
n
52-256 g Offset 52-325 g 45° Flat
SRA3 320 x 450 12.6 x 17.7 SEF O O X X X X
Custom W 98-320 ~ W3.9-12.6 — W 148-320 X W 98-297 X X X
~
L 140-1200 - L 140-1200 - L 140-1200
L 5.5-47
1 “F/R” means front side and rear side can be supported.
Table 6-4 Paper size specifications (2 of 2)
Name Paper size Orientation Punch
mm Inches Direction NA 2/3 EU 2/4H Swedish
2H 3H 2H 4H 4H
A5 210 x 148 8.3 x 5.8 LEF 0 X O X O
Statement 216 x 140 8.5 x 5.5 LEF 0 X O X O
Lt 279 x 216 11 x 8.5 LEF O O O O O
A4 297 x 210 8.3 x 11.7 LEF O O O O O
B5 (JIS) 257 x 182 10.1 x 7.2 LEF O O O X O
B5 (ISO) 250 x 176 9.8 x 6.9 LEF O O O X O
Executive 267 x 184 10.5 x 7.3 LEF O O O O O
No 9 Env 98 x 225 3.9 x 8.9 SEF X X X X X
Monarch 98.4 x 190.5 3.9 x 7.5 SEF X X X X X
Env
PostCard 101.6 x 4.0 x 6.0 SEF X X X X X
4X6 152.4
A6 105 x 148 4.1 x 5.8 SEF X X X X X
No 10 Env 105 x 241 4.1 x 9.5 SEF X X X X X
DL Env 110 x 220 4.3 x 8.7 SEF X X X X X
C6 Env 114 x 162 4.5 x 6.4 SEF X X X X X
B6 128 x 182 5.0 x 7.2 SEF X X X X X
Statement 140 x 216 5.5 x 8.5 SEF X X X X X
A5 148 x 210 5.8 x 8.3 SEF O X O X O
C5 Env 162 x 229 6.4 x 9.0 SEF X X X X X
B5(ISO) 176 x 250 6.9 x 9.8 SEF O X O X O
B5(JIS) 182 x 257 6.9 x 9.8 SEF O X O X O
1734 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Table 6-4 Paper size specifications (2 of 2) (continued)
Name Paper size Orientation Punch
mm Inches Direction NA 2/3 EU 2/4H Swedish
2H 3H 2H 4H 4H
Executive 184 x 267 7.3 x 10.5 SEF O X O X O
16k 195 x 270 7.7 x 10.6 SEF O X O X O
A4 210 x 297 8.3 x 11.7 SEF O X O X O
Legal 216 x 356 8.5 x 14 SEF O X O X O
Letter 216 x 279 8.5 x 11 SEF O X O X O
Folio 216 x 330 8.5 x 13 SEF O X O X O
Oficio 215.9 x 8.5 x 13.5 SEF O X O X O
342.9
C4 229 x 324 9.1 x 12.8 SEF X X X X X
Tabloid 254 x 374 10 x 14.7 SEF O O O X O
B4 257 x 364 10 x 14.3 SEF O O O X O
8K 270 x 390 10.6 x 15.4 SEF O O O O
Ledger 279 x 432 11 x 17 SEF O O O O O
A3 297 x 420 11.7 x 16.5 SEF O O O O O
Tabloid 304.8 x 12 x 18 SEF X X X X X
Extra 457.2
SRA3 320 x 450 12.6 x 17.7 SEF X X X X X
Custom W 98-320 ~ W3.9-12.6 ~ - X X X X X
L 140-1200 L 5.5-47
Table 6-5 Media performance
Paper Type Function
Main Tray Top Tray Staple Punch
Plain (71-90 g/m2) O O O O
Thick (91-105 g/m2) O O O O
Heavy weight (106-175 g/m2) O O O O
Extra Heavy weight 1 (176-216 g/m²) O O O O
Extra Heavy weight 2 (217-256 g/m2) O O O O
Extra Heavy weight 3 (257-300 g/m2) X O X X
Extra Heavy weight 4 (301-325 g/m2) X O X X
Thin (60-70 g/m2) O O O O
Cotton (75-90 g/m2) O O O O
ENWW Product Specification and Description 1735
Table 6-5 Media performance (continued)
Paper Type Function
Main Tray Top Tray Staple Punch
Colored (75-90 g/m2) O O O O
Pre-Printed (75-90 g/m2) O O O O
Recycled (60-90 g/m2) O O O O
Bond O O O O
Archive (75-105 g/m2) O O O O
LetterHead O O O O
Pre-Punched O O O X
Thin Cardstock (105-163 g/m2) O O O O
Thick Cardstock (170-216 g/m2) O O O X
Heavy Cardstock (217-256 g/m2) O O O X
Extra Heavy Cardstock 1(257-300 g/m²) X O X X
Extra Heavy Cardstock 2(301-325 g/m2) X O X X
Thin Glossy (106-169 g/m2) O O O O
Thick Glossy (170-216 g/m²) O O O X
Heavy Glossy (217-256 g/m2) O X X X
Envelope (75-90 g/m2) X O X X
Thick Envelope (217-256 g/m2) O X X X
Tab O X X O
Perforated Paper (75-90 g/m2) X O X X
1736 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Inner finisher system
Learn about the inner finisher system.
● Work flow
● Sensors
● Motors and solenoid
● Rollers
● PCAs
● Punch (optional)
● Entrance unit
● Diverter unit
● Exit unit
● Paper support unit
● Paddle unit
● Tamper unit
● End fence unit
● Stapler unit
● Ejector unit
● Output tray and paper holding unit
● PCA connection information
ENWW Product Specification and Description 1737
Work flow
Learn about inner finisher operation.
Figure 6-3 Inner finisher system - work flow overview
Table 6-6 Inner finisher system - work flow overview
Item Unit Description
1 Punch unit Holes at a specific location on a sheet of paper
2 Entrance unit Allows paper to move into the finisher
3 Diverter unit Holds paper so that the newly printed paper can stay out for seconds while
the stapled bundle of paper moves to the output tray
4 Exit unit Moves paper from the diverter unit to the ejector unit
5 Paper support unit Prevents paper from falling down or being bent when the long length paper
such as A3 is ejected from the exit unit
6 Main paddle unit Moves paper to the sub paddle
7 Sub paddle unit Moves paper to the end fence
8 End fence unit Sets the standard position of the paper to be aligned towards top and bottom
of the paper
9 Tamper unit Aligns the paper on the right and left side of the paper
10 Stapler unit Performs stapling to a bundle of aligned documents
11 Ejector 1 unit Transfers a stapled paper loaded at the end fence unit to the ejector 2 unit
12 Ejector 2 unit Grips a stack of paper up and ejects it onto the output tray
13 Output tray unit Stacks the job ended paper
14 Paper holding unit Controls the output tray movement
1738 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Sensors
Learn about inner finisher sensors.
Figure 6-4 Inner finisher system - sensor
Table 6-7 Inner finisher system - sensor
Number Name Part number Orderable Diagnostics Type Description
S1 Entrance sensor 0604-001381 Yes 113-0350 Photo emitter, Checks paper
detector coming into the
entrance unit
S2 Stapler position 0604-001393 No 113-0491 Photo interrupter Makes the stapler
sensor be positioned in
113-0492 the exact stapling
position
S3 Front cover JC39-01610A No 113-0410 Cover open Checks whether
switch switch the front cover is
closed or opened
S4 Main paddle 0604-001393 No 113-0370 Photo interrupter Checks the main
home sensor paddle locates at
the home
position
S5 Front tamper 0604-001393 No 113-0390 Photo interrupter Checks the front
home sensor tamper locates at
the home
position
S6 Output tray 0604-001393 No 113-0473 Photo interrupter Checks the
motor sensor output tray
motor is
operational
ENWW Product Specification and Description 1739
Table 6-7 Inner finisher system - sensor (continued)
Number Name Part number Orderable Diagnostics Type Description
S7 Output tray lower JC90-01320A Yes 113-0472 Lower limit Checks the lower
limit switch switch assembly limit (=Output
tray is full) of the
output tray
S8 Output tray top 0603-001309 Yes 113-0471 Photo interrupter Checks the upper
of stack sensor limit of output
(receiver) tray
S9 Paper holding 0604-001393 No 113-0470 Photo interrupter Checks the
sensor location of the
paper holding
actuator
S10 Ejector 2 home 0604-001393 No 113-0462 Photo interrupter Checks the
sensor ejector 2 locates
at the home
position
S11 Ejector 2 motor 0604-001393 No 113-0463 Photo interrupter Checks the
sensor ejector 2 motor is
operational
S12 Paper support 0604-001393 No 113-0481 Photo interrupter Checks the paper
home sensor support locates
at the home
position
S13 Output tray top 0601-003440 No 113-0471 LED IR Checks the upper
of stack sensor limit of output
(LED) tray
S14 Rear tamper 0604-001393 No 113-0380 Photo interrupter Checks the rear
home sensor tamper locates at
the home
position
S15 Top cover switch JC39-01610A Yes 113-0420 Cover open Checks whether
switch assembly the top cover is
closed or opened
S16 Ejector 1 home 0604-001393 No 113-0461 Photo interrupter Checks the
sensor ejector 1 locates
at the home
position
S17 End fence sensor 0604-001381 Yes 113-0361 Photo emitter, Check paper
detector comes into the
end fence unit
S18 Punch waste box 0604-001393 No 113-0620 Photo interrupter Detects the
sensor punch waste box
is installed
S19 Punch waste full 0604-001381 Yes 113-0621 Photo emitter, Checks the punch
senso detector waste box is full
1740 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Table 6-7 Inner finisher system - sensor (continued)
Number Name Part number Orderable Diagnostics Type Description
S20 Finisher docking 0604-001393 No 113-0000 Photo interrupter Checks the
sensor finisher is
installed
S21 Exit sensor 0604-001415 No 113-0360 Photo interrupter Checks paper
comes into the
exit unit
Figure 6-5 Inner finisher system - Photo interrupter (0604-001393)
Figure 6-6 Inner finisher system - Photo emitter, detector (0604-001381)
ENWW Product Specification and Description 1741
Motors and solenoid
Learn about inner finisher motors and solenoid.
Figure 6-7 Inner finisher system - motor, solenoid
Table 6-8 Inner finisher system - motor, solenoid
Number Name Part number Orderable Diagnostics Type Motor sensor Description
M1 Stapler JC93-00999A Yes 113-0581 Step motor Not applicable Drives the
position motor stapler unit
M2 Exit motor JC31-00169B Yes 113-0502 Step motor Not applicable Drives the exit
roller and the
sub paddle
unit
M3 Main paddle JC93-01001A Yes 113-0510 Step motor Home Drives the
motor main paddle
assembly unit
M4 Output tray JC90-01334B Yes 113-0570 DC motor Encoder Drives the
motor output tray
assembly unit
M5 Rear tamper JC93-01001A Yes 113-0520 Step motor Home Drives the rear
motor tamper unit
assembly
M6 Ejector 2 JC93-01168A No 113-0562 DC motor Home, Drives the
motor encoder ejector 2 unit
assembly
M7 Ejector 1motor JC93-00998 No 113-0561 Step motor Home Drives the
assembly ejector 1unit
1742 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Table 6-8 Inner finisher system - motor, solenoid (continued)
Number Name Part number Orderable Diagnostics Type Motor sensor Description
M8 Paper support JC93-00802B No 113-0571 Step motor Home Drives paper
motor support unit
assembly
M9 Front tamper JC93-01001A Yes 113-0530 Step motor Home Drives the
motor front tamper
assembly unit
M10 Entrance JC90-01344A Yes 113-0501 Step motor Not applicable Drives the
motor entrance roller
assembly and the middle
roller
SL1 Paper holding JC33-00037A Yes 113-0591 Solenoid Not applicable Drives paper
solenoid holding unit
The sensor mounted at the driving motor detects motor operation. If a motor doesn’t work properly, an event
code only for the motor displays.
Figure 6-8 Inner finisher system - motor sensor
The home position sensor is installed for the purpose of checking the reference point when the specific unit is
operating.
ENWW Product Specification and Description 1743
Figure 6-9 Inner finisher system - home sensor
1744 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Rollers
Learn about inner finisher rollers.
Figure 6-10 Inner finisher system - roller
Table 6-9 Inner finisher system - roller
Number Name Part number Orderable Diagnostic Type Description
R1 Entrance roller JC66-04243A Yes Not applicable Roller Moves paper
forward
R2 Middle roller JC66-04243A Yes Not applicable Roller Moves paper
forward
R3 Exit roller JC66-04244A Yes Not applicable Roller Moves paper
forward
ENWW Product Specification and Description 1745
PCAs
Learn about inner finisher PCAs.
Figure 6-11 Inner finisher system - PCA
Table 6-10 Inner finisher system - PCA
Number Name Part number Orderable Diagnostic Type Description
1 Main PCA JC92-02774B Yes Not applicable Not applicable Main inner
finisher PCA
2 Rear joint PCA JC92-02780A Yes Not applicable Not applicable Joint PCA
between main
PCA and several
parts punch,
stapler, entrance,
and front door
1746 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Punch (optional)
Learn about inner finisher punch.
The punch unit is a device that punches holes in a specific location on a sheet of paper. The punch unit is located
immediately before the entrance unit and punches holes onto a paper.
● HP LaserJet Inner Finisher Hole 2/3 Punch : Y1G02A-67901
● HP LaserJet Inner Finisher Hole 2/4 Punch : Y1G03A-67901
● HP LaserJet Inner Finisher Swedish Punch : Y1G04A-679
NOTE: Punch types vary depending on country or region.
For the 2/3 hole punch, the five hole-punches are mounted in the punch unit. As the punch motor rotates
clockwise, the inner gear moves to the right and the three hole-punches are moved downward to make holes.
When making two holes, the motor rotates in the counterclockwise direction and the inner gear rotates to the
left to drill two holes. The travel distance and position of the motor are detected and controlled by the hole
punch home sensor and the hole punch motor sensor.
Figure 6-12 Inner finisher system - punched hole location and pair
Click HP LaserJet Managed MFP - How to use the hole punch for more information.
ENWW Product Specification and Description 1747
Figure 6-13 Inner finisher system - punch unit overview
Figure 6-14 Inner finisher system - punch unit detail view
Table 6-11 Inner finisher system - punch unit parts information
Item Part name Part number Orderable Diagnostics Description
Whole unit Hole 2/3 Punch Y1G02A-67901 Yes Not Punch unit assembly for hole 2/3
applicable
Hole 2/4 Punch Y1G03A-67901 Punch unit assembly for hole 2/4
Swedish Punch Y1G04A-67901 Punch unit assembly for Swedish
Punch cover JC90-01343A Punch cover (used when the
finisher punch is not installed)
1 Punch motor Not applicable No 113-0610 Drives the entrance roller
connected by a belt
2 Punch motor sensor Not applicable No 113-0600 Detects punch motor operation
3 Punch home sensor Not applicable No 113-0612 Detects punchers’ home position
1748 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Figure 6-15 Inner finisher system - punch unit operation (3 holes)
Figure 6-16 Inner finisher system - punch unit operation (2 holes)
ENWW Product Specification and Description 1749
Entrance unit
Learn about the inner finisher entrance unit.
The entrance unit is located right after the punch unit. This unit is driven by entrance motor which is installed on
the rear of the finisher. This motor is connected to the entrance roller by a belt, which transfers driving force to
move paper from the printer to the finisher inside. If an error such as paper jam occurs in the entrance unit, the
entrance sensor detects the error and generates an event code (13.60.xx).
Figure 6-17 Inner finisher system - entrance unit overview
Figure 6-18 Inner finisher system - entrance unit detail view
Table 6-12 Inner finisher system - entrance unit parts information
Item Part name Part number Orderable Diagnostics Description
S1 Entrance sensor 0604-001381 Yes 113-0350 Detects paper if it comes into the
entrance unit
M10 Entrance motor assembly JC90-01344A Yes 113-0351 Drives the entrance roller
connected by a belt
Not Entrance motor JC31-00169B Yes Not Not applicable
applicable applicable
R1 Entrance roller JC66-04243A Yes Not Moves paper forward
applicable
1750 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Diverter unit
Learn about the inner finisher diverter unit.
The diverter unit holds paper so that the newly printed paper can wait for a few seconds until the stapled bundle
moves to the output tray. The diverter unit is used to change paper path, which is done by a spring mounted on
the diverter unit. When paper exit from the unit, it goes through the upper path of the diverter. When the paper
rolls back, it passes the lower paper path created by the diverter. Here, the paper sits for a while until the next
paper is ready to come out together.
Figure 6-19 Inner finisher system - diverter unit overview
Figure 6-20 Inner finisher system - diverter unit detail view
Table 6-13 Inner finisher system - diverter unit parts information
Item Part name Part number Orderable Diagnostics Description
M10 Entrance motor assembly JC90-01344A Yes 113-0351 Drives the entrance roller
connected by a belt
Not Entrance motor JC31-00169B Yes Not Not applicable
applicable applicable
R2 Middle roller JC66-04243A Yes Not Drives paper forward installed in
applicable front of the diverter
ENWW Product Specification and Description 1751
Table 6-13 Inner finisher system - diverter unit parts information (continued)
Item Part name Part number Orderable Diagnostics Description
1 Diverter JC61-06392A No Not Changes paper path when paper
applicable goes backward
2 Diverter spring JC61-07269A No Not Pulls the diverter to upward so
applicable that it makes paper path to the
lower of the diverter
Diverter unit operation
1. Paper goes forward to the output tray.
Figure 6-21 Inner finisher - diverter operation 1
2. Exit roller stops after paper passes by the diverter unit.
Figure 6-22 Inner finisher - diverter operation 2
1752 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Paper goes backward under the diverter unit.
Figure 6-23 Inner finisher - diverter operation 3
ENWW Product Specification and Description 1753
Exit unit
Learn about the inner finisher exit unit.
The exit unit is the part that moves paper from the diverter unit to the ejector unit. The exit unit is powered by an
exit motor installed on the front of the finisher. The motor and the exit roller are connected by a single belt. The
exit motor rotates in both the forward and reverse directions, since it serves to return paper to a new paper path
created by the diverter unit. The exit sensor is installed right in front of exit roller. It generates an event code
when a paper jam occurred.
Figure 6-24 Inner finisher system - exit unit overview
Figure 6-25 Inner finisher system - exit unit detail view
1754 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Table 6-14 Inner finisher system - exit unit parts information
Item Part name Part number Orderable Diagnostics Description
1 Rear compile guide JC61-07450A Yes Not Guides to help paper move
applicable through the paper path
2 Front compile guide JC61-07449A Yes Not Guides to help paper move
applicable through the paper path
3 Exit sensor actuator JC66-04199A Yes 113-0360 Makes the sensor on and off by
checking paper
S21 Exit sensor 0604-001415 Yes 113-0360 Detects paper if it passes through
the exit unit
M2 Exit motor assembly JC90-01331A No 113-0502 Drives the exit roller connected by
a belt
Not Exit motor JC31-00169B Yes Not Not applicable
applicable applicable
R3 Exit roller JC66-04244A Yes Not Moves paper to the ejector unit
applicable
Exit unit operation
1. When rotating the exit motor counter clockwise, paper goes forward to the output tray.
Figure 6-26 Inner finisher - exit operation 1
ENWW Product Specification and Description 1755
2. When rotating the exit motor clockwise, paper goes backward to the end fence unit.
Figure 6-27 Inner finisher - exit operation 2
1756 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Paper support unit
Learn about the inner finisher paper support unit.
Paper support unit works to prevent the paper from falling out or being folded. Also, the newly printed paper will
not scatter papers already sitting on the output tray. Paper guides are installed on each front and rear side of the
finisher, these guides move towards the output tray when the paper exits, then the guides return to the original
position after the support operation is completed. The paper support home sensor confirms the original position
of the guide.
Figure 6-28 Inner finisher system - paper support unit overview
Figure 6-29 Inner finisher system - paper support unit detail view
Table 6-15 Inner finisher system - paper support unit parts information
Item Part name Part number Orderable Diagnostics Description
1 Rear paper support JC90-01311A Yes Not Supports paper to prevent
applicable bending
2 Front paper support JC90-01310A Yes Not Supports paper to prevent
applicable bending
S12 Paper support home sensor 0604-001393 No 113-0481 Detects the paper support guides
locate at the home position
ENWW Product Specification and Description 1757
Table 6-15 Inner finisher system - paper support unit parts information (continued)
Item Part name Part number Orderable Diagnostics Description
M8 Paper support motor JC93-00802B No 113-0571 Drives paper support guides from
assembly the home position to the forward
direction
Not Paper support motor JC31-00149A No Not Not applicable
applicable applicable
Paper support unit operation
▲ Paper support unit is extended to the arrow direction to help paper is bent of fallen to the output tray.
Figure 6-30 Inner finisher - paper support operation
1758 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Paddle unit
Learn about the inner finisher paddle unit.
The paddle unit consists of two paddle systems, a main paddle and a sub paddle. First, when paper is discharged
from the exit unit, the main paddle unit moves paper to the sub paddle. Then the sub paddle unit moves paper
to the end fence unit so that it can be ready to be stapled.
The main paddle unit is operated by the main paddle motor. The main paddle sensor detects the main paddle
position. The sub paddle unit rotates by the exit motor.
Figure 6-31 Inner finisher system - paddle unit driving system overview (main paddle unit)
Figure 6-32 Inner finisher system - paddle unit driving system overview (sub paddle unit)
ENWW Product Specification and Description 1759
Figure 6-33 Inner finisher system - paddle unit driving system detail view (1 of 2)
Figure 6-34 Inner finisher system - paddle unit driving system detail view (2 of 2)
Table 6-16 Inner finisher system - paddle unit parts information
Item Part name Part number Orderable Diagnostics Description
1 Main paddle JC90-01327A Yes Not Moves paper to the sub paddle
applicable unit
1-a Main paddle kit JC82-01038A Yes Not Not applicable
applicable
1-b Main paddle A JC63-04957A3 Yes Not Not applicable
applicable
1-c Main paddle B JC63-04958A Yes Not Not applicable
applicable
1-d Main paddle holder JC81-07560A Yes Not Not applicable
applicable
2 Sub paddle JC90-01336A Yes Not Moves pages to the end fence
applicable and arranges them to be correctly
stapled
S4 Main paddle home sensor 0604-001393 No 113-0370 Detects the home position of the
main paddle
M3 Main paddle motor JC90-01331A Yes 113-0510 Drives the main paddle unit
assembly connected by a belt
1760 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Table 6-16 Inner finisher system - paddle unit parts information (continued)
Item Part name Part number Orderable Diagnostics Description
Not Main paddle motor JC31-00149A No Not Not applicable
applicable applicable
M2 Exit motor JC31-00169B Yes 113-0502 Drives the sub paddle unit
connected by a belt
Paddle unit operation
1. Main paddles get paper moves to the sub paddle unit.
Figure 6-35 Inner finisher - paddle operation 1
2. Main paddles get paper moves to the sub paddle unit.
Figure 6-36 Inner finisher - paddle operation 2
ENWW Product Specification and Description 1761
Tamper unit
Learn about the inner finisher tamper unit.
The tamper unit functions to align the left and right sides of a bundle of paper in order to staple it to the correct
position. When a certain amount of paper for stapling is collected after printing, the tamper unit hits the left and
right ends of the paper to align the paper correctly.
Each temper has a motor on the back side that delivers driving force to move. The temper unit sensors are
mounted on the back side of the unit, to check the position of the temper unit.
Figure 6-37 Inner finisher system - tamper unit overview
Figure 6-38 Inner finisher system - tamper unit detail view (1 of 3)
1762 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Figure 6-39 Inner finisher system - tamper unit detail view (2 of 3)
Figure 6-40 Inner finisher system - tamper unit detail view (3 of 3)
Table 6-17 Inner finisher system - tamper unit parts information
Item Part name Part number Orderable Diagnostics Description
1 Front tamper JC82-00899A Yes Not Aligns left and right side of paper
applicable
2 Rear tamper JC82-00900A Yes Not Aligns left and right side of paper
applicable
M5 Rear tamper motor JC93-01001A Yes 113-0520 Drives the rear temper unit
assembly
Not Rear tamper motor JC31-00149A No Not Not applicable
applicable applicable
S14 Rear tamper home sensor 0604-001393 No 113-0380 Detects the reference position of
the tamper unit
M9 Front tamper motor JC93-01001A Yes 113-0530 Drives the front tamper unit
assembly
Not Front tamper motor JC31-00149A No Not Not applicable
applicable applicable
S5 Front tamper home sensor 0604-001393 No 113-0390 Detects the reference position of
the tamper unit
Tamper unit operation
1. Paper is arranged at the end of the end fence unit.
ENWW Product Specification and Description 1763
Figure 6-41 Inner finisher - tamper operation 1
2. The left and right tampers arrange a stack of paper.
Figure 6-42 Inner finisher - tamper operation 2
1764 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
End fence unit
Learn about the inner finisher end fence unit.
The paddle unit moves paper to the end fence unit. The end fence unit sets the standard position of the paper to
be aligned towards top and bottom of the paper. The end fence is fixed onto the finisher, and the end fence
sensor can sense any paper entering the end fence unit.
Figure 6-43 Inner finisher system - end fence unit overview
Figure 6-44 Inner finisher system - end fence unit detail view
Table 6-18 Inner finisher system - tamper unit parts information
Item Part name Part number Orderable Diagnostics Description
1 End fence JC61-06428A No Not Aligns paper toward top and
applicable bottom direction
2 End fence sensor 0604-001381 Yes 113-0361 Detects paper whether paper
exists in the end fence unit
End fence unit operation
1. Paper goes into the end fence unit through the main paddle unit and sub paddle unit. At the same time the
end fence unit is aligned paper to the direction of yellow line.
ENWW Product Specification and Description 1765
Figure 6-45 Inner finisher - end fence operation 1
2. The end fence sensor is checking whether paper goes into the end fence sensor.
Figure 6-46 Inner finisher - end fence operation 2
1766 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Stapler unit
Learn about the inner finisher stabler unit.
Stapler unit is a device installed inside the finisher that staples a bundle of aligned documents. Documents are
collected as a bundle by the tamper unit and the end fence unit for stapling, then stapler assembly staples the
bundle. There are 6 options to make a bundle.
Figure 6-47 Inner finisher system - stapling options
The stapler unit moves using the stapler motor installed inside. The four stapler position sensors are mounted
so that the stapler can be positioned in the exact stapling position whether it is stapled on the left, the right, or
at the center of the document. Stapling is done by the motor inside the stapler assembly.
Figure 6-48 Inner finisher system - stapler unit overview
Figure 6-49 Inner finisher system - stapler unit detail view (1 of 2)
ENWW Product Specification and Description 1767
Figure 6-50 Inner finisher system - stapler unit detail view (2 of 2)
Table 6-19 Inner finisher system - stapler unit parts information
Item Part name Part number Orderable Diagnostics Description
1 Stapler assembly JC90-01342A Yes Not Staples a bundle of paper
applicable
Not Staple motor module JC59-00040A Yes 113-0550 Not applicable
applicable
1-a Staple cartridge Y1G14-67901 Yes Not Staple cartridge
applicable
Not Stapler kit JC81-07408B No Not Stapler motor and staple
applicable applicable cartridge
S2 Stapler position sensor 0604-001393 Yes 113-0491 Detects and moves the staple
assembly position to make a
113-0492 bundle of paper at the exact
location
M1 Stapler position motor JC93-00999A Yes 13-0581 Gets the staple assembly move
toward top and down direction of
paper
Stapler unit operation
1. The stapler position motor delivers the stapler assembly to the horizontal direction (yellow line).
1768 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Figure 6-51 Inner finisher - stapler operation 1
2. The stapler assembly checks front and rear home position and moves where the stapler position sensors
are located depending on stapling types.
Figure 6-52 Inner finisher - stapler operation 2
ENWW Product Specification and Description 1769
Ejector unit
Learn about the inner finisher ejector unit.
The ejector unit moves a bundle of stapled paper out. The ejector unit consists of ejector 1 and ejector 2. The
ejector1 transfers a stapled paper loaded at the end fence unit to the ejector 2 unit. During this process, the
ejector 1 motor transmits the driving force to the ejector 1 unit. And the ejector 1 home position sensor controls
the movement of the ejector 1.
When the paper arrives at the ejector 2 unit, the ejector 2 grabs a stack of paper and ejects it onto the output
tray. The ejector 2 motor is responsible for this process, and the ejector 2 motor sensor helps it to be controlled
correctly. In addition, the ejector 2 home position sensor is mounted to check the location of the ejector 2.
Figure 6-53 Inner finisher system - ejector unit overview
Figure 6-54 Inner finisher system - ejector unit detail view (1 of 3)
1770 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Figure 6-55 Inner finisher system - ejector unit detail view (2 of 3)
Figure 6-56 Inner finisher system - ejector unit detail view (3 of 3)
Table 6-20 Inner finisher system - stapler unit parts information
Item Part name Part number Orderable Diagnostics Description
Not Ejector SS456-61001 Yes Not Not applicable
applicable applicable
1 Ejector 2 Not applicable No Not Moves paper from the ejector 1 to
applicable the output tray
2 Ejector 1 Y1G14-67901 No Not Moves the stack of paper from
applicable the end fence to the ejector 2
S10 Ejector 2 home sensor 0604-001393 No 113-0462 Detects the home position of the
ejector 2
S16 Ejector 1 home sensor 0604-001393 No 113-0461 Detects the home position of the
ejector 1
3 Ejector motor assembly JC90-01309A No Not Moves the ejector 1 and ejector 2
applicable
M6 Ejector 2 motor assembly JC93-01168A No 113-0562 Moves the ejector 2 forward and
backward
Not Ejector 2 motor JC31-00175A No Not Not applicable
applicable applicable
S11 Ejector 2 motor sensor 0604-001393 No 113-0463 Detects the ejector 2 motor
rotation
ENWW Product Specification and Description 1771
Table 6-20 Inner finisher system - stapler unit parts information (continued)
Item Part name Part number Orderable Diagnostics Description
M7 Ejector 1 motor assembly JC93-00998A No 113-0561 Grabs a stack of paper, then
move it to the output tray
Not Ejector 1 motor JC31-00009C No Not Not applicable
applicable applicable
Ejector unit operation
1. Ejector 1 pushes aligned paper at the end fence unit to ejector 2 unit.
Figure 6-57 Inner finisher - ejector operation 1
1772 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
2. Ejector 2 grabs paper, then moves forward to the output tray unit direction.
Figure 6-58 Inner finisher - ejector operation 2
3. Ejector 2 draws off paper on the output tray.
Figure 6-59 Inner finisher - ejector operation 3
ENWW Product Specification and Description 1773
Output tray and paper holding unit
Learn about the inner finisher output tray and paper holding unit.
The output tray moves up and down along the rails inside the finisher, and the output tray motor controls those
movement according to the signals sent from the paper holding sensor. As paper stacks up on the output tray,
the paper holding unit is lifted by papers. When the paper holding sensor is touched, the output tray moves
downward.
The machine detects when the output tray is full as the output tray hits the lower limit switch. The output tray
top of stack sensor is mounted on both left and right sides for the case that the paper holding sensor breaks
down.
The paper holding solenoid lifts the paper holding actuator up when a new bundle of paper come to the output
tray.
Figure 6-60 Inner finisher system - output tray unit overview
Figure 6-61 Inner finisher system - output tray unit detail view (1 of 2)
1774 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Figure 6-62 Inner finisher system - output tray unit detail view (2 of 2)
Table 6-21 Inner finisher system - output tray unit parts information
Item Part name Part number Orderable Diagnostics Description
1 Output tray JC90-01337B Yes Not Stacking plate for ejected paper
applicable
M4 Output tray motor assembly JC90-01334B Yes 113-0570 Moves the output tray up and
down
Not Output tray motor JC31-00178B Yes Not Not applicable
applicable applicable
S6 Output tray motor sensor 0604-001393 No 113-0473 Detects if the output tray motor is
operational
2 Output tray frame JC90-01319A Yes Not Not applicable
applicable
S7 Output tray lower limit JC90-01320A Yes 113-0472 Detects the lowest position of the
switch output tray
3 Output tray lower actuator JC66-04200A Yes 113-0472 Detects the lowest position of the
output tray
4 Output tray top of stack JC82-01039A Yes 113-0471 Detects abnormal movement of
sensor kit output tray (Output tray top of
stack sensor receiver and led)
S8 Output tray top of stack 0603-001309 Yes Not Not applicable
sensor (receiver) applicable
S13 Output tray top of stack 0601-003440 No Not Not applicable
sensor (led) applicable
ENWW Product Specification and Description 1775
Figure 6-63 Inner finisher system - paper holding unit overview
Figure 6-64 Inner finisher system - paper holding unit detail view
Table 6-22 Inner finisher system - output tray unit parts information
Item Part name Part number Orderable Diagnostics Description
1 Paper holding actuator JC90-01313A Yes Not Controls the output tray height,
applicable and grabs stacked paper not to
be scattered
2 Paper holding kit JC90-01314A Yes Not Paper holding solenoid and paper
applicable holding sensor
SL1 Paper holding solenoid JC33-00037A Yes 113-0591 Moves paper holding actuator up
when paper goes out to the
output tray
S9 Paper holding sensor 0604-001393 Not 113-0470 Detects stacked paper position
applicable
Output tray and paper holding unit operation
1. Paper holding unit helps paper stores stable on the output tray. Besides it detects amount of stacked
paper and get the output tray moves downward.
1776 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Figure 6-65 Inner finisher - output tray and paper holding operation 1
2. When paper goes out to the output tray, paper holding solenoid forcibly make paper holding actuator goes
upward to create the paper passage not to be jammed by the paper holding actuator.
Figure 6-66 Inner finisher - output tray and paper holding operation 2
3. As the paper accumulates, output tray moves downward. When it reaches at the end of the moving range,
output tray lower limit switch is pressed. The switch detects paper stacks full on the output tray.
Figure 6-67 Inner finisher - output tray and paper holding operation 3
ENWW Product Specification and Description 1777
4. In case of fatal error in the output tray unit and paper holding unit, output tray top of stack sensor makes
the machine emergency stop so that output tray unit does not move upward.
Figure 6-68 Inner finisher - output tray and paper holding operation 4
1778 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
PCA connection information
Learn about the inner finisher PCA connections.
Figure 6-69 Inner finisher system - PCA connection information
Table 6-23 Inner finisher system - PCA connectors, parts, and diagnostics information
CN Connector Motor Sensor Switch and Solenoid
number name
(Diagnostics) (Diagnostics) (Diagnostics)
CN1 Rear sensor Not applicable ● Punch waste box sensor Not applicable
(113-0620)
● Finisher docking sensor
(113-0000)
● Entrance sensor
(113-0350)
CN2 Rear ● Rear tamper motor ● Rear tamper home sensor ● Top cover switch (113-0420)
(113-0520) (113-0380)
● Paper support motor ● Output tray top of stack
(113-0571) sensor (113-0471)
● Exit sensor (113-0360)
● End fence sensor
(113-0361)
● Paper support home sensor
(113-0481)
ENWW Product Specification and Description 1779
Table 6-23 Inner finisher system - PCA connectors, parts, and diagnostics information (continued)
CN Connector Motor Sensor Switch and Solenoid
number name
(Diagnostics) (Diagnostics) (Diagnostics)
CN3 Rear joint ● Stapler motor (113-0550) ● Stapler low ● Front cover switch
sensor(113-0440) (113-0420)
● Stapler position motor
(113-0581) ● Stapler ready sensor
(113-0451)
● Entrance motor
(113-0501) ● Stapler home
sensor(113-0430)
● Punch motor (113-0610)
● Stapler position sensor
(front home) (113-0491)
● Stapler position sensor
(rear home) (113-0492)
● Punch waste full sensor
(113-0621)
● Punch motor
sensor(113-0600)
● Punch home sensor
(113-0612)
CN4 Ejector ● Ejector 2 motor ● Ejector 2 motor sensor Not applicable
(113-0562) (113-0463)
● Ejector 1 motor ● Ejector 2 home sensor
(113-0561) (113-0462)
● Ejector 1 home sensor
(113-0461)
CN5 Main (to the Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable
main PBA)
CN6 Output tray Not applicable Not applicable ● Output tray lower limit switch
lower limit (113-0472)
switch
CN7 Front ● Exit motor (113-0502) ● Output tray motor sensor Not applicable
(113-0473)
● Main paddle motor
(113-0510) ● Main paddle home sensor
(113-0370)
● Output tray motor
(113-0570) ● Front tamper home sensor
(113-0390)
● Front tamper motor
(113-0530) ● Paper holding sensor
(113-0470)
● Output tray top of stack
sensor (113-0471)
1780 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Table 6-23 Inner finisher system - PCA connectors, parts, and diagnostics information (continued)
CN Connector Motor Sensor Switch and Solenoid
number name
(Diagnostics) (Diagnostics) (Diagnostics)
CN9 Paper holding Not applicable Not applicable ● Paper holding solenoid
solenoid (113-0591)
CN10 Stapler Not applicable ● Stapler position sensor (mid Not applicable
position sensor front) (-)
● Stapler position sensor (mid
rear) (-)
Service approach
CAUTION: When working on the product, do not pick up the unit by the output tray, which will detach under the
weight of the product.
Before performing service
● Remove all paper from the product.
● Turn off the power using the power button.
● Unplug the power cable and interface cable or cables.
● Place the product on an ESD workstation or mat, or use an ESD strap (if one is available). If an ESD
workstation, mat, or strap is not available, ground yourself by touching the sheet-metal chassis before
touching an ESD-sensitive part.
● Remove the toner cartridges.
● Remove the Tray 2 cassette.
ESD precautions
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Look for the ESD reminder when
removing printer parts. Always perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD
workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an
ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
After performing service
● Plug in the power cable.
● Verify the functions of the printer that might have been impacted by service procedures. Make sure the
printer is in complete working order.
● Replace any accessories removed for service.
ENWW Service approach 1781
Post-service test
Perform the following tests to verify that the repair or replacement was successful:
Print-quality test
1. Verify that you have completed the necessary reassembly steps.
2. Make sure that the tray contains clean, unmarked paper.
3. Attach the power cord and interface cable or interface cables, and then turn on the product.
4. Print a configuration page.
5. Print a print quality page, and then verify that there are no lines, streaks, banding, or other print quality
defects.
6. Send a print job from the host computer, and then verify that the output meets expectations.
Order parts, accessories, and supplies
Ordering
Order supplies and paper www.hp.com/go/suresupply
Order genuine HP parts or accessories www.hp.com/buy/parts
or
partsurfer.hp.com
Order through service or support providers Contact an HP-authorized service or support provider.
Order using the HP Embedded Web Server (EWS) To access, in a supported Web browser on your computer, enter the printer IP
address or host name in the address/URL field. The EWS contains a link to the
HP SureSupply Web site, which provides options for purchasing Original HP supplies.
Orderable parts
Not all of the parts shown in the diagrams in this chapter can be ordered. Refer to the table following the
diagram or the parts lists at the end of this chapter to determine if a part is orderable.
1782 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher)
Learn about parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher)
● Parts and diagrams (inner finisher)
● Covers
● Entrance unit
● Exit unit
● Paper support unit
● Paddle unit
● Tamper unit
● Stapler
● Ejector unit
● End fence unit
● Output tray unit
● Paper holding unit
● Punch unit
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at an
ESDprotected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to
provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by
placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
Parts and diagrams (inner finisher)
View inner finisher exploded diagrams and parts lists.
Inner finisher (main)
Parts diagram and parts list for the inner finisher (main).
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1783
Figure 6-70 Inner finisher (main)
6-1
1784 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Table 6-24 Inner finisher (main)
Ref Description Part number Qty
Complete Inner finisher whole unit Y1G00-67901 1
1 Front paper support JC90-01310A 1
2 Rear paper support JC90-01311A 1
3 Front tamper unit assembly JC82-00899A 1
4 Rear tamper unit assembly JC82-00900A 1
5 Ejector SS456-61001 1
6 Output tray motor assembly JC90-01334B 1
6-1 Lock release handle JC66-04233A 1
7 Sub paddle unit JC90-01336A 1
8 Output tray JC90-01337B 1
10 Staple cartridge Y1G14-67901 1
11 Punch cover JC90-01343A 1
Not shown Main interface harness JC39-02169A 1
Inner finisher (covers)
Parts diagram and parts list for the inner finisher (covers)
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1785
Figure 6-71 Inner finisher (covers)
1786 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Table 6-25 Inner finisher (covers)
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Front cover JC90-01321B 1
2 Middle cover JC90-01322B 1
3 Top cover JC90-01323B 1
4 Left cover JC90-01324B 1
4-1 Output tray top of stack sensor kit 0603-001309 1
5 Rear cover JC63-04750B 1
6 PCA cover JC63-04792B 1
Inner finisher (main paddle unit, entrance unit, exit unit, paper holding unit, and output tray unit)
Parts diagram and parts list for the inner finisher (main paddle unit, entrance unit, exit unit, paper holding unit,
and output tray unit).
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1787
Figure 6-72 Inner finisher (main paddle unit, entrance unit, exit unit, paper holding unit, and output tray unit)
8-1
8-2
20
15-2
15-1
1788 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Table 6-26 Inner finisher (main paddle unit, entrance unit, exit unit, paper holding unit, and output tray unit)
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Main paddle home sensor 0604-001393 2
2 Main PCA JC92-02774B 1
4 Entrance motor timing belt 6602-003644 1
5 Paddle kit JC82-01038A 1
5-1 Paddle A JC63-04957A 2
5-2 Paddle B JC63-04958A 2
5-3 Paddle holder JC81-07560A 4
8-1 Entrance roller JC66-04243A 1
8-2 Middle roller JC66-04243A 1
10 Entrance motor assembly JC90-01344A 1
13 Exit sensor actuator JC66-04199A 1
14 Paper holding actuator JC90-01313A 1
15 Paper holding kit JC90-01314A 1
15-1 Paper holding solenoid JC33-00037A 1
15-2 Paper holding sensor 0604-001393 1
16 Output tray lower limit switch JC90-01320A 1
16-3 Output tray lower limit switch actuator JC66-04200A 1
17 Main paddle motor assembly JC93-01001A 1
17-1 Main paddle motor JC31-00149A 1
19-1 Exit roller JC66-04244A 1
19-2 Front compile guide JC61-07449A 1
19-3 Rear compile guide JC61-07450A 1
20 Exit motor assembly JC90-01331A 1
20-1 Exit motor JC31-00169B 1
21 Output tray frame JC90-01319A 1
22 Rear joint PCA JC92-02780A 1
Not shown Output tray motor assembly JC90-01334B 1
Not shown Exit sensor 0604-001415 1
Inner finisher (paper support unit)
Parts diagram and parts list for the inner finisher (paper support unit).
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1789
Figure 6-73 Inner finisher (paper support unit)
2-2
2-1
1 2
1790 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Table 6-27 Inner finisher (paper support unit)
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Front paper support JC90-01310A 1
2 Rear paper support JC90-01311A 1
2-1 Paper support home sensor 0604-001393 1
2-2 Paper support motor assembly JC93-00802B 1
Inner finisher (tamper unit)
Parts diagram and parts list for the inner finisher (tamper unit).
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1791
Figure 6-74 Inner finisher (tamper unit)
2 2-1
2-2
1-1
1-2
1792 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Table 6-28 Inner finisher (tamper unit)
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Rear tamper unit JC82-00900A 1
1-1 Rear tamper home sensor 0604-001393 1
1-2 Rear tamper motor assembly JC93-01001A 1
2 Front tamper unit JC82-00899A 1
2-1 Front tamper home sensor 0604-001393 1
2-2 Front tamper motor assembly JC93-01001A 1
Inner finisher (stapler unit, end fence unit)
Parts diagram and parts list for the inner finisher (stapler unit, end fence unit).
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1793
Figure 6-75 Inner finisher (stapler unit, end fence unit)
7
6
1794 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Table 6-29 Inner finisher (stapler unit, end fence unit)
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 End fence sensor 0604-001381 1
2 Stapler position sensor 0604-001393 1
3 Stapler position motor JC93-00999A 1
4 Punch waste full sensor 0604-001381 1
5 Top cover switch JC39-01610A 1
6 Finisher docking sensor 0604-001393 1
7 Punch waste box sensor 0604-001393 1
Inner finisher (stapler assembly, entrance unit)
Parts diagram and parts list for the inner finisher (stapler assembly, entrance unit).
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1795
Figure 6-76 Inner finisher (stapler assembly, entrance unit)
1796 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Table 6-30 Inner finisher (stapler assembly, entrance unit)
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Stapler assembly JC90-01342A 1
1-1 Staple cartridge JC59-00040A 1
2 Punch cover JC90-01343A 1
2-1 Entrance sensor 0604-001381 1
Inner finisher (ejector unit)
Parts diagram and parts list for the inner finisher (ejector unit).
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1797
Figure 6-77 Inner finisher (ejector unit)
5 7
2
6
1798 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Table 6-31 Inner finisher (ejector unit)
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Ejector SS456-61001 1
2 Ejector 2 home sensor 0604-001393 1
3 Ejector 1 home sensor 0604-001393 1
4 Ejector motor assembly JC90-01309A 1
5 Ejector 2 motor assembly JC93-01168A 1
6 Ejector 2 motor sensor 0604-001393 1
7 Ejector 1 motor assembly JC93-00998A 1
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1799
Covers
● Front cover (C1)
● Rear cover (C8)
● Middle cover (C3)
● Top cover (C2)
● PCA cover (C6)
● Left cover (C7)
1800 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Front cover (C1)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the front cover
● Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the front cover.
View a video of removing the inner finisher.
View a video of installing the inner finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Table 6-32 Part information
Part number Part description
JC90-01321B Front cover
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1801
Step 1: Remove the front cover
1. Open the front door and open the punch cover.
2. Remove three screws in the front.
3. Remove the lever.
4. Open the top cover.
5. From the right side of the front cover, carefully lift and pry toward the top-left corner to remove the front
cover.
Figure 6-78 Remove the front cover
Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
1802 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1803
Rear cover (C8)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the rear cover
● Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the rear cover.
View a video of removing the inner finisher.
View a video of installing the inner finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Table 6-33 Part information
Part number Part description
JC63–047508 Rear cover
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
1804 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 1: Remove the rear cover
1. Open the top cover.
Figure 6-79 Open the top cover
2. Remove three screws.
3. Release hooks carefully and remove the rear cover.
Figure 6-80 Remove the rear cover
Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1805
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1806 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Middle cover (C3)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the rear cover
● Step 2: Remove the middle cover
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the middle cover.
View a video of removing the inner finisher.
View a video of installing the inner finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Table 6-34 Part information
Part number Part description
JC90–01322B Middle cover
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1807
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
1808 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 1: Remove the rear cover
1. Open the top cover.
Figure 6-81 Open the top cover
2. Remove three screws.
3. Release hooks carefully and remove the rear cover.
Figure 6-82 Remove the rear cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1809
Step 2: Remove the middle cover
1. Open the front door and then open the punch cover.
Figure 6-83 Open the front door and puch cover
2. Remove left-side one screw at the rear of the inner finisher, and then remove the middle cover by lifting off
the hinge pins at the front.
Figure 6-84 Remove the middle cover
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
1810 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1811
Top cover (C2)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the rear cover
● Step 2: Remove the top cover
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the top cover.
View a video of removing the inner finisher.
View a video of installing the inner finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Table 6-35 Part information
Part number Part description
JC90–01323B Top cover
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
1812 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1813
Step 1: Remove the rear cover
1. Open the top cover.
Figure 6-85 Open the top cover
2. Remove three screws.
3. Release hooks carefully and remove the rear cover.
Figure 6-86 Remove the rear cover
1814 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 2: Remove the top cover
▲ Remove one screw at the rear of the inner finisher, and then remove the top cover by lifting off the hinge
pins at the front.
Figure 6-87 Remove the top cover
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1815
PCA cover (C6)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the PCA cover
● Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the PCA cover.
View a video of removing the inner finisher.
View a video of installing the inner finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Table 6-36 Part information
Part number Part description
JC63–04792B PCA cover
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
1816 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 1: Remove the PCA cover
▲ Remove two screws, and then remove the PCA cover.
Figure 6-88 Remove the PCA cover
Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1817
Left cover (C7)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the front cover
● Step 2: Remove the rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the output tray
● Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
● Step 5: Remove the PCA cover
● Step 6: Remove the left cover
● Step 7: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the left cover.
View a video of removing the inner finisher.
View a video of installing the inner finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Table 6-37 Part information
Part number Part description
JC90–01324B Left cover
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
1818 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1819
Step 1: Remove the front cover
1. Open the front door and open the punch cover.
2. Remove three screws in the front.
3. Remove the lever.
4. Open the top cover.
5. From the right side of the front cover, carefully lift and pry toward the top-left corner to remove the front
cover.
Figure 6-89 Remove the front cover
1820 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 2: Remove the rear cover
1. Open the top cover.
Figure 6-90 Open the top cover
2. Remove three screws.
3. Release hooks carefully and remove the rear cover.
Figure 6-91 Remove the rear cover
Step 3: Remove the output tray
1. Remove four screws.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1821
Figure 6-92 Remove four screws
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray.
Figure 6-93 Remove the output tray
Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
1. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame depart from the gear.
1822 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Figure 6-94 Remove the pulley
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray frame.
Figure 6-95 Remove the output tray frame
TIP: Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher when reassembling. Be sure to level the
output tray.
Reinstall the output tray frame
Use the following special instructions when the reinstalling the assembly.
a. Position the first wheel into the channel on both sides while pushing the paper holding actuator.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1823
Figure 6-96 Install the wheel (1 of 2)
b. Let the second wheel rest on the channel on both sides simultaneously.
c. Gently squeeze the wheels into channel until the output tray frame meet the gear.
Figure 6-97 Install the wheel (2 of 2)
1824 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
d. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame is no longer lifted. It can make to level the output tray
frame.
Figure 6-98 Rotate the pulley (1 of 2)
e. Rotate the pulley in the opposite direction.
Figure 6-99 Rotate the pulley (2 of 2)
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1825
Step 5: Remove the PCA cover
▲ Remove two screws, and then remove the PCA cover.
Figure 6-100 Remove the PCA cover
1826 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 6: Remove the left cover
1. Remove two screws.
Figure 6-101 Remove two screws
2. Remove four screws from both front and rear sides
Figure 6-102 Remove four screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1827
3. Unplug two inline connectors, and then remove the left cover.
Figure 6-103 Unplug two connectors
TIP: Be sure to check the hook when reassembling.
Step 7: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
1828 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1829
Entrance unit
● Entrance sensor (S1)
● Entrance motor (M10)
1830 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Entrance sensor (S1)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the rear cover
● Step 2: Remove the punch cover
● Step 3: Remove the entrance sensor
● Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the entrance sensor.
View a video of removing the inner finisher.
View a video of installing the inner finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Table 6-38 Part information
Part number Part description
0604-001381 Entrance sensor
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1831
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
1832 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 1: Remove the rear cover
1. Open the top cover.
Figure 6-104 Open the top cover
2. Remove three screws.
3. Release hooks carefully and remove the rear cover.
Figure 6-105 Remove the rear cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1833
Step 2: Remove the punch cover
1. Unplug the connector. Remove the e-ring, and then remove the slide shaft at the rear of the inner finisher.
Figure 6-106 Remove the slide shaft
2. Open the punch cover.
Figure 6-107 Open the punch cover
1834 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Remove the front punch sheet, and then remove the e-ring and the washer. And then remove the punch
cover.
Figure 6-108 Remove the punch cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1835
Step 3: Remove the entrance sensor
1. Loosen the adhesive tape around, and then remove four screws. And then remove the punch cover.
Figure 6-109 Remove the punch cover.
2. Remove one screw, unplug the connector, and then remove the entrance sensor bracket.
Figure 6-110 Remove the entrance sensor bracket.
1836 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Remove one screw, and then remove the sensor.
Figure 6-111 Remove the entrance sensor.
Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1837
Entrance motor (M10)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the front cover
● Step 2: Remove the rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the middle cover
● Step 4: Remove the punch cover
● Step 5: Remove the diverter guide and the middle roller
● Step 6: Remove the middle paper guide
● Step 7: Remove the entrance motor
● Step 8: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the entrance motor.
View a video of removing the inner finisher.
View a video of installing the inner finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Table 6-39 Part information
Part number Part description
JC90-01344A Entrance motor assembly
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
1838 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1839
Step 1: Remove the front cover
1. Open the front door and open the punch cover.
2. Remove three screws in the front.
3. Remove the lever.
4. Open the top cover.
5. From the right side of the front cover, carefully lift and pry toward the top-left corner to remove the front
cover.
Figure 6-112 Remove the front cover
1840 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 2: Remove the rear cover
1. Open the top cover.
Figure 6-113 Open the top cover
2. Remove three screws.
3. Release hooks carefully and remove the rear cover.
Figure 6-114 Remove the rear cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1841
Step 3: Remove the middle cover
1. Open the front door and then open the punch cover.
Figure 6-115 Open the front door and puch cover
2. Remove left-side one screw at the rear of the inner finisher, and then remove the middle cover by lifting off
the hinge pins at the front.
Figure 6-116 Remove the middle cover
1842 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 4: Remove the punch cover
1. Unplug the connector. Remove the e-ring, and then remove the slide shaft at the rear of the inner finisher.
Figure 6-117 Remove the slide shaft
2. Open the punch cover.
Figure 6-118 Open the punch cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1843
3. Remove the front punch sheet, and then remove the e-ring and the washer. And then remove the punch
cover.
Figure 6-119 Remove the punch cover
1844 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 5: Remove the diverter guide and the middle roller
1. On the front of the inner finisher, remove the e-ring and bushing.
Figure 6-120 Remove the e-ring and bushing
2. On the rear of the inner finisher, remove the e-ring, pulley, bushing, belt, and spring (slightly hidden from
view).
Figure 6-121 Remove the e-ring, pulley, bushing, belt, and spring
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1845
3. Remove the diverter guide and the middle roller.
Figure 6-122 Remove the diverter guide and middle roller
Step 6: Remove the middle paper guide
1. Remove six screws, and then open the middle paper guide in the direction of the arrow.
Figure 6-123 Open the middle paper guide
NOTE: Be careful not to damage the sensor connector.
1846 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
2. Unplug the connector under the middle paper guide. And then, remove the middle paper guide.
Figure 6-124 Remove the middle paper guide
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1847
Step 7: Remove the entrance motor
1. Remove two screws.
Figure 6-125 Remove two screws
2. Open the clamps, and then unplug the connector.
Figure 6-126 Unplug the connector
1848 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Remove two screws, and then remove the motor.
Figure 6-127 Remove the entrance motor
Step 8: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1849
Exit unit
● Exit sensor (S21)
● Exit motor (M2)
● Exit roller (R3)
1850 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Exit sensor (S21)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the front cover
● Step 2: Remove the rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the middle cover
● Step 4: Remove the punch cover
● Step 5: Remove the diverter guide and the middle roller
● Step 6: Remove the middle paper guide
● Step 7: Remove the exit sensor
● Step 8: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the exit sensor.
View a video of removing the inner finisher.
View a video of installing the inner finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Table 6-40 Part information
Part number Part description
0604-001415 Feed actuator sensor
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1851
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
1852 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 1: Remove the front cover
1. Open the front door and open the punch cover.
2. Remove three screws in the front.
3. Remove the lever.
4. Open the top cover.
5. From the right side of the front cover, carefully lift and pry toward the top-left corner to remove the front
cover.
Figure 6-128 Remove the front cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1853
Step 2: Remove the rear cover
1. Open the top cover.
Figure 6-129 Open the top cover
2. Remove three screws.
3. Release hooks carefully and remove the rear cover.
Figure 6-130 Remove the rear cover
1854 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 3: Remove the middle cover
1. Open the front door and then open the punch cover.
Figure 6-131 Open the front door and puch cover
2. Remove left-side one screw at the rear of the inner finisher, and then remove the middle cover by lifting off
the hinge pins at the front.
Figure 6-132 Remove the middle cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1855
Step 4: Remove the punch cover
1. Unplug the connector. Remove the e-ring, and then remove the slide shaft at the rear of the inner finisher.
Figure 6-133 Remove the slide shaft
2. Open the punch cover.
Figure 6-134 Open the punch cover
1856 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Remove the front punch sheet, and then remove the e-ring and the washer. And then remove the punch
cover.
Figure 6-135 Remove the punch cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1857
Step 5: Remove the diverter guide and the middle roller
1. On the front of the inner finisher, remove the e-ring and bushing.
Figure 6-136 Remove the e-ring and bushing
2. On the rear of the inner finisher, remove the e-ring, pulley, bushing, belt, and spring (slightly hidden from
view).
Figure 6-137 Remove the e-ring, pulley, bushing, belt, and spring
1858 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Remove the diverter guide and the middle roller.
Figure 6-138 Remove the diverter guide and middle roller
Step 6: Remove the middle paper guide
1. Remove six screws, and then open the middle paper guide in the direction of the arrow.
Figure 6-139 Open the middle paper guide
NOTE: Be careful not to damage the sensor connector.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1859
2. Unplug the connector under the middle paper guide. And then, remove the middle paper guide.
Figure 6-140 Remove the middle paper guide
1860 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 7: Remove the exit sensor
▲ Remove the exit sensor from the middle paper guide.
Figure 6-141 Remove the exit sensor
Step 8: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1861
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1862 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Exit motor (M2)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the front cover
● Step 2: Remove the exit motor bracket
● Step 3: Remove the exit motor
● Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the exit motor.
View a video of removing the inner finisher.
View a video of installing the inner finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Table 6-41 Part information
Part number Part description
JC31-00169B Exit motor
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1863
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
1864 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 1: Remove the front cover
1. Open the front door and open the punch cover.
2. Remove three screws in the front.
3. Remove the lever.
4. Open the top cover.
5. From the right side of the front cover, carefully lift and pry toward the top-left corner to remove the front
cover.
Figure 6-142 Remove the front cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1865
Step 2: Remove the exit motor bracket
▲ Remove two screws, unplug the motor connector, and remove the exit motor bracket.
Figure 6-143 Remove the exit motor bracket
1866 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 3: Remove the exit motor
▲ Remove two screws, and then remove the exit motor from the bracket.
Figure 6-144 Remove the exit motor
Step 4: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1867
Exit roller (R3)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the front cover
● Step 2: Remove the rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the sub paddle unit
● Step 4: Remove the exit roller
● Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the exit roller.
View a video of removing the inner finisher.
View a video of installing the inner finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Table 6-42 Part information
Part number Part description
JC66–04244A Exit roller
JC61–07449A Front compile guide
JC61–07450A Rear compile guide
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
1868 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1869
Step 1: Remove the front cover
1. Open the front door and open the punch cover.
2. Remove three screws in the front.
3. Remove the lever.
4. Open the top cover.
5. From the right side of the front cover, carefully lift and pry toward the top-left corner to remove the front
cover.
Figure 6-145 Remove the front cover
1870 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 2: Remove the rear cover
1. Open the top cover.
Figure 6-146 Open the top cover
2. Remove three screws.
3. Release hooks carefully and remove the rear cover.
Figure 6-147 Remove the rear cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1871
Step 3: Remove the sub paddle unit
1. Open the top cover, and then remove one screw securing the sub paddle unit.
Figure 6-148 Remove one screw
2. Remove the e-ring, and then remove the pulley and timing belt. And then remove the e-ring and the
bushing.
Figure 6-149 Remove the e-ring, pulley, timing belt, and bushing
1872 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Lift up and remove the sub paddle unit.
Figure 6-150 Remove the sub paddle unit
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1873
Step 4: Remove the exit roller
1. Remove the guide on the center of the exit roller.
Figure 6-151 Remove the guide
2. On the front of the inner finisher, release the timing belt connected to the exit motor.
Figure 6-152 Release the timing belt
1874 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Remove five screws securing the rear harness guide.
Figure 6-153 Remove five screws
4. On the rear of the inner finisher, remove the e-ring and the pulley and then remove the e-ring and the
bushing.
Figure 6-154 Remove the e-ring, pulley, and bushing
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1875
5. Push the bushing to detach it, and then remove the exit roller.
Figure 6-155 Remove the exit roller
Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1876 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Paper support unit
● Front paper support
● Rear paper support unit
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1877
Front paper support
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the front cover
● Step 2: Remove the rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the output tray
● Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
● Step 5: Remove the PCA cover
● Step 6: Remove the left cover
● Step 7: Remove the front harness guide
● Step 8: Remove the output tray motor assembly
● Step 9: Remove the output tray lower limit switch
● Step 10: Remove the paper holding
● Step 11: Remove the sub paddle unit
● Step 12: Remove the exit roller
● Step 13: Remove the front tamper
● Step 14: Remove the rear tamper
● Step 15: Remove the ejector and paper support assembly
● Step 16: Remove the front paper support
● Step 17: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the front paper support.
View a video of removing the inner finisher.
View a video of installing the inner finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1878 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Table 6-43 Part information
Part number Part description
JC90-01310A Front paper support
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1879
Step 1: Remove the front cover
1. Open the front door and open the punch cover.
2. Remove three screws in the front.
3. Remove the lever.
4. Open the top cover.
5. From the right side of the front cover, carefully lift and pry toward the top-left corner to remove the front
cover.
Figure 6-156 Remove the front cover
1880 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 2: Remove the rear cover
1. Open the top cover.
Figure 6-157 Open the top cover
2. Remove three screws.
3. Release hooks carefully and remove the rear cover.
Figure 6-158 Remove the rear cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1881
Step 3: Remove the output tray
1. Remove four screws.
Figure 6-159 Remove four screws
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray.
Figure 6-160 Remove the output tray
1882 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
1. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame depart from the gear.
Figure 6-161 Remove the pulley
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray frame.
Figure 6-162 Remove the output tray frame
TIP: Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher when reassembling. Be sure to level the
output tray.
Reinstall the output tray frame
Use the following special instructions when the reinstalling the assembly.
a. Position the first wheel into the channel on both sides while pushing the paper holding actuator.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1883
Figure 6-163 Install the wheel (1 of 2)
b. Let the second wheel rest on the channel on both sides simultaneously.
c. Gently squeeze the wheels into channel until the output tray frame meet the gear.
Figure 6-164 Install the wheel (2 of 2)
1884 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
d. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame is no longer lifted. It can make to level the output tray
frame.
Figure 6-165 Rotate the pulley (1 of 2)
e. Rotate the pulley in the opposite direction.
Figure 6-166 Rotate the pulley (2 of 2)
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1885
Step 5: Remove the PCA cover
▲ Remove two screws, and then remove the PCA cover.
Figure 6-167 Remove the PCA cover
1886 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 6: Remove the left cover
1. Remove two screws.
Figure 6-168 Remove two screws
2. Remove four screws from both front and rear sides
Figure 6-169 Remove four screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1887
3. Unplug two inline connectors, and then remove the left cover.
Figure 6-170 Unplug two connectors
TIP: Be sure to check the hook when reassembling.
1888 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 7: Remove the front harness guide
1. Open one clamp, unplug five connectors, and then remove the wire harness from the front harness guide.
2. Remove four screws, and then remove the front harness guide.
Figure 6-171 Remove the front harness guide
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1889
Step 8: Remove the output tray motor assembly
▲ Remove three screws, and then remove the output tray motor assembly.
Figure 6-172 Remove the output tray motor assembly
1890 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 9: Remove the output tray lower limit switch
▲ Remove one screw, and then remove the output tray lower limit switch.
Figure 6-173 Remove the output tray lower limit switch
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1891
Step 10: Remove the paper holding
1. Remove the paper holding actuator spring.
Figure 6-174 Remove the paper holding actuator spring
2. Remove the e-ring and the rack pinion gear. Remove the pin and the e-ring, and then remove the bushing.
Figure 6-175 Remove e-ring, rack pinion gear, pin, and bushing
NOTE: Be sure not to lose the pin.
1892 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Carefully remove the paper holding shaft and the actuator.
Figure 6-176 Remove the paper holding shaft and the actuator
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1893
Step 11: Remove the sub paddle unit
1. Open the top cover, and then remove one screw securing the sub paddle unit.
Figure 6-177 Remove one screw
2. Remove the e-ring, and then remove the pulley and timing belt. And then remove the e-ring and the
bushing.
Figure 6-178 Remove the e-ring, pulley, timing belt, and bushing
1894 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Lift up and remove the sub paddle unit.
Figure 6-179 Remove the sub paddle unit
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1895
Step 12: Remove the exit roller
1. Remove the guide on the center of the exit roller.
Figure 6-180 Remove the guide
2. On the front of the inner finisher, release the timing belt connected to the exit motor.
Figure 6-181 Release the timing belt
1896 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Remove five screws securing the rear harness guide.
Figure 6-182 Remove five screws
4. On the rear of the inner finisher, remove the e-ring and the pulley and then remove the e-ring and the
bushing.
Figure 6-183 Remove the e-ring, pulley, and bushing
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1897
5. Push the bushing to detach it, and then remove the exit roller.
Figure 6-184 Remove the exit roller
1898 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 13: Remove the front tamper
1. Remove four screws.
Figure 6-185 Remove four screws
2. Unplug the connector and release the hook, and then pull the front tamper up to remove.
Figure 6-186 Remove the front tamper
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1899
Step 14: Remove the rear tamper
1. Remove the rear tamper.
NOTE: Move cable guide out of position to access the screws.
Figure 6-187 Remove four screws
2. Unplug two connectors and release the hook, and then remove the rear tamper.
Figure 6-188 Remove the rear tamper
1900 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 15: Remove the ejector and paper support assembly
1. Open one clamp, disconnect one connector.
Figure 6-189 Disconnect one connector
2. Pull the rear paper support up, and then release one clamp and disconnect two connectors.
Figure 6-190 Remove the ejector assembly
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1901
3. Remove four screws, and then remove the ejector & paper support assembly
Figure 6-191 Remove the ejector & paper support assembly
1902 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 16: Remove the front paper support
1. Remove the e-ring and the bushing, and then pull and remove the drive shaft.
Figure 6-192 Remove the drive shaft
TIP: When reassembling the drive shaft, ensure the paper supports are in the full down position (against
the stops).
2. Remove one screw, and then remove the front paper support.
Figure 6-193 Remove the front paper support
Step 17: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1903
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1904 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Rear paper support unit
● Rear paper support
● Paper support home sensor (S12)
● Paper support motor (M8)
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1905
Rear paper support
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the front cover
● Step 2: Remove the rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the output tray
● Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
● Step 5: Remove the PCA cover
● Step 6: Remove the left cover
● Step 7: Remove the front harness guide
● Step 8: Remove the output tray motor assembly
● Step 9: Remove the output tray lower limit switch
● Step 10: Remove the paper holding
● Step 11: Remove the sub paddle unit
● Step 12: Remove the exit roller
● Step 13: Remove the front tamper
● Step 14: Remove the rear tamper
● Step 15: Remove the ejector and paper support assembly
● Step 16: Remove the rear paper support
● Step 17: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the rear paper support.
View a video of removing the inner finisher.
View a video of installing the inner finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1906 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Table 6-44 Part information
Part number Part description
JC90-01311A Rear paper support
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1907
Step 1: Remove the front cover
1. Open the front door and open the punch cover.
2. Remove three screws in the front.
3. Remove the lever.
4. Open the top cover.
5. From the right side of the front cover, carefully lift and pry toward the top-left corner to remove the front
cover.
Figure 6-194 Remove the front cover
1908 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 2: Remove the rear cover
1. Open the top cover.
Figure 6-195 Open the top cover
2. Remove three screws.
3. Release hooks carefully and remove the rear cover.
Figure 6-196 Remove the rear cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1909
Step 3: Remove the output tray
1. Remove four screws.
Figure 6-197 Remove four screws
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray.
Figure 6-198 Remove the output tray
1910 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
1. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame depart from the gear.
Figure 6-199 Remove the pulley
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray frame.
Figure 6-200 Remove the output tray frame
TIP: Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher when reassembling. Be sure to level the
output tray.
Reinstall the output tray frame
Use the following special instructions when the reinstalling the assembly.
a. Position the first wheel into the channel on both sides while pushing the paper holding actuator.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1911
Figure 6-201 Install the wheel (1 of 2)
b. Let the second wheel rest on the channel on both sides simultaneously.
c. Gently squeeze the wheels into channel until the output tray frame meet the gear.
Figure 6-202 Install the wheel (2 of 2)
1912 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
d. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame is no longer lifted. It can make to level the output tray
frame.
Figure 6-203 Rotate the pulley (1 of 2)
e. Rotate the pulley in the opposite direction.
Figure 6-204 Rotate the pulley (2 of 2)
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1913
Step 5: Remove the PCA cover
▲ Remove two screws, and then remove the PCA cover.
Figure 6-205 Remove the PCA cover
1914 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 6: Remove the left cover
1. Remove two screws.
Figure 6-206 Remove two screws
2. Remove four screws from both front and rear sides
Figure 6-207 Remove four screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1915
3. Unplug two inline connectors, and then remove the left cover.
Figure 6-208 Unplug two connectors
TIP: Be sure to check the hook when reassembling.
1916 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 7: Remove the front harness guide
1. Open one clamp, unplug five connectors, and then remove the wire harness from the front harness guide.
2. Remove four screws, and then remove the front harness guide.
Figure 6-209 Remove the front harness guide
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1917
Step 8: Remove the output tray motor assembly
▲ Remove three screws, and then remove the output tray motor assembly.
Figure 6-210 Remove the output tray motor assembly
1918 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 9: Remove the output tray lower limit switch
▲ Remove one screw, and then remove the output tray lower limit switch.
Figure 6-211 Remove the output tray lower limit switch
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1919
Step 10: Remove the paper holding
1. Remove the paper holding actuator spring.
Figure 6-212 Remove the paper holding actuator spring
2. Remove the e-ring and the rack pinion gear. Remove the pin and the e-ring, and then remove the bushing.
Figure 6-213 Remove e-ring, rack pinion gear, pin, and bushing
NOTE: Be sure not to lose the pin.
1920 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Carefully remove the paper holding shaft and the actuator.
Figure 6-214 Remove the paper holding shaft and the actuator
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1921
Step 11: Remove the sub paddle unit
1. Open the top cover, and then remove one screw securing the sub paddle unit.
Figure 6-215 Remove one screw
2. Remove the e-ring, and then remove the pulley and timing belt. And then remove the e-ring and the
bushing.
Figure 6-216 Remove the e-ring, pulley, timing belt, and bushing
1922 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Lift up and remove the sub paddle unit.
Figure 6-217 Remove the sub paddle unit
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1923
Step 12: Remove the exit roller
1. Remove the guide on the center of the exit roller.
Figure 6-218 Remove the guide
2. On the front of the inner finisher, release the timing belt connected to the exit motor.
Figure 6-219 Release the timing belt
1924 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Remove five screws securing the rear harness guide.
Figure 6-220 Remove five screws
4. On the rear of the inner finisher, remove the e-ring and the pulley and then remove the e-ring and the
bushing.
Figure 6-221 Remove the e-ring, pulley, and bushing
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1925
5. Push the bushing to detach it, and then remove the exit roller.
Figure 6-222 Remove the exit roller
1926 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 13: Remove the front tamper
1. Remove four screws.
Figure 6-223 Remove four screws
2. Unplug the connector and release the hook, and then pull the front tamper up to remove.
Figure 6-224 Remove the front tamper
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1927
Step 14: Remove the rear tamper
1. Remove the rear tamper.
NOTE: Move cable guide out of position to access the screws.
Figure 6-225 Remove four screws
2. Unplug two connectors and release the hook, and then remove the rear tamper.
Figure 6-226 Remove the rear tamper
1928 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 15: Remove the ejector and paper support assembly
1. Open one clamp, disconnect one connector.
Figure 6-227 Disconnect one connector
2. Pull the rear paper support up, and then release one clamp and disconnect two connectors.
Figure 6-228 Remove the ejector assembly
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1929
3. Remove four screws, and then remove the ejector & paper support assembly
Figure 6-229 Remove the ejector & paper support assembly
1930 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 16: Remove the rear paper support
1. Remove one screw.
Figure 6-230 Remove one screw
2. Remove the shaft while pulling the bushinging in the direction of the arrow.
Figure 6-231 Remove the shaft
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1931
3. Remove the rear paper support with attention for pinion.
Figure 6-232 Remove the rear paper support
Step 17: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1932 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Paper support home sensor (S12)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the front cover
● Step 2: Remove the rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the output tray
● Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
● Step 5: Remove the PCA cover
● Step 6: Remove the left cover
● Step 7: Remove the front harness guide
● Step 8: Remove the output tray motor assembly
● Step 9: Remove the output tray lower limit switch
● Step 10: Remove the paper holding
● Step 11: Remove the sub paddle unit
● Step 12: Remove the exit roller
● Step 13: Remove the front tamper
● Step 14: Remove the rear tamper
● Step 15: Remove the ejector and paper support assembly
● Step 16: Remove the rear paper support
● Step 17: Remove the paper support home sensor
● Step 18: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the paper support home sensor.
View a video of removing the inner finisher.
View a video of installing the inner finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1933
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Table 6-45 Part information
Part number Part description
0604-001393 Paper support home sensor
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
1934 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 1: Remove the front cover
1. Open the front door and open the punch cover.
2. Remove three screws in the front.
3. Remove the lever.
4. Open the top cover.
5. From the right side of the front cover, carefully lift and pry toward the top-left corner to remove the front
cover.
Figure 6-233 Remove the front cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1935
Step 2: Remove the rear cover
1. Open the top cover.
Figure 6-234 Open the top cover
2. Remove three screws.
3. Release hooks carefully and remove the rear cover.
Figure 6-235 Remove the rear cover
1936 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 3: Remove the output tray
1. Remove four screws.
Figure 6-236 Remove four screws
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray.
Figure 6-237 Remove the output tray
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1937
Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
1. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame depart from the gear.
Figure 6-238 Remove the pulley
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray frame.
Figure 6-239 Remove the output tray frame
TIP: Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher when reassembling. Be sure to level the
output tray.
Reinstall the output tray frame
Use the following special instructions when the reinstalling the assembly.
a. Position the first wheel into the channel on both sides while pushing the paper holding actuator.
1938 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Figure 6-240 Install the wheel (1 of 2)
b. Let the second wheel rest on the channel on both sides simultaneously.
c. Gently squeeze the wheels into channel until the output tray frame meet the gear.
Figure 6-241 Install the wheel (2 of 2)
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1939
d. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame is no longer lifted. It can make to level the output tray
frame.
Figure 6-242 Rotate the pulley (1 of 2)
e. Rotate the pulley in the opposite direction.
Figure 6-243 Rotate the pulley (2 of 2)
1940 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 5: Remove the PCA cover
▲ Remove two screws, and then remove the PCA cover.
Figure 6-244 Remove the PCA cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1941
Step 6: Remove the left cover
1. Remove two screws.
Figure 6-245 Remove two screws
2. Remove four screws from both front and rear sides
Figure 6-246 Remove four screws
1942 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Unplug two inline connectors, and then remove the left cover.
Figure 6-247 Unplug two connectors
TIP: Be sure to check the hook when reassembling.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1943
Step 7: Remove the front harness guide
1. Open one clamp, unplug five connectors, and then remove the wire harness from the front harness guide.
2. Remove four screws, and then remove the front harness guide.
Figure 6-248 Remove the front harness guide
1944 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 8: Remove the output tray motor assembly
▲ Remove three screws, and then remove the output tray motor assembly.
Figure 6-249 Remove the output tray motor assembly
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1945
Step 9: Remove the output tray lower limit switch
▲ Remove one screw, and then remove the output tray lower limit switch.
Figure 6-250 Remove the output tray lower limit switch
1946 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 10: Remove the paper holding
1. Remove the paper holding actuator spring.
Figure 6-251 Remove the paper holding actuator spring
2. Remove the e-ring and the rack pinion gear. Remove the pin and the e-ring, and then remove the bushing.
Figure 6-252 Remove e-ring, rack pinion gear, pin, and bushing
NOTE: Be sure not to lose the pin.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1947
3. Carefully remove the paper holding shaft and the actuator.
Figure 6-253 Remove the paper holding shaft and the actuator
1948 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 11: Remove the sub paddle unit
1. Open the top cover, and then remove one screw securing the sub paddle unit.
Figure 6-254 Remove one screw
2. Remove the e-ring, and then remove the pulley and timing belt. And then remove the e-ring and the
bushing.
Figure 6-255 Remove the e-ring, pulley, timing belt, and bushing
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1949
3. Lift up and remove the sub paddle unit.
Figure 6-256 Remove the sub paddle unit
1950 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 12: Remove the exit roller
1. Remove the guide on the center of the exit roller.
Figure 6-257 Remove the guide
2. On the front of the inner finisher, release the timing belt connected to the exit motor.
Figure 6-258 Release the timing belt
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1951
3. Remove five screws securing the rear harness guide.
Figure 6-259 Remove five screws
4. On the rear of the inner finisher, remove the e-ring and the pulley and then remove the e-ring and the
bushing.
Figure 6-260 Remove the e-ring, pulley, and bushing
1952 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
5. Push the bushing to detach it, and then remove the exit roller.
Figure 6-261 Remove the exit roller
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1953
Step 13: Remove the front tamper
1. Remove four screws.
Figure 6-262 Remove four screws
2. Unplug the connector and release the hook, and then pull the front tamper up to remove.
Figure 6-263 Remove the front tamper
1954 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 14: Remove the rear tamper
1. Remove the rear tamper.
NOTE: Move cable guide out of position to access the screws.
Figure 6-264 Remove four screws
2. Unplug two connectors and release the hook, and then remove the rear tamper.
Figure 6-265 Remove the rear tamper
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1955
Step 15: Remove the ejector and paper support assembly
1. Open one clamp, disconnect one connector.
Figure 6-266 Disconnect one connector
2. Pull the rear paper support up, and then release one clamp and disconnect two connectors.
Figure 6-267 Remove the ejector assembly
1956 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Remove four screws, and then remove the ejector & paper support assembly
Figure 6-268 Remove the ejector & paper support assembly
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1957
Step 16: Remove the rear paper support
1. Remove one screw.
Figure 6-269 Remove one screw
2. Remove the shaft while pulling the bushinging in the direction of the arrow.
Figure 6-270 Remove the shaft
1958 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Remove the rear paper support with attention for pinion.
Figure 6-271 Remove the rear paper support
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1959
Step 17: Remove the paper support home sensor
▲ Remove the sensor from the rear paper support.
Figure 6-272 Remove the paper support home sensor
Step 18: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1960 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Paper support motor (M8)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the front cover
● Step 2: Remove the rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the output tray
● Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
● Step 5: Remove the PCA cover
● Step 6: Remove the left cover
● Step 7: Remove the front harness guide
● Step 8: Remove the output tray motor assembly
● Step 9: Remove the output tray lower limit switch
● Step 10: Remove the paper holding
● Step 11: Remove the sub paddle unit
● Step 12: Remove the exit roller
● Step 13: Remove the front tamper
● Step 14: Remove the rear tamper
● Step 15: Remove the ejector and paper support assembly
● Step 16: Remove the paper support motor
● Step 17: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the paper support motor.
View a video of removing the inner finisher.
View a video of installing the inner finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1961
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Table 6-46 Part information
Part number Part description
JC93-00802B (not orderable) Paper support motor assembly
JC31-00149A (not orderable) Paper support motor
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
1962 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 1: Remove the front cover
1. Open the front door and open the punch cover.
2. Remove three screws in the front.
3. Remove the lever.
4. Open the top cover.
5. From the right side of the front cover, carefully lift and pry toward the top-left corner to remove the front
cover.
Figure 6-273 Remove the front cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1963
Step 2: Remove the rear cover
1. Open the top cover.
Figure 6-274 Open the top cover
2. Remove three screws.
3. Release hooks carefully and remove the rear cover.
Figure 6-275 Remove the rear cover
1964 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 3: Remove the output tray
1. Remove four screws.
Figure 6-276 Remove four screws
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray.
Figure 6-277 Remove the output tray
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1965
Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
1. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame depart from the gear.
Figure 6-278 Remove the pulley
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray frame.
Figure 6-279 Remove the output tray frame
TIP: Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher when reassembling. Be sure to level the
output tray.
Reinstall the output tray frame
Use the following special instructions when the reinstalling the assembly.
a. Position the first wheel into the channel on both sides while pushing the paper holding actuator.
1966 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Figure 6-280 Install the wheel (1 of 2)
b. Let the second wheel rest on the channel on both sides simultaneously.
c. Gently squeeze the wheels into channel until the output tray frame meet the gear.
Figure 6-281 Install the wheel (2 of 2)
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1967
d. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame is no longer lifted. It can make to level the output tray
frame.
Figure 6-282 Rotate the pulley (1 of 2)
e. Rotate the pulley in the opposite direction.
Figure 6-283 Rotate the pulley (2 of 2)
1968 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 5: Remove the PCA cover
▲ Remove two screws, and then remove the PCA cover.
Figure 6-284 Remove the PCA cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1969
Step 6: Remove the left cover
1. Remove two screws.
Figure 6-285 Remove two screws
2. Remove four screws from both front and rear sides
Figure 6-286 Remove four screws
1970 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Unplug two inline connectors, and then remove the left cover.
Figure 6-287 Unplug two connectors
TIP: Be sure to check the hook when reassembling.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1971
Step 7: Remove the front harness guide
1. Open one clamp, unplug five connectors, and then remove the wire harness from the front harness guide.
2. Remove four screws, and then remove the front harness guide.
Figure 6-288 Remove the front harness guide
1972 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 8: Remove the output tray motor assembly
▲ Remove three screws, and then remove the output tray motor assembly.
Figure 6-289 Remove the output tray motor assembly
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1973
Step 9: Remove the output tray lower limit switch
▲ Remove one screw, and then remove the output tray lower limit switch.
Figure 6-290 Remove the output tray lower limit switch
1974 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 10: Remove the paper holding
1. Remove the paper holding actuator spring.
Figure 6-291 Remove the paper holding actuator spring
2. Remove the e-ring and the rack pinion gear. Remove the pin and the e-ring, and then remove the bushing.
Figure 6-292 Remove e-ring, rack pinion gear, pin, and bushing
NOTE: Be sure not to lose the pin.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1975
3. Carefully remove the paper holding shaft and the actuator.
Figure 6-293 Remove the paper holding shaft and the actuator
1976 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 11: Remove the sub paddle unit
1. Open the top cover, and then remove one screw securing the sub paddle unit.
Figure 6-294 Remove one screw
2. Remove the e-ring, and then remove the pulley and timing belt. And then remove the e-ring and the
bushing.
Figure 6-295 Remove the e-ring, pulley, timing belt, and bushing
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1977
3. Lift up and remove the sub paddle unit.
Figure 6-296 Remove the sub paddle unit
1978 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 12: Remove the exit roller
1. Remove the guide on the center of the exit roller.
Figure 6-297 Remove the guide
2. On the front of the inner finisher, release the timing belt connected to the exit motor.
Figure 6-298 Release the timing belt
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1979
3. Remove five screws securing the rear harness guide.
Figure 6-299 Remove five screws
4. On the rear of the inner finisher, remove the e-ring and the pulley and then remove the e-ring and the
bushing.
Figure 6-300 Remove the e-ring, pulley, and bushing
1980 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
5. Push the bushing to detach it, and then remove the exit roller.
Figure 6-301 Remove the exit roller
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1981
Step 13: Remove the front tamper
1. Remove four screws.
Figure 6-302 Remove four screws
2. Unplug the connector and release the hook, and then pull the front tamper up to remove.
Figure 6-303 Remove the front tamper
1982 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 14: Remove the rear tamper
1. Remove the rear tamper.
NOTE: Move cable guide out of position to access the screws.
Figure 6-304 Remove four screws
2. Unplug two connectors and release the hook, and then remove the rear tamper.
Figure 6-305 Remove the rear tamper
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1983
Step 15: Remove the ejector and paper support assembly
1. Open one clamp, disconnect one connector.
Figure 6-306 Disconnect one connector
2. Pull the rear paper support up, and then release one clamp and disconnect two connectors.
Figure 6-307 Remove the ejector assembly
1984 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Remove four screws, and then remove the ejector & paper support assembly
Figure 6-308 Remove the ejector & paper support assembly
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1985
Step 16: Remove the paper support motor
▲ Remove two screws, disconnect one connect, and then remove the paper support motor.
Figure 6-309 Remove the paper support motor
Step 17: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1986 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Paddle unit
● Main Paddle
● Main paddle home sensor (S4)
● Main paddle motor (M3)
● Main paddle assembly
● Sub paddle unit
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1987
Main Paddle
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the main paddle
● Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the main paddle.
View a video of removing the inner finisher.
View a video of installing the inner finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Table 6-47 Part information
Part number Part description
JC90–1327A Main paddle
JC82–01038A Main paddle kit
JC63–04957A Main paddle A
JC63–04958A Main paddle B
JC81–07560A Main paddle holder
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
1988 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1989
Step 1: Remove the main paddle
1. Open the top cover.
2. Rotate the main paddle shaft to see the lower side of the main paddle.
Figure 6-310 Rotate the main paddle shaft
1990 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Remove the main paddle by pushing both sides.
Figure 6-311 Remove the main paddle
TIP: When reassembling the main paddle, check the pin position of the paddle and the hole position of
the shaft, and then assemble them.
Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1991
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1992 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Main paddle home sensor (S4)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the front cover
● Step 2: Remove the main paddle home sensor
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the main paddle home sensor.
View a video of removing the inner finisher.
View a video of installing the inner finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Table 6-48 Part information
Part number Part description
0604-001393 Main paddle home sensor
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1993
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
1994 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 1: Remove the front cover
1. Open the front door and open the punch cover.
2. Remove three screws in the front.
3. Remove the lever.
4. Open the top cover.
5. From the right side of the front cover, carefully lift and pry toward the top-left corner to remove the front
cover.
Figure 6-312 Remove the front cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1995
Step 2: Remove the main paddle home sensor
1. Remove one screw. Open the clamp and unplug one connector, and then remove the main paddle home
sensor bracket.
Figure 6-313 Remove the main paddle home sensor bracket
2. Remove the main paddle home sensor from the bracket.
Figure 6-314 Remove the main paddle home sensor
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
1996 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1997
Main paddle motor (M3)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the front cover
● Step 2: Remove the main paddle motor
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the main paddle motor.
View a video of removing the inner finisher.
View a video of installing the inner finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Table 6-49 Part information
Part number Part description
JC93-01001A Main paddle motor assembly
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
1998 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 1999
Step 1: Remove the front cover
1. Open the front door and open the punch cover.
2. Remove three screws in the front.
3. Remove the lever.
4. Open the top cover.
5. From the right side of the front cover, carefully lift and pry toward the top-left corner to remove the front
cover.
Figure 6-315 Remove the front cover
2000 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 2: Remove the main paddle motor
1. Remove three screws, unplug the connector, and then remove the main paddle motor bracket.
Figure 6-316 Remove the main paddle motor bracket
2. Remove two screws, and then remove the motor from the bracket.
Figure 6-317 Remove the main paddle motor
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2001
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
2002 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Main paddle assembly
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the front cover
● Step 2: Remove the rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the main paddle home sensor bracket
● Step 4: Remove the main paddle motor bracket
● Step 5: Remove the main paddle
● Step 6: Remove the main paddle assembly
● Step 7: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the main paddle assembly.
View a video of removing the inner finisher.
View a video of installing the inner finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Table 6-50 Part information
Part number Part description
JC90-01327A (not orderable) Main paddle assembly
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2003
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
2004 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 1: Remove the front cover
1. Open the front door and open the punch cover.
2. Remove three screws in the front.
3. Remove the lever.
4. Open the top cover.
5. From the right side of the front cover, carefully lift and pry toward the top-left corner to remove the front
cover.
Figure 6-318 Remove the front cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2005
Step 2: Remove the rear cover
1. Open the top cover.
Figure 6-319 Open the top cover
2. Remove three screws.
3. Release hooks carefully and remove the rear cover.
Figure 6-320 Remove the rear cover
2006 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 3: Remove the main paddle home sensor bracket
▲ Remove one screw. Open the clamp and unplug one connector, and then remove the main paddle home
sensor bracket.
Figure 6-321 Remove the main paddle home sensor bracket
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2007
Step 4: Remove the main paddle motor bracket
▲ Remove three screws, unplug the connector, and then remove the main paddle motor bracket.
Figure 6-322 Remove the main paddle motor bracket
2008 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 5: Remove the main paddle
1. Open the top cover.
2. Rotate the main paddle shaft to see the lower side of the main paddle.
Figure 6-323 Rotate the main paddle shaft
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2009
3. Remove the main paddle by pushing both sides.
Figure 6-324 Remove the main paddle
TIP: When reassembling the main paddle, check the pin position of the paddle and the hole position of
the shaft, and then assemble them.
2010 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 6: Remove the main paddle assembly
1. Remove the belt in the front.
Figure 6-325 Remove the belt
2. Remove the e-ring and the main paddle CAM in the rear. And then remove the e-ring and the bushing.
Figure 6-326 Remove the e-ring, cam, and bushing
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2011
3. Push the shaft to remove the main paddle shaft.
Figure 6-327 Remove the main paddle shaft
Step 7: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
2012 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Sub paddle unit
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the rear cover
● Step 2: Remove the sub paddle unit
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the sub paddle.
View a video of removing the inner finisher.
View a video of installing the inner finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Table 6-51 Part information
Part number Part description
JC90-01336A Sub paddle unit
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2013
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
2014 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 1: Remove the rear cover
1. Open the top cover.
Figure 6-328 Open the top cover
2. Remove three screws.
3. Release hooks carefully and remove the rear cover.
Figure 6-329 Remove the rear cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2015
Step 2: Remove the sub paddle unit
1. Open the top cover, and then remove one screw securing the sub paddle unit.
Figure 6-330 Remove one screw
2. Remove the e-ring, and then remove the pulley and timing belt. And then remove the e-ring and the
bushing.
Figure 6-331 Remove the e-ring, pulley, timing belt, and bushing
2016 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Lift up and remove the sub paddle unit.
Figure 6-332 Remove the sub paddle unit
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2017
Tamper unit
● Front tamper
● Rear tamper
2018 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Front tamper
● Front tamper
● Front tamper home sensor (S5)
● Front tamper motor (M9)
Front tamper
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the front tamper.
View a video of removing the inner finisher.
View a video of installing the inner finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Table 6-52 Part information
Part number Part description
JC82–00899A Front tamper
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2019
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
2020 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 1: Remove the front cover
1. Open the front door and open the punch cover.
2. Remove three screws in the front.
3. Remove the lever.
4. Open the top cover.
5. From the right side of the front cover, carefully lift and pry toward the top-left corner to remove the front
cover.
Figure 6-333 Remove the front cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2021
Step 2: Remove the rear cover
1. Open the top cover.
Figure 6-334 Open the top cover
2. Remove three screws.
3. Release hooks carefully and remove the rear cover.
Figure 6-335 Remove the rear cover
Step 3: Remove the output tray
1. Remove four screws.
2022 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Figure 6-336 Remove four screws
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray.
Figure 6-337 Remove the output tray
Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
1. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame depart from the gear.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2023
Figure 6-338 Remove the pulley
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray frame.
Figure 6-339 Remove the output tray frame
TIP: Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher when reassembling. Be sure to level the
output tray.
Reinstall the output tray frame
Use the following special instructions when the reinstalling the assembly.
a. Position the first wheel into the channel on both sides while pushing the paper holding actuator.
2024 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Figure 6-340 Install the wheel (1 of 2)
b. Let the second wheel rest on the channel on both sides simultaneously.
c. Gently squeeze the wheels into channel until the output tray frame meet the gear.
Figure 6-341 Install the wheel (2 of 2)
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2025
d. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame is no longer lifted. It can make to level the output tray
frame.
Figure 6-342 Rotate the pulley (1 of 2)
e. Rotate the pulley in the opposite direction.
Figure 6-343 Rotate the pulley (2 of 2)
2026 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 5: Remove the PCA cover
▲ Remove two screws, and then remove the PCA cover.
Figure 6-344 Remove the PCA cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2027
Step 6: Remove the left cover
1. Remove two screws.
Figure 6-345 Remove two screws
2. Remove four screws from both front and rear sides
Figure 6-346 Remove four screws
2028 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Unplug two inline connectors, and then remove the left cover.
Figure 6-347 Unplug two connectors
TIP: Be sure to check the hook when reassembling.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2029
Step 7: Remove the front harness guide
1. Open one clamp, unplug five connectors, and then remove the wire harness from the front harness guide.
2. Remove four screws, and then remove the front harness guide.
Figure 6-348 Remove the front harness guide
2030 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 8: Remove the output tray motor assembly
▲ Remove three screws, and then remove the output tray motor assembly.
Figure 6-349 Remove the output tray motor assembly
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2031
Step 9: Remove the output tray lower limit switch
▲ Remove one screw, and then remove the output tray lower limit switch.
Figure 6-350 Remove the output tray lower limit switch
2032 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 10: Remove the paper holding
1. Remove the paper holding actuator spring.
Figure 6-351 Remove the paper holding actuator spring
2. Remove the e-ring and the rack pinion gear. Remove the pin and the e-ring, and then remove the bushing.
Figure 6-352 Remove e-ring, rack pinion gear, pin, and bushing
NOTE: Be sure not to lose the pin.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2033
3. Carefully remove the paper holding shaft and the actuator.
Figure 6-353 Remove the paper holding shaft and the actuator
2034 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 11: Remove the sub paddle unit
1. Open the top cover, and then remove one screw securing the sub paddle unit.
Figure 6-354 Remove one screw
2. Remove the e-ring, and then remove the pulley and timing belt. And then remove the e-ring and the
bushing.
Figure 6-355 Remove the e-ring, pulley, timing belt, and bushing
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2035
3. Lift up and remove the sub paddle unit.
Figure 6-356 Remove the sub paddle unit
2036 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 12: Remove the exit roller
1. Remove the guide on the center of the exit roller.
Figure 6-357 Remove the guide
2. On the front of the inner finisher, release the timing belt connected to the exit motor.
Figure 6-358 Release the timing belt
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2037
3. Remove five screws securing the rear harness guide.
Figure 6-359 Remove five screws
4. On the rear of the inner finisher, remove the e-ring and the pulley and then remove the e-ring and the
bushing.
Figure 6-360 Remove the e-ring, pulley, and bushing
2038 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
5. Push the bushing to detach it, and then remove the exit roller.
Figure 6-361 Remove the exit roller
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2039
Step 13: Remove the front tamper
1. Remove four screws.
Figure 6-362 Remove four screws
2. Unplug the connector and release the hook, and then pull the front tamper up to remove.
Figure 6-363 Remove the front tamper
Step 14: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
2040 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Front tamper home sensor (S5)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the front cover
● Step 2: Remove the rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the output tray
● Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
● Step 5: Remove the PCA cover
● Step 6: Remove the left cover
● Step 7: Remove the front harness guide
● Step 8: Remove the output tray motor assembly
● Step 9: Remove the output tray lower limit switch
● Step 10: Remove the paper holding
● Step 11: Remove the sub paddle unit
● Step 12: Remove the exit roller
● Step 13: Remove the front tamper
● Step 14: Remove the front tamper home sensor
● Step 14: Unpack the replacement assembly
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2041
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the front tamper home sensor.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Table 6-53 Part information
Part number Part description
0604-001393 Front tamper home sensor
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
2042 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 1: Remove the front cover
1. Open the front door and open the punch cover.
2. Remove three screws in the front.
3. Remove the lever.
4. Open the top cover.
5. From the right side of the front cover, carefully lift and pry toward the top-left corner to remove the front
cover.
Figure 6-364 Remove the front cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2043
Step 2: Remove the rear cover
1. Open the top cover.
Figure 6-365 Open the top cover
2. Remove three screws.
3. Release hooks carefully and remove the rear cover.
Figure 6-366 Remove the rear cover
Step 3: Remove the output tray
1. Remove four screws.
2044 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Figure 6-367 Remove four screws
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray.
Figure 6-368 Remove the output tray
Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
1. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame depart from the gear.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2045
Figure 6-369 Remove the pulley
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray frame.
Figure 6-370 Remove the output tray frame
TIP: Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher when reassembling. Be sure to level the
output tray.
Reinstall the output tray frame
Use the following special instructions when the reinstalling the assembly.
a. Position the first wheel into the channel on both sides while pushing the paper holding actuator.
2046 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Figure 6-371 Install the wheel (1 of 2)
b. Let the second wheel rest on the channel on both sides simultaneously.
c. Gently squeeze the wheels into channel until the output tray frame meet the gear.
Figure 6-372 Install the wheel (2 of 2)
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2047
d. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame is no longer lifted. It can make to level the output tray
frame.
Figure 6-373 Rotate the pulley (1 of 2)
e. Rotate the pulley in the opposite direction.
Figure 6-374 Rotate the pulley (2 of 2)
2048 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 5: Remove the PCA cover
▲ Remove two screws, and then remove the PCA cover.
Figure 6-375 Remove the PCA cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2049
Step 6: Remove the left cover
1. Remove two screws.
Figure 6-376 Remove two screws
2. Remove four screws from both front and rear sides
Figure 6-377 Remove four screws
2050 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Unplug two inline connectors, and then remove the left cover.
Figure 6-378 Unplug two connectors
TIP: Be sure to check the hook when reassembling.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2051
Step 7: Remove the front harness guide
1. Open one clamp, unplug five connectors, and then remove the wire harness from the front harness guide.
2. Remove four screws, and then remove the front harness guide.
Figure 6-379 Remove the front harness guide
2052 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 8: Remove the output tray motor assembly
▲ Remove three screws, and then remove the output tray motor assembly.
Figure 6-380 Remove the output tray motor assembly
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2053
Step 9: Remove the output tray lower limit switch
▲ Remove one screw, and then remove the output tray lower limit switch.
Figure 6-381 Remove the output tray lower limit switch
2054 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 10: Remove the paper holding
1. Remove the paper holding actuator spring.
Figure 6-382 Remove the paper holding actuator spring
2. Remove the e-ring and the rack pinion gear. Remove the pin and the e-ring, and then remove the bushing.
Figure 6-383 Remove e-ring, rack pinion gear, pin, and bushing
NOTE: Be sure not to lose the pin.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2055
3. Carefully remove the paper holding shaft and the actuator.
Figure 6-384 Remove the paper holding shaft and the actuator
2056 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 11: Remove the sub paddle unit
1. Open the top cover, and then remove one screw securing the sub paddle unit.
Figure 6-385 Remove one screw
2. Remove the e-ring, and then remove the pulley and timing belt. And then remove the e-ring and the
bushing.
Figure 6-386 Remove the e-ring, pulley, timing belt, and bushing
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2057
3. Lift up and remove the sub paddle unit.
Figure 6-387 Remove the sub paddle unit
2058 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 12: Remove the exit roller
1. Remove the guide on the center of the exit roller.
Figure 6-388 Remove the guide
2. On the front of the inner finisher, release the timing belt connected to the exit motor.
Figure 6-389 Release the timing belt
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2059
3. Remove five screws securing the rear harness guide.
Figure 6-390 Remove five screws
4. On the rear of the inner finisher, remove the e-ring and the pulley and then remove the e-ring and the
bushing.
Figure 6-391 Remove the e-ring, pulley, and bushing
2060 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
5. Push the bushing to detach it, and then remove the exit roller.
Figure 6-392 Remove the exit roller
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2061
Step 13: Remove the front tamper
1. Remove four screws.
Figure 6-393 Remove four screws
2. Unplug the connector and release the hook, and then pull the front tamper up to remove.
Figure 6-394 Remove the front tamper
2062 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 14: Remove the front tamper home sensor
▲ Unplug the connector, and then remove the front tamper home sensor.
Figure 6-395 Remove the front tamper home sensor
Step 14: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2063
Front tamper motor (M9)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the front cover
● Step 2: Remove the rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the output tray
● Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
● Step 5: Remove the PCA cover
● Step 6: Remove the left cover
● Step 7: Remove the front harness guide
● Step 8: Remove the output tray motor assembly
● Step 9: Remove the output tray lower limit switch
● Step 10: Remove the paper holding
● Step 11: Remove the sub paddle unit
● Step 12: Remove the exit roller
● Step 13: Remove the front tamper
● Step 14: Remove the front tamper motor
● Step 15: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the front tamper motor.
View a video of removing the inner finisher.
View a video of installing the inner finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
2064 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Table 6-54 Part information
Part number Part description
JC93-01001A Front tamper motor
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2065
Step 1: Remove the front cover
1. Open the front door and open the punch cover.
2. Remove three screws in the front.
3. Remove the lever.
4. Open the top cover.
5. From the right side of the front cover, carefully lift and pry toward the top-left corner to remove the front
cover.
Figure 6-396 Remove the front cover
2066 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 2: Remove the rear cover
1. Open the top cover.
Figure 6-397 Open the top cover
2. Remove three screws.
3. Release hooks carefully and remove the rear cover.
Figure 6-398 Remove the rear cover
Step 3: Remove the output tray
1. Remove four screws.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2067
Figure 6-399 Remove four screws
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray.
Figure 6-400 Remove the output tray
Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
1. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame depart from the gear.
2068 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Figure 6-401 Remove the pulley
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray frame.
Figure 6-402 Remove the output tray frame
TIP: Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher when reassembling. Be sure to level the
output tray.
Reinstall the output tray frame
Use the following special instructions when the reinstalling the assembly.
a. Position the first wheel into the channel on both sides while pushing the paper holding actuator.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2069
Figure 6-403 Install the wheel (1 of 2)
b. Let the second wheel rest on the channel on both sides simultaneously.
c. Gently squeeze the wheels into channel until the output tray frame meet the gear.
Figure 6-404 Install the wheel (2 of 2)
2070 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
d. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame is no longer lifted. It can make to level the output tray
frame.
Figure 6-405 Rotate the pulley (1 of 2)
e. Rotate the pulley in the opposite direction.
Figure 6-406 Rotate the pulley (2 of 2)
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2071
Step 5: Remove the PCA cover
▲ Remove two screws, and then remove the PCA cover.
Figure 6-407 Remove the PCA cover
2072 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 6: Remove the left cover
1. Remove two screws.
Figure 6-408 Remove two screws
2. Remove four screws from both front and rear sides
Figure 6-409 Remove four screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2073
3. Unplug two inline connectors, and then remove the left cover.
Figure 6-410 Unplug two connectors
TIP: Be sure to check the hook when reassembling.
2074 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 7: Remove the front harness guide
1. Open one clamp, unplug five connectors, and then remove the wire harness from the front harness guide.
2. Remove four screws, and then remove the front harness guide.
Figure 6-411 Remove the front harness guide
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2075
Step 8: Remove the output tray motor assembly
▲ Remove three screws, and then remove the output tray motor assembly.
Figure 6-412 Remove the output tray motor assembly
2076 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 9: Remove the output tray lower limit switch
▲ Remove one screw, and then remove the output tray lower limit switch.
Figure 6-413 Remove the output tray lower limit switch
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2077
Step 10: Remove the paper holding
1. Remove the paper holding actuator spring.
Figure 6-414 Remove the paper holding actuator spring
2. Remove the e-ring and the rack pinion gear. Remove the pin and the e-ring, and then remove the bushing.
Figure 6-415 Remove e-ring, rack pinion gear, pin, and bushing
NOTE: Be sure not to lose the pin.
2078 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Carefully remove the paper holding shaft and the actuator.
Figure 6-416 Remove the paper holding shaft and the actuator
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2079
Step 11: Remove the sub paddle unit
1. Open the top cover, and then remove one screw securing the sub paddle unit.
Figure 6-417 Remove one screw
2. Remove the e-ring, and then remove the pulley and timing belt. And then remove the e-ring and the
bushing.
Figure 6-418 Remove the e-ring, pulley, timing belt, and bushing
2080 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Lift up and remove the sub paddle unit.
Figure 6-419 Remove the sub paddle unit
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2081
Step 12: Remove the exit roller
1. Remove the guide on the center of the exit roller.
Figure 6-420 Remove the guide
2. On the front of the inner finisher, release the timing belt connected to the exit motor.
Figure 6-421 Release the timing belt
2082 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Remove five screws securing the rear harness guide.
Figure 6-422 Remove five screws
4. On the rear of the inner finisher, remove the e-ring and the pulley and then remove the e-ring and the
bushing.
Figure 6-423 Remove the e-ring, pulley, and bushing
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2083
5. Push the bushing to detach it, and then remove the exit roller.
Figure 6-424 Remove the exit roller
2084 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 13: Remove the front tamper
1. Remove four screws.
Figure 6-425 Remove four screws
2. Unplug the connector and release the hook, and then pull the front tamper up to remove.
Figure 6-426 Remove the front tamper
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2085
Step 14: Remove the front tamper motor
▲ Remove two screws, unplug the connector, and then remove the motor.
Figure 6-427 Remove the front tamper motor
Step 15: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
2086 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Rear tamper
● Rear tamper
● Rear tamper home sensor (S14)
● Rear tamper motor (M5)
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2087
Rear tamper
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the front cover
● Step 2: Remove the rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the output tray
● Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
● Step 5: Remove the PCA cover
● Step 6: Remove the left cover
● Step 7: Remove the front harness guide
● Step 8: Remove the output tray motor assembly
● Step 9: Remove the output tray lower limit switch
● Step 10: Remove the paper holding
● Step 11: Remove the sub paddle unit
● Step 12: Remove the exit roller
● Step 13: Remove the rear tamper
● Step 14: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the rear tamper.
View a video of removing the inner finisher.
View a video of installing the inner finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
2088 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Table 6-55 Part information
Part number Part description
JC82–00900A Rear tamper
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2089
Step 1: Remove the front cover
1. Open the front door and open the punch cover.
2. Remove three screws in the front.
3. Remove the lever.
4. Open the top cover.
5. From the right side of the front cover, carefully lift and pry toward the top-left corner to remove the front
cover.
Figure 6-428 Remove the front cover
2090 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 2: Remove the rear cover
1. Open the top cover.
Figure 6-429 Open the top cover
2. Remove three screws.
3. Release hooks carefully and remove the rear cover.
Figure 6-430 Remove the rear cover
Step 3: Remove the output tray
1. Remove four screws.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2091
Figure 6-431 Remove four screws
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray.
Figure 6-432 Remove the output tray
Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
1. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame depart from the gear.
2092 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Figure 6-433 Remove the pulley
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray frame.
Figure 6-434 Remove the output tray frame
TIP: Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher when reassembling. Be sure to level the
output tray.
Reinstall the output tray frame
Use the following special instructions when the reinstalling the assembly.
a. Position the first wheel into the channel on both sides while pushing the paper holding actuator.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2093
Figure 6-435 Install the wheel (1 of 2)
b. Let the second wheel rest on the channel on both sides simultaneously.
c. Gently squeeze the wheels into channel until the output tray frame meet the gear.
Figure 6-436 Install the wheel (2 of 2)
2094 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
d. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame is no longer lifted. It can make to level the output tray
frame.
Figure 6-437 Rotate the pulley (1 of 2)
e. Rotate the pulley in the opposite direction.
Figure 6-438 Rotate the pulley (2 of 2)
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2095
Step 5: Remove the PCA cover
▲ Remove two screws, and then remove the PCA cover.
Figure 6-439 Remove the PCA cover
2096 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 6: Remove the left cover
1. Remove two screws.
Figure 6-440 Remove two screws
2. Remove four screws from both front and rear sides
Figure 6-441 Remove four screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2097
3. Unplug two inline connectors, and then remove the left cover.
Figure 6-442 Unplug two connectors
TIP: Be sure to check the hook when reassembling.
2098 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 7: Remove the front harness guide
1. Open one clamp, unplug five connectors, and then remove the wire harness from the front harness guide.
2. Remove four screws, and then remove the front harness guide.
Figure 6-443 Remove the front harness guide
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2099
Step 8: Remove the output tray motor assembly
▲ Remove three screws, and then remove the output tray motor assembly.
Figure 6-444 Remove the output tray motor assembly
2100 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 9: Remove the output tray lower limit switch
▲ Remove one screw, and then remove the output tray lower limit switch.
Figure 6-445 Remove the output tray lower limit switch
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2101
Step 10: Remove the paper holding
1. Remove the paper holding actuator spring.
Figure 6-446 Remove the paper holding actuator spring
2. Remove the e-ring and the rack pinion gear. Remove the pin and the e-ring, and then remove the bushing.
Figure 6-447 Remove e-ring, rack pinion gear, pin, and bushing
NOTE: Be sure not to lose the pin.
2102 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Carefully remove the paper holding shaft and the actuator.
Figure 6-448 Remove the paper holding shaft and the actuator
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2103
Step 11: Remove the sub paddle unit
1. Open the top cover, and then remove one screw securing the sub paddle unit.
Figure 6-449 Remove one screw
2. Remove the e-ring, and then remove the pulley and timing belt. And then remove the e-ring and the
bushing.
Figure 6-450 Remove the e-ring, pulley, timing belt, and bushing
2104 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Lift up and remove the sub paddle unit.
Figure 6-451 Remove the sub paddle unit
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2105
Step 12: Remove the exit roller
1. Remove the guide on the center of the exit roller.
Figure 6-452 Remove the guide
2. On the front of the inner finisher, release the timing belt connected to the exit motor.
Figure 6-453 Release the timing belt
2106 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Remove five screws securing the rear harness guide.
Figure 6-454 Remove five screws
4. On the rear of the inner finisher, remove the e-ring and the pulley and then remove the e-ring and the
bushing.
Figure 6-455 Remove the e-ring, pulley, and bushing
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2107
5. Push the bushing to detach it, and then remove the exit roller.
Figure 6-456 Remove the exit roller
2108 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 13: Remove the rear tamper
1. Remove the rear tamper.
NOTE: Move cable guide out of position to access the screws.
Figure 6-457 Remove four screws
2. Unplug two connectors and release the hook, and then remove the rear tamper.
Figure 6-458 Remove the rear tamper
Step 14: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2109
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
2110 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Rear tamper home sensor (S14)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the front cover
● Step 2: Remove the rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the output tray
● Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
● Step 5: Remove the PCA cover
● Step 6: Remove the left cover
● Step 7: Remove the front harness guide
● Step 8: Remove the output tray motor assembly
● Step 9: Remove the output tray lower limit switch
● Step 10: Remove the paper holding
● Step 11: Remove the sub paddle unit
● Step 12: Remove the exit roller
● Step 13: Remove the rear tamper
● Step 14: Remove the rear tamper home sensor
● Step 15: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the rear tamper home sensor.
View a video of removing the inner finisher.
View a video of installing the inner finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2111
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Table 6-56 Part information
Part number Part description
0604-001393 Rear tamper home sensor
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
2112 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 1: Remove the front cover
1. Open the front door and open the punch cover.
2. Remove three screws in the front.
3. Remove the lever.
4. Open the top cover.
5. From the right side of the front cover, carefully lift and pry toward the top-left corner to remove the front
cover.
Figure 6-459 Remove the front cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2113
Step 2: Remove the rear cover
1. Open the top cover.
Figure 6-460 Open the top cover
2. Remove three screws.
3. Release hooks carefully and remove the rear cover.
Figure 6-461 Remove the rear cover
Step 3: Remove the output tray
1. Remove four screws.
2114 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Figure 6-462 Remove four screws
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray.
Figure 6-463 Remove the output tray
Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
1. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame depart from the gear.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2115
Figure 6-464 Remove the pulley
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray frame.
Figure 6-465 Remove the output tray frame
TIP: Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher when reassembling. Be sure to level the
output tray.
Reinstall the output tray frame
Use the following special instructions when the reinstalling the assembly.
a. Position the first wheel into the channel on both sides while pushing the paper holding actuator.
2116 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Figure 6-466 Install the wheel (1 of 2)
b. Let the second wheel rest on the channel on both sides simultaneously.
c. Gently squeeze the wheels into channel until the output tray frame meet the gear.
Figure 6-467 Install the wheel (2 of 2)
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2117
d. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame is no longer lifted. It can make to level the output tray
frame.
Figure 6-468 Rotate the pulley (1 of 2)
e. Rotate the pulley in the opposite direction.
Figure 6-469 Rotate the pulley (2 of 2)
2118 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 5: Remove the PCA cover
▲ Remove two screws, and then remove the PCA cover.
Figure 6-470 Remove the PCA cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2119
Step 6: Remove the left cover
1. Remove two screws.
Figure 6-471 Remove two screws
2. Remove four screws from both front and rear sides
Figure 6-472 Remove four screws
2120 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Unplug two inline connectors, and then remove the left cover.
Figure 6-473 Unplug two connectors
TIP: Be sure to check the hook when reassembling.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2121
Step 7: Remove the front harness guide
1. Open one clamp, unplug five connectors, and then remove the wire harness from the front harness guide.
2. Remove four screws, and then remove the front harness guide.
Figure 6-474 Remove the front harness guide
2122 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 8: Remove the output tray motor assembly
▲ Remove three screws, and then remove the output tray motor assembly.
Figure 6-475 Remove the output tray motor assembly
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2123
Step 9: Remove the output tray lower limit switch
▲ Remove one screw, and then remove the output tray lower limit switch.
Figure 6-476 Remove the output tray lower limit switch
2124 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 10: Remove the paper holding
1. Remove the paper holding actuator spring.
Figure 6-477 Remove the paper holding actuator spring
2. Remove the e-ring and the rack pinion gear. Remove the pin and the e-ring, and then remove the bushing.
Figure 6-478 Remove e-ring, rack pinion gear, pin, and bushing
NOTE: Be sure not to lose the pin.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2125
3. Carefully remove the paper holding shaft and the actuator.
Figure 6-479 Remove the paper holding shaft and the actuator
2126 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 11: Remove the sub paddle unit
1. Open the top cover, and then remove one screw securing the sub paddle unit.
Figure 6-480 Remove one screw
2. Remove the e-ring, and then remove the pulley and timing belt. And then remove the e-ring and the
bushing.
Figure 6-481 Remove the e-ring, pulley, timing belt, and bushing
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2127
3. Lift up and remove the sub paddle unit.
Figure 6-482 Remove the sub paddle unit
2128 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 12: Remove the exit roller
1. Remove the guide on the center of the exit roller.
Figure 6-483 Remove the guide
2. On the front of the inner finisher, release the timing belt connected to the exit motor.
Figure 6-484 Release the timing belt
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2129
3. Remove five screws securing the rear harness guide.
Figure 6-485 Remove five screws
4. On the rear of the inner finisher, remove the e-ring and the pulley and then remove the e-ring and the
bushing.
Figure 6-486 Remove the e-ring, pulley, and bushing
2130 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
5. Push the bushing to detach it, and then remove the exit roller.
Figure 6-487 Remove the exit roller
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2131
Step 13: Remove the rear tamper
1. Remove the rear tamper.
NOTE: Move cable guide out of position to access the screws.
Figure 6-488 Remove four screws
2. Unplug two connectors and release the hook, and then remove the rear tamper.
Figure 6-489 Remove the rear tamper
2132 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 14: Remove the rear tamper home sensor
▲ Unplug the connector, and then remove the rear tamper home sensor.
Figure 6-490 Remove the rear tamper home sensor
Step 15: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2133
Rear tamper motor (M5)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the front cover
● Step 2: Remove the rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the output tray
● Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
● Step 5: Remove the PCA cover
● Step 6: Remove the left cover
● Step 7: Remove the front harness guide
● Step 8: Remove the output tray motor assembly
● Step 9: Remove the output tray lower limit switch
● Step 10: Remove the paper holding
● Step 11: Remove the sub paddle unit
● Step 12: Remove the exit roller
● Step 13: Remove the rear tamper
● Step 14: Remove the rear tamper motor
● Step 15: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the rear tamper motor.
View a video of removing the inner finisher.
View a video of installing the inner finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
2134 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Table 6-57 Part information
Part number Part description
JC93-01001A Rear tamper motor assembly
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2135
Step 1: Remove the front cover
1. Open the front door and open the punch cover.
2. Remove three screws in the front.
3. Remove the lever.
4. Open the top cover.
5. From the right side of the front cover, carefully lift and pry toward the top-left corner to remove the front
cover.
Figure 6-491 Remove the front cover
2136 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 2: Remove the rear cover
1. Open the top cover.
Figure 6-492 Open the top cover
2. Remove three screws.
3. Release hooks carefully and remove the rear cover.
Figure 6-493 Remove the rear cover
Step 3: Remove the output tray
1. Remove four screws.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2137
Figure 6-494 Remove four screws
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray.
Figure 6-495 Remove the output tray
Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
1. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame depart from the gear.
2138 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Figure 6-496 Remove the pulley
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray frame.
Figure 6-497 Remove the output tray frame
TIP: Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher when reassembling. Be sure to level the
output tray.
Reinstall the output tray frame
Use the following special instructions when the reinstalling the assembly.
a. Position the first wheel into the channel on both sides while pushing the paper holding actuator.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2139
Figure 6-498 Install the wheel (1 of 2)
b. Let the second wheel rest on the channel on both sides simultaneously.
c. Gently squeeze the wheels into channel until the output tray frame meet the gear.
Figure 6-499 Install the wheel (2 of 2)
2140 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
d. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame is no longer lifted. It can make to level the output tray
frame.
Figure 6-500 Rotate the pulley (1 of 2)
e. Rotate the pulley in the opposite direction.
Figure 6-501 Rotate the pulley (2 of 2)
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2141
Step 5: Remove the PCA cover
▲ Remove two screws, and then remove the PCA cover.
Figure 6-502 Remove the PCA cover
2142 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 6: Remove the left cover
1. Remove two screws.
Figure 6-503 Remove two screws
2. Remove four screws from both front and rear sides
Figure 6-504 Remove four screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2143
3. Unplug two inline connectors, and then remove the left cover.
Figure 6-505 Unplug two connectors
TIP: Be sure to check the hook when reassembling.
2144 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 7: Remove the front harness guide
1. Open one clamp, unplug five connectors, and then remove the wire harness from the front harness guide.
2. Remove four screws, and then remove the front harness guide.
Figure 6-506 Remove the front harness guide
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2145
Step 8: Remove the output tray motor assembly
▲ Remove three screws, and then remove the output tray motor assembly.
Figure 6-507 Remove the output tray motor assembly
2146 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 9: Remove the output tray lower limit switch
▲ Remove one screw, and then remove the output tray lower limit switch.
Figure 6-508 Remove the output tray lower limit switch
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2147
Step 10: Remove the paper holding
1. Remove the paper holding actuator spring.
Figure 6-509 Remove the paper holding actuator spring
2. Remove the e-ring and the rack pinion gear. Remove the pin and the e-ring, and then remove the bushing.
Figure 6-510 Remove e-ring, rack pinion gear, pin, and bushing
NOTE: Be sure not to lose the pin.
2148 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Carefully remove the paper holding shaft and the actuator.
Figure 6-511 Remove the paper holding shaft and the actuator
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2149
Step 11: Remove the sub paddle unit
1. Open the top cover, and then remove one screw securing the sub paddle unit.
Figure 6-512 Remove one screw
2. Remove the e-ring, and then remove the pulley and timing belt. And then remove the e-ring and the
bushing.
Figure 6-513 Remove the e-ring, pulley, timing belt, and bushing
2150 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Lift up and remove the sub paddle unit.
Figure 6-514 Remove the sub paddle unit
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2151
Step 12: Remove the exit roller
1. Remove the guide on the center of the exit roller.
Figure 6-515 Remove the guide
2. On the front of the inner finisher, release the timing belt connected to the exit motor.
Figure 6-516 Release the timing belt
2152 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Remove five screws securing the rear harness guide.
Figure 6-517 Remove five screws
4. On the rear of the inner finisher, remove the e-ring and the pulley and then remove the e-ring and the
bushing.
Figure 6-518 Remove the e-ring, pulley, and bushing
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2153
5. Push the bushing to detach it, and then remove the exit roller.
Figure 6-519 Remove the exit roller
2154 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 13: Remove the rear tamper
1. Remove the rear tamper.
NOTE: Move cable guide out of position to access the screws.
Figure 6-520 Remove four screws
2. Unplug two connectors and release the hook, and then remove the rear tamper.
Figure 6-521 Remove the rear tamper
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2155
Step 14: Remove the rear tamper motor
▲ Remove two screws, unplug the connector, and then remove the motor.
Figure 6-522 Remove the rear tamper motor
Step 15: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
2156 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Stapler
● Stapler
● Stapler position sensor (S2)
● Stapler position motor (M1)
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2157
Stapler
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the front cover
● Step 2: Remove the rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the exit motor bracket
● Step 4: Remove the stapler
● Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the stapler.
View a video of removing the inner finisher.
View a video of installing the inner finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Table 6-58 Part information
Part number Part description
JC90-01342A Stapler assembly
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
2158 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2159
Step 1: Remove the front cover
1. Open the front door and open the punch cover.
2. Remove three screws in the front.
3. Remove the lever.
4. Open the top cover.
5. From the right side of the front cover, carefully lift and pry toward the top-left corner to remove the front
cover.
Figure 6-523 Remove the front cover
2160 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 2: Remove the rear cover
1. Open the top cover.
Figure 6-524 Open the top cover
2. Remove three screws.
3. Release hooks carefully and remove the rear cover.
Figure 6-525 Remove the rear cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2161
Step 3: Remove the exit motor bracket
▲ Remove two screws, unplug the motor connector, and remove the exit motor bracket.
Figure 6-526 Remove the exit motor bracket
2162 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 4: Remove the stapler
1. Push the stapler from the rear-side to the front-side.
Figure 6-527 Push the stapler
2. Remove one screw, unplug two connectors, and then remove the stapler assembly.
Figure 6-528 Remove the stapler assembly
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2163
3. Remove two screws, and then remove the stapler.
Figure 6-529 Remove the stapler
Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
2164 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Stapler position sensor (S2)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the front cover
● Step 2: Remove the rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the middle cover
● Step 4: Remove the punch cover
● Step 5: Remove the diverter guide and the middle roller
● Step 6: Remove the middle paper guide
● Step 7: Remove the exit motor bracket
● Step 8: Remove the end fence sensor bracket
● Step 9: Remove the staple position sensor
● Step 10: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the stapler position sensor.
View a video of removing the inner finisher.
View a video of installing the inner finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Table 6-59 Part information
Part number Part description
0604-001393 Stapler position sensor
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2165
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
2166 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 1: Remove the front cover
1. Open the front door and open the punch cover.
2. Remove three screws in the front.
3. Remove the lever.
4. Open the top cover.
5. From the right side of the front cover, carefully lift and pry toward the top-left corner to remove the front
cover.
Figure 6-530 Remove the front cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2167
Step 2: Remove the rear cover
1. Open the top cover.
Figure 6-531 Open the top cover
2. Remove three screws.
3. Release hooks carefully and remove the rear cover.
Figure 6-532 Remove the rear cover
2168 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 3: Remove the middle cover
1. Open the front door and then open the punch cover.
Figure 6-533 Open the front door and puch cover
2. Remove left-side one screw at the rear of the inner finisher, and then remove the middle cover by lifting off
the hinge pins at the front.
Figure 6-534 Remove the middle cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2169
Step 4: Remove the punch cover
1. Unplug the connector. Remove the e-ring, and then remove the slide shaft at the rear of the inner finisher.
Figure 6-535 Remove the slide shaft
2. Open the punch cover.
Figure 6-536 Open the punch cover
2170 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Remove the front punch sheet, and then remove the e-ring and the washer. And then remove the punch
cover.
Figure 6-537 Remove the punch cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2171
Step 5: Remove the diverter guide and the middle roller
1. On the front of the inner finisher, remove the e-ring and bushing.
Figure 6-538 Remove the e-ring and bushing
2. On the rear of the inner finisher, remove the e-ring, pulley, bushing, belt, and spring (slightly hidden from
view).
Figure 6-539 Remove the e-ring, pulley, bushing, belt, and spring
2172 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Remove the diverter guide and the middle roller.
Figure 6-540 Remove the diverter guide and middle roller
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2173
Step 6: Remove the middle paper guide
1. Remove six screws, and then open the middle paper guide in the direction of the arrow.
Figure 6-541 Open the middle paper guide
NOTE: Be careful not to damage the sensor connector.
2. Unplug the connector under the middle paper guide. And then, remove the middle paper guide.
Figure 6-542 Remove the middle paper guide
2174 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 7: Remove the exit motor bracket
▲ Remove two screws, unplug the motor connector, and remove the exit motor bracket.
Figure 6-543 Remove the exit motor bracket
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2175
Step 8: Remove the end fence sensor bracket
1. Remove three screws at the front of the inner finisher, and then remove the bracket.
Figure 6-544 Remove the bracket
2. Remove two screws at the front of the inner finisher.
Figure 6-545 Remove two screws
2176 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Remove two screws at the rear of the inner finisher.
Figure 6-546 Remove two screws
4. Loosen three cable clamps. Unplug the connector at the sensor, and then remove the end fence sensor
bracket.
Figure 6-547 Remove the end fence sensor bracket
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2177
Step 9: Remove the staple position sensor
1. Remove one screw from the front of the inner finisher.
Figure 6-548 Remove one screw
2. Remove one screw from the rear of the inner finisher.
Figure 6-549 Remove one screw
2178 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Unplug four photo-sensor connectors. Open the six cable clamps.
Figure 6-550 Unplug connectors
4. Remove the assembly, and then remove the sensor.
Figure 6-551 Remove the stapler position sensor
Step 10: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2179
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
2180 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Stapler position motor (M1)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the front cover
● Step 2: Remove the rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the middle cover
● Step 4: Remove the punch cover
● Step 5: Remove the diverter guide and the middle roller
● Step 6: Remove the middle paper guide
● Step 7: Remove the stapler postion motor
● Step 8: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the stapler position motor.
View a video of removing the inner finisher.
View a video of installing the inner finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Table 6-60 Part information
Traverse Motor assembly part number
JC93-00999A Stapler position motor
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2181
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
2182 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 1: Remove the front cover
1. Open the front door and open the punch cover.
2. Remove three screws in the front.
3. Remove the lever.
4. Open the top cover.
5. From the right side of the front cover, carefully lift and pry toward the top-left corner to remove the front
cover.
Figure 6-552 Remove the front cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2183
Step 2: Remove the rear cover
1. Open the top cover.
Figure 6-553 Open the top cover
2. Remove three screws.
3. Release hooks carefully and remove the rear cover.
Figure 6-554 Remove the rear cover
2184 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 3: Remove the middle cover
1. Open the front door and then open the punch cover.
Figure 6-555 Open the front door and puch cover
2. Remove left-side one screw at the rear of the inner finisher, and then remove the middle cover by lifting off
the hinge pins at the front.
Figure 6-556 Remove the middle cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2185
Step 4: Remove the punch cover
1. Unplug the connector. Remove the e-ring, and then remove the slide shaft at the rear of the inner finisher.
Figure 6-557 Remove the slide shaft
2. Open the punch cover.
Figure 6-558 Open the punch cover
2186 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Remove the front punch sheet, and then remove the e-ring and the washer. And then remove the punch
cover.
Figure 6-559 Remove the punch cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2187
Step 5: Remove the diverter guide and the middle roller
1. On the front of the inner finisher, remove the e-ring and bushing.
Figure 6-560 Remove the e-ring and bushing
2. On the rear of the inner finisher, remove the e-ring, pulley, bushing, belt, and spring (slightly hidden from
view).
Figure 6-561 Remove the e-ring, pulley, bushing, belt, and spring
2188 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Remove the diverter guide and the middle roller.
Figure 6-562 Remove the diverter guide and middle roller
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2189
Step 6: Remove the middle paper guide
1. Remove six screws, and then open the middle paper guide in the direction of the arrow.
Figure 6-563 Open the middle paper guide
NOTE: Be careful not to damage the sensor connector.
2. Unplug the connector under the middle paper guide. And then, remove the middle paper guide.
Figure 6-564 Remove the middle paper guide
2190 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 7: Remove the stapler postion motor
1. Remove three screws, unplug the motor connector, and then remove the stapler position motor bracket.
Figure 6-565 Remove the stapler position motor bracket
2. Remove two screws, and then remove the motor from the bracket.
Figure 6-566 Remove the stapler postion motor
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2191
TIP: Use the following steps when reinstalling the stapler position motor:
a. Release the spring tension screw.
b. Apply tension to the spring by pulling the belt, and then tighten the spring tension screw. Tightening
the screw puts maximum slack in the belt.
c. Lower the stapler position motor while placing the belt on the motor pulley, and then secure the
bracket with three screws.
d. Release the spring tension screw to allow the spring to apply tension to the belt, and then tighten it
again.
Step 8: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
2192 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2193
Ejector unit
● Ejector and paper support assembly
● Ejector motor assembly (S11/ M6/ M7)
● Ejector assembly (include end fence, S10/ S16)
2194 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Ejector and paper support assembly
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the front cover
● Step 2: Remove the rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the output tray
● Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
● Step 5: Remove the PCA cover
● Step 6: Remove the left cover
● Step 7: Remove the front harness guide
● Step 8: Remove the output tray motor assembly
● Step 9: Remove the output tray lower limit switch
● Step 10: Remove the paper holding
● Step 11: Remove the sub paddle unit
● Step 12: Remove the exit roller
● Step 13: Remove the front tamper
● Step 14: Remove the rear tamper
● Step 15: Remove the ejector and paper support assembly
● Step 16: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the ejector and paper support assembly.
View a video of removing the inner finisher.
View a video of installing the inner finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2195
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Table 6-61 Part information
Part number Part description
SS456-61001 Ejector
JC90-01310A Front paper support
JC90-01311A Rear paper support
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
2196 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 1: Remove the front cover
1. Open the front door and open the punch cover.
2. Remove three screws in the front.
3. Remove the lever.
4. Open the top cover.
5. From the right side of the front cover, carefully lift and pry toward the top-left corner to remove the front
cover.
Figure 6-567 Remove the front cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2197
Step 2: Remove the rear cover
1. Open the top cover.
Figure 6-568 Open the top cover
2. Remove three screws.
3. Release hooks carefully and remove the rear cover.
Figure 6-569 Remove the rear cover
2198 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 3: Remove the output tray
1. Remove four screws.
Figure 6-570 Remove four screws
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray.
Figure 6-571 Remove the output tray
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2199
Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
1. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame depart from the gear.
Figure 6-572 Remove the pulley
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray frame.
Figure 6-573 Remove the output tray frame
TIP: Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher when reassembling. Be sure to level the
output tray.
Reinstall the output tray frame
Use the following special instructions when the reinstalling the assembly.
a. Position the first wheel into the channel on both sides while pushing the paper holding actuator.
2200 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Figure 6-574 Install the wheel (1 of 2)
b. Let the second wheel rest on the channel on both sides simultaneously.
c. Gently squeeze the wheels into channel until the output tray frame meet the gear.
Figure 6-575 Install the wheel (2 of 2)
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2201
d. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame is no longer lifted. It can make to level the output tray
frame.
Figure 6-576 Rotate the pulley (1 of 2)
e. Rotate the pulley in the opposite direction.
Figure 6-577 Rotate the pulley (2 of 2)
2202 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 5: Remove the PCA cover
▲ Remove two screws, and then remove the PCA cover.
Figure 6-578 Remove the PCA cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2203
Step 6: Remove the left cover
1. Remove two screws.
Figure 6-579 Remove two screws
2. Remove four screws from both front and rear sides
Figure 6-580 Remove four screws
2204 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Unplug two inline connectors, and then remove the left cover.
Figure 6-581 Unplug two connectors
TIP: Be sure to check the hook when reassembling.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2205
Step 7: Remove the front harness guide
1. Open one clamp, unplug five connectors, and then remove the wire harness from the front harness guide.
2. Remove four screws, and then remove the front harness guide.
Figure 6-582 Remove the front harness guide
2206 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 8: Remove the output tray motor assembly
▲ Remove three screws, and then remove the output tray motor assembly.
Figure 6-583 Remove the output tray motor assembly
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2207
Step 9: Remove the output tray lower limit switch
▲ Remove one screw, and then remove the output tray lower limit switch.
Figure 6-584 Remove the output tray lower limit switch
2208 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 10: Remove the paper holding
1. Remove the paper holding actuator spring.
Figure 6-585 Remove the paper holding actuator spring
2. Remove the e-ring and the rack pinion gear. Remove the pin and the e-ring, and then remove the bushing.
Figure 6-586 Remove e-ring, rack pinion gear, pin, and bushing
NOTE: Be sure not to lose the pin.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2209
3. Carefully remove the paper holding shaft and the actuator.
Figure 6-587 Remove the paper holding shaft and the actuator
2210 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 11: Remove the sub paddle unit
1. Open the top cover, and then remove one screw securing the sub paddle unit.
Figure 6-588 Remove one screw
2. Remove the e-ring, and then remove the pulley and timing belt. And then remove the e-ring and the
bushing.
Figure 6-589 Remove the e-ring, pulley, timing belt, and bushing
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2211
3. Lift up and remove the sub paddle unit.
Figure 6-590 Remove the sub paddle unit
2212 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 12: Remove the exit roller
1. Remove the guide on the center of the exit roller.
Figure 6-591 Remove the guide
2. On the front of the inner finisher, release the timing belt connected to the exit motor.
Figure 6-592 Release the timing belt
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2213
3. Remove five screws securing the rear harness guide.
Figure 6-593 Remove five screws
4. On the rear of the inner finisher, remove the e-ring and the pulley and then remove the e-ring and the
bushing.
Figure 6-594 Remove the e-ring, pulley, and bushing
2214 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
5. Push the bushing to detach it, and then remove the exit roller.
Figure 6-595 Remove the exit roller
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2215
Step 13: Remove the front tamper
1. Remove four screws.
Figure 6-596 Remove four screws
2. Unplug the connector and release the hook, and then pull the front tamper up to remove.
Figure 6-597 Remove the front tamper
2216 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 14: Remove the rear tamper
1. Remove the rear tamper.
NOTE: Move cable guide out of position to access the screws.
Figure 6-598 Remove four screws
2. Unplug two connectors and release the hook, and then remove the rear tamper.
Figure 6-599 Remove the rear tamper
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2217
Step 15: Remove the ejector and paper support assembly
1. Open one clamp, disconnect one connector.
Figure 6-600 Disconnect one connector
2. Pull the rear paper support up, and then release one clamp and disconnect two connectors.
Figure 6-601 Remove the ejector assembly
2218 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Remove four screws, and then remove the ejector & paper support assembly
Figure 6-602 Remove the ejector & paper support assembly
Step 16: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2219
Ejector motor assembly (S11/ M6/ M7)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the front cover
● Step 2: Remove the rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the output tray
● Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
● Step 5: Remove the PCA cover
● Step 6: Remove the left cover
● Step 7: Remove the front harness guide
● Step 8: Remove the output tray motor assembly
● Step 9: Remove the output tray lower limit switch
● Step 10: Remove the paper holding
● Step 11: Remove the sub paddle unit
● Step 12: Remove the exit roller
● Step 13: Remove the front tamper
● Step 14: Remove the rear tamper
● Step 15: Remove the ejector and paper support assembly
● Step 16: Remove the front paper support and the rear paper support
● Step 17: Remove the ejector motor assembly
● Step 16: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the ejector motor assembly.
View a video of removing the inner finisher.
View a video of installing the inner finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
2220 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Table 6-62 Part information
Part number Part description
JC90-01309A (not orderable) Ejector motor assembly
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2221
Step 1: Remove the front cover
1. Open the front door and open the punch cover.
2. Remove three screws in the front.
3. Remove the lever.
4. Open the top cover.
5. From the right side of the front cover, carefully lift and pry toward the top-left corner to remove the front
cover.
Figure 6-603 Remove the front cover
2222 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 2: Remove the rear cover
1. Open the top cover.
Figure 6-604 Open the top cover
2. Remove three screws.
3. Release hooks carefully and remove the rear cover.
Figure 6-605 Remove the rear cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2223
Step 3: Remove the output tray
1. Remove four screws.
Figure 6-606 Remove four screws
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray.
Figure 6-607 Remove the output tray
2224 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
1. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame depart from the gear.
Figure 6-608 Remove the pulley
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray frame.
Figure 6-609 Remove the output tray frame
TIP: Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher when reassembling. Be sure to level the
output tray.
Reinstall the output tray frame
Use the following special instructions when the reinstalling the assembly.
a. Position the first wheel into the channel on both sides while pushing the paper holding actuator.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2225
Figure 6-610 Install the wheel (1 of 2)
b. Let the second wheel rest on the channel on both sides simultaneously.
c. Gently squeeze the wheels into channel until the output tray frame meet the gear.
Figure 6-611 Install the wheel (2 of 2)
2226 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
d. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame is no longer lifted. It can make to level the output tray
frame.
Figure 6-612 Rotate the pulley (1 of 2)
e. Rotate the pulley in the opposite direction.
Figure 6-613 Rotate the pulley (2 of 2)
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2227
Step 5: Remove the PCA cover
▲ Remove two screws, and then remove the PCA cover.
Figure 6-614 Remove the PCA cover
2228 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 6: Remove the left cover
1. Remove two screws.
Figure 6-615 Remove two screws
2. Remove four screws from both front and rear sides
Figure 6-616 Remove four screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2229
3. Unplug two inline connectors, and then remove the left cover.
Figure 6-617 Unplug two connectors
TIP: Be sure to check the hook when reassembling.
2230 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 7: Remove the front harness guide
1. Open one clamp, unplug five connectors, and then remove the wire harness from the front harness guide.
2. Remove four screws, and then remove the front harness guide.
Figure 6-618 Remove the front harness guide
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2231
Step 8: Remove the output tray motor assembly
▲ Remove three screws, and then remove the output tray motor assembly.
Figure 6-619 Remove the output tray motor assembly
2232 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 9: Remove the output tray lower limit switch
▲ Remove one screw, and then remove the output tray lower limit switch.
Figure 6-620 Remove the output tray lower limit switch
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2233
Step 10: Remove the paper holding
1. Remove the paper holding actuator spring.
Figure 6-621 Remove the paper holding actuator spring
2. Remove the e-ring and the rack pinion gear. Remove the pin and the e-ring, and then remove the bushing.
Figure 6-622 Remove e-ring, rack pinion gear, pin, and bushing
NOTE: Be sure not to lose the pin.
2234 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Carefully remove the paper holding shaft and the actuator.
Figure 6-623 Remove the paper holding shaft and the actuator
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2235
Step 11: Remove the sub paddle unit
1. Open the top cover, and then remove one screw securing the sub paddle unit.
Figure 6-624 Remove one screw
2. Remove the e-ring, and then remove the pulley and timing belt. And then remove the e-ring and the
bushing.
Figure 6-625 Remove the e-ring, pulley, timing belt, and bushing
2236 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Lift up and remove the sub paddle unit.
Figure 6-626 Remove the sub paddle unit
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2237
Step 12: Remove the exit roller
1. Remove the guide on the center of the exit roller.
Figure 6-627 Remove the guide
2. On the front of the inner finisher, release the timing belt connected to the exit motor.
Figure 6-628 Release the timing belt
2238 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Remove five screws securing the rear harness guide.
Figure 6-629 Remove five screws
4. On the rear of the inner finisher, remove the e-ring and the pulley and then remove the e-ring and the
bushing.
Figure 6-630 Remove the e-ring, pulley, and bushing
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2239
5. Push the bushing to detach it, and then remove the exit roller.
Figure 6-631 Remove the exit roller
2240 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 13: Remove the front tamper
1. Remove four screws.
Figure 6-632 Remove four screws
2. Unplug the connector and release the hook, and then pull the front tamper up to remove.
Figure 6-633 Remove the front tamper
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2241
Step 14: Remove the rear tamper
1. Remove the rear tamper.
NOTE: Move cable guide out of position to access the screws.
Figure 6-634 Remove four screws
2. Unplug two connectors and release the hook, and then remove the rear tamper.
Figure 6-635 Remove the rear tamper
2242 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 15: Remove the ejector and paper support assembly
1. Open one clamp, disconnect one connector.
Figure 6-636 Disconnect one connector
2. Pull the rear paper support up, and then release one clamp and disconnect two connectors.
Figure 6-637 Remove the ejector assembly
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2243
3. Remove four screws, and then remove the ejector & paper support assembly
Figure 6-638 Remove the ejector & paper support assembly
2244 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 16: Remove the front paper support and the rear paper support
▲ Remove two screws, and then pull the paper support assembly out of ejector assembly.
Figure 6-639 Remove paper support assembly
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2245
Step 17: Remove the ejector motor assembly
1. Remove the e-ring and washer. Remove two timing belts. Then, remove one screw.
Figure 6-640 Remove e-ring, washer, belt, and screw
2. Remove the timing belt and one screw.
Figure 6-641 Remove the belt and screw
2246 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Remove the cable from clamp, and then disconnect two motor connectors and the sensor connector.
Figure 6-642 Disconnect the motor and sensor connectors
4. Remove the ejector motor assembly.
Figure 6-643 Remove the ejector motor assembly
Step 16: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2247
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
2248 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Ejector assembly (include end fence, S10/ S16)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the front cover
● Step 2: Remove the rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the output tray
● Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
● Step 5: Remove the PCA cover
● Step 6: Remove the left cover
● Step 7: Remove the front harness guide
● Step 8: Remove the output tray motor assembly
● Step 9: Remove the output tray lower limit switch
● Step 10: Remove the paper holding
● Step 11: Remove the sub paddle unit
● Step 12: Remove the exit roller
● Step 13: Remove the front tamper
● Step 14: Remove the rear tamper
● Step 15: Remove the ejector and paper support assembly
● Step 16: Remove the front paper support and the rear paper support
● Step 17: Remove the ejector motor assembly
● Step 18: Remove the ejector assembly
● Step 19: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the ejector assembly.
View a video of removing the inner finisher.
View a video of installing the inner finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2249
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Table 6-63 Part information
Part number Part description
SS456–61001 Ejector
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
2250 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 1: Remove the front cover
1. Open the front door and open the punch cover.
2. Remove three screws in the front.
3. Remove the lever.
4. Open the top cover.
5. From the right side of the front cover, carefully lift and pry toward the top-left corner to remove the front
cover.
Figure 6-644 Remove the front cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2251
Step 2: Remove the rear cover
1. Open the top cover.
Figure 6-645 Open the top cover
2. Remove three screws.
3. Release hooks carefully and remove the rear cover.
Figure 6-646 Remove the rear cover
2252 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 3: Remove the output tray
1. Remove four screws.
Figure 6-647 Remove four screws
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray.
Figure 6-648 Remove the output tray
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2253
Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
1. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame depart from the gear.
Figure 6-649 Remove the pulley
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray frame.
Figure 6-650 Remove the output tray frame
TIP: Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher when reassembling. Be sure to level the
output tray.
Reinstall the output tray frame
Use the following special instructions when the reinstalling the assembly.
a. Position the first wheel into the channel on both sides while pushing the paper holding actuator.
2254 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Figure 6-651 Install the wheel (1 of 2)
b. Let the second wheel rest on the channel on both sides simultaneously.
c. Gently squeeze the wheels into channel until the output tray frame meet the gear.
Figure 6-652 Install the wheel (2 of 2)
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2255
d. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame is no longer lifted. It can make to level the output tray
frame.
Figure 6-653 Rotate the pulley (1 of 2)
e. Rotate the pulley in the opposite direction.
Figure 6-654 Rotate the pulley (2 of 2)
2256 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 5: Remove the PCA cover
▲ Remove two screws, and then remove the PCA cover.
Figure 6-655 Remove the PCA cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2257
Step 6: Remove the left cover
1. Remove two screws.
Figure 6-656 Remove two screws
2. Remove four screws from both front and rear sides
Figure 6-657 Remove four screws
2258 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Unplug two inline connectors, and then remove the left cover.
Figure 6-658 Unplug two connectors
TIP: Be sure to check the hook when reassembling.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2259
Step 7: Remove the front harness guide
1. Open one clamp, unplug five connectors, and then remove the wire harness from the front harness guide.
2. Remove four screws, and then remove the front harness guide.
Figure 6-659 Remove the front harness guide
2260 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 8: Remove the output tray motor assembly
▲ Remove three screws, and then remove the output tray motor assembly.
Figure 6-660 Remove the output tray motor assembly
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2261
Step 9: Remove the output tray lower limit switch
▲ Remove one screw, and then remove the output tray lower limit switch.
Figure 6-661 Remove the output tray lower limit switch
2262 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 10: Remove the paper holding
1. Remove the paper holding actuator spring.
Figure 6-662 Remove the paper holding actuator spring
2. Remove the e-ring and the rack pinion gear. Remove the pin and the e-ring, and then remove the bushing.
Figure 6-663 Remove e-ring, rack pinion gear, pin, and bushing
NOTE: Be sure not to lose the pin.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2263
3. Carefully remove the paper holding shaft and the actuator.
Figure 6-664 Remove the paper holding shaft and the actuator
2264 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 11: Remove the sub paddle unit
1. Open the top cover, and then remove one screw securing the sub paddle unit.
Figure 6-665 Remove one screw
2. Remove the e-ring, and then remove the pulley and timing belt. And then remove the e-ring and the
bushing.
Figure 6-666 Remove the e-ring, pulley, timing belt, and bushing
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2265
3. Lift up and remove the sub paddle unit.
Figure 6-667 Remove the sub paddle unit
2266 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 12: Remove the exit roller
1. Remove the guide on the center of the exit roller.
Figure 6-668 Remove the guide
2. On the front of the inner finisher, release the timing belt connected to the exit motor.
Figure 6-669 Release the timing belt
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2267
3. Remove five screws securing the rear harness guide.
Figure 6-670 Remove five screws
4. On the rear of the inner finisher, remove the e-ring and the pulley and then remove the e-ring and the
bushing.
Figure 6-671 Remove the e-ring, pulley, and bushing
2268 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
5. Push the bushing to detach it, and then remove the exit roller.
Figure 6-672 Remove the exit roller
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2269
Step 13: Remove the front tamper
1. Remove four screws.
Figure 6-673 Remove four screws
2. Unplug the connector and release the hook, and then pull the front tamper up to remove.
Figure 6-674 Remove the front tamper
2270 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 14: Remove the rear tamper
1. Remove the rear tamper.
NOTE: Move cable guide out of position to access the screws.
Figure 6-675 Remove four screws
2. Unplug two connectors and release the hook, and then remove the rear tamper.
Figure 6-676 Remove the rear tamper
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2271
Step 15: Remove the ejector and paper support assembly
1. Open one clamp, disconnect one connector.
Figure 6-677 Disconnect one connector
2. Pull the rear paper support up, and then release one clamp and disconnect two connectors.
Figure 6-678 Remove the ejector assembly
2272 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Remove four screws, and then remove the ejector & paper support assembly
Figure 6-679 Remove the ejector & paper support assembly
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2273
Step 16: Remove the front paper support and the rear paper support
▲ Remove two screws, and then pull the paper support assembly out of ejector assembly.
Figure 6-680 Remove paper support assembly
2274 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 17: Remove the ejector motor assembly
1. Remove the e-ring and washer. Remove two timing belts. Then, remove one screw.
Figure 6-681 Remove e-ring, washer, belt, and screw
2. Remove the timing belt and one screw.
Figure 6-682 Remove the belt and screw
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2275
3. Remove the cable from clamp, and then disconnect two motor connectors and the sensor connector.
Figure 6-683 Disconnect the motor and sensor connectors
4. Remove the ejector motor assembly.
Figure 6-684 Remove the ejector motor assembly
2276 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 18: Remove the ejector assembly
1. Remove two screws.
Figure 6-685 Remove two screws
2. Unplug two connectors, and then remove the ejector assembly.
Figure 6-686 Remove the ejector assembly
Step 19: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2277
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
2278 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
End fence unit
● End fence sensor (S17)
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2279
End fence sensor (S17)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the front cover
● Step 2: Remove the rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the middle cover
● Step 4: Remove the punch cover
● Step 5: Remove the diverter guide and middle roller
● Step 6: Remove the middle paper guide
● Step 7: Remove the exit motor bracket
● Step 8: Remove the end fence sensor bracket
● Step 9: Remove the end fence sensor
● Step 10: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the end fence sensor.
View a video of removing the inner finisher.
View a video of installing the inner finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Table 6-64 Part information
Part number Part description
0604-001381 End fence sensor
2280 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2281
Step 1: Remove the front cover
1. Open the front door and open the punch cover.
2. Remove three screws in the front.
3. Remove the lever.
4. Open the top cover.
5. From the right side of the front cover, carefully lift and pry toward the top-left corner to remove the front
cover.
Figure 6-687 Remove the front cover
2282 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 2: Remove the rear cover
1. Open the top cover.
Figure 6-688 Open the top cover
2. Remove three screws.
3. Release hooks carefully and remove the rear cover.
Figure 6-689 Remove the rear cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2283
Step 3: Remove the middle cover
1. Open the front door and then open the punch cover.
Figure 6-690 Open the front door and puch cover
2. Remove left-side one screw at the rear of the inner finisher, and then remove the middle cover by lifting off
the hinge pins at the front.
Figure 6-691 Remove the middle cover
2284 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 4: Remove the punch cover
1. Unplug the connector. Remove the e-ring, and then remove the slide shaft at the rear of the inner finisher.
Figure 6-692 Remove the slide shaft
2. Open the punch cover.
Figure 6-693 Open the punch cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2285
3. Remove the front punch sheet, and then remove the e-ring and the washer. And then remove the punch
cover.
Figure 6-694 Remove the punch cover
2286 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 5: Remove the diverter guide and middle roller
1. On the front of the inner finisher, remove the e-ring and bushing.
Figure 6-695 Remove the e-ring and bushing
2. On the rear of the inner finisher, remove the e-ring, pulley, bushing, belt, and spring (slightly hidden from
view).
Figure 6-696 Remove the e-ring, pulley, bushing, belt, and spring
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2287
3. Remove the diverter guide and the middle roller.
Figure 6-697 Remove the diverter guide and middle roller
2288 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 6: Remove the middle paper guide
1. Remove six screws, and then open the middle paper guide in the direction of the arrow.
Figure 6-698 Open the middle paper guide
NOTE: Be careful not to damage the sensor connector.
2. Unplug the connector under the middle paper guide. And then, remove the middle paper guide.
Figure 6-699 Remove the middle paper guide
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2289
Step 7: Remove the exit motor bracket
▲ Remove two screws, unplug the motor connector, and remove the exit motor bracket.
Figure 6-700 Remove the exit motor bracket
2290 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 8: Remove the end fence sensor bracket
1. Remove three screws at the front of the inner finisher, and then remove the bracket.
Figure 6-701 Remove the bracket
2. Remove two screws at the front of the inner finisher.
Figure 6-702 Remove two screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2291
3. Remove two screws at the rear of the inner finisher.
Figure 6-703 Remove two screws
4. Loosen three cable clamps. Unplug the connector at the sensor, and then remove the end fence sensor
bracket.
Figure 6-704 Remove the end fence sensor bracket
2292 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 9: Remove the end fence sensor
▲ Remove one screw, and then remove the end fence sensor.
Figure 6-705 Remove the end fence sensor
Step 10: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2293
Output tray unit
● Output tray
● Output tray top of stack sensor (S8)
● Output tray lower limit switch (S7)
● Output tray motor assembly
2294 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Output tray
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the front cover
● Step 2: Remove the rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the output tray
● Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
● Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the output tray.
View a video of removing the inner finisher.
View a video of installing the inner finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Table 6-65 Part information
Part number Part description
JC90–01137B Output tray
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2295
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
2296 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 1: Remove the front cover
1. Open the front door and open the punch cover.
2. Remove three screws in the front.
3. Remove the lever.
4. Open the top cover.
5. From the right side of the front cover, carefully lift and pry toward the top-left corner to remove the front
cover.
Figure 6-706 Remove the front cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2297
Step 2: Remove the rear cover
1. Open the top cover.
Figure 6-707 Open the top cover
2. Remove three screws.
3. Release hooks carefully and remove the rear cover.
Figure 6-708 Remove the rear cover
2298 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 3: Remove the output tray
1. Remove four screws.
Figure 6-709 Remove four screws
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray.
Figure 6-710 Remove the output tray
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2299
Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
1. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame depart from the gear.
Figure 6-711 Remove the pulley
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray frame.
Figure 6-712 Remove the output tray frame
TIP: Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher when reassembling. Be sure to level the
output tray.
Reinstall the output tray frame
Use the following special instructions when the reinstalling the assembly.
a. Position the first wheel into the channel on both sides while pushing the paper holding actuator.
2300 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Figure 6-713 Install the wheel (1 of 2)
b. Let the second wheel rest on the channel on both sides simultaneously.
c. Gently squeeze the wheels into channel until the output tray frame meet the gear.
Figure 6-714 Install the wheel (2 of 2)
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2301
d. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame is no longer lifted. It can make to level the output tray
frame.
Figure 6-715 Rotate the pulley (1 of 2)
e. Rotate the pulley in the opposite direction.
Figure 6-716 Rotate the pulley (2 of 2)
Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
2302 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2303
Output tray top of stack sensor (S8)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the front cover
● Step 2: Remove the rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the output tray
● Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
● Step 5: Remove the PCA cover
● Step 6: Remove the left cover
● Step 7: Remove the output tray top of stack sensor
● Step 8: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the output tray top of stack sensor.
View a video of removing the inner finisher.
View a video of installing the inner finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Table 6-66 Part information
Part number Part description
JC82–01039A Output tray top of stack sensor
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
2304 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2305
Step 1: Remove the front cover
1. Open the front door and open the punch cover.
2. Remove three screws in the front.
3. Remove the lever.
4. Open the top cover.
5. From the right side of the front cover, carefully lift and pry toward the top-left corner to remove the front
cover.
Figure 6-717 Remove the front cover
2306 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 2: Remove the rear cover
1. Open the top cover.
Figure 6-718 Open the top cover
2. Remove three screws.
3. Release hooks carefully and remove the rear cover.
Figure 6-719 Remove the rear cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2307
Step 3: Remove the output tray
1. Remove four screws.
Figure 6-720 Remove four screws
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray.
Figure 6-721 Remove the output tray
2308 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
1. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame depart from the gear.
Figure 6-722 Remove the pulley
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray frame.
Figure 6-723 Remove the output tray frame
TIP: Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher when reassembling. Be sure to level the
output tray.
Reinstall the output tray frame
Use the following special instructions when the reinstalling the assembly.
a. Position the first wheel into the channel on both sides while pushing the paper holding actuator.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2309
Figure 6-724 Install the wheel (1 of 2)
b. Let the second wheel rest on the channel on both sides simultaneously.
c. Gently squeeze the wheels into channel until the output tray frame meet the gear.
Figure 6-725 Install the wheel (2 of 2)
2310 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
d. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame is no longer lifted. It can make to level the output tray
frame.
Figure 6-726 Rotate the pulley (1 of 2)
e. Rotate the pulley in the opposite direction.
Figure 6-727 Rotate the pulley (2 of 2)
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2311
Step 5: Remove the PCA cover
▲ Remove two screws, and then remove the PCA cover.
Figure 6-728 Remove the PCA cover
2312 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 6: Remove the left cover
1. Remove two screws.
Figure 6-729 Remove two screws
2. Remove four screws from both front and rear sides
Figure 6-730 Remove four screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2313
3. Unplug two inline connectors, and then remove the left cover.
Figure 6-731 Unplug two connectors
TIP: Be sure to check the hook when reassembling.
2314 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 7: Remove the output tray top of stack sensor
▲ Remove two screws from both sides of the left cover. Remove the bracket, and then remove the sensor.
Figure 6-732 Remove the output tray top of stack sensor
Step 8: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2315
Output tray lower limit switch (S7)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the front cover
● Step 2: Remove the rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the output tray
● Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
● Step 5: Remove the PCA cover
● Step 6: Remove the left cover
● Step 7: Remove the front harness guide
● Step 8: Remove the output tray lower limit switch
● Step 9: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the output tray lower limit switch.
View a video of removing the inner finisher.
View a video of installing the inner finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Table 6-67 Part information
Part number Part description
JC90-01320A Output tray lower limit switch
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
2316 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2317
Step 1: Remove the front cover
1. Open the front door and open the punch cover.
2. Remove three screws in the front.
3. Remove the lever.
4. Open the top cover.
5. From the right side of the front cover, carefully lift and pry toward the top-left corner to remove the front
cover.
Figure 6-733 Remove the front cover
2318 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 2: Remove the rear cover
1. Open the top cover.
Figure 6-734 Open the top cover
2. Remove three screws.
3. Release hooks carefully and remove the rear cover.
Figure 6-735 Remove the rear cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2319
Step 3: Remove the output tray
1. Remove four screws.
Figure 6-736 Remove four screws
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray.
Figure 6-737 Remove the output tray
2320 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
1. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame depart from the gear.
Figure 6-738 Remove the pulley
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray frame.
Figure 6-739 Remove the output tray frame
TIP: Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher when reassembling. Be sure to level the
output tray.
Reinstall the output tray frame
Use the following special instructions when the reinstalling the assembly.
a. Position the first wheel into the channel on both sides while pushing the paper holding actuator.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2321
Figure 6-740 Install the wheel (1 of 2)
b. Let the second wheel rest on the channel on both sides simultaneously.
c. Gently squeeze the wheels into channel until the output tray frame meet the gear.
Figure 6-741 Install the wheel (2 of 2)
2322 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
d. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame is no longer lifted. It can make to level the output tray
frame.
Figure 6-742 Rotate the pulley (1 of 2)
e. Rotate the pulley in the opposite direction.
Figure 6-743 Rotate the pulley (2 of 2)
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2323
Step 5: Remove the PCA cover
▲ Remove two screws, and then remove the PCA cover.
Figure 6-744 Remove the PCA cover
2324 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 6: Remove the left cover
1. Remove two screws.
Figure 6-745 Remove two screws
2. Remove four screws from both front and rear sides
Figure 6-746 Remove four screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2325
3. Unplug two inline connectors, and then remove the left cover.
Figure 6-747 Unplug two connectors
TIP: Be sure to check the hook when reassembling.
2326 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 7: Remove the front harness guide
1. Open one clamp, unplug five connectors, and then remove the wire harness from the front harness guide.
2. Remove four screws, and then remove the front harness guide.
Figure 6-748 Remove the front harness guide
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2327
Step 8: Remove the output tray lower limit switch
▲ Remove one screw, and then remove the output tray lower limit switch.
Figure 6-749 Remove the output tray lower limit switch
Step 9: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
2328 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Output tray motor assembly
● Output tray motor assembly (M4)
● Output tray motor sensor (S6)
● Output tray motor
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2329
Output tray motor assembly (M4)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the front cover
● Step 2: Remove the rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the output tray
● Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
● Step 5: Remove the PCA cover
● Step 6: Remove the left cover
● Step 7: Remove the front harness guide
● Step 8: Remove the output tray motor assembly
● Step 9: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the output tray motor assembly.
View a video of removing the inner finisher.
View a video of installing the inner finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Table 6-68 Part information
Part number Part description
JC90-01334B Output tray motor assembly
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
2330 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2331
Step 1: Remove the front cover
1. Open the front door and open the punch cover.
2. Remove three screws in the front.
3. Remove the lever.
4. Open the top cover.
5. From the right side of the front cover, carefully lift and pry toward the top-left corner to remove the front
cover.
Figure 6-750 Remove the front cover
2332 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 2: Remove the rear cover
1. Open the top cover.
Figure 6-751 Open the top cover
2. Remove three screws.
3. Release hooks carefully and remove the rear cover.
Figure 6-752 Remove the rear cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2333
Step 3: Remove the output tray
1. Remove four screws.
Figure 6-753 Remove four screws
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray.
Figure 6-754 Remove the output tray
2334 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
1. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame depart from the gear.
Figure 6-755 Remove the pulley
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray frame.
Figure 6-756 Remove the output tray frame
TIP: Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher when reassembling. Be sure to level the
output tray.
Reinstall the output tray frame
Use the following special instructions when the reinstalling the assembly.
a. Position the first wheel into the channel on both sides while pushing the paper holding actuator.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2335
Figure 6-757 Install the wheel (1 of 2)
b. Let the second wheel rest on the channel on both sides simultaneously.
c. Gently squeeze the wheels into channel until the output tray frame meet the gear.
Figure 6-758 Install the wheel (2 of 2)
2336 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
d. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame is no longer lifted. It can make to level the output tray
frame.
Figure 6-759 Rotate the pulley (1 of 2)
e. Rotate the pulley in the opposite direction.
Figure 6-760 Rotate the pulley (2 of 2)
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2337
Step 5: Remove the PCA cover
▲ Remove two screws, and then remove the PCA cover.
Figure 6-761 Remove the PCA cover
2338 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 6: Remove the left cover
1. Remove two screws.
Figure 6-762 Remove two screws
2. Remove four screws from both front and rear sides
Figure 6-763 Remove four screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2339
3. Unplug two inline connectors, and then remove the left cover.
Figure 6-764 Unplug two connectors
TIP: Be sure to check the hook when reassembling.
2340 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 7: Remove the front harness guide
1. Open one clamp, unplug five connectors, and then remove the wire harness from the front harness guide.
2. Remove four screws, and then remove the front harness guide.
Figure 6-765 Remove the front harness guide
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2341
Step 8: Remove the output tray motor assembly
▲ Remove three screws, and then remove the output tray motor assembly.
Figure 6-766 Remove the output tray motor assembly
Step 9: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
2342 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Output tray motor sensor (S6)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the front cover
● Step 2: Remove the rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the output tray
● Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
● Step 5: Remove the PCA cover
● Step 6: Remove the left cover
● Step 7: Remove the front harness guide
● Step 8: Remove the output tray motor assembly
● Step 9: Remove the output tray motor sensor
● Step 10: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the output tray motor sensor.
View a video of removing the inner finisher.
View a video of installing the inner finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Table 6-69 Part information
Part number Part description
0604-001393 Output tray motor sensor
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2343
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
2344 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 1: Remove the front cover
1. Open the front door and open the punch cover.
2. Remove three screws in the front.
3. Remove the lever.
4. Open the top cover.
5. From the right side of the front cover, carefully lift and pry toward the top-left corner to remove the front
cover.
Figure 6-767 Remove the front cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2345
Step 2: Remove the rear cover
1. Open the top cover.
Figure 6-768 Open the top cover
2. Remove three screws.
3. Release hooks carefully and remove the rear cover.
Figure 6-769 Remove the rear cover
2346 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 3: Remove the output tray
1. Remove four screws.
Figure 6-770 Remove four screws
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray.
Figure 6-771 Remove the output tray
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2347
Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
1. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame depart from the gear.
Figure 6-772 Remove the pulley
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray frame.
Figure 6-773 Remove the output tray frame
TIP: Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher when reassembling. Be sure to level the
output tray.
Reinstall the output tray frame
Use the following special instructions when the reinstalling the assembly.
a. Position the first wheel into the channel on both sides while pushing the paper holding actuator.
2348 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Figure 6-774 Install the wheel (1 of 2)
b. Let the second wheel rest on the channel on both sides simultaneously.
c. Gently squeeze the wheels into channel until the output tray frame meet the gear.
Figure 6-775 Install the wheel (2 of 2)
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2349
d. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame is no longer lifted. It can make to level the output tray
frame.
Figure 6-776 Rotate the pulley (1 of 2)
e. Rotate the pulley in the opposite direction.
Figure 6-777 Rotate the pulley (2 of 2)
2350 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 5: Remove the PCA cover
▲ Remove two screws, and then remove the PCA cover.
Figure 6-778 Remove the PCA cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2351
Step 6: Remove the left cover
1. Remove two screws.
Figure 6-779 Remove two screws
2. Remove four screws from both front and rear sides
Figure 6-780 Remove four screws
2352 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Unplug two inline connectors, and then remove the left cover.
Figure 6-781 Unplug two connectors
TIP: Be sure to check the hook when reassembling.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2353
Step 7: Remove the front harness guide
1. Open one clamp, unplug five connectors, and then remove the wire harness from the front harness guide.
2. Remove four screws, and then remove the front harness guide.
Figure 6-782 Remove the front harness guide
2354 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 8: Remove the output tray motor assembly
▲ Remove three screws, and then remove the output tray motor assembly.
Figure 6-783 Remove the output tray motor assembly
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2355
Step 9: Remove the output tray motor sensor
▲ Remove one screw, remove the shaft, and then remove the sensor.
Figure 6-784 Remove the output tray motor sensor
Step 10: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
2356 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Output tray motor
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the front cover
● Step 2: Remove the rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the output tray
● Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
● Step 5: Remove the PCA cover
● Step 6: Remove the left cover
● Step 7: Remove the front harness guide
● Step 8: Remove the output tray motor assembly
● Step 9: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the output tray motor.
View a video of removing the inner finisher.
View a video of installing the inner finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Table 6-70 Part information
Part number Part description
JC31-00178B Output tray motor
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2357
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
2358 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 1: Remove the front cover
1. Open the front door and open the punch cover.
2. Remove three screws in the front.
3. Remove the lever.
4. Open the top cover.
5. From the right side of the front cover, carefully lift and pry toward the top-left corner to remove the front
cover.
Figure 6-785 Remove the front cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2359
Step 2: Remove the rear cover
1. Open the top cover.
Figure 6-786 Open the top cover
2. Remove three screws.
3. Release hooks carefully and remove the rear cover.
Figure 6-787 Remove the rear cover
2360 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 3: Remove the output tray
1. Remove four screws.
Figure 6-788 Remove four screws
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray.
Figure 6-789 Remove the output tray
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2361
Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
1. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame depart from the gear.
Figure 6-790 Remove the pulley
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray frame.
Figure 6-791 Remove the output tray frame
TIP: Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher when reassembling. Be sure to level the
output tray.
Reinstall the output tray frame
Use the following special instructions when the reinstalling the assembly.
a. Position the first wheel into the channel on both sides while pushing the paper holding actuator.
2362 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Figure 6-792 Install the wheel (1 of 2)
b. Let the second wheel rest on the channel on both sides simultaneously.
c. Gently squeeze the wheels into channel until the output tray frame meet the gear.
Figure 6-793 Install the wheel (2 of 2)
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2363
d. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame is no longer lifted. It can make to level the output tray
frame.
Figure 6-794 Rotate the pulley (1 of 2)
e. Rotate the pulley in the opposite direction.
Figure 6-795 Rotate the pulley (2 of 2)
2364 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 5: Remove the PCA cover
▲ Remove two screws, and then remove the PCA cover.
Figure 6-796 Remove the PCA cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2365
Step 6: Remove the left cover
1. Remove two screws.
Figure 6-797 Remove two screws
2. Remove four screws from both front and rear sides
Figure 6-798 Remove four screws
2366 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Unplug two inline connectors, and then remove the left cover.
Figure 6-799 Unplug two connectors
TIP: Be sure to check the hook when reassembling.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2367
Step 7: Remove the front harness guide
1. Open one clamp, unplug five connectors, and then remove the wire harness from the front harness guide.
2. Remove four screws, and then remove the front harness guide.
Figure 6-800 Remove the front harness guide
2368 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 8: Remove the output tray motor assembly
▲ Remove three screws, and then remove the output tray motor assembly.
Figure 6-801 Remove the output tray motor assembly
Step 9: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2369
Paper holding unit
● Paper holding
● Paper holding sensor (S9)
● Paper holding solenoid (SL1)
2370 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Paper holding
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the front cover
● Step 2: Remove the rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the output tray
● Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
● Step 5: Remove the PCA cover
● Step 6: Remove the left cover
● Step 7: Remove the front harness guide
● Step 8: Remove the output tray lower limit switch
● Step 9: Remove the paper holding
● Step 10: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the paper holding.
View a video of removing the inner finisher.
View a video of installing the inner finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Table 6-71 Part information
Part number Part description
JC90-01313A Paper holding actuator
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2371
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
2372 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 1: Remove the front cover
1. Open the front door and open the punch cover.
2. Remove three screws in the front.
3. Remove the lever.
4. Open the top cover.
5. From the right side of the front cover, carefully lift and pry toward the top-left corner to remove the front
cover.
Figure 6-802 Remove the front cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2373
Step 2: Remove the rear cover
1. Open the top cover.
Figure 6-803 Open the top cover
2. Remove three screws.
3. Release hooks carefully and remove the rear cover.
Figure 6-804 Remove the rear cover
2374 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 3: Remove the output tray
1. Remove four screws.
Figure 6-805 Remove four screws
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray.
Figure 6-806 Remove the output tray
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2375
Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
1. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame depart from the gear.
Figure 6-807 Remove the pulley
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray frame.
Figure 6-808 Remove the output tray frame
TIP: Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher when reassembling. Be sure to level the
output tray.
Reinstall the output tray frame
Use the following special instructions when the reinstalling the assembly.
a. Position the first wheel into the channel on both sides while pushing the paper holding actuator.
2376 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Figure 6-809 Install the wheel (1 of 2)
b. Let the second wheel rest on the channel on both sides simultaneously.
c. Gently squeeze the wheels into channel until the output tray frame meet the gear.
Figure 6-810 Install the wheel (2 of 2)
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2377
d. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame is no longer lifted. It can make to level the output tray
frame.
Figure 6-811 Rotate the pulley (1 of 2)
e. Rotate the pulley in the opposite direction.
Figure 6-812 Rotate the pulley (2 of 2)
2378 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 5: Remove the PCA cover
▲ Remove two screws, and then remove the PCA cover.
Figure 6-813 Remove the PCA cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2379
Step 6: Remove the left cover
1. Remove two screws.
Figure 6-814 Remove two screws
2. Remove four screws from both front and rear sides
Figure 6-815 Remove four screws
2380 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Unplug two inline connectors, and then remove the left cover.
Figure 6-816 Unplug two connectors
TIP: Be sure to check the hook when reassembling.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2381
Step 7: Remove the front harness guide
1. Open one clamp, unplug five connectors, and then remove the wire harness from the front harness guide.
2. Remove four screws, and then remove the front harness guide.
Figure 6-817 Remove the front harness guide
2382 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 8: Remove the output tray lower limit switch
▲ Remove one screw, and then remove the output tray lower limit switch.
Figure 6-818 Remove the output tray lower limit switch
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2383
Step 9: Remove the paper holding
1. Remove the paper holding actuator spring.
Figure 6-819 Remove the paper holding actuator spring
2. Remove the e-ring and the rack pinion gear. Remove the pin and the e-ring, and then remove the bushing.
Figure 6-820 Remove e-ring, rack pinion gear, pin, and bushing
NOTE: Be sure not to lose the pin.
2384 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Carefully remove the paper holding shaft and the actuator.
Figure 6-821 Remove the paper holding shaft and the actuator
Step 10: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2385
Paper holding sensor (S9)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the front cover
● Step 2: Remove the rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the output tray
● Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
● Step 5: Remove the PCA cover
● Step 6: Remove the left cover
● Step 7: Remove the front harness guide
● Step 8: Remove the output tray motor assembly
● Step 9: Remove the output tray lower limit switch
● Step 10: Remove the paper holding
● Step 11: Remove the paper holding sensor
● Step 12: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the paper holding sensor (S9).
View a video of removing the inner finisher.
View a video of installing the inner finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
2386 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Table 6-72 Part information
Part number Part description
0604-001393 Paper holding sensor
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2387
Step 1: Remove the front cover
1. Open the front door and open the punch cover.
2. Remove three screws in the front.
3. Remove the lever.
4. Open the top cover.
5. From the right side of the front cover, carefully lift and pry toward the top-left corner to remove the front
cover.
Figure 6-822 Remove the front cover
2388 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 2: Remove the rear cover
1. Open the top cover.
Figure 6-823 Open the top cover
2. Remove three screws.
3. Release hooks carefully and remove the rear cover.
Figure 6-824 Remove the rear cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2389
Step 3: Remove the output tray
1. Remove four screws.
Figure 6-825 Remove four screws
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray.
Figure 6-826 Remove the output tray
2390 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
1. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame depart from the gear.
Figure 6-827 Remove the pulley
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray frame.
Figure 6-828 Remove the output tray frame
TIP: Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher when reassembling. Be sure to level the
output tray.
Reinstall the output tray frame
Use the following special instructions when the reinstalling the assembly.
a. Position the first wheel into the channel on both sides while pushing the paper holding actuator.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2391
Figure 6-829 Install the wheel (1 of 2)
b. Let the second wheel rest on the channel on both sides simultaneously.
c. Gently squeeze the wheels into channel until the output tray frame meet the gear.
Figure 6-830 Install the wheel (2 of 2)
2392 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
d. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame is no longer lifted. It can make to level the output tray
frame.
Figure 6-831 Rotate the pulley (1 of 2)
e. Rotate the pulley in the opposite direction.
Figure 6-832 Rotate the pulley (2 of 2)
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2393
Step 5: Remove the PCA cover
▲ Remove two screws, and then remove the PCA cover.
Figure 6-833 Remove the PCA cover
2394 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 6: Remove the left cover
1. Remove two screws.
Figure 6-834 Remove two screws
2. Remove four screws from both front and rear sides
Figure 6-835 Remove four screws
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2395
3. Unplug two inline connectors, and then remove the left cover.
Figure 6-836 Unplug two connectors
TIP: Be sure to check the hook when reassembling.
2396 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 7: Remove the front harness guide
1. Open one clamp, unplug five connectors, and then remove the wire harness from the front harness guide.
2. Remove four screws, and then remove the front harness guide.
Figure 6-837 Remove the front harness guide
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2397
Step 8: Remove the output tray motor assembly
▲ Remove three screws, and then remove the output tray motor assembly.
Figure 6-838 Remove the output tray motor assembly
2398 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 9: Remove the output tray lower limit switch
▲ Remove one screw, and then remove the output tray lower limit switch.
Figure 6-839 Remove the output tray lower limit switch
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2399
Step 10: Remove the paper holding
1. Remove the paper holding actuator spring.
Figure 6-840 Remove the paper holding actuator spring
2. Remove the e-ring and the rack pinion gear. Remove the pin and the e-ring, and then remove the bushing.
Figure 6-841 Remove e-ring, rack pinion gear, pin, and bushing
NOTE: Be sure not to lose the pin.
2400 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Carefully remove the paper holding shaft and the actuator.
Figure 6-842 Remove the paper holding shaft and the actuator
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2401
Step 11: Remove the paper holding sensor
1. Unplug the connector.
2. Remove the adhesive strip from below the sensor.
3. Remove the paper holding sensor.
Figure 6-843 Remove the paper holding sensor
Step 12: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
2402 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Paper holding solenoid (SL1)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the front cover
● Step 2: Remove the rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the output tray
● Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
● Step 5: Remove the PCA cover
● Step 6: Remove the left cover
● Step 7: Remove the front harness guide
● Step 8: Remove the output tray motor assembly
● Step 9: Remove the output tray lower limit switch
● Step 10: Remove the paper holding
● Step 11: Remove the sub paddle unit
● Step 12: Remove the exit roller
● Step 13: Remove the front tamper
● Step 14: Remove the paper holding solenoid
● Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the paper holding solenoid.
View a video of removing the inner finisher.
View a video of installing the inner finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2403
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Table 6-73 Part information
Part number Part description
JC33-00037A Paper holding solenoid
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
2404 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 1: Remove the front cover
1. Open the front door and open the punch cover.
2. Remove three screws in the front.
3. Remove the lever.
4. Open the top cover.
5. From the right side of the front cover, carefully lift and pry toward the top-left corner to remove the front
cover.
Figure 6-844 Remove the front cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2405
Step 2: Remove the rear cover
1. Open the top cover.
Figure 6-845 Open the top cover
2. Remove three screws.
3. Release hooks carefully and remove the rear cover.
Figure 6-846 Remove the rear cover
2406 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 3: Remove the output tray
1. Remove four screws.
Figure 6-847 Remove four screws
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray.
Figure 6-848 Remove the output tray
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2407
Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
1. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame depart from the gear.
Figure 6-849 Remove the pulley
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray frame.
Figure 6-850 Remove the output tray frame
TIP: Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher when reassembling. Be sure to level the
output tray.
Reinstall the output tray frame
Use the following special instructions when the reinstalling the assembly.
a. Position the first wheel into the channel on both sides while pushing the paper holding actuator.
2408 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Figure 6-851 Install the wheel (1 of 2)
b. Let the second wheel rest on the channel on both sides simultaneously.
c. Gently squeeze the wheels into channel until the output tray frame meet the gear.
Figure 6-852 Install the wheel (2 of 2)
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2409
d. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame is no longer lifted. It can make to level the output tray
frame.
Figure 6-853 Rotate the pulley (1 of 2)
e. Rotate the pulley in the opposite direction.
Figure 6-854 Rotate the pulley (2 of 2)
2410 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 5: Remove the PCA cover
▲ Remove two screws, and then remove the PCA cover.
Figure 6-855 Remove the PCA cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2411
Step 6: Remove the left cover
1. Remove two screws.
Figure 6-856 Remove two screws
2. Remove four screws from both front and rear sides
Figure 6-857 Remove four screws
2412 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Unplug two inline connectors, and then remove the left cover.
Figure 6-858 Unplug two connectors
TIP: Be sure to check the hook when reassembling.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2413
Step 7: Remove the front harness guide
1. Open one clamp, unplug five connectors, and then remove the wire harness from the front harness guide.
2. Remove four screws, and then remove the front harness guide.
Figure 6-859 Remove the front harness guide
2414 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 8: Remove the output tray motor assembly
▲ Remove three screws, and then remove the output tray motor assembly.
Figure 6-860 Remove the output tray motor assembly
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2415
Step 9: Remove the output tray lower limit switch
▲ Remove one screw, and then remove the output tray lower limit switch.
Figure 6-861 Remove the output tray lower limit switch
2416 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 10: Remove the paper holding
1. Remove the paper holding actuator spring.
Figure 6-862 Remove the paper holding actuator spring
2. Remove the e-ring and the rack pinion gear. Remove the pin and the e-ring, and then remove the bushing.
Figure 6-863 Remove e-ring, rack pinion gear, pin, and bushing
NOTE: Be sure not to lose the pin.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2417
3. Carefully remove the paper holding shaft and the actuator.
Figure 6-864 Remove the paper holding shaft and the actuator
2418 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 11: Remove the sub paddle unit
1. Open the top cover, and then remove one screw securing the sub paddle unit.
Figure 6-865 Remove one screw
2. Remove the e-ring, and then remove the pulley and timing belt. And then remove the e-ring and the
bushing.
Figure 6-866 Remove the e-ring, pulley, timing belt, and bushing
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2419
3. Lift up and remove the sub paddle unit.
Figure 6-867 Remove the sub paddle unit
2420 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 12: Remove the exit roller
1. Remove the guide on the center of the exit roller.
Figure 6-868 Remove the guide
2. On the front of the inner finisher, release the timing belt connected to the exit motor.
Figure 6-869 Release the timing belt
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2421
3. Remove five screws securing the rear harness guide.
Figure 6-870 Remove five screws
4. On the rear of the inner finisher, remove the e-ring and the pulley and then remove the e-ring and the
bushing.
Figure 6-871 Remove the e-ring, pulley, and bushing
2422 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
5. Push the bushing to detach it, and then remove the exit roller.
Figure 6-872 Remove the exit roller
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2423
Step 13: Remove the front tamper
1. Remove four screws.
Figure 6-873 Remove four screws
2. Unplug the connector and release the hook, and then pull the front tamper up to remove.
Figure 6-874 Remove the front tamper
2424 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 14: Remove the paper holding solenoid
1. Remove two screws at the front of the inner finisher.
Figure 6-875 Remove two screws
2. Remove one screw.
Figure 6-876 Remove one screw
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2425
3. Disconnect two connectors and remove the solenoid assembly.
Figure 6-877 Remove the solenoid assembly
4. Remove two screws, and then release the solenoid from the bracket.
Figure 6-878 Remove the paper holding solenoid
Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
2426 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2427
Punch unit
● Punch cover
● Punch waste full sensor (S19)
2428 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Punch cover
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the rear cover
● Step 2: Remove the punch cover
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the punch cover.
View a video of removing the inner finisher.
View a video of installing the inner finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Table 6-74 Part information
Part number Part description
JC90-01343A Punch cover
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2429
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
2430 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 1: Remove the rear cover
1. Open the top cover.
Figure 6-879 Open the top cover
2. Remove three screws.
3. Release hooks carefully and remove the rear cover.
Figure 6-880 Remove the rear cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2431
Step 2: Remove the punch cover
1. Unplug the connector. Remove the e-ring, and then remove the slide shaft at the rear of the inner finisher.
Figure 6-881 Remove the slide shaft
2. Open the punch cover.
Figure 6-882 Open the punch cover
2432 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Remove the front punch sheet, and then remove the e-ring and the washer. And then remove the punch
cover.
Figure 6-883 Remove the punch cover
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2433
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
2434 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Punch waste full sensor (S19)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the front cover
● Step 2: Remove the rear cover
● Step 3: Remove the middle cover
● Step 4: Remove the punch cover
● Step 5: Remove the diverter guide and middle roller
● Step 6: Remove the middle paper guide
● Step 7: Remove the punch dust full sensor
● Step 8: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the punch waste full sensor.
View a video of removing the inner finisher.
View a video of installing the inner finisher.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Before performing service
○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Table 6-75 Part information
Part number Part description
0604-001381 Punch waste full sensor
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2435
After performing service
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
2436 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 1: Remove the front cover
1. Open the front door and open the punch cover.
2. Remove three screws in the front.
3. Remove the lever.
4. Open the top cover.
5. From the right side of the front cover, carefully lift and pry toward the top-left corner to remove the front
cover.
Figure 6-884 Remove the front cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2437
Step 2: Remove the rear cover
1. Open the top cover.
Figure 6-885 Open the top cover
2. Remove three screws.
3. Release hooks carefully and remove the rear cover.
Figure 6-886 Remove the rear cover
2438 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 3: Remove the middle cover
1. Open the front door and then open the punch cover.
Figure 6-887 Open the front door and puch cover
2. Remove left-side one screw at the rear of the inner finisher, and then remove the middle cover by lifting off
the hinge pins at the front.
Figure 6-888 Remove the middle cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2439
Step 4: Remove the punch cover
1. Unplug the connector. Remove the e-ring, and then remove the slide shaft at the rear of the inner finisher.
Figure 6-889 Remove the slide shaft
2. Open the punch cover.
Figure 6-890 Open the punch cover
2440 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Remove the front punch sheet, and then remove the e-ring and the washer. And then remove the punch
cover.
Figure 6-891 Remove the punch cover
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2441
Step 5: Remove the diverter guide and middle roller
1. On the front of the inner finisher, remove the e-ring and bushing.
Figure 6-892 Remove the e-ring and bushing
2. On the rear of the inner finisher, remove the e-ring, pulley, bushing, belt, and spring (slightly hidden from
view).
Figure 6-893 Remove the e-ring, pulley, bushing, belt, and spring
2442 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
3. Remove the diverter guide and the middle roller.
Figure 6-894 Remove the diverter guide and middle roller
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2443
Step 6: Remove the middle paper guide
1. Remove six screws, and then open the middle paper guide in the direction of the arrow.
Figure 6-895 Open the middle paper guide
NOTE: Be careful not to damage the sensor connector.
2. Unplug the connector under the middle paper guide. And then, remove the middle paper guide.
Figure 6-896 Remove the middle paper guide
2444 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Step 7: Remove the punch dust full sensor
1. Remove one screw, unplug the connector, and then remove the punch dust full sensor sub-assembly.
Figure 6-897 Remove the punch dust full sensor sub-assembly
2. Remove one screw, and then remove the punch dust full sensor.
Figure 6-898 Remove the punch dust full sensor
Step 8: Unpack the replacement assembly
1. Dispose of the defective part.
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 2445
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
2446 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Problem solving
Control panel message document (CPMD)
Refer to Error code and control panel message troubleshooting overview on page 1076 for more details.
ENWW Problem solving 2447
Schematic diagrams (inner finisher)
Learn about the inner finisher electrical connections.
● Punch waste full sensor
● Punch waste box sensor and finisher docking sensor
● Entrance motor
● Exit sensor
● Exit motor, main paddle motor & home sensor, output tray lower limit switch, and paper holding solenoid
● Paper support motor and home sensor
● Front tamper motor and home sensor
● Rear tamper motor and home sensor
● End fence sensor
● Stapler position motor and sensor
● Ejector 1 motor and home sensor, ejector 2 motor, motor sensor, and home sensor
● Output tray motor and sensor
● Output tray top of stack sensor
● Top cover switch
● Front cover switch
2448 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Punch waste full sensor
Figure 6-899 Punch waste full sensor
PUNCH WASTE FULL SENSOR
5V
Inner Finisher PCA
CN03, REAR JOINT I/F
1 STAPLER MOTOR OUT1
2 STAPLER MOTOR OUT1
3 STAPLER MOTOR OUT2
4 STAPLER MOTOR OUT2
5 STAPLER LOW
6 STAPLER READY
7 STAPLER HOME
8 STAPLER POSITION MOTOR B
9 STAPLER POSITION MOTOR nB
10 STAPLER POSITION MOTOR nA
11 STAPLER POSITION MOTOR A
12 STAPLER POSITION HOME REAR
13 STAPLER POSITION HOME FRONT
14 DGND
15 FRONT COVER OPEN
16 FRONT COVER SWITH
17 ENTRANCE MOTOR B
18 ENTRANCE MOTOR A
19 ENTRANCE MOTOR nB
20 ENTRANCE MOTOR nA
21 STAPLER PCA 5V
22 DGND
23 PUNCH WASTE FULL SENSOR
5V 24 5V
25 24V
26 24V
27 DGND
28 DGND
29 DGND
30 5V
31 3.3V
32 PUNCH MOTOR SLE
33 PUNCH MOTOR EN
34 PUNCH MOTOR HA
35 PUNCH MOTOR SENSOR
36 PUNCH HOME SENSOR
37 PUNCH MOTOR DECAY
38 DS2 2
39 DS2 1
40 LED5 OU
ENWW Schematic diagrams (inner finisher) 2449
Punch waste box sensor and finisher docking sensor
Figure 6-900 Punch waste box sensor and finisher docking sensor
Inner Finisher PCA
CN01, REAR SENSOR
5V 1 PUNCH WASTE BOX SENSOR 5V
2 DGND
3 PUNCH WASTE BOX SENSOR
4 FINISHER DOCKING SENSOR 5V
5V 5 DGND
6 FINISHER DOCKING SENSOR
7 DGND
8 ENTRANCE SENSOR
9 5V
10 OUT_PATH
11 nDETECT_FAN
12 DGND
PUNCH WASTE BOX
5V SENSOR
5V
FINISHER DOCKING
SENSOR
2450 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Entrance motor
Figure 6-901 Entrance motor
24V
ENTRANCE MOTOR
Inner Finisher PCA
CN03, REAR JOINT I/F
1 STAPLER MOTOR OUT1
2 STAPLER MOTOR OUT1
3 STAPLER MOTOR OUT2
4 STAPLER MOTOR OUT2
5 STAPLER LOW
6 STAPLER READY
7 STAPLER HOME
8 STAPLER POSITION MOTOR B
9 STAPLER POSITION MOTOR nB
10 STAPLER POSITION MOTOR nA
11 STAPLER POSITION MOTOR A
12 STAPLER POSITION HOME REAR
13 STAPLER POSITION HOME FRONT
14 DGND
15 FRONT COVER OPEN
16 FRONT COVER SWITH
17 ENTRANCE MOTOR B
18 ENTRANCE MOTOR A
24V 19 ENTRANCE MOTOR nB
20 ENTRANCE MOTOR nA
21 STAPLER PCA 5V
22 DGND
23 PUNCH WASTE FULL SENSOR
24 5V
25 24V
26 24V
27 DGND
28 DGND
29 DGND
30 5V
31 3.3V
32 PUNCH MOTOR SLE
33 PUNCH MOTOR EN
34 PUNCH MOTOR HA
35 PUNCH MOTOR SENSOR
36 PUNCH HOME SENSOR
37 PUNCH MOTOR DECAY
38 DS2 2
39 DS2 1
40 LED5 OU
ENWW Schematic diagrams (inner finisher) 2451
Exit sensor
Figure 6-902 Exit sensor
5V Inner Finisher PCA
EXIT SENSOR
CN02, REAR
1 REAR TAMPER MOTOR B
2 REAR TAMPER MOTOR nB
3 REAR TAMPER MOTOR nA
4 REAR TAMPER MOTOR A
5 REAR TAMPER HOME SENSOR 5V
6 DGND
7 REAR TAMPER HOME SENSOR
8 DGND
9 TOP COVER
10 TOP COVER SWITH
11 N.C
12 OUTPUT TRAY TOP OF STACK SENSOR LED
13 OUTPUT TRAY TOP OF STACK LED
14 EXIT SENSOR 5V
15 DGND
5V 16 EXIT SENSOR
17 DGND
18 END FENCE SENSOR
19 END FENCE SENSOR 5V
20 PAPR SUPPORT HOME 5V
21 DGND
22 PAPR SUPPORT HOME
23 PAPR SUPPORT MOTOR B
24 PAPR SUPPORT MOTOR nB
25 PAPR SUPPORT MOTOR nA
26 PAPR SUPPORT MOTOR A
2452 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Exit motor, main paddle motor & home sensor, output tray lower limit switch, and paper
holding solenoid
Figure 6-903 Exit motor, main paddle motor & home sensor, output tray lower limit switch, and paper holding
solenoid
Inner Finisher PCA
CN07, FRONT
1 EXIT MOTOR B
24V 2 EXIT MOTOR A
24V 3 EXIT MOTOR nB
24V
EXIT MOTOR 4 EXIT MOTOR nA
5 OUTPUT TRAY MOTOR SENSOR 5V
MAIN PADDLE MOTOR 6 DGND
7 OUTPUT TRAY MOTOR SENSOR
8 MAIN PADDLE HOME SENSOR 5V
5V 9 DGND
5V 10 MAIN PADDLE HOME SENSOR
MAIN PADDLE 11 MAIN PADDLE MOTOR B
HOME SENSOR 12 MAIN PADDLE MOTOR Nb
24V 13 MAIN PADDLE MOTOR Na
14 MAIN PADDLE MOTOR A
15 OUTPUT TRAY MOTOR OUT1
16 OUTPUT TRAY MOTOR OUT2
OUTPUT TRAY
LOWER LIMIT SWITH 17 FRONT TAMPER MOTOR B
18 FRONT TAMPER MOTOR Nb
19 FRONT TAMPER MOTOR Na
24V 20 FRONT TAMPER MOTOR A
21 FRONT TAMPER HOME SENSOR 5V
5V 22 DGND
23 FRONT TAMPER HOME SENSOR
5V 24 PAPER HOLDING SENSOR 5V
5V 25 DGND
26 PAPER HOLDING SENSOR
PAPER HOLDING SOLENOID
27 DGND
28 OUTPUT TRAY
Inner Finisher PCA Inner Finisher PCA TOP OF STACK SENSOR
CN09, PAPER HOLDING SOLENOID CN06, STACKER LITMIT SW
1 GND 1 DGND
24V 2 PAPER HOLDING SOLENOID 2 OUTPUT TRAY LOWER LIMIT SW NO/NC
3 OUTPUT TRAY LOWER LIMIT SW NC 5V
ENWW Schematic diagrams (inner finisher) 2453
Paper support motor and home sensor
Figure 6-904 Paper support motor and home sensor
PAPER SUPPORT MOTOR
PAPER SUPPORT
HOME SENSOR
24V
5V
Inner Finisher PCA
CN02, REAR
REAR TAMPER MOTOR B 1
REAR TAMPER MOTOR nB 2
REAR TAMPER MOTOR nA 3
REAR TAMPER MOTOR A 4
REAR TAMPER HOME SENSOR 5V 5
DGND 6
REAR TAMPER HOME SENSOR 7
DGND 8
TOP COVER 9
TOP COVER SWITCH 10
N.C 11
OUTPUT TRAY TOP OF STACK SENSOR LED 12
OUTPUT TRAY TOP OF STACK LED 13
EXIT SENSOR 5V 14
DGND 15
EXIT SENSOR 16
DGND 17
END FENCE SENSOR 18
END FENCE SENSOR 5V 19
PAPR SUPPORT HOME 5V 20
DGND 21 5V
PAPR SUPPORT HOME 22
PAPR SUPPORT MOTOR B 23
PAPR SUPPORT MOTOR nB 24
PAPR SUPPORT MOTOR nA 25 24V
PAPR SUPPORT MOTOR A 26
2454 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Front tamper motor and home sensor
Figure 6-905 Front tamper motor and home sensor
Inner Finisher PCA
CN07, FRONT
EXIT MOTOR B 1
EXIT MOTOR A 2
EXIT MOTOR nB 3
EXIT MOTOR nA 4
OUTPUT TRAY MOTOR SENSOR 5V 5
DGND 6
OUTPUT TRAY MOTOR SENSOR 7
MAIN PADDLE HOME SENSOR 5V 8
DGND 9
MAIN PADDLE HOME SENSOR 10
MAIN PADDLE MOTOR B 11
MAIN PADDLE MOTOR nB 12
MAIN PADDLE MOTOR nA 13
MAIN PADDLE MOTOR A 14
OUTPUT TRAY MOTOR OUT1 15
FRONT TAMPER
OUTPUT TRAY MOTOR OUT2 16
HOME SENSOR
FRONT TAMPER MOTOR B 17 5V
FRONT TAMPER MOTOR nB 18 24V
FRONT TAMPER MOTOR nA 19
FRONT TAMPER
FRONT TAMPER MOTOR A 20
MOTOR
FRONT TAMPER HOME SENSOR 5V 21
DGND 22 24V
5V
FRONT TAMPER HOME SENSOR 23
PAPER HOLDING SENSOR 5V 24
DGND 25
PAPER HOLDING SENSOR 26
DGND 27
OUTPUT TRAY TOP OF STACK 28
SENSOR RECEIVER
ENWW Schematic diagrams (inner finisher) 2455
Rear tamper motor and home sensor
Figure 6-906 Rear tamper motor and home sensor
Inner Finisher PCA
CN02, REAR
1 REAR TAMPER MOTOR B
24V 2 REAR TAMPER MOTOR nB
3 REAR TAMPER MOTOR nA
4 REAR TAMPER MOTOR A
5 REAR TAMPER HOME SENSOR 5V
6 DGND
5V 7 REAR TAMPER HOME SENSOR
8 DGND
9 TOP COVER
10 TOP COVER SWITH
11 N.C
12 OUTPUT TRAY TOP OF STACK SENSOR LED
13 OUTPUT TRAY TOP OF STACK LED
REAR TAMPER 14 EXIT SENSOR 5V
HOME SENSOR 15 DGND
16 EXIT SENSOR
5V
17 DGND
18 END FENCE SENSOR
19 END FENCE SENSOR 5V
24V 20 PAPR SUPPORT HOME 5V
REAR TAMPER 21 DGND
MOTOR 22 PAPR SUPPORT HOME
23 PAPR SUPPORT MOTOR B
24 PAPR SUPPORT MOTOR nB
25 PAPR SUPPORT MOTOR nA
26 PAPR SUPPORT MOTOR A
2456 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
End fence sensor
Figure 6-907 End fence sensor
END FENCE SENSOR
5V
Inner Finisher PCA
CN02, REAR
1 REAR TAMPER MOTOR B
2 REAR TAMPER MOTOR nB
3 REAR TAMPER MOTOR nA
4 REAR TAMPER MOTOR A
5 REAR TAMPER HOME SENSOR 5V
6 DGND
7 REAR TAMPER HOME SENSOR
8 DGND
9 TOP COVER
10 TOP COVER SWITH
11 N.C
12 OUTPUT TRAY TOP OF STACK SENSOR LED
13 OUTPUT TRAY TOP OF STACK LED
14 EXIT SENSOR 5V
15 DGND
16 EXIT SENSOR
17 DGND
18 END FENCE SENSOR
5V 19 END FENCE SENSOR 5V
20 PAPR SUPPORT HOME 5V
21 DGND
22 PAPR SUPPORT HOME
23 PAPR SUPPORT MOTOR B
24 PAPR SUPPORT MOTOR nB
25 PAPR SUPPORT MOTOR nA
26 PAPR SUPPORT MOTOR A
ENWW Schematic diagrams (inner finisher) 2457
Stapler position motor and sensor
Figure 6-908 Stapler position motor and sensor
Inner Finisher PCA
STAPLER POSITION CN03, REAR JOINT I/F
5V HOME REAR
1 STAPLER MOTOR OUT1
2 STAPLER MOTOR OUT1
5V STAPLER POSITION 3 STAPLER MOTOR OUT2
MID FRONT 4 STAPLER MOTOR OUT2
5V STAPLER POSITION 5 STAPLER LOW
MID REAR 6 STAPLER READY
5V 7 STAPLER HOME
STAPLER POSITION
HOME FRONT 8 STAPLER POSITION MOTOR B
24V 9 STAPLER POSITION MOTOR nB
10 STAPLER POSITION MOTOR nA
11 STAPLER POSITION MOTOR A
12 STAPLER POSITION HOME REAR
5V
24V 13 STAPLER POSITION HOME FRONT
5V 14
DGND
15 FRONT COVER OPEN
STAPLER POSITION MOTOR 16 FRONT COVER SWITH
17 ENTRANCE MOTOR B
18 ENTRANCE MOTOR A
Inner Finisher PCA 19 ENTRANCE MOTOR nB
20 ENTRANCE MOTOR nA
CN10, TRAVERSE SENSOR 21 STAPLER PCA 5V
1 STAPLER POSITION MID FRONT 5V 22 DGND
2 DGND 23 PUNCH WASTE FULL SENSOR
3 STAPLER POSITION MID FRONT 24 5V
4 STAPLER POSITION MID REAR 5V 25 24V
5 DGND 26 24V
6 STAPLER POSITION MID REAR 27 DGND
28 DGND
29 DGND
30 5V
31 3.3V
32 PUNCH MOTOR SLE
33 PUNCH MOTOR EN
34 PUNCH MOTOR HA
35 PUNCH MOTOR SENSOR
36 PUNCH HOME SENSOR
37 PUNCH MOTOR DECAY
38 DS2 2
39 DS2 1
40 LED5 OU
2458 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Ejector 1 motor and home sensor, ejector 2 motor, motor sensor, and home sensor
Figure 6-909 Ejector 1 motor and home sensor, ejector 2 motor, motor sensor, and home sensor
EJECTOR1 HOME SENSOR
5V
EJECTOR2 MOTOR EJECTOR1 MOTOR
24V EJECTOR2 HOME SENSOR
24V 5V
EJECTOR2 MOTOR
5V SENSOR
Inner Finisher PCA
CN04, EJECTOR
24V 1 EJECTOR2 MOTOR OUT2
2 EJECTOR2 MOTOR OUT1
3 EJECTOR1 MOTOR B
4 EJECTOR1 MOTOR nB
24V 5 EJECTOR1 MOTOR nA
6 EJECTOR1 MOTOR A
7 EJECTOR2 MOTOR SENSOR 5V
8 DGND
5V EJECTOR2 MOTOR SENSOR
9
10 EJECTOR2 HOME SENSOR 5V
11 DGND
12 EJECTOR2 HOME SENSOR 5V
13 EJECTOR1 HOME 5V
14 DGND
5V
15 EJECTOR1 HOME
ENWW Schematic diagrams (inner finisher) 2459
Output tray motor and sensor
Figure 6-910 Output tray motor and sensor
Inner Finisher PCA
CN07, FRONT
24V
EXIT MOTOR B 1
EXIT MOTOR A 2
EXIT MOTOR nB 3
EXIT MOTOR nA 4
OUTPUT TRAY MOTOR SENSOR 5V 5 24V
DGND 6
OUTPUT TRAY MOTOR SENSOR 7
MAIN PADDLE HOME SENSOR 5V 8
DGND 9
MAIN PADDLE HOME SENSOR 10
MAIN PADDLE MOTOR B 11
OUTPUT TRAY MOTOR
MAIN PADDLE MOTOR Nb 12
MAIN PADDLE MOTOR Na 13
MAIN PADDLE MOTOR A 14
OUTPUT TRAY MOTOR OUT1 15
OUTPUT TRAY MOTOR OUT2 16 5V
FRONT TAMPER MOTOR B 17
FRONT TAMPER MOTOR Nb 18
FRONT TAMPER MOTOR Na 19
FRONT TAMPER MOTOR A 20 5V
FRONT TAMPER HOME SENSOR 5V 21
22 OUTPUT TRAY MOTOR SENSOR
DGND
FRONT TAMPER HOME SENSOR 23
PAPER HOLDING SENSOR 5V 24
DGND 25
PAPER HOLDING SENSOR 26
DGND 27
OUTPUT TRAY TOP OF STACK 28
SENSOR RECEIVER
2460 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Output tray top of stack sensor
Figure 6-911 Output tray top of stack sensor
OUTPUT TRAY
TOP OF STACK SENSOR
5V RECEIVER
OUTPUT TRAY
TOP OF STACK SENSOR
LED
5V
Inner Finisher PCA Inner Finisher PCA
CN02, REAR CN07, FRONT
1 REAR TAMPER MOTOR B EXIT MOTOR B 1
2 REAR TAMPER MOTOR nB EXIT MOTOR A 2
3 REAR TAMPER MOTOR nA EXIT MOTOR nB 3
4 REAR TAMPER MOTOR A EXIT MOTOR nA 4
OUTPUT TRAY MOTOR SENSOR 5V 5
5 REAR TAMPER HOME SENSOR 5V DGND 6
6 DGND OUTPUT TRAY MOTOR SENSOR 7
7 REAR TAMPER HOME SENSOR MAIN PADDLE HOME SENSOR 5V 8
DGND 9
8 DGND
MAIN PADDLE HOME SENSOR 10
9 TOP COVER
10 TOP COVER SWITCH MAIN PADDLE MOTOR B 11
11 MAIN PADDLE MOTOR nB 12
N.C
MAIN PADDLE MOTOR nA 13
12 OUTPUT TRAY TOP OF STACK SENSOR LED MAIN PADDLE MOTOR A 14
5V 13 OUTPUT TRAY TOP OF STACK LED
OUTPUT TRAY MOTOR OUT1 15
14 EXIT SENSOR 5V OUTPUT TRAY MOTOR OUT2 16
15 DGND
16 EXIT SENSOR FRONT TAMPER MOTOR B 17
17 DGND FRONT TAMPER MOTOR nB 18
18 END FENCE SENSOR FRONT TAMPER MOTOR nA 19
19 END FENCE SENSOR 5V FRONT TAMPER MOTOR A 20
FRONT TAMPER HOME SENSOR 5V 21
20 PAPR SUPPORT HOME 5V DGND 22
21 DGND FRONT TAMPER HOME SENSOR 23
22 PAPR SUPPORT HOME PAPER HOLDING SENSOR 5V 24
23 PAPR SUPPORT MOTOR B DGND 25
24 PAPR SUPPORT MOTOR nB PAPER HOLDING SENSOR 26
25 PAPR SUPPORT MOTOR nA
DGND 27
26 PAPR SUPPORT MOTOR A
OUTPUT TRAY TOP OF STACK 28 5V
SENSOR RECEIVER
ENWW Schematic diagrams (inner finisher) 2461
Top cover switch
Figure 6-912 Top cover switch
TOP COVER SWITCH
5V
Inner Finisher PCA
CN02, REAR
REAR TAMPER MOTOR B 1
REAR TAMPER MOTOR nB 2
REAR TAMPER MOTOR nA 3
REAR TAMPER MOTOR A 4
REAR TAMPER HOME SENSOR 5V 5
DGND 6
REAR TAMPER HOME SENSOR 7
DGND 8
TOP COVER 9
10 5V
TOP COVER SWITCH
N.C 11
OUTPUT TRAY TOP OF STACK SENSOR LED 12
OUTPUT TRAY TOP OF STACK LED 13
EXIT SENSOR 5V 14
DGND 15
EXIT SENSOR 16
DGND 17
END FENCE SENSOR 18
END FENCE SENSOR 5V 19
PAPR SUPPORT HOME 5V 20
DGND 21
PAPR SUPPORT HOME 22
PAPR SUPPORT MOTOR B 23
PAPR SUPPORT MOTOR nB 24
PAPR SUPPORT MOTOR nA 25
PAPR SUPPORT MOTOR A 26
2462 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
Front cover switch
Figure 6-913 Front cover switch
5V
FRONT COVER SWITH
Inner Finisher PCA
CN03, REAR JOINT I/F
1 STAPLER MOTOR OUT1
2 STAPLER MOTOR OUT1
3 STAPLER MOTOR OUT2
4 STAPLER MOTOR OUT2
5 STAPLER LOW
6 STAPLER READY
7 STAPLER HOME
8 STAPLER POSITION MOTOR B
9 STAPLER POSITION MOTOR nB
10 STAPLER POSITION MOTOR nA
11 STAPLER POSITION MOTOR A
12 STAPLER POSITION HOME REAR
13 STAPLER POSITION HOME FRONT
14 DGND
5V
15 FRONT COVER OPEN
16 FRONT COVER SWITH
17 ENTRANCE MOTOR B
18 ENTRANCE MOTOR A
19 ENTRANCE MOTOR nB
20 ENTRANCE MOTOR nA
21 STAPLER PCA 5V
22 DGND
23 PUNCH WASTE FULL SENSOR
24 5V
25 24V
26 24V
27 DGND
28 DGND
29 DGND
30 5V
31 3.3V
32 PUNCH MOTOR SLE
33 PUNCH MOTOR EN
34 PUNCH MOTOR HA
35 PUNCH MOTOR SENSOR
36 PUNCH HOME SENSOR
37 PUNCH MOTOR DECAY
38 DS2 2
39 DS2 1
40 LED5 OU
ENWW Schematic diagrams (inner finisher) 2463
2464 Chapter 6 Inner finisher ENWW
A Glossary
● Glossary of terms
ENWW 2465
Glossary of terms
The following glossary includes terminology commonly used with printing, as well as terminology used in this
service manual.
802.11 802.11 is a set of standards for wireless local area network (WLAN) communication, developed by the IEEE
LAN/MAN Standards Committee (IEEE 802).
802.11b/g/n 802.11b/g/n can share the same hardware and use the 2.4 GHz band. 802.11b supports bandwidth up to 11
Mbps, 802.11n supports bandwidth up to 150 Mbps. 802.11b/g/n devices might occasionally suffer
interferences from microwave ovens, cordless telephones, and Bluetooth devices.
ADF An Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) is a scanning unit that will automatically feed an original sheet of paper
for scanning.
BOOTP Bootstrap Protocol. A network protocol used by a network client to obtain its IP address automatically. This is
usually done in the bootstrap process of computers or operating systems running on them. The BOOTP
servers assigns an IP address from a pool of addresses to each client. BOOTP enables “diskless workstation”
computers to obtain an IP address prior to loading any advanced operating system.
CCD Charged Coupled Device (CCD) is a hardware which enables the scan job. The CCD locking mechanism is also
used to hold the CCD module to prevent any damage when the printer is moved.
Collation Collation is a process of printing a multiple-copy job in sets. When collation is selected, the device prints an
entire set before printing additional copies.
Control Panel The control panel is a flat, typically vertical panel or screen where control or monitoring instruments are
displayed. The control panel is found on the front of the printer.
Coverage Coverage is the printing term used for a toner usage measurement on printing. For example, 5% coverage
means that an A4 sided paper has about 5% image or text on it. If the paper or original has complicated
images or a large amount of text, the coverage will be higher and at the same time, a toner usage will be as
much as the coverage.
Default The value or setting that is in effect when a printer is unboxed, reset, or initialized.
DHCP A Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) is a client-server networking protocol. A DHCP server provides
configuration parameters specific to the DHCP client host requesting, generally, information required by the
client host to participate on an IP network. The DHCP also provides a mechanism for allocation of IP addresses
to client hosts.
DIMM Dual Inline Memory Module (DIMM) is a small circuit board that holds memory. The DIMM stores all data within
the machine, such as printing data and received fax data.
DPI Dots Per Inch (DPI) is a measurement of resolution that is used for scanning and printing. Generally, higher DPI
results in a higher resolution, more visible detail in the image, and a larger file size.
Duplex A mechanism that will automatically turn over a sheet of paper so that the printer can print (or scan) on both
sides of the paper. A printer equipped with a duplex unit can print on both sides of the paper during one print
cycle.
Duty Cycle Duty cycle is the page quantity which does not affect printer performance for a month. Generally, the printer
has the lifespan limitation such as pages per year. The lifespan means the average capacity of print-outs,
usually within the warranty period. For example, if the duty cycle is 48,000 pages per month assuming 20
working days, a printer limits 2,400 pages a day.
Emulation Emulation is a technique of one machine obtaining the same results as another. An emulator duplicates the
functions of one system with a different system, so that the second system behaves like the first system.
Emulation focuses on exact reproduction of external behavior. This is different from simulation, which
concerns an abstract model of the system being simulated, often considering its internal state.
ESD An electrostatic discharge (ESD) is a sudden flow of electricity between two electrically charged objects
caused by contact, an electrical short, or dielectric breakdown. Discharge of built up static electricity.
2466 Appendix A Glossary ENWW
Ethernet Ethernet is a frame-based computer networking technology for local area networks (LANs). It defines wiring
and signaling for the physical layer, and frame formats and protocols for the media access control (MAC)/data
link layer of the OSI model. Ethernet is mostly standardized as IEEE 802.3. Ethernet has become the most
widespread LAN technology in use during the 1990s to present.
FIH A Foreign Interface Harness (FIH) is a port that enables HP multifunction printers (MFPs) to use third-party
devices to extend the capabilities of the MFP.
Flow document feeder A flow document feeder is a scanning unit that will automatically feed and turn over an original sheet of paper
so that the machine can scan both sides of the paper.
FTP A File Transfer Protocol (FTP) is a commonly used protocol for exchanging files over any network that
supports the TCP/IP protocol (such as the internet or an intranet).
Fuser Unit The fuser unit is part of a laser printer that fuses the toner onto the print media. It consists of a heat roller and
a pressure roller. After toner is transferred onto the paper, the fuser unit applies heat and pressure to make
sure that the toner stays on the paper permanently, which is why paper is warm when it comes out of a laser
printer.
Gateway A connection between computer networks, or between a computer network and a telephone line. It is very
popular, as it is a computer or a network that allows access to another computer or network.
Grayscale Shades of gray that represent light and dark portions of an image when color images are converted to
grayscale. Colors are represented by various shades of gray.
Halftone An image type that simulates grayscale by varying the number of dots. Highly colored areas consist of a large
number of dots, while lighter areas consist of a smaller number of dots.
HDD Hard Disk Drive (HDD), commonly referred to as a hard drive or hard disk, is a non-volatile storage device
which stores digitally-encoded data on rapidly rotating platters with magnetic surfaces.
IEEE The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) is an international non-profit, professional
organization for the advancement of technology related to electricity.
IP address An Internet Protocol (IP) address is a unique number that a device uses in order to identify and communicate
with other devices on a network utilizing the Internet Protocol standard.
IPM The Images Per Minute (IPM) is a method of measuring the speed of a printer. An IPM rate indicates the
number of single-sided sheets a printer can complete in one minute.
IPP The Internet Printing Protocol (IPP) defines a standard protocol for printing and managing print jobs, media
size, resolution, etc. IPP can be used locally, or over the internet to reach hundreds of printers. IPP also
supports access control, authentication, and encryption, making it a capable and secure printing solution.
ISO The International Organization for Standardization (ISO) is an international standard-setting body composed
of representatives from national standards bodies. In produces world-wide industrial and commercial
standards.
JBIG Joint Bi-level Image Experts Group (JBIG) is an image compression standard with no loss of accuracy or
quality. It was designed for compression of binary images, particularly for faxes, but can also be used for other
images.
JPEG Joint Photographic Experts Group (JPEG) is a commonly used standard method of loss compression for
photographic images. It is the format used for storing and transmitting photographs on the World Wide Web.
LDAP The Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is a networking protocol for querying and modifying
directory services running over TCP/IP.
LED A Light-Emitting Diode (LED) is a semiconductor device that indicates the status of a machine.
LVPS - SMPS Low Voltage Power Supply (LVPS) / Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS)
MAC address Media Access Control (MAC) address is a unique identifier associated with a network adapter. MAC address is a
unique 48–bit identifier usually written as 12 hexadecimal characters grouped in pairs (e.g., 00–00–0c-34–
11–4e). This address is usually hard-coded into a Network Interface Card (NIC) by the manufacturer, and used
as an aid for routers trying to locate machines on a large network.
ENWW Glossary of terms 2467
MFP Multi Function Printer (MFP) is an office printer that includes multiple functionality in one physical body, such
as a printer, copier, fax, scanner, etc.
MHV Miniature High Voltage (MHV) is designed for high voltage applications of BNC connectors (DC voltage between
500 V and 5 kV).
Modem A device that modulates a carrier signal to encode digital information, and also demodulates such a carrier
signal to decode transmitted information.
OPC Organic Photo Conductor (OPC) is a mechanism that makes a virtual image for print using a laser beam
emitted from a laser printer. It is usually green or rust colored and has a cylinder shape. An imaging unit
containing a drum slowly wears the drum surface during its usage in the printer, and it should be replaced
appropriately due to wear from contact with the cartridge development brush, cleaning mechanism, and
paper.
Originals The first example of something, such as a document, photograph, or text which is copied, reproduced, or
translated to produce additional copies. The original itself is not copied or derived from something else.
PCA Printed Circuit Assembly (PCA). Once the printed circuit board (PCB) is complete, electronic components must
be assembled to form a functional printed circuit assembly or PCA.
PCL Printer Command Language (PCL) is a Page Description Language (PDL) developed by HP as a printer protocol.
PCL has become an industry standard. Originally developed for early Inkjet printers, PCL has been released in
varying levels for thermal, dot matrix printers and laser printers.
PDF Portable Document Format (PDF) is a proprietary file format developed by Adobe Systems. A PDF represents
two dimension documents in a device independent and resolution independent format.
PostScript (PS) PostScript (PS) is a page description language and programming language used primarily in electronic and
desktop publishing. PostScript is run in an interpreter to generate an image.
Printer Driver A program used to send commands and transfer data from the computer to the printer.
Print Media Media like paper, envelopes, labels, and transparencies which can be used in a printer, scanner, fax, or copier.
PPM Pages Per Minute (PPM) is a method of measurement for determining how fast a printer works, meaning the
number of pages a printer can produce in one minute.
Protocol A convention or standard that controls or enables the connection, communication, and data transfer between
two computing endpoints.
Resolution The sharpness of an image, measured in Dots Per Inch (DPI). The higher the DPI, the greater the resolution.
SMB Server Message Block (SMB) is a network protocol mainly applied to share files, printers, serial ports, and
miscellaneous communications between nodes on a network. SMB also provides an authenticated
Interprocess communication mechanism.
SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) is the standard for email transmissions across the internet. SMTP is a
relatively simple, text-based protocol, where one or more recipient of a message are specified and the
message text is transferred. It is a client server protocol where the client transmits an email message to the
server.
Subnet Mask The subnet mask is used in conjunction with the network address to determine which part of the address is
the network address and which part is the host address.
TCP/IP The Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and the Internet Protocol (IP) are the set of communications
protocols that implement the protocol stack on which the internet and most commercial networks run.
TIFF Tagged Image File Format (TIFF) is a variable-resolution bitmapped image format. TIFF describes image data
that typically come from scanners. TIFF images use tags, keywords defining the characteristics of the image
that is included in the file. This flexible and platform-independent format can be used for pictures that have
been made by various image processing applications.
Toner Cartridge A bottle or container that holds toner, which is used in a machine like a printer. Toner is a powder used in laser
printers and photocopiers. The toner forms the text and images on printed paper. Toner can be fused by a
combination of heat/pressure from the fuser, causing it to bind the fibers in the paper.
2468 Appendix A Glossary ENWW
TWAIN An industry standard for scanners and software. By using a TWAIN compliant scanner with TWAIN-compliant
software, a scan can be initiated from the program. TWAIN is an image capture API for Microsoft Windows and
Apple Macintosh operating systems.
URL Uniform Resource Locator (URL) is the global address of documents and resources on the internet. The first
part of the address indicates what protocol to use. The second part specifies the IP address or the domain
name where the resource is located.
USB Universal Serial Bus (USB) is a standard that was developed by the USB Implementers Forum, Inc., to connect
computers and peripherals. Unlike the parallel port, USB is designed to concurrently connect a single
computer USB port to multiple peripherals.
Watermark A watermark is a recognizable image or pattern in paper that appears ligher when viewed by transmitted light.
Watermarks were first introduced in Bologna, Italy in 1282. Watermarks have been used by papermakers to
identify their product, and also on postage stamps, currency, and other government documents to discourage
counterfeiting.
XPS XML Paper Specification (XPS) is a specification for a Page Description Language (PDL) and a new document
format developed by Microsoft. This has benefits for portable document and electronic documents. It is an
XML-based specification based on a new print path and vector-based, device-independent document format.
ENWW Glossary of terms 2469
2470 Appendix A Glossary ENWW
B Revision History
Revision History
Table B-1 Revision History
Revision
Number Revision Date Revision Notes
9.0 June, 2019 Updated all inner finisher content. See Inner finisher on page 1729.
Updated developer unit remove and replace procedure. See Developer unit on page 179.
Added right door dampener kit remove and replace procedure. See Right door dampener and
lever kit on page 439.
Added high-voltage rail remove and replace procedure. See High-voltage rail assembly
on page 457.
6.0 December, 2018 Added/updated E87640du/E87650du/E87660du series content.
Added or updated repair topics for the E87640du/E87650du/E87660du series:
● ADF whole unit (LX models) on page 769
● Document feeder (ADF) jam access cover (LX/du models) on page 773
● Document feeder (ADF) input tray (LX/du models) on page 779
● Document feeder (ADF) contact image sensor (CIS) (LX/du models) on page 786
● Document feeder (ADF) main motor (LX/du models) on page 798
● Document feeder (ADF) pick/feed roller assembly (LX/du model) on page 807
● Document feeder (ADF) PCA (LX/du models) on page 812
● Document feeder separation roller assembly (LX/du models) on page 820
● Document feeder feed motor (LX models) on page 827
● PCA-Scanner (LX/du models only) on page 833
● ADF white backing (LX/du bundles) on page 211
● Island of data (IOD; du models) on page 263
● Formatter (du models) on page 275
● Formatter hard disk drive (HDD; du models) on page 269
● Accelerator board (GX ADF only) on page 260
5.0 September, 2018 Added the E87640du/E87650du/E87660du series content.
ENWW Revision History 2471
Table B-1 Revision History (continued)
Revision
Number Revision Date Revision Notes
4.0 July, 2018 Updated parts numbers throughout document to remove "SAM-" prefix and updated new part
numbers as identified.
Minor content edits (including graphics)
3.0 November, 2017 Updated code data for Diagnostics and Service Functions
Replaced Product Overview with the UG-style Printer Views and removed the previous
“Machine external view” section.
Updated R&R TOC level to 1.
Replaced references to SAW with WISE and removed QR codes.
Replaced Samsung Paper Jam content with the UG content
Moved specifications out of the appendix to the Product Specifications chapter
Added additional specification content to the Product Specifications chapter from the UG
Removed the lists of tables and figures and the alphabetical and numerical lists of parts
Replaced the glossary with the updated glossary from Topaz
Placed ESD cautions at the beginning of the R&R sections for the main printer and both
finishers.
Removed the Samsung precaution sections
Updated part numbers, part descriptions, diagrams, and photos
Integrated over 250 new edits into existing content, including updated video links and part
numbers. Reformatted tables and resource pages, added xrefs, and changed critical
terminology.
2.0 July, 2017 Updated TOC to only consist of 3 levels
Add error code and CPMD overview
Added “How to search for documentation” section.
Updated toner average yield data
Changed all occurrences of #2 Phillips to #2 JIS
1.0 April, 2017 Service manual initial release
2472 Appendix B Revision History ENWW
C Certificate of Volatility
ENWW 2473
Certificate of Volatility
Figure C-1 Certificate of Volatility (1 of 3)
Hewlett-Packard Certificate of Volatility
Model: Part Number: Address:
HP Color LaserJet Managed Managed Hewlett Packard Company
MFP E876XXdn X3A87A= E87640dn 11311 Chinden Blvd
X3A90A= E87650dn Boise, ID 83714
HP Color LaserJet Managed X3A93A= E87660dn
Flow MFP E876XX z X3A86A= E87640z
X3A89A= E87650z
HP Color LaserJet Managed X3A92A= E87660z
MFP E876XXdu 5CM64A = E87640du
5CM65A = E87650du
5CM66A = E87660du
Volatile Memory
Does the device contain volatile memory (Memory whose contents are lost when power is removed)?
Yes No If Yes please describe the type, size, function, and steps to clear the memory below
Type (SRAM, DRAM, etc.): Size: User Modifiable: Function: Steps to clear memory:
HP Formatter Yes No Operation system and When the printer is powered off
DDR3 - DRAM 3GB- Obsidian print/scan buffer the memory is erased.
1 GB –Accel
board
4 GB - Main
Formatter
Type (SRAM, DRAM, etc.): Size: User Modifiable: Function: Steps to clear memory:
Yes No
Non-Volatile Memory
Does the device contain non-volatile memory (Memory whose contents are retained when power is removed)?
Yes No If Yes please describe the type, size, function, and steps to clear the memory below
Type (Flash, EEPROM, etc.): Size: User Modifiable: Function: Steps to clear memory:
IOD EEPROM 32KB Yes No Store customer setting data for There are no steps to clear
backup/restore this data.
Type (Flash, EEPROM, etc.): Size: User Modifiable: Function: Steps to clear memory:
HP side: SPI Flash 4MB Yes No Contains the boot code and There are no steps to clear
factory product configuration this data
data required for the device to
function. User modifications
are limited to downloading
digitally signed HP firmware
images.
Type (Flash, EEPROM, etc.): Size: User Modifiable: Function: Steps to clear memory:
Samsung MSOK : Yes No TPM NVRAM - stores HP- Drive lock password can be
MSOK – TPM NVRAM 2 KB signed immutable ID certificate changed through the
MSOK – EEProm 32 KB and associated RSA key pair device embedded web
MSOK – CRUM 32 KB in locked memory. server interface.
EEProm - stores device No other data stored on the
lifecycle data (e.g. device page MSOK can be cleared.
counts), copy of device speed
license, and SED (self-
encrypting drive) drive lock
password.
CRUM - stores device page
counts, consumables
information, device speed
information, and product serial
number.
2474 Appendix C Certificate of Volatility ENWW
Figure C-2 Certificate of Volatility (2 of 3)
Mass Storage
Does the device contain mass storage memory (Hard Disk Drive, Tape Backup)?
Yes No If Yes please describe the type, size, function, and steps to clear the memory below
Type (HDD, Tape, etc.): Size: User Modifiable: Function: Steps to clear memory:
2 – Hard Drives (1 – HP 320GB/ea Yes No Stores customer data, 1. Secure Storage Erase –
formatter & 1 – Main board) OS, applications, Areas temporary files and job
digitally signed firmware data by overwriting information
images, persistent data, overwriting information one or
and temporary data three times.
used for processing and 2. Secure Disk Erase – Erases
system functions. files when jobs finish processing
by overwriting them one or three
times.
3. Secure File Erase – Erases
files when jobs finish processing
by overwriting them one or three
times.
Optional Mass Storage
Does the device contain mass storage memory (Hard Disk Drive, Tape Backup)?
Yes No If Yes please describe the type, size, function, and steps to clear the memory below
Type (HDD, Tape, etc.): Size: User Modifiable: Function: Steps to clear memory:
Optional Formatter HDD 500 500GB Yes No Stores customer data, 1. Erase and Unlock Encrypted
GB FIPS Encrypted HDD OS, applications, Disk – This changes the
digitally signed firmware Encryption keys rendering all
images, persistent data, data unreadable.
and temporary data 2. Secure Storage Erase –
used for processing and Areas temporary files and job
system functions. data by overwriting information
overwriting information one or
three times.
3. Secure Disk Erase – Erases
files when jobs finish processing
by overwriting them one or three
times.
4. Secure File Erase – Erases
files when jobs finish processing
by overwriting them one or three
times.
USB
Does the item accept USB input and if so, for what purpose (i.e. Print Jobs, device firmware updates, scan upload)?
Yes No If Yes please describe below
Print jobs, HP digitally signed firmware upgrades, 3rd party application loading. USB ports can be disabled.
Can any data other than scan upload be sent to the USB device)?
Yes No If Yes please describe below
Diagnostic service logs can be uploaded. Print files can be printed via a USB thumb drive.
RF/RFID
Does the item use RF or RFID for receive or transmit of any data including remote diagnostics. (e.g. Cellular phone,
Bluetooth) Yes No If Yes please describe below
Purpose:
Frequency: Bandwidth:
Modulation: Effective Radiate Power (ERP):
Specifications:
Other Transmission Capabilities
ENWW Certificate of Volatility 2475
Figure C-3 Certificate of Volatility (3 of 3)
Does the device employ any other methods of non-wired access to transmit or receive any data whatsoever (e.g. anything
other than standard hard wired TCP/IP, direct USB, or parallel connections)? Yes No If Yes please describe below:
Purpose: WiFi Direct Print
Frequency: 2.4 GHz, 5GHz Bandwidth: 2401 - 2495 MHz; depending on selected
channel in 2.4GHz band.
5180 - 5825 MHz; depending on selected channel in 5GHz
band.
Modulation: Effective Radiate Power (ERP):
Specifications: 802.11 b/g/n
Other Transmission Capabilities
Does the device employ any other methods of non-wired access to transmit or receive any data whatsoever (e.g. anything
other than standard hard wired TCP/IP, direct USB, or parallel connections)? Yes No If Yes please describe below:
Purpose: Device Beaconing, Secure Print Apps
Frequency: 2.4 GHz Bandwidth: 2400-2483.5 MHz; depending on selected
channel.
Modulation: Effective Radiate Power (ERP):
Specifications: BTLE4.0 compliant
Other Capabilities
Does the device employ any other method of communications such as a Modem to transmit or receive any data
whatsoever? Yes No If Yes please describe below:
Purpose:
Specifications:
Author Information
Name Title Email Business Unit
John Mast Technical Marketing Engineer [email protected] IPG
Robert Mejia System Engineer [email protected] IPG
Date Prepared: 9/14/2018
2476 Appendix C Certificate of Volatility ENWW
Index
A booklet finisher C
accelerator board removing and replacing 1600 C fold motor (M20)
after performing services 260 booklet finisher fold stopper unit removing and replacing 1658
before performing service 260 removing and replacing 1623 Calibrate/Cleaning menu, control
introduction 260 booklet finisher front cover panel 1185
post service test 260 removing and replacing 1598 card reader 296
remove the accelerator board booklet finisher PCA install 297
261 removing and replacing 1611 cassette 49
remove the formatter cover 261 booklet tray cassette lift drive 72
required tools 260 removing and replacing 1339 caster cover (finisher)
unpack the replacement bottom high-capacity input tray (HCI) removing and replacing 1342
assembly 262 unit caution for moving the scanner 88
accelerator board (GX ADF only) 260 bottom high-capacity input tray cautions iii
acoustic specifications 16 feed motor 1028 CCDM PCA 130
ADF bottom high-capacity input tray certificate of volatility 2473
input tray 882 lift-up motor 1036 Channel partners support
jam access cover 862 bottom high-capacity input tray HP Channel Services Network
ADF LX/du PCA 1042 (CSN) 146
PCA-ADF (LX/du models only) bottom high-capacity input tray checklists
833 pickup motor 1031 after-service 150, 1297, 1781
ADF pickup roller 874 bottom high-capacity input tray preservice 150, 1296, 1781
ADF reverse roller 896 shaft motor 1034 cleaning
ADF sGX bottom high-capacity input tray feed laser scanner assembly 152
PCA-ADF sGX (DN models only) motor 1028 cleaning page 1186
947 bottom high-capacity input tray lift-up cleaning the flow ADF white bar and
after-service checklist 150, 1297, motor 1036 CIS 158
1781 bottom high-capacity input tray PCA cleaning the paper dust stick 153
alienation motor 554 1042 cleaning the scan glass 156
APS sensor 973 bottom high-capacity input tray pickup clear paper jams 1189, 1665
motor 1031 component test
B bottom high-capacity input tray shaft special mode test 1094
backup error motor 1034 components
32.WX.YZ error 1076 bridge unit 326 diagnostic tests 1094
reset error 1076 remove the bridge unit 327 scanning system 82
restore error 1076 buffer motor, gear, and sensor (M3) configuration
blade motor (M19) removing and replacing 1510 configuration options 36
removing and replacing 1654 BYOD table connection diagrams 1273
booklet feed entrance motor (M13) card reader 297 connector error
removing and replacing 1635 NFC kit 297 65.WX.YZ error 1077
ENWW Index 2477
control panel 282 developer fan 319 toner reservoir drive 78
after performing service 282 developer unit 59, 179 toner supply drive 78
Backup/Restore menu 1185 diagnostics drivers, supported 13
before performing service 282 adjustment 1225 drum drive 58
Calibrate/Cleaning menu 1185 component 1094 dual cassette feeder 132
Copy menu (MFP only) 1163 engine 1092, 1203 dual cassette feeder (DCF) motor
CPMD 1076 fax 1216 990, 1017
Fax menu (fax models only) image management 1231 dual cassette feeder (DCF) PCA 1008
1176 LED 1090 dual cassette feeder (DCF) pickup
introduction 282 print test patterns 1232 assembly 996
post service test 283 scanner 1221 dual cassette feeder (DCF) pickup
Print menu 1180 diagram motor 994
remove the control panel 283 fuser 1274 dual cassette feeder (DCF) pickup
remove the control panel bezel HVPS/LVPS/FDB 1279 units 998
283 laser scanner assembly 1276 dual cassette feeder (DCF) right
Reports menu 1117 OPC 1278 door 984
required tools 282 scanner 1275 dual cassette feeder (DCF) unit
Scan menu (MFP only) 1168 side/Tray 1/feed/registration/ dual cassette feeder (DCF)
Settings menu 1120 pickup 1277 motor 990, 994, 996, 1017
Supplies menu 1181 diagrams dual cassette feeder (DCF) PCA
Trays menu 1182 finisher system 1679 1008
troubleshooting menu 1183 diagrams, connection 1273 dual cassette feeder (DCF) pickup
unpack the replacement digital sending error (firmware) units 998
assembly 284 44.WX.YZ error 1077 dual cassette feeder (DCF) right
USB Firmware Upgrade menu diverter unit door 984
1188 inner finisher 1751 dummy feed guide
control panel diagnostic flowcharts document conventions iii removing and replacing 1393
1085 document feeder duplex 1 sensor 361
control panel menus 1117 document feeder input tray (LX/du duplexer error
controller PCA (finisher) models) 779 69.WX.YZ error 1077
removing and replacing 1375 document feeder error
conventions, document iii 31.WX.YZ error 1076 E
Copy menu (MFP only), control document feeder pick roller (LX/du each unit functions
panel 1163 models) 807 finisher system 1292
copy specifications 23 document feeder pickup 874 ejector unit
CRUM connector 352 document feeder reverse roller 820 inner finisher 1770
CST lock diagram 1278 document feeder skew (LX du removing and replacing 1423
current settings pages 1098 models) 1267 electrical parts layout
drive system 72 finisher system layout 1287
D cassette lift drive 72 electrical specifications 16
DC controller communication error drive motors 75 electrostatic discharge (ESD) 149,
55.WX.YZ error 1077 engage transfer roller drive 79 1297, 1300, 1781, 1783
DC controller firmware error exit drive 75 Embedded Jetdirect error
70.WX.YZ error 1077 feed drive 73 80.WX.YZ error 1077
DCF 132 fuser release drive 75 end fence unit
decoding main drive unit motor 77 inner finisher 1765
message 1076 pickup drive 72 engine
defeating registration drive 74 diagnostics 1092
interlocks 1092 toner collection unit drive 79
determine problem source 1081
2478 Index ENWW
engine error (LaserJet) registration unit 50 remove the accelerator board
46.WX.YZ error 1077 rollers 45 279
63.WX.YZ error 1077 sensor, motor, and solenoid 47 remove the formatter PCA 280
engine error (PageWide) Tray 1 feeder assembly 51 remove the hard-disk drive 276,
61.WX.YZ error 1077 feeding system information 44 280
entrance unit FIH required tools 275, 278
inner finisher 1750 HP Foreign interface harness (FIH) unpack the replacement
eraser PCA 127 solution, install 294 assembly 277, 281
error finisher sectional view 1282 formatter (dt models) 275
fault 1076 finisher system 1282 formatter (du models)
ESD electrostatic discharge (ESD) diagrams 1679 remove the formatter PCA (du
149, 1297, 1300, 1781, 1783 each unit functions 1292 models) 277
event log 1098 electrical parts layout 1287 formatter hard disk drive 272
clear using touchscreen control finisher sectional view 1282 after performing service 269,
panel 1099 paper path 1286 272
event log error (firmware) PCA connection information before performing service 269,
42.WX.YZ error 1076 1293 272
exit 1 bin full sensor 371 firmware communication error introduction 269, 272
exit cover 644 49.WX.YZ error 1077 post service test 270, 273
exit drive 75 firmware install error remove the formatter cover 270,
exit drive unit 547 99.WX.YZ error 1077 273
exit gate solenoid/motors/sensor hard disk error 1077 remove the hard disk drive 270,
403 remote firmware upgrade error 273
exit unit 221 1077 required tools 269, 272
duplex 1 sensor 361 flatbed scanner system unpack the replacement
exit 1 bin full sensor 371 overview 80 assembly 271, 274
inner finisher 1754 flow ADF formatter hard disk drive (du
return sensor 413 contact image sensor (CIS) 900 models) 269
contact image sensor (CIS) fan formatter lights 1090
F 933 front cover 629
fan error document feeder PCA fan 921 open sensor 427
58.WX.YZ error 1077 front motor 927 front cover (finisher)
Fax menu (fax models only), control rear motors 908 removing and replacing 1322
panel 1176 scan in lower assembl 939 front cover open sensor 427
feed 2 sensor 727 ultrasonic sensor with PCA 849 front door (finisher)
feed drive 73 white backing (GX) 213 removing and replacing 1310
feed drive unit or motor 563 whole unit 844 front lower cover (finisher)
feed entrance motor (M1) flow ADF PCA 128 removing and replacing 1330
removing and replacing 1498 flow ADF skew (LX du models) 1267 front power cover 639
feed exit motor (M2) folding roller motor (M18) front power switch 302
removing and replacing 1504 removing and replacing 1648 front tamper motor (M6)
feed roller formatter 278 removing and replacing 1518
multipurpose 738 after performing service 275, front tamper unit
Tray 1 738 278 removing and replacing 1448
feeding system 44 before performing service 275, front top inner cover 642
cassette 49 278 fuser diagram 1274
main components and functions introduction 275, 278 fuser drive assembly 122
45 locating 3 fuser drive board 233
overview 44 post service test 276, 279 fuser drive unit 547
pickup unit 50
ENWW Index 2479
fuser error hardware integration pocket (HIP) is uneven pitch 1247
41.WX.YZ error 1076 not functioning 1090 white band, vertical 1241
laser scanner error 1076 HCI 136 white spot blur 1253
paper path error 1076 high capacity input tray 136 imaging drum unit 291
fuser error (LaserJet) high voltage power supply (HVPS) imaging unit 58
50.WX.YZ error 1077 board 166 developer unit 59
fuser fan 241 high voltage power supply PCA 123 overview 58
fuser out sensor 721 high-voltage rail assembly 457 individual component diagnostics
fuser PCA 127 home button is unresponsive 1089 1090
fuser release drive 75 HP Channel Services Network (CSN) inductor unit 328
fuser unit 53, 230 Channel partners support 146 information
fuser unit drive 54 HP Foreign interface harness (FIH), general 1201
overview 53 install 294 print reports 1202
temperature control 54 HP Jetdirect print server software version 1201
fuser unit drive 54 lights 1090 supply status 1201
fuser unit temperature control 54 HVPS PCA 123 inner finisher
HVPS/LVPS/FDB diagram 1279 covers 1800
G diverter unit 1751
General Settings menu, control I ejector and paper support
panel 1120 image creation 57 assembly 2195
general specifications 16 drum drive 58 ejector assembly (include end
imaging unit 58 fence, s10/ s16) 2249
H intermediate transfer belt unit 62 ejector motor assembly (S11/ M6/
hard disk drive (HDD) 248 overview 57 M7) 2220
hard disk partition error toner cartridge 61 ejector unit 1770
98.WX.YZ error 1077 toner reservoir unit 64 end fence sensor (s17) 2280
hardware configuration 103 transfer belt drive 63 end fence unit 1765, 2279
CCDM PCA 130 image quality entrance motor (m10) 1838
eraser PCA 127 black band, vertical 1240 entrance sensor (s1) 1831
flow ADF PCA 128 blank copy 1250 entrance unit 1750
fuser drive assembly 122 blurred image 1246 exit motor (m2) 1863
fuser PCA 127 color registration, inccorect 1247 exit roller(r3) 1868
high voltage power supply PCA duplex blur 1253 exit sensor (s21) 1851
123 flow ADF or ADF skew (LX du exit unit 1754
low voltage power supply PCA models) 1267 front cover (c1) 1801
(Type 3R) 119 foggy image 1244 front paper support 1878
low voltage power supply PCA jitter image 1247 front tamper home sensor (s5)
(Type 4) 121 light band, vertical 1241 2041
low voltage power supply PCA light image 1245 front tamper motor (m9) 2064
(Type 5) 117 periodic black band, horizontal left cover (c7) 1818
LVPS PCA (Type 3R) 119 1243 main paddle 1988
LVPS PCA (Type 4) 121 periodic black dot, horizontal main paddle assembly 2003
LVPS PCA (Type 5) 117 1243 main paddle home sensor 1993
main controller 105 periodic light/dark band, main paddle motor (m3) 1998
master system operation key horizontal 1243 middle cover (c3) 1807
112 periodic light/dark dot, motors and solenoids 1742
scan joint PCA 129 horizontal 1243 output tray 2295
WLED IF PCA 130 poor fusing 1251 output tray and paper holding
WLED PCA 131 skewed image 1248 unit 1774, 1779
stain on back 1252
2480 Index ENWW
output tray lower limit switch input accessory error J
(s7) 2316 67.WX.YZ error 1077 jam error (LaserJet)
output tray motor 2357 input/output error 13.WX.YZ error 1076
output tray motor assembly 40.WX.YZ error 1076 jam error (PageWide)
(m4) 2330 install 13.WX.YZ error 1076
output tray motor sensor (s6) HP Foreign interface harness (FIH) jams
2343 solution 294 locations 1189
output tray top of stack sensor interlocks Jetdirect print server
(s8) 2304 defeating 1092 lights 1090
paddle unit 1759, 1987 intermediate paper transport unit job accounting error (firmware)
paper holding 2371 after performing service 326 48.WX.YZ error 1077
paper holding sensor (S9) 2386 before performing service 326 job management error
paper holding solenoid (sl1) introduction 326 (firmware) 1077
2403 post service test 326 job pipeline error (firmware)
Paper holding unit 2370 required tools 326 1077
paper support home sensor unpack the replacement job parser error (firmware)
(s12) 1933 asembly 327 47.WX.YZ error 1077
paper support motor (m8) 1961 intermediate transfer belt printer calibration error 1077
paper support unit 1757 cleaning 63
PCA 1746 intermediate transfer belt (ITB) K
pca cover (c6) 1816 cleaner 187 keyboard (z bundles) 286
punch (optional) 1747 intermediate transfer belt (ITB) unit after performing service 286
punch cover 2429 191 before performing service 286
punch unit 2428 intermediate transfer belt unit introduction 286
punch waste full sensor (S19) overview 62 post service test 287
2435 internal diagnostics error remove the control-panel 287
rear cover (c8) 1804 90.WX.YZ error 1077 remove the control-panel bezel
rear paper support 1906 video display error 1077 287
rear tamper 2088 interpret control-panel messages and remove the keyboard 288
rear Tamper home sensor (s14) event log entries 1665, 2447 required tools 286
2111 IOD 266 unpack the replacement
rear tamper motor (m5) 2134 IOD (du models) 263 assembly 289
remove and replace 1783 island of data 266
rollers 1745 after performing service 263, L
schematics 2448 266 laser scanner assembly 66, 170
sensors 1739 before performing service 263, cleaning 152
specifications 1732 266 CPR adjustment 68
specifications and descriptions introduction 263, 266 laser scanning optical path 66
1730 post service test 263, 266 laser synchronizing detectors 67
stapler 2158 remove the formatter cover 264, maintenance 152
stapler position motor (M1) 2181 267 overview 66
stapler position sensor (s2) 2165 remove the island of data 264, laser scanner assembly diagram
stapler unit 1767 267 1276
sub paddle unit 2013 required tools 263, 266 laser scanner assembly fan 176
system 1737 unpack the replacement laser scanner error (LaserJet)
tamper unit 1762 assembly 265, 268 51.WX.YZ error 1077
top cover (c2) 1812 island of data (dt models) 263 52.WX.YZ error 1077
views 1731 ITB cleaning 63 LED lamp module 960
work flow 1738 ITB unit 62 LEDs. See lights
inner front cover 632 overview 62 left cover 659
ENWW Index 2481
left rear corner cover 647 maintenance parts 26 other errors
lights master system operation key 112 drive unit 1261
formatter 1090 memory electrical circuit 1263
troubleshooting with 1090 included 8 feeding system 1261
low voltage power supply (LVPS) memory error flow ADF 1258
LVPS type 5H 237 82.WX.YZ error 1077 fuser 1256
low voltage power supply (LVPS) EMMC error 1077 image system 1253
fans 306 hard disk error 1077 laser scanner assembly 1263
low voltage power supply (LVPS) type menu map 1098 scanner 1258
4 menus, control panel output accessory error
LVPS type 4 310 Calibrate/Cleaning 1185 66.WX.YZ error 1077
low voltage power supply PCA (Type Copy (MFP only) 1163 output tray and paper holding unit
3R) 119 Fax (fax models only) 1176 inner finisher 1774, 1779
low voltage power supply PCA (Type General Settings 1120 output unit
4) 121 Manage Trays 1182 exit gate solenoid/motors/
low voltage power supply PCA (Type Print 1180 sensor 403
5) 117 Reports 1117 OXPd/Web kit error
lower rear cover 653 Scan (MFP only) 1168 45.WX.YZ error 1077
lower shield assembly Supplies 1181
removing and replacing 1346 motor error (LaserJet) P
lower tray connector 315 59.WX.YZ error 1077 paddle unit
LVPS 220 V 237 motors and solenoids inner finisher 1759
LVPS PCA (Type 3R) 119 inner finisher 1742 page error
LVPS PCA (Type 4) 121 MSOK 112 21.WX.YZ error 1076
LVPS PCA (Type 5) 117 multipurpose feeder assembly 51 pages per minute 8
LVPS type 4 310 paper dust brush 184
N paper handling error (LaserJet)
M Near Field Communication error 56.WX.YZ error 1077
machine cleaning for maintenance 81.WX.YZ error 1077 paper handling specifications 28
152 Bluetooth error 1077 paper jams
cleaning the flow ADF white bar external I/O card error 1077 locations 1189
and CIS 158 internal EIO error 1077 paper path
cleaning the flow ADF white bar wireless error 1077 finisher system 1286
and CIS (LX/du model) 158 network and software specifications paper size sensor 519, 1013
cleaning the paper dust stick 153 34 paper support unit
cleaning the scan glass 156 network interface 34 inner finisher 1757
main board 252 networks parts and accessories 1297, 1782
main controller supported 8 parts and diagrams
hardware configuration 105 NFC kit 296 2000-sheet HCI (department)
new model (IR/UI) 109 install 297 1024
previous model 106 no control panel sound 1088 2K HCI cassette 1038
main drive unit 523 notes iii 2K HCI drive 1026
main tray moving motor (M11) 2K HCI main 1024
removing and replacing 1588 O 2K HCI main pickup 1045
maintenance 152 OPC diagram 1278 2KHCI frame 1040
laser scanner assembly 152 OPE diagram 1276 3000-sheet sHCI
machine cleaning for operating systems, supported 13 (departmentdepartment;
maintenance 152 option specifications 39 E82540/50/60 onl) 1048
maintenance counts options list 38 3K HCI main 3 1055
part replacement count 1202 ordering 1297, 1782 3K HCI main 5 1067
2482 Index ENWW
3K HCI main 6 1069 hb motor (finisher) 1714 three fold blade (finisher) 1708
3K sHCI frame 1073 hb motor, floor standing finisher three fold exit (finisher) 1694
3K sHCI main 1 1048 1696 three fold motor (finisher) 1694
ADF (LX/du models) 767 idle fold (finisher) 1722 toner reservoir (CMYK) 504
ADF exterior (LX/du models) 805 idle fold paddle(finisher) 1722 top cover (finisher) 1710
ADF main frame (LX/du models) inner finisher 1783 top door (finisher) 1710
818 IPTU (bridge) 1726 top frame (finisher) 1706
ADF open cover (GX/sGX) 858 jam clear (finisher) 1704 top guide, floor standing finisher
ADF pickup (LX/du models) 805 low exit, floor standing finisher 1696
alignment (finisher) 1700 1696 top jam (finisher) 1702
BKT main blade (finisher) 1704 low paddle (finisher) 1700 top lower (finisher) 1702
booklet finisher 1 1680 main (inner finisher) 1783 transfer buffer (finisher) 1714
booklet finisher 2 1682 main assembly 160 parts, diagrams, removal and
booklet finisher 3 1684 main blade (finisher) 1706 replacement 145
booklet finisher 4 1686 main exit (finisher) 1712 PCA
booklet finisher 5 1688 main frame assembly 425 inner finisher 1746
booklet finisher 6 1690 main frame pickup 1 585 PCA connection information
booklet finisher 7 1692 main frame pickup 2 585 finisher system 1293
cover 627 main paddle unit, entrance unit, PCA precautions 149, 1295
cover f bm (finisher) 1722 exit unit, paper holding unit, and PCA-ADF (LX/du models only) 833
covers (inner finisher) 1785 output tray unit (inner finisher) PCA-ADF sGX (DN models only) 947
curl pawl (finisher) 1694 1787 pick roller
curl pawl motor (finisher) 1694 main parts 160 document feeder (LX/du model)
DCF frame 1006 mid jam (finisher) 1712 807
DCF main 982 Opt feed drive (DCF) 1015 pick/feed separation roller 623
DCF rear frame 1011 paddle motor (finisher) 1700, pickup drive 72
DCF second pickup 1021 1714 pickup drive (tray 2) 340
div cam (finisher) 1714 paper support unit (inner pickup drive tray 3 566
door (finisher) 1710 finisher) 1789 pickup lifting and empty sensor 596,
drive buffer (finisher) 1702 PCA bm (finisher) 1722 613
drive system 521 pickup cover unit (sHCI) 1071 pickup roller
Dual cassette feeder (DCF) 982 rear alignment (tamper) ADF 874
ejector unit (inner finisher) 1797 (finisher) 1718 multipurpose 738
entrance guide (finisher) 1698, rear frame assembly 517 Tray 1 738
1712 registration assembly 479 pickup unit 50
entrance motor (finisher) 1700 registration guide (finisher) 1710 pickup unit 1 587
FD stopper unit (finisher) 1704 right door 666 pickup lifting and empty sensor
finisher sub booklet 1724 right door guide 761 596
Flow ADF (GX/sGX) 841 right door side exit 763 prefeed sensor 1 391
Flow ADF image scanner 956 right jam (finisher) 1714 pickup unit 2 606
Flow ADF image scanner, lower SCU motor (finisher) 1698 pickup lifting and empty sensor
968 shield (finisher) 1720 613
Flow ADF main frame (GX/sGX) stapler assembly, entrance unit prefeed sensor 2 383
893 (inner finisher) 1795 plastic latches information 150,
Flow ADF stacker (GX/sGX) 879 stapler unit, end fence unit (inner 1296
Flow ADF upper pickup (GX/sGX) finisher) 1793 post-service tests 151, 1297, 1782
870 STK motor (finisher) 1698 power
fold roller (finisher) 1706 sub-main frame pickup 621 consumption 16
front alignment (tamper) T2 transfer assembly 765 power subsystem 1081
(finisher) 1716 tamper unit (inner finisher) 1791
ENWW Index 2483
power supply removal order developer unit 179
troubleshooting 1081 removing order 151 flow ADF separation roller
power-on troubleshooting overview remove and replace assembly 896
1081 inner finisher 1783 fuser unit 230
pre-boot menu options 1100 removing and replacing imaging drum unit 291
precations blade motor (M19) 1654 intermediate transfer belt (ITB)
information 149, 1295 booklet feed entrance motor cleaner 187
prefeed sensor 1 391 (M13) 1635 intermediate transfer belt (ITB)
prefeed sensor 2 383 booklet finisher 1600 unit 191
preservice checklist 150, 1296, booklet finisher fold stopper unit multipurpose (MP) tray pickup/
1781 1623 reverse/feed roller 738
print bar error (PageWide) booklet finisher front cover 1598 pick/feed separation roller 623
62.WX.YZ error 1077 booklet finisher PCA 1611 toner collection unit 164
print drivers, supported 13 booklet tray 1339 replacing the main
Print menu, control panel 1180 buffer motor, gear, and sensor fuser fan 241
print quality (M3) 1510 replacing the main SVC part 252
test 151, 1297, 1782 C fold motor (M20) 1658 alienation motor 554
print quality troubleshooting 1236 caster cover (finisher) 1342 bridge unit 326
flow ADF skew adjust 1269 controller PCA (finisher) 1375 CRUM connector 352
image quality 1236 dummy feed guide 1393 developer fan 319
other errors 1253 ejector unit 1423 exit cover 644
print specifications 19 feed entrance motor (M1) 1498 exit drive unit 547
Print Test Page 1133 feed exit motor (M2) 1504 exit unit 221
printer memory error folding roller motor (M18) 1648 feed 2 sensor 727
20.WX.YZ error 1076 front cover (finisher) 1322 feed drive unit 563
Process Cleaning Page 1186 front door (finisher 1310 front cover 629
product number front lowercover (finisher) 1330 front power cover 639
locating 3 front tamper motor (M6) 1518 front power switch 302
punch (optional) front tamper unit 1448 front top inner cover 642
inner finisher 1747 lower shield assembly 1346 fuser drive board 233
main tray moving motor (M11) fuser drive unit 547
R 1588 hard disk drive (HDD) 248
real-time clock error rear cover (finisher) 1317 high voltage power supply (HVPS)
11.WX.YZ error 1076 rear tamper motor (M7) 1544 board 166
rear cover (finisher) rear tamper unit 1473 high-voltage rail assembly 457
removing and replacing 1317 SCU motor (M10) 1570 inductor unit 328
rear tamper motor (M7) separate pawl motor (M17) 1645 inner front cover 632
removing and replacing 1544 stapler unit 1381 laser scanner assembly 170
rear tamper unit stopper moving motor (M16) laser scanner assembly fan 176
removing and replacing 1473 1641 left cover 659
registration assembly 481 TE presser motor (M14) 1638 left rear corner cover 647
registration drive 74 top cover (finisher) 1306 low voltage power supply (LVPS)
registration drive assembly 576 top jam access cover 1399 fans 306
registration pickup diagram 1277 top lower feed assembly 1410 lower rear cover 653
registration sensor assembly 491 top output bin 1301 lower tray connector 315
registration unit 50 upper shield assembly 1359 main drive unit 523
removal and replacement removing parts paper dust brush 184
right top cover (finisher) 1303 checklists 150, 1296, 1781 pickup drive (tray 2) 340
removal and replacement replacement of maintenance parts pickup drive tray 3 566
precautions 149, 1295 ADF pickup roller assembly 874 pickup unit 1 587
2484 Index ENWW
pickup unit 2 606 scanner security
registration assembly 481 caution for moving 88 dynamic secuirty 62
registration drive assembly 576 imaging unit 970 dynamic security 62
registration sensor assembly scanner glass 958 security error
491 scanner assembly CDD and lens 970 33.WX.YZ error 1076
reservoir unit 506 scanner diagram 1275 sensor error
right door 216 scanner error 54.WX.YZ error 1077
right door dampener and lever 30.WX.YZ error 1076 58.WX.YZ error 1077
kit 439 scanner glass 958 sensors
right door switch assembly 333 scanning system inner finisher 1739
right rear cover 650 components 82 separate pawl motor (M17)
toner collection unit (TCU) drive scanning system components 82 removing and replacing 1645
569 schematics serial number
toner collection unit (TCU) ejector 1 motor and home sensor, locating 3
sensors 345 ejector 2 motor, motor sensor, service and support information
toner reservoir motors 539 and home sensor (inner WISE and CSN 146
toner supply drive unit 531 finisher) 2459 service approach 149, 1295, 1781
toner supply motors 539 end fence sensor (inner finisher) service functions
top right cover 662 2457 capture log 1233
Tray 1 drive unit 563 entrance motor (inner finisher) debug log 1233
tray closing assembly 434 2451 drain 1235
upper rear cover 656 exit motor, main paddle motor & envelope rotate 1234
Reports menu, control panel 1117 home sensor, output tray lower main memory clear 1232
reservoir unit 506 limit switch, and paper holding transfer assembly control 1233
return sensor 413 solenoid (inner finisher) 2453 service mode 1195
reverse roller exit sensor (inner finisher) 2452 diagnostics 1203
ADF 896 front cover switch (inner finisher) entering service mode 1195
document feeder 820 2463 information 1201
multipurpose 738 front tamper motor and home maintenance counts 1202
Tray 1 738 sensor (inner finisher) 2455 mode menu tree 1196
right door 216 output tray motor and sensor service functions 1232
fuser out sensor 721 (inner finisher) 2460 sHCI 140
Tray 1 empty sensor 685 output tray top of stack sensor side high capacity input (sHCI)
Tray 1 paper length sensor 703 (inner finisher) 2461 feed motor 1060
Tray 1 solenoid 742 paper support motor and home lift-up motor 1064
Tray 1 unit 668 sensor (inner finisher) 2454 pickup motor 1057
right door dampener and lever kit punch waste box sensor and rear cover 1050
439 finisher docking sensor (inner sHCI PCA 1052
right door switch assembly 333 finisher) 2450 side high capacity input tray 140
right rear cover 650 punch waste full sensor (inner size sensor 519, 1013
right top cover (finisher) finisher) 2449 software and solutions 35
removal and replacement 1303 rear tamper motor and home specifications 8
rollers sensor (inner finisher) 2456 copy specifications 23
inner finisher 1745 stapler position motor and sensor electrical and acoustic 16
(inner finisher) 2458 general specifications 16
S top cover switch (inner finisher) inner finisher 1732
scan joint PCA 129 2462 maintenance parts 26
Scan menu (MFP only), control panel SCU motor (M10) network interface 34
1168 removing and replacing 1570 network specifications 34
scan specifications 21 options 36
ENWW Index 2485
options list 38 system Tray 2
paper handling specifications 28 inner finisher 1737 jams, clearing 1190
print specifications 19 system error (LaserJet) Tray 3
scan specifications 21 62.WX.YZ error 1077 jams, clearing 1190
software and solutions 35 system requirements tray closing assembly 434
software specifications 34 minimum 14 tray motor error (LaserJet)
supplies 26 60.WX.YZ error 1077
specifications and descriptions T tray selection - use requested tray
inner finisher 1730 tamper unit 1134
standard (du bundles) document inner finisher 1762 trays
feeder TCU drive 79 capacity 8
document feeder white backing TE presser motor (M14) included 8
211 removing and replacing 1638 jams, clearing 1190
standard (du models) document tests Trays menu, control panel 1182
feeder post-service 151, 1297, 1782 troubleshooting
document feeder whole unit 769 print-quality 151, 1297, 1782 checklist 1095
standard (LX bundles) document tips iii control panel checks 1085
feeder toner cartridge 61 lights, using 1090
document feeder feed motor toner collection unit 164 power 1081
827 toner collection unit (TCU) drive 569 process 1081
standard (LX/du bundles) document toner collection unit (TCU) sensors
feeder 345 U
document feeder (ADF) PCA 812 toner reservoir motors 539 understand lights on the formatter
standard (LX/du model) document toner reservoir unit 64 formatter lights 1090
feeder main function 64 understand the lights on the formatter
document feeder main motor troubleshooting 65 HP Jetdirect LEDs 1091
798 working mechanism 64 unit, bridge 326
standard (LX/du model) document toner supply drive unit 531 upper rear cover 656
feeder (ADF) toner supply motors 539 upper shield assembly
document feeder (ADF) contact top cover (finisher) removing and replacing 1359
image sensor (CIS; LX/du removing and replacing 1306 USB diagram 1276
model) 786 top jam access cover Use Requested Tray 1134
standard (LX/du models) document removing and replacing 1399
feeder (ADF) top lower feed assembly V
document feeder (ADF) jam access removing and replacing 1410 views
cover (LX/du models) 773 top output bin inner finisher 1731
stapler unit removing and replacing 1301
inner finisher 1767 top right cover 662 W
removing and replacing 1381 touchscreen blank, white, or dim (no warnings iii
static, precautions for 149, 1297, image) 1086 Web-based Interactive Search Engine
1300, 1781, 1783 touchscreen has an unresponsive WISE 146
stopper moving motor (M16) zone 1087 WISE
removing and replacing 1641 transfer belt drive 63 Web-based Interactive Search
supplies 1297, 1782 Tray 1 Engine 146
supplies error (LaserJet) jams, clearing 1189 WLED IF PCA 130
10.WX.YZ error 1076 Tray 1 drive unit 563 WLED PCA 131
supplies error (PageWide) Tray 1 empty sensor 685 work flow
17.WX.YZ error 1076 Tray 1 paper length sensor 703 inner finisher 1738
Supplies menu, control panel 1181 Tray 1 solenoid 742 working table
Tray 1 unit 668 card reader 297
NFC kit 297
2486 Index ENWW
WTB diagram 1278
ENWW Index 2487
2488 Index ENWW
You might also like
- Service Manual E87640 - 50 - 60 c05409830 090619No ratings yetService Manual E87640 - 50 - 60 c05409830 0906191,934 pages
- Laserjet Enterprise M806 Laserjet Enterprise Flow MFP M830: Troubleshooting ManualNo ratings yetLaserjet Enterprise M806 Laserjet Enterprise Flow MFP M830: Troubleshooting Manual36 pages
- HP Color Laserjet Managed MFP E87640 Series HP Color Laserjet Managed MFP E87650 Series HP Color Laserjet Managed MFP E87660 SeriesNo ratings yetHP Color Laserjet Managed MFP E87640 Series HP Color Laserjet Managed MFP E87650 Series HP Color Laserjet Managed MFP E87660 Series3,040 pages
- HP Color LaserJet Managed E786, E78625, E78630, E78635 - Service ManualNo ratings yetHP Color LaserJet Managed E786, E78625, E78630, E78635 - Service Manual3,247 pages
- 08 - 2018 Printing - Premiere Support NewsletterNo ratings yet08 - 2018 Printing - Premiere Support Newsletter9 pages
- HP PageWide Enterprise Color MFP586 SeriesNo ratings yetHP PageWide Enterprise Color MFP586 Series4 pages
- HP LaserJet Managed MFP E731 Series CPMDNo ratings yetHP LaserJet Managed MFP E731 Series CPMD942 pages
- HP Color LaserJet Managed E877, E87740, E87750, E87760, E87770 - Service Manual100% (1)HP Color LaserJet Managed E877, E87740, E87750, E87760, E87770 - Service Manual3,778 pages
- HP PageWide Managed Color MFP E776 P779 P774 Service Cost Data c05836998No ratings yetHP PageWide Managed Color MFP E776 P779 P774 Service Cost Data c0583699824 pages
- E78523, E73030 - Service and Support Training Instructor GuideNo ratings yetE78523, E73030 - Service and Support Training Instructor Guide149 pages
- HP Color LaserJet Managed MFP E87640 Service Cost DataNo ratings yetHP Color LaserJet Managed MFP E87640 Service Cost Data32 pages
- HP LaserJet Enterprise M855 M880 Flow MFP Troubleshooting ManualNo ratings yetHP LaserJet Enterprise M855 M880 Flow MFP Troubleshooting Manual820 pages
- Service and Supporting Training E786-E73130No ratings yetService and Supporting Training E786-E73130168 pages
- HP Color LaserJet Managed MFP E78625 E78630 E78635 HP LaserJet Managed MFP E73130 E73135 E73140 Service and Support TrainingNo ratings yetHP Color LaserJet Managed MFP E78625 E78630 E78635 HP LaserJet Managed MFP E73130 E73135 E73140 Service and Support Training112 pages
- HP LaserJet Managed MFP E725xx Series (Mar 1) Service Cost DatasheetNo ratings yetHP LaserJet Managed MFP E725xx Series (Mar 1) Service Cost Datasheet12 pages
- HP CLJ Ent m652 m653 MFP m681 MFP m682 TroubleshootingNo ratings yetHP CLJ Ent m652 m653 MFP m681 MFP m682 Troubleshooting418 pages
- HP Pagewide Pro 750 and MFP 772, 777 HP Pagewide Managed P75050 HP Pagewide Managed MFP P77740, P77750, P77760 Service Manual: TroubleshootingNo ratings yetHP Pagewide Pro 750 and MFP 772, 777 HP Pagewide Managed P75050 HP Pagewide Managed MFP P77740, P77750, P77760 Service Manual: Troubleshooting354 pages
- HP - LaserJetPro - M125 M126 M127 M128 PDF100% (2)HP - LaserJetPro - M125 M126 M127 M128 PDF148 pages
- HP Color LaserJet M652, M653, E65050, E65060, E65150, E65160, MFP M681, M682, E67550, E67560, E67650, E67660 Service and Support TrainingNo ratings yetHP Color LaserJet M652, M653, E65050, E65060, E65150, E65160, MFP M681, M682, E67550, E67560, E67650, E67660 Service and Support Training123 pages
- Control Panel Message Document (CPMD)- HP LaserJet Pro M501HP LaserJet Enterprise M506, M507HP LaserJet Enterprise MFP M527, M528HP LaserJet Managed E50145, MFP E52645HP LaserJet Managed E50045, MFP E52545No ratings yetControl Panel Message Document (CPMD)- HP LaserJet Pro M501HP LaserJet Enterprise M506, M507HP LaserJet Enterprise MFP M527, M528HP LaserJet Managed E50145, MFP E52645HP LaserJet Managed E50045, MFP E52545312 pages
- Laserjet Enterprise 700: Troubleshooting ManualNo ratings yetLaserjet Enterprise 700: Troubleshooting Manual366 pages
- Updated Error Codes m607 m608 m609 CPMD 3.2020No ratings yetUpdated Error Codes m607 m608 m609 CPMD 3.2020242 pages
- HP LJ MFP E826 MFP E82650 E82660 E82670 MAI 24 CPMD v04No ratings yetHP LJ MFP E826 MFP E82650 E82660 E82670 MAI 24 CPMD v04972 pages
- Epson Stylus Pro 7900 7910 9900 9910 PDFNo ratings yetEpson Stylus Pro 7900 7910 9900 9910 PDF356 pages
- HP CLJ Ent m652 m653 MFP m681 MFP m682 RepairNo ratings yetHP CLJ Ent m652 m653 MFP m681 MFP m682 Repair1,816 pages
- HP Pagewide Managed Color MFP E77660 SeriesNo ratings yetHP Pagewide Managed Color MFP E77660 Series5 pages
- SMB Protocol Support For HP Printing Devices: Technical White PaperNo ratings yetSMB Protocol Support For HP Printing Devices: Technical White Paper21 pages
- Service Manual: Digital Multifunctional SystemNo ratings yetService Manual: Digital Multifunctional System448 pages
- HP LJ Managed MFP E82540 82550 82560 Series Service Manual67% (3)HP LJ Managed MFP E82540 82550 82560 Series Service Manual1,568 pages
- HP Color Laserjet MFP E77822, E77825, E77830 HP Color Laserjet MFP E77822, E77825, E77830No ratings yetHP Color Laserjet MFP E77822, E77825, E77830 HP Color Laserjet MFP E77822, E77825, E778302,134 pages
- HP LaserJet Managed MFP E72525-E72535 - Service Manual c05409827 PDF50% (4)HP LaserJet Managed MFP E72525-E72535 - Service Manual c05409827 PDF1,522 pages
- E87640 60 HP Color LaserJet E778xx Service EnwwNo ratings yetE87640 60 HP Color LaserJet E778xx Service Enww1,572 pages
- HP LaserJet Enterprise M610-User Guide - EgNo ratings yetHP LaserJet Enterprise M610-User Guide - Eg153 pages
- Unleashing The Power of Influencer Marketing A Study On MillennialNo ratings yetUnleashing The Power of Influencer Marketing A Study On Millennial19 pages
- K M Anthru Award Litterateur RW August 2022No ratings yetK M Anthru Award Litterateur RW August 202225 pages
- Consolidated Shortlisted Candidates Davanagere Campus 31-Jan-2020 - UpdatedNo ratings yetConsolidated Shortlisted Candidates Davanagere Campus 31-Jan-2020 - Updated4 pages
- Resilient Brands:: A Framework For Brand Building in The Digital AgeNo ratings yetResilient Brands:: A Framework For Brand Building in The Digital Age32 pages
- (Ebook) Critical Sports Studies by Nicholas Villanueva, Jr. ISBN 9781793507471, 9781793507495, 1793507473, 179350749X Instant DownloadNo ratings yet(Ebook) Critical Sports Studies by Nicholas Villanueva, Jr. ISBN 9781793507471, 9781793507495, 1793507473, 179350749X Instant Download89 pages
